<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="fedregister.xsl"?>
<FEDREG xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="FRMergedXML.xsd">
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>49</NO>
  <DATE>Monday, March 14, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Contents</UNITNAME>
  <CNTNTS>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Agricultural Marketing</EAR>
      <PRTPAGE P="iii"/>
      <HD>Agricultural Marketing Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>National Organic Program:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Amendment to National List of Allowed and Prohibited Substances,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13501-13504</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRR1.sgm">2011-5716</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Amendment of Marketing Agreement and Order No.930:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Tart Cherries Grown in Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, Oregon, Utah, Washington, and Wisconsin,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13528-13530</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5717</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Mango Promotion, Research, and Information Order; Reapportionment,</DOC>
          <PGS>13530-13532</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5715</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Agriculture</EAR>
      <HD>Agriculture Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Agricultural Marketing Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Farm Service Agency</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Foreign Agricultural Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Forest Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Rural Utilities Service</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Animal</EAR>
      <HD>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Environmental Assessments; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Biological Control Agent for Hawkweeds,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13597</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5714</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Arts and Humanities, National Foundation</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Centers Disease</EAR>
      <HD>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Disease, Disability, and Injury Prevention and Control Special Emphasis Panel,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13621</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5755</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5759</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Disease, Disability, and Injury Prevention and Control Special Emphasis Panel, Funding Opportunity,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13619-13620</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5632</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Opportunity for Businesses to Partner, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13620-13623</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5732</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5733</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Centers Medicare</EAR>
      <HD>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Medicare Program:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Reductions and Increases to Hospitals' FTE Resident Caps for Graduate Medical Education Payment Purposes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13515-13524</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="9" T="14MRR1.sgm">2011-5960</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Coast Guard</EAR>
      <HD>Coast Guard</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Ninth Coast Guard District Sector Realignment:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Northern Lake Michigan and Lake Huron,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13508-13511</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRR1.sgm">2011-5731</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Commerce</EAR>
      <HD>Commerce Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>International Trade Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>13601-13602</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5793</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Employment and Training</EAR>
      <HD>Employment and Training Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Arcelor Mittal, Ferndale, MI,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13665</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5648</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Cambridge Tool &amp; Die, Cambridge, OH,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13665-13666</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5659</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Celestica, et al. Arden Hills, MN,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13663-13664</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5650</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Chrysler Group Llc, et al., Kenosha, WI,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13667</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5652</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Cinram Manufacturing, Llc, Olyphant, PA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13668</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5647</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Commercial Furniture Group, Inc., Morristown, TN and Chicago, IL,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13667</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5654</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Cooper Tools, Hicksville, OH,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13663</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5653</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Eaton Corp., Clutch Division, Auburn, IN,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13663</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5660</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Elkay Manufacturing, Broadview, Illinois,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13664-13665</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5649</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>General Motors Corp., et al., Flint, MI,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13666-13667</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5655</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Hewlett Packard Co., Roseville, CA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13662-13663</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5658</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Mega Life &amp; Health Ins. Co., et al., North Richland, TX,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13665</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5661</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Pass &amp; Seymour/Legrand, Concord, NC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13662</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5656</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Pitney Bowes, Inc., Shelton, CT,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13666</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5657</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Visteon Corp. et al., Van Buren Township, MI,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13664</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5651</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Energy Department</EAR>
      <HD>Energy Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Evaluations; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Waste Incidental to Reprocessing for the Vitrification Melter at the West Valley Demonstration Project for West Valley, NY,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13605-13606</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5789</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Ultra-Deepwater Advisory Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13606-13607</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5806</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Quadrennial Technology Review Framing Document; Availability,</DOC>
          <PGS>13607-13608</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5794</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Environmental Protection</EAR>
      <HD>Environmental Protection Agency</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Approvals and Promulgations of Air Quality Implementation Plans:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Virginia; Revisions to Open Burning Regulations,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13511-13514</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRR1.sgm">2011-5625</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Chemical Manufacturing Area Sources,</DOC>
          <PGS>13514-13515</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRR1.sgm">2011-5778</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Pennsylvania; Adoption of Control Techniques Guidelines for Flat Wood Paneling Surface Coating Processes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13567-13569</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5796</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Virginia; Revisions to Open Burning Regulations,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13569</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5621</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Mercury Emissions from Mercury Cell Chlor-Alkali Plants,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13852-13878</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="26" T="14MRP4.sgm">2011-5530</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Children's Health Protection Advisory Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13615</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5803</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Settlements:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>B and B Manufacturing Site, Mobile, Mobile County, AL,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13615-13616</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5837</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Grants Chlorinated Solvents Superfund Site, Grants, Cibola County, NM,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13615</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5835</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <PRTPAGE P="iv"/>
          <SJDOC>Picayune Wood Treating Site, Picayune, Pearl River County, MS,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13616</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5836</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Farm Service</EAR>
      <HD>Farm Service Agency</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>County Committee Elections,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13597-13598</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5770</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Aviation</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Aviation Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Amendment of Class E Airspace:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>La Porte, IN; Correction,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13505-13506</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRR1.sgm">2011-5744</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Airworthiness Directives:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Boeing Co. Model 757-200, -200CB, and -300 Series Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13541-13543</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5724</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Boeing Co. Model 767-200, -300, -300F, and  400ER Series Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13534-13536</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5721</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Boeing Co. Model DC 9 81 (MD 81), DC 9 82 (MD 82), DC 9 83 (MD 83), DC 9 87 (MD 87), and MD-88 Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13543-13546</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5725</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Boeing Co. Model MD-90-30 Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13546-13549</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5726</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Bombardier, Inc. Model CL 600 2C10, Model CL 600 2D15 and Model CL 600 2D24 Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13536-13539</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5722</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. (EMBRAER) Model ERJ 190 Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13539-13541</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5723</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Communications</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Communications Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Radio Broadcasting Services:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Willow Creek, CA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13524-13525</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRR1.sgm">2011-5089</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Implementing the Provisions of the Twenty-First Century Communications and Video Accessibility Act of 2010,</DOC>
          <PGS>13800-13849</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="49" T="14MRP3.sgm">2011-5348</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Jurisdictional Separations and Referral to the Federal-State Joint Board,</DOC>
          <PGS>13576-13579</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5817</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Radio Broadcasting Services:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Hebbronville, TX,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13579</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5814</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>13616-13617</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5740</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Emergency</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Emergency Management Agency</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Flood Elevation Determinations; Correction,</DOC>
          <PGS>13569-13572</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5818</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5819</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5834</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Flood Elevation Determinations,</DOC>
          <PGS>13572-13576</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5828</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Property Acquisition and Relocation for Open Space,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13651-13652</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5827</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Severe Repetitive Loss Appeals,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13652-13653</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5825</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Major Disaster and Related Determinations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Connecticut,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13653-13654</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5820</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Massachusetts,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13654-13655</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5824</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Major Disaster Declarations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>New York; Amendment No. 1,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13655</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5823</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Energy</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Combined Filings,</DOC>
          <PGS>13608-13610</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5752</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Compliance Filings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Enterprise Texas Pipeline LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13610</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5782</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Effectiveness of Exempt Wholesale Generator Status,</DOC>
          <PGS>13610-13611</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5709</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Filings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Bay Gas Storage, LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13611</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5780</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Enogex LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13611</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5783</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Initial Market-Based Rate Filings Including Requests for Blanket Section 204 Authorization:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Coolidge Power LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13611-13612</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5751</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Request for Jurisdictional Determination or Temporary Waiver of Tariff Filing and Reporting Requirements:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Tesoro Refining and Marketing Co., and Tesoro Logistics Operations, LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13612</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5707</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Requests Under Blanket Authorizations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Freebird Gas Storage, LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13612-13613</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5784</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Staff Attendances:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>ICT Stakeholders Policy Committee and Entergy Regional State Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13613</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5710</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Technical Conference,</DOC>
          <PGS>13613-13615</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5708</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5781</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Trade</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Trade Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Fur Products Labeling Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>13550-13553</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5757</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Transit</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Transit Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Bus Testing:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Calculation of Average Passenger Weight and Test Vehicle Weight,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13580-13583</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5831</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>13698</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5830</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Food and Drug</EAR>
      <HD>Food and Drug Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Comparing Nutrition Knowledge, Attitude, and Behavior Among English-Dominant Hispanics, Spanish-Dominant Hispanics, and Other Consumers,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13626-13629</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5736</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Medical Device Labeling Regulations,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13623-13626</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5739</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Medical Devices; Third Party Review Program under Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13623</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5738</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Draft Guidance for Industry on Chemistry, Manufacturing, and Controls Information; Availability:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Fermentation-Derived Intermediates, Drug Substances, and Related Drug Products for Veterinary Medicinal Use,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13629</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5816</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Draft Guidance for Industry; Availability:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>User Fee Waivers, Reductions, and Refunds for Drug and Biological Products,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13629-13631</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5737</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Modifications to the List of Recognized Standards, Recognition List Number 026,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13631-13638</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="7" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5815</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Ensuring the Safety of Imported Foods and Animal Feed; Comparability of Food Safety Systems and Import Practices of Foreign Countries,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13638-13642</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5943</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>FDA Food Safety Modernization Act; Title III - A New Paradigm for Importers,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13643-13645</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5942</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Town Hall Discussion With Director of Center for Devices and Radiological Health and Other Senior Center Management,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13642-13643</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5735</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13646</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5727</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Foreign Agricultural</EAR>
      <PRTPAGE P="v"/>
      <HD>Foreign Agricultural Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Funding Availability:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>McGovern-Dole International Food for Education and Child Nutrition Programs Micronutrient-Fortified Food Aid Products Pilot,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13598-13600</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5712</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Foreign Trade</EAR>
      <HD>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Application for Subzone:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Cabelas Inc.; Foreign-Trade Zone 59, Lincoln, NB,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13602</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5693</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Forest</EAR>
      <HD>Forest Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Golden Hand #3 and #4 Lode Mining Claims, Payette National Forest, ID; Withdrawal,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13600</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5760</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Shasta County Resource Advisory Commitee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13601</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5298</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>West Virginia Resource Advisory Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13601</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5768</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>White Pine-Nye County Resource Advisory Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13600-13601</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5766</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>General Services</EAR>
      <HD>General Services Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>GSA Bulletin:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Office of Federal High-Performance Green Buildings,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13617</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5812</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Geological</EAR>
      <HD>Geological Survey</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>13658-13659</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5754</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Government Printing</EAR>
      <HD>Government Printing Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Depository Library Council to the Public Printer,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13617-13618</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5832</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Health and Human</EAR>
      <HD>Health and Human Services Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Food and Drug Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Health Resources and Services Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Institutes of Health</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Application, Review, and Reporting Process for Waivers for State Innovation,</DOC>
          <PGS>13553-13567</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="14" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5583</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Delegation of Authority; Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services,</DOC>
          <PGS>13618-13619</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5779</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Health Resources</EAR>
      <HD>Health Resources and Services Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Statement of Delegation of Authority,</DOC>
          <PGS>13646-13647</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5808</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Homeland</EAR>
      <HD>Homeland Security Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Coast Guard</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>U.S. Customs and Border Protection</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Reducing Regulatory Burden; Retrospective Review under Executive Order 13563,</DOC>
          <PGS>13526-13528</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5829</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Housing</EAR>
      <HD>Housing and Urban Development Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Compliance Inspection Report - Mortgagees Assurance of Completion,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13657-13658</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5807</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Economic Opportunities for Low and Very Low Income Persons,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13656</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5811</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Requirement for Contractors to Provide Certificates of Insurance for Capital Program Projects,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13656-13657</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5804</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Technical Suitability of Products Program,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13658</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5805</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Interior</EAR>
      <HD>Interior Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Geological Survey</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Land Management Bureau</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>International Trade Adm</EAR>
      <HD>International Trade Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Continuation of Antidumping Duty Order:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Porcelain-on-Steel Cooking Ware from the People's Republic of China,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13602-13603</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5822</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>International Trade Com</EAR>
      <HD>International Trade Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Investigations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Polyvinyl Alcohol from Taiwan,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13660</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5840</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Terminations of Investigations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Certain Connecting Devices (Quick Clamps) for Use with Modular Compressed Air Conditioning Units, Including Filters, Regulators, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13661</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5841</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Justice Department</EAR>
      <HD>Justice Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Parole Commission</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Labor Department</EAR>
      <HD>Labor Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Employment and Training Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Workers Compensation Programs Office</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Land</EAR>
      <HD>Land Management Bureau</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Filing of Plats of Survey, Wyoming and Nebraska,</DOC>
          <PGS>13659-13660</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5769</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Alaska Resource Advisory Council,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13660</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5767</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Maritime</EAR>
      <HD>Maritime Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>13699-13700</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5747</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5748</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Requested Administrative Waivers of Coastwise Trade Laws,</DOC>
          <PGS>13700-13702</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5741</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5742</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5743</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5745</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5746</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Mississippi</EAR>
      <HD>Mississippi River Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>13670-13671</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5956</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Archives</EAR>
      <HD>National Archives and Records Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Privacy Act; Systems of Records,</DOC>
          <PGS>13671-13672</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5986</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Credit</EAR>
      <HD>National Credit Union Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Conversions of Insured Credit Unions,</DOC>
          <PGS>13504-13505</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRR1.sgm">2011-5675</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>13672</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5984</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Foundation</EAR>
      <PRTPAGE P="vi"/>
      <HD>National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>13672-13674</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5701</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5705</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Institute</EAR>
      <HD>National Institutes of Health</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Interactive Diet and Activity Tracking in AARP; Biomarker Based Validation Study,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13647-13648</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5800</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Process Evaluation of the NIH Roadmap Epigenomics Program,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13648-13649</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5786</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13649-13651</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5788</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5790</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5795</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5797</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13649</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5798</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13649-13650</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5792</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13650</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5791</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Oceanic</EAR>
      <HD>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Atlantic Highly Migratory Species:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Atlantic Bluefin Tuna Quotas and Atlantic Tuna Fisheries Management Measures,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13583-13592</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="9" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5858</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Fisheries of Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Crab Rationalization Program; Amendment 34,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13593-13596</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5854</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Fisheries Off West Coast States:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Highly Migratory Species Fisheries; Amendment 2,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13592-13593</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5868</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Reducing Regulatory Burden; Retrospective Review under E.O. 13563,</DOC>
          <PGS>13549-13550</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5681</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Applications:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Marine Mammals, File No. 16087,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13603-13604</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5838</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Marine Mammals; File No. 15748,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13603</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5852</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Western Pacific Fishery Management Council,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13604-13605</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5697</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Permits:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Marine Mammals; File No. 15616,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13605</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5849</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Science</EAR>
      <HD>National Science Foundation</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>13674-13675</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5801</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Committee Management, Establishments:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>U.S. Antarctic Program Blue Ribbon Panel,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13675</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5734</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Nuclear Regulatory</EAR>
      <HD>Nuclear Regulatory Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Withdrawal of Application for Amendment to Facility Operating License; Correction:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Exelon Generation Company, LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13676</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5756</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Occupational Safety Health Adm</EAR>
      <HD>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Respiratory Protection Standard,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13668-13669</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5668</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Pacific</EAR>
      <HD>Pacific Northwest Electric Power and Conservation Planning Council</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Amended Columbia River Basin Fish and Wildlife Program,</DOC>
          <PGS>13676</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5758</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Parole</EAR>
      <HD>Parole Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Record of Vote of Meeting Closure,</DOC>
          <PGS>13661-13662</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5590</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Postal Service</EAR>
      <HD>Postal Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>New Origin Entry Separation and Containerization Standards,</DOC>
          <PGS>13704-13767</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="63" T="14MRP2.sgm">2011-5273</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Rural Utilities</EAR>
      <HD>Rural Utilities Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Rural Broadband Access Loans and Loan Guarantees Program,</DOC>
          <PGS>13770-13796</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="26" T="14MRR2.sgm">2011-5615</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Rural Broadband Access Loans and Loan Guarantees Program,</DOC>
          <PGS>13797</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN2.sgm">2011-5611</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Securities</EAR>
      <HD>Securities and Exchange Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Proposed Rule Changes:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>BATS Y-Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13681-13683</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5774</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>C2 Options Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13688-13689, 13691-13692</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5720</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5762</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13690-13694</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5719</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5761</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Fixed Income Clearing Corp.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13683-13684</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5773</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>NASDAQ OMX BX, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13676-13678</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5776</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13678-13681, 13684-13686</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5764</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5775</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>NASDAQ Stock Market LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13686-13688, 13694-13696</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5718</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5763</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Suspension of Trading Orders:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Admiralty Holding Co., et al.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13696-13697</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5934</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Small Business</EAR>
      <HD>Small Business Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Reducing Regulatory Burden; Retrospective Review under Executive Order 13563,</DOC>
          <PGS>13532-13534</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5839</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>13697</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5844</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Disaster Declarations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Massachusetts,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13697-13698</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5842</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>New York; Amendment 1,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13698</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5843</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Social</EAR>
      <HD>Social Security Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Protecting the Public and Our Employees in Our Hearing Process,</DOC>
          <PGS>13506-13508</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14MRR1.sgm">2011-5750</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Transportation Department</EAR>
      <HD>Transportation Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Aviation Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Transit Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Maritime Administration</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Treasury</EAR>
      <HD>Treasury Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Application, Review, and Reporting Process for Waivers for State Innovation,</DOC>
          <PGS>13553-13567</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="14" T="14MRP1.sgm">2011-5583</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Customs</EAR>
      <HD>U.S. Customs and Border Protection</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Ships Store Declaration,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13655-13656</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5713</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Workers'</EAR>
      <PRTPAGE P="vii"/>
      <HD>Workers Compensation Programs Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Division of Coal Mine Workers' Compensation,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>13669-13670</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14MRN1.sgm">2011-5826</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <PTS>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Separate Parts In This Issue</HD>
      <HD>Part II</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Postal Service,</DOC>
        <PGS>13704-13767</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="63" T="14MRP2.sgm">2011-5273</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part III</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Agriculture Department, Rural Utilities Service,</DOC>
        <PGS>13770-13797</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="26" T="14MRR2.sgm">2011-5615</FRDOCBP>
        <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14MRN2.sgm">2011-5611</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part IV</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Federal Communications Commission,</DOC>
        <PGS>13800-13849</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="49" T="14MRP3.sgm">2011-5348</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part V</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Environmental Protection Agency,</DOC>
        <PGS>13852-13878</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="26" T="14MRP4.sgm">2011-5530</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
    </PTS>
    <AIDS>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Reader Aids</HD>
      <P>Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this page for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, reminders, and notice of recently enacted public laws.</P>
      
      <P>To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.gpo.gov and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.</P>
    </AIDS>
  </CNTNTS>
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>49</NO>
  <DATE>Monday, March 14, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
  <RULES>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="13501"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Agricultural Marketing Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>7 CFR Part 205</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Document Number AMS-NOP-10-0051; NOP-10-04FR]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0581-AD04</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>National Organic Program; Amendment to the National List of Allowed and Prohibited Substances (Livestock)</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) is adopting as final, without change, an interim rule published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on August 24, 2010 (75 FR 51919). The interim rule amended the National List of Allowed and Prohibited Substances (National List) based upon a recommendation submitted to the Secretary of Agriculture (Secretary) by the National Organic Standards Board (NOSB) on April 29, 2010. Consistent with the recommendation from the NOSB, the interim rule revised the annotation of one substance on the National List, methionine, to extend its use in organic poultry production until October 1, 2012, at the following maximum levels of synthetic methionine per ton of feed: laying chickens—4 pounds; broiler chickens—5 pounds; turkeys and all other poultry—6 pounds.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>This rule becomes effective March 15, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Melissa Bailey, Ph.D., Director, Standards Division, National Organic Program, USDA-AMS-NOP, 1400 Independence Ave., SW., Room 2646-So., Ag Stop 0268, Washington, DC 20250,<E T="03">E-mail:</E>
            <E T="03">Melissa.bailey@ams.usda.gov;</E>
            <E T="03">Telephone:</E>(202) 720-3252;<E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 205-7808.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>On December 21, 2000, the Secretary established within the NOP [7 CFR part 205] the National List regulations §§ 205.600 through 205.607. The National List identifies synthetic substances that may be used and the nonsynthetic (natural) substances that may not be used in organic production. The National List also identifies nonagricultural nonsynthetic, nonagricultural synthetic, and nonorganic agricultural substances that may be used in organic handling. The Organic Foods Production Act of 1990 (OFPA), as amended (7 U.S.C. 6501-6522), and NOP regulations, in § 205.105, specifically prohibit the use of any synthetic substance for organic production and handling unless included on the National List. Section 205.105 also requires that any nonorganic agricultural, and any nonsynthetic, nonagricultural substance used in organic handling must also be on the National List.</P>
        <P>Under the authority of the OFPA, the National List can be amended by the Secretary based on proposed amendments developed by the NOSB. Since established, the NOP has published fourteen amendments to the National List: October 31, 2003 (68 FR 61987); November 3, 2003(68 FR 62215); October 21, 2005 (70 FR 61217); June 7, 2006 (71 FR 32803); September 11, 2006 (71 FR 53299); June 27, 2007 (72 FR 35137); October 16, 2007 (72 FR 58469); December 10, 2007 (72 FR 69569); December 12, 2007 (72 FR 70479); September 18, 2008 (73 FR 54057); October 9, 2008 (73 FR 59479); July 6, 2010 (75 FR 38693); August 24, 2010 (75 FR 51919); and December 13, 2010 (75 FR 77521). Additionally, proposed amendments to the National List were published on November 8, 2010 (75 FR 68505).</P>
        <P>As a result of a petition requesting to add synthetic methionine to the National List, the NOSB initiated a review of this substance in 1999. Methionine is classified as an essential amino acid because it cannot be biologically produced by poultry and is necessary to maintain viability. The petitioners asserted that methionine was a necessary dietary supplement for organic poultry and that there was an inadequate supply of allowable organic feeds containing sufficient concentrations of naturally occurring methionine. In 2001, the NOSB evaluated a technical advisory panel analysis of methionine against the criteria provided in the OFPA (7 U.S.C. 6517-6518), and determined that the use of synthetic methionine feed supplementation is compatible with a system of organic poultry production. Consistent with the NOSB's recommendation, the Secretary amended the National List to allow methionine as a synthetic substance for use in organic poultry production at § 205.603 of the NOP regulations beginning on October 31, 2003, with an expiration date of October 21, 2005 (68 FR 61987). Based upon additional NOSB recommendations submitted in March 2005 and May 2008, the Secretary subsequently amended the listing for methionine on the National List by extending its allowance in organic poultry production through October 21, 2008 (70 FR 61217), and again through October 1, 2010 (73 FR 54057).</P>

        <P>On July 31, 2009, a coalition of producers identified as the Methionine Task Force (MTF) filed a petition that requested a five-year extension on the allowance for synthetic methionine. The MTF proposed to limit the total amount of synthetic methionine to be fed over the life of the bird calculated as the average pounds of synthetic methionine per ton of feed. The MTF proposed these limits per ton of feed as follows: 4 pounds for laying chickens, 5 pounds for broiler chickens, and 6 pounds for turkeys and all other poultry. Based upon their deliberations and the public comment received, the NOSB concluded that wholly natural sources of methionine are not currently available and that extending the allowance for the synthetic form of methionine was warranted. However, the NOSB did not accept the request to extend its allowance on the National List for five years at the limitations proposed by the petitioners because the NOSB felt that averaging the pounds of synthetic methionine fed over the life of the bird could result in higher levels of the substance being fed during certain growth stages. As a result, the NOSB opted to modify the annotation<PRTPAGE P="13502"/>proposed by the petitioner by removing the language that would have allowed averaging the maximum level of methionine over the life of the bird and adding different limits on the feed allowance over time. On April 29, 2010, the NOSB issued a recommendation to extend the allowance for synthetic methionine for five years until October 1, 2015, with a step down in the amount allowed after two years. Specifically, the NOSB recommended that the amount of synthetic methionine allowed per ton of feed be limited to 4 pounds for laying chickens, 5 pounds for broiler chickens, and 6 pounds for turkeys and all other poultry until October 1, 2012. The NOSB further recommended that, after October 1, 2012, the allowance be reduced to 2 pounds for laying chickens, 2 pounds for broiler chickens, and 3 pounds for turkeys and all other poultry through October 1, 2015.</P>

        <P>On August 24, 2010, the Secretary amended the National List through publication of an interim rule with request for comments in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>to reflect the first part of the NOSB's recommendation (75 FR 51919). This action extended the allowance for synthetic methionine through October 1, 2012, at the levels specified by the NOSB. In the interim rule, the USDA agreed to publish a final rule on the listing of methionine, along with any changes if warranted, by March 2011.</P>
        <P>Based upon the NOSB recommendation and comments received, this final rule adopts, without change, the interim rule published on August 24, 2010 (75 FR 51919). Accordingly, this final rule continues the exemption at § 205.603(d)(1) for methionine as follows: DL-Methionine, DL- Methionine-hydroxy analog, and DL-Methionine-hydroxy analog calcium (CAS # 59-51-8; 63-68-3; 348-67-4)—for use only in organic poultry production until October 1, 2012, at the following maximum levels of synthetic methionine per ton of feed: Laying chickens—4 pounds; broiler chickens—5 pounds; turkeys and all other poultry—6 pounds.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Related Documents</HD>

        <P>Since September 2001, four notices have been published announcing meetings of the NOSB and its planned deliberations on recommendations involving the use of methionine in organic poultry production. The four notices were published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>as follows: September 21, 2001 (66 FR 48654), February 11, 2005 (70 FR 7224), April 4, 2008 (73 FR 18491), and March 17, 2010 (75 FR 12723).</P>

        <P>Methionine was first proposed for addition to the National List in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on April 16, 2003 (68 FR 18556). Methionine was added to the National List by final rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on October 31, 2003 (68 FR 61987). A proposal to amend the annotation for methionine was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on July 29, 2005 (70 FR 43786), and the annotation was amended by final rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on October 21, 2005 (70 FR 61217). A proposal to amend the annotation once again was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on July 14, 2008 (73 FR 40197), and the annotation was amended by final rule on September 18, 2008 (73 FR 54057). The annotation for methionine was most recently amended through publication of an interim rule with request for comments in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on August 24, 2010 (75 FR 51919).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Statutory and Regulatory Authority</HD>

        <P>The OFPA, as amended (7 U.S.C. 6501-6522), authorizes the Secretary to make amendments to the National List based on proposed amendments developed by the NOSB. Sections 6518(k)(2) and 6518(n) of the OFPA authorize the NOSB to develop proposed amendments to the National List for submission to the Secretary and establish a petition process by which persons may petition the NOSB for the purpose of having substances evaluated for inclusion or deletion from the National List. The National List petition process is implemented under § 205.607 of the NOP regulations. The current petition process (72 FR 2167, January 18, 2007) can be accessed through the NOP Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ams.usda.gov/nop.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 12866</HD>
        <P>This action has been determined not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866, and therefore, has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Executive Order 12988</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 12988 instructs each executive agency to adhere to certain requirements in the development of new and revised regulations in order to avoid unduly burdening the court system. The final rule (68 FR 61987), dated October 31, 2003, adding methionine to the National List was reviewed under this Executive Order and no additional information related to Executive Order 12988 has been obtained since then. This final rule is not intended to have a retroactive effect.</P>
        <P>States and local jurisdictions are preempted under the OFPA from creating programs of accreditation for private persons or State officials who want to become certifying agents of organic farms or handling operations. A governing State official would have to apply to USDA to be accredited as a certifying agent, as described in § 2115(b) of the OFPA (7 U.S.C. 6514(b)). States are also preempted under §§ 2104 through 2108 of the OFPA (7 U.S.C. 6503 through 6507) from creating certification programs to certify organic farms or handling operations unless the State programs have been submitted to, and approved by, the Secretary as meeting the requirements of the OFPA.</P>
        <P>Pursuant to § 2108(b)(2) of the OFPA (7 U.S.C. 6507(b)(2)), a State organic certification program may contain additional requirements for the production and handling of organically produced agricultural products that are produced in the State and for the certification of organic farm and handling operations located within the State under certain circumstances. Such additional requirements must: (a) Further the purposes of the OFPA, (b) not be inconsistent with the OFPA, (c) not be discriminatory toward agricultural commodities organically produced in other States, and (d) not be effective until approved by the Secretary.</P>

        <P>Pursuant to § 2120(f) of the OFPA (7 U.S.C. 6519(f)), this final rule would not alter the authority of the Secretary under the Federal Meat Inspection Act (21 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>), the Poultry Products Inspections Act (21 U.S.C. 451<E T="03">et seq.</E>), or the Egg Products Inspection Act (21 U.S.C. 1031<E T="03">et seq.</E>), concerning meat, poultry, and egg products, nor any of the authorities of the Secretary of Health and Human Services under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301<E T="03">et seq.</E>), nor the authority of the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136<E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
        <P>Section 2121 of the OFPA (7 U.S.C. 6520) provides for the Secretary to establish an expedited administrative appeals procedure under which persons may appeal an action of the Secretary, the applicable governing State official, or a certifying agent under this title thatadversely affects such person or is inconsistent with the organic certification program established under this title. The OFPA also provides that the U.S. District Court for the district in which a person is located has jurisdiction to review the Secretary's decision.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>

        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601-612) requires agencies to<PRTPAGE P="13503"/>consider the economic impact of each rule on small entities and evaluate alternatives that would accomplish the objectives of the rule without unduly burdening small entities or erecting barriers that would restrict their ability to compete in the market. The purpose is to fit regulatory actions to the scale of businesses subject to the action. Section 605 of the RFA allows an agency to certify a rule, in lieu of preparing an analysis, if the rulemaking is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>

        <P>Pursuant to the requirements set forth in the RFA, AMS performed an economic impact analysis on small entities in the final rule published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on December 21, 2000 (65 FR 80548). AMS has also considered the economic impact of this action on small entities. The impact on entities affected by this final rule would not be significant. The current approval for the use of synthetic methionine in organic poultry production was extended in the interim rule through October 1, 2012, at levels that are consistent with current industry practice. The effect of this final rule is to affirm the continued use of synthetic methionine as amended. AMS concludes that this action would have minimal economic impact on small agricultural service firms. Accordingly, USDA certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <P>Small agricultural service firms, handlers, and accredited certifying agents, have been defined by the Small Business Administration (SBA) (13 CFR 121.201) as those having annual receipts of less than $7,000,000, and small agricultural producers are defined as those having annual receipts of less than $750,000.</P>
        <P>Based on USDA data from the Economic Research Service (ERS), the U.S. organic sector included nearly 13,000 certified organic crop and livestock operations at the end of 2008.These operations contained more than 4.8 million certified acres consisting of 2,665,382 acres of cropland and 2,160,577 acres of pasture and rangeland. The total acreage under organic management represents a twelve percent increase from 2007. Organic poultry production has steadily contributed to the overall growth in the organic food market. ERS estimated that there were 5,538,011 laying chickens and 9,015,984 broiler chickens raised under organic management in 2008. ERS estimated the number of certified organic turkeys raised in the United States in 2008 at 398,531.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Nutrition Business Journal calculated the market value for organic laying chickens at $252,000,000 in 2008.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>In addition to being sold as whole products, organic eggs and poultry byproducts are used in the production of organic processed products including soups, broths, prepared meals, ice cream and eggnog.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>1</SU>U.S. Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service, 2009. Data Sets:<E T="03">U.S. Certified Organic Farmland Acreage, Livestock Numbers and Farm Operations, 1992-2008. http://www.ers.usda.gov/Data/Organic/.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>
            <E T="03">Nutrition Business Journal, 2009. U.S. Organic Food Sales by Product ($Mil) 1997-2008, 2009(e)-2014(e)—Chart 22.</E>Penton Media, Inc.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>The USDA accredits certifying agents who provide organic certification services to producers and handlers. A complete list of names and addresses of accredited certifying agents may be found on the AMS NOP Web site, at<E T="03">http://www.ams.usda.gov/nop.</E>AMS believes that most of these entities would be considered small entities under the criteria established by the SBA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>No additional collection or recordkeeping requirements are imposed on the public by this final rule. Accordingly, OMB clearance is not required by section 350(h) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>or OMB's implementing regulations at 5 CFR part 1320.</P>
        <P>The AMS is committed to compliance with the E-Government Act, to promote the use of the Internet and other information technologies increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services, and for other purposes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Discussion of Comments Received</HD>
        <P>AMS received 8 comments on the interim rule that extended the use of synthetic methionine in organic poultry production until October 1, 2012, at the following maximum levels of synthetic methionine per ton of feed: laying chickens—4 pounds; broiler chickens—5 pounds; turkeys and all other poultry—6 pounds. Comments were received from two organic livestock producers including one representing multiple individuals, two trade associations, two non-profit advocacy groups and two private individuals.</P>
        <P>Some comments endorsed the amendment that extended the allowance for synthetic methionine. These commenters asserted that continuing the allowance was critical to the organic poultry industry, citing methionine as a nutrient necessary for proper feather development and cell growth. These comments further voiced that, while research continues on meeting the nutritional requirements of poultry through natural sources of methionine, the limited commercial availability of feed containing natural sources of methionine supports the need for continuing the allowance of synthetic forms of the substance on the National List.</P>
        <P>One comment strongly advocated for future inclusion of synthetic methionine on the National List for a five-year sunset review cycle after the October 1, 2015, expiration of the current petition-based NOSB recommendation. The interim rule for which we requested comments does not address the listing of methionine beyond its current expiration date of October 1, 2012. We plan to address the allowance for synthetic methionine after this date through a separate rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Changes Requested But Not Made</HD>
        <P>Two comments in favor of extending the use of methionine did not believe the limitations for use in different types of poultry as specified in the interim rule are necessary. One of these comments indicated concern that limiting the use of methionine to certain levels may impact the management practices of poultry producers by reducing the flexibility of producers to balance poultry rations with changing environmental conditions. However, based upon additional statements provided in this comment and testimony provided during NOSB deliberations, we believe that maximum levels in the interim rule are consistent with current industry practice and, therefore, will be feasible for most producers without major changes to their current management approach. The other comment related to limiting the allowable levels of methionine in specific groups of poultry recommended relisting methionine without annotation. The rationale provided by the comment is that the future “step down” proposed by the NOSB has the potential for increased recordkeeping by the producer and the certification agency. Because the action in the interim rule did not address the “step down” portion of the NOSB recommendation, this rationale does not apply to the current amendment and, therefore, we do not believe a change to the annotation as codified in the interim rule is warranted.</P>

        <P>A few comments rejected the provisions in the amendment and argued in favor of an immediate prohibition on the use of synthetic<PRTPAGE P="13504"/>methionine in organic poultry production. One comment did not express an opinion pertinent to the specifics of the amendment. The few comments opposing the extension of the allowance for synthetic methionine stated that use of the substance was incompatible with the regulatory definition of “organic production.” Another comment objecting to extending the allowance questioned whether OFPA sanctions the use of a synthetic amino acid. This comment also cited natural alternatives to synthetic methionine and suggested that the continued allowance of synthetic methionine continues to delay the commercial development of alternatives to the synthetic form.</P>
        <P>In developing their recommendation on the continued allowance for synthetic methionine on the National List, the NOSB reviewed the substance against the evaluation criteria of 7 U.S.C. 6517 and 6518 of the OFPA. The NOSB recommended that, after October 1, 2012, the annotation for methionine be amended to reduce the maximum amount of the substance allowed and establish October 1, 2015, as the expiration date. The NOSB's intent is that a step down in the levels allowed after October 1, 2012, will stimulate further market development of natural alternatives and drive management changes in the organic poultry industry. We plan to address this step down through a future rulemaking action. We believe that the current amendment should remain as codified in the interim rule. At this time, the record supports the rationale of the NOSB that synthetic methionine remains critical in organic poultry production and that its removal from the National List would have significant adverse impacts on the industry.</P>
        <P>Two comments maintained that adequate wholly natural sources of methionine are in fact available and suggested that these alternatives should be sufficient for organic poultry production. The NOSB considered the availability of such alternatives in development of their recommendation and, based upon the public comment received, determined that alternatives are not available in sufficient quantities to meet the needs of the organic poultry industry. We concur with the NOSB's finding and, therefore, disagree with the comments suggesting that there are presently viable alternatives to justify removal of synthetic methionine from the National List.</P>
        <P>After full consideration of these comments, we have determined that the record supports retaining the provisions in the interim rule to extend the use of synthetic methionine in organic poultry production until October 1, 2012, at the following maximum levels of synthetic methionine per ton of feed: laying chickens—4 pounds; broiler chickens—5 pounds; turkeys and all other poultry—6 pounds. This provision remains consistent with the NOSB's April 29, 2010 recommendation.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 7 CFR Part 205</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Agriculture, Animals, Archives and records, Imports, Labeling, Organically produced products, Plants, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Seals and insignia, Soil conservation.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <REGTEXT PART="205" TITLE="7">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 205—NATIONAL ORGANIC PROGRAM</HD>
            <P>Accordingly, the interim rule amending 7 CFR part 205, subpart G published at 75 FR 51919 on August 24, 2010, is adopted as a final rule without change.</P>
          </PART>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>David R. Shipman,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Associate Administrator, Agricultural Marketing Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5716 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-02-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL CREDIT UNION ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>12 CFR Parts 708a and 708b</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 3133-AD84; 3133-AD85</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Conversions of Insured Credit Unions</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Credit Union Administration (NCUA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NCUA is confirming as final a December 23, 2010, interim final rule on the definition of the phrase “Regional Director” in NCUA's rule on credit union to mutual savings bank conversions. For clarification purposes, this rule modifies the aforementioned definition.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule is effective March 14, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Jacqueline Lussier, Staff Attorney, Office of General Counsel, National Credit Union Administration, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-3428, or telephone (703) 518-6540.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>In 2009, the NCUA Board created the NCUA Office of Consumer Protection (OCP) to become operational on January 1, 2010. NCUA is in the process of moving responsibility for the review and approval of certain types of credit union conversions from the Regional Directors to the Director of the OCP, including credit union conversions to mutual savings banks or mutual savings associations (MSBs) in 12 CFR part 708a and the conversion from National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund (NCUSIF) share insurance to nonfederal share insurance in 12 CFR part 708b. To accommodate this reassignment of staff functions, the NCUA Board issued an interim final rule in December 2010, adding the Director of the OCP to the definition of the phrase “Regional Director” in part 708a and adding a new definition of the phrase “Regional Director” to part 708b that mirrors the revised definition in part 708a. 75 FR 80678 (Dec. 23, 2010).</P>
        <P>NCUA received one comment letter that supported inclusion of the Director of the OCP in the definition of “Regional Director” in parts 708a and 708b.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Rule</HD>
        <P>The interim final rule instructed the Office of Federal Register (OFR) to amend § 708a.1 (now § 708a.101)<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>of part 708a by adding a definition of “Regional Director” to include the Director of the OCP. The interim final rule, however, should have instructed the OFR that § 708a.1 (now § 708a.101) be amended not by adding a new definition but rather by revising the existing definition of “Regional Director.” This final rule confirms the December 23, 2010, interim rule as final and instructs the OFR that the existing definition of “Regional Director” in § 708a.101 be revised to include the Director of the OCP.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>In December 2010, the NCUA Board issued a final rule that, in part, reorganized part 708a into subparts A through C and redesignated the existing section numbers in subpart A as §§ 708a.101 through 708a.113. 75 FR 81378 (Dec. 28, 2010). As reorganized, subpart A applies to conversions of federally-insured credit unions to MSBs and former § 708a.1 is now numbered § 708a.101. That final rule became effective on January 27, 2011.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Immediate Effective Date</HD>

        <P>NCUA is issuing this rulemaking as a final rule effective upon publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>The Administrative Procedure Act (APA), 5 U.S.C. 553, requires that a final rule must have a delayed effective date of 30 days from the date of publication, except for good cause. In this regard, NCUA believes the 30-day delayed effective date is inapplicable because the amendments to parts 708a and 708b are not substantive but merely update the regulation to provide NCUA with<PRTPAGE P="13505"/>additional administrative flexibility. As such, the final rule is not subject to the 30-day delayed effective date requirement.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Procedures</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires NCUA to prepare an analysis to describe any significant economic impact any regulation may have on a substantial number of small credit unions (those under $10 million in assets). 5 U.S.C. 603(a). Only a few credit unions convert in a given year. Accordingly, the NCUA Board certifies that the final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small credit unions, and, therefore, a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) applies to rulemakings in which an agency by rule creates a new paperwork burden on regulated entities or modifies an existing burden. 44 U.S.C. 3507(d). For purposes of the PRA, a paperwork burden may take the form of a reporting, recordkeeping, or disclosure requirement, each referred to as an information collection. The revised definition does not impose any new paperwork burden.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13132</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 13132 encourages independent regulatory agencies to consider the impact of their actions on state and local interests. In adherence to fundamental federalism principles, NCUA, an independent regulatory agency as defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(5), voluntarily complies with the executive order. The final rule will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the connection between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. NCUA has determined that this rule does not constitute a policy that has federalism implications for purposes of the executive order.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">The Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999—Assessment of Federal Regulations and Policies on Families</HD>
        <P>NCUA has determined that the final rule will not affect family well-being within the meaning of section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999, Public Law 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681 (1998).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act</HD>
        <P>The Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA), Public Law 104-121, provides generally for congressional review of agency rules. A reporting requirement is triggered in instances where NCUA issues a final rule as defined by section 551 of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 551. The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of the Office of Management and Budget has determined that this final rule is not a major rule for purposes of SBREFA.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>12 CFR Part 708a</CFR>
          <P>Charter conversions, Credit unions.</P>
          <CFR>12 CFR Part 708b</CFR>
          <P>Credit unions, Mergers of credit unions, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>By the National Credit Union Administration Board on March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Mary F. Rupp,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary of the Board.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, the National Credit Union Administration confirms as final the interim rule, which amended 12 CFR parts 708a and 708b, and was published December 23, 2010, at 75 FR 80678, with the following changes:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="708a" TITLE="12">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 708a—BANK CONVERSIONS AND MERGERS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 708a continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>12 U.S.C. 1766, 1785(b), and 1785(c).</P>
          </AUTH>
          
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="708" TITLE="12">
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 708a.101, revise the definition of<E T="03">regional director</E>to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 708a.101</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Regional director</E>means either the director of the NCUA regional office for the region where a natural person credit union's main office is located or the director of the NCUA's Office of Consumer Protection. For corporate credit unions,<E T="03">regional director</E>means the director of NCUA's Office of Corporate Credit Unions.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5675 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7535-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 71</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2010-1030; Airspace Docket No. 10-AGL-18]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Amendment of Class E Airspace; La Porte, IN</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule; correction.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This action corrects errors in the geographic coordinates of a final rule published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>February 1, 2011, that amends Class E airspace in the La Porte, IN area.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective date 0901 UTC May 5, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Scott Enander, Central Service Center, Operations Support Group, Federal Aviation Administration, Southwest Region, 2601 Meacham Blvd., Fort Worth, TX 76137; telephone (817) 321-7716.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">History</HD>
        <P>On February 1, 2011, the FAA published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a final rule amending Class E airspace in the La Porte, IN area (76 FR 5471), Docket No. FAA-2010-1030. Subsequent to publication, errors were discovered in the geographic coordinates for the La Porte Hospital Heliport point in space and the La Porte NDB. This action corrects these coordinates.</P>
        <P>Class E airspace designations are published in paragraph 6005, of FAA Order 7400.9U dated August 18, 2010, and effective September 15, 2010, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction to Final Rule</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me, on page 5472, column one, in the airspace description, under La Porte NDB, remove “lat. 41°29′56″ N., long. 86°46′17″ W.”, and insert “lat. 41°29′56″ N., long. 86°46′16″ W.”.</P>
        <P>On page 5472, column one, in the regulatory text, remove “* * * and within a 6-mile radius of the La Porte Hospital point in space at lat. 41°29′56″ N., long. 86°46′17″ W.” and insert “and within a 6-mile radius of the La Porte Hospital point in space at lat. 41°36′11″ N., long. 86°44′10″ W.”</P>
        <SIG>
          <PRTPAGE P="13506"/>
          <DATED>Issued in Fort Worth, Texas, on March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Walter L. Tweedy,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Manager, Operations Support Group, ATO Central Service Center.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5744 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>20 CFR Parts 404 and 416</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. SSA-2011-0008]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0960-AH29</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Protecting the Public and Our Employees in Our Hearing Process</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Social Security Administration.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Interim final rules with request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We are clarifying our regulatory procedures to ensure the safety of the public and our employees in our hearing process. Due to increasing reports of threats to our hearing office employees, we are taking steps to explicitly increase the level of protection we provide to our staff and to the public during the hearing process. We expect these changes to result in a safer work environment for our employees, while at the same time ensuring that our claimants continue to receive a full and fair hearing on their claims for benefits.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>This final rule is effective March 14, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Comment date:</E>To ensure that your comments are considered, we must receive them no later than May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments by any one of three methods—Internet, fax, or mail. Do not submit the same comments multiple times or by more than one method. Regardless of which method you choose, please state that your comments refer to Docket No. SSA-2011-0008 so that we may associate your comments with the correct regulation.</P>
        </ADD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Caution:</HD>
          <P>You should be careful to include in your comments only information that you wish to make publicly available. We strongly urge you not to include in your comments any personal information, such as SSN or medical information.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Internet:</E>We strongly recommend that you submit your comments via the Internet. Please visit the Federal eRulemaking portal at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Use the<E T="03">Search</E>function to find docket number SSA-2011-0008. The system will issue a tracking number to confirm your submission. You will not be able to view your comment immediately because we must post each comment manually. It may take up to a week for your comment to be viewable.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Fax:</E>Fax comments to (410) 966-2830.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Mail:</E>Mail your comments to the Office of Regulations, Social Security Administration, 107 Altmeyer Building, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21235-6401.</P>

        <P>Comments are available for public viewing on the Federal eRulemaking portal at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or in person, during regular business hours, by arranging with the contact person identified below.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Glen Colvin, Social Security Administration, 5107 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3260, 703-605-8444, for information about this final rule. For information on eligibility or filing for benefits, call our national toll-free number, 1-800-772-1213 or TTY 1-800-325-0778, or visit our Internet site, Social Security Online, at<E T="03">http://www.socialsecurity.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>We touch the lives of virtually every American, often during times of personal hardship, transition, and uncertainty. In FY2010, we had 45 million visits to our field offices, 738,000 hearings before an administrative law judge (ALJ), and over 67 million calls to our 800 number. Most interactions occur without incident, and 90% of visitors responding to our annual surveys rated the service as excellent, very good or good. However, some people who visit or call our offices make inappropriate statements to and against our employees. Unfortunately, some people go beyond verbal threats and physically assault our employees and guards. As our workloads have risen in recent years, the number of reported threats to our employees has increased significantly. In FY2010, we received 2,777 reports of threats to our employees across all offices, an increase of 43% from FY2009. We take these incidents very seriously, and we promptly investigate them and refer them to law enforcement for further action, when appropriate. We have increased security measures in our field and hearing offices and are using the resources provided by Congress to handle benefit claims more quickly and accurately. We expect these actions will minimize the anxiety that claimants may experience when they seek disability benefits from us. In deciding what further actions we should take, we must balance the risks to the public and our employees against our service delivery obligations.</P>
        <P>We are addressing concerns about security agency-wide, and many of the actions we are taking do not require regulatory changes. However, some of the actions we need to take require us to change the regulations that govern our hearing process.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Explanation of Changes</HD>
        <P>Agencies have the inherent authority to enforce reasonable restrictions on access to Federally owned property. In addition, courts have held that an individual's right of access to Federal property can reasonably be limited in the interest of public safety.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>In developing these final rules, we are balancing the individual's right to obtain services against the threat that the individual poses to the safety of our employees and our visitors.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>
            <E T="03">See Downing</E>v.<E T="03">Kunzig,</E>454 F.2d 1230, 1232 (6th Cir. 1972) (noting that, “federal buildings housing federal courts and other governmental agencies are designed to be used strictly for governmental purposes. Although members of the public ordinarily have free access to such buildings, * * * responsible agencies are free to adopt and enforce reasonable rules restricting such public use. * * *”);<E T="03">cf. United States</E>v.<E T="03">Cassiagnol,</E>420 F.2d 868, 875 (4th Cir. 1970) (“Even where government property is generally open to the public, reasonable nondiscriminatory regulation is appropriate to prevent interference with the designated and intended governmental use thereof.”)</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>In these final rules, we describe the process we will follow when one of our hearing office employees requests that we provide additional security at a hearing because the claimant or another individual poses a threat to the safety of our employees or other participants in the hearing. When one of our employees makes such a request, the Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge (HOCALJ) will determine whether the individual poses a reasonable threat to the safety of our employees or other participants in the hearing. The HOCALJ will make this finding when he or she determines that the individual has made a threat and there is a reasonable likelihood that the claimant or other individual could act on the threat. The threats that we will consider under these procedures would include, but are not limited to, a declaration of intent to injure another person, or deface or destroy property by some unlawful act. For example, we would use the procedures in these rules when a claimant or other individual makes a threat of physical harm or death against the ALJ, the ALJ's family, Social Security employees, the claimant's<PRTPAGE P="13507"/>representative, the witnesses at a hearing, the disability determination services, or the security staff in the hearing office.</P>
        <P>The HOCALJ will determine whether the individual poses a reasonable threat to the safety of our employees or other participants in the hearing based on the available evidence and after consultation with the presiding ALJ. Based on the HOCALJ's finding, we will take the necessary steps to protect the public and our employees. In making this finding, the HOCALJ will consider the evidence in the claimant's record and any other information we have regarding the claimant's or other individual's past conduct. If the HOCALJ determines that the individual poses a reasonable threat to the safety of our employees or other participants in the hearing, we will either require the presence of a guard at the hearing or require that the claimant's hearing be held by video or telephone. We expect to exercise this authority infrequently; the vast majority of hearings will continue to be conducted under our standard procedures.</P>
        <P>In some cases, because of the claimant's past actions, we will have banned him or her from our facilities. If we have banned a claimant from any of our facilities, he or she will be provided with the opportunity for a telephone hearing, at which he or she may testify and question any witnesses. While the Social Security Act provides a claimant with the opportunity for a hearing, we believe that, under these extraordinary circumstances, the opportunity for a telephone hearing fulfills this mandate.</P>
        <P>The HOCALJ's findings as to whether or not an individual poses a reasonable threat and how we will conduct the hearing are not initial determinations and not subject to further review under 20 CFR 404.903 and 416.1403.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Clarity of These Rules</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 12866 as supplemented by Executive Order 13563 requires each agency to write all rules in plain language. In addition to your substantive comments on this final rule, we invite your comments on how to make rules easier to understand.</P>
        <P>For example:</P>
        <P>• Would more, but shorter, sections be better?</P>
        <P>• Are the requirements in the rule clearly stated?</P>
        <P>• Have we organized the material to suit your needs?</P>
        <P>• Could we improve clarity by adding tables, lists, or diagrams?</P>
        <P>• What else could we do to make the rule easier to understand?</P>
        <P>• Does the rule contain technical language or jargon that is not clear?</P>
        <P>• Would a different format make the rule easier to understand, e.g., grouping and order of sections, use of headings, paragraphing?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">When will we start to use this rule?</HD>
        <P>We will start to use this final rule on the date shown under the “Effective Date” section earlier in this preamble. However, we are also inviting public comments on the changes made by this rule. We will consider any relevant comments we receive, and plan to publish another final rule document to respond to any such comments we receive, and to make any changes to the rules as appropriate based on the comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Procedures</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Justification for Issuing Final Rule Without Notice and Comment</HD>
        <P>We follow the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) rulemaking procedures specified in 5 U.S.C. 553 when developing regulations. Section 702(a)(5) of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. 902(a)(5). Generally, the APA requires that an agency provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment before issuing a final rule. The APA provides exceptions to its notice and public comment procedures when an agency finds there is good cause for dispensing with such procedures because they are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest. We have determined that good cause exists for dispensing with the notice and public comment procedures for this rule. 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B).</P>
        <P>As we noted above, the number of reported threats to our employees and property has risen dramatically in recent years. In light of this increase, we believe we must take immediate action in order to implement this rule as quickly as possible. The changes we are making in these final rules will increase our ability to protect our claimants, employees, and other visitors to our hearing offices, while at the same time ensuring that claimants are provided with the opportunity for a full and fair hearing. Accordingly, we find that prior public comment would be contrary to the public interest. However, we are inviting public comment on these final rules and will consider any substantive comments we receive within 60 days of the publication of these final rules.</P>
        <P>In addition, for the reasons cited above, we also find good cause for dispensing with the 30-day delay in the effective date of this rule provided for in 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). For the reasons stated above, we find it contrary to the public interest to delay the effective date of the changes we are making in this final rule. Accordingly, we are making this final rule effective upon publication.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order 12866 as Supplemented by Executive Order 13563</HD>
        <P>We consulted with the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and determined that this interim final rule meets the criteria for a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866 as supplemented by Executive Order 13563. Thus, OMB reviewed the final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>We certify that this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities as it affects individuals only. Therefore, a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>This rule does not create any new or affect any existing collections and, therefore, does not require OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 96.001, Social Security—Disability Insurance; 96.002, Social Security—Retirement Insurance; 96.004, Social Security—Survivors Insurance; 96.006, Supplemental Security Income.)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>20 CFR Part 404</CFR>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure; Blind, disability benefits; Old-age, Survivors and disability insurance; Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; Social security.</P>
          <CFR>20 CFR Part 416</CFR>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure; Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; Supplemental Security Income (SSI).</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Michael J. Astrue,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Commissioner of Social Security.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, we are amending subpart J of part 404 and subpart N of part 416 of title 20 of the Code of Federal Regulations as set forth below:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="404" TITLE="20">
          <PART>
            <PRTPAGE P="13508"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 404—FEDERAL OLD-AGE, SURVIVORS AND DISABILITY INSURANCE (1950-__)</HD>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart J—[Amended].</HD>
            </SUBPART>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for subpart J of part 404 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Secs. 201(j), 204(f), 205(a), (b), (d)-(h), and (j), 221, 223(i), 225, and 702(a)(5) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 401(j), 404(f), 405(a), (b), (d)-(h), and (j), 421, 423(i), 425, and 902(a)(5)); sec. 5, Pub. L. 97-455, 96 Stat. 2500 (42 U.S.C. 405 note); secs. 5, 6(c)-(e), and 15, Pub. L. 98-460, 98 Stat. 1802 (42 U.S.C. 421 note); sec. 202, Pub. L. 108-203, 118 Stat. 509 (42 U.S.C. 902 note).</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="404" TITLE="20">
          <AMDPAR>2. Add § 404.937 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 404.937</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Protecting the safety of the public and our employees in our hearing process.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Notwithstanding any other provision in this part or part 422 of this chapter, we are establishing the procedures set out in this section to ensure the safety of the public and our employees in our hearing process.</P>
            <P>(b)(1) At the request of any hearing office employee, the Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge will determine, after consultation with the presiding administrative law judge, whether a claimant or other individual poses a reasonable threat to the safety of our employees or other participants in the hearing. The Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge will find that a claimant or other individual poses a reasonable threat to the safety of our employees or other participants in the hearing when he or she determines that the individual has made a threat and there is a reasonable likelihood that the claimant or other individual could act on the threat. In making a finding under this paragraph, the Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge will consider all relevant evidence, including any information we have in the claimant's record and any information we have regarding the claimant's or other individual's past conduct.</P>
            <P>(2) If the Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge determines that the claimant or other individual poses a reasonable threat to the safety of our employees or other participants in the hearing, the Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge will either:</P>
            <P>(i) Require the presence of a security guard at the hearing; or</P>
            <P>(ii) Require that the hearing be conducted by video teleconference or by telephone.</P>
            <P>(c) If we have banned a claimant from any of our facilities, we will provide the claimant with the opportunity for a hearing that will be conducted by telephone.</P>
            <P>(d) The actions of the Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge taken under this section are final and not subject to further review.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="416" TITLE="20">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 416—SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY INCOME FOR THE AGED, BLIND, AND DISABLED</HD>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart N—[Amended].</HD>
            </SUBPART>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>3. The authority citation for subpart N continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Secs. 702(a)(5), 1631, and 1633 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 902(a)(5), 1383, and 1383b); sec. 202, Pub. L. 108-203, 118 Stat. 509 (42 U.S.C. 902 note).</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="416" TITLE="20">
          <AMDPAR>4. Add § 416.1437 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 416.1437</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Protecting the safety of the public and our employees in our hearing process.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Notwithstanding any other provision in this part or part 422 of this chapter, we are establishing the procedures set out in this section to ensure the safety of the public and our employees in our hearing process.</P>
            <P>(b)(1) At the request of any hearing office employee, the Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge will determine, after consultation with the presiding administrative law judge, whether a claimant or other individual poses a reasonable threat to the safety of our employees or other participants in the hearing. The Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge will find that a claimant or other individual poses a reasonable threat to the safety of our employees or other participants in the hearing when he or she determines that the individual has made a threat and there is a reasonable likelihood that the claimant or other individual could act on the threat. In making a finding under this paragraph, the Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge will consider all relevant evidence, including any information we have in the claimant's record and any information we have regarding the claimant's or other individual's past conduct.</P>
            <P>(2) If the Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge determines that the claimant or other individual poses a reasonable threat to the safety of our employees or other participants in the hearing, the Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge will either:</P>
            <P>(i) Require the presence of a security guard at the hearing; or</P>
            <P>(ii) Require that the hearing be conducted by video teleconference or by telephone.</P>
            <P>(c) If we have banned a claimant from any of our facilities, we will provide the claimant with the opportunity for a hearing that will be conducted by telephone.</P>
            <P>(d) The actions of the Hearing Office Chief Administrative Law Judge taken under this section are final and not subject to further review.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5750 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4191-02-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Coast Guard</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>33 CFR Part 3</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. USCG-2009-0929]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1625-ZA29</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Ninth Coast Guard District Sector Realignment; Northern Lake Michigan and Lake Huron</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Coast Guard, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final Rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This rule makes nonsubstantive, technical changes to Title 33 of the CFR to reflect the realignment of boundaries shared among Sector Lake Michigan, Sector Detroit, and Sector Sault Ste. Marie. This action is taken to rebalance workload and span of control among Ninth District sector commands. These changes affect internal Coast Guard organization and functioning only and will have no substantive effect on mariners or other members of the public.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This final rule is effective at 12:00:01 EDT on April 1, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Documents indicated in this preamble as being available in the docket are part of docket USCG-2009-0929 and are available online by going to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>inserting USCG-2009-0929 in the “Keyword” box, and then clicking “Search.” They are also available for inspection or copying at the Docket Management Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>If you have questions on this rule, call or e-mail Mr. Doug McCann, Ninth District Resources Planning Branch, U.S. Coast Guard, telephone 216-902-6008, e-mail<E T="03">douglas.a.mccann@uscg.mil.</E>If you have questions on viewing the docket, call Renee V. Wright, Program Manager, Docket Operations, telephone 202-366-9826.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:<PRTPAGE P="13509"/>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Information</HD>
        <P>The Coast Guard is issuing this final rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment pursuant to authority under section 4(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). This provision authorizes an agency to issue a rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment when the rule involves “agency organization” or when the agency for good cause finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(A), the Coast Guard finds that with respect to this rule the requirement to publish a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) does not apply because these changes merely involve agency organization. Also, the Coast Guard finds, under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), that good cause exists for not publishing an NPRM with respect to this rule because it is unnecessary. Comments are unnecessary because they would not change the Coast Guard's internal delegation of authority or duties among the Ninth District's sector commands nor would they provide expertise regarding Coast Guard functions.</P>

        <P>Under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making this rule effective less than 30 days after publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>because these changes affect internal Coast Guard organization and functioning only and will have no substantive effect on the public.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background and Purpose</HD>
        <P>On July 2, 2007, in order to reflect the establishment of the new system of sector commands, the Coast Guard extensively revised 33 CFR part 3. That revision included various changes to the Coast Guard's internal organization to include the reassignment of Station Charlevoix and Station Alpena from Group Sault Ste. Marie to Sectors Lake Michigan and Detroit, respectively. That reassignment was done in order to have all units on Lake Michigan assigned to one sector and all units on Lake Huron assigned to another. The Coast Guard has decided, however, to further adjust sector boundaries to provide a more balanced workload and span of control among Ninth District sectors. An effect of this boundary adjustment is that Stations Charlevoix and Alpena will be reassigned to Sector Sault Ste. Marie.</P>
        <P>In addition to balancing workload and span of control, this realignment will also enhance planning and coordination with our maritime partners. Specifically, these changes will align Ninth District sectors more closely with Customs and Border Protection, Immigration and Customs Enforcement, Environmental Protection Agency, Chippewa Ottawa Resource Authority, and the Tri-County 911 Center servicing Charlevoix, Cheboygan, and Emmet counties. This alignment is expected to improve cooperation, consistency, and efficiency in maritime security, safety, and environmental response. This rule is not intended or expected to require any new actions on the part of the public.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of Rule</HD>
        <P>Generally, this rule expands Sector Sault Ste. Marie's Area of Responsibility (AOR). Its new AOR will encompass Grand Traverse Bay, other northern portions of Lake Michigan, and additional portions of northern Lake Huron. To accomplish this realignment, this rule amends 33 CFR 3.45-15, 3.45-20, and 3.45-45, which define the boundaries of Sector Lake Michigan, Sector Detroit, and Sector Sault Ste. Marie respectively.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Analyses</HD>
        <P>We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on 13 of these statutes or executive orders.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Planning and Review</HD>
        <P>This rule is not a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, and does not require an assessment of potential costs and benefits under section 6(a)(3) of that Order. The Office of Management and Budget has not reviewed it under that Order. As this rule involves internal agency organization and non-substantive changes, it will not impose any costs on the public.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Small Entities</HD>
        <P>Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612), we have considered whether this rule would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. This rule does not require a general notice of proposed rulemaking and therefore, is exempt from the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>Although this rule is exempt, we have reviewed this rule for potential economic impacts on small entities. We found that that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities because it involves internal agency organization and non-substantive changes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Collection of Information</HD>
        <P>This rule calls for no new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Federalism</HD>
        <P>A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on State or local governments and would either preempt State law or impose a substantial direct cost of compliance on them. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it does not have implications for federalism.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Unfunded Mandates Reform Act</HD>
        <P>The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or Tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Taking of Private Property</HD>
        <P>This rule will not effect a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Civil Justice Reform</HD>
        <P>This rule meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform, to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Protection of Children</HD>

        <P>We have analyzed this rule under Executive Order 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks. This rule is not an economically significant rule and will not create an environmental risk to health or risk to safety that may disproportionately affect children.<PRTPAGE P="13510"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Indian Tribal Governments</HD>
        <P>This rule does not have Tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian Tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian Tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian Tribes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Energy Effects</HD>
        <P>We have analyzed this rule under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use. We have determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under that order because it is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866 and is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. The Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has not designated it as a significant energy action. Therefore, it does not require a Statement of Energy Effects under Executive Order 13211.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Technical Standards</HD>

        <P>The National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs agencies to use voluntary consensus standards in their regulatory activities unless the agency provides Congress, through the Office of Management and Budget, with an explanation of why using these standards would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical standards (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>specifications of materials, performance, design, or operation; test methods; sampling procedures; and related management systems practices) that are developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies.</P>
        <P>This rule does not use technical standards. Therefore, we did not consider the use of voluntary consensus standards.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Environment</HD>

        <P>We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have concluded this action is one of a category of actions which do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. Therefore, this rule is categorically excluded, under figure 2-1, paragraph (34)(b), of the Instruction. This rule concerns Coast Guard internal functions and organization in that it redefines certain sector boundaries. An environmental analysis checklist and a categorical exclusion determination are available in the docket where indicated under<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 33 CFR Part 3</HD>
          <P>Organization and functions (Government agencies).</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 3 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="3" TITLE="33">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 3—COAST GUARD AREAS, DISTRICTS, SECTORS, MARINE INSPECTION ZONES, AND CAPTAIN OF THE PORT ZONES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 3 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>14 U.S.C. 92; Pub. L. 107-296, 116 Stat. 2135; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1, para. 2(23).</P>
          </AUTH>
          
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="3" TITLE="33">
          <AMDPAR>2. Revise § 3.45-15 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.45-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sector Lake Michigan Marine Inspection Zone and Captain of the Port Zone.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Sector Lake Michigan's office is located in Milwaukee, WI. The boundaries of Sector Lake Michigan's Marine Inspection Zone and Captain of the Port Zone include all navigable waters of the United States and contiguous land areas within the boundaries of an area starting from a point at latitude 44°43′00″ N, longitude 84°30′00″ W, proceeding due west to longitude 85°40′00″ W; thence northwest to the eastern shore of Lake Michigan at latitude 45°01′00″ N; thence northwest to latitude 45°22′30″ N, longitude 86°19′00″ W; thence northeast to latitude 45°41′00″ N, longitude 86°06′00″ W; thence northwest to latitude 46°20′00″ N, longitude 87°22′00″ W; thence west to latitude 46°20′00″ N, longitude 90°00′00″ W; thence south to latitude 41°00′00″ N; thence east to the Ohio-Indiana border at latitude 41°00′00″ N, longitude 84°48′12″ W; thence north along the Ohio-Indiana border to the intersection of the Ohio-Indiana-Michigan border at latitude 41°41′59″ N, longitude 84°48′22″ W; thence east along the Ohio-Michigan border to latitude 41°42′13″ N, longitude 84°30′00″ W; thence north to the start point.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="3" TITLE="33">
          <AMDPAR>3. Revise § 3.45-20 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.45-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sector Detroit Marine Inspection Zone and Captain of the Port Zone.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Sector Detroit's office is located in Detroit, MI. The boundaries of Sector Detroit's Marine Inspection Zone and Captain of the Port Zone include all navigable waters of the United States and contiguous land areas within the boundaries of an area starting from a point at latitude 41°00′00″ N, longitude 84°48′12″ W on the Ohio-Indiana boundary, proceeding east to longitude 82°25′00″ W; thence north to the international boundary in Lake Erie at latitude 41°40′36″ N, longitude 82°25′00″ W; thence north along the international boundary to latitude 44°43′00″ N in Lake Huron; thence due west to latitude 44°43′00″ N, longitude 84°30′00″ W; thence south to the Michigan-Ohio boundary at latitude 41°42′13″ N; thence west along the Michigan-Ohio boundary to the Ohio-Michigan-Indiana boundary at latitude 41°41′46″ N, longitude 84°48′22″ W; thence south along the Ohio-Indiana boundary to the starting point.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="3" TITLE="33">
          <AMDPAR>4. Revise § 3.45-45 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.45-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sector Sault Ste. Marie Marine Inspection Zone and Captain of the Port Zone; Marine Safety Unit Duluth.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Sector Sault Ste. Marie's office is located in Sault Ste. Marie, MI. A subordinate unit, Marine Safety Unit (MSU) Duluth, is located in Duluth, MN.</P>
            <P>(a) Sector Sault Ste. Marie's Marine Inspection Zone and Captain of the Port Zone comprise all navigable waters of the United States and contiguous land areas within an area starting from a point at latitude 44°43′00″ N on the international boundary within Lake Huron; proceeding due west to longitude 85°40′00″ W; thence northwest to the eastern shore of Lake Michigan at latitude 45°01′00″ N; thence northwest to latitude 45°22′30″ N, longitude 86°19′00″ W; thence northeast to latitude 45°41′00″ N, longitude 86°06′00″ W; thence northwest to latitude 46°20′00″ N, longitude 87°22′00″ W; thence west to the Minnesota-North Dakota boundary at latitude 46°20′00″ N, longitude 96°36′30″  W; thence north along the Minnesota-North Dakota boundary to the intersection of the Minnesota-North Dakota boundary and the international boundary at latitude 49°00′02″ N, longitude 97°13′46″ W; thence east along the international boundary to the starting point; and in addition, all the area described in paragraph (b) of this section.</P>

            <P>(b) The boundaries of the MSU Duluth Marine Inspection and Captain of the Port Zones comprise all navigable<PRTPAGE P="13511"/>waters of the United States and contiguous land areas within an area starting at a point latitude 46°20′00″ N, longitude 88°30′00″ W, proceeding west to the Minnesota-North Dakota boundary at latitude 46°20′00″ N, longitude 96°36′30″ W; thence north along the Minnesota-North Dakota boundary to the intersection of the Minnesota-North Dakota boundary and the international boundary at latitude 49°00′02″ N, longitude 97°13′46″ W; thence east along the international boundary to a point at latitude 47°59′23″ N, longitude 87°35′10″ W; thence south to a point near Manitou Island Light at latitude 47°25′09″ N, longitude 87°35′10″ W; thence southwest to a point near the shore of Lake Superior at latitude 46°51′51″ N, longitude 87°45′00″ W; thence southwest to the point of origin.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kathryn A. Sinniger,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief, Office of Regulations and Administrative Law, United States Coast Guard.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5731 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-04-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 52</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-R03-OAR-2010-0903; FRL-9278-7]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Virginia; Revisions to the Open Burning Regulations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Direct final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>EPA is taking direct final action to approve revisions to the Virginia State Implementation Plan (SIP). The revisions recodify the open burning regulations which are currently in the Virginia SIP. There are no substantive changes to the rule. EPA is approving these revisions to Virginia's open burning regulations in accordance with the requirements of the Clean Air Act (CAA).</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>This rule is effective on May 13, 2011 without further notice, unless EPA receives adverse written comment by April 13, 2011. If EPA receives such comments, it will publish a timely withdrawal of the direct final rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and inform the public that the rule will not take effect.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID Number EPA-R03-OAR-2010-0903 by one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>A.<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the on-line instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>B.<E T="03">E-mail: frankford.harold@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>C.<E T="03">Mail:</E>EPA-R03-OAR-2010-0903, Harold A. Frankford, Air Protection Division, Mailcode 3AP00, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region III, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.</P>
          <P>D.<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>At the previously-listed EPA Region III address. Such deliveries are only accepted during the Docket's normal hours of operation, and special arrangements should be made for deliveries of boxed information.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>Direct your comments to Docket ID No. EPA-R03-OAR-2010-0903. EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change, and may be made available online at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Do not submit information that you consider to be CBI or otherwise protected through<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or e-mail. The<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>Web site is an “anonymous access” system, which means EPA will not know your identity or contact information unless you provide it in the body of your comment. If you send an e-mail comment directly to EPA without going through<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>your e-mail address will be automatically captured and included as part of the comment that is placed in the public docket and made available on the Internet. If you submit an electronic comment, EPA recommends that you include your name and other contact information in the body of your comment and with any disk or CD-ROM you submit. If EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, EPA may not be able to consider your comment. Electronic files should avoid the use of special characters, any form of encryption, and be free of any defects or viruses.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>All documents in the electronic docket are listed in the<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>index. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, i.e., CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically in<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or in hard copy during normal business hours at the Air Protection Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region III, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. Copies of the State submittals are available at the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality, 629 East Main Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Harold A. Frankford, (215) 814-2108, or by e-mail at<E T="03">frankford.harold@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>Throughout this document, whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA. On September 27, 2010, the Commonwealth of Virginia submitted a formal revision to its State Implementation Plan (SIP). The SIP revision consists of the recodification of its open burning regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Summary of SIP Revision</HD>
        <P>The recodification moves the Commonwealth's SIP-approved open burning regulations from 9VAC5, Chapter 140, Part II Article 40 to a new 9VAC5 Chapter 130, Part I. The following table summarizes the current and new Virginia Administrative Code (VAC) citations for these regulations:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,15,15" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Regulation title</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Current Virginia SIP citation in 9VAC5 chapter 40, part II, article 40</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Revised Virginia SIP citation in 9VAC5 chapter 130, part I</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>5-40-5600</ENT>
            <ENT>5-130-10</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Definitions</ENT>
            <ENT>5-40-5610</ENT>
            <ENT>5-130-20</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Open Burning Prohibitions</ENT>
            <ENT>5-40-5620</ENT>
            <ENT>5-130-30</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Permissible Open Burning</ENT>
            <ENT>5-40-5630</ENT>
            <ENT>5-130-40</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="13512"/>
            <ENT I="01">Forest Management and Agricultural Practices</ENT>
            <ENT>5-40-5631</ENT>
            <ENT>5-130-50</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>The changes in text to these regulations are administrative in nature; there are no substantive changes from the current SIP-approved regulatory text.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. General Information Pertaining to Submittals From the Commonwealth of Virginia</HD>
        <P>In 1995, Virginia adopted legislation that provides, subject to certain conditions, for an environmental assessment (audit) “privilege” for voluntary compliance evaluations performed by a regulated entity. The legislation further addresses the relative burden of proof for parties either asserting the privilege or seeking disclosure of documents for which the privilege is claimed. Virginia's legislation also provides, subject to certain conditions, for a penalty waiver for violations of environmental laws when a regulated entity discovers such violations pursuant to a voluntary compliance evaluation and voluntarily discloses such violations to the Commonwealth and takes prompt and appropriate measures to remedy the violations. Virginia's Voluntary Environmental Assessment Privilege Law, Va. Code Section 10.1-1198, provides a privilege that protects from disclosure documents and information about the content of those documents that are the product of a voluntary environmental assessment. The Privilege Law does not extend to documents or information (1) That are generated or developed before the commencement of a voluntary environmental assessment; (2) that are prepared independently of the assessment process; (3) that demonstrate a clear, imminent and substantial danger to the public health or environment; or (4) that are required by law.</P>
        <P>On January 12, 1998, the Commonwealth of Virginia Office of the Attorney General provided a legal opinion that states that the Privilege Law, Va. Code Section 10.1-1198, precludes granting a privilege to documents and information “required by law,” including documents and information “required by Federal law to maintain program delegation, authorization or approval,” since Virginia must “enforce Federally authorized environmental programs in a manner that is no less stringent than their Federal counterparts. * * *” The opinion concludes that “[r]egarding § 10.1-1198, therefore, documents or other information needed for civil or criminal enforcement under one of these programs could not be privileged because such documents and information are essential to pursuing enforcement in a manner required by Federal law to maintain program delegation, authorization or approval.”</P>
        <P>Virginia's Immunity law, Va. Code Section 10.1-1199, provides that “[t]o the extent consistent with requirements imposed by Federal law,” any person making a voluntary disclosure of information to a state agency regarding a violation of an environmental statute, regulation, permit, or administrative order is granted immunity from administrative or civil penalty. The Attorney General's January 12, 1998 opinion states that the quoted language renders this statute inapplicable to enforcement of any Federally authorized programs, since “no immunity could be afforded from administrative, civil, or criminal penalties because granting such immunity would not be consistent with Federal law, which is one of the criteria for immunity.”</P>
        <P>Therefore, EPA has determined that Virginia's Privilege and Immunity statutes will not preclude the Commonwealth from enforcing its program consistent with the Federal requirements. In any event, because EPA has also determined that a state audit privilege and immunity law can affect only state enforcement and cannot have any impact on Federal enforcement authorities, EPA may at any time invoke its authority under the CAA, including, for example, sections 113, 167, 205, 211 or 213, to enforce the requirements or prohibitions of the state plan, independently of any state enforcement effort. In addition, citizen enforcement under section 304 of the CAA is likewise unaffected by this, or any, state audit privilege or immunity law.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Final Action</HD>

        <P>EPA is approving the recodification of Virginia's SIP-approved open burning regulations from 9VAC5 Chapter 40, Part II, Article 40 to the open burning regulations cited in 9VAC5 Chapter 130. EPA is publishing this rule without prior proposal because the Agency views this as a noncontroversial amendment and anticipates no adverse comment. However, in the “Proposed Rules” section of today's<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, EPA is publishing a separate document that will serve as the proposal to approve the SIP revision if adverse comments are filed. This rule will be effective on May 13, 2011 without further notice unless EPA receives adverse comment by April 13, 2011. If EPA receives adverse comment, EPA will publish a timely withdrawal in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>informing the public that the rule will not take effect. EPA will address all public comments in a subsequent final rule based on the proposed rule. EPA will not institute a second comment period on this action. Any parties interested in commenting must do so at this time. Please note that if EPA receives adverse comment on an amendment, paragraph, or section of this rule and if that provision may be severed from the remainder of the rule, EPA may adopt as final those provisions of the rule that are not the subject of an adverse comment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. General Requirements</HD>
        <P>Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:</P>
        <P>• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993);</P>

        <P>• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>);</P>

        <P>• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a<PRTPAGE P="13513"/>substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>);</P>
        <P>• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);</P>
        <P>• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);</P>
        <P>• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);</P>
        <P>• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);</P>
        <P>• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and</P>
        <P>• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).</P>
        <P>In addition, this rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), because the SIP is not approved to apply in Indian country located in the state, and EPA notes that it will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.</P>
        <P>In addition, this rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), because the SIP is not approved to apply in Indian country located in the state, and EPA notes that it will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Submission to Congress and the Comptroller General</HD>
        <P>The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801<E T="03">et seq.,</E>as added by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, generally provides that before a rule may take effect, the agency promulgating the rule must submit a rule report, which includes a copy of the rule, to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. EPA will submit a report containing this action and other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States prior to publication of the rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>A major rule cannot take effect until 60 days after it is published in the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>This action is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Petitions for Judicial Review</HD>

        <P>Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by May 13, 2011. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. Parties with objections to this direct final rule are encouraged to file a comment in response to the parallel notice of proposed rulemaking for this action published in the proposed rules section of today's<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, rather than file an immediate petition for judicial review of this direct final rule, so that EPA can withdraw this direct final rule and address the comment in the proposed rulemaking. This action to recodify Virginia's SIP-approved open burning regulations may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (<E T="03">See</E>section 307(b)(2).)</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 52</HD>
          <P>Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 1, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>W.C. Early,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Regional Administrator, Region III.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        
        <P>40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="52" TITLE="40">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 52—[AMENDED]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority for citation for part 52 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>42.U.S.C. 7401<E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
          </AUTH>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart VV—Virginia</HD>
          </SUBPART>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="52" TITLE="40">
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 52.2420, the table in paragraph (c) is amended by removing the category for Article 40 and adding a category for Chapter 130 after the existing entry for 5-91-800, to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.2420</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Identification of plan.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs60,r50,12,r50,r50" COLS="5" OPTS="L1,i1">
              <TTITLE>EPA-Approved Virginia Regulations and Statutes</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">State citation</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Title/subject</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">State effective date</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">EPA approval date</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Explanation [former SIP<LI>citation]</LI>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW RUL="s">
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
                <ENT I="21">
                  <E T="02">9VAC5, Chapter 130Regulations for Open Burning [Formerly 9VAC5 Chapter 40, Part II, Article 40]</E>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW RUL="s">
                <ENT I="21">Part IGeneral Provisions</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="01">5-130-10</ENT>
                <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
                <ENT>3/18/09</ENT>
                <ENT>3/14/11 [<E T="03">Insert page number where the document begins</E>]</ENT>
                <ENT>Formerly 5-40-5600<LI>Provisions of Article 40 are applicable only in the Northern Virginia and Richmond Emissions Control Areas as defined in 9 VAC 5-20-206.</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">5-130-20</ENT>
                <ENT>Definitions</ENT>
                <ENT>3/18/09</ENT>
                <ENT>3/14/11 [<E T="03">Insert page number where the document begins</E>]</ENT>
                <ENT>Formerly 5-40-5610.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">5-130-30</ENT>
                <ENT>Open Burning Prohibitions</ENT>
                <ENT>3/18/09</ENT>
                <ENT>3/14/11 [<E T="03">Insert page number where the document begins</E>]</ENT>
                <ENT>Formerly 5-40-5620.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">5-130-40</ENT>
                <ENT>Permissible Open Burning</ENT>
                <ENT>3/18/09</ENT>
                <ENT>3/14/11 [<E T="03">Insert page number where the document begins</E>]</ENT>
                <ENT>Formerly 5-40-5630.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="13514"/>
                <ENT I="01">5-130-50</ENT>
                <ENT>Forest Management and Agricultural Practices</ENT>
                <ENT>3/18/09</ENT>
                <ENT>3/14/11 [<E T="03">Insert page number where the document begins</E>]</ENT>
                <ENT>Formerly 5-40-5631.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5625 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 63</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0334; FRL-9279-8]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2060-AQ89</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Chemical Manufacturing Area Sources</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>EPA is issuing this final rule to stay the requirement for certain affected sources to comply with the title V permit program during the pendency of the reconsideration process. On June 15, 2010, EPA notified Petitioners that the Agency intended to initiate the reconsideration process in response to their request for reconsideration of certain provisions in the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Chemical Manufacturing Area Sources. Among the provisions EPA is reconsidering is a requirement that certain affected sources obtain a permit.</P>

          <P>On December 14, 2010, EPA issued a 90-day stay of the requirement for certain affected sources to comply with the title V permit program. Because we believed that the reconsideration process would not be completed within 90 days, we concurrently proposed to stay the provision requiring certain sources to obtain a permit until the final reconsideration rule is published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. After considering the comments received, EPA is promulgating the stay of compliance through this final rule.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This final rule is effective on March 14, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0334. All documents in the docket are listed on the<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>Web site. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>confidential business information or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically through<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>or in hard copy at the EPA Docket Center, Public Reading Room, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave., NW., Washington, DC. The Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone number for the Air Docket is (202) 566-1742.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Mr. Nick Parsons, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Sector Policies and Programs Division, Refining and Chemicals Group (E143-01), Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711; telephone number: (919) 541-5372; fax number: (919) 541-0246; e-mail address:<E T="03">parsons.nick@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>The EPA published final National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Chemical Manufacturing Area Sources (CMAS) on October 29, 2009. 40 CFR part 63, subpart VVVVVV (74 FR 56008). Included in the final rule was a new provision that stated “[a]ny source that was a major source and installed a control device on a CMPU<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>after November 15, 1990, and, as a result, became an area source under 40 CFR part 63 is required to obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71.” See 40 CFR 63.11494(e).</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>Chemical Manufacturing Process Unit.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>On February 12, 2010, the American Chemistry Council and the Society of Chemical Manufacturers and Affiliates (collectively referred to as “Petitioners”) sought reconsideration of six provisions in the final rule, including the provision requiring certain sources to obtain a title V permit. On June 15, 2010, EPA notified Petitioners that the Agency intended to initiate the reconsideration process. EPA also separately notified Petitioners that the provision requiring certain sources to obtain a title V permit was among the provisions for which EPA would grant reconsideration.</P>
        <P>By letter dated October 28, 2010, Petitioners requested a stay of the requirement to comply with the title V permit program, specifically the requirement to submit a title V permit application, pending completion of the reconsideration process. Petitioners stated in their letter that they were requesting the stay because EPA has yet to initiate the reconsideration process, and, “under one interpretation of EPA's [40 CFR part 70 and 40 CFR part 71] regulations, existing sources must file Title V permit applications [by] October 29, 2010.” Petitioners maintained that it would be unreasonable and inequitable to require facilities to prepare and submit title V applications at the same time that EPA is reconsidering the requirement to obtain a title V permit.</P>
        <P>On December 14, 2010, we issued a 90-day stay of the requirement for certain sources to obtain a title V permit, and we concurrently proposed extending the stay beyond the 90-day period until the reconsideration process is completed (75 FR 77760 and 75 FR 77799). As explained in the proposal notice, we proposed the stay because facilities had no chance to comment on this new requirement in the final rule, and because we are reconsidering the title V permitting requirement. Furthermore, because we cannot pre-judge the outcome of the reconsideration process, we stated that a limited stay during the duration of the administrative reconsideration process is appropriate so that sources are not incurring the cost associated with applying for a title V permit in advance of our final decision on the issue.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. What action is EPA taking?</HD>

        <P>We are issuing a stay of the provision in 40 CFR 63.11494(e) that requires “[a]ny source that was a major source and installed a control device on a CMPU after November 15, 1990, and, as a result, became an area source under 40 CFR part 63 is required to obtain a<PRTPAGE P="13515"/>permit under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71” until the final reconsideration rule is published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. What are the major comments and responses to those comments?</HD>

        <P>We received five comments in support of the proposed stay. In addition, four of the commenters also provided comments objecting to EPA finalizing the title V permit requirement as part of our reconsideration. Because we received no adverse comment on the proposed stay of the title V permitting requirement, we are taking final action to extend the stay until the final reconsideration rule is published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. This action deals only with the stay. We will discuss and request comment on the title V permitting issue in the forthcoming reconsideration notice.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. What are the changes since proposal?</HD>
        <P>No changes have been made to the proposed stay (75 FR 77799). Thus, the final rule is identical to the proposed rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. What are the impacts of the final rule?</HD>
        <P>The stay will not change the estimated environmental and cost impacts of the rule because it does not apply to the control requirements in the rule. However, the burden associated with conducting activities related to preparing permit applications will, at a minimum, be delayed for the duration of the stay.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. General Requirements</HD>

        <P>Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), and Executive Order 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011), this action is not a “significant regulatory action,” and, therefore, is not subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget. For this reason, this action is also not subject to Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001). In addition, this action does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4), or require prior consultation with State officials, as specified by Executive Order 12875 (58 FR 58093, October 28, 1993), or involve special consideration of environmental justice related issues, as required by Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994). Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act, I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This final rule will not impose any new requirements on small entities. This action also does not have Tribal implications because it will not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian Tribes, on the relationship between the Federal government and Indian Tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal government and Indian Tribes, as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000). This action also does not have Federalism implications because it does not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999). This action also is not subject to Executive Order 13045 “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). The requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) do not apply. This action does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501,<E T="03">et seq.</E>). EPA's compliance with these statutes and Executive Orders for the underlying rule is discussed in the October 29, 2009,<E T="04">Federal Register</E>document.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Submission to Congress and the Comptroller General</HD>
        <P>The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801,<E T="03">et seq.,</E>as added by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, generally provides that, before a rule may take effect, the agency promulgating the rule must submit a rule report, which includes a copy of the rule, to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. EPA will submit a report containing this notice and other required information to the United States Senate, the United States House of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States prior to publication of the rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. A major rule cannot take effect until 60 days after it is published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The stay of these particular provisions in 40 CFR part 63, subpart VVVVVV is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2). This rule will be effective March 14, 2011.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 63</HD>
          <P>Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Air pollution control, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Lisa P. Jackson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, title 40, chapter I of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="63" TITLE="40">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 63—[AMENDED]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 63 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>42 U.S.C. 7401,<E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="63" TITLE="40">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 63.11494</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[STAYED IN PART]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 63.11494, paragraph (e) is stayed from March 14, 2011, until further notice.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5778 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>42 CFR Part 413</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[CMS-1430-IFC]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0938-AQ92</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Medicare Program; Revisions to the Reductions and Increases to Hospitals' FTE Resident Caps for Graduate Medical Education Payment Purposes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Interim final rule with comment period.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This interim final rule with comment period implements section 203 of the Medicare and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010 relating to the treatment of teaching hospitals that are members of the same Medicare graduate medical education affiliated groups for the purpose of determining possible full-time equivalent resident cap reductions.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>These regulations are effective on March 14, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>To be assured consideration, comments must be received at one of the addresses provided below, no later than 5 p.m. on April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>In commenting, please refer to file code CMS-1430-IFC. Because of staff and resource limitations, we cannot<PRTPAGE P="13516"/>accept comments by facsimile (FAX) transmission.</P>
          <P>You may submit comments in one of four ways (please choose only one of the ways listed)</P>
          <P>1.<E T="03">Electronically.</E>You may submit electronic comments on this regulation to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the “Submit a comment” instructions.</P>
          <P>2.<E T="03">By regular mail.</E>You may mail written comments to the following address only: Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, Attention: CMS-1430-IFC, P.O. Box 8013, Baltimore, MD 21244-8013.</P>
          <P>Please allow sufficient time for mailed comments to be received before the close of the comment period.</P>
          <P>3.<E T="03">By express or overnight mail.</E>You may send written comments to the following address only: Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, Attention: CMS-1430-IFC, Mail Stop C4-26-05, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244-1850.</P>
          <P>4.<E T="03">By hand or courier.</E>If you prefer, you may deliver (by hand or courier) your written comments before the close of the comment period to either of the following addresses:</P>
          <P>a. For delivery in Washington, DC—Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, Room 445-G, Hubert H. Humphrey Building, 200 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20201</P>
          <P>(Because access to the interior of the Hubert H. Humphrey Building is not readily available to persons without Federal government identification, commenters are encouraged to leave their comments in the CMS drop slots located in the main lobby of the building. A stamp-in clock is available for persons wishing to retain a proof of filing by stamping in and retaining an extra copy of the comments being filed.)</P>
          <P>b. For delivery in Baltimore, MD— Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244-1850.</P>
          <P>If you intend to deliver your comments to the Baltimore address, please call telephone number (410) 786-7195 in advance to schedule your arrival with one of our staff members.</P>
          <P>Comments mailed to the addresses indicated as appropriate for hand or courier delivery may be delayed and received after the comment period.</P>

          <P>For information on viewing public comments, see the beginning of the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Tzvi Hefter, (410) 786-4487.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">Inspection of Public Comments:</E>All comments received before the close of the comment period are available for viewing by the public, including any personally identifiable or confidential business information that is included in a comment. We post all comments received before the close of the comment period on the following Web site as soon as possible after they have been received:<E T="03">http://regulations.gov.</E>Follow the search instructions on that Web site to view public comments.</P>
        <P>Comments received timely will be also available for public inspection as they are received, generally beginning approximately 3 weeks after publication of a document, at the headquarters of the Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21244, Monday through Friday of each week from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. To schedule an appointment to view public comments, phone 1-800-743-3951.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Statutory Authority</HD>
        <P>Section 1886(h) of the Act, as added by section 9202 of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) of 1985 (Pub. L. 99-272) and as currently implemented in the regulations at 42 CFR 413.75 through 413.83, establishes a methodology for determining payments to hospitals for the direct costs of approved graduate medical education (GME) programs. Section 1886(h)(2) of the Act sets forth a methodology for the determination of a hospital-specific base-period per resident amount (PRA) that is calculated by dividing a hospital's allowable direct costs of GME in a base period by its number of residents in the base period. The base period is, for most hospitals, the hospital's cost reporting period beginning in FY 1984 (that is, October 1, 1983 through September 30, 1984). The base year PRA is updated annually for inflation. In general, Medicare direct GME payments are calculated by multiplying the hospital's updated PRA by the weighted number of full-time equivalent (FTE) residents working in all areas of the hospital complex (and at nonprovider sites, when applicable), and the hospital's Medicare share of total inpatient days.</P>
        <P>Section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act provides for an additional payment amount under the hospital inpatient prospective payment system (IPPS) for hospitals that have residents in an approved GME program in order to account for the higher indirect patient care costs of teaching hospitals relative to nonteaching hospitals. The regulations regarding the calculation of this additional payment, known as the indirect medical education (IME) adjustment, are located at 42 CFR 412.105. The hospital's IME adjustment applied to the DRG payments is calculated based on the ratio of the hospital's number of FTE residents training in either the inpatient or outpatient departments of the IPPS hospital to the number of inpatient hospital beds.</P>
        <P>The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (Pub. L. 105-33) established a limit on the number of allopathic and osteopathic residents that a hospital may include in its FTE resident count for direct GME and IME payment purposes. Under section 1886(h)(4)(F) of the Act, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997, a hospital's unweighted FTE count of residents for purposes of direct GME may not exceed the hospital's unweighted FTE count for its most recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996. Under section 1886(d)(5)(B)(v) of the Act, a similar limit on the FTE resident count for IME purposes is effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997.</P>

        <P>The recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148), as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-152) (collectively referred to in this document as the Affordable Care Act) made a number of statutory changes relating to the determination of a hospital's FTE resident count for direct GME and IME payment purposes and the manner in which FTE resident limits are calculated and applied to hospitals under certain circumstances. Section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act added a new section 1886(h)(8) to the Act to provide for the reduction in FTE resident caps for direct GME under Medicare for certain hospitals, and to authorize the “redistribution” of the estimated number of FTE resident slots to other qualified hospitals. In addition, section 5503 amended section 1886(d)(5)(B)(v) of the Act to require the application of section 1886(h)(8) of the Act provisions “in the same manner” as the FTE resident caps for IME. The regulations implementing section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act were included in the Outpatient Prospective Payment System (PPS) Final Rule, published on November 24, 2010 in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(75 FR 72147). The section below summarizes the provisions of section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act as implemented in<PRTPAGE P="13517"/>the November 24, 2010<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Reductions and Increases to Hospitals' FTE Resident Caps for GME Payment Purposes Under Section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act</HD>
        <P>As previously discussed, the calculation of both direct GME and IME payments is affected by the number of FTE residents that a hospital is allowed to count; generally, the greater the number of FTE residents a hospital counts, the greater the amount of Medicare direct GME and IME payments the hospital will receive. In an attempt to end the implicit incentive for hospitals to increase the number of FTE residents, Congress instituted a cap on the number of allopathic and osteopathic residents a hospital is allowed to count for direct GME and IME purposes. Dental and podiatric residents are not included in this statutorily mandated cap. Some hospitals have trained a number of allopathic and osteopathic residents in excess of their FTE resident caps, while other hospitals have reduced their FTE resident counts to some level below their FTE resident caps. Section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act added a new section 1886(h)(8) to the Act to provide for reductions in the statutory FTE resident caps for direct GME under Medicare for certain hospitals, and authorizes a “redistribution” to hospitals of the estimated number of FTE resident slots resulting from the reductions. Section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act also amended section 1886(d)(5)(B)(v) of the Act to require application of the provisions of 1886(h)(8) of the Act “in the same manner” to the FTE resident caps for IME.</P>

        <P>The new section 1886(h)(8)(A) of the Act provides that, effective for portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after July 1, 2011, a hospital's FTE resident cap will be reduced if its “reference resident level” is less than its “otherwise applicable resident limit,” as these terms are described below. Section 1886(h)(8)(A)(ii) of the Act and the November 24, 2010<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(75 FR 72147) describes which hospitals are exempt from a cap reduction under section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act. Included in that group are rural hospitals with fewer than 250 acute care inpatient beds. For other hospitals, any such reduction will be equal to 65 percent of the difference between the hospital's “otherwise applicable resident limit” and its “reference resident level.”</P>
        <P>Under section 1886(h)(8)(B) of the Act, the Secretary is authorized to increase the FTE resident caps for certain categories of hospitals for portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after July 1, 2011, by an aggregate number that does not exceed the estimated overall reduction in FTE resident caps for all hospitals under section 1886(h)(8)(A) of the Act. A single hospital may receive an increase in its FTE resident cap of no more than 75 additional FTEs. That is, a hospital would be allowed to receive up to 75 additional slots for direct GME and up to 75 additional slots for IME. In determining which hospitals would receive an increase in their FTE resident caps, sections 1886(h)(8)(C) through 1886(h)(8)(E) of the Act directs us to do all of the following:</P>
        <P>• Take into account the demonstrated likelihood of the hospital filling the additional positions within the first three cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2011.</P>
        <P>• Take into account whether the hospital has an accredited rural training track program.</P>
        <P>• Distribute 70 percent of the resident slots to hospitals located in States with resident-to-population ratios in the lowest quartile.</P>
        <P>• Distribute 30 percent of the resident slots to hospitals located in a State, a territory of the United States, or the District of Columbia that are among the top 10 States, territories, or Districts in terms of the ratio of the total population living in an area designated as a health professional shortage area (HSPA), as of March 23, 2010, to the total population, and/or to hospitals located in rural areas.</P>

        <P>A comprehensive description of the rules implementing the cap slot redistribution under section 1886(h)(8) of the Act can be found in the November 24, 2010<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(75 FR 72168).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Treatment of Affiliated Groups Under Section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act</HD>
        <P>A previous redistribution of “unused” FTE resident slots was performed in 2005 under section 422 of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (MMA) (Pub. L. 108-173). Section 422 of the MMA provided for the redistribution of unused residency positions effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2005. While the redistribution under section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act as initially enacted is similar to the previous redistribution under section 422 of MMA, there are substantive differences between the two provisions. One of those differences involves the treatment of hospitals that were members of the same Medicare GME affiliated groups for purposes of determining whether a hospital should receive a cap reduction. The regulations governing Medicare GME affiliated groups and Medicare GME affiliation agreements are at 42 CFR 413.75(b) and 413.79(f), respectively. Medicare GME affiliation agreements allow teaching hospitals to temporarily transfer cap slots to other hospitals in order to facilitate the cross training of residents. The duration of the temporary cap slots transfer is a minimum of 1 year beginning on July 1 of a year, per the Medicare GME affiliation agreement.</P>
        <P>Under section 422 of MMA, the statute explicitly directed the Secretary to apply the provisions to hospitals that were members of the same Medicare GME affiliated group as of July 1, 2003. Specifically, section 1886(h)(7)(A)(iii) of the Act states “The provisions of clause (i) shall be applied to hospitals which are members of the same Medicare GME affiliated group (as defined by the Secretary under paragraph (4)(H)(ii)) as of July 1, 2003.” Therefore, in implementing section 422 of MMA, we based the FTE resident cap reductions for hospitals that were participating in a Medicare GME affiliated group on the aggregate cap and count data from all hospitals participating in the same Medicare GME affiliated group(s). If a hospital was training a number of residents below its FTE resident cap for the reference cost reporting period but the hospital was part of a Medicare GME affiliated group for some or all of that reference cost reporting period, the Medicare contractor determined if the aggregate affiliated count for all hospitals in the Medicare GME affiliated group was greater than the aggregate affiliated cap. If the aggregate affiliated count was greater than the aggregate cap, then there was no reduction made to the FTE caps of any hospital in the Medicare GME affiliated group (even for the hospital that was part of the Medicare GME affiliated group, but was training below its cap).</P>
        <P>However, as we noted in the November 24, 2010<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(75 FR 72161), in contrast to section 422 of MMA, section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act as initially enacted did not include language specific to Medicare GME affiliated groups as was included in section 422 of MMA under section 1886(h)(7)(A)(iii) of the Act. Thus, section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act as initially enacted did not provide for determinations based on the aggregate experience of a Medicare GME affiliated group. Therefore, we stated in the November 24, 2010<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(75 FR 72161), that the determination of whether a hospital would receive a cap reduction based on that individual<PRTPAGE P="13518"/>hospital's experience and not the aggregate experience of the Medicare GME affiliated group.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Section 203 of the Medicare and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010 (P.L. 111-309)</HD>
        <P>Section 203 of the Medicare and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010 (MMEA) further amended section 1886(h)(8) of the Act by adding the following new subparagraph:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>(I) Affiliation.—The provisions of this paragraph shall be applied to hospitals which are members of the same affiliated group (as defined by the Secretary under paragraph (4)(H)(ii)) and the reference resident level for each such hospital shall be the reference resident level with respect to the cost reporting period that results in the smallest difference between the reference resident level and the otherwise applicable resident limit.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <P>This paragraph refers to the treatment of hospitals that are members of the same Medicare GME affiliated groups, as described in section C of this interim final rule for purposes of determining a hospital's possible cap reductions under section 1886(h)(8)(A) of the Act. Similar to section 422 of MMA, this amendment to the language at section 1886(h)(8) of the Act allows us to consider hospitals that are members of the same Medicare GME affiliated group in the aggregate, rather than only on an individual basis, for the purposes of determining a GME FTE cap reduction.</P>

        <P>Although this amendment allows us to implement section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act in a manner similar to section 422 of MMA, a key difference in implementation remains. One point of note is that section 422 of MMA, (section 1886(h)(7)(A)(ii)(I) of the Act) refers to the most recent cost reporting period ending on or before September 30, 2002 as the reference cost reporting period. However, as stated in the August 11, 2004<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(69 FR 49125), if a hospital was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group for the academic year beginning July 1, 2003, then its reference cost reporting period was the cost reporting period that included July 1, 2003. This differs from section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act which instructs the Secretary to choose the reference cost reporting period out of the hospital's three most recent cost reporting periods ending before March 23, 2010 for which a cost report has been settled or has been submitted to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010, that has the highest FTE resident count section 1886(h)(8)(H)(i)) of the Act.</P>
        <P>For hospitals that were members of the same Medicare GME affiliated groups, the MMEA now allows us to determine the reference cost reporting period as the cost reporting period out of the hospitals three most recent cost reporting periods ending before March 23, 2010 for which a cost report has been settled or has been submitted to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010 with the smallest difference between the reference resident level and the otherwise applicable resident limit (section 1886)(h)(8)(I) of the Act). Therefore based on the amendment made to section 1886(h)(8) of the Act by section 203 of the MMEA adding subparagraph (I), we are establishing in this interim final rule with comment period, a methodology to determine whether a hospital is subject to a cap reduction under section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act based on that hospital's participation in a Medicare GME affiliated group(s) or an emergency Medicare GME affiliated group under 42 CFR 413.79(f). Although the MMEA provision applies to both regular Medicare GME affiliation agreements and emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreements, for ease of reference, we will refer in this discussion to both with the term Medicare GME affiliation agreements. We believe the purpose of section 203 of MMEA is to amend section 1886(h)(8) of the Act in order to implement section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act in a manner that is similar to section 422 of MMA with regard to treatment of hospitals that are members of the same Medicare GME affiliated group. Accordingly, we are implementing section 203 of the MMEA in a manner similar to the way in which section 422 of MMA was implemented. The methodology used to determine a cap reduction for hospitals which are members of the same affiliated group is as follows:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part 1: Determine the “Reference Cost Reporting Period”</HD>
        <P>The Medicare contractor will assess each hospital on an individual basis. First, the Medicare contractor will determine whether a hospital was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group at any point during any of the hospital's three most recent cost reporting periods ending before March 23, 2010 for which a cost report has been settled or has been submitted to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010. That is, the Medicare contractor will determine whether the caps during any of those three cost reporting periods were revised because the hospital was a member of a Medicare affiliation agreement. If a hospital was not a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group during any of those three cost reporting periods, then the Medicare contractor will determine if and by how much that hospital's FTE resident caps should be reduced in accordance with the policy established in the November 24, 2010 final rule (75 FR 72155 through 72168).</P>

        <P>If the Medicare contractor determines that a hospital was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group at any point during any of the three most recent cost reporting periods ending before March 23, 2010 for which a cost report has been settled or has been submitted to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010, then subparagraph (I) applies, and the Medicare contractor will determine a hospital's reference cost reporting period by determining the cost reporting period from the three most recent cost reporting periods ending before March 23, 2010 for which a cost report has been settled or has been submitted to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010, that results in the smallest difference between the reference resident level and the otherwise applicable resident limit. For example, a hospital with a FYE of December 31 may not be a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group for the academic years beginning July 1, 2006, 2007, or 2008, but it may be a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group for the academic year beginning July 1, 2005. In the cost reporting period ending December 31, 2006, the months of January through June 2006 would be affected by the July 1, 2005 Medicare GME affiliation agreement. Therefore, in this example, the hospital is indeed a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group at some point, albeit for only a portion of a cost reporting period, during its three most recent cost reporting periods ending before March 23, 2010 for which a cost report has been settled or has been submitted to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010 (in this case, these cost reporting periods would include FYE 12/31/08, FYE 12/31/07, and FYE 12/31/06), and as such its reference cost reporting period would be determined as the cost reporting period that results in the smallest difference between the reference resident level and the otherwise applicable resident limit. As previously discussed, section 422 of the MMA specified a single time period that would be used for all hospitals that were members of a Medicare GME affiliated group; that is as of July 1, 2003. However, section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act does not specify one cost reporting period, but rather it specifies that the reference cost<PRTPAGE P="13519"/>reporting period is one out of three possible cost reporting periods. For a hospital that was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group at any point during any of the three applicable cost reporting periods, after determining the cost report that is a hospital's reference cost reporting period based on the cost report that results in the smallest difference between the reference resident level and the otherwise applicable resident limit, to determine whether there are any excess slots we believe it is appropriate to consider whether a hospital was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group as of July 1 of that reference cost reporting period. The hospital may or may not have been a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group during that reference cost reporting period. We do not believe that section 1886(h)(8)(I) of the Act, as added by section 203 of the MMEA, requires that a hospital must be a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group during all 3 cost reporting periods, nor during the year determined to be the reference cost reporting period. Rather, being a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group at some point in just one of the three cost reporting periods warrants that a hospital's reference cost reporting period be determined based on which cost report has the smallest difference between the reference resident level and the otherwise applicable resident limit. To determine if an FTE resident cap reduction is appropriate, if the hospital was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group as of July 1 in the reference cost reporting period, we will look at the Medicare GME affiliated group in the aggregate, when we determine if the subject hospital has excess capacity for purposes of a reduction under sections 5503 and 203. If the hospital was not a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group as of July 1 in the reference cost reporting period, excess FTEs training at other members of the affiliated group will not be considered for the purposes of a reduction under sections 5503 and 203 and that hospital's FTE resident caps should be reduced in accordance with the policy established for hospitals that are not members of Medicare GME affiliated groups in the November 24, 2010 final rule (75 FR 72155 through 72168). The nature of this determination underscores the fact that reductions to the FTE resident caps of hospitals that are members of Medicare GME affiliated groups must still be made on an individual hospital basis. The following is an example of a reference cost reporting period determination. (For ease of illustration, this example focuses on reductions to the IME FTE resident caps only, but the methodology is the same for reductions to the direct GME FTE resident caps):</P>
        <P>Hospital A has a FTE resident cap of 10 FTE residents. Hospital A's three most recent cost reports that have been settled or submitted to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010 include cost reporting periods with FYE 12/31/2006, 12/31/2007, and 12/31/2008. During these three cost reporting periods, Hospital A trained 8, 9, and 9 FTE residents, respectively. For the academic years beginning July 1, 2006 and July 1, 2007, Hospital A was not a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group. However, for the academic year beginning July 1, 2008, Hospital A is affiliated with Hospital B and Hospital C. As a result of its Medicare GME affiliation agreement with Hospitals B and C, Hospital A's adjusted cap or otherwise applicable resident limit is 12 for the academic year beginning July 1, 2008. Thus, when determining the reference cost reporting period for Hospital A, the Medicare contractor would compare the resident level for Hospital A with its otherwise applicable resident limit for each of the cost reporting period as indicated below:</P>
        <P>• Cost Reporting Period 1 (01/01/2006-12/31/2006): 10 (FTE Resident Cap)−8 (FTE Resident Count) = 2.</P>
        <P>• Cost Reporting Period 2 (01/01/2007-12/31/2007): 10 (FTE Resident Cap)−9 (FTE Resident Count) = 1.</P>
        <P>• Cost Reporting Period 3 (01/01/2008-12/31/2008): 11 (Adjusted FTE Resident Cap)−9 (FTE Resident Count) = 2.</P>
        
        <FP>(Note that although Hospital A received an increase of 2 FTEs, from 10 to 12, under the Medicare GME affiliation agreement for the academic year beginning July 1, 2008, since Hospital A has a 12/31 fiscal year end, the actual cap adjustment is prorated to half of 2, for an increase to its FTE resident cap of 1, equaling 11). In this example, the smallest difference between the reference resident level and the otherwise applicable resident limit for Hospital A is 1, which occurs in the cost reporting period with FYE 12/31/2007. Thus, Hospital A's reference cost reporting period is 01/01/2007-12/31/2007. Note that Hospital A is not a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group during FYE 12/31/07. The implications of this are discussed below.</FP>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part 2: Determine the Applicable Reductions</HD>
        <P>For a hospital that was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group at any point during any of its three most recent cost reporting periods ending before March 23, 2010 for which a cost report has been settled or has been submitted to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010, once the Medicare contractor determines that hospital's reference cost reporting period (that is, the cost report with the smallest difference between the hospital's FTE resident cap and FTE resident count), the Medicare contractor must then determine if the hospital was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group as of the July 1 that occurs during that reference cost reporting period. If not, and the hospital's FTE resident count was equal to or exceeded its FTE resident cap in that reference cost report, then no reduction to its FTE resident cap is made and no further steps are necessary. If that hospital's FTE resident count was less than its FTE resident cap during that reference cost report, then the Medicare contractor would reduce the FTE resident cap by 65 percent of the difference between the FTE resident cap and the FTE resident count.</P>
        <P>If the hospital was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group as of the July 1 that occurs during that reference cost reporting period, the Medicare contractor will look at the members of the Medicare GME affiliated group for that period in the aggregate, for the purpose of determining a reduction to the particular hospital's FTE resident cap. In other words, assuming the Medicare contractor is assessing Hospital X, once it is determined that Hospital X was training residents below its adjusted FTE resident cap as part of a Medicare GME affiliation agreement occurring during Hospital X's reference cost reporting period, the Medicare contractor will treat the hospitals in the Medicare GME affiliated group in the aggregate, but only for the purpose of determining the reduction to Hospital X's FTE resident cap. The Medicare contractor would not actually reduce the FTE resident caps of the other hospitals that were affiliated with Hospital X in that year, since each hospital is evaluated separately, and it may be that the reference cost reporting periods for the other hospitals may not be the same as Hospital X's reference cost reporting period. (It may be that the reference cost reporting period for another hospital is one in which that hospital was not part of a Medicare GME affiliated group, in which case, treatment as a group is not warranted when determining that hospital's FTE cap reduction).</P>

        <P>For the hospital that was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group as of the July 1 that occurs during that<PRTPAGE P="13520"/>reference cost report, the Medicare contractor will determine for each hospital in the Medicare GME affiliated group respectively its FTE resident cap and FTE resident count (IME and direct GME separately). The Medicare contractor will add each hospital's FTE resident caps (IME and direct GME separately) to determine the aggregate affiliated FTE resident cap. The contractor will then add each hospital's FTE resident count (IME and direct GME separately) to determine the aggregate affiliated FTE resident count. If the aggregate FTE resident counts are equal to or exceed the aggregate FTE resident caps, then no reductions would be made to that particular hospital's FTE resident cap under section 5503 of Affordable Care Act, and no further steps are necessary for that hospital. We emphasize that at this point, it has only been determined that the particular hospital will not be subject to an FTE resident cap reduction—as the FTE resident cap reduction determination is ultimately one that is done on an individual hospital basis, at this point the contractor has not made any determinations regarding the status of the other hospitals that are in the same Medicare GME affiliated group as the particular hospital under review.</P>
        <P>However, where the aggregate FTE resident count is below the aggregate FTE resident cap (IME and direct GME separately), a reduction to the particular hospital's FTE resident cap would be necessary. In these cases, for each hospital that is a member of the same Medicare GME affiliated group, the Medicare contractor will determine the following FTE information from the cost report that includes July 1 of the particular hospital's reference cost reporting period:</P>
        <P>(1) The “1996” FTE resident cap (as adjusted by new programs, if applicable) for the hospital under review— For IME from Worksheet E, Part A of the Medicare cost report, the sum of lines 3.04 and 3.05. If the hospital's IME FTE resident cap was reduced under section 422 of the MMA, subtract from this sum the amount reported on Worksheet E-3, Part VI, line 13. For direct GME from Worksheet E-3, Part IV of the Medicare cost report, the sum of lines 3.01 and 3.02. If the hospital's direct GME FTE resident cap was reduced under section 422 of the MMA, subtract from this sum the amount reported on Worksheet E-3, Part VI, line 2.</P>
        <P>(2) The “affiliated” FTE resident cap for the hospital being assessed—For IME, line 3.07. For direct GME, line 3.04.</P>
        <P>(3) The total number of allopathic and osteopathic FTE residents for the hospital being assessed—For IME, line 3.08. For direct GME, line 3.05.</P>
        <P>(4) The difference between the aggregate “affiliated” FTE resident cap and the total FTE resident counts for all of the affiliated hospitals—For IME, Σ line 3.08 minus Σ (lines 3.04 + 3.05−applicable section 422 reduction amount). For direct GME, Σ line 3.05 minus Σ (lines 3.01 + 3.02−applicable section 422 reduction amount).</P>
        <P>(5) For IME, for those hospitals whose FTE resident count from line 3.08 is greater than the “affiliated” FTE resident cap on line 3.07, indicate “zero.” For direct GME, for those hospitals whose FTE resident count from line 3.05 is greater than the “affiliated” FTE resident cap on line 3.04, indicate “zero.” For IME, for those hospitals whose FTE resident count from line 3.08 is less than the “affiliated” FTE resident cap on line 3.07, determine the difference between the hospital's “affiliated” FTE resident cap and the hospital's FTE resident count, line 3.08 minus line 3.07. For direct GME, for those hospitals whose FTE resident count from line 3.05 is less than the “affiliated” FTE resident cap on line 3.04, determine the difference between the hospital's “affiliated” FTE resident cap and the hospital's FTE resident count, line 3.05 minus line 3.04.</P>
        <P>(6) For IME and direct GME separately, to determine the total amount by which the FTE resident counts are below the “affiliated” FTE resident caps and add the amounts determined under step 5 for each hospital that trained fewer residents than its “affiliated” FTE resident caps.</P>
        <P>(7) For IME and direct GME separately, determine a pro rata cap reduction for the hospital being assessed by dividing the hospital-specific amount in step 5 by the total amount for all of those hospitals in step 6, and multiply by the amount in step 4. (that is, (step5/step6) × step 4).</P>
        <P>(8) For IME and direct GME separately, determine the actual cap reduction for the hospital being assessed by multiplying the pro rata cap reduction from step 7 by 0.65.</P>
        <P>(9) For IME and direct GME separately, determine the reduced FTE resident cap for the hospital being assessed by subtracting the actual cap reduction from step 8 from the “1996” FTE resident cap from step 1. This is the hospital's FTE resident cap effective July 1, 2011.</P>
        <P>The following is an example of how the reductions to the FTE resident caps will be determined where the FTE resident counts in the aggregate for hospitals that were affiliated as of July 1 of the reference cost reporting period for a particular hospital are below the hospitals' FTE resident caps in the aggregate. For ease of illustration, this example focuses on reductions to the IME caps only, but the methodology is the same for reductions to the direct GME caps.</P>
        <P>In this example, the Medicare contractor has determined, using the methodology from Step 1, that the reference cost reporting period (the period with smallest difference between the reference resident level and the otherwise applicable resident limit) for Hospital D is January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007. The academic year that occurs in this reference cost reporting period begins July 1, 2007. Hospitals D, E, and F are members of a Medicare GME affiliated group for the academic year that begins July 1, 2007. Hospital D is also separately affiliated with Hospitals G and H for the academic year that begins July 1, 2007. Thus, the affiliated group for GME payment purposes, and for purposes of determining possible FTE cap reductions for Hospital D under subparagraph (I) consists of Hospitals D, E, F, G, and H. Hospital E's cost report that includes July 1, 2007 is FYE June 30, 2008. Hospital D's, F's, and G's cost report that includes July 1, 2007 is their FYE December 31, 2007, and Hospital H's cost report that includes July 1, 2007 is its FYE September 30, 2007. Using steps 1 through 9 above, the reduction to the FTE resident caps for Hospital D is determined in the table below.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,12,12,12,12,12,12,12" COLS="8" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Hospital</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">1996 FTE Caps<LI>(Step 1)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">“Affiliated” FTE cap<LI>(Step 2)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">FTE Count<LI>(Step 3)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of FTEs below the “Affiliated” Cap<LI>(Step 5)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Pro rate<LI>reduction</LI>
              <LI>(Step 7)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Actual Cap Reduction<LI>(Step 8)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Final FTE<LI>Cap</LI>
              <LI>(Step 9)</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">D</ENT>
            <ENT>115</ENT>
            <ENT>90</ENT>
            <ENT>75</ENT>
            <ENT>−15</ENT>
            <ENT>−8</ENT>
            <ENT>−5.2</ENT>
            <ENT>109.8</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">E</ENT>
            <ENT>80</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>125</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">F</ENT>
            <ENT>120</ENT>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="13521"/>
            <ENT I="01">G</ENT>
            <ENT>95</ENT>
            <ENT>115</ENT>
            <ENT>125</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">H</ENT>
            <ENT>30</ENT>
            <ENT>125</ENT>
            <ENT>65</ENT>
            <ENT>−60</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Totals</ENT>
            <ENT>440</ENT>
            <ENT>440</ENT>
            <ENT>400</ENT>
            <ENT>−75</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>Step 4→</ENT>
            <ENT>−40</ENT>
            <ENT>Step 6↑</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>In this example, Hospital D's FTE resident count of 75 was 15 less than its ”affiliated” FTE resident cap of 90, and Hospital H's FTE resident count of 65 was 60 less than its ”affiliated” FTE resident cap of 125 (as determined under step 5). Hospital F's ”affiliated” FTE resident cap equaled its FTE resident count. Under this methodology, the fact that Hospitals E and G exceeded their respective ”affiliated” FTE resident caps minimizes the reductions to Hospital D's ”1996” FTE resident caps through the calculation of a pro rata reduction under step 7.</P>
        <P>We note that although Hospital H is also under its cap; its cap is not reduced in this exercise. Under section 5503, the cap reduction determination is calculated individually for each hospital based on its individual reference cost reporting period, so each hospital would be evaluated for a possible reduction separately. Hospital H will be evaluated separately, and it may be that Hospital's H reference cost report may not be its FYE September 30, 2007 cost report, and ultimately, Hospital H may or may not be subject to an FTE resident cap reduction. Thus, under step 8, the actual cap reduction of 5.2 FTEs for Hospital D is determined by taking 65 percent of 8 (rather than 65 percent of 15). As a result, under step 9, Hospital D's final FTE resident cap effective on July 1, 2011 is determined to be 109.8 FTEs.</P>
        <P>We also note that the reduction to Hospital D's ”1996” FTE resident caps was minimized only because Hospitals E and G exceeded their ”affiliated” FTE resident caps. If all hospitals in the Medicare GME affiliated group had trained residents below their ”affiliated” FTE resident caps, then a pro rata reduction would not benefit Hospital D. In that case, the ”1996” FTE resident caps of Hospital D in the Medicare GME affiliated group would be reduced by 65 percent of the difference between its ”affiliated” FTE resident cap and FTE resident count.</P>
        <P>We believe this final policy is similar to the method used to implement section 422 of the MMA with regard to hospitals that were members of the same Medicare GME affiliated group in that, as under section 422 of the MMA, we are only treating a hospital as part of a group if the hospital was a member of a Medicare GME affiliation agreement during its reference cost reporting period under section 1886(h)(8) of the Act. In implementing section 203 of the MMEA in this manner, we believe we have addressed the concerns raised by commenters in response to the CY 2011 Outpatient PPS proposed rule (75 FR 46395 August 3, 2010) in that this policy could protect hospitals from a loss of slots if the aggregate counts equal to or exceed the “affiliated” FTE resident caps, and could limit the loss of slots in the instance where a hospital is a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group and the aggregate counts are below the “affiliated” FTE resident caps.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Provisions of the Interim Final Rule</HD>

        <P>As part of the CY 2011 Hospital Outpatient PPS final rule published in the November 24, 2010<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(75 FR 71800), we implemented section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act, which added a new section 1886(h)(8) to the Act. Section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act provides for reductions in the statutory FTE resident caps for direct GME under Medicare for certain hospitals, and authorizes a “redistribution” to hospitals of the estimated number of FTE resident slots resulting from the reductions. Section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act also amended section 1886(d)(5)(B)(v) of the Act to require application of the provisions of 1886(h)(8) of the Act “in the same manner” to the FTE resident caps for IME. Section 1886(h)(8) of the Act requires that any such reduction to the FTE resident caps will be equal to 65 percent of the difference between the hospital's “otherwise applicable resident limit” and its “reference resident level.” Section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act as initially enacted did not include language specific to Medicare GME affiliated groups and did not provide for FTE resident cap reduction determinations based on the aggregate experience of a Medicare GME affiliated group. Accordingly, section 203 of the MMEA further amended section 1886(h)(8) of the Act to specify that the provisions of section 1886(h)(8) of the Act shall be applied to hospitals which are members of the same Medicare GME affiliated group, and the “reference resident level” for each such hospital is the FTE resident count from the cost reporting period that results in the smallest difference between the FTE resident count and the FTE resident cap. We are revising § 413.79(m)(7) to reflect the changes made by section 203 of the MMEA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Response to Comments</HD>

        <P>Because of the large number of public comments we normally receive on<E T="04">Federal Register</E>documents, we are not able to acknowledge or respond to them individually. We will consider all comments we receive by the date and time specified in the<E T="02">DATES</E>section of this preamble, and, when we proceed with a subsequent document, we will respond to the comments in the preamble to that document.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Waiver of Proposed Rulemaking, 60-Day Comment Period, and Delay of Effective Date</HD>

        <P>Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), we are required to publish a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. Section 1871(b)(1) of the Act imposes a similar requirement: that the Secretary publish a<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice with not less than 60 days for public comment. In addition, both authorities mandate a 30-day delay in effective date.</P>

        <P>Section 553(b)(B) of the APA provides for an exception from these APA requirements; in cases in which this exception applies, section 1871(b)(2)(C) of the Act provides an exception from the notice and delayed effective date requirements of the Act as well. Section 553(b)(B) of the APA authorizes an agency to dispense with normal rulemaking requirements for good cause if the agency makes a finding that notice and comment procedures are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest. In addition, both section 553(d)(3) of APA and section 1871(e)(1)(B)(ii) of the Act allow the agency to avoid the 30-day delay in<PRTPAGE P="13522"/>effective date where such delay is contrary to the public interest and an agency includes a statement of support.</P>

        <P>Here, section 203 of the MMEA amends section 1886(h)(8) of the Act. Regulations implementing section 5503(a) of the ACA were published in the November 24, 2010<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The amendment made by section 203 of the MMEA is effective as if included in the enactment of section 5503(a) of the Affordable Care Act. Specifically the amendments apply to portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after July 1, 2011. As a result, given the December 15, 2010 enactment of the MMEA, there was and there is a finite and, under the circumstances, highly compressed window of opportunity to complete implementation before the statutory deadline. Time pressure is acute because the agency must commence implementation substantially in advance of its July 1, 2011 deadline or risk a cascade of missed deadlines and failed intermediate steps, jeopardizing the program. Binding instructions must be given to Medicare contractors and hospitals as soon as possible to enable them to undertake critical first steps in a tight chain of business decisions that must precede implementation of the new provision.</P>
        <P>As we indicate in section VI.C., the effect of section 203 of the MMEA is that it benefits member hospitals of Medicare GME affiliated groups by protecting them from or mitigating their loss of residency slots. Prior implementation of section 422 of the MMA, which similarly redistributed unused FTE resident cap slots to other qualifying hospitals, suggests that significant time is required to implement this type of provision. The MMA was passed in December 2003, and was effective on July 1, 2005. Unlike section 5503 of the ACA, section 422 of the MMA, as originally enacted, already included language giving special consideration to the treatment of members of Medicare GME affiliated groups. We published final regulations implementing the process for reducing the FTE resident caps of certain teaching hospitals, both members of Medicare GME affiliated groups and those that were not affiliated, by August 1, 2004 (69 FR 49111). Since section 422 of the MMA was effective on July 1, 2005, the agency had 11 months between August 2004 and July 1, 2005 to implement section 422 of the MMA.</P>
        <P>In this case, the statutory deadline provides the agency with significantly less time to implement section 5503 of the ACA and section 203 of the MMEA than it had to implement section 422 of the MMA. The ACA was passed on March 23, 2010, and we included the proposal for section 5503 of the ACA in the CY 2011 OPPS proposed rule; the final rule was not issued until November 1, 2010 (75 FR 72133). Since section 5503 of the ACA must be implemented to be effective on July 1, 2011, this means that we have only 8 months (as compared to the 11 months under section 422 of the MMA) to implement section 5503. Moreover, because the language regarding special treatment of hospitals that are members of Medicare GME affiliated groups was not passed as part of the MMEA until December 15, 2010, yet it has the same effective date of July 1, 2011 as section 5503 of ACA, the amount of time available to implement the provision by July 1, 2011 has been further reduced to approximately 4 months. Facing this comparatively brief window, and based on historical experience, we find that it would be impracticable for us and our contractors to perform enough GME audits to assure the validity of as-submitted cost report data that are necessary for implementation—especially while simultaneously reviewing for regulatory compliance many hundreds of applications requesting additional slots.</P>
        <P>The implementation of section 5503 of ACA and section 203 of the MMEA, as we learned when implementing section 422 of the MMA, requires significant planning, coordination, and investment of time and audit resources. There are approximately 1,100 teaching hospitals and more than 300 of them are members of Medicare GME affiliated groups. Many of these teaching hospitals have hundreds of residents, and it can take a Medicare contractor many weeks or months to audit the data on each as-submitted cost report. On January 7, 2011, we issued instructions to the contractors instructing them to begin audits for the purpose of implementing section 5503 of ACA. In those instructions, and in the CY 2011 OPPS final rule (75 FR 72153), we stated that the contractors are required to submit their estimates of each teaching hospital's FTE resident cap reduction, if any, to CMS by May 16, 2011. This would allow us to create the “pool” of slots available for redistribution, and to start assigning those slots to qualifying hospitals based on applications we reviewed between January 21, 2011 and May 2011. Even prior to May 16, 2011, the Medicare contractors will need time to notify hospitals of their tentative findings and allow hospitals to react to the potential FTE resident cap reductions. Unfortunately, many audits have yet to begin, as the Medicare contractors have been waiting for instructions regarding treatment of hospitals that are members of Medicare GME affiliated groups.</P>
        <P>For these reasons, that is, because we face an extremely compressed timeframe; because Medicare contractors and hospitals need to make critical business decisions and systems changes far in advance, each constituting a material change of position that would be costly and impracticable to reverse; because historical evidences suggests that even a slight delay could prevent timely implementation of this Congressionally mandated policy change; and because it is therefore probable that failing to act early would have adverse financial impacts for teaching hospitals and the Federal government—we have concluded that there is good cause to waive ordinary rulemaking provisions as they are impracticable and contrary to the public interest in this case, and issue interim final regulations as soon as possible, that being necessary to implementing section 203 of the MMEA in an accurate, comprehensive, and timely manner. We are providing a 30-day public comment period.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Collection of Information Requirements</HD>
        <P>This document does not impose information collection and recordkeeping requirements. Consequently, it need not be reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget under the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Regulatory Impact Statement</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Statement of Need</HD>

        <P>Section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act provides for reductions in the statutory FTE resident caps under Medicare for certain hospitals and authorizes a “redistribution” of the FTE resident slots resulting from the reduction in the FTE resident caps to other hospitals. The purpose of section 5503 is to allow hospitals in certain states that wish to start new or expand existing programs in primary care or general surgery but are already training residents at or above their FTE resident caps to use slots from other hospitals that have not been using all of their slots. Section 203 of the Medicare and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010 amended section 1886(h)(8) of the Act (as added by section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act) to specify that the provisions of section 1886(h)(8)(A) of the Act shall be applied to hospitals<PRTPAGE P="13523"/>which are members of the same Medicare GME affiliated group, and the “reference resident level” for each hospital is the FTE resident count from the cost reporting period that has the smallest difference between the FTE resident count and the FTE resident cap. The purpose of section 203 is to take into account the unique situation of hospitals that are members of the same Medicare GME affiliated group in that they share FTE resident cap slots, and that FTE resident cap reduction determinations of hospitals should consider the shared nature of those slots.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Overall Impact</HD>
        <P>We have examined the impact of this rule as required by Executive Order 12866 on Regulatory Planning and Review (September 30, 1993), Executive Order 13563 on Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review (February 2, 2011), the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (September 19, 1980, Pub. L. 96-354), section 1102(b) of the Social Security Act, section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (March 22, 1995; Pub. L. 104-4), Executive Order 13132 on Federalism (August 4, 1999) and the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 804(2)).</P>
        <P>Executive Order 12866 directs agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). A regulatory impact analysis (RIA) must be prepared for major rules with economically significant effects ($100 million or more in any 1 year). This rule does not reach the economic threshold and thus is not considered a major rule.</P>
        <P>In the November 24, 2010 final rule which implemented section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act (75 FR 72239), we mentioned that we were unable to project how many FTE resident slots will be available for redistribution under section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act. Unlike section 422 of the MMA, which also provided for a redistribution of FTE resident slots but provided that the redistributed slots will be paid using the national average per resident amount (PRA) for direct GME payment purposes, section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act requires that hospitals be paid for their additional FTE resident slots using the hospitals' specific PRAs. Because we were unable to determine the number of FTE resident slots that will be redistributed under section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act or which hospitals will be receiving additional FTE resident slots, we could not calculate a direct GME impact for section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act. Similarly, we cannot calculate a direct GME dollar impact for section 203 of the MMEA.</P>
        <P>Although the general effect of section 203 of the MMEA is to protect from loss or mitigate the loss of slots of hospitals that are members of a Medicare GME affiliated group, there could be fewer direct GME and IME slots available for redistribution to other hospitals. For several reasons, we are unable to compute a dollar impact on the redistribution of those slots to other hospitals. First, although there are currently 307 hospitals that are members of a Medicare GME affiliated group, these hospitals were not necessarily members of Medicare GME affiliated groups during the reference cost reporting periods specified by section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act. Second, we do not know which hospitals, that are members of a Medicare GME affiliated group, will be at risk for losing direct GME and/or IME FTE resident cap slots under section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act, as revised by section 203 of the MMEA. Third, we do not know the PRAs and Medicare utilization rates of hospitals that will be receiving additional FTE resident slots. With respect to determining an impact for IME payment purposes, section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act requires us to use an IME multiplier of 1.35; however, we do not know the intern-to-bed ratio and resident-to-bed ratio for the hospitals that will receive additional FTE resident slots or the volume or case mix of Medicare discharges at those hospitals. Therefore, we cannot determine a financial impact for purposes of direct GME and IME for this provision. We solicit comment on our analysis.</P>

        <P>The RFA requires agencies to analyze options for regulatory relief of small entities, if a rule has a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. For purposes of the RFA, small entities include small businesses, nonprofit organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions. Most physician practices, hospitals and other providers are small entities, either by nonprofit status or by qualifying as small businesses under the Small Business Administration's size standards (revenues of less than $7.0 to $34.5 million in any 1 year). States and individuals are not included in the definition of a small entity. For details, see the Small Business Administration's Web site at<E T="03">http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&amp;sid=2465b064ba6965cc1fbd2eae60854b11&amp;rgn=div8&amp;view=text&amp;node=13:1.0.1.1.16.1.266.9&amp;idno=13)</E>
        </P>
        <P>Individuals and States are not included in the definition of a small entity. The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires an agency to prepare an initial regulatory flexibility analysis when they issue a general notice of proposed rule-making. However, HHS has maintained a long-standing policy of voluntarily preparing initial regulatory flexibility analyses for all rule-making. The Secretary has determined that this interim final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <P>In addition, section 1102(b) of the Act requires us to prepare a regulatory impact analysis if a rule may have a significant impact on the operations of a substantial number of small rural hospitals. This analysis must conform to the provisions of section 604 of the RFA. For purposes of section 1102(b) of the Act, we define a small rural hospital as a hospital that is located outside of a Metropolitan Statistical Area for Medicare payment regulations and has fewer than 100 beds. We are not preparing an analysis for section 1102(b) of the Act because the Secretary has determined that this interim final rule will not have a significant impact on the operations of a substantial number of small rural hospitals.</P>
        <P>Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 also requires that agencies assess anticipated costs and benefits before issuing any rule whose mandates require spending in any 1 year of $100 million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for inflation. In 2011, that threshold is approximately $136 million. This rule will have no consequential effect on State, local, or tribal governments or on the private sector.</P>
        <P>Executive Order 13132 establishes certain requirements that an agency must meet when it promulgates a proposed rule (and subsequent final rule) that imposes substantial direct requirement costs on State and local governments, preempts State law, or otherwisehas Federalism implications. Since this regulation does not impose any costs on State or local governments, the requirements of Executive Order 13132 are not applicable.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Anticipated Effects</HD>

        <P>We believe the general effect of section 203 of the MMEA is that it could protect from loss or mitigate the loss of slots for hospitals that are members of a Medicare GME affiliated group, and therefore, there could be fewer direct<PRTPAGE P="13524"/>GME and IME slots available for redistribution to other hospitals.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Alternatives Considered</HD>
        <P>Although there may be alternatives, the method we are finalizing in this interim final rule is the most consistent with that of a similar provision for hospitals that are members of Medicare GME affiliated groups implemented as part of section 422 of the MMA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Conclusion</HD>
        <P>The analysis above, together with the remainder of this preamble, provides a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis as well as a Regulatory Impact Analysis. For the reasons outlined in the RIA, we are not preparing an analysis for either the RFA or section 1102(b) of the Act because we have determined that this interim final rule with comment would not have a direct significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities or a direct significant impact on the operations of a substantial number of small rural hospitals.</P>
        <P>In accordance with the provisions of Executive Order 12866, this regulation was reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 42 CFR Part 413</HD>
          <P>Health facilities, Kidney diseases, Medicare, Puerto Rico, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services amends 42 CFR chapter IV as set forth below:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="413" TITLE="42">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 413—PRINCIPLES OF REASONABLE COST REIMBURSEMENT; PAYMENT FOR END-STAGE RENAL DISEASE SERVICES; OPTIONALPROSPECTIVELY DETERMINED PAYMENT RATES FOR SKILLEDNURSING FACILITIES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 413 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Secs. 1102, 1812(d), 1814(b), 1815, 1833(a), (i), and (n), 1861(v), 1871,1881, 1883, and 1886 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302, 1395d(d), 1395f(b),1395g, 1395l(a), (i), and (n), 1395x(v), 1395hh, 1395rr, 1395tt, and 1395ww); andsec. 124 of Pub. L. 106-133 (113 Stat. 1501A-332).</P>
          </AUTH>
          
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="413" TITLE="42">
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 413.79 is amended by revising paragraph (m)(7) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 413.79</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Direct GME payments: Determination of the weighted number of FTEresidents.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(m) * * *</P>
            <P>(7)<E T="03">Consideration for members of Medicare GME affiliated groups.</E>For a hospital that is a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group at any point during any of the hospital's three most recent cost reporting periods ending before March 23, 2010 for which a cost report has been settled or has been submitted to Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010, in determining whether a hospital's otherwise applicable resident FTE resident cap is reduced under paragraph (m) of this section, the Medicare contractor determines a hospital's reference cost reporting period by finding the cost reporting period that results in the smallest difference between the reference resident level and the otherwise applicable resident limit.</P>
            <P>(i) If the reference resident level is less than the otherwise applicable resident limit in that reference cost reporting period, the Medicare contractor must then determine if the hospital was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group as of the July 1 that occurs during that reference cost reporting period.</P>
            <P>(ii) If the hospital was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group as of the July 1 that occurs during that reference cost report, the Medicare contractor does all of the following:</P>
            <P>(A) Treat the members of the Medicare GME affiliated group as a group for that reference cost reporting period, for the purpose of determining a reduction to the particular hospital's FTE resident cap.</P>
            <P>(B) Determine for each hospital in the Medicare GME affiliated group respectively the FTE resident cap and FTE resident count (IME and direct GME separately).</P>
            <P>(C) Add each hospital's FTE resident caps (IME and direct GME separately) to determine the aggregate FTE resident cap.</P>
            <P>(D) Add each hospital's FTE resident count (IME and direct GME separately) to determine the aggregate FTE resident count.</P>
            <P>(iii) If the aggregate FTE resident count is equal to or exceeds the aggregate FTE resident cap, then the Medicare contractor would make no reduction to the particular hospital's otherwise applicable FTE resident cap under paragraph (m) of this section, and no further steps are necessary for that hospital.</P>
            <P>(iv) If the hospitals' aggregate FTE resident count is less than the aggregate FTE resident cap, then the Medicare contractor would determine on a hospital-specific basis whether the particular hospital's FTE resident count is less than its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap (as adjusted by affiliation agreement(s)) in the hospital's reference cost report.</P>
            <P>(v) If the hospital's FTE resident count exceeds its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap, the hospital will not have its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap reduced under paragraph (m) of this section.</P>
            <P>(vi) If the particular hospital's FTE resident count is less than its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap, the Medicare contractor determines a pro rata cap reduction amount that is equal, in total, to 65 percent of the difference between the aggregate FTE resident cap and the aggregate FTE resident count for the Medicare GME affiliated group.</P>
            <P>(A) The pro rata cap reduction to the particular hospital's otherwise applicable FTE resident cap is calculated by dividing the difference between the hospital's otherwise applicable FTE resident cap and the hospital's FTE resident count, by the total amount by which all of the hospitals' individual FTE resident counts are below their affiliated FTE resident caps, multiplying the quotient by the difference between the aggregate FTE resident cap and the aggregate FTE resident counts for the Medicare GME affiliated group, and multiplying that result by 65 percent.</P>
            <P>(B) The final reduction takes into account the hospital's FTE resident cap as reduced under the provisions of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Program No. 93.773, Medicare—Hospital Insurance; and Program No. 93.774, Medicare—Supplementary Medical Insurance Program)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: February 10, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Donald M. Berwick,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator,Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services.</TITLE>
          <DATED>Approved: March 1, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kathleen Sebelius,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5960 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4120-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>47 CFR Part 73</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[DA 11-324; MB Docket No. 10-189; RM-11611]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Radio Broadcasting Services; Willow Creek, CA</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Communications Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <PRTPAGE P="13525"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Audio Division, at the request of Miriam Media, Inc., allots FM Channel 258A at Willow Creek, California. Channel 258A can be allotted at Willow Creek, consistent with the minimum distance separation requirements of the Commission's rules, at coordinates 40-57-29 NL and 123-42-23 WL, with a site restriction of 6.7 km (4.2 miles) west of the community<E T="03">See</E>
            <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
            <E T="03">infra.</E>
          </P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective April 4, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Deborah Dupont, Media Bureau, (202) 418-2180.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>This is a synopsis of the Commission's<E T="03">Report and Order,</E>MB Docket No. 10-189, adopted February 16, 2011, and released February 18, 2011. The full text of this Commission decision is available for inspection and copying during normal business hours in the FCC Information Center, Portals II, 445 12th Street, SW., Room CY-A257, Washington, DC 20554. The complete text of this decision also may be purchased from the Commission's duplicating contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc., 445 12th Street, SW., Room CY-B402, Washington, DC 20554, (800) 378-3160, or via the company's Web site,<E T="03">http://www.bcpiweb.com.</E>This document does not contain proposed information collection requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. In addition, therefore, it does not contain any proposed information collection burden “for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees,” pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198,<E T="03">see</E>44 U.S.C. 3506 (c)(4). The Commission will send a copy of this<E T="03">Report and Order</E>in a report to be sent to Congress and the Government Accountability Office pursuant to the Congressional Review Act,<E T="03">see</E>U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 73</HD>
          <P>Radio, Radio broadcasting.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <P>For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission amends 47 CFR part 73 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="73" TITLE="47">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 73—RADIO BROADCAST SERVICES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 73 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="73" TITLE="47">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 73.202</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 73.202(b), the Table of FM Allotments under California, is amended by adding Channel 258A at Willow Creek.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <FP>Federal Communications Commission.</FP>
          <NAME>Nazifa Sawez,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Chief, Audio Division, Media Bureau.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5089 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6712-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
  </RULES>
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>49</NO>
  <DATE>Monday, March 14, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Proposed Rules</UNITNAME>
  <PRORULES>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="13526"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>6 CFR Chapter I</CFR>
        <CFR>8 CFR Chapter I</CFR>
        <CFR>19 CFR Chapter I</CFR>
        <CFR>33 CFR Chapter I</CFR>
        <CFR>44 CFR Chapter I</CFR>
        <CFR>46 CFR Chapters I and III</CFR>
        <CFR>49 CFR Chapter XII</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. DHS-2011-0015]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Reducing Regulatory Burden; Retrospective Review Under Executive Order 13563</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of the General Counsel, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>Pursuant to Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” issued by the President on January 18, 2011, the Department of Homeland Security (Department or DHS) must develop a preliminary plan to facilitate the review of existing DHS significant regulations through the use of retrospective analyses. The preliminary plan will include criteria for identifying existing DHS significant rules that might be modified, streamlined, expanded, or repealed, so as to make DHS's regulatory program more effective or less burdensome in achieving its regulatory objectives. The Department is soliciting views from the public on how best to develop its preliminary plan. The Department is also seeking views from the public on specific existing significant DHS rules that the Department should consider as candidates for modification, streamlining, expansion, or repeal. These efforts will help DHS ensure that its regulations contain necessary, properly tailored, and up-to-date requirements that effectively achieve regulatory objectives without imposing unwarranted costs.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments and information are requested on or before April 13, 2011. Late-filed comments will be considered to the extent practicable.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number DHS-2011-0015, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">E-mail: Regulatory.Review@dhs.gov.</E>Include “DHS Retrospective Review” in the subject line of the message.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">IdeaScale:</E>IdeaScale is a Web-based platform that allows users to actively share information and expertise in a collaborative manner. IdeaScale allows commenters to submit ideas, discuss and refine others' ideas, and vote on each others' ideas. To submit comments or engage in dialogue via IdeaScale, go to the feedback community link at<E T="03">http://DHSretrospectivereview.ideascale.com.</E>In order to participate, you will have to obtain a log-in. You have two options: (1) You may register and obtain a log-in on IdeaScale using a verifiable e-mail address, or (2) You can use the<E T="03">OpenID</E>feature, which allows you to log-in on IdeaScale and participate using an existing social media account such as Facebook or Twitter. For further information, see the section titled “DHS's Implementation of Executive Order 13563.”</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Office of the General Counsel, 245 Murray Lane, Mail Stop 0485, Washington, DC 20528-0485 ATTN: DHS Retrospective Review.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Christina E. McDonald, Acting Associate General Counsel for Regulatory Affairs, U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Office of the General Counsel. E-mail:<E T="03">Regulatory.Review@dhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Public Participation</HD>

        <P>Interested persons are invited to comment on this notice by submitting written data, views, or arguments using any of the methods identified in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions must include the agency name and docket number for this notice. All comments received will be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
        </P>

        <P>Comments that include trade secrets information, confidential commercial or financial information, Sensitive Security Information (SSI), Protected Critical Infrastructure Information (PCII) or Chemical-terrorism Vulnerability Information (CVI) should not be submitted to the public docket. Please submit such comments separately from other comments on this notice. Comments containing trade secrets, confidential commercial or financial information, SSI, PCII, or CVI should be appropriately marked as containing such information and submitted by mail to the individual listed in the<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>section.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket:</E>For access to the docket to read background documents or comments received, go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Executive Order 13563</HD>
        <P>On January 18, 2011, the President issued Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (76 FR 3821) to ensure that Federal regulations seek more affordable, less intrusive means to achieve policy goals and that agencies give careful consideration to the benefits and costs of those regulations. The Executive Order reaffirms and builds upon governing principles of contemporary regulatory review, including Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). To that end, Executive Order 13563 requires, among other things, that:</P>

        <P>• Agencies propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs; and that agencies tailor regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with achieving the regulatory objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; and that agencies select, in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety,<PRTPAGE P="13527"/>and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity).</P>
        <P>• The regulatory process encourages public participation and an open exchange of views, with an opportunity for the public to comment.</P>
        <P>• Agencies coordinate, simplify, and harmonize regulations to reduce costs and promote certainty for businesses and the public.</P>
        <P>• Agencies consider low-cost approaches that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility.</P>
        <P>• Regulations be guided by objective scientific evidence.</P>
        <P>Additionally, the Executive Order directs agencies to consider how best to promote retrospective analyses of existing rules. Specifically, each agency must develop a preliminary plan “under which the agency will periodically review its existing significant regulations to determine whether any such regulations should be modified, streamlined, expanded, or repealed so as to make the agency's regulatory program more effective or less burdensome in achieving the regulatory objectives.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. DHS's Regulatory Responsibility</HD>
        <P>DHS's mission is to ensure a homeland that is safe, secure, and resilient against terrorism and other hazards. The Department carries out its mission through the Office of the Secretary and 28 components, including the following seven operational components: U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, U.S. Coast Guard, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Federal Emergency Management Agency, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, U.S. Secret Service, and Transportation Security Administration.</P>
        <P>Our mission gives us five main areas of responsibility: (1) Prevent terrorism and enhance security; (2) secure and manage our borders; (3) enforce and administer our immigration laws; (4) safeguard and secure cyberspace; and (5) ensure resilience to disasters. To further these areas, DHS has responsibility for a broad range of regulations. For example, to secure and manage our borders, DHS regulates people and goods entering and exiting the United States. DHS, to combat terrorism, regulates aviation security, high-risk chemical facilities, and infrastructure protection. DHS also issues regulations to administer immigration and citizenship benefits as well as regulations covering maritime safety and environmental protection. Finally, DHS promulgates a wide range of regulations concerning disaster preparedness, response, and recovery.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. DHS's Implementation of Executive Order 13563</HD>

        <P>As a first step in launching its retrospective review under Executive Order 13563, DHS is issuing this notice seeking public comment. To facilitate public dialogue and cross-communication on these matters, in addition to the standard regulatory channels, DHS is also seeking comment through IdeaScale. IdeaScale is a Web-based platform that allows users to actively share information and expertise in a collaborative manner. IdeaScale allows commenters to submit ideas, discuss and refine others' ideas, and vote on each others' ideas. For instructions on how to use IdeaScale,<E T="03">see</E>the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section above. DHS encourages public commenters to engage in dialogue through IdeaScale.</P>
        <P>As a participant of IdeaScale, commenters can engage in dialogue in seven ways: (1) View, search, and explore all content on the site (no log-in required); (2) Submit an original idea to a particular category (log-in required); (3) Submit a comment about an idea (log-in required); (4) Vote on an idea (log-in required); (5) Flag inappropriate ideas and comments, as being either SPAM/Inappropriate or Duplicate (log-in required); (6) Share ideas through a Twitter feed or on your Facebook page (log-in required for IdeaScale, as well as an active Facebook and/or Twitter account); (7) Tag an idea (participants can assign key words or terms to ideas to help describe/categorize the idea, thus allowing the idea to be found again by Web 2.0 browsing or searching).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Request for Comment</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to the Executive Order, DHS is developing a preliminary plan for the periodic review of its existing significant regulations. DHS's goal is to create a systematic method for identifying those significant rules that are obsolete, unnecessary, unjustified, or simply no longer make sense. Although this review will focus on the elimination of significant rules that are no longer warranted, DHS will also consider strengthening, complementing, or modernizing rules where necessary or appropriate—including, as relevant, undertaking new rulemakings. The Department stresses that this review is for existing significant rules; the public should not use this process to submit comments on proposed rules.</P>
        <P>Despite best efforts at the time a rule is promulgated, it is generally difficult to be certain of the consequences of a rule, including its costs and benefits, until it has been tested. Because knowledge about the full effects of a rule tends to be widely dispersed in society, members of the public are likely to have useful information and perspectives on the benefits and burdens of existing requirements and how regulatory obligations may be updated, streamlined, revised, or repealed to better achieve regulatory objectives, while minimizing regulatory burdens. Interested parties may also be well-positioned to identify those rules that are most in need of review and, thus, assist the Department in prioritizing and properly tailoring its retrospective review process. In short, engaging the public in an open, transparent process is a crucial first step in DHS's review of its existing significant regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. List of Questions for Commenters</HD>
        <P>Below is a list of preliminary questions, the answers to which will assist in informing the Department's efforts to develop a preliminary plan for the retrospective analysis of its existing regulations and to identify those regulations that may benefit from a retrospective analysis. In addressing these questions, commenters should identify, with specificity, the regulation at issue, providing the Code of Federal Regulation (CFR) cite where available. DHS also requests that the commenter provide, in as much detail as possible, an explanation why a regulation should be modified, streamlined, expanded, or repealed, as well as specific suggestions of ways the Department can better achieve its regulatory objectives. DHS encourages interested parties to provide specific data that document the costs, burdens, and benefits of existing requirements. Comments that rehash debates over recently issued rules will be less useful.</P>
        <P>Commenters might also address how DHS can best obtain and consider accurate, objective information and data about the costs, burdens, and benefits of existing regulations and whether there are existing sources of data that DHS can use to evaluate the post-promulgation effects of its regulations over time. Particularly where comments relate to a rule's costs or benefits, comments will be most useful if there are data and experience under the rule available to ascertain the rule's actual impact. For that reason, we encourage the public to emphasize those rules that have been in effect for a sufficient amount of time to warrant a fair evaluation.</P>

        <P>The below nonexhaustive list is meant to assist in the formulation of comments and is not intended to restrict the issues that commenters may address:<PRTPAGE P="13528"/>
        </P>
        <P>(1) How can the Department best promote meaningful periodic reviews of its existing significant regulations, and how can it best identify those rules that might be modified, streamlined, expanded, or repealed?</P>
        <P>(2) What factors should the agency consider in selecting and prioritizing rules for review?</P>
        <P>(3) Are there regulations that simply make no sense or have become unnecessary, ineffective, or ill advised and, if so, what are they? Are there rules that can simply be repealed without impairing the Department's regulatory programs and, if so, what are they?</P>
        <P>(4) Are there rules that have become outdated and, if so, how can they be modernized to accomplish their regulatory objectives better?</P>
        <P>(5) Are there rules that are still necessary, but have not operated as well as expected such that a modified, stronger, or slightly different approach is justified?</P>
        <P>(6) Does the Department currently collect information that it does not need or use effectively to achieve regulatory objectives?</P>
        <P>(7) Are there regulations that are unnecessarily complicated or could be streamlined to achieve regulatory objectives in more efficient ways?</P>
        <P>(8) Are there rules that have been overtaken by technological developments? Can new technologies be leveraged to modify, streamline, or do away with existing regulatory requirements?</P>
        <P>(9) Are there any of the Department's regulations that are not tailored to impose the least burden on society, consistent with achieving the regulatory objectives?</P>
        <P>(10) How can the Department best obtain and consider accurate, objective information and data about the costs, burdens, and benefits of existing regulations? Are there existing sources of data the Department can use to evaluate the post-promulgation effects of regulations over time?</P>
        <P>(11) Are there regulations that are working well that can be expanded or used as a model to fill gaps in other DHS regulatory programs?</P>
        <P>(12) Are there any regulations that create difficulty because of duplication, overlap, or inconsistency of requirements?</P>
        <P>The Department notes that this notice is issued solely for information and program-planning purposes. Responses to this notice do not bind DHS to any further actions related to the response.</P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Ivan K. Fong,</NAME>
          <TITLE>General Counsel.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5829 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-9B-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Agricultural Marketing Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>7 CFR Part 930</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. AMS-FV-10-0087; FV10-930-5; AO-370-A9; 11-0093]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Tart Cherries Grown in the States of Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, Oregon, Utah, Washington, and Wisconsin; Hearing on Proposed Amendment of Marketing Agreement and Order No. 930</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of hearing on proposed rulemaking.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>Notice is hereby given of a public hearing to receive evidence on proposed amendments to Marketing Agreement and Order No. 930 (order), which regulate the handling of tart cherries grown in Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, Oregon, Utah, Washington, and Wisconsin. Three amendments are proposed by the Cherry Industry Administrative Board (Board), which is responsible for local administration of the order. The proposed amendments would change how grower diversion of cherries is accounted for under the order and would affect volume control in years when grower diversions are utilized. In addition, the Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) proposes to make any such changes as may be necessary to the order or administrative rules and regulations to conform to any amendment that may result from the hearing. These proposed amendments are intended to improve the operation and administration of the order.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The hearing dates are:</P>
          <P>1. April 20, 2011, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; and continuing on April 21, 2011, at 9 a.m., if necessary, in Grand Rapids, Michigan.</P>
          <P>2. April 26, 2011, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; and continuing on April 27, 2011, at 9 a.m., if necessary, in Provo, Utah.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The hearing locations are:</P>
          <P>1. Grand Rapids—U.S. Bankruptcy Court, One Division Ave., N, 3rd Floor Courtroom A, Grand Rapids, MI 49503.</P>
          <P>2. Provo—Utah County Administration Building, 100 E. Center Street, Room L900, Provo, Utah 84606.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Parisa Salehi, Marketing Order Administration Branch, Fruit and Vegetable Programs, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Ave., SW., Stop 0237, Washington, DC 20250, telephone: (202) 720-9918, Fax: (202) 720-8938; or Kathleen M. Finn, Marketing Order Administration Branch, Fruit and Vegetable Programs, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue, SW., Stop 0237, Washington, DC 20250-0237; telephone: (202) 720-2491, Fax: (202) 720-8938, or e-mail:<E T="03">Parisa.Salehi@usda.gov</E>or<E T="03">Kathy.Finn@usda.gov.</E>
          </P>

          <P>Small businesses may request information on this proceeding by contacting Antoinette Carter, Marketing Order Administration Branch, Fruit and Vegetable Programs, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue, SW., Stop 0237, Washington, DC 20250-0237; telephone: (202) 720-6862, Fax: (202) 720-8938, or e-mail:<E T="03">Antoinette.Carter@usda.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>This administrative action is instituted pursuant to the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, as amended (7 U.S.C. 601-674), hereinafter referred to as the “Act.” This action is governed by the provisions of sections 556 and 557 of title 5 of the United States Code and, therefore, is excluded from the requirements of Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612) seeks to ensure that within the statutory authority of a program, the regulatory and informational requirements are tailored to the size and nature of small businesses. Interested persons are invited to present evidence at the hearing on the possible regulatory and informational impacts of the proposals on small businesses.</P>
        <P>The amendments proposed herein have been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. They are not intended to have retroactive effect.</P>

        <P>The Act provides that administrative proceedings must be exhausted before parties may file suit in court. Under section 608c(15)(A) of the Act, any handler subject to an order may file with USDA a petition stating that the order, any provision of the order, or any obligation imposed in connection with the order is not in accordance with law and request a modification of the order or to be exempted therefrom. A handler is afforded the opportunity for a hearing on the petition. The Act provides that the district court of the United States in any district in which the handler is an inhabitant, or has his or her principal place of business, has jurisdiction to review the USDA's ruling on the<PRTPAGE P="13529"/>petition, provided an action is filed not later than 20 days after the date of the entry of the ruling.</P>
        <P>The hearing is called pursuant to the provisions of the Act and the applicable rules and supplemental rules of practice and procedure governing the formulation of marketing agreements and orders (7 CFR part 900).</P>
        <P>The proposed amendments were recommended by the Board and initially submitted to USDA on September, 2010. Additional information was submitted in November 2010 at the request of USDA and a determination was subsequently made to schedule this matter for hearing.</P>
        <P>The proposed amendments to the order recommended by the Board are summarized as follows:</P>
        <P>1. Amend the definition of “handle” in § 930.10 of the order so handler acquisition of grower diversion certificates is not considered handling.</P>
        <P>2. Amend the “marketing policy” provisions in § 930.50 of the order so grower-diverted cherries are not counted as production in the volume control formula.</P>
        <P>3. Amend § 930.58 of the order so grower-diverted cherries are not treated as actual harvested cherries.</P>
        <P>The Board works with USDA in administering the order. These proposals submitted by the Board have not received the approval of USDA. The proposed amendments are intended to improve the operation and administration of the order.</P>
        <P>In addition to the proposed amendments to the order, AMS proposes to make any such changes as may be necessary to the order or administrative rules and regulations to conform to any amendment that may result from the hearing.</P>
        <P>The public hearing is held for the purpose of: (i) Receiving evidence about the economic and marketing conditions which relate to the proposed amendments of the order; (ii) determining whether there is a need for the proposed amendments to the order; and (iii) determining whether the proposed amendments or appropriate modifications thereof will tend to effectuate the declared policy of the Act.</P>
        <P>Testimony is invited at the hearing on all the proposals and recommendations contained in this notice, as well as any appropriate modifications or alternatives.</P>
        <P>All persons wishing to submit written material as evidence at the hearing should be prepared to submit four copies of such material at the hearing. Four copies of prepared testimony for presentation at the hearing should also be made available. To the extent practicable, eight additional copies of evidentiary exhibits and testimony prepared as an exhibit should be made available to USDA representatives on the day of appearance at the hearing. Any requests for preparation of USDA data for this rulemaking hearing should be made at least 10 days prior to the beginning of the hearing.</P>

        <P>From the time the notice of hearing is issued and until the issuance of a final decision in this proceeding, USDA employees involved in the decisional process are prohibited from discussing the merits of the hearing issues on an<E T="03">ex parte</E>basis with any person having an interest in the proceeding. The prohibition applies to employees in the following organizational units: Office of the Secretary of Agriculture; Office of the Administrator, AMS; Office of the General Counsel, except any designated employee of the General Counsel assigned to represent the Board in this proceeding; and the Fruit and Vegetable Programs, AMS.</P>
        <P>Procedural matters are not subject to the above prohibition and may be discussed at any time.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 7 CFR Part 930</HD>
          <P>Marketing agreements, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Tart cherries.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 930—TART CHERRIES GROWN IN THE STATES OF MICHIGAN, NEW YORK, PENNSYLVANIA, OREGON, UTAH, WASHINGTON, AND WISCONSIN</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for 7 CFR part 930 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>7 U.S.C. 601-674.</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. Testimony is invited on the following proposals or appropriate alternatives or modifications to such proposals.</P>
          <P>Proposal submitted by the Cherry Industry Administrative Board:</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposal Number 1</HD>
          <P>3. Revise the introductory paragraph in § 930.10 to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 930.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Handle.</SUBJECT>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Handle</E>means the process to brine, can, concentrate, freeze, dehydrate, pit, press or puree cherries, or in any other way convert cherries commercially into a processed product, or divert cherries pursuant to § 930.59, or to otherwise place cherries into the current of commerce within the production area or from the area to points outside thereof:<E T="03">Provided,</E>That the term handle shall not include:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>4. Revise paragraphs (d) and (e) of § 930.50 to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 930.50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marketing policy.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Final percentages.</E>No later than September 15 of each crop year, the Board shall review the most current information available including, but not limited to, processed production and grower diversions of cherries during the current crop year. The Board shall make such adjustments as are necessary between free and restricted tonnage to achieve the optimum supply and recommend such final free market tonnage and restricted percentages to the Secretary and announce them in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section. The difference between any final free market tonnage percentage designated by the Secretary and 100 percent shall be the final restricted percentage. With its recommendation, the Board shall report on its consideration of the factors in paragraph (e) of this section.</P>
            <P>(e)<E T="03">Factors.</E>When computing preliminary and interim percentages, or determining final percentages for recommendation to the Secretary, the Board shall give consideration to the following factors:</P>
            <P>(1) The estimated total production of cherries;</P>
            <P>(2) The estimated size of the crop to be handled;</P>
            <P>(3) The expected general quality of such cherry production;</P>
            <P>(4) The expected carryover as of July 1 of canned and frozen cherries and other cherry products;</P>
            <P>(5) The expected demand conditions for cherries in different market segments;</P>
            <P>(6) Supplies of competing commodities;</P>
            <P>(7) An analysis of economic factors having a bearing on the marketing of cherries;</P>
            <P>(8) The estimated tonnage held by handlers in primary or secondary inventory reserves;</P>
            <P>(9) Any estimated release of primary or secondary inventory reserve cherries during the crop year; and</P>
            <P>(10) The quantity of grower-diverted cherries during the crop year.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>5. Revise paragraph (a) of § 930.58 to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 930.58</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Grower diversion privilege.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">In general.</E>Any grower may voluntarily elect to divert, in accordance with the provisions of this section, all or a portion of the cherries which otherwise, upon delivery to a handler, would become restricted percentage<PRTPAGE P="13530"/>cherries. Upon such diversion and compliance with the provisions of this section, the Board shall issue to the diverting grower a grower diversion certificate which such grower may deliver to a handler. Any grower diversions completed in accordance with this section, but which are undertaken in districts subsequently exempted by the Board from volume regulation under § 930.52(d), shall qualify for  diversion credit.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>Proposal submitted by USDA:</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposal Number 2</HD>
            <P>Make such changes as may be necessary to the order to conform with any amendment thereto that may result from the hearing.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Rayne Pegg,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Administrator, Agricultural Marketing Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5717 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-02-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Agricultural Marketing Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>7 CFR Part 1206</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Doc No. AMS-FV-10-0092]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Mango Promotion, Research, and Information Order; Reapportionment</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Agricultural Marketing Service.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This rule proposes to adjust the number of members on the National Mango Board (Board) from 20 to 18 to reflect the elimination of two non-voting wholesaler/retailer positions. In accordance with the Mango Promotion, Research, and Information Order (Order), which is authorized under the Commodity Promotion, Research, and Information Act of 1996 (Act), a review of the composition of the Board must be conducted every five years. The Board has reviewed the production volumes and geographical distribution of domestic and imported mangos, and submitted this information to the U.S. Department of Agriculture with a recommendation that no changes be made to the number of importer, first handler, or producer seats on the Board. However, the Board recommends elimination of two non-voting wholesaler/retailer positions that have not been filled since 2007.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be received by April 13, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Comments may be submitted electronically at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Comments may also be sent to the Research and Promotion Branch, Fruit and Vegetable Programs, AMS, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Room 0632-S, Stop 0244, 1400 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20250-0244;<E T="03">fax:</E>202-205-2800. All comments should reference the document number and the date and page number of this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. Comments will be made available for public inspection in the above office during regular business hours, or may be viewed at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>All comments submitted in response to this proposed rule will be included in the record and will be made available to the public. Please be advised that the identity of the individuals or entities submitting comments will be made public on the Internet at the address provided above.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Veronica Douglass, Marketing Specialist, Research and Promotion Branch, Fruit and Vegetable Programs, AMS, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Stop 0244, Room 0632-S, 1400 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20250-0244;<E T="03">telephone:</E>888-720-9917;<E T="03">fax:</E>202-205-2800; or<E T="03">e-mail: veronica.douglass@ams.usda.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>This rule is issued under the Mango Promotion, Research, and Consumer Information Order (Order) [7 CFR part 1206]. The Order is authorized by the Commodity Promotion, Research, and Information Act of 1996 (Act) [7 U.S.C. 7411-7425].</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order 12866</HD>
        <P>The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has waived the review process required by Executive Order 12866 for this action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order 12988</HD>
        <P>This rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. It is not intended to have a retroactive effect.</P>
        <P>Section 524 of the Act provides that the Act shall not affect or preempt any other State or Federal law authorizing promotion or research relating to an agricultural commodity.</P>
        <P>Under the Act, a person subject to an order may file a petition with the U.S. Department of Agriculture (Department) stating that an order, any provision of an order, or any obligation imposed in connection with an order, is not established in accordance with the law, and requesting a modification of an order or an exemption from an order. Any petition filed challenging an order, any provision of an order, or any obligation imposed in connection with an order, shall be filed within two years after the effective date of an order, provision, or obligation subject to challenge in the petition. The petitioner will have the opportunity for a hearing on the petition. Thereafter, the Department will issue a ruling on the petition. The Act provides that the district court of the United States for any district in which the petitioner resides or conducts business shall have the jurisdiction to review a final ruling on the petition, if the petitioner files a complaint for that purpose not later than 20 days after the date of the entry of the Department's final ruling.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Analysis and Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>In accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601-612), AMS has considered the economic impact of this rule on small entities that would be affected by this rule. The purpose of the RFA is to fit regulatory action to scale on businesses subject to such action, so that small businesses will not be disproportionately burdened.</P>
        <P>The Small Business Administration defines small agricultural producers as those having annual receipts of no more than $750,000, and small agricultural service firms as those having annual receipts of no more than $7 million (13 CFR part 121). First handlers, importers, wholesalers, and retailers would be considered agricultural service firms. Currently, fewer than five first handlers and 193 importers are subject to assessment under the Order. The majority of producers would be considered small businesses. The majority of these first handlers and importers would be considered small businesses, while wholesalers and retailers would not.</P>
        <P>First handlers and importers who market or import less than 500,000 pounds of mangos annually are exempt from the assessment. Mangos that are exported out of the United States are also exempt from assessment. In addition, domestic producers, foreign producers, wholesalers, and retailers are not subject to assessment under the Order, but such individuals are eligible to serve on the Board along with importers and first handlers.</P>

        <P>Section 1206.30 (c) of the Order requires that the Board review the volume and geographical distribution of mango production and imports at least once every five years. If warranted, the Board will recommend to the Department that membership on the Board be altered to reflect any changes<PRTPAGE P="13531"/>in the volume and geographical distribution of mango production and imports.</P>
        <P>The Order currently provides for a Board of 20 members including eight importers, one first handler, two domestic producers, seven foreign producers, and two non-voting wholesalers and/or retailers. At its November 16, 2010 meeting, the Board reviewed the volume and geographic distribution of mango production and imports from 2006 through 2009. Based on U.S. Customs data, the volume of mango imports to the U.S. declined from 666,772,761 pounds in 2006 to 627,271,605 pounds in 2009. The Board's eight importer seats are allocated based on the volume of mangos imported into each of the four Districts defined in the Order. The current allocation is two seats for District I, three seats for District II, two seats for District III, and one seat for District IV. The percentage of the total mango import volume imported into District I remained at 25 percent from 2006 to 2009. Imports into District II grew from 35 percent of the total in 2006 to 41 percent in 2009. Imports into District III fell from 28 percent of the total in 2006 to 23 percent in 2009. Imports into District IV fell from 12 percent of the total in 2006 to 11 percent in 2009. Much of the domestic mango production was adversely affected by Hurricanes during the early 2000s. Accordingly, data provided by the Board shows that in 2006, no assessments were collected on domestic mangos, while in 2009 assessments were collected on 1,539,306 pounds of domestic mangos. After reviewing the data regarding mango imports and domestic production, the Board voted to recommend that no changes be made at this time to the number of importer, first handler, domestic producer, or foreign producer seats; or to the allocation of importer seats among the four districts.</P>
        <P>At the same meeting, the board voted to request elimination of the wholesaler/retailer positions from the Order. These positions were included so that the board would include members with direct customer sales experience. The Board has made numerous attempts to nominate individuals to those positions; however, wholesalers and retailers are not interested in or do not have the time to serve on the Board. As a result, the two wholesaler/retailer positions have been vacant since 2008. These two positions do not represent assessment payers. If the wholesaler/retailer positions are eliminated, the Board would consist of a total of 18 members including eight importers, one first handler, two domestic producers, and seven foreign producers.</P>
        <P>Nominations and appointments to the Board are conducted pursuant to sections 1206.31 and 1206.33 of the Order. Appointments to the Board are made by the Secretary from a slate of nominated candidates. Pursuant to section 1206.31 of the Order, candidates for the importer, first handler, and domestic producer positions are nominated by their peers. Nominations for the foreign producer positions are solicited from foreign mango producer organizations. The Board nominates the wholesaler/retailer members. The Order requires that two nominees be submitted for each vacant position.</P>

        <P>In accordance with OMB regulation [5 CFR part 1320], which implements information collection requirements imposed by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 [44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>], there are no new requirements contained in this rule. In fact a decrease of .33 hours in the information collection burden for the mango program is expected. The information collection requirements have been previously approved by OMB under OMB control number 0581-0093.</P>
        <P>The Department has not identified any relevant Federal rules that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with this proposed rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The Order, which became effective November 3, 2004, is authorized under the Act and administered by the Board. The Order provides for a 20-member Board consisting of eight importers, one first handler, two domestic producers, seven foreign producers, and two non-voting wholesalers and/or retailers.</P>
        <P>Under the Order, the Board administers a nationally coordinated program of promotion, research, and information designed to strengthen the position of mangos in the marketplace and to develop, maintain, and expand the demand for mangos in the United States. The program is financed by an assessment of<FR>1/2</FR>cent per pound on first handlers and importers who market or import 500,000 pounds or more of mangos annually. Under the Order, first handlers remit assessments directly to the Board, and assessments paid by importers are collected and remitted by the United States Customs Service.</P>
        <P>Pursuant to section 1206.30(c) of the Order, at least once in each five-year period, the Board shall review the volume and geographical distribution of mango production and imports and, if warranted, make a recommendation to the Secretary to alter the Board's membership. On November 16, 2010, at its fall meeting, the Board voted to recommend that no changes be made to the importer, first handler, domestic producer, or foreign producer positions, but that the non-voting wholesaler/retailer positions be eliminated. If the wholesaler/retailer positions are eliminated, the Board's membership would be reduced from 20 to 18.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, the proposed rule would delete the definition of retailer in section 1206.19 and wholesaler in section 1206.24 and references to wholesalers in sections 1206.31 and 1206.32.</P>
        <P>A 30-day comment period is provided to allow interested persons to respond to this proposal. Thirty days is deemed appropriate so that the proposed amendments, if adopted, may be implemented before the Board's 2012 term of office, which begins on January 1, 2012. All written comments received in response to this rule by the date specified will be considered prior to finalizing this action.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 7 CFR Part 1206</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Advertising, Consumer information, Marketing agreements, Mango Promotion, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, 7 CFR part 1206 is proposed to be amended as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1206—MANGO PROMOTION, RESEARCH, AND INFORMATION ORDER</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for 7 CFR part 1206 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>7 U.S.C. 7411-7425 and 7 U.S.C. 7401.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1206.19</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. Remove and reserve § 1206.19.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1206.24</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
            <P>3. Remove and reserve § 1206.24.</P>
            <P>4. Amend § 1206.30 by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1206.30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Establishment of the National Mango Promotion Board.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Establishment of the National Mango Promotion Board.</E>There is hereby established a National Mango Promotion Board composed of eight importers, one first handler, two domestic producers, and seven foreign producers. The chairperson shall reside in the United States and the Board office shall also be located in the United States.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="13532"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 1206.31</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>5. Amend § 1206.31 by removing paragraph (h), and redesignating paragraph (i) as paragraph (h).</P>
            <P>6. Revise § 1206.32 to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1206.32</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Term of office.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The term of office for first handler, importer, domestic producer, and foreign producer members of the Board will be three years, and these members may serve a maximum of two consecutive three-year terms. When the Board is first established, the first handler, two importers, one domestic producer, and two foreign producers will be assigned initial terms of four years; three importers, one domestic producer, and two foreign producers will be assigned initial terms of three years; and three importers and three foreign producers will be assigned initial terms of two years. Thereafter, each of these positions will carry a full three-year term. Members serving initial terms of two or four years will be eligible to serve a second term of three years. Each term of office will end on December 31, with new terms of office beginning on January 1.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Rayne Pegg,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Administrator, Agricultural Marketing Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5715 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-02-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>13 CFR Chapter 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No.: SBA-2011-0012]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Reducing Regulatory Burden; Retrospective Review Under Executive Order 13563</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Small Business Administration</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Request for information.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>As part of its implementation of Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” the Small Business Administration (SBA) is seeking comments and information from interested parties to assist the agency in reviewing its existing regulations to determine whether they should be streamlined, expanded, or withdrawn. The primary objectives of this review are to make SBA's regulatory program more cost effective and less burdensome on participants in the Agency's programs while continuing to promote economic growth, innovation, and job creation. SBA seeks public input on the design of a plan to use for periodic retrospective review of its regulations and an initial list of the rules to be reviewed under the plan.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments are requested on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by Docket Number SBA-2011-0012 using any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Identify comments by “Docket Number SBA-2011-0012, Regulatory Burden RFI,” and follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Small Business Administration, Office of the General Counsel, 409 Third Street, SW., Washington, DC 20416.</P>
          
          
          <FP>SBA will post comments on<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>If you wish to submit confidential business information (CBI) as defined in the User Notice at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>please submit the information to Martin S. Conrey, Assistant General Counsel for Legislation and Appropriations, Office of General Counsel, 409 Third Street, SW., Washington, DC 20416. Highlight the information that you consider to be CBI, and explain why you believe this information should be held confidential. SBA will review the information and make the final determination of whether it will publish the information or not.</FP>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Martin S. Conrey, Assistant General Counsel for Legislation and Appropriations, Office of the General Counsel, 409 Third Street, SW., Washington, DC 20416; telephone number: 202-619-0638; fax number: 202-205-6846; e-mail address:<E T="03">martin.conrey@sba.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. General Information</HD>
        <P>The mission of the Small Business Administration is to maintain and strengthen the Nation's economy by enabling the establishment and viability of small businesses, and by assisting in economic recovery of communities after disasters. In carrying out this mission, SBA has developed a regulatory policy that is implemented primarily through several core program offices: Office of Capital Access, Office of Disaster Assistance, Office of Entrepreneurial Development, Office of Government Contracting and Business Development, Office of International Trade, and Office of Investment and Innovation. SBA's regulations are codified at Title 13 Code of Federal Regulations, Chapter I, and consist of Parts 100 through 147.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Executive Order 13563</HD>
        <P>On January 18, 2011, the President issued Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” that requires Federal agencies to seek more affordable, less intrusive means to achieve policy goals, and to give careful consideration to the benefits and costs of their regulations. The Executive Order also requires agencies to review existing rules to remove outdated regulations that stifle job creation and make the U.S. economy less competitive. Agencies are directed to develop a preliminary plan under which they will periodically review existing regulations to determine which should be maintained, modified, strengthened, or withdrawn in order to increase their effectiveness and decrease the burdens of the agency's regulatory program.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Retrospective Review Plan</HD>
        <P>In compliance with the executive order, SBA seeks help in designing the plan it will use for the periodic review of its existing regulations and an initial list of candidate rules for review. The Agency's goal is to create a systematic method for identifying those significant rules that are obsolete, unnecessary, unjustified, or counterproductive. The public is first asked to comment on how SBA should devise its preliminary plan, with a defined method and schedule, for identifying certain significant rules that may be obsolete, unnecessary, unjustified, excessively burdensome, or counterproductive. It would be helpful for comments to address how SBA could best evaluate and analyze regulations in order to expand on those that work and to modify, improve, or rescind those that do not. Comments might address how SBA can best obtain and consider accurate, objective information and data about the costs, burdens, and benefits of existing regulations and whether there are existing sources of data that SBA can use to evaluate the post-promulgation effects of regulations over time. SBA is particularly interested in the public's views about how well its current processes for reviewing regulations function and how those processes might be expanded or otherwise adapted to meet the objectives of Executive Order 13563. SBA is also interested in comments about factors that we should consider in setting priorities and selecting rules for review.</P>

        <P>SBA intends for its preliminary plan to include an initial list of candidate rules to review. SBA solicits suggestions for specific rules that should be on the list. In suggesting rules for review,<PRTPAGE P="13533"/>commenters might usefully address, among other things, how SBA can use the retrospective review process to achieve the following objectives: (1) Promote economic growth, innovation, competitiveness, and job creation; (2) eliminate outdated regulations; (3) lessen the burdens imposed on those directly or indirectly affected by our regulations, particularly small entities; (4) increase the benefits provided to the public by our regulations, and improve the cost-benefit balance of our regulations; (5) eliminate duplicative or overlapping regulations; (6) reduce paperwork by eliminating duplication, lessening frequency, allowing electronic submission, standardizing forms, exempting small entities, or other means; (7) eliminate conflicts and inconsistencies in SBA's regulations; (8) simplify or clarify language in regulations; (9) revise regulations to address changes in technology, economic conditions, or other factors; (10) determine if matters in an existing regulation could be better handled fully by trade organizations or participants without Federal regulations; (11) reduce burdens by incorporating industry consensus standards into regulations; (12) reconsider regulations that were based on scientific or other information that has been discredited or superseded; and (13) expand regulations that are insufficient to address their intended objective or obtain additional benefits.</P>
        <P>Comments should focus on regulations that have demonstrated deficiencies. Comments that rehash debates over recently issued rules will be less useful. The public should focus on rule changes that will achieve a broad public impact, rather than an individual, personal or corporate benefit. Where feasible, comments should reference a specific regulation, by Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) citation, and provide SBA information on what needs fixing and why. Comments do not necessarily have to address how to fix the perceived problem, though such comments are welcome. Lastly, we also want to stress that this review is for existing rules; the public should not use this process to submit comments on proposed rules.</P>
        <P>With these factors in mind, SBA is contemplating focusing its retrospective review on the rules that govern the following programs: Small Business Investment Companies (Part 107); Surety Bond Guarantee (Part 115); Business Loans (Part 120); Disaster Loans (Part 123); Government Contracting (Part 125); and HUBZone (Part 126).</P>

        <P>SBA has just completed a comprehensive review of the regulations for the 8(a) Business Development/Small Disadvantaged Business program (Part 124) pursuant to section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601,<E T="03">et seq.</E>The final rule reflects an extensive public participation process, including a lengthy notice and comment period, several public hearings in diverse areas of the country, and consultations with various groups.<E T="03">See,</E>76 FR 8221 (Feb. 11, 2011). SBA is currently conducting a similar review of its size regulations (Part 121) and will be soliciting specific comments on those regulations as they are developed and published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. In light of these comprehensive reviews, pursuant to the requirements of section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, SBA does not intend to include these two sets of regulations in the retrospective review under Executive Order 13563.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Request for Information</HD>
        <P>Consistent with the Agency's commitment to public participation in the rulemaking process, SBA is issuing this Request for Information (RFI) to solicit views from the public on how best to design a plan to conduct its retrospective analysis of existing SBA rules, and identify those rules that should be included in the plan for possible modification, streamlining, expansion or repeal. While SBA promulgates rules in accordance with the law and to the best of its capability, it is difficult to be certain of the consequences of a rule, including its costs and benefits, until it has been tested. Therefore, SBA invites interested parties to submit data that documents the costs, burdens, and benefits of existing regulations. The Agency believes that members of the public are likely to have useful information and perspectives on the benefits and burdens of existing regulations, and can assist SBA in identifying and prioritizing those rules that are most in need of review.</P>

        <P>SBA is accepting your comments from now through April 1, 2011. Although the Agency will not be able to respond to every individual comment, your input is valued and your ideas merit careful consideration. By late May or early June, you will have the opportunity to review SBA's retrospective review plan on our Open Government webpage,<E T="03">http://sba.gov/opengovernment,</E>as well as an initial list of regulations that we plan to review first.</P>
        <P>As you comment, SBA requests that you keep these key considerations in mind:</P>
        <P>• SBA must uphold its mission to strengthen America's economy by providing tools to help grow businesses, create jobs, and help victims recover from disasters.</P>
        <P>• SBA's plan will be tailored to reflect its resources, rulemaking history, and volume.</P>
        <P>• A number of laws or executive orders already direct the Agency to regularly review certain regulations. Your input is requested on developing a plan that is integrated with those existing requirements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. List of Questions for Commenters</HD>
        <P>The list of questions below is designed to identify issues that might arise in the development of a preliminary plan for the retrospective analysis of the agency's regulations. This non-exhaustive list is meant to assist in the formulation of public comments and is not intended to restrict the issues that may be addressed. SBA requests that commenters identify the specific regulation at issue and explain, in as much detail as possible, why the regulation should be modified, streamlined, expanded, or withdrawn, as well as specific suggestions of ways SBA can better achieve its regulatory objectives.</P>
        <P>(1) How can SBA identify those rules that might be modified, streamlined, expanded, or repealed?</P>
        <P>(2) What factors should the agency consider in selecting and prioritizing rules for review?</P>
        <P>(3) Are there regulations that have become unnecessary, or ineffective, and, if so, what are they?</P>
        <P>(4) Are there rules that can be withdrawn without impairing SBA's regulatory programs and, if so, what are they?</P>
        <P>(5) Are there rules that have become outdated and, if so, how can they be modernized to better accomplish their regulatory objectives?</P>
        <P>(6) Are there rules that are still necessary, but which have not operated as well as expected such that a modified, stronger, or slightly different approach is justified?</P>
        <P>(7) Are there regulations, or regulatory processes that are unnecessarily complicated or could be streamlined to achieve regulatory objectives more efficiently?</P>
        <P>(8) Are there any technological developments that can be leveraged to modify, streamline, or repeal any existing regulatory requirements?</P>
        <P>(9) Are there any SBA regulations that are not tailored to impose the least burden on the public?</P>

        <P>(10) How can SBA best obtain and consider accurate, objective information<PRTPAGE P="13534"/>and data about the costs, burdens, and benefits of existing regulations?</P>
        <P>(11) Are there existing sources of data SBA can use to evaluate the post-promulgation effects of regulations over time?</P>
        <P>(12) Are there regulations that are working well that can be expanded or used as a model to fill gaps in other SBA regulatory programs?</P>

        <P>SBA notes that this RFI is issued solely for information and planning purposes and that the Agency is not bound to any further actions related to the comments submitted. All submissions will be made publically available on<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
        </P>

        <P>All comments received are considered part of the public record and made available for public inspection online at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Such information includes personal identifying information (<E T="03">e.g.</E>your name, address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the commenter.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>15 U.S.C. 5(b)(6).</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Sara D. Lipscomb,</NAME>
          <TITLE>General Counsel.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5839 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8025-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-0158; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-118-AD]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Model 767-200, -300, -300F, and -400ER Series Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The FAA proposes to supersede an existing airworthiness directive (AD) that applies to certain Model 767-200, -300, -300F, and -400ER series airplanes. The existing AD currently requires an inspection to determine if certain motor operated valve actuators for the fuel tanks are installed, and related investigative and corrective actions if necessary. This proposed AD would add airplanes and, for certain airplanes, require additional inspections to determine if certain motor operated valve actuators for the fuel tanks are installed, and related investigative and corrective actions if necessary. This proposed AD results from fuel system reviews conducted by the manufacturer. We are proposing this AD to prevent an ignition source inside the fuel tanks, which, in combination with flammable fuel vapors, could result in a fuel tank explosion and consequent loss of the airplane.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We must receive comments on this proposed AD by April 28, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>202-493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>

          <P>For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data &amp; Services Management, P.O. Box 3707, MC 2H-65, Seattle, Washington 98124-2207; telephone 206-544-5000, extension 1; fax 206-766-5680; e-mail<E T="03">me.boecom@boeing.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">https://www.myboeingfleet.com.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Management Facility between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Office (telephone 800-647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Douglas Bryant, Aerospace Engineer, Propulsion Branch, ANM-140S, FAA, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone 425-917-6505; fax 425-917-6590; e-mail<E T="03">douglas.n.bryant@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2011-0158; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-118-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD because of those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>On October 19, 2009, we issued AD 2009-22-13, amendment 39-16066 (74 FR 55755, October 29, 2009), for certain Boeing Model 767-200, -300, -300F, and -400ER series airplanes. That AD requires an inspection to determine if certain motor operated valve (MOV) actuators for the fuel tanks are installed, and related investigative and corrective actions if necessary. That AD resulted from fuel system reviews conducted by the manufacturer. We issued that AD to prevent an ignition source inside the fuel tanks, which, in combination with flammable fuel vapors, could result in a fuel tank explosion and consequent loss of the airplane.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Actions Since Existing AD Was Issued</HD>

        <P>Since we issued AD 2009-22-13, Boeing issued a revision to Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, dated July 3, 2008 (which was referenced as a source of service information in AD 2009-22-13). Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010, corrects the group configuration assignment for certain airplanes, adds airplanes to the effectivity, and adds additional work for certain airplanes that accomplished Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, dated July 3, 2008; or Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 1, dated April 1, 2010. The actions described in Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010, are similar to those described in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, dated July 3, 2008.<PRTPAGE P="13535"/>
        </P>
        <P>The airplanes that were assigned to the wrong group configuration (Group 3 instead of Group 2) and accomplished the requirements of AD 2009-22-13 in accordance with Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, dated July 3, 2008, need to do additional inspections to determine if certain motor operated valve actuators for the fuel tanks are installed, and related investigative and corrective actions if necessary, in accordance with Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010 (the new group configuration has more work packages than the old group configuration).</P>
        <P>The airplanes that were assigned to the wrong group configuration (Group 4 instead of Group 1) in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, dated July 3, 2008; or Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 1, dated April 1, 2010; and accomplished actions using either of those service bulletins need to do additional inspections to determine if certain MOV actuators for the fuel tanks are installed, and related investigative and corrective actions if necessary, in accordance with Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010 (the new group configuration has more work packages than the old group configuration).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination and Requirements of the Proposed AD</HD>
        <P>We have evaluated all pertinent information and identified an unsafe condition that is likely to develop on other airplanes of the same type design. For this reason, we are proposing this AD, which would supersede AD 2009-22-13 and would retain the requirements of the existing AD. This proposed AD would also require, for certain airplanes, accomplishing the actions specified in the Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010, described previously.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>There are about 398 airplanes of U.S. registry. The following table provides the estimated costs for U.S. operators to comply with this proposed AD.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,xs40,r50,r50" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost per product</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost on U.S. operators</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Inspection for presence of MOV actuators (required by AD 2009-22-13)</ENT>
            <ENT>Between 2 and 4 work-hours × $85 per hour = Between $170 and $340</ENT>
            <ENT>none</ENT>
            <ENT>Between $170 and $340</ENT>
            <ENT>Between $67,660 and $135,320.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in subtitle VII, part A, subpart III, section 44701, “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We have determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify that the proposed regulation:</P>
        <P>1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;</P>
        <P>2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and</P>
        <P>3. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>

        <P>We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket. See the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section for a location to examine the regulatory evaluation.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by removing amendment 39-16066 (74 FR 55755, October 29, 2009) and adding the following new AD:</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="04">The Boeing Company:</E>Docket No. FAA-2011-0158; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-118-AD.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Due Date</HD>
              <P>(a) The FAA must receive comments on this AD action by April 28, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Affected ADs</HD>
              <P>(b) This AD supersedes AD 2009-22-13, Amendment 39-16066.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>
              <P>(c) This AD applies to The Boeing Company Model 767-200, -300, -300F, and -400ER series airplanes, certificated in any category; as identified in Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subject</HD>
              <P>(d) Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 28: Fuel.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Unsafe Condition</HD>
              <P>(e) This AD results from fuel system reviews conducted by the manufacturer. The Federal Aviation Administration is issuing this AD to prevent an ignition source inside the fuel tanks, which, in combination with flammable fuel vapors, could result in a fuel tank explosion and consequent loss of the airplane.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Compliance</HD>

              <P>(f) You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified, unless the actions have already been done.<PRTPAGE P="13536"/>
              </P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Restatement of Requirements of AD 2009-22-13, With Revised Service Information</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Inspection and Related Investigative/Corrective Actions</HD>
              <P>(g) For Model 767-200, -300, -300F, and -400ER series airplanes, as identified in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, dated July 3, 2008: Within 60 months after December 3, 2009 (the effective date of AD 2009-22-13), do the actions in paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(1) Inspect the motor operated valves (MOVs) in the main and center fuel tanks to determine if any MOV having part number (P/N) MA20A1001-1 is installed, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, dated July 3, 2008; or Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010. A review of airplane maintenance records is acceptable in lieu of this inspection if the part number can be conclusively determined from that review. After the effective date of this AD, only Revision 2 may be used.</P>
              <P>(2) Do all applicable related investigative and corrective actions specified in and in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, dated July 3, 2008; or Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010; except as provided by paragraph (h) of this AD. After the effective date of this AD, only Revision 2 may be used.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Alternative Part Numbers</HD>
              <P>(h) Where Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, dated July 3, 2008; or Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010; specifies replacing any actuator having P/N MA20A1001-1 with a new actuator having P/N MA30A1001, a serviceable actuator having any of the following part numbers is also acceptable as a replacement part: MA30A1001; MA20A2027 (S343T003-56); MA11A1265-1 (S343T003-41); or AV-31-1 (S343T003-111).</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">New Requirements of This AD</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Inspection and Related Investigative/Corrective Actions for Additional Airplanes</HD>
              <P>(i) For airplanes that are identified in Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010, but are not identified in paragraph (g) of this AD: Within 60 months after December 3, 2009, do the actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD in accordance with Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Revised Inspection and Related Investigative/Corrective Actions Instructions for Certain Airplanes</HD>
              <P>(j) For airplanes having variable numbers (VNs) VN921, VN922, and VN966 through VN972 inclusive, that accomplished the actions required in paragraph (g) of this AD before the effective date of this AD in accordance with Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, dated July 3, 2008: Within 60 months after December 3, 2009, do the actions specified in paragraphs (j)(1) and (j)(2) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(1) Inspect the motor operated valves (MOVs) in the main and center fuel tanks to determine if any MOV having part number (P/N) MA20A1001-1 is installed, in accordance with Work Packages 2, 3, 4, and 5 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010. A review of airplane maintenance records is acceptable in lieu of this inspection if the part number can be conclusively determined from that review.</P>
              <P>(2) Do all applicable related investigative and corrective actions specified in and in accordance with Work Packages 2, 3, 4, and 5 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010; except as provided by paragraph (h) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(k) For airplanes having VNs VF181 through VF184 inclusive that accomplished the actions required in paragraph (g) of this AD before the effective date of this AD in accordance with Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, dated July 3, 2008; or Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 1, dated April 1, 2010: Within 60 months after December 3, 2009, do the actions in paragraphs (k)(1) and (k)(2) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(1) Inspect the motor operated valves (MOVs) in the main and center fuel tanks to determine if any MOV having part number (P/N) MA20A1001-1 is installed, in accordance with Work Packages 2, 3, 4, and 5 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010. A review of airplane maintenance records is acceptable in lieu of this inspection if the part number can be conclusively determined from that review.</P>
              <P>(2) Do all applicable related investigative and corrective actions specified in and in accordance with Work Packages 2, 3, 4, and 5 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 2, dated September 2, 2010; except as provided by paragraph (h) of this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Credit for Actions Accomplished in Accordance With Previous Service Information</HD>
              <P>(l) Actions done before the effective date of this AD in accordance with Boeing Service Bulletin 767-28A0090, Revision 1, dated April 1, 2010, are acceptable for compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (i) and (j) of this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>

              <P>(m)(1) The Manager, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the ACO, send it to the attention of the person identified in the Related Information section of this AD. Information may be e-mailed to:<E T="03">9-ANM-Seattle-ACO-AMOC-Requests@faa.gov.</E>
              </P>
              <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.</P>
              <P>(3) AMOCs approved previously for AD 2009-22-13 are approved as AMOCs for the corresponding provisions of this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Information</HD>

              <P>(n) For more information about this AD, contact Douglas Bryant, Aerospace Engineer, Propulsion Branch, ANM-140S, FAA, Seattle ACO, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone 425-917-6505; fax 425-917-6590; e-mail:<E T="03">douglas.n.bryant@faa.gov.</E>
              </P>

              <P>(o) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data &amp; Services Management, P.O. Box 3707, MC 2H-65, Seattle, Washington 98124-2207; telephone 206-544-5000, extension 1; fax 206-766-5680; e-mail<E T="03">me.boecom@boeing.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">https://www.myboeingfleet.com.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on March 4, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Kalene C. Yanamura,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5721 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-0159; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-246-AD]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2C10 (Regional Jet Series 700, 701, &amp; 702), Model CL-600-2D15 (Regional Jet Series 705), and Model CL-600-2D24 (Regional Jet Series 900) Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for the products listed above. This proposed AD results from mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) originated by an aviation authority of another country to identify and correct an unsafe condition on an aviation product. The MCAI describes the unsafe condition as:</P>
          
          <EXTRACT>

            <P>An inspection by the vendor revealed that a number of Rubber Bull Gears (RBG) in the<PRTPAGE P="13537"/>Horizontal Stabilizer Trim Actuator (HSTA) of the CL-600-2C10, CL-600-2D15 and CL-600-2D24 aeroplanes were installed with a wheel material hardness out of specification. This non-conformity has a direct impact on the HSTA life limit. The teeth of these non-conformant RBGs could break and in extreme cases, could lead to uncontrolled HSTA movement without the ability to re-trim the aeroplane. If not corrected, this condition could result in a difficulty to control the pitch and subsequent loss of the aeroplane.</P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </SUM>
        <STARS/>
        <P>The proposed AD would require actions that are intended to address the unsafe condition described in the MCAI.</P>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We must receive comments on this proposed AD by April 28, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-40, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>

          <P>For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Bombardier, Inc., 400 Côte-Vertu Road West, Dorval, Québec H4S 1Y9, Canada; telephone 514-855-5000; fax 514-855-7401; e-mail<E T="03">thd.crj@aero.bombardier.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">http://www.bombardier.com.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Operations office between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Operations office (telephone (800) 647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Fabio Buttitta, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Mechanical Systems Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, New York 11590; telephone (516) 228-7303; fax (516) 794-5531.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2011-0159; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-246-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD based on those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>Transport Canada Civil Aviation which is the aviation authority for Canada, has issued Canadian Airworthiness Directive CF-2010-34, dated October 5, 2010 (referred to after this as “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>An inspection by the vendor revealed that a number of Rubber Bull Gears (RBG) in the Horizontal Stabilizer Trim Actuator (HSTA) of the CL-600-2C10, CL-600-2D15 and CL-600-2D24 aeroplanes were installed with a wheel material hardness out of specification. This non-conformity has a direct impact on the HSTA life limit. The teeth of these non-conformant RBGs could break and in extreme cases, could lead to uncontrolled HSTA movement without the ability to re-trim the aeroplane. If not corrected, this condition could result in a difficulty to control the pitch and subsequent loss of the aeroplane.</P>
          <P>This [Canadian airworthiness] directive mandates replacement of the RBGs which have material hardness out of specification [with a modified HSTA].</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <P>You may obtain further information by examining the MCAI in the AD docket.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Relevant Service Information</HD>
        <P>Bombardier has issued Service Bulletin 670BA-27-058, dated August 31, 2010; and SAGEM has issued SAGEM Service Bulletin 8489-27-007, Revision 1, dated August 10, 2010. The actions described in this service information are intended to correct the unsafe condition identified in the MCAI.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination and Requirements of This Proposed AD</HD>
        <P>This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Differences Between This AD and the MCAI or Service Information</HD>
        <P>We have reviewed the MCAI and related service information and, in general, agree with their substance. But we might have found it necessary to use different words from those in the MCAI to ensure the AD is clear for U.S. operators and is enforceable. In making these changes, we do not intend to differ substantively from the information provided in the MCAI and related service information.</P>
        <P>We might also have proposed different actions in this AD from those in the MCAI in order to follow FAA policies. Any such differences are highlighted in a Note within the proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>Based on the service information, we estimate that this proposed AD would affect about 387 products of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it would take about 9 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this proposed AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts would cost about $0 per product. Where the service information lists required parts costs that are covered under warranty, we have assumed that there will be no charge for these costs. As we do not control warranty coverage for affected parties, some parties may incur costs higher than estimated here. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of the proposed AD on U.S. operators to be $296,055, or $765 per product.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>

        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more<PRTPAGE P="13538"/>detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</P>
        <P>1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;</P>
        <P>2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and</P>
        <P>3. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new AD:</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="04">Bombardier, Inc.:</E>Docket No. FAA-2011-0159; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-246-AD.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Due Date</HD>
              <P>(a) We must receive comments by April 28, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Affected ADs</HD>
              <P>(b) None.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>
              <P>(c) This AD applies to Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2C10 (Regional Jet Series 700, 701, &amp; 702), Model CL-600-2D15 (Regional Jet Series 705), and Model CL-600-2D24 (Regional Jet Series 900) airplanes, certificated in any category, equipped with a horizontal stabilizer trim actuator having part numbers (P/Ns) 8489-5, 8489-6, 8489-7, and 8489-7R.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subject</HD>
              <P>(d) Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 27: Flight controls.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Reason</HD>
              <P>(e) The mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) states:</P>
              <P>An inspection by the vendor revealed that a number of Rubber Bull Gears (RBG) in the Horizontal Stabilizer Trim Actuator (HSTA) of the CL-600-2C10, CL-600-2D15 and CL-600-2D24 aeroplanes were installed with a wheel material hardness out of specification. This non-conformity has a direct impact on the HSTA life limit. The teeth of these non-conformant RBGs could break and in extreme cases, could lead to uncontrolled HSTA movement without the ability to re-trim the aeroplane. If not corrected, this condition could result in a difficulty to control the pitch and subsequent loss of the aeroplane.</P>
              <STARS/>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Compliance</HD>
              <P>(f) You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified, unless the actions have already been done.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Modifying the HSTA</HD>
              <P>(g) For airplanes having any HSTA with S/N 107, 111, 124, 126, 135, 139, 142, 145, 146, 266, 268, 271, 274, 276, 277, 280, 282 through 285 inclusive, 290, 292, 294, 297, 299, 307, 309, 320, 337, 400, 402, 403, 410, 412, 418, 421 through 428 inclusive, 430, 435 through 439 inclusive, 441, 443 through 446 inclusive, 448 through 450 inclusive, 452 through 454 inclusive, 456, 459, 461, 463 through 470 inclusive, 472, 474 through 476 inclusive, 478, 545 through 549 inclusive, 570, 571, 573, 574, 600, 603, 608, 612 through 616 inclusive, 623, 627, and 629 through 659 inclusive: At the applicable compliance time specified in paragraph (g)(1) or (g)(2) of this AD, replace the HSTA with a modified HSTA, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 670BA-27-058, dated August 31, 2010.</P>
              <P>(1) For HSTAs that have accumulated 8,700 total flight cycles or less as of the effective date of this AD: Within 3,000 flight cycles from the effective date of this AD, or before the HSTA has accumulated 10,500 flight cycles, whichever occurs first.</P>
              <P>(2) For HSTAs that have accumulated more than 8,700 total flight cycles as of the effective date of this AD: Within 1,800 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD.</P>
              <P>(h) For airplanes having any HSTA with S/N 185, 479, 481, 482, 485, 487, 489, 491 through 496 inclusive, 498, 499, 501, 503, 504, 506, 507, 509, 512 through 514 inclusive, 517, 519 through 522 inclusive, 524, 526 through 528 inclusive, 530, 534 through 536 inclusive, 539, 542, and 543: Within 1,800 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD, replace the affected HSTA with a modified HSTA in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 670BA-27-058, dated August 31, 2010.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Parts Installation</HD>
              <P>(i) As of the effective date of this AD, no person may install a HSTA, having P/N 8489-5, 8489-6, 8489-7, or 8489-7R, with any serial numbers identified in paragraph (g) or (h) of this AD, on any airplane, unless that HSTA has been modified in accordance with SAGEM Service Bulletin 8489-27-007, Revision 1, dated August 10, 2010, and that HSTA has a suffix “B” beside the serial number.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA AD Differences</HD>
              <NOTE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
                <P>This AD differs from the MCAI and/or service information as follows: No differences.</P>
              </NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Other FAA AD Provisions</HD>
              <P>(j) The following provisions also apply to this AD:</P>
              <P>(1)<E T="03">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs):</E>The Manager, New York Aircraft Certification Office, ANE-170, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. Send information to<E T="03">Attn:</E>Program Manager, Continuing Operational Safety, FAA, New York ACO, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, New York 11590; telephone 516-228-7300; fax 516-794-5531. Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office. The AMOC approval letter must specifically reference this AD.</P>
              <P>(2)<E T="03">Airworthy Product:</E>For any requirement in this AD to obtain corrective actions from a manufacturer or other source, use these actions if they are FAA-approved. Corrective actions are considered FAA-approved if they are approved by the State of Design Authority (or their delegated agent). You are required to assure the product is airworthy before it is returned to service.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Information</HD>
              <P>(k) Refer to MCAI Canadian Airworthiness Directive CF-2010-34, dated October 5, 2010; Bombardier Service Bulletin 670BA-27-058, dated August 31, 2010; and SAGEM Service Bulletin 8489-27-007, Revision 1, dated August 10, 2010, for related information.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <PRTPAGE P="13539"/>
            <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on March 4, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Kalene C. Yanamura,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5722 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-0216; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-197-AD]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. (EMBRAER) Model ERJ 190 Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for the products listed above. This proposed AD results from mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) originated by an aviation authority of another country to identify and correct an unsafe condition on an aviation product. The MCAI describes the unsafe condition as:</P>
          
          <EXTRACT>
            <P>* * * The pylon internal shear pin was found cracked during a regular check. Further investigation revealed that the failure occurred due to hydrogen embrittlement. The ANAC [Agência Nacional de Aviação Civil] is issuing this AD to prevent insufficient strength of the pylon to wing attachment, which in combination with an engine imbalance caused by a fan blade out could cause pylon to wing attachment failure and consequent engine separation.</P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </SUM>
        <STARS/>
        <FP>The proposed AD would require actions that are intended to address the unsafe condition described in the MCAI.</FP>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We must receive comments on this proposed AD by April 28, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-40, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>

          <P>For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. (EMBRAER), Technical Publications Section (PC 060), Av. Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 2170—Putim—12227-901 São Jose dos Campos—SP—BRASIL; telephone +55 12 3927-5852 or +55 12 3309-0732; fax +55 12 3927-7546; e-mail<E T="03">distrib@embraer.com.br;</E>Internet<E T="03">http://www.flyembraer.com.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Operations office between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Operations office (telephone (800) 647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Cindy Ashforth, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356;<E T="03">phone:</E>425-227-2768;<E T="03">fax:</E>425-227-1149;<E T="03">e-mail: cindy.ashforth@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2011-0216; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-197-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD based on those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>The Agência Nacional de Aviação Civil (ANAC), which is the aviation authority for Brazil, has issued Brazilian Airworthiness Directive 2010-08-02, dated September 20, 2010 (referred to after this as “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>* * * The pylon internal shear pin was found cracked during a regular check. Further investigation revealed that the failure occurred due to hydrogen embrittlement. The ANAC [Agência Nacional de Aviação Civil] is issuing this AD to prevent insufficient strength of the pylon to wing attachment, which in combination with an engine imbalance caused by a fan blade out could cause pylon to wing attachment failure and consequent engine separation.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <STARS/>
        <P>Required actions include replacing pylon shear pins in the rear outboard and inboard shear pin assembly in the right- and left-hand pylons with new parts. You may obtain further information by examining the MCAI in the AD docket.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Relevant Service Information</HD>
        <P>EMBRAER has issued Service Bulletins 190-54-0010, dated May 19, 2010; and 190LIN-54-0001, dated June 21, 2010. The actions described in this service information are intended to correct the unsafe condition identified in the MCAI.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination and Requirements of This Proposed AD</HD>
        <P>This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Differences Between This AD and the MCAI or Service Information</HD>

        <P>We have reviewed the MCAI and related service information and, in general, agree with their substance. But we might have found it necessary to use different words from those in the MCAI to ensure the AD is clear for U.S. operators and is enforceable. In making these changes, we do not intend to differ substantively from the information provided in the MCAI and related service information.<PRTPAGE P="13540"/>
        </P>
        <P>We might also have proposed different actions in this AD from those in the MCAI in order to follow FAA policies. Any such differences are highlighted in a Note within the proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>Based on the service information, we estimate that this proposed AD would affect about 73 products of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it would take about 10 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this proposed AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts would cost about $2,360 per product. Where the service information lists required parts costs that are covered under warranty, we have assumed that there will be no charge for these costs. As we do not control warranty coverage for affected parties, some parties may incur costs higher than estimated here. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of the proposed AD on U.S. operators to be $234,330, or $3,210 per product.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</E>
        </P>
        <P>1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;</P>
        <P>2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and</P>
        <P>3. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new AD:</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="04">Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. (EMBRAER):</E>Docket No. FAA-2011-0216; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-197-AD.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Due Date</HD>
              <P>(a) We must receive comments by April 28, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Affected ADs</HD>
              <P>(b) None.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>
              <P>(c) This AD applies to Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica S.A. (EMBRAER) Model ERJ 190-100 STD, -100 LR, -100 ECJ, and -100 IGW airplanes; and Model ERJ 190-200 STD, -200 LR, and -200 IGW airplanes; certificated in any category.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subject</HD>
              <P>(d) Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 54: Nacelles/Pylons.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Reason</HD>
              <P>(e) The mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) states:</P>
              <P>* * * The pylon internal shear pin was found cracked during a regular check. Further investigation revealed that the failure occurred due to hydrogen embrittlement. The ANAC [Agência Nacional de Aviação Civil] is issuing this AD to prevent insufficient strength of the pylon to wing attachment, which in combination with an engine imbalance caused by a fan blade out could cause pylon to wing attachment failure and consequent engine separation.</P>
              <STARS/>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Compliance</HD>
              <P>(f) You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified, unless the actions have already been done.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Replace Shear Pins</HD>
              <P>(g) For Model ERJ 190-100 STD, -100 LR, -100 IGW; and ERJ 190-200 STD, -200 LR, and -200 IGW airplanes: Within 3,000 flight hours after the effective date of this AD, replace the shear pins having part number (P/N) 190-15178-003 and P/N 190-15181-003 in the rear outboard and inboard shear pin assembly in the right- and left-hand pylons, with new shear pins having P/N 190-15178-005 and P/N 190-15181-005, respectively, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of EMBRAER Service Bulletin 190-54-0010, dated May 19, 2010.</P>
              <P>(h) For Model ERJ 190-100 ECJ airplanes: Within 3,000 flight hours or within 12 months after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first, replace the shear pins having P/N 190-15178-003 and P/N 190-15181-003, in the rear outboard and inboard shear pin assembly in the right- and left-hand pylons, with new shear pins having P/N 190-15178-005 and P/N 190-15181-005, respectively, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of EMBRAER Service Bulletin 190LIN-54-0001, dated June 21, 2010.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA AD Differences</HD>
              <NOTE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
                <P>This AD differs from the MCAI and/or service information as follows: The MCAI allows credit for previous installation of internal shear pins in accordance with EMBRAER 190 Aircraft Maintenance Manual Task 54-50-00-400, Revision 19, dated July 15, 2010. This AD does not allow credit for this task; however, under the provisions of paragraph (i) of this AD, we will consider requests for an alternative method of compliance.</P>
              </NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Other FAA AD Provisions</HD>
              <P>(i) The following provisions also apply to this AD:</P>
              <P>(1)<E T="03">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs):</E>The Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the International Branch, send it to<E T="03">Attn:</E>Cindy Ashforth, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone (425) 227-2768; fax (425) 227-1149. Information may be e-mailed to:<E T="03">9-ANM-116-AMOC-REQUESTS@faa.gov.</E>Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office. The AMOC approval letter must specifically reference this AD.<PRTPAGE P="13541"/>
              </P>
              <P>(2)<E T="03">Airworthy Product:</E>For any requirement in this AD to obtain corrective actions from a manufacturer or other source, use these actions if they are FAA-approved. Corrective actions are considered FAA-approved if they are approved by the State of Design Authority (or their delegated agent). You are required to assure the product is airworthy before it is returned to service.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Information</HD>
              <P>(j) Refer to MCAI Agência Nacional de Aviação Civil (ANAC) Airworthiness Directive 2010-08-02, dated September 20, 2010; and EMBRAER Service Bulletins 190-54-0010, dated May 19, 2010, and 190LIN-54-001, dated June 21, 2010; for related information.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on March 4, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Kalene C. Yanamura,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5723 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-0219; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-228-AD]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Model 757-200, -200CB, and -300 Series Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for the products listed above. This proposed AD would require modifying the door latch fittings and witness mark placards of the off-wing escape slide systems; and for certain airplanes, replacing the bearings and lockbase retainer in the door latch assembly, relocating and adjusting of the sensor target and the sensor proximity switch, and testing to ensure positive door locking and corrective action if necessary. For certain airplanes, this proposed AD would also require installing a bumper assembly and placards. This proposed AD was prompted by reports of in-flight loss of the off-wing escape slide. We are proposing this AD to prevent in-flight loss of the off-wing escape slide, which could result in the unavailability of the escape slide during a time-critical evacuation. Additionally, the departed slide could cause damage to the fuselage, wing, flaps, or stabilizer, which could degrade flight control.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We must receive comments on this proposed AD by April 28, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>202-493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>Deliver to Mail address above between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>

          <P>For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data &amp; Services Management, P. O. Box 3707, MC 2H-65, Seattle, Washington 98124-2207; phone: 206-544-5000, extension 1; fax: 206-766-5680; e-mail:<E T="03">me.boecom@boeing.com</E>; Internet:<E T="03">ttps://www.myboeingfleet.com</E>. You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>; or in person at the Docket Management Facility between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Office (phone: 800-647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Kimberly DeVoe, Aerospace Engineer, Cabin Safety and Environmental Systems Branch, ANM-150S, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; phone: 425-917-6495; fax: 425-917-6590; e-mail:<E T="03">Kimberly.Devoe@faa.gov</E>.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2011-0219; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-228-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD because of those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>, including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>Since May 2005, four operators have reported seven events of in-flight loss of the off-wing escape slides. The off-wing escape slides did not inflate in flight. Due to latching failures of the compartment doors for the off-wing escape slides, in-flight maneuvering resulted in the departure of the slides from the airplane. The loss of the off-wing escape slide could result in the unavailability of the escape slide during a time-critical evacuation. Additionally, the departed slide could cause damage to the fuselage, wing, flaps, or stabilizer, which could degrade flight control.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>To address the in-flight loss of the off-wing escape slide we issued AD 99-17-20, Amendment 39-11266 (64 FR 45436, August 20, 1999), which was based on Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0182, Revision 1, dated June 12, 1997; and Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0200, dated January 21, 1999. AD 99-17-20 requires modification of the door latch system on the off-wing escape slide compartment and installation of a bumper assembly on the bottom of the off-wing escape slide carriers on certain Model 757-200 and -300 series airplanes. However, it has been shown through service history that more corrective actions, in addition to AD 99-17-20, are needed to correct the unsafe condition.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Relevant Service Information</HD>

        <P>We reviewed Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 757-25-0298, dated October 16, 2008. This service bulletin describes procedures for modifying the forward and aft door latch fittings for the left and right off-wing escape slide systems and modifying the witness mark placards on the maintenance access door frames for the left and right off-wing escape slide systems. Additionally, this service bulletin specifies that the following<PRTPAGE P="13542"/>three service bulletins should be done before or at the same time as Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 757-25-0298, dated October 16, 2008.</P>
        <P>Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0182, Revision 2, dated January 11, 2001, specifies, for airplanes that have not been retrofitted using Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0182, dated October 10, 1996; or Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0182, Revision 1, dated June 12, 1997; procedures to modify the door latch system of the left and right off-wing emergency evacuation slide systems. The modification includes replacing the bearings and lockbase retainer in the compartment door latch assembly with new bearings and a new lockbase retainer, and relocating and adjusting the sensor target and the sensor proximity switch to forward locations on the evacuation slide compartment doors. For airplanes that have been retrofitted, Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0182, Revision 2, dated January 11, 2001, specifies testing to determine that the compartment door sensor, as retrofitted, provides an accurate indication of the door lock condition. For airplanes on which the test indicates that the compartment door is not locking positively, Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0182, Revision 2, dated January 11, 2001, specifies that the installed target is replaced with a new target and the switch is remounted on the new bracket.</P>
        <P>Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0200, Revision 1, dated August 3, 2000 (for Model 757-200 and -200CB series airplanes); and Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 757-25-0219, dated August 3, 2000 (for Model 757-300 series airplanes); specify installing a bumper assembly on the left and right off-wing slide carriers, and installing new witness mark and instruction placards in the area of the maintenance access door.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination</HD>
        <P>We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all the relevant information and determined the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop in other products of the same type designs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed AD Requirements</HD>
        <P>This proposed AD would require accomplishing the actions specified in the service information described previously.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>We estimate that this proposed AD will affect 451 airplanes of U.S. registry.</P>
        <P>We estimate the following costs to comply with this proposed AD:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,10,10,xs70" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost per<LI>product</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost on U.S.<LI>operators</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Modification of fittings and placards: Service Bulletin (SB) 757-25-0298</ENT>
            <ENT>7 work-hours × $85 per hour = $595</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,365</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,960</ENT>
            <ENT>$883,960.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Modification: Service Bulletin 757-25-0182</ENT>
            <ENT>40 work-hours × $85 per hour = $3,400</ENT>
            <ENT>$2,786</ENT>
            <ENT>$6,186</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,880,544<LI>(304 airplanes).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Test: Service Bulletin 757-25-0182</ENT>
            <ENT>2 work-hours × $85 per hour = $170</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$170</ENT>
            <ENT>$76,670.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Bumper assembly and placards installation: Service Bulletin 757-25-0200</ENT>
            <ENT>4 work-hours × $85 per hour = $340</ENT>
            <ENT>$457</ENT>
            <ENT>$797</ENT>
            <ENT>$272,574<LI>(342 airplanes).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Bumper assembly and placards installation: Service Bulletin 757-25-0219</ENT>
            <ENT>4 work-hours × $85 per hour = $340</ENT>
            <ENT>$457</ENT>
            <ENT>$797</ENT>
            <ENT>$0<LI>(0 airplanes).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>We estimate the following costs to do any necessary replacements that would be required based on the results of the proposed test. We have no way of determining the number of aircraft that might need these replacements.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,10,10" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>On-Condition Costs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost per product</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Replacement and remount; SB 757-25-0182</ENT>
            <ENT>4 work-hours × $85 per hour = $340</ENT>
            <ENT>$2,786</ENT>
            <ENT>$3,126</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</P>
        <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
        <P>(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),</P>
        <P>(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
        <P>(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <PRTPAGE P="13543"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive (AD):</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="04">The Boeing Company:</E>Docket No. FAA-2011-0219; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-228-AD.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Due Date</HD>
              <P>(a) We must receive comments by April 28, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Affected ADs</HD>
              <P>(b) Certain requirements of this AD affect certain requirements of AD 99-17-20, Amendment 39-11266.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>
              <P>(c) This AD applies to The Boeing Company Model 757-200, -200CB, and -300 series airplanes, certificated in any category, as identified in Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 757-25-0298, dated October 16, 2008; with off-wing escape slide systems installed.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subject</HD>
              <P>(d) Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC)/Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 25, Equipment and Furnishings.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Unsafe Condition</HD>
              <P>(e) This AD was prompted by reports of in-flight loss of the off-wing escape slide. We are issuing this AD to prevent in-flight loss of the off-wing escape slide, which could result in the unavailability of the escape slide during a time-critical evacuation. Additionally, the departed slide could cause damage to the fuselage, wing, flaps, or stabilizer, which could degrade flight control.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Compliance</HD>
              <P>(f) Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Modification</HD>
              <P>(g) Within 60 months after the effective date of this AD, modify the door latch fittings and witness mark placards of the left and right off-wing escape slide systems, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 757-25-0298, dated October 16, 2008.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Concurrent Actions</HD>
              <P>(h) Concurrently with or before accomplishing the actions specified in paragraph (g) of this AD, do the applicable actions specified in paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(1) For airplanes that have not been modified by Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0182, dated October 10, 1996; or Revision 1, dated June 12, 1997; as of the effective date of this AD: Modify the door latch system of the left and right off-wing emergency evacuation slide systems, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0182, Revision 2, dated January 11, 2001.</P>
              <P>(2) For airplanes that have been modified by Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0182, dated October 10, 1996; or Revision 1, dated June 12, 1997; as of the effective date of this AD: Do a test to verify that the modified compartment door sensor provides an accurate indication of the door lock condition, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0182, Revision 2, dated January 11, 2001. If the test indicates that the compartment door is not locking positively, concurrently with or before accomplishing the actions specified in paragraph (g) of this AD, replace the target and remount the switch on the new bracket, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0182, Revision 2, dated January 11, 2001.</P>
              <P>(i) For airplanes identified in Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0200, Revision 1, dated August 3, 2000: Concurrently with or before accomplishing the actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD, install a bumper assembly on the left and right off-wing escape slide carriers, and install new placards in the area of the maintenance access door, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0200, Revision 1, dated August 3, 2000.</P>
              <P>(j) For airplanes identified in Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 757-25-0219, dated August 3, 2000: Concurrently with or before accomplishing the actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD, install a bumper assembly on the left and right off-wing escape slide carriers, and install new placards in the area of the maintenance access door, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Special Attention Service Bulletin 757-25-0219, dated August 3, 2000.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Terminating Action for Paragraph (a)(1) of AD 99-17-20</HD>
              <P>(k) Actions done in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this AD terminate the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of AD 99-17-20.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Terminating Action for Paragraph (a)(2) of AD 99-17-20</HD>
              <P>(l) Actions done in accordance with paragraph (i) of this AD terminate the corresponding requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of AD 99-17-20.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Credit for Actions Accomplished in Accordance with Previous Service Information</HD>
              <P>(m) Actions done before the effective date of this AD in accordance with Boeing Service Bulletin 757-25-0200, dated January 21, 1999, are acceptable for compliance with the corresponding requirements of paragraphs (i) and (j) of this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>

              <P>(n)(1) The Manager, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the ACO, send it to the attention of the person identified in the Related Information section of this AD. Information may be e-mailed to:<E T="03">9-ANM-Seattle-ACO-AMOC-Requests@faa.gov.</E>
              </P>
              <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Information</HD>

              <P>(o) For more information about this AD, contact Kimberly DeVoe, Aerospace Engineer, Cabin Safety and Environmental Systems Branch, ANM-150S, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; phone: 425-917-6495; fax: 425-917-6590; e-mail:<E T="03">Kimberly.Devoe@faa.gov.</E>
              </P>

              <P>(p) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data &amp; Services Management, P.O. Box 3707, MC 2H-65, Seattle, Washington 98124-2207; phone: 206-544-5000, extension 1; fax: 206-766-5680; e-mail:<E T="03">me.boecom@boeing.com;</E>Internet:<E T="03">https://www.myboeingfleet.com.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on March 3, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Kalene C. Yanamura,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5724 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-0217; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-165-AD]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Model DC-9-81 (MD-81), DC-9-82 (MD-82), DC-9-83 (MD-83), DC-9-87 (MD-87), and MD-88 Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <PRTPAGE P="13544"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for the products listed above. This proposed AD would require a detailed inspection to detect distress and existing repairs to the leading edge structure of the vertical stabilizer at the splice at Station Zfs = 52.267; repetitive inspections for cracking in the front spar cap forward flanges of the vertical stabilizer, and either the aft flanges or side skins; repetitive inspections for loose and missing fasteners; and related investigative and corrective actions if necessary. This proposed AD was prompted by reports of cracked vertical stabilizer skin, a severed front spar cap, elongated fastener holes at the leading edge of the vertical stabilizer, and a cracked front spar web and front spar cap bolt holes in the vertical stabilizer. We are proposing this AD to detect and correct such cracking damage, which could result in the structure being unable to support limit load, and could lead to the loss of the vertical stabilizer.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We must receive comments on this proposed AD by April 28, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>202-493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>Deliver to Mail address above between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>

          <P>For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data &amp; Services Management, 3855 Lakewood Boulevard, MC D800-0019, Long Beach, California 90846-0001; phone: 206-544-5000, extension 2; fax: 206-766-5683; e-mail:<E T="03">dse.boecom@boeing.com;</E>Internet:<E T="03">https://www.myboeingfleet.com.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Management Facility between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Office (phone: 800-647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Roger Durbin, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe Branch, ANM-120L, Los Angeles ACO, FAA, 3960 Paramount Blvd., Lakewood, CA 90712-4137; phone: 562-627-5233; fax: 562-627-5210; e-mail:<E T="03">Roger.Durbin@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2011-0217; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-165-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD because of those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>We have received two reports of cracked vertical stabilizer skin at Station Zfs = 52.267. Subsequent inspection revealed a severed front spar cap and a cracked front spar web. Cracks were also found on several other Model MD-80 airplanes in the front spar cap bolt holes of the vertical stabilizer. The affected Model MD-80 airplanes had accrued between 39,749 and 56,212 total flight hours and between 32,176 and 44,001 total landing cycles when the cracks/anomalies were found. The cause of the skin cracks is high loading occurrences, such as, but not limited to, in-flight turbulence. Cracks in the vertical stabilizer leading edge and front spar cap could result in the structure being unable to support limit load, and could lead to the loss of the vertical stabilizer.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>We are considering similar rulemaking for The Boeing Company Model MD-90-30 airplanes. The Model MD-90 airplane vertical stabilizer is similar in design and loading to that of the Model DC-9-81 (MD-81), DC-9-82 (MD-82), DC-9-83 (MD-83), DC-9-87 (MD-87), and MD-88 airplanes vertical stabilizer.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Relevant Service Information</HD>
        <P>We reviewed Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD80-55A067, dated June 24, 2010. The service information describes procedures for a detailed inspection to detect distress in and existing repairs to the leading edge structure of the vertical stabilizer at the splice at Station Zfs = 52.267, and corrective action if necessary. The corrective action is doing a leading edge repair, if the leading edge is distressed, by repairing or replacing the leading edge splice band of the vertical stabilizer. The service information defines “distress” as deformed holes, elongated holes, oversized holes or cracks in the leading edge skin and splice; and “existing repairs” as bushings, washers or reinforcing repairs to the leading edge.</P>
        <P>The service information also describes procedures for repetitive inspections for cracking in the front spar cap of the vertical stabilizer using the inspections specified in Option 1 or Option 2 of the service information, and related investigative and corrective actions if necessary.</P>
        <P>Option 1 involves an open hole eddy current high frequency (ETHF) inspection of the forward flanges and a radiographic testing inspection of the aft flanges; Option 2 involves an open hole ETHF inspection of the forward flanges and an ETHF surface inspection of the side skins of the aft flanges. For airplanes on which any cracking is found, the related investigative action is confirming the cracking through a specified evaluation/verification process. The corrective action is contacting Boeing and doing the repair in accordance with Boeing's instructions.</P>
        <P>The service information also describes procedures for repetitive detailed inspections for indications of loose and missing fasteners of the stabilizer leading edge structure of the vertical at the splice at Station Zfs = 52.267, and corrective actions if necessary. The corrective action, if any loose or missing fasteners are found, is repairing the leading edge by repairing or replacing the leading edge splice band of the vertical stabilizer.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination</HD>

        <P>We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all the relevant information and determined the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or<PRTPAGE P="13545"/>develop in other products of the same type designs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed AD Requirements</HD>
        <P>This proposed AD would require accomplishing the actions specified in the service information described previously.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Differences Between the Proposed AD and the Service Information</HD>
        <P>The service bulletin specifies to contact the manufacturer for instructions on how to repair certain conditions, but this proposed AD would require repairing those conditions in one of the following ways:</P>
        <P>• In accordance with a method that we approve, or</P>
        <P>• Using data that meet the certification basis of the airplane, and that have been approved by the Boeing Commercial Airplanes Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) whom we have authorized to make those findings.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>We estimate that this proposed AD will affect 668 airplanes of U.S. registry.</P>
        <P>We estimate the following costs to comply with this proposed AD:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,12,12,12" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost per<LI>product</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost on U.S. operators</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Inspection for existing repairs, distress</ENT>
            <ENT>10 work-hours × $85 per hour = $850</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$850</ENT>
            <ENT>$567,800</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Repetitive inspections for cracking and loose and missing fasteners</ENT>
            <ENT>7 work-hours × $85 per hour = $595</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>595</ENT>
            <ENT>397,460</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>We have received no definitive data that would enable us to provide cost estimates for the on-condition actions specified in this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in subtitle VII, part A, subpart III, section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</P>
        <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
        <P>(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),</P>
        <P>(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
        <P>(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive (AD):</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="04">The Boeing Company:</E>Docket No. FAA-2011-0217; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-165-AD.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Due Date</HD>
              <P>(a) We must receive comments by April 28, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Affected ADs</HD>
              <P>(b) None.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>
              <P>(c) This AD applies to The Boeing Company Model DC-9-81 (MD-81), DC-9-82 (MD-82), DC-9-83 (MD-83), DC-9-87 (MD-87), and MD-88 airplanes, certificated in any category, as identified in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD80-55A067, dated June 24, 2010.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subject</HD>
              <P>(d) Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC)/Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 55, Stabilizers.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Unsafe Condition</HD>
              <P>(e) This AD was prompted by reports of cracked vertical stabilizer skin, a severed front spar cap, elongated fastener holes at the leading edge of the vertical stabilizer, and a cracked front spar web and front spar cap bolt holes in the vertical stabilizer. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct such cracking damage, which could result in the structure being unable to support limit load, and could lead to the loss of the vertical stabilizer.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Compliance</HD>
              <P>(f) Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Inspections</HD>
              <P>(g) Within 4,500 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD, do a detailed inspection for distress in and existing repairs to the leading edge structure of the vertical stabilizer at the splice at Station Zfs = 52.267, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD80-55A067, dated June 24, 2010.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Repetitive Inspections for Cracks, and Related Investigative and Corrective Actions</HD>

              <P>(h) Before further flight after doing the inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD, inspect for cracks of the left and right vertical stabilizer front spar cap, in accordance with either Option 1 or Option 2 as specified in the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD80-55A067, dated June 24, 2010. If any crack is found, before further flight, evaluate and verify to confirm all crack indications in accordance with the Accomplishment<PRTPAGE P="13546"/>Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD80-55A067, dated June 24, 2010.</P>
              <P>(1) If any cracking is confirmed, before further flight, repair using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (l) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(2) If no cracking is confirmed, repeat the inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed the applicable interval specified in paragraph (h)(2)(i) or (h)(2)(ii) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(i) If the most recent inspection was done using Option 1, the next inspection must be done within 4,400 flight cycles.</P>
              <P>(ii) If the most recent inspection was done using Option 2, the next inspection must be done within 3,000 flight cycles.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Leading Edge Repair</HD>
              <P>(i) If leading edge distress is found during the detailed inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD, before further flight and after accomplishing the inspection required by paragraph (h) of this AD, repair the leading edge, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD80-55A067, dated June 24, 2010.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Inspection for Loose/Missing Fasteners</HD>
              <P>(j) For airplanes on which no cracking is confirmed during the initial inspection required by paragraph (h) of this AD: At the applicable time specified in paragraph (j)(1) or (j)(2) of this AD, do a detailed inspection for indications of loose and missing fasteners, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD80-55A067, dated June 24, 2010. If any loose or missing fastener is found, before further flight, repair the leading edge, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD80-55A067, dated June 24, 2010.</P>
              <P>(1) If the inspection required by paragraph (h) was done using Option 1, do the inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD within 4,400 flight cycles after accomplishing the inspection required by paragraph (h) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(2) If inspection required by paragraph (h) was done using Option 2, do the inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD within 3,000 flight cycles after accomplishing the inspection required by paragraph (h) of this AD</P>
              <P>(k) For airplanes on which no cracking is confirmed during the most recent inspection required by paragraph (h) of this AD: Repeat the inspection for loose and missing fasteners required by paragraph (j) of this AD thereafter at intervals not to exceed the applicable time specified in paragraph (k)(1) or (k)(2) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(1) If the most recent inspection required by paragraph (h) was done using Option 1, the next inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD must be done within 4,400 flight cycles after accomplishing the most recent inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(2) If the most recent inspection required by paragraph (h) was done using Option 2, the next inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD must be done within 3,000 flight cycles after the most recent inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
              <P>(l)(1) The Manager, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification Office, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the ACO, send it to the attention of the person identified in the Related Information section of this AD.</P>
              <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.</P>
              <P>(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair required by this AD if it is approved by the Boeing Commercial Airplanes Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, Los Angeles ACO to make those findings. For a repair method to be approved, the repair must meet the certification basis of the airplane and 14 CFR 25.571, Amendment 45, and the approval must specifically refer to this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Information</HD>

              <P>(m) For more information about this AD, contact Roger Durbin, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe Branch, ANM-120L, Los Angeles ACO, FAA, 3960 Paramount Blvd., Lakewood, CA 90712-4137; phone: 562-627-5233; fax: 562-627-5210; e-mail:<E T="03">Roger.Durbin@faa.gov.</E>
              </P>

              <P>(n) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data &amp; Services Management, 3855 Lakewood Boulevard, MC D800-0019, Long Beach, California 90846-0001; phone: 206-544-5000, extension 2; fax: 206-766-5683; e-mail:<E T="03">dse.boecom@boeing.com;</E>Internet:<E T="03">https://www.myboeingfleet.com.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, the FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on March 4, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Kalene C. Yanamura,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5725 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-0218; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-164-AD]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Model MD-90-30 Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for the products listed above. This proposed AD would require a detailed inspection to detect distress and existing repairs to the leading edge structure of the vertical stabilizer at the splice at Station Zfs=52.267; repetitive inspections for cracking in the front spar cap forward flanges of the vertical stabilizer, and either the aft flanges or side skins; repetitive inspections for loose and missing fasteners; and related investigative and corrective actions if necessary. This proposed AD was prompted by reports of cracked vertical stabilizer skin, a severed front spar cap, elongated fastener holes at the leading edge of the vertical stabilizer, and a cracked front spar web and front spar cap bolt holes in the vertical stabilizer. We are proposing this AD to detect and correct such cracking damage, which could result in the structure being unable to support limit load, and could lead to the loss of the vertical stabilizer.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We must receive comments on this proposed AD by April 28, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>202-493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>Deliver to Mail address above between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>

          <P>For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data &amp; Services Management, 3855 Lakewood Boulevard, MC D800-0019, Long Beach, California 90846-0001;<E T="03">phone:</E>206-544-5000, extension 2; fax: 206-766-5683;<E T="03">e-mail:</E>
            <PRTPAGE P="13547"/>
            <E T="03">dse.boecom@boeing.com;</E>
            <E T="03">Internet:</E>
            <E T="03">https://www.myboeingfleet.com</E>. You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>, or in person at the Docket Management Facility between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Office (<E T="03">phone:</E>800-647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Roger Durbin, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe Branch, ANM-120L, Los Angeles ACO, 3960 Paramount Blvd., Lakewood, CA 90712-4137;<E T="03">phone:</E>562-627-5233; fax: 562-627-5210;<E T="03">e-mail:</E>
            <E T="03">Roger.Durbin@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2011-0218; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-164-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD because of those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>, including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>We have received a report of elongated fastener holes at the leading edge of the vertical stabilizer at station Zfs=52.267. The affected Model MD-90 airplane had accrued 15,555 total flight hours and 14,310 total landing cycles when the elongated fastener holes were found. Additionally, we have received two reports of Model MD-80 airplanes with cracked vertical stabilizer skin at station Zfs=52.267. Subsequent inspection revealed a severed front spar cap and a cracked front spar web. The affected Model MD-80 airplanes had accrued between 39,749 and 56,212 total flight hours and between 32,176 and 44,001 total landing cycles when the cracks/anomalies were found. Cracks were also found on several other Model MD-80 airplanes in the vertical stabilizer front spar cap bolt holes. The cause of the fastener damage, elongated fastener holes, and skin cracks is high loading occurrences, such as, but not limited to, in-flight turbulence. Cracks in the vertical stabilizer leading edge and front spar cap could result in the structure being unable to support limit load, and could lead to the loss of the vertical stabilizer.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>We are considering similar rulemaking for The Boeing Company Model DC-9-81 (MD-81), DC-9-82 (MD-82), DC-9-83 (MD-83), DC-9-87 (MD-87), and MD-88 airplanes. The Model MD-90 airplane vertical stabilizer is similar in design and loading to that of the Model MD-80 airplane vertical stabilizer.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Relevant Service Information</HD>
        <P>We reviewed Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD90-55A014, dated June 24, 2010. The service information describes procedures for a detailed inspection to detect distress in, and existing repairs to the leading edge structure of the vertical stabilizer at the splice at Station Zfs=52.267, and corrective action if necessary. The corrective action is doing a leading edge repair, if the leading edge is distressed, by repairing or replacing the leading edge splice band of the vertical stabilizer. The service information defines “distress” as deformed holes, elongated holes, oversized holes or cracks in the leading edge skin and splice; and “existing repairs” as bushings, washers or reinforcing repairs to the leading edge.</P>
        <P>The service information also describes procedures for repetitive inspections for cracking in the front spar cap of the vertical stabilizer using the inspections specified inOption 1 or Option 2 of the service information, and related investigative and corrective actions if necessary.</P>
        <P>Option 1 involves an open hole eddy current high frequency (ETHF) inspection of the forward flanges and a radiographic testing inspection of the aft flanges; Option 2 involves an open hole ETHF inspection of the forward flanges and an ETHF surface inspection of the side skins of the aft flanges. For airplanes on which any cracking is found, the related investigative action is confirming the cracking through a specified evaluation/verification process. The corrective action is contacting Boeing and doing the repair in accordance with Boeing's instructions.</P>
        <P>The service information also describes procedures for repetitive detailed inspections for indications of loose and missing fasteners of the leading edge structure of the vertical stabilizer at the splice at Station Zfs=52.267, and corrective actions if necessary. The corrective action, if any loose or missing fasteners are found, is repairing the leading edge by repairing or replacing the leading edge splice band of the vertical stabilizer.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination</HD>
        <P>We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all the relevant information and determined the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop in other products of the same type designs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed AD Requirements</HD>
        <P>This proposed AD would require accomplishing the actions specified in the service information described previously, except as discussed under “Differences Between the Proposed AD and the Service Information.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Differences Between the Proposed AD and the Service Information</HD>
        <P>The service bulletin specifies to contact the manufacturer for instructions on how to repair certain conditions, but this proposed AD would require repairing those conditions in one of the following ways:</P>
        <P>• In accordance with a method that we approve, or</P>
        <P>• Using data that meet the certification basis of the airplane, and that have been approved by the Boeing Commercial Airplanes Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) whom we have authorized to make those findings.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>We estimate that this proposed AD will affect 19 airplanes of U.S. registry.</P>

        <P>We estimate the following costs to comply with this proposed AD:<PRTPAGE P="13548"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,10,r25,r25" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost per product</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost on U.S. operators</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Inspection for existing repairs, distress</ENT>
            <ENT>10 work-hours × $85 per hour = $850</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$850</ENT>
            <ENT>$16,150.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Repetitive inspections for cracking and loose and missing fasteners</ENT>
            <ENT>7 work-hours × $85 per hour = $595 per inspection cycle</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$595 per inspection cycle</ENT>
            <ENT>$11,305 per inspection cycle.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>We have received no definitive data that would enable us to provide cost estimates for the on-condition action specified in this proposed AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in subtitle VII, part A, subpart III, section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</E>
        </P>
        <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
        <P>(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),</P>
        <P>(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
        <P>(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive (AD):</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP>The Boeing Company: Docket No. FAA-2011-0218; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-164-AD.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Due Date</HD>
              <P>(a) We must receive comments by April 28, 2011.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Affected ADs</HD>
              <P>(b) None.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>
              <P>(c) This AD applies to The Boeing Company Model MD-90-30 airplanes, certificated in any category, as identified in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD90-55A014, dated June 24, 2010.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subject</HD>
              <P>(d) Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC)/Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 55, Stabilizers.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Unsafe Condition</HD>
              <P>(e) This AD was prompted by reports of cracked vertical stabilizer skin, a severed front spar cap, elongated fastener holes at the leading edge of the vertical stabilizer, and a cracked front spar web and front spar cap bolt holes in the vertical stabilizer. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct such cracking damage, which could result in the structure being unable to support limit load, and could lead to the loss of the vertical stabilizer.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Compliance</HD>
              <P>(f) Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Inspections for Distress/Repairs</HD>
              <P>(g) Within 4,100 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD, do a detailed inspection for distress in and existing repairs to the leading edge structure of the vertical stabilizer at the splice at Station Zfs=52.267, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD90-55A014, dated June 24, 2010.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Repetitive Inspections for Cracks, and Related Investigative and Corrective Actions</HD>
              <P>(h) Before further flight after doing the inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD, inspect for cracks of the left and right vertical stabilizer front spar cap, in accordance with either Option 1 or Option 2 as specified in the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD90-55A014, dated June 24, 2010. If any crack is found, before further flight, evaluate and verify to confirm all crack indications, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD90-55A014, dated June 24, 2010.</P>
              <P>(1) If any cracking is confirmed, before further flight, repair using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (l) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(2) If no cracking is confirmed, repeat the inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed the applicable interval specified in paragraph (h)(2)(i) or (h)(2)(ii) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(i) If the most recent inspection was done using Option 1, the next inspection must be done within 4,400 flight cycles.</P>
              <P>(ii) If the most recent inspection was done using Option 2, the next inspection must be done within 3,000 flight cycles.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Leading Edge Repair</HD>
              <P>(i) If leading edge distress is found during the detailed inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD, before further flight and after accomplishing the inspection required by paragraph (h) of this AD, repair the leading edge, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD90-55A014, dated June 24, 2010.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Inspection for Loose/Missing Fasteners</HD>
              <P>(j) For airplanes on which no cracking is confirmed during the initial inspection required by paragraph (h) of this AD: At the applicable time specified in paragraph (j)(1) or (j)(2) of this AD, do a detailed inspection for indications of loose and missing fasteners, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD90-55A014, dated June 24, 2010. If any loose or missing fastener is found, before further flight, repair the leading edge, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin MD90-55A014, dated June 24, 2010.</P>

              <P>(1) If the inspection required by paragraph (h) was done using Option 1, do the inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD within 4,400 flight cycles after accomplishing the inspection required by paragraph (h) of this AD.<PRTPAGE P="13549"/>
              </P>
              <P>(2) If inspection required by paragraph (h) was done using Option 2, do the inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD within 3,000 flight cycles after accomplishing the inspection required by paragraph (h) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(k) For airplanes on which no cracking is confirmed during the most recent inspection required by paragraph (h) of this AD: Repeat the inspection for loose and missing fasteners required by paragraph (j) of this AD thereafter at intervals not to exceed the applicable time specified in paragraph (k)(1) or (k)(2) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(1) If the most recent inspection required by paragraph (h) was done using Option 1, the next inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD must be done within 4,400 flight cycles after accomplishing the most recent inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD.</P>
              <P>(2) If the most recent inspection required by paragraph (h) was done using Option 2, the next inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD must be done within 3,000 flight cycles after the most recent inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
              <P>(l)(1) The Manager, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification Office, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the ACO, send it to the attention of the person identified in the Related Information section of this AD.</P>
              <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.</P>
              <P>(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair required by this AD if it is approved by the Boeing Commercial Airplanes Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, Los Angeles ACO to make those findings. For a repair method to be approved, the repair must meet the certification basis of the airplane, and the approval must specifically refer to this AD.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Information</HD>

              <P>(m) For more information about this AD, contact Roger Durbin, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe Branch, ANM-120L, Los Angeles ACO, 3960 Paramount Blvd., Lakewood, CA 90712-4137;<E T="03">phone:</E>562-627-5233;<E T="03">fax:</E>562-627-5210;<E T="03">e-mail:</E>
                <E T="03">Roger.Durbin@faa.gov</E>.</P>

              <P>(n) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data &amp; Services Management, 3855 Lakewood Boulevard, MC D800-0019, Long Beach, California 90846-0001;<E T="03">phone:</E>206-544-5000, extension 2;<E T="03">fax:</E>206-766-5683;<E T="03">e-mail:</E>
                <E T="03">dse.boecom@boeing.com</E>; Internet:<E T="03">https://www.myboeingfleet.com.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, the FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on March 4, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Kalene C. Yanamura,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Acting Manager,Transport Airplane Directorate,Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5726 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>15 CFR Chapter IX</CFR>
        <CFR>50 CFR Chapters II, III, IV, and VI</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-XA282</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Reducing Regulatory Burden; Retrospective Review Under E.O. 13563</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Request for information.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) is preparing a preliminary plan to review its existing significant regulations in response to the President's Executive Order 13563 on Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review. The purpose of NOAA's review is to make the agency's regulatory program more effective and less burdensome in achieving its regulatory objectives by identifying those regulations that should be modified, streamlined, expanded or repealed. NOAA is asking for ideas and information from the public in preparing its preliminary plan explaining how it will conduct such a review.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>You must submit any comments on or before April 4, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by RIN 0648-XA282, by any one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Electronic Submissions:</E>Submit all electronic public comments via the Federal eRulemaking Portal<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>301-713-0596, Attn: William Chappell.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>1315 East-West Highway, SSMC3, SF5, Room 13142, Silver Spring, MD 20910.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All comments received are a part of the public record and will generally be posted to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>without change. All Personal Identifying Information (for example, name, address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit Confidential Business Information or otherwise sensitive or protected information. NOAA will accept anonymous comments (enter N/A in the required fields, if you wish to remain anonymous). You may submit attachments to electronic comments in Microsoft Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe PDF file formats only.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>William Chappell, 301-713-2337, x169.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration is a Federal agency that is part of the U.S. Department of Commerce. NOAA's mission is to understand and predict changes in the Earth's environment and conserve and manage coastal and marine resources to meet our Nation's economic, social, and environmental needs. NOAA administers a broad range of statutes, including, but not limited to the Endangered Species Act, 16 U.S.C. 1531,<E T="03">et seq.;</E>Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, 16 U.S.C. 1801,<E T="03">et seq.;</E>Marine Mammal Protection Act, 16 U.S.C. 1361,<E T="03">et seq,</E>National Marine Sanctuaries Act, 16 U.S.C. 1431<E T="03">et seq.;</E>Coastal Zone Management Act, 16 U.S.C. 1415,<E T="03">et seq.;</E>and Land Remote Sensing Policy Act, 15 U.S.C. 5601,<E T="03">et seq.</E>
        </P>
        <P>On January 18, 2011, the President issued Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” to ensure that Federal regulations seek more affordable, less intrusive means to achieve policy goals, and that agencies give careful consideration to the benefits and costs of those regulations. Among other things, the Executive Order directed agencies to develop and submit a preliminary plan within 120 days that will explain how they will periodically review existing significant regulations to identify any regulations that can be made more effective or less burdensome in achieving regulatory objectives.</P>

        <P>To implement the Executive Order, NOAA is taking several immediate steps to launch its retrospective review of existing regulatory requirements. Consistent with its commitment to public participation, NOAA is soliciting views from the public on how best to conduct its analysis of existing NOAA rules and how best to identify those rules that might be modified, streamlined, expanded or repealed. NOAA promulgates rules in accordance with applicable laws and based on best available scientific information, analyses of different alternatives for<PRTPAGE P="13550"/>agency action, and public participation and input. However, important information as to the consequences of a rule, including its costs and benefits, comes from practical, real-world experience (both on the part of the public and on the part of the agency) after rules have been implemented. Regulated entities and members of the public affected by or interested in NOAA's regulations are likely to have useful information and perspectives on the benefits and burdens of existing requirements beyond what was available at the time regulations were issued. Interested parties may also be well-positioned to identify those rules that are most in need of review; NOAA would find such input helpful as it considers how to prioritize and properly tailor its retrospective review process for significant regulations. In short, engaging the public in an open, transparent process is a crucial step in NOAA's review of its existing regulations.</P>
        <P>NOAA recognizes that the public comment period set forth in this Request for Information (RFI) is shorter than the 30-60 day (or longer) comment periods that may be used for proposed rules. That is because of consideration of the timing requirements under the Executive Order, and because NOAA is not asking for detailed comments on the substance of specific regulation, only comments pertaining to the retrospective review plan which is under development.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Questions for the Public</HD>
        <P>Comments will be most helpful if they provide examples and a detailed explanation of how the suggestion will support NOAA's mission in a way that is more efficient and less burdensome. In providing comments, please keep these key considerations in mind:</P>
        <P>• Retrospective review does not allow NOAA to contravene requirements of its various statutory mandates. In addition, where NOAA's discretion has been limited by law, as is the case with fishery management plans and regulations developed by Regional Fishery Management Councils under the Magnuson-Stevens Act, 16 U.S.C. 304, NOAA's ability to modify, streamline, expand, or repeal regulations is similarly constrained.</P>

        <P>• NOAA currently conducts periodic review of existing regulations pursuant to statutory mandates. For instance, NOAA's Office of National Marine Sanctuaries is required by the National Marine Sanctuaries Act, 16 U.S.C. 1434(e), to periodically review sanctuary management plans to ensure that sanctuary management continues to best conserve, protect, and enhance the nationally significant living and cultural resources at each site. Such review provides sanctuary management with an ongoing opportunity to review existing regulations, amend existing regulations (as deemed necessary), and generally outline future regulatory goals in the management plans. Similarly, pursuant to the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, NOAA's National Marine Fisheries Service (as delegated from the Secretary of Commerce) is required to review at routine intervals that may not exceed two years any fishery management plans, plan amendments, or regulations for fisheries that are experiencing overfishing or in need of rebuilding. 16 U.S.C. 1854(e)(7). For many fisheries, revisions to plans and regulations occur with even greater frequency, as National Standard 2 of the Magnuson-Stevens Act requires that conservation and management measures be based on the best scientific information available.<E T="03">Id.</E>§ 1851(a)(2). We seek your input on developing a review plan that is integrated with those existing requirements.</P>
        <P>• Our plan will be tailored to reflect our resources, rulemaking history, and the volume of significant regulations at issue.</P>
        <P>NOAA intends the questions below to elicit useful information as the agency develops a preliminary plan for possible review of its significant regulations. These questions are not intended to be exhaustive. You may raise other issues or make suggestions unrelated to these questions that you believe would help the agency develop better regulations.</P>
        <P>(1) How can NOAA review its existing significant rules in a way that will identify rules that can and should be changed, streamlined, consolidated, or removed? NOAA encourages those submitting comments to include a proposed process under which such a review could be regularly undertaken.</P>
        <P>(2) How can NOAA reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and choice for the public in a way that will promote and achieve its mission?</P>
        <P>(3) Does NOAA have rules or guidance that are duplicative or that have conflicting requirements among its components or with other agencies? If so, please specifically identify the rules or guidance and suggest ways NOAA can streamline, consolidate, or make these regulations work better.</P>
        <P>(4) Are there better ways to encourage public participation and an open exchange of views when NOAA engages in rulemaking?</P>
        <P>(5) Are there rules or guidance that is working well that could be used as models for improving other regulations? If so, please specifically identify the rule or guidance.</P>
        <P>(6) Are NOAA regulations and guidance written in language that is clear and easy to understand, consistent with statutory requirements? Please identify specific regulations and guidance that are good candidates for a plain language re-write and also identify regulations that are written clearly that could be used as models.</P>
        <P>(7) What are some suggestions that NOAA can use to assure that its regulations promote and achieve its mission in ways that are efficient and less burdensome?</P>
        <P>(8) Which significant regulations have proven to be excessively burdensome? What data support this? What suggestions do you have for reducing the burden and maintaining and achieving NOAA's mission?</P>
        <P>(9) Which significant regulations could be made more flexible within the existing legal framework? What data support this?</P>
        <P>(10) Are there regulations that have become ineffective or been overtaken by technological or other change and, if so, what are they? How can they be modernized to accomplish the statutory or regulatory objective better?</P>
        <P>NOAA will consider public input as we develop a plan to periodically review the agency's significant rules.</P>

        <P>NOAA notes that this Request for Information is issued solely for information and program-planning purposes. The agency will give careful consideration to the responses, and may use them as appropriate during the retrospective review, but we do not anticipate providing a response to each comment submitted. While responses to this RFI do not bind NOAA to any further actions related to the response, all submissions will be made publically available on<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Lois J. Schiffer,</NAME>
          <TITLE>General Counsel, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5681 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-12-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>16 CFR Part 301</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 3084-AB26</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fur Products Labeling Act</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Trade Commission (FTC or Commission).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Advance notice of proposed rulemaking; request for comment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <PRTPAGE P="13551"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In December 2010, Congress passed the Truth in Fur Labeling Act (TFLA), which amends the Fur Products Labeling Act (Fur Act) by: (1) Eliminating the Commission's discretion to exempt fur products of relatively small quantity or value from disclosure requirements; and (2) providing that the Fur Act will not apply to certain fur products obtained through trapping or hunting and sold in face to face transactions. TFLA also directs the Commission to review and allow comment on the Fur Products Name Guide (Name Guide). Accordingly, the Commission publishes this Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPR) and request for comment. In addition to seeking comment on the Name Guide, the Commission, as part of its systematic review of all current FTC rules and guides, requests comment on all of its Fur Act regulations (Fur Rules or Rules).</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments must be received by May 16, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Interested parties are invited to submit written comments electronically or in paper form by following the instructions in the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section below. Comments in electronic form should be submitted by using the following Web link:<E T="03">https://ftcpublic.commentworks.com/ftc/furrulesreview</E>(and following the instructions on the Web-based form). Comments filed in paper form should be mailed or delivered to the following address: Federal Trade Commission, Office of the Secretary, Room H-113 (Annex O), 600 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20580, in the manner detailed in the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section below.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Matthew Wilshire, (202) 326-2976, Attorney, Division of Enforcement, Bureau of Consumer Protection, Federal Trade Commission, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20580.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. The Fur Act and Rules</HD>

        <P>The Fur Act prohibits misbranding and false advertising of fur products, and requires labeling of most fur products. 15 U.S.C. 69<E T="03">et seq.</E>Pursuant to this Act, the Commission promulgated the Fur Rules to establish disclosure requirements that assist consumers in making informed purchasing decisions. 16 CFR part 301. Specifically, the Fur Act and Rules require fur manufacturers, dealers, and retailers to place labels on products made entirely or partly of fur disclosing: (1) The animal's name as provided in the Name Guide; (2) the presence of any used, bleached, dyed, or otherwise artificially colored fur; (3) that the garment is composed of paws, tails, bellies, or waste fur, if that is the case; (4) the name or Registered Identification Number of the manufacturer or other party responsible for the garment; and (5) the garment's country of origin. 15 U.S.C. 69b(2); 16 CFR 301.2(a). In addition, manufacturers must include an item number or mark on the label for identification purposes. 16 CFR 301.40. The Fur Rules also provide requirements for advertising fur products. 16 CFR 301.38. Finally, to assist the Commission in enforcing these requirements, the Rules contain recordkeeping requirements. 16 CFR 301.37; 301.41.</P>

        <P>Prior to amendment by TFLA, the Fur Act authorized the Commission to exempt fur products of “relatively small quantity or values from labeling requirements. 15 U.S.C. 69(d). Exercising this soon-to-expire authority, the Fur Rules contain a<E T="03">de minimis</E>exemption” that provides:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>If the cost of any fur trim or other manufactured fur or furs contained in a fur product, exclusive of any costs incident to its incorporation therein, does not exceed one hundred fifty dollars ($150) to the manufacturer of the finished fur product, or if a manufacturer's selling price of a fur product does not exceed one hundred fifty dollars ($150), and the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section are met, the fur product shall be exempted from the requirements of the Act and Regulations in this part. * * *  16 CFR 301.39(a).</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <FP>Thus, prior to TFLA's effective date, retailers can lawfully sell garments containing fur or fur trim with a component value of $150 or less without a fur-content label.</FP>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. TFLA</HD>
        <P>On December 18, 2010, the President signed TFLA into law. That Act contains two amendments to the Fur Act. First, it eliminates the provision in Section 2(d) of the Fur Act that empowered the Commission to exempt fur products “of relatively small quantity or value of the fur or used fur contained therein 15 U.S.C. 69(d). This amendment is effective 90 days from TFLA's enactment—March 18, 2011. Public Law 111-113,  § 2. Second, TFLA provides a new exemption for furs sold directly by trappers and hunters to end-use customers in certain face-to-face transactions (“hunter/trapper exemptions):</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>No provision of [the Fur Act] shall apply to a fur product—(1) the fur of which was obtained from an animal through trapping or hunting; and (2) when sold in a face to face transaction at a place such as a residence, craft fair, or other location used on a temporary or short term basis, by the person who trapped or hunted the animal, where the revenue from the sale of apparel or fur products is not the primary source of income of such person. Pub. L. No. 111-113, § 3.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <P>TFLA also directs the Commission to initiate a review and opportunity to comment on the Name Guide. TFLA gives the Commission 90 days from enactment to commence the review.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Future Rule Amendments</HD>

        <P>TFLA's amendments will require conforming changes to the Fur Rules. Specifically, there will no longer be a statutory basis for the Fur Rules'<E T="03">de minimis</E>exemption, and previously exempted fur products will require labels. Therefore, the Commission must delete the exemption from its Rules. In addition, the Commission will propose revisions making clear that the Fur Rules do not apply to products covered by TFLA hunter/trapper exemption.</P>

        <P>Accordingly, the Commission will issue a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking that will propose changes in light of TFLA and may propose other changes in response to comments solicited by this document. Meanwhile, fur products previously covered by the<E T="03">de minimis</E>exemption will be subject to the Fur Act's disclosure requirements, as of March 18, 2011, even though the exemption will remain in the Fur Rules until the Commission issues final amendments. Congress has rescinded the Commission's authority to exempt such products, and, therefore, there is no longer a legal basis for the<E T="03">de minimis</E>exemption.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Regulatory Review Program</HD>
        <P>In light of TFLA's directive, and consistent with the Commission's policy to periodically review its rules and guides, the Commission solicits comments on the Fur Rules in general and the Name Guide in particular. In addition to comments regarding the Name Guide, the Commission seeks comment on, among other things, the economic impact of, and the continuing need for, the Fur Rule provisions; the benefits of the Rules to consumers; and the burdens the Rules place on those subject to its requirements. The Commission seeks comment on the specific questions listed below in Section IV.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Request for Comment</HD>
        <P>The Commission solicits comment on the following specific questions related to the Fur Rules:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <PRTPAGE P="13552"/>
          <P>(1) Is there a continuing need for the Rules as currently promulgated? Why or why not?</P>
          <P>(2) What benefits have the Rules provided to consumers? What evidence supports the asserted benefits?</P>
          <P>(3) What modifications, if any, should the Commission make to the Rules to increase their benefits to consumers?</P>
          <P>(a) What evidence supports your proposed modifications?</P>
          <P>(b) How would these modifications affect the costs and benefits of the Rules for consumers?</P>
          <P>(c) How would these modifications affect the costs and benefits of the Rules for businesses, particularly small businesses?</P>
          <P>(4) What impact have the Rules had on the flow of truthful information to consumers and on the flow of deceptive information to consumers?</P>
          <P>(5) What significant costs have the Rules imposed on consumers? What evidence supports the asserted costs?</P>
          <P>(6) What modifications, if any, should be made to the Rules to reduce the costs imposed on consumers?</P>
          <P>(a) What evidence supports your proposed modifications?</P>
          <P>(b) How would these modifications affect the costs and benefits of the Rules for consumers?</P>
          <P>(c) How would these modifications affect the costs and benefits of the Rules for businesses, particularly small businesses?</P>
          <P>(7) What benefits, if any, have the Rules provided to businesses, and in particular to small businesses? What evidence supports the asserted benefits?</P>
          <P>(8) What modifications, if any, should be made to the Rules to increase its benefits to businesses, and particularly to small businesses?</P>
          <P>(a) What evidence supports your proposed modifications?</P>
          <P>(b) How would these modifications affect the costs and benefits of the Rules for consumers?</P>
          <P>(c) How would these modifications affect the costs and benefits of the Rules for businesses?</P>
          <P>(9) What significant costs, including costs of compliance, have the Rules imposed on businesses, particularly small businesses? What evidence supports the asserted costs?</P>
          <P>(10) What modifications, if any, should be made to the Rules to reduce the costs imposed on businesses, and particularly on small businesses?</P>
          <P>(a) What evidence supports your proposed modifications?</P>
          <P>(b) How would these modifications affect the costs and benefits of the Rules for consumers?</P>
          <P>(c) How would these modifications affect the costs and benefits of the Rules for businesses?</P>
          <P>(11) Provide any evidence concerning consumer perception of the fur names required by the Name Guide. Does this evidence indicate that the Rules should be modified? If so, why, and how? If not, why not?</P>
          <P>(12) Provide any evidence concerning whether the Commission should alter the Name Guide to include additional fur names or to eliminate certain names already listed. Does this evidence indicate that the Rules should be modified? If so, why, and how? If not, why not?</P>
          <P>(13) What evidence is available concerning the degree of industry compliance with the Rules? Does this evidence indicate that the Rules should be modified? If so, why, and how? If not, why not?</P>
          <P>(14) Are any of the Rules' requirements no longer needed? If so, explain. Please provide supporting evidence.</P>
          <P>(15) What potentially unfair or deceptive practices concerning the labeling and advertising of fur products, if any, are not covered by the Rules?</P>
          <P>(a) What evidence demonstrates the existence of such practices?</P>
          <P>(b) With reference to such practices, should the Rules be modified? If so, why, and how? If not, why not?</P>
          <P>(16) Should the Rules continue to require that fur products manufactured for use in pairs or groups be firmly attached to each other when delivered to the purchaser-consumer or be individually labeled? Why or why not? Please provide any supporting evidence.</P>
          <P>(17) What modifications, if any, should be made to the Rules to account for changes in relevant technology or economic conditions?</P>
          <P>(a) What evidence supports the proposed modifications?</P>
          <P>(b) How would these modifications affect the costs and benefits of the Rules for consumers and businesses, particularly small businesses?</P>
          <P>(18) Do the Rules overlap or conflict with other Federal, State, or local laws or regulations? If so, how?</P>
          <P>(a) What evidence supports the asserted conflicts?</P>
          <P>(b) With reference to the asserted conflicts, should the Rules be modified? If so, why, and how? If not, why not?</P>
          <P>(19) Are there foreign or international laws, regulations, or standards with respect to the fur labeling that the Commission should consider as it reviews the Rules? If so, what are they?</P>
          <P>(a) Should the Rules be modified in order to harmonize with these foreign or international laws, regulations, or standards? If so, why, and how? If not, why not?</P>
          <P>(b) How would such harmonization affect the costs and benefits of the Rules for consumers and businesses, particularly small businesses?</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        

        <P>Interested parties are invited to submit written comments electronically or in paper form. Comments should refer to “Fur Rules Review, Matter No. P074201” to facilitate the organization of comments. We must receive your comment by May 16, 2011. Please note that your comment—including your name and your State—will be placed on the public record of this proceeding, including on the publicly accessible FTC Web site, at<E T="03">http://www.ftc.gov/os/publiccomments.shtm.</E>
        </P>
        <P>Because comments will be made public, they should not include any sensitive personal information, such as any individual's Social Security Number; date of birth; driver's license number or other State identification number, or foreign country equivalent; passport number; financial account number; or credit or debit card number. Comments also should not include any sensitive health information, such as medical records or other individually identifiable health information. In addition, comments should not include “trade secret or any commercial or financial information which is obtained from any person and which is privileged or confidential” as provided in Section 6(f) of the Federal Trade Commission Act (AFTC Act), 15 U.S.C. 46(f), and FTC Rule 4.10(a)(2), 16 CFR 4.10(a)(2). Comments containing matter for which confidential treatment is requested must be filed in paper form, must be clearly labeled AConfidential, and must comply with FTC Rule 4.9(c).<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>1</SU>The comment must be accompanied by an explicit request for confidential treatment, including the factual and legal basis for the request, and must identify the specific portions of the comment to be withheld from the public record. The request will be granted or denied by the Commission's General Counsel, consistent with applicable law and the public interest.<E T="03">See</E>FTC Rule 4.9(c), 16 CFR 4.9(c).</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>Because paper mail addressed to the FTC is subject to delay due to heightened security screening, please consider submitting your comments in electronic form. Comments filed in electronic form should be submitted using the following Web link:<E T="03">https://ftcpublic.commentworks.com/ftc/furrulesreview</E>(and following the instructions on the Web-based form). To ensure that the Commission considers an electronic comment, you must file it on the Web-based form at the Web link<E T="03">https://ftcpublic.commentworks.com/ftc/furrulesreview.</E>If this notice of proposed rulemaking appears at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov/search/Regs/home.html#home,</E>you may also file an electronic comment through that Web site. The Commission will consider all comments that regulations.gov forwards to it. You may also visit the FTC Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ftc.gov</E>to read the notice of proposed rulemaking and the news release describing it.</P>

        <P>A comment filed in paper form should include the “Fur Rules Review, Matter No. P074201” reference both in the text and on the envelope, and should be mailed or delivered to the following address: Federal Trade Commission, Office of the Secretary, Room H-113 (Annex O), 600 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20580. The FTC is requesting that any comment filed in paper form be sent by courier or overnight service, if possible, because<PRTPAGE P="13553"/>U.S. postal mail in the Washington area and at the Commission is subject to delay due to heightened security precautions.</P>

        <P>The FTC Act and other laws that the Commission administers permit the collection of public comments to consider and use in this proceeding as appropriate. The Commission will consider all timely and responsive public comments that it receives, whether filed in paper or electronic form. Comments received will be available to the public on the FTC Web site, to the extent practicable, at<E T="03">http://www.ftc.gov/os/publiccomments.shtm.</E>As a matter of discretion, the FTC makes every effort to remove home contact information for individuals from the public comments it receives before placing those comments on the FTC Web site. More information, including routine uses permitted by the Privacy Act, may be found in the FTC's privacy policy, at<E T="03">http://www.ftc.gov/ftc/privacy.htm.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <P>By direction of the Commission.</P>
          <NAME>Donald S. Clark,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5757 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6750-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>31 CFR Part 33</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 1505-AC30</RIN>
        <AGENCY TYPE="O">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <CFR>45 CFR Part 155</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[CMS-9987-P]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0938-AQ75</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Application, Review, and Reporting Process for Waivers for State Innovation</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS; Department of the Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This proposed rule sets forth a procedural framework for submission and review of initial applications for a Waiver for State Innovation described in section 1332 of the Patient Protection and the Affordable Care Act including processes to ensure opportunities for public input in the development of such applications by States and in the Federal review of the applications.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments are due on or before May 13, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments may be submitted to any of the addresses specified below. Any comment that is submitted to one Department will be shared with the other Department. Please do not submit duplicates.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Department of the Treasury.</E>Interested members of the public are invited to submit comments on this proposed rule. Comments may be submitted to Treasury by either of the following methods: Submit electronic comments through the Federal government e-rulemaking portal,<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>or send comments in hard copy to: Office of Benefits Tax Counsel, Attention: Waivers for State Innovation, Room 3050, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20220.</P>
          <P>In general, Treasury will post all comments to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>without change, including any business or personal information provided such as names, addresses, e-mail addresses, or telephone numbers. Treasury will also make such comments available for public inspection and copying in Treasury's Library, Room 1428, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20220, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 5 p.m. Eastern Time. Members of the public can make an appointment to inspect comments by telephoning (202) 622-0990. All comments received, including attachments and other supporting materials, are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. You should only submit information that you wish to make available publicly.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services.</E>In commenting, please refer to file code CMS-9987-P. Because of staff and resource limitations, we cannot accept comments by facsimile (FAX) transmission.</P>
          <P>You may submit comments in one of four ways (please choose only one of the ways listed):</P>
          <P>1.<E T="03">Electronically.</E>You may submit electronic comments on this regulation to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the “Submit a comment” instructions.</P>
          <P>2.<E T="03">By regular mail.</E>You may mail written comments to the following address ONLY:</P>
          <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, Attention: CMS-9987-P, P.O. Box 8016, Baltimore, MD 21244-8016.</P>
          <P>Please allow sufficient time for mailed comments to be received before the close of the comment period.</P>
          <P>3.<E T="03">By express or overnight mail.</E>You may send written comments to the following address ONLY:</P>
          <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, Attention: CMS-9987-P, Mail Stop C4-26-05, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244-1850.</P>
          <P>4.<E T="03">By hand or courier.</E>If you prefer, you may deliver (by hand or courier) your written comments before the close of the comment period to either of the following addresses:</P>
          <P>a. For delivery in Washington, DC—</P>
          <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, Room 445-G, Hubert H. Humphrey Building, 200 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20201.</P>
          <P>(Because access to the interior of the Hubert H. Humphrey Building is not readily available to persons without Federal government identification, commenters are encouraged to leave their comments in the CMS drop slots located in the main lobby of the building. A stamp-in clock is available for persons wishing to retain a proof of filing by stamping in and retaining an extra copy of the comments being filed.)</P>
          <P>b. For delivery in Baltimore, MD—</P>
          <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244-1850.</P>
          <P>If you intend to deliver your comments to the Baltimore address, please call telephone number (410) 786-7195 in advance to schedule your arrival with one of our staff members.</P>
          <P>Comments mailed to the addresses indicated as appropriate for hand or courier delivery may be delayed and received after the comment period.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Submission of comments on paperwork requirements.</E>You may submit comments on this document's paperwork requirements by following the instructions at the end of the “Collection of Information Requirements” section in this document.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Inspection of Public Comments:</E>All comments received before the close of the comment period are available for viewing by the public, including any personally identifiable or confidential business information that is included in a comment. We post all comments received before the close of the comment period on the following Web site as soon as possible after they have been received:<E T="03">http://regulations.gov.</E>Follow the search instructions on that Web site to view public comments.</P>

          <P>Comments received timely will be also available for public inspection as they are received, generally beginning approximately 3 weeks after publication of a document, at the headquarters of the Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services, 7500 Security Boulevard,<PRTPAGE P="13554"/>Baltimore, Maryland 21244, Monday through Friday of each week from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. To schedule an appointment to view public comments, phone 1-800-743-3951.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P SOURCE="NPAR">
            <E T="03">Department of the Treasury:</E>Carrie Simons, (202) 622-0044.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services:</E>Ben Walker, (301) 492-4430.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>Section 1332 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the Affordable Care Act) (Pub. L. 111-148, enacted on March 23, 2010) creates a new Waiver for State Innovation and authorizes the Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS) and the Secretary of the Treasury (the Secretaries) to waive all or any of the following requirements falling under their respective jurisdictions for health insurance coverage within a State for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2017:</P>
        <P>• Part I of subtitle D of Title I of the Affordable Care Act (relating to the establishment of qualified health plans);</P>
        <P>• Part II of subtitle D of Title I of the Affordable Care Act (relating to consumer choices and insurance competition through health benefit exchanges);</P>
        <P>• Section 1402 of the Affordable Care Act (relating to reduced cost sharing for individuals enrolling in qualified health plans); and</P>
        <P>• Sections 36B (relating to refundable credits for coverage under a qualified health plan), 4980H (relating to shared responsibility for employers regarding health coverage), and 5000A (relating to the requirement to maintain minimum essential coverage) of the Internal Revenue Code.</P>
        <P>Section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act provides that references in that section to “Secretary” refer to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for waivers relating to Parts I and II of subtitle D of Title I of the Affordable Care Act and section 1402 of the Affordable Care Act, and refer to the Secretary of the Treasury for waivers relating to sections 36B, 4980H, and 5000A of the Internal Revenue Code.</P>
        <P>Section 1332(a)(4)(B) of the Affordable Care Act requires the Secretaries to issue regulations that provide the following:</P>
        <P>• A process for public notice and comment at the State level, including public hearings, that is sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input (section 1332(a)(4)(B)(i) of the Affordable Care Act);</P>
        <P>• A process for the submission of an application that ensures the disclosure of (A) the provisions of law that the State involved seeks to waive, and (B) the specific plans of the State to ensure that the waiver will be in compliance with specified statutory requirements relating to the comprehensiveness of coverage, affordability of coverage, scope of coverage, and the effect on Federal deficit (as described below) (section 1332(a)(4)(B)(ii) of the Affordable Care Act);</P>
        <P>• A process for providing public notice and comment after the application is received by the applicable Secretary or Secretaries, that is sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input and that does not impose requirements that are in addition to, or duplicative of, requirements imposed under the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), or requirements that are unreasonable or unnecessarily burdensome with respect to State compliance (section 1332(a)(4)(B)(iii) of the Affordable Care Act);</P>
        <P>• A process for the submission to the applicable Secretary or Secretaries of periodic reports by the State concerning the implementation of the program under a waiver (section 1332(a)(4)(B)(iv) of the Affordable Care Act); and</P>
        <P>• A process for the periodic evaluation by the applicable Secretary or Secretaries of the program under a waiver (section 1332(a)(4)(B)(v) of the Affordable Care Act).</P>
        <P>Although section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act does not authorize waivers for related programs like Medicaid (title XIX of the Social Security Act) or the Children's Health Insurance Program (title XXI of the Social Security Act), those programs have existing waiver authorities. Section 1332(a)(5) of the Affordable Care Act requires the Secretaries to develop a process for coordinating and consolidating the State waiver processes applicable under the provisions of section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act with the existing waiver processes applicable under titles XVIII (Medicare), XIX (Medicaid), and XXI (Children's Health Insurance Program, or CHIP) of the Social Security Act, and any waiver processes under other Federal laws relating to the provision of health care items or services. Section 1332(a)(5) of the Affordable Care Act further requires the process developed by the Secretaries to permit a State to submit a single application for a waiver under any or all of those provisions.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule would implement the procedural requirements of section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act. The proposed rule is intended to provide for a waiver application process that can be coordinated and consolidated with the processes for the submission of applications for waivers under titles XVIII, XIX, and XXI of the Social Security Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Overview of the Proposed Regulations: Section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act, Waiver for State Innovation (31 CFR Part 33 and 45 CFR Part 155)</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Introduction</HD>
        <P>To implement the provisions of section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act, the Department of the Treasury proposes to add new part 33 to 31 CFR subtitle A and the Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services, on behalf of the Department of Health and Human Services, proposes to add new part 155 to 45 CFR Subtitle A. These new parts would address procedures for State development and submission of an application for a Waiver for State Innovation under section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act (referred to in the proposed regulations as a section 1332 waiver), a process for providing public notice and opportunity for comment at the State and Federal levels, a process for the review of applications by the Secretaries, and processes for the monitoring and evaluation of approved section 1332 waivers by the States and the Secretaries, including the periodic submission of reports by the States to the Secretaries.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Coordinated Waiver Process (31 CFR 33.102 and 45 CFR 155.1302)</HD>
        <P>These proposed regulations at 31 CFR 33.102 and 45 CFR 155.1302 permit, but do not require, States to submit a single application for a section 1332 waiver and a waiver under one or more of the existing waiver processes applicable under titles XVIII, XIX, and XXI of the Social Security Act, or under any other Federal law relating to the provision of health care items or services, provided that the application is consistent with the procedures described in these proposed regulations, the procedures for section 1115 demonstrations, if applicable, and the procedures under any other applicable Federal law under which the State seeks a waiver.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>Although section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act does not authorize waivers for related programs like Medicaid (title XIX of the Social Security Act) or the Children's Health Insurance Program (title XXI of the Social Security Act), those programs have existing waiver authorities.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>The proposed regulations require a State seeking a section 1332 waiver to submit a waiver application to the Secretary of HHS. Upon receipt, the Secretary of HHS will transmit any<PRTPAGE P="13555"/>application that includes a request for a waiver of provisions under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Treasury (sections 36B, 4980H and 5000A of the Internal Revenue Code) to be reviewed in accordance with the provisions of these proposed regulations. The Secretaries will coordinate the review of any application that includes a request for a waiver of provisions falling under the jurisdiction of each of the Departments of Health and Human Services and the Treasury (the Departments).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Application Procedures (31 CFR 33.108 and 45 CFR 155.1308)</HD>
        <P>These proposed regulations establish procedures for the submission of applications for an initial section 1332 waiver.</P>
        <P>Under 31 CFR 33.108(a) and 45 CFR 155.1308(a) of the proposed regulations, the Secretaries will subject each application for an initial section 1332 waiver to a preliminary review. The Secretaries will complete the preliminary review within 45 days after the application is submitted.</P>
        <P>During this preliminary review period, the Secretaries will make a preliminary determination as to whether a State's application complies with the requirements set forth in 31 CFR 33.108(a)(2) and 45 CFR 155.1308(a)(2). If the Secretaries determine that an application is incomplete, the Secretary of HHS will send the State a written notice of the elements missing from the application. These proposed regulations provide that a preliminary determination that an application is complete does not preclude a finding during the 180-day Federal decision-making period that a necessary element of the application is missing or insufficient, rendering the application incomplete.</P>
        <P>These proposed regulations provide that a submitted application will not be considered received until the Secretaries have made this preliminary determination that the application is complete. This timing protocol is necessary to ensure that the Federal public notice and comment period and the 180-day Federal decision-making period are based on applications that the Secretaries preliminarily determine to be complete, and that all relevant information is available for review during those periods.</P>
        <P>The proposed regulations provide that, upon a preliminary determination by the Secretaries that an application they have received is complete, as defined under these proposed regulations, the Secretary of HHS will send the State a written notice informing the State that the Secretaries have made such a preliminary determination, and the date upon which they have made that preliminary determination. That date will also mark the beginning of the Federal public notice and comment period and the 180-day Federal decision-making period.</P>
        <P>Under the proposed regulations, an application for initial approval of a section 1332 waiver will not be considered complete unless the application: (1) Complies with the application procedures of 31 CFR 33.108(a)(2)(iv) and 45 CFR 155.1308(a)(2)(iv); (2) provides written evidence of the State's compliance with the public notice requirements set forth in 31 CFR 33.112 and 45 CFR 155.1312; and (3) provides all of the following:</P>
        <P>• A comprehensive description of the State legislation and program to implement a plan meeting the requirements for a waiver under section 1332, as required under section 1332(a)(1)(B)(i) of the Affordable Care Act;</P>
        <P>• A copy of the enacted State legislation authorizing such waiver request, as required under section 1332(a)(1)(C) of the Affordable Care Act;</P>
        <P>• A list of the provisions of law that the State seeks to waive including a brief description of the reason for the specific requests; and</P>
        <P>• The analyses, actuarial certifications, data, assumptions, targets and other information sufficient to provide the Secretaries with the necessary data to determine that the State's proposed waiver:</P>
        <P>+ Will, as required under section 1332(b)(1)(A) of the Affordable Care Act (the comprehensive coverage requirement), provide coverage that is at least as comprehensive as the coverage defined in section 1302(b) of the Affordable Care Act and offered through Exchanges established under Title I of the Affordable Care Act as certified by the Office of the Actuary of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services based on sufficient data from the State and from comparable States about their experience with programs created by the Affordable Care Act and the provisions of the Affordable Care Act that would be waived;</P>
        <P>+ Will, as required under section 1332(b)(1)(B) of the Affordable Care Act (the affordability requirement), provide coverage and cost sharing protections against excessive out-of-pocket spending that are at least as affordable as the provisions of Title I of the Affordable Care Act would provide;</P>
        <P>+ Will, as required under section 1332(b)(1)(B)(C) of the Affordable Care Act (the scope of coverage requirement), provide coverage to at least a comparable number of its residents as the provisions of Title I of the Affordable Care Act would provide; and</P>
        <P>+ Will not, as prohibited under section 1332(b)(1)(D) of the Affordable Care Act (the Federal deficit requirement), increase the Federal deficit.</P>
        <P>Section 1332(a)(3) of the Affordable Care Act requires that the Secretaries provide for an alternative means by which the aggregate amount of tax credits or cost-sharing reductions that would have been paid had the State not received a waiver, be paid to the State for purposes of implementing the waiver. This amount will be determined annually by the Secretaries, on a per capita basis, taking into consideration the experience of other States for participation in an Exchange and tax credits and cost-sharing reductions provided in such other States.</P>
        <P>To provide information necessary for the Secretaries to determine (1) that the State's proposed waiver meets the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage requirement and the Federal deficit requirement and (2) the annual amount, if any, of foregone tax credits and cost-sharing reductions that will be paid to the State for purposes of implementing the waiver pursuant to section 1332(a)(3) of the Affordable Care Act, the proposed regulation requires that a State's application contain:</P>
        <P>(1) Actuarial analyses and actuarial certifications to support the State's estimates that the proposed waiver will comply with the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement and the scope of coverage requirement.</P>
        <P>(2) Economic analyses to support the State's estimates that the proposed waiver will comply with the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage requirement and the Federal deficit requirement, including:</P>
        <P>• A detailed 10-year budget plan that is deficit neutral to the Federal government, as prescribed in section 1332(a)(1)(B)(ii) of the Affordable Care Act, and includes all costs under the waiver, including administrative costs and other costs to the Federal government, if applicable; and</P>
        <P>• A detailed analysis regarding the estimated impact of the waiver on health insurance coverage in the State.</P>

        <P>(3) The data and assumptions used to demonstrate that the State's proposal is in compliance with the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage<PRTPAGE P="13556"/>requirement and the Federal deficit requirement, including:</P>
        <P>• Information on the age, income, health expenses and current health insurance status of the relevant State population; the number of employers, categorized by number of employees and by whether the employer offers health insurance; cross-tabulations of these variables; and an explanation of data sources and quality; and</P>
        <P>• An explanation of the key assumptions and methodology used to develop the estimates of the effect of the waiver on health insurance coverage in the State and on the Federal budget, such as individual and employer participation rates, behavioral changes, premium and price effects, and other relevant factors.</P>
        <P>(4) Additional information supporting the State's proposed waiver, including:</P>
        <P>• An explanation as to whether the waiver increases or decreases the administrative burden on individuals, insurers, and employers, and if so, how and why;</P>
        <P>• An explanation of whether and how the waiver will affect the implementation of the provisions of the Affordable Care Act which the State is not requesting to waive in the State and at the Federal level;</P>
        <P>• An explanation of how the waiver will affect residents who need to obtain health care services out-of-State, as well as the States in which such residents may seek such services;</P>
        <P>• If applicable, an explanation of how the State will provide the Federal government with all information necessary to administer the waiver at the Federal level; and</P>
        <P>• An explanation of how the State's proposal will address potential individual, employer, insurer, or provider compliance, waste, fraud and abuse within the State or in other States.</P>
        <P>(5) For purposes of post-award monitoring, suggested quarterly, annual, and cumulative targets for the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage requirement and the Federal deficit requirement of section 1332(b) of the Affordable Care Act.</P>
        <P>(6) Other information consistent with guidance provided by the Secretaries.</P>
        <P>Under the proposed regulations, there is no minimum time specified between the submission of an application and start date of the waiver. However, we solicit comments on whether a State should be required to submit an application at least 12 months in advance of the requested effective date, in order to allow for the effective implementation of approved waivers at the State level.</P>
        <P>The requirement in the proposed regulation that a State provide certain analysis, certifications, data, assumptions, targets and other information as part of a section 1332 waiver application is designed to ensure that a State's development of a waiver proposal addresses major relevant issues for the State and provides the Secretaries with sufficient information to fully assess the projected impact of section 1332 waiver proposals for the statutory requirements and to accurately determine the amount to be paid to the State for purposes of implementing the waiver under section 1332(a)(3) of the Affordable Care Act. The Secretaries also solicit comments regarding these proposed requirements, as well as what other types of analysis, certifications, data, assumptions, targets and information States would consider useful in supporting an application for a section 1332 waiver and whether these regulations should specifically require such additional analyses, certifications, data, assumptions, targets and information to be included as part of a section 1332 waiver application.</P>
        <P>Lastly, during the Federal review process, the proposed regulation provides that the Secretaries may request additional supporting information from the State as needed to address public comments or to address issues that arise in reviewing the application.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. State Public Notice Requirements (31 CFR 33.112 and 45 CFR 155.1312)</HD>
        <P>Consistent with the provisions of section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act, to facilitate public involvement in the review and approval of section 1332 waiver applications, 31 CFR 33.112(a)(1) and 45 CFR 155.1312(a)(1) of the proposed regulations require a State to provide a public notice and comment period sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input for a section 1332 waiver application prior to the submission of that application to the Secretary of HHS for review and consideration. In addition, the proposed regulations require a State with one or more Federally-recognized Indian tribes within its borders to consult with those Indian tribes in accordance with Executive Order 13175.</P>
        <P>Because meaningful input requires notice of the nature of the section 1332 waiver application, as part of the State notice and comment period, the proposed regulations require a State to provide the public with the following prior to the submission of an application:</P>
        <P>• A comprehensive description of the section 1332 waiver application to be submitted to the Secretary of HHS, including information and assurances related to all statutory requirements and other information consistent with guidance provided by the Secretaries;</P>
        <P>• Where copies of the section 1332 waiver application are available for public review and comment;</P>
        <P>• How and where written comments may be submitted and reviewed by the public, and the timeframe during which public comments may be submitted; and</P>
        <P>• The location, date and time of public hearings that will be convened by the State to seek public input on the section 1332 waiver application.</P>
        <P>31 CFR 33.112(a)(2) and 45 CFR 155.1312(a)(2) of the proposed regulations require States to conduct public hearings that provide interested parties with the opportunity to learn about and comment on the contents of the section 1332 waiver application.</P>
        <P>The State public notice and comment process must comply with applicable civil rights rules for accessibility, which require, for example—</P>
        <P>• The provision of auxiliary aids and services such as interpreters for persons with disabilities where necessary for effective communication;</P>
        <P>• The use of accessible meeting places for the hosting of public forums provided for in the Rule;</P>
        <P>• Reasonable steps to provide meaningful access for limited English proficient (LEP) persons, such as the inclusion of “tag lines” on State web sites containing phone numbers for LEP persons to call to reach “language line” interpreters for assistance; and</P>
        <P>• Other civil rights requirements applicable to the States under the Americans with Disabilities Act, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, among others.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Federal Public Notice and Approval Process (31 CFR 33.116 and 45 CFR 155.1316)</HD>

        <P>Consistent with section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act and the Secretaries' desire to implement a State waiver application process that promotes transparency, facilitates public involvement and input, and encourages sound decision-making at all levels of government, 31 CFR 33.116 and 45 CFR 155.1316 of the proposed regulations provide for a Federal public notice and comment period following a preliminary determination by the Secretaries that a State's application for a section 1332 waiver is complete. As required by section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act, the Federal notice and comment period is designed to ensure a meaningful level of public<PRTPAGE P="13557"/>input, while avoiding the imposition of requirements that are in addition to, or duplicative of, those imposed under the APA or that are unreasonable or unnecessarily burdensome for State compliance.</P>
        <P>To facilitate public participation in the section 1332 waiver application process, the proposed regulations require the Secretary of HHS to provide the public with notice of a section 1332 waiver application that has been preliminarily determined to be complete, including any supplemental materials received from a State during the Federal public notice and comment period, as well as regular updates for the status of a State's section 1332 waiver application. In addition, the Secretary of HHS will provide the public with information relating to (A) where copies of the section 1332 waiver application are available for public review and comment; (B) how and where written comments may be submitted and reviewed by the public, and the timeframe during which comments may be submitted; and (C) any public comments received during the Federal public notice and comment period.</P>
        <P>Following the conclusion of the Federal notice and comment period, but in no event later than 180 days following the preliminary determination by the Secretaries that a State's application for a section 1332 waiver is complete, the final decision of the Secretaries on a State's section 1332 waiver application will be issued by the Secretary of HHS.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Monitoring and Compliance (31 CFR 33.120 and 45 CFR 155.1320)</HD>
        <P>As section 1332 waivers are likely to a have a significant impact on individuals, States and the Federal government, the proposed regulations establish processes and methodologies to ensure that the Secretaries receive adequate and appropriate information regarding the effectiveness of section 1332 waivers (consistent with section 1332(a)(4)(B)(iv) of the Affordable Care Act).</P>
        <P>Under 31 CFR 33.120(a) and 45 CFR 155.1320(a) of the proposed regulations, a State is required to comply with all applicable Federal laws, regulations, policy statements and Departmental guidance unless a law or regulation has specifically been waived. Further, the proposed regulations require a State to come into compliance with any changes in Federal law, regulation, or policy affecting section 1332 waivers within the timeframes specified in law, regulation, interpretive policy, or guidance, unless the provision being changed is expressly waived, and to comply with the terms and conditions of the agreement entered into between the Secretaries and the State to implement a section 1332 waiver, or the section 1332 waiver will be suspended or terminated in whole or in part by the Secretaries.</P>
        <P>Under 31 CFR 33.120(b) and 45 CFR 155.1320(b) of the proposed regulations, as part of the terms and conditions of any section 1332 waiver, a State must conduct periodic reviews related to the implementation of the waiver. The Secretaries will review, and when appropriate investigate, documented complaints that a State is failing to materially comply with requirements specified in the terms and conditions of the section 1332 waiver. In addition, the Secretaries will share with the State any complaint that has been received, and notify the State of any applicable monitoring and compliance issues.</P>
        <P>Under 31 CFR 33.120(c) and 45 CFR 155.1320(c) of the proposed regulations, to ensure continued public input after the initial 6 months of the waiver's implementation, and annually thereafter, States are required to hold a public forum at which members of the public have an opportunity to provide comments on the progress of the section 1332 waiver. The proposed regulation further requires States to include a summary of this forum to the Secretary of HHS as part of the quarterly and annual reporting requirements under 31 CFR 33.124 and 45 CFR 155.1324.</P>
        <P>Under 31 CFR 33.120(c)(1) and 45 CFR 155.1320(c)(1) of the proposed regulations, States are required to publish the date, time, and location of the public forum in a prominent location on the State's public Web site at least 30 days prior to the date of the planned public forum.</P>
        <P>Under 31 CFR 33.120(d) and 45 CFR 155.1320(d) of the proposed regulations, the Secretaries reserve the right to suspend or terminate a section 1332 waiver, in whole or in part, any time before the date of expiration, if the Secretaries determine that the State has materially failed to comply with the terms and conditions of the section 1332 waiver. In the event that all or a portion section 1332 waiver is terminated or suspended by the Secretaries, or if all or a portion of the section 1332 waiver is withdrawn, Federal funding is limited to normal closeout costs associated with an orderly termination of the section 1332 waiver, as described in 31 CFR 33.120(e) and 45 CFR 155.1320(e).</P>
        <P>Under 31 CFR 33.120(f) and 45 CFR 155.1320(f) of the proposed regulations, in the event that the Secretaries undertake an independent evaluation of any component of the section 1332 waiver, the State must cooperate fully with the Secretaries or the independent evaluator selected by the Secretaries. This cooperation includes, but is not limited to, the submission of all necessary data and information to the Secretaries or the independent evaluator.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. State Reporting Requirements (31 CFR 33.124 and 45 CFR 155.1324)</HD>
        <P>Section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act requires that the Secretaries provide for a procedure for the periodic submission of reports by a State concerning the implementation of the program under a section 1332 waiver.</P>
        <P>In order for the Secretaries to effectively monitor the implementation of a waiver, the proposed regulations require a State to submit a quarterly progress report in accordance with the terms and conditions of the State's section 1332 waiver. States are also required to submit an annual report, as described in 31 CFR 33.124(b) and 45 CFR 155.1324(b), documenting the following:</P>
        <P>• The progress of the section 1332 waiver;</P>
        <P>• Data on compliance with section 1332(b)(1)(A) through (D) of the Affordable Care Act;</P>
        <P>• A summary of the annual post-award public forum, including all public comments received regarding the progress of the section 1332 waiver and action taken in response to such concerns or comments; and</P>
        <P>• Other information consistent with the State's approved terms and conditions.</P>
        <P>Under 31 CFR 33.124(c) and 45 CFR 155.1324(c) of the proposed regulations, States are required to submit a draft annual report to the Secretary of Health and Human Services no later than 90 days after the end of each waiver year. Within 60 days of receipt of comments from the Secretary of Health and Human Services, a State is required to submit a final annual report for the waiver year to the Secretary of Health and Human Services. Finally, a State is required to publish the draft and final annual reports on the State's public Web site.</P>
        <P>The Secretaries intend to issue future guidance under section 1332 regarding periodic reports.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Periodic Evaluation Requirements (31 CFR 33.128 and 45 CFR 155.1328)</HD>

        <P>Section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act requires that the Secretaries provide for a procedure for the periodic evaluation of section 1332 waivers by the Secretary or Secretaries with jurisdiction over the provisions for which the waiver was granted. These<PRTPAGE P="13558"/>proposed regulations require that each periodic evaluation shall include a review of all annual reports submitted by the State in accordance with 45 CFR 155.1324 and 31 CFR 33.124 that relate to the period of time covered by the evaluation.</P>
        <P>As part of this proposed regulation, the Secretaries are soliciting public comments regarding specific components of the periodic evaluation of a section 1332 waiver. Potential components of a periodic evaluation could include, but not be limited to, the impact of the waiver on the following:</P>
        <P>• Choice of health plans for individuals and employers;</P>
        <P>• Stability of coverage for individuals and employers;</P>
        <P>• Small businesses, individuals with pre-existing conditions, and the low-income population;</P>
        <P>• The overall health care system in the State; and</P>
        <P>• Other States and the Federal government.</P>
        <P>The Secretaries intend to issue future guidance under section 1332 regarding periodic evaluations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Collection of Information Requirements</HD>

        <P>Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Departments are required to provide notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and solicit public comment before a collection of information requirement is approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). To fairly evaluate whether an information collection should be approved by OMB, section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 requires that the Departments solicit comment on the following issues:</P>
        <P>• The need for the information collection and its usefulness in carrying out the proper functions of the Departments.</P>
        <P>• The accuracy of the Departments' estimate of the information collection burden.</P>
        <P>• The quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.</P>
        <P>• Recommendations to minimize the information collection burden on the affected public, including automated collection techniques.</P>
        <P>The Departments have no way to accurately quantify the burden until the provisions that section 1332 authorizes the Secretaries to waive pursuant to an application by a State take effect in 2014. The Departments are soliciting public comments on the annual number of waiver applications that the Departments may receive, and will reevaluate this issue in future guidance. With that said, the Departments have developed estimates of the burden associated with information collection requirements in this proposed regulation.</P>
        <P>The Departments are soliciting public comment on each of these issues for the following sections of this document that contain information collection requirements (ICRs):</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. ICRs Regarding Application Procedures (31 CFR 33.108 and 45 CFR 155.1308)</HD>
        <P>31 CFR 33.108 and 45 CFR 155.1308 of the proposed regulations establish the application process for section 1332 waivers. A State's application for approval of a section 1332 waiver must be submitted to CMS as both printed and electronic documents. Paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of 31 CFR 33.108 and 45 CFR 155.1308 specify that applications for a section 1332 waiver will not be considered complete if they do not contain written evidence of compliance with the State public notice and comment process described in 31 CFR 33.112 and 45 CFR 155.1312, as well as the information specified in paragraph (a)(2)(iv)(C) and (D) of 31 CFR 33.108 and 45 CFR 155.1308.</P>
        <P>The burden associated with the requirements in 31 CFR 33.108 and 45 CFR 155.1308 is the time and effort necessary for a State to develop and submit a complete application for a section 1332 waiver. The Departments estimate that it will take 200 hours for a State to develop and submit a complete section 1332 waiver application, at a total cost of $4,134.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. ICRs Regarding State Public Notice Requirements (31 CFR 33.112 and 45 CFR 155.1312)</HD>
        <P>Paragraph (a)(1) of 31 CFR 33.112 and 45 CFR 155.1312 of the proposed regulations require a State to provide a public notice and comment period regarding applications for section 1332 waivers. 31 CFR 33.112 and 45 CFR 155.1312 specify that prior to submitting an application to HHS and Treasury for a section 1332 waiver, the State must provide a public notice and comment period sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input. The public notice must address the information requirements listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of 31 CFR 33.112 and 45 CFR 155.1312.</P>
        <P>The burden estimate associated with this requirement is the time and effort necessary to develop and publish a public notice that complies with the aforementioned information requirements. The Departments estimate that each State submitting an application for a section 1332 waiver will require 40 hours to comply with the requirements in this section, at a total cost of $827 per State.</P>

        <P>Paragraph (c) of 31 CFR 33.112 and 45 CFR 155.1312 specify that after issuing the public notice and prior to submitting an application for a section 1332 waiver, a State must conduct public hearings regarding the State's waiver application. The minimum burden associated with this requirement is the time and effort necessary for a State to conduct public hearings prior to submitting an application for a section 1332 waiver. While this requirement is subject to the PRA, the Departments believe the associated burden is exempt under 5 CFR 1320.3(h)(4). Facts or opinions submitted in response to general solicitations of comments from the public, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>or other publications, regardless of the form or format thereof, provided that no person is required to supply specific information pertaining to the commenter, other than that necessary for self-identification, as a condition of the agency's full consideration of the comment are not subject to the PRA.</P>
        <P>Paragraph (a)(2) of 31 CFR 33.112 and 45 CFR 155.1312 require States with one or more federally-recognized Indian tribes to consult with such tribes before submitting a section 1332 waiver application. Paragraph (a)(2)(iv)(B) of 31 CFR 33.108 and 45 CFR 155.1308 explain that documentation of the State's public notice, which incorporates this consultation, must be included in the waiver application.</P>
        <P>The burden associated with these requirements is both the time and effort necessary for a State to conduct its tribal consultations and the time and effort necessary to notify CMS of the State's compliance with paragraph (a)(2)(iv)(B) of 31 CFR 33.108 and 45 CFR 155.1308. The Departments estimate that each State submitting an application for a section 1332 waiver will require 40 hours to both conduct its tribal consultations and to submit the aforementioned evidence to CMS, at a total cost of $827.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. ICRs Regarding Monitoring and Compliance (31 CFR 33.120 and 45 CFR 155.1320)</HD>
        <P>31 CFR 33.120 and 45 CFR 155.1320 of the proposed regulations require States to periodically perform reviews of the implementation of the section 1332 waiver. The Departments estimate that it will take a State 40 hours annually to periodically review the waiver's implementation, at a total cost of $827.</P>

        <P>Paragraph (c) of 31 CFR 33.120 and 45 CFR 155.1320 of the proposed<PRTPAGE P="13559"/>regulations further specifies that at least 6 months after the implementation date of the waiver and annually thereafter, the State must hold a public forum to solicit comments on the progress of a section 1332 waiver. As proposed in paragraph (c)(1) of 31 CFR 33.120 and 45 CFR 155.1320, the State must publish the date, time, and location of the public forum in a prominent location on the State's public Web site, at least 30 days prior to the date of the planned public forum.</P>

        <P>The burden associated with these provisions includes the time and effort necessary to conduct the public meeting and the time and effort necessary for a State to publish the date, time, and location of the public forum in a prominent location on the State's public Web site, at least 30 days prior to the date of the planned public forum. While these requirements are subject to the PRA, the Departments believe the associated burden is exempt from the PRA. As discussed previously in this collection, facts or opinions submitted in response to general solicitations of comments from the public, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>or other publications, regardless of the form or format thereof, provided that no person is required to supply specific information pertaining to the commenter, other than that necessary for self-identification, as a condition of the agency's full consideration of the comment are not subject to the PRA. Therefore, the burden associated with the annual public hearing requirement is exempt. Similarly, the Departments believe the time and effort necessary for a State to publish the date, time, and location of the public forum in a prominent location on the State's public Web site is a burden that would be incurred in the course of usual and customary State business practices and is therefore exempt from the PRA under 5 CFR 1320.3(b)(3).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. ICRs Regarding State Reporting Requirements (31 CFR 33.124 and 45 CFR 155.1324)</HD>
        <P>Paragraph (a) of 31 CFR 33.124 and 45 CFR 155.1324 of the proposed regulations requires States to submit quarterly reports to CMS in accordance with the terms and conditions of a State's approved section 1332 waiver. The burden associated with this reporting requirement is the time and effort necessary to submit quarterly reports to CMS. The Departments estimate that it will take 10 hours per quarter for each State to comply with this reporting requirement, for a total of 40 hours per year, at a total annual cost of $827.</P>
        <P>Paragraph (b) of 31 CFR 33.124 and 45 CFR 155.1324 of the proposed regulations requires States to submit annual reports to CMS documenting the information listed in paragraph (b)(1) through (4) of 31 CFR 33.124 and 45 CFR 155.1324. As part of the submission process, paragraph (c) of 31 CFR 33.124 and 45 CFR 155.1324 requires States to submit draft annual reports to CMS no later than 90 days after the end of each waiver year, or as specified in the State's terms and conditions. The burden associated with this reporting requirement is the time and effort necessary to submit draft annual reports to CMS. The Departments estimate that it will take 24 hours for each State to comply with this reporting requirement, at a total cost of $496.</P>
        <P>Paragraph (c)(1) of 31 CFR 33.124 and 45 CFR 155.1324 of the proposed regulations specifies that within 60 days of receipt of comments from CMS, the State must submit to CMS the final annual report for the waiver year. While this requirement is subject to the PRA, the Departments believe the associated burden is exempt under 5 CFR 1320.3(h)(9). Facts or opinions obtained or solicited through non-standardized follow-up questions designed to clarify responses to approved collections of information are not subject to the PRA.</P>
        <P>Paragraph (c)(2) of 31 CFR 33.124 and 45 CFR 155.1324 of the proposed regulations specify that the draft and final annual reports must be published on the State's public Web site. The burden associated with this is the time and effort required for a State to post the aforementioned information on the State's public Web site. The Departments estimate that it will take 2 hours for each State to comply with this requirement, at a total cost of $42.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. ICRs Regarding Periodic Evaluation Requirements (31 CFR 33.128 and 45 CFR 155.1328)</HD>
        <P>31 CFR 33.128 and 45 CFR 155.1328 of the proposed regulations specify that the Secretary of Health and Human Services and the Secretary of the Treasury shall periodically evaluate the implementation of section 1332 waivers. One potential option for satisfying this requirement is for a State to design and conduct an evaluation, with Federal approval of the evaluation design and interim and final reports. The burden associated with this approach is the time and effort necessary to design and execute an evaluation for a section 1332 waiver. The Departments estimate that it will take a State 80 hours to develop an evaluation design, 80 hours to develop and submit an interim evaluation report, and 36 hours to publish CMS-approved evaluations on a State's public Web site. The Departments estimate that it will take a State 196 hours over the course of a 5-year waiver term to complete these activities at a total cost of $4,051.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,xs38,9C,9,9,9,9,9,9,9" COLS="10" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Estimated Annual Recordkeeping and Reporting Burden</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Regulation section(s)</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">OMB<LI>control</LI>
              <LI>No.</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Respondents</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Responses</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Burden per response<LI>(hours)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total<LI>annual</LI>
              <LI>burden</LI>
              <LI>(hours)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Hourly labor<LI>cost of</LI>
              <LI>reporting</LI>
              <LI>($)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total labor cost of<LI>reporting</LI>
              <LI>($)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total capital/maintenance costs<LI>($)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total cost<LI>($)</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">31 CFR 33.108 and 45 CFR 155.1308</ENT>
            <ENT>0938-New</ENT>
            <ENT>X</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>200</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>20.67</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Paragraph (a)(1) of 31 CFR 33.112 and 45 CFR 155.1312</ENT>
            <ENT>0938-New</ENT>
            <ENT>X</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>40</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>20.67</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Paragraph (a)(2) of 31 CFR 33.112 and 45 CFR 155.1312</ENT>
            <ENT>0938-New</ENT>
            <ENT>X</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>40</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>20.67</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Paragraph (b)(1) of 31 CFR 33.120 and 45 CFR 155.1320</ENT>
            <ENT>0938-New</ENT>
            <ENT>X</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>40</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>20.67</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Paragraph (a) of 31 CFR 33.124 and 45 CFR 155.1324</ENT>
            <ENT>0938-New</ENT>
            <ENT>X</ENT>
            <ENT>4</ENT>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>20.67</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Paragraph (b) of 31 CFR 33.124 and 45 CFR 155.1324</ENT>
            <ENT>0938-New</ENT>
            <ENT>X</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>24</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>20.67</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Paragraph (c)(2) of 31 CFR 33.124 and 45 CFR 155.1324</ENT>
            <ENT>0938-New</ENT>
            <ENT>X</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>20.67</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">31 CFR 33.128 and 45 CFR 155.1328</ENT>
            <ENT>0938-New</ENT>
            <ENT>X</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>196</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>20.67</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>X</ENT>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>n/a</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <PRTPAGE P="13560"/>
        <P>If you comment on these information collection and recordkeeping requirements, please do either of the following:</P>
        <P>1. Submit your comments electronically as specified in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section of this proposed rule; or</P>

        <P>2. Submit your comments to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: CMS Desk Officer [CMS-9987-P]; Fax: (202) 395-6974; or E-mail:<E T="03">OIRA_submission@omb.eop.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a control number assigned by OMB.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Response to Comments</HD>

        <P>Because of the large number of public comments the Departments normally receive on<E T="04">Federal Register</E>documents, the Departments are not able to acknowledge or respond to them individually. The Departments will consider all comments the Departments receive by the date and time specified in the<E T="02">DATES</E>section of this preamble, and, when the Departments proceed with a subsequent document, the Departments will respond to the comments in the preamble to that document.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Regulatory Impact Statement</HD>

        <P>The Departments have examined the impacts of this proposed rule as required by Executive Order 13563 on Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review (January 18, 2011), Executive Order 12866 on Regulatory Planning and Review (September 30, 1993), the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>), section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4), Executive Order 13132 on Federalism (August 4, 1999), and the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 804(2)).</P>
        <P>Executive Order 12866 directs agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). This rule has been designated a “significant regulatory action” although not economically significant, under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
        <P>The RFA requires agencies to analyze options for regulatory relief for small entities, if a rule has a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. For purposes of the RFA, small entities include small businesses, nonprofit organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions. Most hospitals and most other health care providers and suppliers are small entities, either by being nonprofit organizations or by meeting the SBA definition of a small business and having revenues of less than $7 million to $34.5 million in any 1 year. (For details, see the Small Business Administration's final rule that set forth size standards for health care industries, at 65 FR 69432, November 17, 2000.) Individuals and States are not included in the definition of a small entity. The Departments are not preparing an analysis for the RFA because the Departments have determined, and the Secretaries certify, that this proposed rule will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <P>Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) (Pub. L. 104-4) also requires that agencies assess anticipated costs and benefits before issuing any rule whose mandates require spending in any 1 year of $100 million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for inflation. In 2011, that threshold is approximately $136 million. Because this rule does not mandate State participation in section 1332 waivers, there is no obligation for the State to make any change to their existing programs. As a result, there is no mandate for the State. Therefore, the Departments estimate this rule will not mandate expenditures in the threshold amount of $136 million in any 1 year.</P>
        <P>Executive Order 13132 establishes certain requirements that an agency must meet when it promulgates a proposed rule (and subsequent final rule) that imposes substantial direct requirement costs on State and local governments, preempts State law, or otherwise has Federalism implications. Since this regulation would not impose costs on State or local governments, the requirements of Executive Order 13132 are not applicable. In accordance with the provisions of Executive Order 12866, this regulation was reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>31 CFR Part 33</CFR>
          <P>Health care, Health insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
          <CFR>45 CFR Part 155</CFR>
          <P>Health care, Health insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Department of the Treasury</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">31 CFR Subtitle A</HD>
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Department of the Treasury proposes to amend 31 CFR subtitle A to add new part 33 to read as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 33—WAIVERS FOR STATE INNOVATION</HD>
          <CONTENTS>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>33.100</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Basis and purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>33.102</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coordinated waiver process.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>33.104</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>33.108</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application procedures.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>33.112</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>State public notice requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>33.116</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Federal public notice and approval process.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>33.120</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Monitoring and compliance.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>33.124</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>State reporting requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>33.128</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Periodic evaluation requirements.</SUBJECT>
          </CONTENTS>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Sec. 1332, Pub. L. 111-148, 124 Stat. 119</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 33.100</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Basis and purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Statutory basis.</E>This part implements provisions of section 1332 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Affordable Care Act), Public Law 111-148, relating to Waivers for State Innovation, which the Secretary may authorize for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2017. Section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act requires the Secretary to issue regulations that provide for all of the following:</P>
            <P>(1) A process for public notice and comment at the State level, including public hearings, sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input.</P>
            <P>(2) A process for the submission of an application that ensures the disclosure of all of the following:</P>
            <P>(i) The provisions of law that the State involved seeks to waive.</P>
            <P>(ii) The specific plans of the State to ensure that the waiver will meet all requirements specified in section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act.</P>
            <P>(3) A process for the provision of public notice and comment after a waiver application is received by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, that is sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input and that does not impose requirements that are in addition to, or duplicative of, requirements imposed under the Administrative Procedures Act, or requirements that are unreasonable or unnecessarily burdensome with respect to State compliance.</P>

            <P>(4) A process for the submission of reports to the Secretary by a State<PRTPAGE P="13561"/>relating to the implementation of a waiver.</P>
            <P>(5) A process for the periodic evaluation by the Secretary of programs under waivers.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Purpose.</E>This part sets forth certain procedural requirements for Waivers for State Innovation under section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 33.102</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coordinated waiver process.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Coordination with applications for waivers under other Federal laws.</E>A State may submit a single application to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for a waiver under section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act and a waiver under one or more of the existing waiver processes applicable under titles XVIII, XIX, and XXI of the Social Security Act, or under any other Federal law relating to the provision of health care items or services, provided that such application is consistent with the procedures described in this part, the procedures for section 1115 demonstrations, if applicable, and the procedures under any other applicable Federal law under which the State seeks a waiver.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Coordinated process for section 1332 waivers.</E>A State seeking a section 1332 waiver must submit a waiver application to the Secretary of Health and Human Services. Any application submitted to the Secretary of Health and Human Services that requests to waive sections 36B, 4980H, and 5000A of the Internal Revenue Code, in accordance with section 1332(a)(2)(D) of the Affordable Care Act, shall upon receipt be transmitted by the Secretary of Health and Human Services to the Secretary to be reviewed in accordance with 31 CFR part 33.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 33.104</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>For the purposes of this part:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Complete application</E>means an application that has been submitted and for which the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services have made a preliminary determination that it includes all required information and satisfies all requirements that are described in § 33.108(a)(2)(iv).</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Public notice</E>means a notice issued by a government agency or legislative body that contains sufficient detail to notify the public at large of a proposed action consistent with § 33.112.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Section 1332 waiver</E>means a Waiver for State Innovation under section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 33.108</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application procedures.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Initial waiver applications</E>—(1)<E T="03">Acceptable formats for applications.</E>(i) Applications for initial approval of a section 1332 waiver shall be submitted in both printed and electronic formats to the Secretary of Health and Human Services.</P>
            <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Guidelines for applications.</E>(i) Each application for a section 1332 waiver will be subject to a preliminary review by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, who will make a preliminary determination that the application is complete. A submitted application will not be deemed received until the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services have made the preliminary determination that the application is complete.</P>
            <P>(A) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will complete the preliminary review of the application within 45 days after it is submitted.</P>
            <P>(B) If the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services determine that the application is not complete, the Secretary of Health and Human Services will send the State a written notice of the elements missing from the application.</P>
            <P>(C) The preliminary determination that an application is complete does not preclude a finding during the 180-day Federal decision-making period that a necessary element of the application is missing or insufficient.</P>
            <P>(ii) Upon making the preliminary determination that an application is complete, as defined in this part, the Secretary of Health and Human Services will send the State a written notice informing the State that the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services have made such a preliminary determination. That date will also mark the beginning of the Federal public notice process and the 180-day Federal decision-making period.</P>
            <P>(iii) Upon receipt of a complete application for an initial section 1332 waiver, the Secretary of Health and Human Services will—</P>
            <P>(A) Make available to the public the application, and all related State submissions, including all supplemental information received from the State following the receipt of a complete application for a section 1332 waiver.</P>
            <P>(B) Indicate the status of the application.</P>
            <P>(iv) An application for initial approval of a section 1332 waiver will not be considered complete unless the application meets all of the following conditions:</P>
            <P>(A) Complies with paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
            <P>(B) Provides written evidence of the State's compliance with the public notice requirements set forth in § 33.112.</P>
            <P>(C) Provides all of the following:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) A comprehensive description of the State legislation and program to implement a plan meeting the requirements for a waiver under section 1332;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) A copy of the enacted State legislation authorizing such waiver request, as required under section 1332(a)(1)(C) of the Affordable Care Act;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) A list of the provisions of law that the State seeks to waive, including a brief description of the reason for the specific requests; and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) The analyses, actuarial certifications, data, assumptions, analysis, targets and other information set forth in paragraph (a)(2)(iv)(D) of this section sufficient to provide the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services with the necessary data to determine that the State's proposed waiver:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) Will, as required under section 1332(b)(1)(A) of the Affordable Care Act (the comprehensive coverage requirement), provide coverage that is at least as comprehensive as the coverage defined in section 1302(b) of the Affordable Care Act and offered through Exchanges established under the Affordable Care Act as certified by the Office of the Actuary of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services based on sufficient data from the State and from comparable States about their experience with programs created by the Affordable Care Act and the provisions of the Affordable Care Act that the State seeks to waive;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) Will, as required under section 1332(b)(1)(B) of the Affordable Care Act (the affordability requirement), provide coverage and cost sharing protections against excessive out-of-pocket spending that are at least as affordable as the provisions of Title I of the Affordable Care Act would provide;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) Will, as required under section 1332(b)(1)(C) of the Affordable Care Act (the scope of coverage requirement), provide coverage to at least a comparable number of its residents as the provisions of Title I of the Affordable Care Act would provide; and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">iv</E>) Will not, as prohibited under section 1332(b)(1)(D) of the Affordable Care Act (the Federal deficit requirement), increase the Federal deficit.</P>
            <P>(D) Contains the following supporting information:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>)<E T="03">Actuarial analyses and actuarial certifications.</E>Actuarial analyses and actuarial certifications to support the State's estimates that the proposed waiver will comply with the<PRTPAGE P="13562"/>comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, and the scope of coverage requirement.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>)<E T="03">Economic analyses.</E>Economic analyses to support the State's estimates that the proposed waiver will comply with the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage requirement and the Federal deficit requirement, including:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) A detailed 10-year budget plan that is deficit neutral to the Federal government, as prescribed by section 1332(a)(1)(B)(ii) of the Affordable Care Act, and includes all costs under the waiver, including administrative costs and other costs to the Federal government, if applicable; and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) A detailed analysis regarding the estimated impact of the waiver on health insurance coverage in the State.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>)<E T="03">Data and assumptions.</E>The data and assumptions used to demonstrate that the State's proposed waiver is in compliance with the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage requirement and the Federal deficit requirement, including:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) Information on the age, income, health expenses and current health insurance status of the relevant State population; the number of employers by number of employees and whether the employer offers insurance; cross-tabulations of these variables; and an explanation of data sources and quality; and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) An explanation of the key assumptions used to develop the estimates of the effect of the waiver on coverage and the Federal budget, such as individual and employer participation rates, behavioral changes, premium and price effects, and other relevant factors.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">4</E>)<E T="03">Additional information.</E>Additional information supporting the State's proposed waiver, including:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) An explanation as to whether the waiver increases or decreases the administrative burden on individuals, insurers, and employers, and if so, how and why;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) An explanation of how the waiver will affect the implementation of the provisions of the Affordable Care Act which the State is not requesting to waive in the State and at the Federal level;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) An explanation of how the waiver will affect residents who need to obtain health care services out-of-State, as well as the States in which such residents may seek such services;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">iv</E>) If applicable, an explanation as to how the State will provide the Federal government with all information necessary to administer the waiver at the Federal level; and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">v</E>) An explanation of how the State's proposal will address potential individual, employer, insurer, or provider compliance, waste, fraud and abuse within the State or in other States.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">5</E>)<E T="03">Reporting targets.</E>Quarterly, annual, and cumulative targets for the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage requirement, and the Federal deficit requirement.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">6</E>)<E T="03">Other information.</E>Other information consistent with guidance provided by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Additional supporting information.</E>(1) During the Federal review process, the Secretary may request additional supporting information from the State as needed to address public comments or to address issues that arise in reviewing the application.</P>
            <P>(2) Requests for additional information, and responses to such requests, will be made available to the public in the same manner as information described in § 33.116(b).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 33.112</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>State public notice requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>(1) Prior to submitting an application for a new section 1332 waiver to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for review and consideration, a State must provide a public notice and comment period sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input for the application for a section 1332 waiver.</P>
            <P>(2) Such public notice and comment period shall include, for a State with one or more federally-recognized Indian tribes within its borders, a separate process for meaningful consultation with such tribes.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Public notice and comment period.</E>The State shall make available at the beginning of the public notice and comment period, through its Web site or other effective means of communication, and shall update as appropriate, a public notice that includes all of the following:</P>
            <P>(1) A comprehensive description of the application for a section 1332 waiver to be submitted to the Secretary of Health and Human Services including information and assurances related to all statutory requirements and other information consistent with guidance provided by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services.</P>
            <P>(2) Information relating to where copies of the application for a section 1332 waiver are available for public review and comment.</P>
            <P>(3) Information relating to how and where written comments may be submitted and reviewed by the public, and the timeframe during which comments will be accepted.</P>
            <P>(4) The location, date, and time of public hearings that will be convened by the State to seek public input on the application for a section 1332 waiver.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Public hearings.</E>(1) After issuing the public notice and prior to submitting an application for a new section 1332 waiver, a State must conduct public hearings regarding the State's application.</P>
            <P>(2) Such public hearings shall provide an interested party the opportunity to learn about and comment on the contents of the application for a section 1332 waiver.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Submission of initial application.</E>After the State public notice and comment period has concluded, the State may submit an application to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for an initial waiver in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 33.108.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 33.116</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Federal public notice and approval process.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>The Federal public notice and approval process begins on the first business day after the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services determine that all elements for a complete application were documented and submitted to the Secretary of Health and Human Services.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Public notice and comment period.</E>(1) Following a determination that a State's application for a section 1332 waiver is complete, the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will provide for a public notice and comment period that is sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input and that does not impose requirements that are in addition to, or duplicative of, requirements imposed under the Administrative Procedures Act, or requirements that are unreasonable or unnecessarily burdensome with respect to State compliance.</P>
            <P>(2) At the beginning of the Federal notice and comment period, the Secretary of Health and Human Services will make available through its Web site and otherwise, and shall update as appropriate, public notice that includes all of the following:</P>

            <P>(i) The complete application for a section 1332 waiver, updates for the status of the State's application, and any supplemental materials received from the State prior to and during the Federal public notice and comment period.<PRTPAGE P="13563"/>
            </P>
            <P>(ii) Information relating to where copies of the application for a section 1332 waiver are available for public review and comment.</P>
            <P>(iii) Information relating to how and where written comments may be submitted and reviewed by the public, and the timeframe during which comments will be accepted.</P>
            <P>(iv) Any public comments received during the Federal public notice and comment period.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Approval of a section 1332 waiver application.</E>The final decision of the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services on a State application for a section 1332 waiver will be issued by the Secretary of Health and Human Services no later than 180 days after the determination by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services that a complete application was received in accordance with § 33.108.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 33.120</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Monitoring and compliance.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>(1) Following the issuance of a final decision to approve a section 1332 waiver by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, a State must comply with all applicable Federal laws, regulations, interpretive policy statements and interpretive guidance unless expressly waived. A State must, within the timeframes specified in law, regulation, policy, or guidance, come into compliance with any changes in Federal law, regulation, or policy affecting section 1332 waivers, unless the provision being changed is expressly waived.</P>
            <P>(2) A State must comply with the terms and conditions of the agreement between the Secretary, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the State to implement a section 1332 waiver.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Implementation reviews.</E>(1) The terms and conditions of an approved section 1332 waiver will provide that the State will perform periodic reviews of the implementation of the section 1332 waiver.</P>
            <P>(2) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will review documented complaints that a State is failing to comply with requirements specified in the terms and conditions of any approved section 1332 waiver.</P>
            <P>(3) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services will promptly share with a State any complaint that the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services has received and will also provide notification of any applicable monitoring and compliance issues.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Post award.</E>Within 6 months after the implementation date of a section 1332 waiver and annually thereafter, a State must hold a public forum to solicit comments on the progress of a section 1332 waiver. The State must hold the public forum at which members of the public have an opportunity to provide comments and must provide a summary of the forum to the Secretary of Health and Human Services as part of the quarterly report specified in § 33.124(a) that is associated with the quarter in which the forum was held, as well as in the annual report specified in § 33.124(b) that is associated with the year in which the forum was held.</P>
            <P>(1) The State must publish the date, time, and location of the public forum in a prominent location on the State's public Web site, at least 30 days prior to the date of the planned public forum.</P>
            <P>(2) [Reserved]</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Terminations and suspensions.</E>The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services reserve the right to suspend or terminate a section 1332 waiver in whole or in part, at any time before the date of expiration, whenever the Secretaries determine that a State has materially failed to comply with the terms of a section 1332 waiver.</P>
            <P>(e)<E T="03">Closeout costs.</E>If all or part of a section 1332 waiver is terminated or suspended, or if a portion of a section 1332 waiver is withdrawn, Federal funding is limited to normal closeout costs associated with an orderly termination, suspension, or withdrawal, including service costs during any approved transition period, and administrative costs of disenrolling participants.</P>
            <P>(f)<E T="03">Federal evaluators.</E>(1) A State must fully cooperate with the Secretary, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, or an independent evaluator selected by the Secretary or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to undertake an independent evaluation of any component of a section 1332 waiver.</P>
            <P>(2) As part of this required cooperation, a State must submit all requested data and information to the Secretary, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, or the independent evaluator.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 33.124</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>State reporting requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Quarterly reports.</E>A State must submit quarterly reports to the Secretary of Health and Human Services in accordance with the terms and conditions of the State's section 1332 waiver. These quarterly reports must include, but are not limited to, reports of any ongoing operational challenges and plans for and results of associated corrective actions.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Annual reports.</E>A State must submit an annual report to the Secretary of Health and Human Services documenting all of the following:</P>
            <P>(1) The progress of the section 1332 waiver.</P>
            <P>(2) Data on compliance with section 1332(b)(1)(A) through (D) of the Affordable Care Act.</P>
            <P>(3) A summary of the annual post-award public forum, held in accordance with § 33.120(c), including all public comments received at such forum regarding the progress of the section 1332 waiver and action taken in response to such concerns or comments.</P>
            <P>(4) Other information consistent the State's approved terms and conditions.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Submitting and publishing annual reports.</E>A State must submit a draft annual report to the Secretary of Health and Human Services no later than 90 days after the end of each waiver year, or as specified in the waiver's terms and conditions.</P>
            <P>(1) Within 60 days of receipt of comments from the Secretary of Health and Human Services, a State must submit to the Secretary of Health and Human Services a final annual report for the waiver year.</P>
            <P>(2) The draft and final annual reports are to be published on a State's public Web site within 30 days of submission and approval to the Secretary of Health and Human Services, respectively.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 33.128</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Periodic evaluation requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>(1) The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall periodically evaluate the implementation of a program under a section 1332 waiver consistent with guidance published by the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services and any terms and conditions governing the section 1332 waiver.</P>
            <P>(2) Each periodic evaluation must include a review of the annual report or reports submitted by the State in accordance with § 33.124 that relate to the period of time covered by the evaluation.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Department of Health and Human Services</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">45 CFR Subtitle A</HD>
            <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Department of Health and Human Services proposes to amend 45 CFR subtitle A, subchapter B to add new Part 155 to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
        <PART>
          <PRTPAGE P="13564"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 155—WAIVERS FOR STATE INNOVATION</HD>
          <CONTENTS>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subparts A Through M [Reserved]</HD>
            </SUBPART>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart N—State Flexibility</HD>
              <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
              <SECTNO>155.1300</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Basis and purpose.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>155.1302</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Coordinated waiver process.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>155.1304</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>155.1308</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Application procedures.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>155.1312</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>State public notice requirements.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>155.1316</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Federal public notice and approval process.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>155.1320</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Monitoring and compliance.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>155.1324</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>State reporting requirements.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>155.1328</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Periodic evaluation requirements.</SUBJECT>
            </SUBPART>
          </CONTENTS>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Sec. 1332, Pub. L. 111-148, 124 Stat. 119.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subparts A Through M [Reserved]</HD>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart N—State Flexibility</HD>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 155.1300</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Basis and purpose.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a)<E T="03">Statutory basis.</E>This subpart implements provisions of section 1332 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Affordable Care Act), Public Law 111-148, relating to Waivers for State Innovation, which the Secretary may authorize for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2017. Section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act requires the Secretary to issue regulations that provide for all of the following:</P>
              <P>(1) A process for public notice and comment at the State level, including public hearings, sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input.</P>
              <P>(2) A process for the submission of an application that ensures the disclosure of all of the following:</P>
              <P>(i) The provisions of law that the State involved seeks to waive.</P>
              <P>(ii) The specific plans of the State to ensure that the waiver will meet all requirements specified in section 1332.</P>
              <P>(3) A process for the provision of public notice and comment after a waiver application is received by the Secretary, that is sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input and that does not impose requirements that are in addition to, or duplicative of, requirements imposed under the Administrative Procedures Act, or requirements that are unreasonable or unnecessarily burdensome with respect to State compliance.</P>
              <P>(4) A process for the submission of reports to the Secretary by a State relating to the implementation of a waiver.</P>
              <P>(5) A process for the periodic evaluation by the Secretary of programs under waivers.</P>
              <P>(b)<E T="03">Purpose.</E>This subpart sets forth certain procedural requirements for Waivers for State Innovation under section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 155.1302</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Coordinated waiver process.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a)<E T="03">Coordination with applications for waivers under other Federal laws.</E>A State may submit a single application to the Secretary for a waiver under section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act and a waiver under one or more of the existing waiver processes applicable under titles XVIII, XIX, and XXI of the Social Security Act, or under any other Federal law relating to the provision of health care items or services, provided that such application is consistent with the procedures described in this part, the procedures for section 1115 demonstrations, if applicable, and the procedures under any other applicable Federal law under which the State seeks a waiver.</P>
              <P>(b)<E T="03">Coordinated process for section 1332 waivers.</E>A State seeking a section 1332 waiver must submit a waiver application to the Secretary. Any application submitted to the Secretary that requests to waive sections 36B, 4980H, and 5000A of the Internal Revenue Code, in accordance with section 1332(a)(2)(D) of the Affordable Care Act, shall upon receipt be transmitted by the Secretary to the Secretary of the Treasury to be reviewed in accordance with 31 CFR part 33.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 155.1304</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
              <P>For the purposes of this subpart:</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Complete application</E>means an application that has been submitted and for which the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury have made a preliminary determination that it includes all required information and satisfies all requirements that are described in § 155.1308(a)(2)(iv).</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Public notice</E>means a notice issued by a government agency or legislative body that contains sufficient detail to notify the public at large of a proposed action consistent with § 155.1312.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Section 1332 waiver</E>means a Waiver for State Innovation under section 1332 of the Affordable Care Act.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 155.1308</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Application procedures.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a)<E T="03">Initial waiver applications</E>—(1)<E T="03">Acceptable formats for applications.</E>(i) Applications for initial approval of a section 1332 waiver shall be submitted in both printed and electronic formats to the Secretary.</P>
              <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
              <P>(2)<E T="03">Guidelines for applications.</E>(i) Each application for a section 1332 waiver will be subject to a preliminary review by the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury will make a preliminary determination that the application is complete. A submitted application will not be deemed received until the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury have made the preliminary determination that the application is complete.</P>
              <P>(A) The Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury will complete the preliminary review of the application within 45 days after it is submitted.</P>
              <P>(B) If the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury determine that the application is not complete, the Secretary will send the State a written notice of the elements missing from the application.</P>
              <P>(C) The preliminary determination that an application is complete does not preclude a finding during the 180-day Federal decision-making period that a necessary element of the application is missing or insufficient.</P>
              <P>(ii) Upon making the preliminary determination that an application is complete, as defined in this part, the Secretary will send the State a written notice informing the State that the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury have made such a preliminary determination. That date will also mark the beginning of the Federal public notice process and the 180-day Federal decision-making period.</P>
              <P>(iii) Upon receipt of a complete application for an initial section 1332 waiver, the Secretary will—</P>
              <P>(A) Make available to the public the application, and all related State submissions, including all supplemental information received from the State following the receipt of a complete application for a section 1332 waiver.</P>
              <P>(B) Indicate the status of the application.</P>
              <P>(iv) An application for initial approval of a section 1332 waiver will not be considered complete unless the application meets all of the following conditions:</P>
              <P>(A) Complies with paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
              <P>(B) Provides written evidence of the State's compliance with the public notice requirements set forth in § 155.1312.</P>
              <P>(C) Provides all of the following:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) A comprehensive description of the State legislation and program to implement a plan meeting the requirements for a waiver under section 1332;</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) A copy of the enacted State legislation authorizing such waiver request, as required under section 1332(a)(1)(C) of the Affordable Care Act;</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) A list of the provisions of law that the State seeks to waive including a brief description of the reason for the specific requests; and</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) The analyses, actuarial certifications, data, assumptions, analysis, targets and other information<PRTPAGE P="13565"/>set forth in paragraph (a)(2)(iv)(D) of this section sufficient to provide the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury with the necessary data to determine that the State's proposed waiver:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) Will, as required under section 1332(b)(1)(A) of the Affordable Care Act (the comprehensive coverage requirement), provide coverage that is at least as comprehensive as the coverage defined in section 1302(b) of the Affordable Care Act and offered through Exchanges established under the Affordable Care Act as certified by the Office of the Actuary of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services based on sufficient data from the State and from comparable States about their experience with programs created by the Affordable Care Act and the provisions of the Affordable Care Act that the State seeks to waive;</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) Will, as required under section 1332(b)(1)(B) of the Affordable Care Act (the affordability requirement), provide coverage and cost sharing protections against excessive out-of-pocket spending that are at least as affordable as the provisions of Title I of the Affordable Care Act would provide;</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) Will, as required under section 1332(b)(1)(C) of the Affordable Care Act (the scope of coverage requirement), provide coverage to at least a comparable number of its residents as the provisions of Title I of the Affordable Care Act would provide; and</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">iv</E>) Will not, as prohibited under section 1332(b)(1)(D) of the Affordable Care Act (the Federal deficit requirement), increase the Federal deficit.</P>
              <P>(D) Contains the following supporting information:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>)<E T="03">Actuarial analyses and actuarial certifications.</E>Actuarial analyses and actuarial certifications to support the State's estimates that the proposed waiver will comply with the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, and the scope of coverage requirement;</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>)<E T="03">Economic analyses.</E>Economic analyses to support the State's estimates that the proposed waiver will comply with the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage requirement and the Federal deficit requirement, including:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) A detailed 10-year budget plan that is deficit neutral to the Federal government, as prescribed by section 1332(a)(1)(B)(ii) of the Affordable Care Act, and includes all costs under the waiver, including administrative costs and other costs to the Federal government, if applicable; and</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) A detailed analysis regarding the estimated impact of the waiver on health insurance coverage in the State.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>)<E T="03">Data and assumptions.</E>The data and assumptions used to demonstrate that the State's proposed waiver is in compliance with the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage requirement and the Federal deficit requirement, including:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) Information on the age, income, health expenses and current health insurance status of the relevant State population; the number of employers by number of employees and whether the employer offers insurance; cross-tabulations of these variables; and an explanation of data sources and quality; and</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) An explanation of the key assumptions used to develop the estimates of the effect of the waiver on coverage and the Federal budget, such as individual and employer participation rates, behavioral changes, premium and price effects, and other relevant factors.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>)<E T="03">Additional information.</E>Additional information supporting the State's proposed waiver, including:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) An explanation as to whether the waiver increases or decreases the administrative burden on individuals, insurers, and employers, and if so, how and why;</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) An explanation of how the waiver will affect the implementation of the provisions of the Affordable Care Act which the State is not requesting to waive in the State and at the Federal level;</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) An explanation of how the waiver will affect residents who need to obtain health care services out-of-State, as well as the States in which such residents may seek such services;</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">iv</E>) If applicable, an explanation as to how the State will provide the Federal government with all information necessary to administer the waiver at the Federal level; and</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">v</E>) An explanation of how the State's proposal will address potential individual, employer, insurer, or provider compliance, waste, fraud and abuse within the State or in other States.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">5</E>)<E T="03">Reporting targets.</E>Quarterly, annual, and cumulative targets for the comprehensive coverage requirement, the affordability requirement, the scope of coverage requirement and the Federal deficit requirement.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">6</E>)<E T="03">Other information.</E>Other information consistent with guidance provided by the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury.</P>
              <P>(b)<E T="03">Additional supporting information.</E>(1) During the Federal review process, the Secretary may request additional supporting information from the State as needed to address public comments or to address issues that arise in reviewing the application.</P>
              <P>(2) Requests for additional information, and responses to such requests, will be made available to the public in the same manner as information described in § 155.1316(b).</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 155.1312</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>State public notice requirements.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>(1) Prior to submitting an application for a new section 1332 waiver to the Secretary for review and consideration, a State must provide a public notice and comment period sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input for the application for a section 1332 waiver.</P>
              <P>(2) Such public notice and comment period shall include, for a State with one or more Federally-recognized Indian tribes within its borders, a separate process for meaningful consultation with such tribes.</P>
              <P>(b)<E T="03">Public notice and comment period.</E>The State shall make available at the beginning of the public notice and comment period, through its Web site or other effective means of communication, and shall update as appropriate, a public notice that includes all of the following:</P>
              <P>(1) A comprehensive description of the application for a section 1332 waiver to be submitted to the Secretary including information and assurances related to all statutory requirements and other information consistent with guidance provided by the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury.</P>
              <P>(2) Information relating to where copies of the application for a section 1332 waiver are available for public review and comment.</P>
              <P>(3) Information relating to how and where written comments may be submitted and reviewed by the public, and the timeframe during which comments will be accepted.</P>
              <P>(4) The location, date, and time of public hearings that will be convened by the State to seek public input on the application for a section 1332 waiver.</P>
              <P>(c)<E T="03">Public hearings.</E>(1) After issuing the public notice and prior to submitting an application for a new section 1332 waiver, a State must conduct public hearings regarding the State's application.</P>

              <P>(2) Such public hearings shall provide an interested party the opportunity to learn about and comment on the contents of the application for a section 1332 waiver.<PRTPAGE P="13566"/>
              </P>
              <P>(d)<E T="03">Submission of initial application.</E>After the State public notice and comment period has concluded, the State may submit an application to the Secretary for an initial waiver in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 155.1308.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 155.1316</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Federal public notice and approval process.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>The Federal public notice and approval process begins on the first business day after the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury determine that all elements for a complete application were documented and submitted to the Secretary.</P>
              <P>(b)<E T="03">Public notice and comment period.</E>(1) Following a determination that a State's application for a section 1332 waiver is complete, the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury will provide for a public notice and comment period that is sufficient to ensure a meaningful level of public input and that does not impose requirements that are in addition to, or duplicative of, requirements imposed under the Administrative Procedures Act, or requirements that are unreasonable or unnecessarily burdensome with respect to State compliance.</P>
              <P>(2) At the beginning of the Federal notice and comment period, the Secretary will make available through its Web site and otherwise, and shall update as appropriate, public notice that includes all of the following:</P>
              <P>(i) The complete application for a section 1332 waiver, updates for the status of the State's application, and any supplemental materials received from the State prior to and during the Federal public notice and comment period.</P>
              <P>(ii) Information relating to where copies of the application for a section 1332 waiver are available for public review and comment.</P>
              <P>(iii) Information relating to how and where written comments may be submitted and reviewed by the public, and the timeframe during which comments will be accepted.</P>
              <P>(iv) Any public comments received during the Federal public notice and comment period.</P>
              <P>(c)<E T="03">Approval of a section 1332 waiver application.</E>The final decision of the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury on a State application for a section 1332 waiver will be issued by the Secretary no later than 180 days after the determination by the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury that a complete application was received in accordance with § 155.1308.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 155.1320</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Monitoring and compliance.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>(1) Following the issuance of a final decision to approve a section 1332 waiver by the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury, a State must comply with all applicable Federal laws, regulations, interpretive policy statements and interpretive guidance unless expressly waived. A State must, within the timeframes specified in law, regulation, policy or guidance, come into compliance with any changes in Federal law, regulation, or policy affecting section 1332 waivers, unless the provision being changed is expressly waived.</P>
              <P>(2) A State must comply with the terms and conditions of the agreement between the Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the State to implement a section 1332 waiver.</P>
              <P>(b)<E T="03">Implementation reviews.</E>(1) The terms and conditions of an approved section 1332 waiver will provide that the State will perform periodic reviews of the implementation of the section 1332 waiver.</P>
              <P>(2) The Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury will review documented complaints that a State is failing to comply with requirements specified in the terms and conditions of any approved section 1332 waiver.</P>
              <P>(3) The Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury will promptly share with a State any complaint that the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury has received and will also provide notification of any applicable monitoring and compliance issues.</P>
              <P>(c)<E T="03">Post award.</E>Within at least 6 months after the implementation date of a section 1332 waiver and annually thereafter, a State must hold a public forum to solicit comments on the progress of a section 1332 waiver. The State must hold the public forum at which members of the public have an opportunity to provide comments and must provide a summary of the forum to the Secretary as part of the quarterly report specified in § 155.1324(a) that is associated with the quarter in which the forum was held, as well as in the annual report specified in § 155.1324(b) that is associated with the year in which the forum was held.</P>
              <P>(1) The State must publish the date, time, and location of the public forum in a prominent location on the State's public Web site, at least 30 days prior to the date of the planned public forum.</P>
              <P>(2) [Reserved]</P>
              <P>(d)<E T="03">Terminations and suspensions.</E>The Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury reserve the right to suspend or terminate a section 1332 waiver in whole or in part, at any time before the date of expiration, whenever the Secretaries determine that a State has materially failed to comply with the terms of a section 1332 waiver.</P>
              <P>(e)<E T="03">Closeout costs.</E>If all or part of a section 1332 waiver is terminated or suspended, or if a portion of a section 1332 waiver is withdrawn, Federal funding is limited to normal closeout costs associated with an orderly termination, suspension, or withdrawal, including service costs during any approved transition period, and administrative costs of disenrolling participants.</P>
              <P>(f)<E T="03">Federal evaluators.</E>(1) A State must fully cooperate with the Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, or an independent evaluator selected by the Secretary or the Secretary of the Treasury to undertake an independent evaluation of any component of a section 1332 waiver.</P>
              <P>(2) As part of this required cooperation, a State must submit all requested data and information to the Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, or the independent evaluator.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 155.1324</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>State reporting requirements.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a)<E T="03">Quarterly reports.</E>A State must submit quarterly reports to the Secretary in accordance with the terms and conditions of the State's section 1332 waiver. These quarterly reports must include, but are not limited to, reports of any ongoing operational challenges and plans for and results of associated corrective actions.</P>
              <P>(b)<E T="03">Annual reports.</E>A State must submit an annual report to the Secretary documenting all of the following:</P>
              <P>(1) The progress of the section 1332 waiver.</P>
              <P>(2) Data on compliance with section 1332(b)(1)(A) through (D) of the Affordable Care Act.</P>
              <P>(3) A summary of the annual post-award public forum, held in accordance with § 155.1320(c), including all public comments received at such forum regarding the progress of the section 1332 waiver and action taken in response to such concerns or comments.</P>
              <P>(4) Other information consistent the State's approved terms and conditions.</P>
              <P>(c)<E T="03">Submitting and publishing annual reports.</E>A State must submit a draft annual report to the Secretary no later than 90 days after the end of each waiver year, or as specified in the waiver's terms and conditions.</P>
              <P>(1) Within 60 days of receipt of comments from the Secretary, a State must submit to the Secretary the final annual report for the waiver year.</P>

              <P>(2) The draft and final annual reports are to be published on a State's public Web site within 30 days of submission<PRTPAGE P="13567"/>and approval to the Secretary, respectively.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 155.1328</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Periodic evaluation requirements.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>(1) The Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury shall periodically evaluate the implementation of a program under a section 1332 waiver consistent with guidance published by the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury and any terms and conditions governing the section 1332 waiver.</P>
              <P>(2) Each periodic evaluation must include a review of the annual report or reports submitted by the State in accordance with § 155.1324 that relate to the period of time covered by the evaluation.</P>
              <AUTH>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                <P>Sec. 1332 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148).</P>
              </AUTH>
            </SECTION>
          </SUBPART>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Approved: February 22, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Donald M. Berwick,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Administrator, Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services.</TITLE>
            <DATED>Approved: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Kathleen Sebelius,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Secretary of Health and Human Services.</TITLE>
            <DATED>Approved: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Michael F. Mundaca,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax Policy).</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5583 Filed 3-10-11; 11:15 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-29-P, 4120-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 52</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-R03-OAR-2011-0099; FRL-9280-2]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Pennsylvania; Adoption of Control Techniques Guidelines for Flat Wood Paneling Surface Coating Processes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>EPA is proposing to approve a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (Pennsylvania). This SIP revision includes amendments to Chapter 121—General Provisions and Chapter 129—Standards for Sources of Title 25 of the Pennsylvania Code. Pennsylvania's SIP revision meets the requirement to adopt Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT) for sources covered by EPA's Control Techniques Guidelines (CTG) standards for flat wood paneling surface coating processes and will help Pennsylvania attain and maintain the National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) for ozone. This action is being taken under the Clean Air Act (CAA).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments must be received on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID Number EPA-R03-OAR-2011-0099 by one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>A.<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the on-line instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>B.<E T="03">E-mail:</E>
            <E T="03">fernandez.cristina@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>C.<E T="03">Mail:</E>EPA-R03-OAR-2011-0099, Cristina Fernandez, Associate Director, Office of Air Program Planning, Mailcode 3AP30, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region III, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.</P>
          <P>D.<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>At the previously-listed EPA Region III address. Such deliveries are only accepted during the Docket's normal hours of operation, and special arrangements should be made for deliveries of boxed information.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>Direct your comments to Docket ID No. EPA-R03-OAR-2011-0099. EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change, and may be made available online at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Do not submit information that you consider to be CBI or otherwise protected through<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or e-mail. The<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>Web site is an “anonymous access” system, which means EPA will not know your identity or contact information unless you provide it in the body of your comment. If you send an e-mail comment directly to EPA without going through<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>your e-mail address will be automatically captured and included as part of the comment that is placed in the public docket and made available on the Internet. If you submit an electronic comment, EPA recommends that you include your name and other contact information in the body of your comment and with any disk or CD-ROM you submit. If EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, EPA may not be able to consider your comment. Electronic files should avoid the use of special characters, any form of encryption, and be free of any defects or viruses.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>All documents in the electronic docket are listed in the<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>index. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available,<E T="03">i.e.,</E>CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically in<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or in hard copy during normal business hours at the Air Protection Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region III, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. Copies of the State submittal are available at the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection, Bureau of Air Quality Control, P.O. Box 8468, 400 Market Street, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17105.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Irene Shandruk, (215) 814-2166, or by e-mail at<E T="03">shandruk.irene@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>On January 4, 2011, the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) submitted to EPA a SIP revision concerning the adoption of the CTG for flat wood paneling surface coating processes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>Section 172(c)(1) of the CAA provides that SIPs for nonattainment areas must include reasonably available control measures (RACM), including RACT for sources of emissions. Section 182(b)(2)(A) provides that for certain nonattainment areas, States must revise their SIPs to include RACT for sources of volatile organic compounds (VOC) emissions covered by a CTG document issued after November 15, 1990 and prior to the area's date of attainment.</P>
        <P>CTGs are intended to provide state and local air pollution control authorities information that should assist them in determining RACT for VOCs from various sources, including flat wood paneling surface coatings. In developing these CTGs, EPA, among other things, evaluated the sources of VOC emissions from this industry and the available control approaches for addressing these emissions, including the costs of such approaches. Based on available information and data, EPA provided recommendations for RACT for VOCs from flat wood paneling.</P>

        <P>In June 1978, EPA published a CTG for flat wood paneling coatings (EPA-<PRTPAGE P="13568"/>450/2-78-034). This CTG discusses the nature of VOC emissions from this industry, available control technologies for addressing such emissions, the costs of available control options, and other items. EPA promulgated national standards of performance for new stationary sources New Source Performance Standards for the flat wood paneling industry and EPA also published a national emission standard for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for this industry.</P>

        <P>In 2006 and 2007, after conducting a review of currently existing state and local VOC emission reduction approaches for the flat wood paneling industry, reviewing the 1978 CTG and the NESHAP for this industry, and taking into account the information that has become available since then, EPA developed a new CTG for surface coating of flat wood paneling, entitled<E T="03">Control Techniques Guidelines for Flat Wood Paneling Coatings</E>(Publication No. EPA 453/R-06-004).Flat wood paneling coatings means wood paneling products that are any interior, exterior, or tileboard panel to which a protective, decorative, or functional material or layer has been applied.Flat wood paneling, like most wood products, are vulnerable to light, moisture, and insects. Coatings are used for three purposes: Protection, appearance, and surface modification. Surface coatings are applied to reduce potential damage from environmental elements such as moisture and temperature extremes and other climate-related hazards and from insect infestation. Coatings are also applied to enhance surfaces to make other coatings more effective. Finally, coatings are applied to improve the appearance of the wood product. Releases of VOCs occur during the coating process as the coatings are mixed or thinned, as they are applied to the substrate, and as they dry and the VOCs within the coating evaporate into the air.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Summary of SIP Revision</HD>
        <P>On January 4, 2011, PADEP submitted to EPA a SIP revision concerning the adoption of the CTG for flat wood paneling surface coating processes. EPA develops CTGs as guidance on control requirements for source categories. States can follow the CTGs or adopt more restrictive standards. Pennsylvania has adopted EPA's CTG standards for flat wood paneling surface coating processes. These regulations are in Chapter 121—General Provisions and in Chapter 129—Standards for Sources, in Title 25 of the Pennsylvania Code. Specifically, this revision amends the existing regulations at sections 121.1, 129.51, 129.66, and adds new section 129.52c. Several definitions were added in section 121.1 and section 129.51 was amended to extend coverage to flat wood paneling surface coating processes. New section 129.52c includes VOC emission limits, work practices, and recordkeeping and reporting requirements, all of which are consistent with EPA's CTG for flat wood paneling surface coating processes. The emission limits of VOCs for flat wood paneling surface coatings are shown in Table 1. These emission limits apply if the total actual VOC emissions from all flat wood paneling surface coating operations at the facility are equal to or greater than 15 pounds (6.8 kilograms) per day, before consideration of controls.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,12,12" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Emission Limits of VOCs for Flat Wood Paneling Surface Coatings</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Surface coatings, inks, or adhesives applied to the following flat wood paneling categories</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Should meet one of these emission limits</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">lb VOC/gal coating solids</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">g VOC/liter coating solids</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Printed interior panels made of hardwood, plywood, or thin particleboard</ENT>
            <ENT>2.9</ENT>
            <ENT>350</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Natural finish hardwood plywood panels</ENT>
            <ENT>2.9</ENT>
            <ENT>350</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Class II finishes on hardboard panels</ENT>
            <ENT>2.9</ENT>
            <ENT>350</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Tileboards</ENT>
            <ENT>2.9</ENT>
            <ENT>350</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Exterior siding</ENT>
            <ENT>2.9</ENT>
            <ENT>350</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Proposed Action</HD>
        <P>EPA is proposing to approve Pennsylvania's SIP revision for adoption of the CTG standards for flat wood paneling surface coating processes. EPA is soliciting public comments on the issues discussed in this document. These comments will be considered before taking final action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
        <P>Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely proposes to approve state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this proposed action:</P>
        <P>• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993);</P>

        <P>• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>);</P>

        <P>• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>);</P>
        <P>• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);</P>
        <P>• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);</P>
        <P>• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);</P>
        <P>• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);</P>
        <P>• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and</P>
        <P>• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).</P>

        <P>In addition, this proposed rule concerning Pennsylvania's adoption of a<PRTPAGE P="13569"/>CTG for flat wood paneling surface coating processes does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), because the SIP is not approved to apply in Indian country located in the state, and EPA notes that it will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 52</HD>
          <P>Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>42 U.S.C. 7401<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 1, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>W.C. Early,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Regional Administrator,Region III.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5796 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 52</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-R03-OAR-2010-0903; FRL-9278-6]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Virginia; Revisions to the Open Burning Regulations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>EPA proposes to approve the State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by the Commonwealth of Virginia. The revisions recodify the open burning regulations which are currently in the Virginia SIP. There are no substantive changes to the rule. In the Final Rules section of this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, EPA is approving Virginia's SIP submittal as a direct final rule without prior proposal because the Agency views this as a noncontroversial submittal and anticipates no adverse comments. A detailed rationale for the approval is set forth in the direct final rule. If no adverse comments are received in response to this action, no further activity is contemplated. If EPA receives adverse comments, the direct final rule will be withdrawn and all public comments received will be addressed in a subsequent final rule based on this proposed rule. EPA will not institute a second comment period. Any parties interested in commenting on this action should do so at this time.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be received in writing by April 13, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID Number EPA-R03-OAR-2010-0903 by one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>A.<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the on-line instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>B.<E T="03">E-mail: frankford.harold@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>C.<E T="03">Mail:</E>EPA-R03-OAR-2010-0902, Harold A. Frankford, Air Protection Division, Mailcode 3AP00, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region III, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.</P>
          <P>D.<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>At the previously-listed EPA Region III address. Such deliveries are only accepted during the Docket's normal hours of operation, and special arrangements should be made for deliveries of boxed information.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>Direct your comments to Docket ID No. EPA-R03-OAR-2010-0903. EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change, and may be made available online at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Do not submit information that you consider to be CBI or otherwise protected through<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or e-mail. The<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>Web site is an “anonymous access” system, which means EPA will not know your identity or contact information unless you provide it in the body of your comment. If you send an e-mail comment directly to EPA without going through<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>your e-mail address will be automatically captured and included as part of the comment that is placed in the public docket and made available on the Internet. If you submit an electronic comment, EPA recommends that you include your name and other contact information in the body of your comment and with any disk or CD-ROM you submit. If EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, EPA may not be able to consider your comment. Electronic files should avoid the use of special characters, any form of encryption, and be free of any defects or viruses.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>All documents in the electronic docket are listed in the<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>index. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available,<E T="03">i.e.,</E>CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically in<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or in hard copy during normal business hours at the Air Protection Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region III, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. Copies of the State submittal are available at the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality, 629 East Main Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Harold A. Frankford, (215) 814-2108, or by e-mail at<E T="03">frankford.harold@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>For further information, please see the information provided in the direct final action, with the same title, that is located in the “Rules and Regulations” section of this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>publication. Please note that if EPA receives adverse comment on an amendment, paragraph, or section of this rule and if that provision may be severed from the remainder of the rule, EPA may adopt as final those provisions of the rule that are not the subject of an adverse comment.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 1, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>W.C. Early,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Regional Administrator, Region III.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5621 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Emergency Management Agency</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>44 CFR Part 67</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID FEMA-2010-0003; Internal Agency Docket No. FEMA-B-1155]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Proposed Flood Elevation Determinations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule; correction.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>On November 9, 2010, FEMA published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a proposed rule that included erroneous Base Flood Elevation (BFE) location descriptions for the Cartecay River in Gilmer County, Georgia. The location description for the proposed BFE of 1,290 feet, referenced to the North American Vertical Datum of 1988, should have located the proposed BFE as being approximately 1.12 miles upstream of Holt Bridge Road; and the location description for the proposed<PRTPAGE P="13570"/>BFE of 1,519 feet, referenced to the North American Vertical Datum of 1988, should have located the proposed BFE as being approximately 0.24 mile upstream of the Owltown Creek confluence.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments pertaining to the location descriptions for the Cartecay River BFEs are to be submitted on or before June 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. FEMA-B-1155, to Luis Rodriguez, Chief, Engineering Management Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-4064 or (e-mail)<E T="03">luis.rodriguez1@dhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Luis Rodriguez, Chief, Engineering Management Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-4064 or (e-mail)<E T="03">luis.rodriguez1@dhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) publishes proposed determinations of Base (1% annual-chance) Flood Elevations (BFEs) and modified BFEs for communities participating in the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP), in accordance with section 110 of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, 42 U.S.C. 4104, and 44 CFR 67.4(a).</P>
        <P>These proposed BFEs and modified BFEs, together with the floodplain management criteria required by 44 CFR 60.3, are minimum requirements. They should not be construed to mean that the community must change any existing ordinances that are more stringent in their floodplain management requirements. The community may at any time enact stricter requirements of its own or pursuant to policies established by other Federal, State, or regional entities. These proposed elevations are used to meet the floodplain management requirements of the NFIP and also are used to calculate the appropriate flood insurance premium rates for new buildings built after these elevations are made final, and for the contents in those buildings.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction</HD>

        <P>In the proposed rule published at 75 FR 68744, in the November 9, 2010, issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, FEMA published a table under the authority of 44 CFR 67.4. The table, entitled “Gilmer County, Georgia, and Incorporated Areas” addressed the flooding source Cartecay River.</P>
        <P>The proposed rule listed the location description for the proposed BFE of 1,290 feet, referenced to the North American Vertical Datum of 1988, as being approximately 0.24 mile upstream of the confluence with Owltown Creek. The correct location of this proposed BFE is approximately 1.12 miles upstream of Holt Bridge Road. The proposed rule also listed the location description for the proposed BFE of 1,519 feet, referenced to the North American Vertical Datum of 1988, as being approximately 1.12 miles upstream of Holt Bridge Road. The correct location of this proposed BFE is approximately 0.24 mile upstream of the Owltown Creek confluence.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule correction is reopening the comment period for the Cartecay River, for the locations of the proposed BFEs of 1,290 feet and 1,519 feet, both referenced to the North American Vertical Datum of 1988, due to the error in listing the location descriptions for these BFEs in the previously published proposed rule at 75 FR 68744.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance No. 97.022, “Flood Insurance.”)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Sandra K. Knight,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administrator, Mitigation, Department of Homeland Security, Federal Emergency Management Agency.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5818 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-12-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Emergency Management Agency</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>44 CFR Part 67</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID FEMA-2008-0020; Internal Agency Docket No. FEMA-B-1069]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Proposed Flood Elevation Determinations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule; correction.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>On September 15, 2009, FEMA published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a proposed rule that contained an erroneous table. This notice provides corrections to that table, to be used in lieu of the information published at 74 FR 47169. The table provided here represents the flooding sources, location of referenced elevations, effective and modified elevations, and communities affected for Sanpete County, Utah, and Incorporated Areas. Specifically, it addresses the flooding source South Creek.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments are to be submitted on or before June 13, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. FEMA-B-1069, to Luis Rodriguez, Chief, Engineering Management Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-4064 or (e-mail)<E T="03">luis.rodriguez1@dhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Luis Rodriguez, Chief, Engineering Management Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-4064 or (e-mail)<E T="03">luis.rodriguez1@dhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) publishes proposed determinations of Base (1% annual-chance) Flood Elevations (BFEs) and modified BFEs for communities participating in the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP), in accordance with section 110 of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, 42 U.S.C. 4104, and 44 CFR 67.4(a).</P>
        <P>These proposed BFEs and modified BFEs, together with the floodplain management criteria required by 44 CFR 60.3, are minimum requirements. They should not be construed to mean that the community must change any existing ordinances that are more stringent in their floodplain management requirements. The community may at any time enact stricter requirements of its own or pursuant to policies established by other Federal, State, or regional entities. These proposed elevations are used to meet the floodplain management requirements of the NFIP and also are used to calculate the appropriate flood insurance premium rates for new buildings built after these elevations are made final, and for the contents in those buildings.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction</HD>

        <P>In the proposed rule published at 74 FR 47169, in the September 15, 2009, issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, FEMA published a table under the authority of 44 CFR 67.4. The table, entitled “Sanpete County, Utah, and Incorporated Areas” addressed the flooding source South Creek. That table contained inaccurate information as to the location of referenced elevation, effective and modified elevation in feet,<PRTPAGE P="13571"/>and/or communities affected for that flooding source. In this notice, FEMA is publishing a table containing the accurate information, to address these prior errors. The information provided below should be used in lieu of that previously published.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r100,10,10,r50" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Flooding source(s)</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Location of referenced elevation **</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">* Elevation in feet<LI>(NGVD)</LI>
              <LI>+ Elevation in feet</LI>
              <LI>(NAVD)</LI>
              <LI># Depth in feet above ground</LI>
              <LI>⁁ Elevation in meters (MSL)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Effective</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Modified</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Communities affected</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">Sanpete County, Utah, and Incorporated Areas</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">South Creek</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 320 feet east of 100 South Street</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+5529</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Manti, Unincorporated Areas of Sanpete County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 596 feet upstream of the Manti Creek confluence</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+5838</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="22">* National Geodetic Vertical Datum.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">+ North American Vertical Datum.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"># Depth in feet above ground.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">⁁ Mean Sea Level, rounded to the nearest 0.1 meter.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">** BFEs to be changed include the listed downstream and upstream BFEs, and include BFEs located on the stream reach between the referenced locations above. Please refer to the revised Flood Insurance Rate Map located at the community map repository (see below) for exact locations of all BFEs to be changed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Send comments to Luis Rodriguez, Chief, Engineering Management Branch, Mitigation Directorate, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">
              <E T="02">City of Manti</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Maps are available for inspection at City Hall, 50 South Main Street, Manti, UT 84642.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">Unincorporated Areas of Sanpete County</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Maps are available for inspection at the Sanpete County Building and Zoning Office, 160 North Main Street, Manti, UT 84642.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance No. 97.022, “Flood Insurance.”)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Sandra K. Knight,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administrator, Mitigation, Department of Homeland Security, Federal Emergency Management Agency.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5819 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-12-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Emergency Management Agency</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>44 CFR Part 67</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID FEMA-2008-0020; Internal Agency Docket No. FEMA-B-1072]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Proposed Flood Elevation Determinations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule; correction.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>On September 8, 2009, FEMA published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a proposed rule that contained an erroneous table. This notice provides corrections to that table, to be used in lieu of the information published at 74 FR 46074. The table provided here represents the flooding sources, location of referenced elevations, effective and modified elevations, and communities affected for Troup County, Georgia, and Incorporated Areas. Specifically, it addresses the flooding source Shoal Creek.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments are to be submitted on or before June 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. FEMA-B-1072, to Luis Rodriguez, Chief, Engineering Management Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-4064 or (e-mail)<E T="03">luis.rodriguez1@dhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Luis Rodriguez, Chief, Engineering Management Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-4064 or (e-mail)<E T="03">luis.rodriguez1@dhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) publishes proposed determinations of Base (1% annual-chance) Flood Elevations (BFEs) and modified BFEs for communities participating in the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP), in accordance with section 110 of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, 42 U.S.C. 4104, and 44 CFR 67.4(a).</P>

        <P>These proposed BFEs and modified BFEs, together with the floodplain management criteria required by 44 CFR 60.3, are minimum requirements. They should not be construed to mean that the community must change any existing ordinances that are more stringent in their floodplain management requirements. The community may at any time enact stricter requirements of its own or pursuant to policies established by other Federal, State, or regional entities. These proposed elevations are used to meet the floodplain management requirements of the NFIP and also are used to calculate the appropriate flood insurance premium rates for new buildings built after these elevations are made final, and for the contents in those buildings.<PRTPAGE P="13572"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction</HD>

        <P>In the proposed rule published at 74 FR 46074, in the September 8, 2009, issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, FEMA published a table under the authority of 44 CFR 67.4. The table, entitled “Troup County, Georgia, and Incorporated Areas” addressed the flooding source Shoal Creek. That table contained inaccurate information as to the location of referenced elevation, effective and modified elevation in feet, and/or communities affected for that flooding source. In this notice, FEMA is publishing a table containing the accurate information, to address these prior errors. The information provided below should be used in lieu of that previously published.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r100,10,10,r50" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Flooding Source(s)</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Location of Referenced Elevation **</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">* Elevation in feet (NGVD)<LI>+ Elevation in feet</LI>
              <LI>(NAVD)</LI>
              <LI># Depth in feet</LI>
              <LI>above ground</LI>
              <LI>⁁ Elevation in meters (MSL)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Effective</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Modified</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Communities affected</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">Troup County, Georgia, and Incorporated Areas</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Shoal Creek</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 2,800 feet downstream of Hammett Road</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+650</ENT>
            <ENT>City of LaGrange</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 1,500 feet upstream of Hammett Road</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+669</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="22">* National Geodetic Vertical Datum.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="22">+ North American Vertical Datum.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="22"># Depth in feet above ground.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">⁁ Mean Sea Level, rounded to the nearest 0.1 meter.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">** BFEs to be changed include the listed downstream and upstream BFEs, and include BFEs located on the stream reach between the referenced locations above. Please refer to the revised Flood Insurance Rate Map located at the community map repository (see below) for exact locations of all BFEs to be changed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Send comments to Luis Rodriguez, Chief, Engineering Management Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">
              <E T="02">City of LaGrange</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Maps are available for inspection at City Hall, 200 Ridley Avenue, LaGrange, Georgia 30240.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance No. 97.022, “Flood Insurance.”)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Sandra K. Knight,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administrator, Mitigation,Department of Homeland Security,Federal Emergency Management Agency.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5834 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-12-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Emergency Management Agency</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>44 CFR Part 67</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID FEMA-2010-0003; Internal Agency Docket No. FEMA-B-1168]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Proposed Flood Elevation Determinations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule; correction.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>On December 7, 2010, FEMA published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a proposed rule that contained an erroneous table. This notice provides corrections to that table, to be used in lieu of the information published at 75 FR 75945. The table provided here represents the flooding sources, location of referenced elevations, effective and modified elevations, and communities affected for Skagit County, Washington and Incorporated Areas. Specifically, it addresses the following flooding sources: Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River, Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River/South Fork Skagit River, Left Bank Overflow North Fork Skagit River, Main Stem Skagit River, North Fork Skagit River, Overflow from the Main Stem Skagit River between the North Fork Skagit River and the South Fork Skagit River, Padilla Bay, Right Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River, Right Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River/North Fork Skagit River, Right Bank Overflow North Fork Skagit River, Right Bank Overflow South Fork Skagit River, Samish Bay, Samish Bay/Padilla Bay, Simlik Bay, Skagit Bay, Skagit Bay/Swinomish Channel, Skagit River, Skagit River Delta Overbank Flowpath 1, Skagit River Delta Overbank Flowpath 2, Skagit River Delta Overbank Flowpath 3, South Fork Skagit River, and Swinomish Channel.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments are to be submitted on or before June 13, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. FEMA-B-1168, to Luis Rodriguez, Chief, Engineering Management Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-4064 or (e-mail)<E T="03">luis.rodriguez1@dhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Luis Rodriguez, Chief, Engineering Management Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-4064 or (e-mail)<E T="03">rodriguez1@dhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) publishes proposed determinations of Base (1% annual-chance) Flood Elevations (BFEs) and modified BFEs for communities participating in the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP), in accordance with section 110 of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, 42 U.S.C. 4104, and 44 CFR 67.4(a).</P>

        <P>These proposed BFEs and modified BFEs, together with the floodplain management criteria required by 44 CFR 60.3, are minimum requirements. They should not be construed to mean that<PRTPAGE P="13573"/>the community must change any existing ordinances that are more stringent in their floodplain management requirements. The community may at any time enact stricter requirements of its own or pursuant to policies established by other Federal, State, or regional entities. These proposed elevations are used to meet the floodplain management requirements of the NFIP and also are used to calculate the appropriate flood insurance premium rates for new buildings built after these elevations are made final, and for the contents in those buildings.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Corrections</HD>

        <P>In the proposed rule published at 75 FR 75945, in the December 7, 2010, issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, FEMA published a table under the authority of 44 CFR 67.4. The table, entitled “Skagit County, Washington, and Incorporated Areas” addressed the following flooding sources: Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River, Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River/South Fork Skagit River, Left Bank Overflow North Fork Skagit River, Main Stem Skagit River, North Fork Skagit River, Overflow from the Main Stem Skagit River between the North Fork Skagit River and the South Fork Skagit River, Padilla Bay, Right Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River, Right Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River/North Fork Skagit River, Right Bank Overflow North Fork Skagit River, Right Bank Overflow South Fork Skagit River, Samish Bay, Samish Bay/Padilla Bay, Simlik Bay, Skagit Bay, Skagit Bay/Swinomish Channel, Skagit River, Skagit River Delta Overbank Flowpath 1, Skagit River Delta Overbank Flowpath 2, Skagit River Delta Overbank Flowpath 3, South Fork Skagit River, and Swinomish Channel. That table contained inaccurate information as to the location of referenced elevation, effective and modified elevation in feet, and/or communities affected for these flooding sources. It also contained erroneous map repository addresses for the City of Burlington, the City of Sedro-Woolley, the Swinomish Indian Tribal Community, and the Town of Lyman. There were also some table formatting and alignment errors. In this notice, FEMA is publishing a table containing the accurate information, to address these prior errors. The information provided below should be used in lieu of that previously published.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,r50,10,10,r25" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Flooding source(s)</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Location of referenced elevation**</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">* Elevation in feet (NGVD) + Elevation in feet (NAVD) # Depth in feet above ground<LI>⁁ Elevation in meters (MSL)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Effective</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Modified</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Communities affected</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">Skagit County, Washington, and Incorporated Areas</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 1,400 feet north of the intersection of Hickox Road and I-5</ENT>
            <ENT>#2</ENT>
            <ENT>+23</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Mount Vernon, Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 300 feet west of the intersection of Anderson Road and Old Highway 99</ENT>
            <ENT>#2</ENT>
            <ENT>+24</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 0.43 mile east of the intersection of Dike Road and Britt Road</ENT>
            <ENT>+19</ENT>
            <ENT>+24</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Mount Vernon, Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 1,500 feet west of the intersection of Riverview Lane and Dike Road</ENT>
            <ENT>+19</ENT>
            <ENT>+27</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Just northwest of the intersection of Britt Road and Dike Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+26</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Mount Vernon, Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 250 feet north of Dike Road and approximately 1,000 feet west of Riverview Lane</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+28</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 900 feet north of Blackburn Road between 2nd Street and 3rd Street</ENT>
            <ENT>#1</ENT>
            <ENT>+25</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Mount Vernon, Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>At the intersection of Freeway Drive and Cameron Way</ENT>
            <ENT>#1</ENT>
            <ENT>+39</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Just north of Stewart Road between Riverside Drive and the Burlington Northern Railroad</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+41</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Mount Vernon.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Just northwest of the intersection of Hoag Road and the Burlington Northern Railroad</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+42</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 1.4 miles west of the intersection of I-5 and State Route 538, at levee</ENT>
            <ENT>+34</ENT>
            <ENT>+40</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Mount Vernon, Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>At the intersection of the Burlington Northern Railroad and State Route 538</ENT>
            <ENT>+34</ENT>
            <ENT>+40</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Just north of the intersection of Hickox Road and Dike Road</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+24</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Mount Vernon, Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 640 feet west of the intersection of Riverview Lane and Dike Road</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+27</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>At the intersection of I-5 and Anderson Road</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+24</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Mount Vernon.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>At the intersection of I-5 and Section Street</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+28</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River/South Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Just north of Fir Island Road, at the intersection with the Burlington Northern Railroad</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+20</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Mount Vernon, Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="13574"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 500 feet south of Hickox Road between the levee and the Burlington Northern Railroad</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+23</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Left Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River/South Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 0.75 mile south of the intersection of Milltown Road and Pioneer Highway</ENT>
            <ENT>+13</ENT>
            <ENT>+16</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>At the intersection of State Route 534 and I-5</ENT>
            <ENT>+13</ENT>
            <ENT>+20</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Left Bank Overflow North Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Just east of the levee, approximately 350 feet northeast of the intersection of Moore Road and Polson Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#1</ENT>
            <ENT>+16</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Just east of the levee, approximately 450 feet north of Moore Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#1</ENT>
            <ENT>+18</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>At the confluence with the North Fork Skagit River and South Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>+27</ENT>
            <ENT>+30</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Burlington, City of Mount Vernon, City of Sedro-Woolley, Town of La Conner, Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Just downstream of the Burlington Northern Railroad</ENT>
            <ENT>+49</ENT>
            <ENT>+52</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">North Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>At the confluence with Skagit Bay</ENT>
            <ENT>+14</ENT>
            <ENT>+16</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>At the confluence with the Main Stem Skagit River and South Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>+27</ENT>
            <ENT>+30</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Overflow from the Main Stem Skagit River between the North Fork Skagit River and the South Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>At the confluence with Skagit Bay</ENT>
            <ENT>+12</ENT>
            <ENT>+14</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>At the intersection of Moore Road and Dry Slough Road</ENT>
            <ENT>+13</ENT>
            <ENT>+18</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Overflow from the Main Stem Skagit River between the North Fork Skagit River and the South Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 200 feet north of Moore Road between the North Fork Skagit River and Dry Slough Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+18</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 880 feet southwest of the confluence with North Fork Skagit River and the South Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+21</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Padilla Bay</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 1,000 feet northwest of the intersection of Highway 20 and Padilla Heights Road</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+13</ENT>
            <ENT>Swinomish Indian Tribal Community.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 100 feet north of the crossing at State Route 20 and the Swinomish Channel</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+13</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Right Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 0.36 mile west of the intersection of Penn Road and Calhoun Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+21</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Mount Vernon, Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 400 feet south of the levee between Moores Garden Road and Baker Street</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+30</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Right Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 300 feet north of the intersection of Dunbar Avenue and Avon Allen Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+24</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 500 feet east of Avon Allen Road between Bennett Road and State Route 536</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+31</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Right Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 400 feet northeast of the intersection of Bennett Road and State Route 536</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+25</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 500 feet southeast of the intersection of Bennett Road and Silver Lane</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+34</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Right Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 400 feet west of the intersection of Pulver Road and McCorquedale Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+32</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 400 feet east of Pulver Road between Whitemarsh Road and McCorquedale Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+34</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Right Bank Overflow Main Stem Skagit River/North Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>At Kamb Road approximately 0.47 mile south of Calhoun Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+19</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 0.38 mile southeast of the intersection of Calhoun Road and Kamb Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+20</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Right Bank Overflow North Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Just south of Kamb Road approximately 0.66 mile east of Beaver Marsh Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+19</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="13575"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 1,600 feet east of the intersection of Beaver Marsh Road and Marsh Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#3</ENT>
            <ENT>+19</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Right Bank Overflow South Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Between Moore Road and Polson Road</ENT>
            <ENT>#1</ENT>
            <ENT>+17</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 870 feet south of Moore Road, at levee</ENT>
            <ENT>#1</ENT>
            <ENT>+18</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Samish Bay</ENT>
            <ENT>At the intersection of Chuckanut Drive and South Blanchard Drive</ENT>
            <ENT>+12</ENT>
            <ENT>+13</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Samish Bay/Padilla Bay</ENT>
            <ENT>At the intersection of Bayview-Edison Road and Samish Island Road</ENT>
            <ENT>+12</ENT>
            <ENT>+13</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Simlik Bay</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 0.32 mile southwest of the intersection of Snee-Oosh Road and Snee-Oosh Lane</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+12</ENT>
            <ENT>Swinomish Indian Tribal Community.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 100 feet southwest of the intersection of Reservation Road and Simlik Bay Road</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+12</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Skagit Bay</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 0.36 mile northwest of the intersection of Pioneer Highway and Milltown Road</ENT>
            <ENT>+15</ENT>
            <ENT>+14</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>At the confluence of Ishois Slough and Tom Moore Slough</ENT>
            <ENT>+17</ENT>
            <ENT>+14</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Skagit Bay</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 200 feet northwest of the intersection of Sherman Avenue and Chilberg Avenue</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+12</ENT>
            <ENT>Swinomish Indian Tribal Community.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 0.32 mile southwest of the intersection of Snee-Oosh Road and Snee-Oosh Lane</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+12</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Skagit Bay</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 400 feet northwest of Pull and Be Damned Point Road</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+14</ENT>
            <ENT>Swinomish Indian Tribal Community.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 200 feet southwest of the intersection of Sherman Avenue and Chilberg Avenue</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+14</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Skagit Bay/Swinomish Channel</ENT>
            <ENT>Approximately 600 feet southwest of the intersection of North Pearle Jensen Way and East Pearle Jensen Way</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+12</ENT>
            <ENT>Swinomish Indian Tribal Community.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 400 feet west of Pull and Be Damned Point Road</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+12</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>Just upstream of the Burlington Northern Railroad</ENT>
            <ENT>+49</ENT>
            <ENT>+52</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Sedro-Woolley, Town of Concrete, Town of Hamilton, Town of Lyman, Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 1.0 mile upstream of the confluence with the Baker River</ENT>
            <ENT>+197</ENT>
            <ENT>+198</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Skagit River Delta Overbank Flowpath 1</ENT>
            <ENT>Just upstream of Pulver Road</ENT>
            <ENT>+27</ENT>
            <ENT>+32</ENT>
            <ENT>City of Burlington, Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 1,170 feet southeast of the intersection of Lafayette Road and Peter Anderson Road</ENT>
            <ENT>+45</ENT>
            <ENT>+46</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Skagit River Delta Overbank Flowpath 2</ENT>
            <ENT>At the confluence with Samish Bay</ENT>
            <ENT>+12</ENT>
            <ENT>+13</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Just downstream of Pulver Road</ENT>
            <ENT>+27</ENT>
            <ENT>+32</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Skagit River Delta Overbank Flowpath 3</ENT>
            <ENT>At the confluence with the Swinomish Channel</ENT>
            <ENT>+12</ENT>
            <ENT>+15</ENT>
            <ENT>Town of La Conner, Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Just downstream of Pulver Road</ENT>
            <ENT>+27</ENT>
            <ENT>+32</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">South Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>At the confluence with Ishois Slough and Tim Moore Slough</ENT>
            <ENT>+17</ENT>
            <ENT>+14</ENT>
            <ENT>Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>At the confluence with the Main Stem Skagit River and the North Fork Skagit River</ENT>
            <ENT>+27</ENT>
            <ENT>+30</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Swinomish Channel</ENT>
            <ENT>Just north of Highway 20</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+11</ENT>
            <ENT>Swinomish Indian Tribal Community.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Approximately 600 feet northwest of the intersection of North Pearle Jensen Way and East Pearle Jensen Way</ENT>
            <ENT>None</ENT>
            <ENT>+11</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="22">* National Geodetic Vertical Datum.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="22">+ North American Vertical Datum.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="22"># Depth in feet above ground.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="22">⁁ Mean Sea Level, rounded to the nearest 0.1 meter.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">* * BFEs to be changed include the listed downstream and upstream BFEs, and include BFEs located on the stream reach between the referenced locations above. Please refer to the revised Flood Insurance Rate Map located at the community map repository (see below) for exact locations of all BFEs to be changed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="13576"/>
            <ENT I="22">Send comments to Luis Rodriguez, Chief, Engineering Management Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">
              <E T="02">City of Burlington</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Maps are available for inspection at City Hall, 833 South Spruce Street, Burlington, WA 98233.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">
              <E T="02">City of Mount Vernon</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Maps are available for inspection at City Hall, 910 Cleveland Avenue, Mount Vernon, WA 98273.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">
              <E T="02">City of Sedro-Woolley</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Maps are available for inspection at the Planning and Building Department, City Hall, 325 Metcalf Street, Sedro-Woolley, WA 98284.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">
              <E T="02">Swinomish Indian Tribal Community</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Maps are available for inspection at 11404 Moorage Way, La Conner, WA 98257.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">
              <E T="02">Town of Concrete</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Maps are available for inspection at the Town Hall, 45672 Main Street, Concrete, WA 98237.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">
              <E T="02">Town of Hamilton</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Maps are available for inspection at the Town Hall, 584 Maple Street, Hamilton, WA 98255.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">
              <E T="02">Town of La Conner</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Maps are available for inspection at the Town Hall, 204 Douglas Street, La Conner, WA 98257.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">
              <E T="02">Town of Lyman</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Maps are available for inspection at the Town Hall, 8405 South Main Street, Lyman, WA 98263.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">Unincorporated Areas of Skagit County</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Maps are available for inspection at the Skagit County Department of Planning and Developmental Services, 1800 Continental Place, Mount Vernon, WA 98273.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance No. 97.022, “Flood Insurance.”)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: February 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Sandra K. Knight,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administrator, Mitigation, Department of Homeland Security, Federal Emergency Management Agency.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5828 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-12-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>47 CFR Part 36</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[CC Docket No. 80-286; FCC 11-34]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Jurisdictional Separations and Referral to the Federal-State Joint Board</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Communications Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>Jurisdictional separations is the process by which incumbent local exchange carriers (incumbent LECs) apportion regulated costs between the intrastate and interstate jurisdictions. In this document, the Commission seeks comment on extending the current freeze of part 36 category relationships and jurisdictional cost allocation factors used in jurisdictional separations. Extending the freeze would allow the Commission to provide stability for, and avoid imposing undue burdens on, carriers that must comply with the Commission's separations rules while the Commission considers issues relating to comprehensive reform of the jurisdictional separations process.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments are due on or before March 28, 2011. Reply comments are due on or before April 4, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by WC Docket No. 80-286, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal Communications Commission's Web Site: http://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">E-mail: ecfs@fcc.gov,</E>and include the following words in the body of the message, “get form.” A sample form and directions will be sent in response. Include the docket number in the subject line of the message.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Secretary, Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20554.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">People with Disabilities:</E>Contact the FCC to request reasonable accommodations (accessible format documents, sign language interpreters, CART,<E T="03">etc.</E>) by e-mail:<E T="03">FCC504@fcc.gov</E>or phone: 202-418-0530 or TTY: 202-418-0432.</P>

          <P>For detailed instructions for submitting comments and additional information on the rulemaking process,<E T="03">see</E>the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Daniel Ball, Attorney Advisor, at 202-418-1577, Pricing Policy Division, Wireline Competition Bureau.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>This is a summary of the Commission's Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) in CC Docket No. 80-286, FCC 11-34, released on March 1, 2011. The full text of this document is available for public inspection during regular business hours in the FCC Reference Center, Room CY-A257, 445 12th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20554.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>1. Jurisdictional separations is the process by which incumbent LECs apportion regulated costs between the intrastate and interstate jurisdictions. The NPRM proposes extending the current freeze of part 36 category relationships and jurisdictional cost allocation factors used in jurisdictional separations, which freeze would otherwise expire on June 30, 2011, until June 30, 2012. Extending the freeze will allow the Commission to provide stability for, and avoid imposing undue burdens on, carriers that must comply with the Commission's separations rules while the Commission considers issues relating to comprehensive separations reform.<PRTPAGE P="13577"/>
        </P>
        <P>2. The 2001 Separations Freeze Order, 66 FR 33202, June 21, 2001, froze all part 36 category relationships and allocation factors for price cap carriers and all allocation factors for rate-of-return carriers. Rate-of-return carriers had the option to freeze their category relationships at the outset of the freeze. The freeze was originally established July 1, 2001 for a period of five years, or until the Commission completed separations reform, whichever occurred first. The 2006 Separations Freeze Extension Order, 71 FR 29843, May 24, 2006, extended the freeze for three years or until the Commission completed separations reform, whichever occurred first. The 2009 Separations Freeze Extension Order, 74 FR 23955, May 22, 2009, extended the freeze until June 30, 2010, and the 2010 Separations Freeze Extension Order, 75 FR 30301, June 1, 2010, extended the freeze until June 30, 2011.</P>
        <P>3. In this NPRM the Commission seeks comment on extending the freeze for one year, until June 30, 2012. The proposed extension would allow the Commission to continue to work with the Federal-State Joint Board on Separations to achieve comprehensive separations reform. Pending comprehensive reform, the Commission tentatively concludes that the existing freeze should be extended on an interim basis to avoid the imposition of undue administrative burdens on incumbent LECs. The Commission asks commenters to consider how costly and burdensome an extension of the freeze, or a reversion to the pre-freeze part 36 rules, would be for small incumbent LECs, and whether an extension would disproportionately affect specific types of carriers or ratepayers. Incumbent LECs have not been required to utilize the programs and expertise necessary to prepare separations information since the inception of the freeze almost nine years ago. If the Commission does not extend the separations freeze, and instead allows the earlier separations rules to return to force, incumbent LECs would be required to reinstitute their separations processes. Given the imminent expiration of the current separations freeze, it is unlikely that incumbent LECs would have sufficient time to reinstitute the separations processes necessary to comply with the earlier separations rules.</P>
        <P>4. The extended freeze would be implemented as described in the 2001 Separations Freeze Order. Specifically, price-cap carriers would use the same relationships between categories of investment and expenses within part 32 accounts and the same jurisdictional allocation factors that have been in place since the inception of the current freeze on July 1, 2001. Rate-of-return carriers would use the same frozen jurisdictional allocation factors, and would use the same frozen category relationships if they had opted previously to freeze those as well.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Comment Filing Procedures</HD>

        <P>Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and 1.419 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.415, 1.419, interested parties may file comments and reply comments on or before the dates indicated in the<E T="02">DATES</E>section of this document. Comments may be filed using: (1) The Commission's Electronic Comment Filing System (ECFS); (2) the Federal Government's eRulemaking Portal; or (3) by filing paper copies. See Electronic Filing of Documents in Rulemaking Proceedings, 63 FR 24121, May 1, 1998.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Electronic Filers:</E>Comments may be filed electronically using the Internet by accessing the ECFS:<E T="03">http://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/</E>or the Federal eRulemaking Portal:<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Filers should follow the instructions provided on the Web site for submitting comments.</P>

        <P>• For ECFS filers, if multiple docket or rulemaking numbers appear in the caption of this proceeding, filers must transmit one electronic copy of the comments for each docket or rulemaking number referenced in the caption. In completing the transmittal screen, filers should include their full name, U.S. Postal Service mailing address, and the applicable docket or rulemaking number. Parties may also submit an electronic comment by Internet e-mail. To get filing instructions, filers should send an e-mail to<E T="03">ecfs@fcc.gov,</E>and include the following words in the body of the message, “get form.” A sample form and directions will be sent in response.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Paper Filers:</E>Parties who choose to file by paper must file an original and four copies of each filing. If more than one docket or rulemaking number appears in the caption of this proceeding, filers must submit two additional copies for each additional docket or rulemaking number.</P>
        <P>• Filings can be sent by hand or messenger delivery, by commercial overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S. Postal Service mail (although we continue to experience delays in receiving U.S. Postal Service mail). All filings must be addressed to the Commission's Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.</P>
        <P>• All hand-delivered or messenger-delivered paper filings for the Commission's Secretary must be delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445 12th St., SW., Room TW-A325, Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours are 8 a.m. to 7 p.m. All hand deliveries must be held together with rubber bands or fasteners. Any envelopes must be disposed of before entering the building.</P>
        <P>• Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300 East Hampton Drive, Capitol Heights, MD 20743.</P>
        <P>• U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority mail must be addressed to 445 12th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20554.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">People with Disabilities:</E>To request materials in accessible formats for people with disabilities (braille, large print, electronic files, audio format), send an e-mail to<E T="03">fcc504@fcc.gov</E>or call the Consumer &amp; Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530 (voice), 202-418-0432 (TTY).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Ex Parte Requirements</HD>

        <P>This matter shall be treated as a “permit-but-disclose” proceeding in accordance with the Commission's ex parte rules.<E T="03">See</E>47 CFR 1.1200 and 1.1206. Persons making oral ex parte presentations are reminded that memoranda summarizing the presentations must contain summaries of the substance of the presentations and not merely a listing of the subjects discussed. More than a one or two sentence description of the views and arguments presented generally is required.<E T="03">See</E>47 CFR 1.1206(b). Other rules pertaining to oral and written ex parte presentations in permit-but-disclose proceedings are set forth in § 1.1206(b) of the Commission's rules. 47 CFR 1.1206(b).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis</HD>

        <P>As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended (RFA), the Commission has prepared this Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) of the possible significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities by the policies and rules proposed in this NPRM. Written public comments are requested on this IRFA. Comments must be identified as responses to the IRFA and must be filed by the deadlines for comments on the NPRM. The Commission will send a copy of the NPRM, including this IRFA, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration (SBA).<E T="03">See</E>5 U.S.C. 603(a).<PRTPAGE P="13578"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Need for, and Objectives of, the Proposed Rules</HD>
        <P>In the<E T="03">1997 Separations NPRM,</E>the Commission noted that the network infrastructure by that time had become vastly different from the network and services used to define the cost categories appearing in the Commission's part 36 jurisdictional separations rules, and that the separations process codified in part 36 was developed during a time when common carrier regulation presumed that interstate and intrastate telecommunications service must be provided through a regulated monopoly. Thus, the Commission initiated a proceeding with the goal of reviewing comprehensively the Commission's part 36 procedures to ensure that they meet the objectives of the 1996 Act. The Commission sought comment on the extent to which legislative changes, technological changes, and market changes might warrant comprehensive reform of the separations process. Because over twelve years have elapsed since the closing of the comment cycle on the<E T="03">1997 Separations NPRM,</E>and over eight years have elapsed since the imposition of the freeze, and because the industry has experienced myriad changes during that time, we ask that commenters, in their comments on the present NPRM, comment on the impact of a further extension of the freeze.</P>
        <P>The purpose of proposed extension of the freeze is to ensure that the Commission's separations rules meet the objectives of the 1996 Act, and to allow the Commission additional time to consider changes that may need to be made to the separations process in light of changes in the law, technology, and market structure of the telecommunications industry.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Legal Basis</HD>
        <P>The legal basis for the NPRM is contained in sections 1, 2, 4, 201-205, 215, 218, 220, 229, 254, and 410 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154, 201-205, 215, 218, 220, 229, 254 and 410, and §§ 1.1200 through 1.1216 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.1, 1.411 through 1.429, and 1.1200 through 1.1216.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities To Which Rules May Apply</HD>
        <P>The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and, where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be affected by the proposed rules, if adopted. The RFA generally defines the term “small entity” as having the same meaning as the terms “small business,” “small organization,” and “small governmental jurisdiction.” In addition, the term “small business” has the same meaning as the term “small business concern” under section 3 of the Small Business Act. Under the Small Business Act, a “small business concern” is one that: (1) Is independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its field of operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria established by the Small Business Administration (SBA).</P>
        <P>We have included small incumbent LECs in this RFA analysis. As noted above, a “small business” under the RFA is one that, inter alia, meets the pertinent small business size standard established by the SBA, and is not dominant in its field of operation. Section 121.201 of the SBA regulations defines a small wireline telecommunications business as one with 1,500 or fewer employees. In addition, the SBA's Office of Advocacy contends that, for RFA purposes, small incumbent LECs are not dominant in their field of operation because any such dominance is not “national” in scope. Because our proposals concerning the part 36 separations process will affect all incumbent LECs providing interstate services, some entities employing 1500 or fewer employees may be affected by the proposals made in this NPRM. We therefore have included small incumbent LECs in this RFA analysis, although we emphasize that this RFA action has no effect on the Commission's analyses and determinations in other, non-RFA contexts.</P>
        <P>Neither the Commission nor the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for providers of incumbent local exchange services. The closest applicable size standard under the SBA rules is for Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under the SBA definition, a carrier is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. According to the FCC's Telephone Trends Report data, 1,311 incumbent LECs reported that they were engaged in the provision of local exchange services. Of these 1,311 carriers, an estimated 1,024 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 287 have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that most incumbent LECs are small entities that may be affected by the rules and policies adopted herein.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <P>None.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Steps Taken To Minimize Significant Economic Impact on Small Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered</HD>
        <P>The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant alternatives that it has considered in reaching its proposed approach, which may include the following four alternatives (among others): (1) The establishment of differing compliance and reporting requirements or timetables that take into account the resources available to small entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities; (3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an exemption from coverage of the rule, or part thereof, for small entities.</P>
        <P>As described above, seven years have elapsed since the imposition of the freeze, thus, we ask commenters, in their comments on the present NPRM, address the impact of a further extension of the freeze. We seek comment on the effects our proposals would have on small entities, and whether any rules that we adopt should apply differently to small entities. We direct commenters to consider the costs and burdens of an extension on small incumbent LECs and whether the extension would disproportionately affect specific types of carriers or ratepayers.</P>
        <P>Implementation of the proposed freeze extension would ease the administrative burden of regulatory compliance for LECs, including small incumbent LECs. The freeze has eliminated the need for all incumbent LECs, including incumbent LECs with 1500 employees or fewer, to complete certain annual studies formerly required by the Commission's rules. If an extension of the freeze can be said to have any affect under the RFA, it is to reduce a regulatory compliance burden for small incumbent LECs, by abating the aforementioned separations studies and providing these carriers with greater regulatory certainty.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Federal Rules That May Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict With the Proposed Rules</HD>
        <P>None.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Initial Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 Analysis</HD>

        <P>The NPRM does not propose any new or modified information collections subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Public Law 104-13. In addition, therefore, it does not contain any new, modified, or proposed “information collection burden for small<PRTPAGE P="13579"/>business concerns with fewer than 25 employees,” pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198, 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 36</HD>
          <P>Communications common carriers, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Telephone, and Uniform System of Accounts.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Marlene H. Dortch,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Rules</HD>
        <P>For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR Part 36 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 36—JURISDICTIONAL SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS, REVENUES, EXPENSES, TAXES AND RESERVES FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANIES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 36 continues to read:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>47 U.S.C. Secs. 151, 154(i) and (j), 205, 221(c), 254, 403, and 410.</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. In 47 CFR part 36 remove the words “June 30, 2011” and add, in their place, the words “June 30, 2012” in the following places:</P>
          <P>a. Section 36.3(a), (b), (c), (d), and (e);</P>
          <P>b. Section 36.123(a)(5), and (a)(6);</P>
          <P>c. Section 36.124(c), and (d);</P>
          <P>d. Section 36.125(h), and (i);</P>
          <P>e. Section 36.126(b)(5), (c)(4), (e)(4), and (f)(2);</P>
          <P>f. Section 36.141(c);</P>
          <P>g. Section 36.142(c);</P>
          <P>h. Section 36.152(d);</P>
          <P>i. Section 36.154(g);</P>
          <P>j. Section 36.155(b);</P>
          <P>k. Section 36.156(c);</P>
          <P>l. Section 36.157(b);</P>
          <P>m. Section 36.191(d);</P>
          <P>n. Section 36.212(c);</P>
          <P>o. Section 36.214(a);</P>
          <P>p. Section 36.372;</P>
          <P>q. Section 36.374(b), and (d);</P>
          <P>r. Section 36.375(b)(4), and (b)(5);</P>
          <P>s. Section 36.377(a), (a)(1)(ix), (a)(2)(vii), (a)(3)(vii), (a)(4)(vii), (a)(5)(vii), and (a)(6)(vii);</P>
          <P>t. Section 36.378(b)(1);</P>
          <P>u. Section 36.379(b)(1), and (b)(2);</P>
          <P>v. Section 36.380(d), and (e);</P>
          <P>w. Section 36.381(c) and (d); and</P>
          <P>x. Section 36.382(a).</P>
          
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5817 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6712-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>47 CFR Part 73</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[DA 11-372; MB Docket No. 11-38; RM-11621]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Radio Broadcasting Services; Hebbronville, TX</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Communications Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document requests comments on a petition for rulemaking filed by Charles Crawford, proposing the substitution of Channel 282A for vacant Channel 232A at Hebbronville, Texas. The proposed substitution of Channel 282A at Hebbronville accommodates the hybrid application, which requests the substitution of Channel 232A for Channel 282A at Benavides, Texas.<E T="03">See</E>File No. BNPH-20070502ADP. A staff engineering analysis indicates that Channel 282A can be allotted to Hebbronville consistent with the minimum distance separation requirements of the Rules with a site restriction 11 kilometers (6.8 miles) northwest of the community. The reference coordinates are 27-23-18 NL and 98-44-26 WL. The proposed Channel 282A at Hebbronville is located 320 kilometers from the Mexican Border. Therefore, Mexican concurrence has been requested.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be filed on or before April 21, 2011, and reply comments on or before May 6, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Secretary, Federal Communications Commission, 445 Twelfth Street, SW., Washington, DC 20554. In addition to filing comments with the FCC, interested parties should serve the petitioner as follows: Charles Crawford, 2215 Cedar Springs Rd., #1605, Dallas, Texas 75201.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Rolanda F. Smith, Media Bureau, (202) 418-2180.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>This is a synopsis of the Commission's Notice of Proposed Rule Making, MB Docket No. 11-38, adopted February 25, 2011, and released February 28, 2011. The full text of this Commission decision is available for inspection and copying during normal business hours in the FCC's Reference Information Center at Portals II, CY-A257, 445 Twelfth Street, SW., Washington, DC 20554. This document may also be purchased from the Commission's duplicating contractors, Best Copy and Printing, Inc., 445 12th Street, SW., Room CY-B402, Washington, DC 20554, telephone 1-800-378-3160 or via e-mail<E T="03">http://www.BCPIWEB.com.</E>This document does not contain proposed information collection requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. In addition, therefore, it does not contain any proposed information collection burden “for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees,” pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198,<E T="03">see</E>44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4).</P>
        <P>Provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act of l980 do not apply to this proceeding.</P>

        <P>Members of the public should note that from the time a Notice of Proposed Rule Making is issued until the matter is no longer subject to Commission consideration or court review, all<E T="03">ex parte</E>contacts are prohibited in Commission proceedings, such as this one, which involve channel allotments.<E T="03">See</E>47 CFR 1.1204(b) for rules governing permissible<E T="03">ex parte</E>contacts.</P>

        <P>For information regarding proper filing procedures for comments,<E T="03">see</E>47 CFR 1.415 and 1.420.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 73</HD>
          <P>Radio, Radio broadcasting.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <P>For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR part 73 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 73—RADIO BROADCAST SERVICES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 73 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 73.202</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. Section 73.202(b), the Table of FM Allotments under Texas, is amended by removing Channel 232A at Hebbronville, and by adding Channel 282A at Hebbronville.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <NAME>Nazifa Sawez,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Assistant Chief, Audio Division, Media Bureau, Federal Communications Commission.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5814 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6712-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="13580"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Transit Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>49 CFR Part 665</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FTA-2011-0015]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2132-AB01</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Bus Testing; Calculation of Average Passenger Weight and Test Vehicle Weight</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Transit Administration (FTA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Federal Transit Administration (FTA) is proposing to amend its bus testing regulation to more accurately reflect average passenger weights and actual transit vehicle loads. Specifically, FTA is proposing to change the average passenger weight from 150 lbs to 175 lbs. In addition, FTA is proposing to change the floor space occupied per standing passenger from 1.5 to 1.75 square feet, and updating the Structural Strength and Distortion test procedures.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be received no later than May 13, 2011. Late-filed comments will be considered to the extent practicable.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments (identified by the agency name and DOT Docket ID Number FTA-2011-0015) by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>and follow the online instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Docket Management Facility: U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building, Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590-0001.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery or Courier:</E>West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>202-493-2251.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>For technical information, Gregory Rymarz, Bus Testing Program Manager, Office of Research, Demonstration, and Innovation (TRI), (202) 366-6410,<E T="03">gregory.rymarz@dot.gov.</E>For legal information, Richard Wong, Office of the Chief Counsel (TCC), (202) 366-0675,<E T="03">richard.wong@dot.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>The Federal Transit Administration (FTA) is issuing a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) to update its bus testing protocols to carry out the bus testing program authorized at 49 U.S.C. 5318 and implemented by 49 CFR part 665. On October 5, 2009, FTA published a Final Rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(74 FR 51083) that incorporated brake performance and emissions tests into FTA's bus testing program as required by 49 U.S.C. 5318, as well as several other non-statutory changes that will improve the program, including the establishment of protocols to determine the appropriate loading of vehicles during test procedures and addressing buses that exceeded weight limits when fully loaded.</P>
        <P>During the comment period leading to the Final Rule, FTA received two comments outside the scope of the notice recommending that FTA increase the simulated ballast weight from the proposed 150 lbs per passenger provided in the definitions of “gross vehicle weight” and “seated load weight” (the value that had been in use since the beginning of the program) to an amount that more accurately reflects the changes to the average weight of Americans over the last several decades. FTA acknowledged that the suggestion was well taken, but noted that the establishment of a more accurate average passenger weight was of Department-wide interest, and committed itself to initiate a new rulemaking to amend Part 665 only after consultations within the Department. FTA has consulted within the Department, and as a result of those consultations, is issuing this NPRM.</P>

        <P>In its previous rulemaking action, FTA made note of the fact that a number of buses tested at the Bus Testing Center had not been tested in their fully loaded condition (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>with all seats and standee positions occupied) because doing so would have caused their actual weight to exceed either their gross vehicle weight ratings (GVWR) or a front or rear gross axle weight rating (GAWR). Instead, buses were loaded to the maximum weight rating and a notation was made in the vehicle's final test report.</P>
        <P>In its earlier NPRM, FTA noted that the test data might not reflect the actual performance of these buses in real-life service, particularly during rush hour when operators frequently allow all seats and aisles to be filled without regard to the GVWR or GAWR to avoid leaving passengers behind at a stop. FTA sought comment on three possible approaches for addressing this situation: (1) Performing tests on the test track (which is not a public roadway) with all seats and standee positions ballasted, (2) deleting ballast until the vehicle does not exceed its GVWR and noting such fact in the test report (which had been the policy up to that time), or (3) declining to test a bus that exceeds its GAWR or GVWR when loaded to full capacity.</P>
        <P>FTA determined that declining to test a vehicle whose GVW exceeds its GVWR is impractical, noting that the entire purpose of the bus testing program is to carry out the statutory mandate of verifying that the bus can withstand the rigors of regular transit service, and testing a bus up to its GVWR but no higher, despite the inability to embark the equivalent of a full complement of passengers, is unrealistic and may not accurately reflect rush-hour operating conditions when every available seat is filled and drivers commonly allow “crush loads” of standees in the aisle.</P>
        <P>Under FTA's revised testing protocol, buses are now ballasted with a fully loaded passenger complement of seated and standee passengers during the gross vehicle weight portion and with all seats filled during the seated load weight portion of the testing because FTA believes data on how a bus performs under fully loaded conditions is essential to the purchaser in supporting acquisition decisions, developing preventive maintenance schedules, and budgeting for unscheduled maintenance. In addition, purchasing a vehicle appropriate for actual operating conditions will lessen premature structural fatigue and assist in avoiding catastrophic failures caused by overstressed and overworked structural and operational components, ensuring the availability of such vehicles for passenger service.</P>

        <P>This NPRM is based on modern scientific data. FTA's earlier selection of the 150 pound passenger weight assumption was based on the number established by FTA's sister DOT mode, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), in its calculation of the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating at 49 CFR 567.4(g)(3). Although NHTSA did not provide an explanation for this figure in its 1971 rulemaking documents, NHTSA staff believes their average was based on data derived from the National Health Examination Survey for 1960-1962. That survey has been continued by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) through the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES). In its October 22, 2008, National Health Statistics Report (<E T="03">http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nhsr/nhsr010.pdf</E>), the CDC's National Center for Health Statistics calculated a mean average weight of 194.7 pounds for male adults 20 years of age and older, and a median weight<PRTPAGE P="13581"/>of 188.8 pounds. For women 20 years of age and older, the CDC calculated a mean weight of 164.7 pounds, and a median weight of 155.8 pounds.</P>

        <P>Based on the suggestions from the commenters and confirmation using the statistical NHANES data from the CDC, FTA believes that 175 pounds is an appropriate average weight to assume for testing buses. This is also within the range of average passenger weights used by other transportation modes with regulatory authority such as the Federal Aviation Administration's 190 lb. summer weight and 195 lb. winter weight passenger weight averages (<E T="03">See</E>, Advisory Circular 120-27E, “Aircraft Weight and Balance Control,” June 10, 2005) and the United States Coast Guard's 185 lb Assumed Average Weight Per Person (<E T="03">See,</E>“Passenger Weight and Inspected Vessel Stability Requirements: Final Rule, 75 FR 78064, December 14, 2010).</P>
        <P>Because of the increase in passenger weight, FTA is also commensurately proposing to increase the assumed dimensions for a standing passenger from 1.5 square feet of free floor space to 1.75 square feet of free floor space to acknowledge the expanding girth of the average passenger. FTA also seeks comments on this figure.</P>
        <P>FTA wishes to emphasize that it is not proposing the increase to 175 pounds in order to “toughen” the testing protocol. Rather, this action is being proposed in order to ensure that the Bus Testing protocols better reflect the actual loads that buses are already carrying in service today.</P>
        <P>To avoid conflicts with NHTSA's regulatory definition of gross vehicle weight in 49 CFR part 567 and elsewhere, FTA is proposing to remove the definition of “gross weight” or “gross vehicle weight” from the definitions in section 665.5 and inserting a new definition, “fully loaded weight,” which incorporates the heavier and wider dimensions of an average bus rider. FTA is also proposing to amend Appendix A, Section 5, replacing “gross weight” and “gross vehicle weight” with “full load weight” when conducting the structural integrity portions of the test.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Grandfathering</HD>
        <P>Similar to the approach taken by FTA in the October 2009 Final Rule, FTA is proposing that the date on which a bus testing contract was signed will determine the applicability of the new testing procedures. New bus models for which testing contracts were signed before the effective date of the final rule and that continue to be produced without major changes in any structure or systems will not be required to return to the Bus Testing Center to undergo additional testing using the new fully loaded weight procedures. Buses required to undergo full or partial testing after the effective date would be subjected to the new procedures.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Implementation Period</HD>
        <P>FTA is proposing to delay the effective date of the final rule for one year after publication. FTA believes this will give bus manufacturers adequate time to review the advertised passenger capacities of their product lines, to identify chassis suitable for the advertised passenger loads, and if necessary to redesign their vehicles to reduce passenger capacity and/or accommodate a heavier-duty chassis. FTA seeks comment regarding the adequacy of the phase-in period.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Analyses and Notices</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Statutory/Legal Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>This rulemaking is issued under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5318 and 49 U.S.C. 1.51.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 13132 requires agencies to assure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that may have a substantial, direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. This action has been analyzed in accordance with the principles and criteria contained in Executive Order 13132, and FTA has determined that this action will not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant additional consultation. FTA has also determined that this action will not preempt any State law or State regulation or affect the States' ability to discharge traditional governmental functions.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 13175 requires agencies to assure meaningful and timely input from Indian tribal government representatives in the development of rules that “significantly or uniquely affect” Indian communities and that impose “substantial and direct compliance costs” on such communities. FTA has analyzed this action under Executive Order 13175 and believes that this will not have substantial, direct effects on one or more Indian tribes; will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on Indian tribal governments; and will not preempt tribal laws. Therefore, a tribal impact statement is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Regulatory Flexibility Act and Executive Order 13272: Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>) and Executive Order 13272, FTA must consider whether a proposed rule would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. “Small entities” include small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations under 50,000. FTA does not expect this action will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Executive Orders and DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures</HD>
        <P>FTA has determined that this action is not considered a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866 and the Regulatory Policies and Procedures of the Department of Transportation (44 FR 11032). Executive Order 12866 requires agencies to regulate in the “most cost-effective manner,” to make a “reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs,” and to develop regulations that “impose the least burden on society.” Consistent with Executive Order 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011), FTA has assessed the benefits of the NPRM against potential costs, has attempted to minimize any potential economic burdens, has based its determination on modern scientific data, and provides flexibility and freedom of choice for the affected entities.</P>

        <P>The bus testing program itself is statutorily mandated and cannot be eliminated as a means of minimizing an economic burden. Under 49 U.S.C. 5318, FTA funds may not be used to acquire a new bus until a bus of that model has completed testing at a statutorily prescribed facility, with approximately 15 to 20 new bus models completing testing every year. These buses are tested in 4-, 5-, 7-, 10-, or 12-year service life categories as set forth in 49 CFR 665.11(e). In preparing this NPRM, FTA reviewed the data from ten recent test reports and found that one of the buses exceeded their GVWR at their seated load weight using either the 150 pound figure or the 175 pound figure. When tested at the gross vehicle load,<E T="03">i.e.,</E>carrying a full complement of<PRTPAGE P="13582"/>seated and standing passengers, five bus models would have exceeded their GVWR using the 150 pound figure, with two more exceeding the GVWR using the 175 pound figure.</P>
        <P>Testing buses using the 175 pound figure will not result in any mandatory additional costs on transit vehicle manufactures or the public transit operators that purchase such vehicles. Rather, FTA is attempting to modify its testing procedures to more accurately reflect a bus model's expected usage based on demonstrable scientific data, namely, the 2008 CDC Report and the most recent bus testing reports.</P>
        <P>In addition to providing more accurate test data to assist buyers of public transit vehicles, the NPRM attempts to maximize flexibility and freedom of choice for transit operators who may refuse to carry standees to avoid exceeding a vehicle's GVWR now that the vehicle's carrying capacity has been identified in a test report, buyers may order vehicles with more durable components, or purchase a lighter-duty vehicle if they do not expect to carry capacity passenger loads. Transit vehicle manufactures similarly have the flexibility and freedom of choice to continue using the same components to meet buyers' needs, or they may choose to upgrade individual components, such as chassis, wheels, tires, brakes, or suspensions.</P>
        <P>For those manufacturers that choose to upgrade their buses to a more robust configuration, FTA estimates the cost of upgrading a vehicle's components could be as low as $2,500 per vehicle in the 4- to 5-year paratransit-type vehicle categories, between $5,000 and $7,000 in the minibus categories, to as high as $25,000 per vehicle in the 10- to 12-year full-size bus categories. But as noted above, any necessary upgrades are not mandated by the NPRM, but rather, would be negotiated between the buyer and the manufacturer. FTA notes that any cost increase due to a decision to upgrade components would be offset by FTA's financial assistance program which covers at least 80% of a vehicle's capital costs, minimizing any economic impact of this rulemaking on public transit vehicles manufacturers and their customers.</P>
        <P>This NPRM's benefits outweigh potential costs because the new testing protocol will allow transit agencies to more accurately identify vehicles that are more likely to meet service life expectations, advertised passenger capacities, and actual loading conditions. The acquisition of sturdier vehicles will decrease maintenance and replacement costs, ensure that vehicles meet their anticipated service lives, and thereby enhance the availability and reliability of transit vehicles for the riding public.</P>
        <P>Although the result of this proposed rule may have the effect of encouraging transit agencies to modify their specifications on future procurements to reflect projected passenger loads or transit vehicle manufacturers to upgrade vehicle components to more accurately reflect advertised service loads, this proposed new testing procedure rule will affect only data collected for those vehicles procured with FTA financial assistance and will not directly affect vehicles acquired using private funds or funds from Federal agencies other than FTA, although non-FTA purchasers are likely to be indirect beneficiaries through reviewing the publicly-available bus testing reports prior to purchasing their vehicles and if vehicle manufacturers decide to use the FTA bus testing results as a basis to upgrade components across their full product line.</P>
        <P>This action is not expected to adversely affect any sector of the economy. In addition, these changes will not interfere with any action taken or planned by another agency and will not materially alter the budgetary impact of any entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
        <P>This action will not impose unfunded mandates as defined by the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4, 109 Stat. 48). This action rule will not result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $128.1 million or more in any one year (2 U.S.C. 1532).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Executive Order 13211: Energy Effects</HD>
        <P>FTA has analyzed this action under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use dated May 18, 2001, and determined that this is not a significant energy action under that order, because it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. Therefore, a Statement of Energy Effects is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, no person is required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB control number. This action does not propose any new information collection burdens.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Regulation Identifier Number (RIN)</HD>
        <P>The U.S. DOT assigns a regulation identifier number (RIN) to each regulatory action listed in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulations. The Regulatory Information Service Center publishes the Unified Agenda in April and October of each year. The RIN number contained in the heading of this document may be used to cross-reference this action with the Unified Agenda.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Privacy Act</HD>

        <P>Anyone is able to search the electronic form for all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comments (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may view the U.S. DOT Privacy Act Statement by visiting<E T="03">http://docketsinfo.dot.gov/</E>or at 65 FR 19477 (April 11, 2000).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 49 CFR Part 665</HD>
          <P>Buses, Grant programs—transportation, Motor vehicle safety, Public transportation, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, for the reasons stated in the preamble, 49 CFR part 665 is proposed to be amended as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 665—BUS TESTING</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 665 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 5318 and 49 CFR 1.51.</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. Amend § 665.5 as follows:</P>
          <P>a. By removing the definition for<E T="03">Gross weight,</E>also<E T="03">gross vehicle weight;</E>
          </P>
          <P>b. In the definition of “<E T="03">Seated load weight</E>” by removing “150 pounds of ballast” and adding in its place “175 pounds of ballast”; and</P>
          <P>c. By adding a definition for<E T="03">Fully loaded weight.</E>
          </P>
          <P>The addition reads as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 665.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Fully loaded weight</E>means the curb weight of the bus plus passengers simulated by adding 175 pounds of ballast to each seating position and 175 pounds for each standing position (assumed to be each 1.75 square foot of free floor space).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>3. Amend Appendix A to part 665 by revising the introductory text and paragraphs a.(1) and (2) of section 5 to read as follows:</P>
            <APPENDIX>
              <PRTPAGE P="13583"/>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 665—Tests To Be Performed at the Bus Testing Facility</HD>
              <STARS/>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">5. Structural Integrity</HD>
              <P>Two complementary structural integrity tests should be performed. Structural strength and distortion tests should be performed at the Bus Testing Center, and the structural durability test should be performed at the test track.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD2">a. Structural Strength and Distortion Tests</HD>
              <P>(1) A shakedown of the bus structure should be conducted by loading and unloading the bus with a distributed load equal to 2.5 times the fully loaded weight. The bus should then be unloaded and inspected for any permanent deformation on the floor or coach structure. This test should be repeated a second time, and should be repeated up to one more time if the permanent deflections vary significantly between the first and second tests.</P>
              <P>(2) The bus should be loaded to its fully loaded weight, with one wheel on top of a curb and then in a pothole. This test should be repeated for all four wheels. The test verifies:</P>
              <P>(i) Normal operation of the steering mechanism; and</P>
              <P>(ii) Operability of all passenger doors, passenger escape mechanisms, windows, and service doors. A water leak test should be conducted in each suspension travel condition.</P>
              <STARS/>
              <SIG>
                <DATED>Issued on: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
                <NAME>Peter M. Rogoff,</NAME>
                <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
              </SIG>
            </APPENDIX>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5831 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-57-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 635</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 110210132-1133-01]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-BA65</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Atlantic Highly Migratory Species; Atlantic Bluefin Tuna Quotas and Atlantic Tuna Fisheries Management Measures</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule; request for comments; notice of public hearings.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS proposes to modify Atlantic bluefin tuna (BFT) base quotas for all domestic fishing categories; establish BFT quota specifications for the 2011 fishing year; reinstate pelagic longline target catch requirements for retaining BFT in the Northeast Distant Gear Restricted Area (NED); amend the Atlantic tunas possession at sea and landing regulations to allow removal of Atlantic tunas tail lobes; and clarify the transfer at sea regulations for Atlantic tunas. This action is necessary to implement recommendations of the International Commission for the Conservation of Atlantic Tunas (ICCAT), as required by the Atlantic Tunas Convention Act (ATCA), and to achieve domestic management objectives under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act). NMFS solicits written comments and will hold public hearings to receive oral comments on these proposed actions.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments must be received on or before April 14, 2011.</P>
          <P>The public hearing dates and times are:</P>
          <P>1. March 21, 2011, 3 to 5 p.m., Gloucester, MA.</P>
          <P>2. March 22, 2011, 6:30 to 8:30 p.m., Barnegat, NJ.</P>
          <P>3. March 28, 2011, 7 to 9 p.m., Manteo, NC.</P>
          <P>4. April 5, 2011, 5:15 to 7:15 p.m., Silver Spring, MD.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by “0648-BA65”, by any one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Electronic Submissions:</E>Submit all electronic public comments via the Federal eRulemaking Portal<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>978-281-9340, Attn: Sarah McLaughlin.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Sarah McLaughlin, Highly Migratory Species Management Division, Office of Sustainable Fisheries (F/SF1), NMFS, 55 Great Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Instructions:</E>All comments received are a part of the public record and will generally be posted to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>without change. All Personal Identifying Information (for example, name, address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit Confidential Business Information or otherwise sensitive or protected information. NMFS will accept anonymous comments (enter N/A in the required fields, if you wish to remain anonymous). You may submit attachments to electronic comments in Microsoft Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe PDF file formats only. To be considered, electronic comments must be submitted via the Federal eRulemaking Portal<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Do not submit electronic comments to individual NMFS staff.</P>

          <P>Supporting documents, including the draft Environmental Assessment, Regulatory Impact Review, and Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, are available by sending your request to Sarah McLaughlin at the mailing address specified above. These documents and others, such as the Fishery Management Plans described below, also may be downloaded from the HMS Web site at<E T="03">http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/sfa/hms/</E>.</P>
          <P>The public hearing locations are:</P>
          <P>1. Gloucester—NMFS, 55 Great Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930.</P>
          <P>2. Barnegat—Ocean County Library, 112 Burr Street, Barnegat, NJ 08005.</P>
          <P>3. Manteo—Town Hall, 407 Budleigh Street, Manteo, NC 27954.</P>
          <P>4. Silver Spring—Crowne Plaza Hotel, 8777 Georgia Avenue, Silver Spring, MD 20910.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Sarah McLaughlin, 978-281-9260.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Atlantic bluefin tuna, bigeye tuna, albacore tuna, yellowfin tuna, and skipjack tuna (hereafter referred to as “Atlantic tunas”) are managed under the dual authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and ATCA. ATCA authorizes the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) to promulgate regulations, as may be necessary and appropriate, to implement ICCAT recommendations. The authority to issue regulations under the Magnuson-Stevens Act and ATCA has been delegated from the Secretary to the Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>On May 28, 1999, NMFS published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(64 FR 29090) final regulations, effective July 1, 1999, implementing the Fishery Management Plan for Atlantic Tunas, Swordfish, and Sharks (1999 FMP). The 1999 FMP included framework provisions to promulgate annual specifications for the BFT fishery, in accordance with ATCA and the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and to implement the annual recommendations of ICCAT. Since 1982, ICCAT has recommended a Total Allowable Catch of BFT, and since 1991, ICCAT has recommended specific limits (quotas) for the United States and other BFT Contracting Parties.</P>
        <P>On October 2, 2006, NMFS published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(71 FR 58058) a final rule, effective November 1, 2006, implementing the 2006 Consolidated Atlantic Highly Migratory Species Fishery Management Plan (Consolidated HMS FMP), which consolidated management of all Atlantic HMS (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>sharks, swordfish, tunas, and billfish)<PRTPAGE P="13584"/>into one comprehensive FMP. The implementing regulations for Atlantic HMS are at 50 CFR part 635. Among other things, the Consolidated HMS FMP maintained an allocation scheme, established in the 1999 Fishery Management Plan for Atlantic Tunas, Swordfish, and Sharks (1999 FMP), for dividing the baseline annual U.S. BFT quota among several domestic quota categories.</P>
        <P>Adjustment of the BFT annual quota is necessary to implement the 2010 ICCAT quota recommendation for western Atlantic bluefin tuna (western BFT), as required by ATCA, and to achieve domestic management objectives under the Magnuson-Stevens Act, including rebuilding stocks and ending overfishing. It is necessary to establish the 2011 quota specifications in order to adjust the 2011 BFT baseline quota and subquotas to account for dead discards as well as the amount of 2010 underharvest (of 2010 adjusted quota) allowed by ICCAT to be carried forward to 2011. In addition to modifying the BFT base quotas and establishing the quota specifications, NMFS is proposing three Atlantic tunas management measures, including reinstating pelagic longline vessel target catch requirements for retaining BFT in the Northeast Distant Gear Restricted Area (NED); clarifying the regulations concerning Atlantic tunas possession at sea and landing to allow removal of Atlantic tunas tail lobes; and clarifying the Atlantic tunas transfer at sea regulations to address concerns raised in a recent decision by a NOAA Administrative Law Judge (see Atlantic Tunas Transfer at Sea section for case reference).</P>

        <P>NMFS has prepared a draft Environmental Assessment (EA), Regulatory Impact Review (RIR), and an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA), which present and analyze anticipated environmental, social, and economic impacts of several alternatives for each of the major issues contained in this proposed rule. The complete list of alternatives and their analysis is provided in the draft EA/RIR/IRFA, and is not repeated here in its entirety. A copy of the draft EA/RIR/IRFA prepared for this proposed rule is available from NMFS (<E T="03">see</E>
          <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>).</P>

        <P>NMFS plans to make daily retention limit adjustments, if needed, for the 2011 fishing year via<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notices separate from the final quota specifications. Federal regulations at 50 CFR 635.23 allow the establishment and adjustment of General and Angling category retention limits via inseason actions, and NMFS has in the past used inseason actions for this purpose (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>to adjust daily retention limits).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">ICCAT Recommendation, Including the Carrying Forward of Underharvest</HD>
        <P>ICCAT adopted a western BFT Total Allowable Catch (TAC) of 1,750 mt annually for 2011 and 2012 after considering the results of the 2010 western BFT stock assessment and following protracted negotiations among western BFT Contracting Parties (ICCAT Recommendation 10-03—Supplemental Recommendation by ICCAT concerning the western BFT Rebuilding Program). The 1,750-mt TAC, reduced from 1,800 mt for 2010, is expected to allow for continued stock growth under both the low and high stock recruitment scenarios.</P>
        <P>ICCAT Recommendation 10-03 includes a revised allocation scheme that now includes the United Kingdom (in respect of Bermuda), France (in respect of St. Pierre and Miquelon), and Mexico. These three ICCAT Contracting Parties previously received western BFT allocations as specific tonnage directly from the TAC prior to application of the agreed allocation scheme (to the United States, Canada, and Japan). The amount of TAC allocated to the Contracting Parties depends on the amount of the overall recommended TAC. For 2011 and 2012, the net effect is that these Contracting Parties will receive the same amounts as they did in 2009 and 2010 (i.e., 4 mt, 4 mt, and 95 mt, respectively, for the United Kingdom, France, and Mexico).</P>
        <P>For 2011 and 2012, the ICCAT Recommendation makes the following allocations from the 1,750-mt TAC for bycatch related to directed longline fisheries in the Northeast Distant gear restricted area (NED): 15 mt for Canada and 25 mt for the United States. Following subtraction of these allocations directly from the TAC, the recommendation allocates the remainder to the UK (0.23 percent), France (0.23 percent), Mexico (5.56 percent), the United States (54.02 percent), Canada (22.32 percent) and Japan (17.64 percent). For the United States, 54.02 percent of the remaining 1,710 mt is 923.7 mt annually for 2011 and 2012. This represents the baseline annual U.S. BFT quota analyzed in this EA. Accounting for the 25-mt NED allocation, the total U.S. quota is 948.7 mt annually (i.e., a decrease of 28.7 mt or 2.9 percent from the 2010 total U.S. quota of 977.4 mt).</P>
        <P>The current ICCAT recommendation also maintains a provision from previous recommendations allowing a Contracting Party with a quota allocation to make a one-time transfer within a fishing year of up to 15 percent of its quota allocation to other Contracting Parties with quota allocations. Contracting Parties with an allocation of 4 mt or less may transfer up to 100 percent of their allocation. The ICCAT recommendation stipulates that the quota transfer may not be used to cover overharvests, and that a Contracting Party that receives a one-time quota transfer may not re-transfer that quota. Further, as a method for limiting fishing mortality on juvenile BFT, ICCAT continues to recommend a tolerance limit on the annual harvest of BFT measuring less than 115 cm to no more than 10 percent of the total bluefin quota per Contracting Party over the 2011 and 2012 fishing period. The United States implements this provision by limiting the harvest of school BFT (measuring 27 to less than 47 inches (68.5 to less than 119 cm curved fork length)) as appropriate to not exceed the 10-percent limit over the 2-year period.</P>
        <P>Notably, ICCAT Recommendation 10-03 limits the amount of unused quota Contracting Parties may carry forward to 2011 to 10 percent of their total quota. This would limit the amount of 2010 U.S. underharvest carried forward to 2011 to 94.9 mt (10 percent of the 948.7 mt total U.S. quota). Previously, ICCAT Recommendation 06-06 reduced the amount of underharvest parties could carry forward from 100 percent of a Contracting Party's total allocation to 50 percent. This aspect of the ICCAT recommendation was maintained through 2010, but ICCAT recommended in 2008 that the amount be reduced effective for 2011 onward (Recommendation 08-04).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Domestic Allocations and Quotas</HD>

        <P>The 1999 FMP and its implementing regulations established baseline percentage quota shares for the domestic fishing categories. These percentage shares were based on allocation procedures that NMFS developed over several years, based on historical share, fleet size, effort, and landings by category, and stock assessment data collection needs. The baseline percentage quota shares established in the 1999 FMP and continued in the Consolidated HMS FMP (effective since June 1, 1999), are as follows: General category—47.1 percent; Harpoon category—3.9 percent; Purse Seine category—18.6 percent; Angling category—19.7 percent; Longline category—8.1 percent; Trap category—0.1 percent; and Reserve category—2.5 percent. The second column of the table below shows the proposed quotas that result from application of the Consolidated HMS FMP quota shares to<PRTPAGE P="13585"/>the 2010 ICCAT-recommended baseline annual U.S. BFT quota. These quotas would be codified at § 635.27(a) and would remain in effect until ICCAT adopts a subsequent ICCAT western BFT recommendation. Because ICCAT adopted TACs for 2011 and 2012 in Recommendation 10-03, NMFS currently anticipates these base quotas to be in effect for 2012. NMFS would adjust these base quotas for the 2012 fishing year based on the best estimate of dead discards and information regarding over- or underharvests when the 2012 BFT quota specifications are prepared (likely in early 2012). As described below, 160 mt is used as a proxy for dead discards based on the 2009 estimate, which is the latest and best available estimate.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">2011 Quota Specifications</HD>
        <P>In recommendations that applied from 1999 through 2006, ICCAT historically recommended a deduction of 79 mt from the TAC as an allowance for dead discards, and the U.S. portion of this allowance was 68 mt. ICCAT recommendations from 2006 onward have neither included a recommended dead discard allowance nor specified a dead discard reporting methodology for compliance purposes. Nevertheless, the ICCAT-recommended TAC and U.S. quota are inclusive of dead discards. The United States accounts for this mortality as part of the domestic specification calculation process and reports dead discard estimates to ICCAT annually.</P>
        <P>In 2007 through 2010, NMFS accounted for pelagic longline dead discards within the Longline category quota, and deducted the best available estimate of dead discards from the current year Longline base quota. In the quota specifications for these years, NMFS also carried forward the full amount of prior-year underharvest allowed by ICCAT and distributed the underharvest to: (1) Ensure that the Longline category has sufficient quota to operate during the fishing year after the required accounting for BFT dead discards; (2) maintain 15 percent of the 2010 U.S. quota in Reserve for potential transfer to other ICCAT Contracting Parties and other domestic management objectives, if warranted; and (3) provide the non-Longline quota categories a share of the remainder of the underharvest consistent with the allocation scheme established in the Consolidated HMS FMP. The amount of prior-year underharvest allowed to be carried forward to 2007 through 2010 was sufficient to provide the Longline category enough quota to operate after the required accounting for BFT dead discards.</P>
        <P>Since dead discard estimates for 2010 are not yet available, the 2009 estimate of 160 mt is used as a proxy. Estimates of dead discards from other gear types and fishing sectors that do not use the pelagic longline vessel logbook are unavailable at this time and thus are not included in this calculation. Use of the 2009 estimate as a proxy is appropriate because it is the best available and most complete information NMFS currently has regarding dead discards. In accordance with the 2010 ICCAT recommendation, the United States must subtract 160 mt from its baseline allocation.</P>
        <P>It is important to note that the ICCAT recommendation to limit the carrying forward of underharvest to 10 percent of a party's total allocation, combined with the level of dead discards in recent years, makes using the method employed in 2007 through 2010 impracticable for 2011 onward. The amount of underharvest that the United States may carry forward to 2011 (94.9 mt) is insufficient to cover dead discards (160 mt). Deducting the dead discards from the Longline category (with a baseline subquota of less than 75 mt) would result in a subquota of 0 mt for the Longline category in 2011 and the need for reduction of the directed fishing category subquotas and the Reserve to make up the difference (i.e., about 85 mt). The Longline category baseline quota allocation (currently 8.1 percent of the baseline annual U.S. BFT quota) may need to be revisited in the future, although adjustments to the FMP-based allocation scheme would require an amendment to the Consolidated HMS FMP.</P>
        <P>To establish the 2011 quota specifications, NMFS would subtract the dead discard estimate of 160 mt from the U.S. baseline quota of 923.7 and add the 94.9 mt of underharvest allowed to be carried forward, for an adjusted total of 858.6 mt. NMFS then would apply the allocation scheme established in the Consolidated HMS FMP to the adjusted total (as shown in the final column of the table below) and described here. Thus, in accordance with the ICCAT Recommendation 10-03, the Consolidated HMS FMP percentage shares for each of the domestic categories, and regulations regarding annual adjustments at § 635.27(a)(10), NMFS proposes domestic category quotas for the 2011 fishing year as follows: General category—404.4 mt; Harpoon category—33.5 mt; Purse Seine category—159.7 mt; Angling category—169.1 mt; Longline category—69.5 mt; and Trap category—0.9 mt. The amount allocated to the Reserve category for inseason adjustments, scientific research collection, potential overharvest in any category except the Purse Seine category, and potential quota transfers would be 21.5 mt.</P>
        <P>The proposed General category quota of 404.4 mt would be divided into the time period allocations established in the Consolidated HMS FMP. Thus, 21.4 mt (5.3 percent) would be allocated to the General Category for the period beginning January 1, 2011, and ending January 31, 2011; 202.2 mt (50 percent) for the period beginning June 1, 2011, and ending August 31, 2011; 107.2 mt (26.5 percent) for the period beginning September 1, 2011, and ending September 30, 2011; 52.6 mt (13 percent) for the period beginning October 1, 2011, and ending November 30, 2011; and 21 mt (5.2 percent) for the period beginning December 1, 2011, and ending December 31, 2011.</P>
        <P>The Angling category quota of 169.1 mt would be further subdivided, pursuant to the area subquota allocations established in the Consolidated HMS FMP, as follows: School BFT—94.9 mt, with 36.5 mt to the northern area (north of 39°18′ N. latitude), 40.8 mt to the southern area (south of 39°18′ N. latitude), plus 17.6 mt held in reserve; large school/small medium BFT—70.4 mt, with 33.2 mt to the northern area and 37.2 mt to the southern area; and large medium/giant BFT—3.9 mt, with 1.3 mt to the northern area and 2.6 mt to the southern area.</P>

        <P>The Longline category would be subdivided in accordance with the North/South allocation percentages (i.e., no more than 60 percent to the south of 31° N. latitude) in the Consolidated HMS FMP. Thus, the proposed Longline category quota of 69.5 mt would be subdivided as follows: 27.8 mt to pelagic longline vessels landing BFT north of 31° N. latitude, and 41.7 mt to pelagic longline vessels landing BFT south of 31° N. latitude. NMFS would account for landings under the 25-mt NED allocation separately from other Longline category landings.<PRTPAGE P="13586"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,xl50,9,9,xl50" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Proposed Atlantic Bluefin Tuna Quotas and Quota Specifications (in metric tons) for the 2011 Fishing Year</TTITLE>
          <TDESC>[January 1-December 31, 2011]</TDESC>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Category (% share of baseline quota)</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Baseline allocation for 2011 and 2012 (per 2010 ICCAT recommendation and consolidated HMS FMP allocations)</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2011 Quota specifications</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Dead discard deduction (2009 proxy)</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2010 underharvest to carry forward 2011</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">2011 fishing year quota</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Total (100)</ENT>
            <ENT>923.7</ENT>
            <ENT>−160.0</ENT>
            <ENT>+94.9</ENT>
            <ENT>858.6</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Angling (19.7)</ENT>
            <ENT>182.0</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>169.1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>SUBQUOTAS:</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>SUBQUOTAS:</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>School 94.9</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>School 94.9</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">Reserve 17.6</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">Reserve 17.6</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">North 36.5</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">North 36.5</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">South 40.8</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">South 40.8</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>LS/SM 82.9</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>LS/SM 70.4</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">North 39.1</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">North 33.2</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">South 43.8</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">South 37.2</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Trophy 4.2</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Trophy 3.9</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">North 1.4</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">North 1.3</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">South 2.8</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">South 2.6</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">General (47.1)</ENT>
            <ENT>SUBQUOTAS:</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>SUBQUOTAS:</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">Jan 23.1</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">Jan 21.4</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">Jun-Aug 217.6</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">Jun-Aug 202.2</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">Sept 115.3</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">Sept 107.2</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">Oct-Nov 56.6</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">Oct-Nov 52.6</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">Dec 22.6</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">Dec 21.0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Harpoon (3.9)</ENT>
            <ENT>36.0</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>33.5</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Purse Seine (18.6)</ENT>
            <ENT>171.8</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>159.7</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Longline (8.1)</ENT>
            <ENT>74.8</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>69.5</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>SUBQUOTAS:</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>SUBQUOTAS:</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">North (-NED) 29.9</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">North (-NED) 27.8</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">NED 25.0<SU>*</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">NED 25.0*</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="oi1">South 44.9</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi1">South 41.7</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Trap (0.1)</ENT>
            <ENT>0.9</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>0.9</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Reserve (2.5)</ENT>
            <ENT>23.1</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>21.5</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>*</SU>25 mt to account for bycatch of BFT in pelagic longline fisheries in the NED. Not included in totals at top of table.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Reinstatement of NED Target Catch Requirements</HD>

        <P>NMFS has implemented a series of management measures designed to regulate the incidental catch of BFT in non-directed Atlantic fisheries. Target catch requirements for the retention of BFT have been in effect for the pelagic longline fishery since 1981 (46 FR 8012, January 26, 1981) and are currently as follows: One large medium or giant BFT (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>measuring 73 inches or greater) per vessel per trip may be landed, provided that at least 2,000 lb of species other than BFT are legally caught, retained, and offloaded from the same trip and are recorded on the dealer weighout slip as sold; two large medium or giant BFT may be landed incidentally to at least 6,000 lb of species other than BFT; and three large medium or giant BFT may be landed incidentally to at least 30,000 lb of species other than BFT (68 FR 32414, May 30, 2003).</P>
        <P>Pursuant to a 2001 Biological Opinion, NMFS closed the NED in July 2002 to HMS-permitted pelagic longline vessels and conducted a research experiment in this area on various pelagic longline gear modifications to reduce sea turtle bycatch and bycatch mortality in the pelagic longline fishery (67 FR 45393, July 9, 2002). The NED is the Atlantic Ocean area bounded by straight lines connecting the following coordinates in the order stated: 35°00′ N. lat., 60°00′ W. long.; 55°00′ N. lat., 60°00′ W. long.; 55°00′ N. lat., 20°00′ W. long.; 35°00′ N. lat., 20°00′ W. long.; 35°00′ N. lat., 60°00′ W. long. This fishing ground covers virtually the entire span of the western north Atlantic, as far east as the Azores and the Mid-Atlantic Ridge.</P>
        <P>The regulations were adjusted to allow vessels to fish in the NED if they met specific gear requirements and practiced safe handling and release of sea turtles during the research experiment. Beginning in November 2003, these vessels were allowed to retain all commercial-sized (large medium and giant) BFT taken incidental to fishing for other species while in that area, up to the 25-mt NED allocation with no attendant target catch requirement (68 FR 56788, October 2, 2003). However, after the research experiment was completed and the NED reopened, NMFS did not reinstate the target catch requirements. Under the current regulations, it is only once the 25-mt allocation is met that the target catch requirements apply in the NED.</P>

        <P>From 2004 until 2009, NED landings were less than the available quota for that area (25 mt), despite the lack of<PRTPAGE P="13587"/>NED target catch requirements. In 2009, the 25-mt NED allocation was met during the fishing year, while northern area longline activity was ongoing. As a result, the bluefin tuna target catch requirements specified for the longline category became applicable in the NED from October 20-December 31, 2009 (74 FR 53671, October 20, 2009).</P>

        <P>NMFS proposes to reinstate target catch requirements for pelagic longline vessels fishing in the NED. This action would effectively remove the exemption from target catch requirements that has applied in the NED since November 2003. NMFS would remove the provision that allows unlimited retention of commercial-sized BFT taken incidental to fishing for other species in the NED up to the amount allocated for the NED (currently 25 mt). Instead, the same target catch requirements (described in the first paragraph of this section) would apply in all areas (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>both inside and outside of the NED).</P>

        <P>Reinstating the target catch requirements in the NED would result in the same target catch requirements applying to all Longline category participants regardless of where they fish. Over the last several years, many individuals and environmental organizations have expressed concern that the lack of target catch requirements in the NED provides economic incentive to increase fishing effort to retain BFT in what is intended to be an incidental fishery. This action would help NMFS align BFT catch (landings and discards) with available quotas. In 2009, approximately 51 mt of BFT were landed from the NED, and total landings were 131 mt, 31 percent greater than the total 100 mt (landings quota) available for the Longline category. Constraining Longline category BFT landings to its quota serves to allow the fleet to continue to participate in their directed fisheries (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>Atlantic yellowfin tuna (YFT) and swordfish) year-round with less risk of fishery interruption due to insufficient BFT quota availability. Further, it would reduce the need for BFT quota reallocation from directed fisheries or the Reserve to cover excess pelagic longline BFT landings. To address similar issues, as well as to increase the survival of spawning BFT, NMFS published a proposed rule to require weak hook use in the Gulf of Mexico pelagic longline fishery (76 FR 2313, January 13, 2011), and final rulemaking is forthcoming. Both of these efforts regarding the pelagic longline fishery are consistent with the agency's efforts to address bycatch issues and manage BFT catch and landings within available quotas.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Atlantic Tunas Possession at Sea and Landing Form</HD>
        <P>The sole criterion for determining the size and/or size class of whole or round (head on) Atlantic tunas is a curved fork length (CFL) measurement, which is the length of a fish measured from the tip of the upper jaw to the fork of the tail along the contour of the body in a line that runs along the top of the pectoral fin and the top of the caudal keel.</P>
        <P>When the head of an Atlantic tuna is removed, pectoral fin curved fork length (PFCFL) is the legal means of measuring the fish. PFCFL is the length of a fish measured from the dorsal insertion of the pectoral fin to the fork of the tail measured along the contour of the body in a line that runs along the top of the pectoral fin and the top of the caudal keel. The fork of the tail must be attached to the fish to attain proper CFL and PFCFL measurements. For a BFT with the head removed, the CFL is determined by multiplying the PFCFL by a conversion factor of 1.35. The resulting CFL is the sole criterion for determining the size class of a BFT with the head removed. For a bigeye or yellowfin tuna, NMFS prohibits the removal of the head if the remaining portion would be less than 27 inches from the fork of the tail to the forward edge of the cut.</P>
        <P>The regulations regarding possession at sea and landing specify that managed Atlantic tunas landed in an Atlantic coastal port must be maintained through offloading either in round form or eviscerated with the head and fins removed, provided one pectoral fin and the tail remain attached. NMFS has received requests from commercial Atlantic tuna fisheries participants in the last few years, including via the HMS Advisory Panel, to allow removal of Atlantic tuna tails at sea to make fish storage more efficient. NMFS proposes to clarify the regulations regarding Atlantic tunas possession at sea and landing to specify that as long as the fork of the tail remains intact, the upper and lower lobes of the tail may be removed (as shown in the figure below). This would balance the need for maintaining a standardized method of measuring Atlantic tunas with the request to allow Atlantic tunas to be stored at sea in a more efficient manner. This rulemaking will not affect the measurement methodology or requirements for species other than Atlantic tunas.</P>
        <GPH DEEP="261" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="13588"/>
          <GID>EP14MR11.002</GID>
        </GPH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Atlantic Tunas Transfer at Sea</HD>
        <P>Currently, the regulations regarding transfer at sea specify that, with a specific exception for owners and operators of a vessel for which a Purse Seine category Atlantic Tunas category permit has been issued, persons may not transfer an Atlantic tuna in the Atlantic Ocean, regardless of where the fish was harvested. Following a recent NOAA Administrative Law Judge decision involving the transfer of a BFT at sea [In the Matter of Brant McMullan &amp; Roger A. Gales, Docket No. SE0900591FM (December 7, 2010)], NMFS has decided to clarify the intent of the Atlantic tunas transfer-at-sea regulations and prohibitions. NMFS proposes to add a sentence to the regulatory text regarding transfer at sea of Atlantic tunas that would read: “Notwithstanding the definition of “harvest” at § 600.10, for the purposes of this part, transfer includes, but is not limited to, moving or attempting to move an Atlantic tuna that is on fishing gear in the water from one vessel to another vessel.” In the future, NMFS may make similar clarifications regarding transfer at sea for other Atlantic highly migratory species via separate actions pertaining to those species.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request for Comments</HD>

        <P>NMFS solicits comments on this proposed rule through April 14, 2011. See instructions in<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section above.</P>
        <P>The public hearings will be physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Sarah McLaughlin at (978) 281-9279, at least 7 days prior to the hearing date.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to section 304(b)(1)(A) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the NMFS Assistant Administrator has determined that the proposed rule is consistent with the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP, the Magnuson-Stevens Act, ATCA, and other applicable law, subject to further consideration after public comment.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.</P>

        <P>An IRFA was prepared, as required by section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. The IRFA describes the economic impact this proposed rule, if adopted, would have on small entities. A description of the action, why it is being considered, and the legal basis for this action are contained in the preamble to this proposed rule. A summary of the analysis follows. A copy of this analysis is available from NMFS (<E T="03">see</E>
          <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>).</P>
        <P>In compliance with section 603(b)(1) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, the purpose of this proposed rulemaking is, consistent with the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP objectives, the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law, to analyze the impacts of the alternatives for implementing and allocating the ICCAT-recommended U.S. quota for 2011 and 2012; adjusting the 2011 U.S. quota and subquotas to account for BFT dead discards and unharvested 2010 quota allowed by ICCAT to be carried forward to 2011; reinstating pelagic longline target catch requirements for retaining BFT in the Northeast Distant Gear Restricted Area; amending the Atlantic tunas possession at sea and landing regulations to allow removal of tail lobes; and clarifying the transfer at sea regulations for Atlantic tunas.</P>
        <P>In compliance with section 603(b)(2) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, the objectives of this proposed rulemaking are to implement ICCAT recommendations, including accounting for BFT dead discards and underharvest of the 2010 adjusted quota in the 2011 quota specifications, implement uniform target catch requirements for Longline category participants regardless of where they fish, and clarify the regulations concerning Atlantic tunas possession at sea and landing and Atlantic tunas transfer at sea.</P>

        <P>Section 603(b)(3) requires Agencies to provide an estimate of the number of small entities to which the rule would apply. The proposed quota action would apply to all participants in the Atlantic BFT fisheries, all of which are considered small entities, because they either had average annual receipts less than $4.0 million for fish-harvesting, average annual receipts less than $6.5 million for charter/party boats, 100 or fewer employees for wholesale dealers, or 500 or fewer employees for seafood processors. These are the Small<PRTPAGE P="13589"/>Business Administration (SBA) size standards for defining a small versus large business entity in this industry. This action would apply to all participants in the Atlantic BFT fishery, all of which are considered small entities. As shown in Table 5 of the IRFA, there are over 32,000 vessels that held an Atlantic HMS Charter/Headboat, Atlantic HMS Angling, or an Atlantic tunas permit as of October 2010. These permitted vessels consist of commercial, recreational, and charter vessels as well as headboats.</P>
        <P>Reinstatement of target catch requirements in the NED would affect those Longline category permitted vessels that fish in the NED. As shown in Table 9 of the IRFA, over the last 5 years, an annual total ranging from 6 to 10 vessels have reported trips in the NED and an annual total ranging from 4 to 8 vessels have landed BFT from the NED. However, to the extent that this action could avoid the need for fishery interruption due to insufficient BFT quota availability, it could affect all 248 Longline category permitted vessels.</P>
        <P>Clarification of the Atlantic tunas landing form and transfer at sea regulations would be informative to owners and operators of Atlantic tunas permitted vessels and Atlantic HMS permitted vessels fishing for tunas, although material impacts are not expected to occur from the related changes in this action.</P>
        <P>Under section 603(b)(4) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, agencies are required to describe any new reporting, recordkeeping and other compliance requirements. There are no new reporting or recordkeeping requirements in any of the alternatives considered for this action.</P>
        <P>Under section 603(b)(5) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, agencies must identify, to the extent practicable, relevant Federal rules which duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the proposed rule. Fishermen, dealers, and managers in these fisheries must comply with a number of international agreements, domestic laws, and other FMPs. These include, but are not limited to, the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the Atlantic Tunas Convention Act, the High Seas Fishing Compliance Act, the Marine Mammal Protection Act, the Endangered Species Act, the National Environmental Policy Act, the Paperwork Reduction Act, and the Coastal Zone Management Act. This proposed rule has also been determined not to duplicate, overlap, or conflict with any other Federal rules.</P>
        <P>Under section 603(c) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, agencies are required to describe any alternatives to the proposed rule which accomplish the stated objectives and which minimize any significant economic impacts. These impacts are discussed below and in the EA. Additionally, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 603(c)(1)-(4)) lists four general categories of significant alternatives that would assist an agency in the development of significant alternatives. These categories of alternatives are: (1) Establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into account the resources available to small entities; (2) clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance and reporting requirements under the rule for such small entities; (3) use of performance rather than design standards; and, (4) exemptions from coverage of the rule for small entities.</P>
        <P>In order to meet the objectives of this proposed rule, consistent with Magnuson-Stevens Act and the Endangered Species Act (ESA), NMFS cannot exempt small entities or change the reporting requirements only for small entities because all the entities affected are considered small entities. Thus, there are no alternatives discussed that fall under the first and fourth categories described above. NMFS does not know of any performance or design standards that would satisfy the aforementioned objectives of this rulemaking while, concurrently, complying with the Magnuson-Stevens Act. Thus, there are no alternatives considered under the third category. As described below, NMFS analyzed several different alternatives in this proposed rulemaking and provides rationale for identifying the preferred alternative to achieve the desired objective.The alternatives considered and analyzed are described below. The IRFA assumes that each vessel within a category will have similar catch and gross revenues to show the relative impact of the proposed action on vessels.</P>
        <P>NMFS has estimated the average impact that the alternative to establish the 2011 and 2012 BFT quota for all domestic fishing categories would have on individual categories and the vessels within those categories. As mentioned above, the 2010 ICCAT recommendation reduced the U.S. baseline BFT quota for 2011 and 2012 to 923.7 mt and provides 25 mt for incidental catch of BFT related to directed longline fisheries in the NED. This action would distribute the baseline quota of 923.7 mt to the domestic fishing categories based on the allocation percentages established in the Consolidated HMS FMP.</P>
        <P>In 2010, the annual gross revenues from the commercial BFT fishery were approximately $8.9 million. As of October 2010, there were 8,311 vessels permitted to land and sell BFT under four commercial BFT quota categories (including charter/headboat vessels). The commercial categories and their 2010 gross revenues are General ($7.8 million), Harpoon ($202,643), Purse Seine ($0), and Longline ($878,908).</P>
        <P>For the allocation of BFT quota among domestic fishing categories, NMFS analyzed a no action alternative and Alternative A2 (preferred alternative), which would implement the 2010 ICCAT recommendation. NMFS considered a third alternative (A3) that would have allocated the 2010 ICCAT recommendation in a manner other than that designated in the Consolidated HMS FMP. Alternative A3 would result in a de facto quota reallocation among categories, and an FMP amendment would be necessary for its implementation. Preparation of an FMP amendment is not possible in the brief period of time between receipt of the ICCAT recommendation, which occurred in late November 2010, and the 2011 fishing year, the bulk of which begins in June. Therefore, Alternative A3 was not analyzed. But, if an FMP amendment was feasible, positive economic impacts would be expected to result on average for vessels in permit categories that would receive a greater share than established in the FMP, and negative economic impacts would be expected to result on average for vessels in permit categories that would receive a lesser share than established in the FMP. Impacts per vessel would depend on the temporal and spatial availability of BFT to participants.</P>

        <P>As noted above, Alternative A2 would implement the 2010 ICCAT recommendation in accordance with the Consolidated HMS FMP and consistent with ATCA, under which the United States is obligated to implement ICCAT-approved quota recommendations, as necessary and appropriate. The preferred alternative would implement this quota and have slightly positive impacts for fishermen. The no action alternative would keep the quota at pre-2010 ICCAT recommendation levels (approximately 29 mt more) and would not be consistent with the purpose and need for this action, the Consolidated HMS FMP, and ATCA. The economic impacts to the United States and to local economies would be similar in distribution and scale to 2010 (e.g., annual commercial gross revenues of approximately $8.9 million, as described above), or recent prior years, and would provide fishermen additional fishing opportunities, subject to the availability of BFT to the fishery, in the<PRTPAGE P="13590"/>short term. In the long term, however, as stock growth is hindered, negative impacts would result.</P>

        <P>It is difficult to estimate average potential ex-vessel revenues to commercial participants, largely because revenues depend heavily on the availability of large medium and giant BFT to the fishery. Section 6 of the EA/RIR/IRFA describes potential revenue losses per commercial quota category based on each category's proposed base quota reduction and price-per-pound information from 2010 (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>$206,251 for the General category, $13,944 for the Harpoon category, $25,150 for the Longline category, and $1,093 for the Trap category); although the Purse Seine category had no BFT landings in 2010, potential revenue losses of $69,639 were estimated. As described in Section 4 of the EA/RIR/IRFA, because the directed commercial categories have underharvested their subquotas in recent years, particularly 2004-2008, the potential decreases in ex-vessel revenues above overestimate the probable economic impacts to those categories relative to recent conditions. Additionally, there has been substantial interannual variability in ex-vessel revenues per category in recent years due to recent changes in BFT availability and other factors. Generally, the interannual differences in ex-vessel revenues per category have been larger than the potential impacts described above.</P>

        <P>Data on net revenues of individual fishermen are lacking, so the economic impact of the alternatives is averaged across each category. This is an appropriate approach for BFT fisheries, in particular because available landings data (weight and ex-vessel value of the fish in price-per-pound) allow NMFS to calculate the gross revenue earned by a fishery participant on a successful trip. The available data do not, however, allow NMFS to calculate the effort and cost associated with each successful trip (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>the cost of gas, bait, ice, etc.), so net revenue for each participant cannot be calculated. As a result, NMFS analyzes the average impact of the proposed alternatives among all participants in each category.</P>
        <P>Success rates vary widely across participants in each category (due to extent of vessel effort and availability of commercial-sized BFT to participants where they fish) but for the sake of estimating potential revenue loss per vessel, category-wide revenue losses can be divided by the number of permitted vessels in each category. Because HMS Charter/Headboat vessels may fish commercially under the General category quota and retention limits, Charter/Headboat permitted vessels are considered along with General category vessels when estimating potential General category ex-vessel revenue changes. Potential ex-vessel revenue losses are estimated as follows: General category (including Charter/Headboat vessels): $26; Harpoon category: $480; Longline category (incidental): $101; Trap category (incidental): $182; and Purse Seine category: $13,928. Section 6 of the EA/RIR/IRFA describes potential revenue losses per commercial quota category based on each category not having access to quota that would be available through the carrying forward of 2010 underharvest, were it not for the ICCAT recommendation that limits the amount that may be carried forward to 10 percent of a Contracting Party's total quota beginning effective for 2011. Potential ex-vessel revenue losses resulting from this change are estimated as follows: General category (including Charter/Headboat vessels): $107; Harpoon category: $4,808; Longline category (incidental): $1,014; Trap category (incidental): $519; and Purse Seine category: $139,278. These values likely overestimate potential revenue losses for vessels that actively fish and are successful in landing at least one BFT.</P>
        <P>The proposed reinstatement of target catch requirements for pelagic longline vessels in the NED could, as described in Section 6.6.2 of the IRFA, result in a potential loss of $341,228. If this reduction is calculated for the universe of vessels participating in the NED over the last 5 years (range of 6-10 vessels), it would represent average potential ex-vessel reductions of $34,123-$56,871 per vessel. If the reduction is calculated across Longline category vessels, it would be $1,376 per vessel. In Section 6.6.2 of the IRFA, acknowledging that the 2009 number of BFT taken in the NED in 2009 may have been anomalous, NMFS also provided a figure for potential revenue loss of $42,408. This would represent average potential ex-vessel reductions of $4,241-$7,068 per vessel. If the reduction is calculated across Longline category vessels, it would be $171 per vessel.</P>
        <P>However, the preferred alternative is expected to result in the most positive short and long-term socio-economic impacts for the majority of BFT fishery participants, including Longline category participants, as it would increase the likelihood that the Longline category quota will be available through the end of the year, without interruption, and decrease the potential need for reallocation from directed quota categories or quota reductions in subsequent years to cover Longline category excesses.</P>
        <P>The other considered alternative was a no action alternative (maintaining the de facto exemption from target catch requirements for pelagic longline vessels fishing in the NED). The no action alternative risks exceeding the available Longline category quota, particularly in years where availability of commercial-sized BFT is high in the NED during directed pelagic longline activity for target species.</P>
        <P>The modifications to the regulations concerning Atlantic tunas possession and landing form and Atlantic tunas transfer at sea are intended to facilitate Atlantic tunas storage and provide clarification, respectively. While these changes would apply to all vessels holding Atlantic tunas, HMS Charter/Headboat, and HMS Angling category permits (totaling approximately 33,000 vessels), they are not expected to have significant economic impacts. Therefore, NMFS has not analyzed alternatives beyond the preferred alternatives and no action. Specific estimates of economic impacts of these preferred alternatives are not quantifiable.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 635</HD>
          <P>Fisheries, Fishing, Fishing vessels, Foreign relations, Imports, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Treaties.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Samuel D. Rauch III,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Administrator,for Regulatory Programs,National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        
        <P>For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 635 is proposed to be amended as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 635—ATLANTIC HIGHLY MIGRATORY SPECIES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 635 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>16 U.S.C. 971<E T="03">et seq.;</E>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 635.23</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. In § 635.23, remove paragraph (f)(3).</P>
            <P>3. In § 635.27, paragraphs (a) introductory text, (a)(1)(i), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4)(i), (a)(5), (a)(7)(i), and (a)(7)(ii) are revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 635.27</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Quotas.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">BFT.</E>Consistent with ICCAT recommendations, and with paragraph (a)(10)(iv) of this section, NMFS may subtract the most recent, complete, and available estimate of dead discards from the annual U.S. BFT quota, and make<PRTPAGE P="13591"/>the remainder available to be retained, possessed, or landed by persons and vessels subject to U.S. jurisdiction. The remaining baseline annual U.S. BFT quota will be allocated among the General, Angling, Harpoon, Purse Seine, Longline, Trap, and Reserve categories. BFT may be taken by persons aboard vessels issued Atlantic Tunas permits, HMS Angling permits, or HMS Charter/Headboat permits. The baseline annual U.S. BFT quota is 923.7 mt, not including an additional annual 25 mt allocation provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. The baseline annual U.S. BFT quota is divided among the categories as follows: General—47.1 percent (435.1 mt); Angling—19.7 percent (182.0 mt), which includes the school BFT held in reserve as described under paragraph (a)(7)(ii) of this section; Harpoon—3.9 percent (36.0 mt); Purse Seine—18.6 percent (171.8 mt); Longline—8.1 percent (74.8 mt), which does not include the additional annual 25 mt allocation provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section; and Trap—0.1 percent (0.9 mt). The remaining 2.5 percent (23.1 mt) of the baseline annual U.S. BFT quota will be held in reserve for inseason or annual adjustments based on the criteria in paragraph (a)(8) of this section. NMFS may apportion a quota allocated to any category to specified fishing periods or to geographic areas and will make annual adjustments to quotas, as specified in paragraph (a)(10) of this section. BFT quotas are specified in whole weight.</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) Catches from vessels for which General category Atlantic Tunas permits have been issued and certain catches from vessels for which an HMS Charter/Headboat permit has been issued are counted against the General category quota in accordance with § 635.23(c)(3). The amount of large medium and giant BFT that may be caught, retained, possessed, landed, or sold under the General category quota is 47.1 percent (435.1 mt) of the baseline annual U.S. BFT quota, and is apportioned as follows:</P>
            <P>(A) January 1 through January 31—5.3 percent (23.1 mt);</P>
            <P>(B) June 1 through August 31—50 percent (217.6 mt);</P>
            <P>(C) September 1 through September 30—26.5 percent (115.3 mt);</P>
            <P>(D) October 1 through November 30—13 percent (56.6 mt); and</P>
            <P>(E) December 1 through December 31—5.2 percent (22.6 mt).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Angling category quota.</E>In accordance with the framework procedures of the Consolidated HMS FMP, prior to each fishing year, or as early as feasible, NMFS will establish the Angling category daily retention limits. The total amount of BFT that may be caught, retained, possessed, and landed by anglers aboard vessels for which an HMS Angling permit or an HMS Charter/Headboat permit has been issued is 19.7 percent (182 mt) of the baseline annual U.S. BFT quota. No more than 2.3 percent (4.2 mt) of the annual Angling category quota may be large medium or giant BFT. In addition, over each 2-consecutive-year period (starting in 2011, inclusive), no more than 10 percent of the annual U.S. BFT quota, inclusive of the allocation specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, may be school BFT. The Angling category quota includes the amount of school BFT held in reserve under paragraph (a)(7)(ii) of this section. The size class subquotas for BFT are further subdivided as follows:</P>
            <P>(i) After adjustment for the school BFT quota held in reserve (under paragraph (a)(7)(ii) of this section), 52.8 percent (40.8 mt) of the school BFT Angling category quota may be caught, retained, possessed, or landed south of 39°18′ N. lat. The remaining school BFT Angling category quota (36.5 mt) may be caught, retained, possessed or landed north of 39°18′ N. lat.</P>
            <P>(ii) An amount equal to 52.8 percent (43.8 mt) of the large school/small medium BFT Angling category quota may be caught, retained, possessed, or landed south of 39°18′ N. lat. The remaining large school/small medium BFT Angling category quota (39.1 mt) may be caught, retained, possessed or landed north of 39°18′ N. lat.</P>
            <P>(iii) An amount equal to 66.7 percent (2.8 mt) of the large medium and giant BFT Angling category quota may be caught, retained, possessed, or landed south of 39°18′ N. lat. The remaining large medium and giant BFT Angling category quota (1.4 mt) may be caught, retained, possessed or landed north of 39°18′ N. lat.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Longline category quota.</E>The total amount of large medium and giant BFT that may be caught incidentally and retained, possessed, or landed by vessels that possess Longline category Atlantic Tunas permits is 8.1 percent (74.8 mt) of the baseline annual U.S. BFT quota. No more than 60.0 percent (44.9 mt) of the Longline category quota may be allocated for landing in the area south of 31°00′ N. lat. In addition, 25 mt shall be allocated for incidental catch by pelagic longline vessels fishing in the Northeast Distant gear restricted area.</P>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) The total amount of large medium and giant BFT that may be caught, retained, possessed, or landed by vessels that possess Purse Seine category Atlantic Tunas permits is 18.6 percent (171.8 mt) of the baseline annual U.S. BFT quota. The directed purse seine fishery for BFT commences on July 15 of each year unless NMFS takes action to delay the season start date. Based on cumulative and projected landings in other commercial fishing categories, and the potential for gear conflicts on the fishing grounds or market impacts due to oversupply, NMFS may delay the BFT purse seine season start date from July 15 to no later than August 15 by filing an adjustment with the Office of the Federal Register prior to July 1. The Purse Seine category fishery closes on December 31 of each year.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(5)<E T="03">Harpoon category quota.</E>The total amount of large medium and giant BFT that may be caught, retained, possessed, landed, or sold by vessels that possess Harpoon category Atlantic Tunas permits is 3.9 percent (36.0 mt) of the baseline annual U.S. BFT quota. The Harpoon category fishery commences on June 1 of each year, and closes on November 15 of each year.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(7) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) The total amount of BFT that is held in reserve for inseason or annual adjustments and fishery-independent research using quotas or subquotas is 2.5 percent (23.1 mt) of the baseline annual U.S. BFT quota. Consistent with paragraph (a)(8) of this section, NMFS may allocate any portion of this reserve for inseason or annual adjustments to any category quota in the fishery.</P>
            <P>(ii) The total amount of school BFT that is held in reserve for inseason or annual adjustments and fishery-independent research is 18.5 percent (17.6 mt) of the total school BFT Angling category quota as described under paragraph (a)(2) of this section. This amount is in addition to the amounts specified in paragraph (a)(7)(i) of this section. Consistent with paragraph (a)(8) of this section, NMFS may allocate any portion of the school BFT Angling category quota held in reserve for inseason or annual adjustments to the Angling category.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>4. In § 635.29, paragraph (a) is revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 635.29</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Transfer at sea.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Persons may not transfer an Atlantic tuna, blue marlin, white marlin, roundscale spearfish, or swordfish at sea in the Atlantic Ocean, regardless of where the fish was<PRTPAGE P="13592"/>harvested. Notwithstanding the definition of “harvest” at § 600.10, for the purposes of this part, transfer includes, but is not limited to, moving or attempting to move an Atlantic tuna that is on fishing gear in the water from one vessel to another vessel. However, an owner or operator of a vessel for which a Purse Seine category Atlantic Tunas category permit has been issued under § 635.4 may transfer large medium and giant BFT at sea from the net of the catching vessel to another vessel for which a Purse Seine category Atlantic Tunas permit has been issued, provided the amount transferred does not cause the receiving vessel to exceed its currently authorized vessel allocation, including incidental catch limits.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>5. In § 635.30, paragraph (a) is revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 635.30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Possession at sea and landing.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Atlantic tunas.</E>Persons that own or operate a fishing vessel that possesses an Atlantic tuna in the Atlantic Ocean or that lands an Atlantic tuna in an Atlantic coastal port must maintain such Atlantic tuna through offloading either in round form or eviscerated with the head and fins removed, provided one pectoral fin and the tail remain attached. The upper and lower lobes of the tuna tail may be removed for storage purposes as long as the fork of the tail remains intact.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5858 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 660</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-BA35</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fisheries Off West Coast States; Highly Migratory Species Fisheries; Amendment 2</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of availability of an amendment to a fishery management plan; request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS announces that the Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) has submitted Amendment 2 to the Fishery Management Plan for U.S. West Coast Fisheries for Highly Migratory Species (HMS FMP) for Secretarial review. Amendment 2 would modify the current suite of management unit species, establish a new category of ecosystem component species, modify the process for revising numerical estimates of maximum sustainable yield and optimal yield, and specify status determination criteria so that overfishing and overfished determinations can be made for all management unit species.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments on Amendment 2 must be received on or before May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments on the NOA identified by “RIN 0648-BA35”, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal e-Rulemaking portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Rodney R. McInnis, Regional Administrator, Southwest Region, NMFS, 501 West Ocean Boulevard, Suite 4200, Long Beach, CA 90802.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>(562) 980-4047.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All comments received are part of the public record and generally will be posted to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>without change. All personal identifying information (for example, name and address) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information. NMFS will accept anonymous comments (if submitting comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking portal, enter “N/A” in the relevant required fields if you wish to remain anonymous). Attachments to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe PDF file formats only. Copies of the draft EA and RIR prepared for this proposed rule are available at<E T="03">http://swr.nmfs.noaa.gov/</E>or may be obtained from Rodney R. McInnis (<E T="03">see</E>
            <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>).</P>
          <P>Copies of Amendment 2, which includes an Environmental Assessment/Regulatory Impact Review, are available from Donald O. McIssac, Executive Director, Pacific Fishery Management Council, 7700 NE Ambassador Place, Suite 200, Portland, Oregon 97220-1384.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Craig Heberer, Sustainable Fisheries Division, NMFS, at 760-431-9440, ext. 303 or Kit Dahl, Pacific Fishery Management Council, at 503-820-2422.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (MSA), 18 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.,</E>requires each regional fishery management council to submit any amendment to an FMP to NMFS for review and approval, disapproval, or partial approval. The MSA also requires that NMFS, upon receiving an amendment to an FMP, immediately publish notification in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>that the amendment is available for public review and comment. NMFS will consider the public comments received during the public comment period in determining whether to approve, disapprove, or partially approve Amendment 2.</P>

        <P>Amendment 2 would revise the HMS FMP to ensure it is consistent with advisory guidelines published at 50 CFR 600.310. The guidelines describe fishery management approaches to meet the objectives of National Standard 1 (NS1) of the MSA, Section 301. The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Reauthorization Act of 2006 (MSRA) amended the MSA to include new requirements for annual catch limits (ACLs) and accountability measures (AMs) and other provisions regarding preventing and ending overfishing and rebuilding fisheries. NMFS revised NS1 Guidelines in response to these changes in the MSA. The NS1 Guidelines were published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 16, 2009. The Guidelines are intended to meet the objectives of NS1 by providing guidance on:</P>
        <P>1. Specifying maximum sustainable yield (MSY) and optimal yield (OY);</P>
        <P>2. Specifying status determination criteria (SDC) so that overfishing and overfished determinations can be made for stocks and stock complexes that are part of a fishery;</P>
        <P>3. Preventing overfishing and achieving OY, incorporation of scientific and management uncertainty in control rules, and adaptive management using ACLs and measures to ensure accountability (AM); and</P>
        <P>4. Rebuilding stocks and stock complexes.</P>

        <P>The revisions to the NS1 guidelines also dictate that fisheries undergoing overfishing have ACLs and AMs in place to end overfishing by 2010, and all fisheries to have ACLs and AMs in place to prevent or end overfishing by 2011, and beyond. However, a stock or stock complex may not require an ACL and AMs if it qualifies for an MSRA-defined exception. The most important of these with respect to highly migratory species is the so-called “international exception” described at § 660.310(h)(2)(ii) for stocks managed under an international agreement to which the United States is a party. The NS1 Guidelines also have other provisions related to classifying stocks in the FMP.<PRTPAGE P="13593"/>
        </P>
        <P>In November 2009 the Council reviewed the Highly Migratory Species Management Team's (Management Team) recommendations on the range of issues related to amending the HMS FMP and provided further guidance on developing alternatives based on the following topics:</P>
        <P>(1) Classification of stocks in the HMS FMP as management unit species or ecosystem component species;</P>
        <P>(2) Potential application of the MSRA international exception for ACL requirements to management unit species in the HMS FMP;</P>
        <P>(3) Determining the primary fishery management plan for managed species covered by both the HMS FMP and the Western Pacific Fishery Management Council's Pelagics Fishery Ecosystem Plan; and</P>
        <P>(4) Establishing biological reference points and accountability measures.</P>

        <P>At their April 2010 meeting, the Council adopted a set of alternatives for public review that were made available in the form of a preliminary draft environmental assessment. At the June 2010 meeting the Council took final action to adopt the preferred alternative, addressing the four issue areas listed above in the following manner: Bigeye thresher,<E T="03">Alopias superciliosus,</E>and pelagic thresher,<E T="03">A. pelagicus,</E>would be reclassified as ecosystem component species resulting in a total of 11 management unit species versus the current 13 management unit species under status quo. Based on these considerations there would be eight ecosystem component species included in the HMS FMP, including the two thresher shark species that are currently management unit species.</P>
        <P>The international exception to setting ACLs described at § 660.310(h)(2)(ii) would be applied to all management unit species because they are subject to management by the Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission, of which the U.S. is a member. The HMS FMP would be amended to discuss the process by which NMFS would make a determination of the primary FMP in consultation with the Western Pacific Fishery Management Council. The determination will be based on the stock, or portion of the stock (if stock structure is poorly understood and catch data is limited), for which reference points will be identified. The existing numerical estimates of MSY (or proxies), OY, and SDC, including the overfishing limit, would be retained. Upon the receipt of any new information based on the best available science, the Council may periodically adjust the numerical estimates of MSY, OY, and SDC. The adjustment would follow an established protocol whereby the HMSMT proposes MSY and OY estimates based on the best available science, which are included in the draft HMS Stock Assessment and Fishery Evaluation (SAFE) document submitted to the Council in June. The Council's Science and Statistical Committee would review the estimates and make a recommendation on their suitability for management. The Council would then decide whether to adopt updated numerical estimates of MSY and OY, which would be submitted as recommendations for NMFS to review as part of the management cycle process. This provides the opportunity for Secretarial review of revised MSY and OY estimates. In this process the Council would take final action in November and then NMFS would engage in rulemaking to implement the specifications and any management measures proposed by the Council.</P>
        <P>The Council has submitted a proposed rule to implement Amendment 2 for Secretarial review. NMFS expects to publish and request public comment on the proposed rule in the near future.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Emily H. Menashes,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5868 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 680</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-AY33</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Crab Rationalization Program; Amendment 34</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of availability of a proposed amendment to a fishery management plan; request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The North Pacific Fishery Management Council submitted Amendment 34 to the Fishery Management Plan for Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands King and Tanner Crabs to NMFS for review. If approved, Amendment 34 would amend the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Crab Rationalization Program to exempt additional recipients of crab quota share from Gulf of Alaska Pacific cod and pollock harvest limits, called sideboards, which apply to some vessels and license limitation program licenses that are used to participate in these fisheries. The North Pacific Fishery Management Council determined that these additional recipients demonstrated a sufficient level of historical participation in Gulf of Alaska Pacific cod or pollock fisheries, and that they should be exempt from the current sideboards. This action is necessary to give these recipients an opportunity to participate in the Gulf of Alaska Pacific cod and pollock fisheries at historical levels. This action is intended to promote the goals and objectives of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, the Fishery Management Plan for Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands King and Tanner Crabs, and other applicable laws.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments on the amendment must be submitted on or before May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Send comments to Dr. James Balsiger, Regional Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS,<E T="03">Attn:</E>Ellen Sebastian. You may submit comments, identified by “RIN 0648-AY33,” by any one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Electronic Submissions:</E>Submit all electronic public comments via the Federal eRulemaking Portal Web site at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>P. O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>907-586-7557.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery to the Federal Building:</E>709 West 9th Street, Room 420A, Juneau, AK.</P>

          <P>All comments received are a part of the public record. No comments will be posted to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>for public viewing until after the comment period has closed. Comments will generally be posted without change. All personal identifying information (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>name, address) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.</P>
          <P>NMFS will accept anonymous comments (enter N/A in the required fields, if you wish to remain anonymous). Attachments to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe portable document file (pdf) formats only.</P>

          <P>Electronic copies of Amendment 34 to the Fishery Management Plan for Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands King and Tanner<PRTPAGE P="13594"/>Crabs, the Environmental Assessment, the Regulatory Impact Review, and the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis prepared for this action are available from<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or from the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at<E T="03">http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov.</E>The Environmental Impact Statement, Regulatory Impact Review, Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, and Social Impact Assessment prepared for the Crab Rationalization Program are available from the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at<E T="03">http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Rachel Baker, 907-586-7228.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act) requires that each regional fishery management council submit any fishery management plan amendment it prepares to NMFS for review and approval, disapproval, or partial approval by the Secretary of Commerce. The Magnuson-Stevens Act also requires that NMFS, upon receiving a fishery management plan amendment, immediately publish a notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>announcing that the amendment is available for public review and comment. This notice announces that proposed Amendment 34 to the Fishery Management Plan for Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands King and Tanner Crabs (Crab FMP) is available for public review and comment.</P>
        <P>The king and Tanner crab fisheries in the exclusive economic zone of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands (BSAI) are managed under the Crab FMP. The groundfish fisheries in the exclusive economic zone of the Gulf of Alaska (GOA) are managed under the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska. The North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) prepared the Crab FMP and the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska under the Magnuson-Stevens Act. Amendments 18 and 19 amended the Crab FMP to include the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Crab Rationalization Program (CR Program). Regulations implementing Amendments 18 and 19 were published on March 2, 2005 (70 FR 10174), and are located at 50 CFR part 680. Regulations governing GOA groundfish fisheries are located at 50 CFR part 679.</P>
        <P>The CR Program allocates BSAI crab resources among harvesters, processors, and coastal communities. The CR Program is a limited access privilege program for nine BSAI crab fisheries, in which participants receive exclusive harvesting and processing privileges for a portion of the total allowable catch (TAC) assigned to each crab fishery in the CR Program.</P>
        <P>Under the CR Program, persons received quota share (QS) based on their historical participation in one or more of the CR Program crab fisheries during a specific time period. Quota share represents an exclusive but revocable privilege to receive an annual allocation to harvest a specific percentage of the TAC from a CR Program fishery. NMFS allocated QS to eligible harvesters in 2005, prior to the first year of crab fishing under the CR Program. Each year, a person who holds crab QS and submits a timely and complete crab permit application to NMFS receives an exclusive harvest privilege for a portion of the annual TAC for that crab fishery. This harvest privilege, called individual fishing quota (IFQ), is the annual allocation of pounds of crab for harvest that represent a QS holder's percentage of the TAC. Crab QS holders may form voluntary crab harvesting cooperatives to combine and cooperatively manage their aggregate QS holdings. Each cooperative that is approved by NMFS receives the amount of cooperative IFQ yielded by the aggregate QS holdings of all of the members of the cooperative.</P>
        <P>The Council anticipated that crab harvesting cooperatives would significantly increase operating flexibility for crab fishermen because they could choose when and where to fish for IFQ. Crab fishermen in cooperatives also could potentially reduce costs by harvesting crab IFQs on fewer vessels during an extended season. The Council was concerned that increased flexibility for BSAI crab fishermen could give them an incentive to increase effort in other fisheries, which could economically disadvantage other participants in these fisheries.</P>

        <P>The Council developed sideboards to prevent Bering Sea snow crab (<E T="03">Chionoecetes opilio</E>) quota share recipients from increasing their participation in GOA groundfish fisheries, particularly in the GOA Pacific cod fishery. However, in order to enable those Bering Sea snow crab quota share recipients who also had significant participation in, or dependence on, the GOA Pacific cod fishery to maintain historical participation levels, the Council exempted certain qualified vessels and license limitation program (LLP) licenses from the GOA Pacific cod sideboard.</P>
        <P>The CR Program's GOA groundfish sideboards were implemented in 2006. Under current regulations, CR Program sideboard limits apply to vessels that: (1) Harvest any species of GOA groundfish with the exception of sablefish harvested with fixed gear; (2) are not authorized to conduct directed fishing for pollock under the American Fisheries Act (AFA) of 1998 (Public Law 105-277, Title II of Division C); and (3) meet one or both of the following criteria: (a) Made a legal landing of Bering Sea snow crab between January 1, 1996, and December 31, 2000, that generated any amount of Bering Sea snow crab QS; or (b) are named on a GOA groundfish LLP license that was generated by the fishing history of a vessel that also generated Bering Sea snow crab QS. Vessels that meet these criteria subsequently will be referred to as “non-AFA crab vessels.” The CR Program did not establish sideboard limits for AFA vessels with historical participation in the Bering Sea snow crab fishery because these vessels are subject to GOA harvesting and processing restrictions under the AFA and in implementing regulations for the AFA (50 CFR 679.64(b)).</P>

        <P>The Council primarily intended GOA groundfish sideboards to restrict vessels with Bering Sea snow crab catch history. However, the Council determined that, because LLP licenses are transferable, GOA groundfish sideboard limits should also apply to GOA groundfish LLP licenses derived from vessels with catch history that also generated Bering Sea snow crab QS. The LLP was implemented in 2000 to limit the number, size, and operation type (gear designation) of vessels that may be deployed in the groundfish fisheries in the exclusive economic zone of the BSAI and GOA, and in crab fisheries in the BSAI. Regulations require, with limited exceptions, that a vessel must be named on a legible copy of a valid LLP license that is on board the vessel in order to participate in a directed fishery for LLP species. NMFS issued LLP licenses based on the catch history of a vessel in specific fisheries (i.e., a vessel's qualifying catch history generated an LLP license). The Council extended the CR Program GOA groundfish sideboards to GOA groundfish LLP licenses derived from vessels with catch history that also generated Bering Sea snow crab quota to prevent crab QS recipients from circumventing the GOA groundfish sideboards by transferring an LLP license for use on a vessel that is not subject to the sideboards. Thus, any vessel named on a GOA groundfish LLP license that was generated by the GOA groundfish catch history of a non-AFA vessel that also generated Bering Sea crab QS is subject to the CR Program GOA non-AFA groundfish sideboards,<PRTPAGE P="13595"/>even if the vessel named on the LLP license did not have historical landings that generated Bering Sea snow crab QS.</P>
        <P>While most vessels and LLP licenses with catch history that generated Bering Sea snow crab QS are subject to the CR Program sideboard limits in GOA groundfish fisheries, some are exempt from the GOA Pacific cod sideboard. The Council established an exemption from the GOA Pacific cod sideboard limits for non-AFA crab vessels that demonstrated minimal participation in, or dependence on, the Bering Sea snow crab fishery and sufficient participation in, or dependence on, the GOA Pacific cod fishery from 1996 through 2000. Non-AFA crab vessels that are exempt from the GOA Pacific cod sideboard limits do not have to stop fishing for GOA Pacific cod when the sideboard limit is reached and may continue to fish as long as directed fishing for Pacific cod is open. The catch history of exempt participants is not included in the GOA Pacific cod non-AFA crab vessel sideboard limit calculations, and NMFS does not count the GOA Pacific cod catch of exempt vessels toward the non-AFA crab vessel sideboard limit.</P>
        <P>Each year, NMFS calculates the non-AFA crab vessel sideboard limits for GOA groundfish species. The sideboard limit is calculated as a ratio of the amount of each groundfish species retained by non-AFA crab vessels from 1996 to 2000, relative to the total retained catch of each species by all vessels during the same period. This calculation yields a fixed ratio, or percentage, that is multiplied by the annual TAC for each GOA groundfish sideboard species to determine the non-AFA crab vessel sideboard limit (in metric tons) for GOA groundfish species.</P>
        <P>NMFS opens directed fishing for a sideboard species for non-AFA crab vessels only when it determines that any directed fishery harvest for that species—and the incidental catch needs for that species by non-AFA crab vessels in other fisheries—would not exceed the sideboard limit. The CR Program GOA groundfish sideboard limits restrict the catch of non-AFA crab vessels in the aggregate. All targeted or incidental catch of a GOA groundfish sideboard species made by non-AFA crab vessels subject to the sideboard is deducted from the sideboard limit. NMFS closes directed fishing for vessels subject to a sideboard limit when NMFS determines that the remainder of a GOA groundfish sideboard limit is needed for incidental catch by non-AFA crab vessels in other fisheries.</P>
        <P>Since 2006, NMFS has determined that only Pacific cod non-AFA crab vessel sideboard limits in two GOA management areas were large enough to open a directed sideboard fishery. Although NMFS opened directed fishing for Pacific cod for non-AFA crab vessels subject to the sideboard limit, the relatively small sideboard limit amounts prompted NMFS to close directed fishing for these vessels earlier than it closed directed fishing for vessels that were not subject to sideboard limits. All other GOA sideboard species, including pollock, have been closed to directed fishing by non-AFA crab vessels subject to the CR Program groundfish sideboard limits because the sideboard limits were determined by NMFS to be insufficient to support both directed and incidental catch needs for these vessels.</P>
        <P>The Council was prompted to reexamine the CR Program GOA groundfish sideboard limits by non-AFA crab vessel operators who testified that some sideboard limits were too restrictive. These operators indicated that they had historically participated in GOA Pacific cod and pollock fisheries at levels that demonstrated sufficient dependence on these fisheries and had received Bering Sea crab quota share at levels that demonstrated minimal dependence on the Bering Sea snow crab fishery. Some Bering Sea snow crab QS recipients testified to the Council that the earlier closure of directed fishing for Pacific cod for non-AFA crab vessels subject to sideboard limits, as well as the complete closure of directed fishing for pollock for vessels subject to sideboard limits, represented a lost fishing opportunity for their vessels and thus, potential lost revenue from Pacific cod and pollock catch. Based on this public testimony and a review of the effects of the sideboard limits in the 2005/2006 and 2006/2007 crab fishing years, the first 2 years of the CR Program, the Council determined that the sideboard restrictions for the GOA Pacific cod and pollock fisheries should be re-examined. The Council initiated an analysis in December 2007 to examine alternatives that would expand the criteria for non-AFA crab vessels to qualify for an exemption from the Pacific cod sideboard limits and would extend a similar exemption to the pollock sideboard limits. In October 2008, the Council recommended Amendment 34 to the Crab FMP to exempt additional vessels and groundfish LLP licenses from the GOA Pacific cod and pollock sideboard limits.</P>
        <P>Amendment 34 would implement two actions. Action 1 would revise the GOA Pacific cod sideboard limit exemption criteria for non-AFA crab vessels. Action 2 would establish new GOA pollock sideboard limit exemption criteria for non-AFA crab vessels. NMFS estimates that, in addition to the five vessels and five groundfish LLP licenses that are currently exempt, the Council's preferred alternative for Action 1 would exempt three non-AFA crab vessels and three groundfish LLP licenses from GOA Pacific cod sideboard limits, for an estimated total of eight vessels and eight LLP licenses that would be exempt from the GOA Pacific cod sideboard. For Action 2, NMFS estimates that the Council's preferred alternative would exempt one non-AFA crab vessel and one groundfish LLP license from the GOA pollock sideboard limits. Exemptions from the sideboard harvest limits would provide an opportunity for these crab QS recipients to participate in the GOA Pacific cod and pollock fisheries at historical levels. The Council determined that the potential increased participation by these participants in GOA Pacific cod and pollock fisheries was unlikely to significantly impact other participants in these fisheries.</P>

        <P>The Regulatory Impact Review and Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis prepared for this action describes the costs and benefits of the proposed amendment (<E T="03">see</E>
          <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>). All of the directly regulated entities would be expected to benefit from this action relative to the status quo because the proposed amendment would allow crab QS recipients with demonstrated dependence on GOA Pacific cod and pollock fisheries to participate in these fisheries at historical levels.</P>

        <P>Public comments are being solicited on proposed Amendment 34 to the Crab FMP through the end of the comment period (<E T="03">see</E>
          <E T="02">DATES</E>). NMFS intends to publish in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, and seek public comment on, a proposed rule that would implement Amendment 34, following NMFS's evaluation of the proposed rule under the Magnuson-Stevens Act. Public comments on the proposed rule must be received by the end of the comment period on Amendment 34 (<E T="03">see</E>
          <E T="02">DATES</E>) to be considered in the approval/disapproval decision on Amendment 34. All comments received by the end of the comment period, whether specifically directed to Amendment 34 or the proposed rule, will be considered in the FMP approval/disapproval decision. To be considered, comments must be received, not just postmarked or otherwise transmitted, by the close of business on the last day of the comment period. Comments received after that date will not be considered in the<PRTPAGE P="13596"/>approval/disapproval decision on the amendment.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Emily H. Menashes,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5854 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
  </PRORULES>
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>49</NO>
  <DATE>Monday, March 14, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Notices</UNITNAME>
  <NOTICES>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="13597"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. APHIS-2010-0078]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Availability of an Environmental Assessment and Finding of No Significant Impact for a Biological Control Agent for Hawkweeds</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>We are advising the public that the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) has prepared an environmental assessment and finding of no significant impact relative to the release of the hawkweed gall wasp,<E T="03">Aulacidea subterminalis,</E>into the continental United States as a biological control agent to reduce the severity of infestations of hawkweeds (<E T="03">Hieracium</E>spp.). Based on its finding of no significant impact, APHIS has determined that an environmental impact statement need not be prepared.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Dr. Shirley A. Wager-Page, Chief, Pest Permitting Branch, Plant Health Programs, PPQ, APHIS, 4700 River Road, Unit 133, Riverdale, MD 20737-1237; (301) 734-8453.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) is proposing to issue permits for the release of the hawkweed gall wasp,<E T="03">Aulacidea subterminalis,</E>into the continental United States for the biological control of hawkweeds (<E T="03">Hieracium pilosella,</E>
          <E T="03">H. aurantiacum,</E>
          <E T="03">H. floribundum,</E>and<E T="03">H. flagellare</E>).</P>
        <P>On October 21, 2010, we published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(75 FR 64984-64985, Docket No. APHIS-2010-0078) a notice<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>in which we announced the availability, for public review and comment, of an environmental assessment (EA) that examined the potential environmental impacts associated with the proposed release of this biological control agent into the continental United States.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>1</SU>To view the notice, EA, FONSI, and response to comments, go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov/fdmspublic/component/main?main=DocketDetail&amp;d=APHIS-2010-0078.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>We solicited comments on the EA for 30 days ending November 22, 2010. We received four comments, from a State agriculture department, a State conservation association, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and an anonymous commenter. Our responses to the issues raised in the comments can be found in Appendix 5 of the final EA (<E T="03">see</E>footnote 1).</P>
        <P>In this document, we are advising the public of our finding of no significant impact (FONSI) regarding the release of the hawkweed gall wasp into the continental United States for use as a biological control agent for the control of hawkweeds. The finding, which is based on the EA, reflects our determination that release of this biological control agent will not have a significant impact on the quality of the human environment.</P>

        <P>The EA and FONSI may be viewed on the Regulations.gov Web site (<E T="03">see</E>footnote 1). Copies of the EA and FONSI are also available for public inspection at USDA, room 1141, South Building, 14th Street and Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC, between 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays. Persons wishing to inspect copies are requested to call ahead on (202) 690-2817 to facilitate entry into the reading room. In addition, copies may be obtained by calling or writing the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>. Please refer to the title of the EA when requesting copies.</P>

        <P>The EA has been prepared in accordance with: (1) The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321<E T="03">et seq.</E>), (2) regulations of the Council on Environmental Quality for implementing the procedural provisions of NEPA (40 CFR parts 1500-1508), (3) USDA regulations implementing NEPA (7 CFR part 1b), and (4) APHIS' NEPA Implementing Procedures (7 CFR part 372).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED/>
          <P>Done in Washington, DC, this 7th day of March 2011.</P>
          <NAME>Kevin Shea,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Administrator, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5714 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-34-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Farm Service Agency</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Request for an Extension of a Currently Approved Information Collection; County Committee Elections</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Farm Service Agency, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice; request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Farm Service Agency (FSA) is seeking comments from all interested individuals and entities on an extension of a currently approved information collection associated with the FSA County Committee Elections. The collection of information from FSA farmers and ranchers is used to receive nominations from eligible voters for the County Committee.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We will consider comments that we receive by May 13, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Additional Information:</E>We invite you to submit comments on this Notice. In your comment, include volume, date and page number of this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>You may submit comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Mail:</E>Kenneth Nagel, Field Operations Manager for the Deputy Administrator for Field Operations, Farm Service Agency, USDA, STOP 0542, 1400 Independence Avenue, Washington, DC 20250.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">E-mail:</E>Send comments to:<E T="03">Kenneth.nagel@wdc.usda.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 720-6974.</P>
          <P>Comments also should be sent to the Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC 20503.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Kenneth Nagel, Field Operations Manager, telephone (202) 720-7890.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:<PRTPAGE P="13598"/>
        </HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">Title:</E>County Committee Election.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>0560-0229.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Expiration Date of Approval:</E>September 30, 2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>Extension.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>This information collection is necessary to effectively allow farmers and ranchers to nominate potential candidates for the county committee election. FSA also requires reporting the participation rate of disadvantaged farmers and ranchers and the election result to USDA Secretary and the Congress, as specified in Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act. Specifically, FSA county offices use the information annually or if needed through-out the year for special elections to create ballots for county committee elections.</P>
        <P>FSA county offices compile information for ballots and reports from FSA-669A, Nomination Form for County FSA Committee Election, that an individual completes to nominate themselves or nominate any other person who is interested to serve on a FSA county committee, if eligible. The individuals also voluntarily specify their race, ethnicity, and gender on FSA-669A.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimate of Respondent Burden:</E>Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 10 minutes per response. The average travel time, which is included in the total burden, is estimated to be 1 hour per respondent.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents:</E>Any individual with farming interest in the Local Administrative Area (LAA) (eligible voters).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>10,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Responses per Respondent:</E>1.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual of Responses:</E>10,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>6,700.</P>
        <P>We are requesting comments on all aspects of this information collection to help us to:</P>
        <P>(1) Evaluate whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;</P>
        <P>(2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</P>
        <P>(3) Enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected;</P>
        <P>(4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
        <P>All responses received in response to this notice, including names and addresses, when provided, will be a matter of public records. Comments will be summarized and included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval of the information collection.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC on March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Carolyn B. Cooksie,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Administrator, Farm Service Agency.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5770 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-05-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Foreign Agricultural Service</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Funding Availability: Inviting Applications for McGovern-Dole International Food for Education and Child Nutrition Program's Micronutrient-Fortified Food Aid Products Pilot</SUBJECT>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Announcement Type:</E>New.</P>
        <FP>
          <E T="03">Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) Number:</E>10.608.</FP>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Summary:</E>The Foreign Agricultural Service (FAS) announces it is inviting proposals for the McGovern-Dole International Food for Education and Child Nutrition (McGovern-Dole) Program Micronutrient-Fortified Food Aid Products Pilot (MFFAPP). Up to $9 million of funding is available for the MFFAPP. Eligible applicants may submit proposals through June 10, 2011. The MFFAPP is administered through FAS's McGovern-Dole International Food for Education and Child Nutrition (McGovern-Dole) Program.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Dates:</E>All applications must be received by 5 p.m. Eastern Standard Time, June 10, 2011. Applications received after this date will not be considered.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">For Further Information Contact:</E>Food Assistance Division, Office of Capacity Building and Development, Foreign Agricultural Service, Portals Office Building, Suite 400, 1250 Maryland Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20024; by phone: (202) 720-4221; by fax: (202) 690-0251; or by e-mail at<E T="03">ppded@fas.usda.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Supplementary Information:</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Funding Opportunity Description</HD>
        <P>A.<E T="03">Authority:</E>The MFFAPP uses the authority of the McGovern-Dole Program, which is authorized by the Farm Security and Rural Investment Act of 2002, as amended.</P>
        <P>B.<E T="03">Purpose:</E>Under the MFFAPP, participants will have access to resources to introduce and field test new or improved micronutrient-fortified food aid products. FAS defines micronutrient-fortified food aid products as foods used for direct feeding that are nutritionally enhanced with vitamin or mineral additions to address the micronutrient deficiencies of a population or group. The food aid products must be designed to meet the energy and nutrient needs of populations served by the McGovern-Dole Program, including school-aged children, children under 5 years of age, pregnant and lactating mothers, and infants. The process of micronutrient fortification must take place in the United States and use U.S. origin products. The participant may develop a new product or improve an existing product, either directly or by contracting with another party. This pilot does not support field testing for products that already exist or have been recently developed.</P>
        <P>Through this pilot, FAS hopes to identify new products that provide the most improvement in nutrition for the targeted beneficiaries in the most cost-effective manner. FAS will examine each proposal for its appropriateness to the beneficiary population and targeted country context, its intended impact on the nutrition of program beneficiaries, and the expected outcomes of the pilot project.</P>
        <P>C.<E T="03">Priorities:</E>1. FAS is seeking to maximize the cost effectiveness of implementing this pilot. Therefore, FAS will give priority consideration to otherwise acceptable proposals that will develop and field test food aid products in conjunction with current or already-approved future activities under the McGovern-Dole Program in the following countries: Afghanistan, Angola, Bangladesh, Benin, Bolivia, Burkina Faso, Cambodia, Cameroon, Chad, Ethiopia, Guatemala, Guinea-Bissau, Haiti, Kenya, Lao PDR, Liberia, Madagascar, Malawi, Mali, Mozambique, Nepal, Nicaragua, Niger, Pakistan, Republic of Congo, Rwanda, Senegal, Sierra Leone, and Uganda.</P>

        <P>2. FAS will also consider, but will give a lower priority to, proposals for projects to develop and field test food aid products, whether or not in conjunction with current or already-approved future activities under the McGovern-Dole Program, in countries other than those listed in Section I.C.1., provided that the project is short term and supports sustainability efforts and the country meets the following criteria:<PRTPAGE P="13599"/>
        </P>
        <P>a. Low or Lower Middle Income Country—according to World Bank data (2008 World Bank);</P>
        <P>b. Greater than 20 percent prevalence of stunting (World Health Organization);</P>
        <P>c. Adult literacy rate below 80 percent;</P>
        <P>d. Government support for education;</P>
        <P>e. Absence of civil conflict; and</P>
        <P>f. FAS has a representative covering the country who can provide the ability for oversight of program activities.</P>
        <P>3. If an applicant for funding under the MFFAPP proposes to develop and field test a food aid product in conjunction with the current or approved activities of another entity under the McGovern-Dole Program, the applicant must obtain the agreement of such entity that the applicant may develop and field test the food aid product in conjunction with its activities. The applicant does not have to be the entity that is carrying or will carry out the current or approved activities under the McGovern-Dole Program.</P>
        <P>4. Please note that the focus of this pilot is on developing and field testing new products and not on providing school meals on a large scale.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Award Information</HD>
        <P>A.<E T="03">Award Size:</E>FAS has approximately $9 million available for the development, improvement, and field testing of micronutrient-fortified food products. The limited funds will generally preclude FAS from approving a project costing more than $3 million, although there is no minimum or maximum amount set for each MFFAPP-funded project.</P>
        <P>B.<E T="03">Type of Award:</E>All awards will be made in the form of competitive grants.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Eligibility Information</HD>
        <P>For eligibility requirements, see the McGovern-Dole Program regulations (7 CFR 1599.3).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Application and Submission Information</HD>
        <P>A.<E T="03">Application content:</E>An applicant for funding under the MFFAPP shall submit an application that contains the information specified in 7 CFR 1599.4, which includes a completed form SF-424, an Introductory Statement, and a Plan of Operation. Guidance on preparing the Introductory Statement and Plan of Operation can be found at the following address:<E T="03">http://www.fas.usda.gov/excredits/FoodAid/FFE/FFE.asp.</E>In addition, the application shall include the following:</P>
        <P>1. Information on the micronutrient-fortified food aid products to be introduced, including:</P>
        <P>a. A description of the new micronutrient-fortified food aid product to be developed and delivered, and an explanation of how the newly developed food aid product will be field tested and evaluated; or a description of the already existing, but improved, micronutrient-fortified food aid product to be delivered, and an explanation of how the food aid product will be field tested and evaluated;</P>
        <P>b. An explanation of the need for the micronutrient-fortified food aid product in the targeted country and information regarding the country's current direct distribution operations, if they already exist, including a description of any micronutrient-fortified foods distributed and current funding resources;</P>
        <P>c. Reasons for selecting the type of micronutrient-fortified food aid product;</P>
        <P>d. The intended beneficiaries' health or nutritional deficiencies that could be alleviated by the micronutrient-fortified food product; and</P>
        <P>e. The impact on the targeted beneficiaries, including an explanation of how the identified health or nutritional deficiencies will be addressed by introducing new or improved micronutrient-fortified food aid.</P>
        <P>2. Information about the applicant's past activities in fortifying food products and food aid distribution projects, if any.</P>
        <P>3. Information about the costs and logistics that would be involved in carrying out the applicant's proposal, including:</P>
        <P>a. A complete description of the costs to develop, or contract to develop, and transport the new or improved food aid product to be introduced, and a budget proposal for funding these items; and</P>
        <P>b. A description of the distribution process, storage, and handling, including shelf life, of the new or improved product.</P>
        <P>4. If the proposal is to develop and field test a food aid product in conjunction with current or approved activities under the McGovern-Dole Program, a written statement from the entity that is carrying or will carry out such activities that it has agreed to work with the applicant as outlined in its proposal.</P>
        <P>5. Information about the level of government and community support for maternal, child, and student health, and nutrition in the targeted country.</P>
        <P>6. A detailed description of the methodology, rationale, and proposed timeline to be used to field test and evaluate the impact of the new or improved micronutrient-fortified food aid product on the intended beneficiaries as compared to traditional food assistance commodities.</P>
        <P>7. A detailed description of how the project will be evaluated and a completed report submitted to FAS.</P>
        <P>B.<E T="03">Method of Submission:</E>The entire application package must be submitted electronically either to FAS's online proposal entry system located at<E T="03">http://www.fas.usda.gov/excredits/FoodAid/FFE/ApplyForProgram.asp,</E>which is the preferred method, or by e-mail at<E T="03">ppded@fas.usda.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>C.<E T="03">Deadline for Submission:</E>All applications must be received by 5 p.m. Eastern Standard Time, June 10, 2011. Applications received after this date will not be considered.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Proposal Review Criteria</HD>
        <P>A.<E T="03">Review Process:</E>FAS will review all responsive proposals that are submitted by the deadline. FAS will invite comments from other U.S. governmental agencies on its award recommendations, but FAS will make the final determination about which proposals to fund. After the initial evaluations, FAS will undertake an additional review to ensure that activities funded under this pilot will be conducted in multiple geographic regions.</P>
        <P>B.<E T="03">Criteria:</E>After prioritizing the proposals using the McGovern-Dole Program and country criteria outlined in Section I.C., FAS will review and evaluate each proposal using the following criteria:</P>
        <P>1. Need for the micronutrient-fortified food aid product (20 percent).</P>
        <P>a. Is the need clearly established with statistics on food deficiencies, malnutrition, micronutrient deficiencies, and the effects of these conditions on the intended beneficiaries?</P>
        <P>b. Does the targeted country clearly demonstrate commitment to reducing the prevalence of malnutrition and under-nutrition in the country with education and other support?</P>
        <P>2. Focus on the product to be developed or improved (30 percent).</P>
        <P>a. To what extent would the fortified food aid product provide a benefit by ameliorating or preventing a nutritional deficiency disease?</P>
        <P>b. Are the costs to produce or improve the product reasonable?</P>
        <P>c. How easy would it be to transport and use the product, and would the shelf life be long enough?</P>
        <P>d. Are there adequate measures in place to distribute, store, and handle the product within the targeted country?</P>

        <P>e. Is the product appropriate to address the nutritional needs of the<PRTPAGE P="13600"/>beneficiaries in the context of the targeted country?</P>
        <P>3. Organizational experience and capability (20 percent).</P>
        <P>a. Does the proposal clearly demonstrate the organization's capability and effectiveness in implementing previous food aid programs, particularly ones targeting school-aged children, children under age 5, or maternal and infant health?</P>
        <P>b. Does the proposal provide evidence that the organization has the knowledge, expertise, ability, and resources to successfully implement the project, including evidence of its timeliness and quality of reporting on past food aid activities?</P>
        <P>c. Does the proposal demonstrate that the organization has an experienced management team that can properly implement, monitor, and evaluate the project?</P>
        <P>4. Monitoring and evaluation (30 percent).</P>
        <P>a. Are the baselines and target goals well developed, recent, and clear?</P>
        <P>b. Is the monitoring and evaluation criteria and process clearly described and sufficient to provide FAS with an evaluation report that would clearly indicate the benefit and drawbacks of the new product to the population?</P>
        <P>c. What are the qualifications of the evaluation team?</P>
        <P>d. Is the organization's plan to develop and submit a final evaluation report to FAS clear and well defined?</P>
        <P>e. What is the quality of the project's performance measures, and the degree to which they relate to the objectives, deliverables, and proposed approach and activities?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Award Administration Information</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Award Notices:</E>FAS will notify each applicant in writing of the final disposition of its application. FAS will send a letter to each approved applicant that will specify the amount of funding. Once the approved applicant receives this letter, FAS will begin negotiations with the program participant to develop a grant agreement. The agreement will incorporate the details of the project as approved by FAS and in accordance with the McGovern-Dole Program regulations, 7 CFR part 1599. Approved applicants will not receive funding under the MFFAPP until the agreement negotiation is complete and the agreement has been signed by authorized representatives of the applicant and FAS.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Reporting:</E>An organization receiving funding under the MFFAPP will be required to provide quarterly financial reports, semi-annual logistics and monitoring reports, and a final evaluation report, as provided in the grant agreement. In its final evaluation report, the organization will be required to use supporting evidence gathered during the pilot to describe the benefits and drawbacks of the new product to the population and to address the benefits or drawbacks of the new or improved product as compared to traditional food assistance commodities. Changes in the original project timelines and adjustments within project budgets must be approved by FAS prior to their implementation.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Monitoring and Evaluation:</E>A program participant shall submit to FAS, in the manner specified in the agreement, an annual financial audit in accordance with 7 CFR 1599.13(d). If FAS requires an annual financial audit with respect to a particular agreement, and FAS provides funds for this purpose, the participant shall arrange for such audit and submit it to FAS, in the manner specified in the agreement. The participant shall provide to FAS additional information or reports relating to the agreement if requested by FAS.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC on the 24th of January 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>John D. Brewer,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator, Foreign Agricultural Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5712 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-10-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Forest Service</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Payette National Forest, Idaho, Golden Hand #3 and #4 Lode Mining Claims, Plan of Operations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Forest Service, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of withdrawal.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The USDA Forest Service is withdrawing the Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for The Golden Hand No. 3 and No. 4 Lode Mining Claims Proposed Plan of Operations. The project included mining operations on the lode claims along with associated activities such as road maintenance and construction. The project will not be implemented. Any further action on claims No. 3 and No. 4 would be conducted under a new plan of operation and subsequent environmental documentation.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>The Notice of Intent originally appeared on April 19, 2002 in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>page no 19389. The Notice of Availability of the Final EIS appeared on May 9, 2003 in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>page no 25023. This withdrawal of the Notice of Intent is effective on the date of this publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Send written comments to Jeff Hunteman, Krassel Ranger District, Payette National Forest, 500 N. Mission, McCall, Idaho 83638.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Jeff Hunteman at the above address, or e-mail:<E T="03">jhunteman@fs.fed.us.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The mining claims are located in the Frank Church-River of No Return Wilderness, approximately 50 miles northeast of McCall, Idaho in section 26, T22N, R9E, Boise Meridian. The claims encompass approximately 20 acres each adjacent to Coin Creek, a tributary of Beaver Creek, which flows into Big Creek, a tributary of the Salmon River. The Record of Decision will also be withdrawn.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Responsible Official</HD>
        <P>The responsible official is the Forest Supervisor of the Payette National Forest.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Suzanne C. Rainville,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Forest Supervisor, Payette National Forest.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5760 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-11-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Forest Service</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>White Pine-Nye County Resource Advisory Committee (RAC)</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Forest Service, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The White Pine-Nye County Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will hold a meeting.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The meeting will be held on April 15th, 2011 and will begin at 9 a.m.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The meeting will be held in Eureka County at the Eureka County Annex, 701 S. Main Street, Eureka, Nevada 89316.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Jose Noriega, RAC Coordinator, USDA, Humboldt-Toiyabe National Forest, Ely Ranger District, 825 Avenue E Ely, NV 89301, (775) 289-3031; E-Mail<E T="03">jnoriega@fs.fed.us.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>Agenda items include: (1) Remarks by Forest Supervisor, (2) Review and approve previous meeting's minutes and business expenses, (3) Review and recommend funding allocation for proposed projects; project submittal date deadline is March 31, 2011, (4) Public Comment, (5) Determine timeframes for the next round of project proposals if needed. The meeting is<PRTPAGE P="13601"/>open to the public. Public input opportunity will be provided and individuals will have the opportunity to address the Committee at that time.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jeanne M. Higgins,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Forest Supervisor.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5766 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-11-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Forest Service</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Shasta County Resource Advisory Committee</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Forest Service, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Shasta County Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet at the USDA Service Center in Redding, California, on March 30, 2011, from 8:30 a.m. to 12 noon. The purpose of this meeting is to discuss project updates and proposals, information on monitoring efforts, and a timeline for the upcoming year.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Wednesday, March 30 at 8:30 a.m.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The meeting will be held at the USDA Service Center, 3644 Avtech Parkway, Redding, California 96002.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Resource Advisory Committee Designated Federal Official Donna Harmon at (530) 226-2335 or<E T="03">dharmon@fs.fed.us.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The meeting is open to the public. Public input sessions will be provided and individuals will have the opportunity to address the Shasta County Resource Advisory Committee.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 1, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>J. Sharon Heywood,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Forest Supervisor, Shasta-Trinity National Forest.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5298 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Forest Service</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>West Virginia Resource Advisory Committee</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Forest Service, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The West Virginia Resource Advisory Committee will meet in Elkins, West Virginia. The committee is meeting as authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (Pub. L. 110-343) and in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose is for the committee to consider new project proposals.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The meeting will be held on March 29, 2011, and will begin at 1 p.m.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>The meeting will be held at the Monongahela National Forest Supervisor's Office, 200 Sycamore Street, Elkins, WV 26241. Written comments should be sent to Kate Goodrich-Arling at the same address. Comments may also be sent via e-mail to<E T="03">kgoodricharling@fs.fed.us,</E>or via facsimile to 304-637-0582.</P>
          <P>All comments, including names and addresses when provided, are placed in the record and are available for public inspection and copying. The public may inspect comments received at Monongahela National Forest, 200 Sycamore Street, Elkins, WV 26241.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Kate Goodrich-Arling, RAC coordinator, USDA, Monongahela National Forest, 200 Sycamore Street, Elkins, WV 26241; (304) 636-1800; E-mail<E T="03">kgoodricharling@fs.fed.us.</E>
          </P>
          <P>Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8 a.m. and 8 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The meeting is open to the public. The following business will be conducted: (1) Review and approval or amendment of notes from previous meeting (2) Consider new project proposals; and (3) Public Comment. Persons who wish to bring related matters to the attention of the Committee may file written statements with the Committee staff before or after the meeting.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Clyde N. Thompson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Designated Federal Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5768 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-11-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
        <P>The Department of Commerce will submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Agency:</E>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Dam Owner Survey to Support Management of Gulf of Maine Distinct Population Segment of Atlantic Salmon.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>None.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Number(s):</E>NA.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>Regular submission (request for approval of a new information collection).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>109 per year.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average Hours per Response:</E>10 minutes for owners of two or fewer dams; 1 hour for those owning three or more dams.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Burden Hours:</E>23 per year.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>This is a request for approval of a new information collection.</P>
        <P>In 2009, Atlantic salmon populations from the Androscoggin River in South Central Maine to the Dennys River in Eastern Maine were listed as Endangered under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA) (74 FR 29344, June 19, 2009). Dams were identified in the listing as a significant threat to the species survival and recovery. In order for recovery to occur, Atlantic salmon must have access to sufficient adult spawning habitat and juvenile rearing habitat to support the continued existence of a recovered salmon population. In furtherance of recovery, the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) proposes to conduct a survey of dam owners.</P>
        <P>This survey will identify opportunities for fish passage improvements or dam removal that may fit into existing funding programs directed towards improving fish passage for diadromous fish species. Information from this survey will also be collected to educate NOAA on the current use, anticipated use, and community interest in small dams. This type of information will aid NMFS in developing tools to communicate and work effectively with dam owners within the Gulf of Maine Distinct Population Segment. Information will be collected on current uses of dams, anticipated uses of dams, important issues or concerns to dam owners, and owners' interest in creating fish passage or removing dams. Associations or organizations with an interest in the dams will also be identified.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Business or other for-profit organizations.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency:</E>Annually (one time only, but spread over two years).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondent's Obligation:</E>Voluntary.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Desk Officer: OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov.</E>
        </P>

        <P>Copies of the above information collection proposal can be obtained by calling or writing Diana Hynek, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, (202) 482-0266, Department of<PRTPAGE P="13602"/>Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20230 (or via the Internet at<E T="03">dHynek@doc.gov</E>).</P>

        <P>Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to<E T="03">OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Gwellnar Banks,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Management Analyst, Office of the Chief Information Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5793 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket 18-2011]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Foreign-Trade Zone 59—Lincoln, NE; Application for Subzone; Cabela's Inc. (Hunting, Fishing, Camping and Related Outdoor Merchandise); Sidney, NE</SUBJECT>
        <P>An application has been submitted to the Foreign-Trade Zones Board (the Board) by the Lincoln Foreign-Trade Zone, Inc., grantee of FTZ 59, requesting special-purpose subzone status for the warehousing and distribution facilities of Cabela's Inc. (Cabela's), located in Sidney, Nebraska. The application was submitted pursuant to the provisions of the Foreign-Trade Zones Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 81a-81u), and the regulations of the Board (15 CFR part 400). It was formally filed on March 7, 2011.</P>

        <P>The Cabela's facilities (210 employees) consist of two sites on 67 acres in Sidney, Nebraska:<E T="03">Site 1</E>(55 acres) is located at 3200 Road 101, Sidney; and<E T="03">Site 2</E>(12 acres) is located at 3232 Road 101 East, Sidney. The facilities are used for the storage and distribution of outdoor merchandise, clothing and footwear, including optics, electronics, hunting, archery, shooting, fishing, boating, camping, pet and related products (duty rate ranges from duty-free to 48%).</P>
        <P>FTZ procedures could exempt Cabela's from customs duty payments on foreign products that will be re-exported (approximately 1% of shipments). On its domestic sales, the company would be able to defer duty payments until merchandise is shipped from the plant and entered for consumption. FTZ designation would further allow Cabela's to realize logistical benefits through the use of weekly customs entry procedures. The request indicates that the savings from FTZ procedures would help improve the facility's international competitiveness.</P>
        <P>In accordance with the Board's regulations, Elizabeth Whiteman of the FTZ Staff is designated examiner to evaluate and analyze the facts and information presented in the application and case record and to report findings and recommendations to the Board.</P>
        <P>Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions (original and 3 copies) shall be addressed to the Board's Executive Secretary at the address below. The closing period for their receipt is May 13, 2011. Rebuttal comments in response to material submitted during the foregoing period may be submitted during the subsequent 15-day period to May 28, 2011.</P>

        <P>A copy of the application will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Executive Secretary, Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Room 2111, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20230-0002, and in the “Reading Room” section of the Board's Web site, which is accessible via<E T="03">http://www.trade.gov/ftz.</E>
        </P>
        <P>For further information, contact Elizabeth Whiteman at<E T="03">Elizabeth.Whiteman@trade.gov</E>or (202) 482-0473.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Andrew McGilvray,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Executive Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5693 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[A-570-506]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Porcelain-on-Steel Cooking Ware From the People's Republic of China: Continuation of Antidumping Duty Order</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Import Administration, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>March 14, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>As a result of the determinations by the Department of Commerce (“Department”) and the International Trade Commission (“ITC”) that revocation of the antidumping duty order on porcelain-on-steel cooking ware (“POS cookware”) from the People's Republic of China (“PRC”) would likely lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping and material injury to an industry in the United States, the Department is publishing a notice of continuation of the antidumping duty order.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Toni Dach, AD/CVD Operations, Import Administration, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20230;<E T="03">telephone:</E>(202) 482-1655.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P SOURCE="NPAR">On October 1, 2010, the Department published the notice of initiation of the sunset review of the antidumping duty order on POS cookware from the PRC pursuant to section 751(c)(2) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“the Act”).<E T="03">See Initiation of Five-Year (“Sunset”) Review,</E>75 FR 60731 (October 1, 2010).</P>

        <P>As a result of its review, the Department determined that revocation of the antidumping duty order on POS cookware from the PRC would likely lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping and, therefore, notified the ITC of the magnitude of the margins likely to prevail should the order be revoked.<E T="03">See</E>
          <E T="03">Porcelain-on-Steel Cooking Ware from the People's Republic of China: Final Results of the Expedited Sunset Review of the Antidumping Duty Order,</E>76 FR 7534 (February 10, 2011).</P>

        <P>On February 16, 2011, the ITC determined, pursuant to section 751(c)(1) of the Act, that revocation of the antidumping duty order on POS cookware from the PRC would likely lead to a continuation or recurrence of material injury to an industry in the United States within a reasonably foreseeable future.<E T="03">See Porcelain-on-Steel Cooking Ware From China,</E>76 FR 12369 (March 7, 2011), and USITC Publication 4216 (February 2011), Porcelain-on-Steel Cooking Ware from China, Investigation No. 731-TA-298 (Third Review).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Order</HD>
        <P>The merchandise covered by this order is porcelain-on-steel cooking ware from the PRC, including tea kettles, which do not have self-contained electric heating elements. All of the foregoing are constructed of steel and are enameled or glazed with vitreous glasses. The merchandise is currently classifiable under the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (“HTSUS”) subheading 7323.94.00. The HTSUS subheading is provided for convenience and customs purposes. The written description of the scope remains dispositive.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Continuation of the Order</HD>

        <P>As a result of these determinations by the Department and the ITC that<PRTPAGE P="13603"/>revocation of the antidumping duty order would likely lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping and material injury to an industry in the United States, pursuant to section 751(d)(2) of the Act, the Department hereby orders the continuation of the antidumping order on POS cookware from the PRC. U.S. Customs and Border Protection will continue to collect antidumping duty cash deposits at the rates in effect at the time of entry for all imports of subject merchandise. The effective date of the continuation of the order will be the date of publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of this notice of continuation. Pursuant to sections 751(c)(2) and 751(c)(6) of the Act, the Department intends to initiate the next five-year review of the order not later than 30 days prior to the fifth anniversary of the effective date of continuation.</P>
        <P>This five-year (sunset) review and this notice are in accordance with section 751(c) of the Act and published pursuant to section 777(i)(1) of the Act.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Ronald K. Lorentzen,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Import Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5822 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-XA288</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Marine Mammals; File No. 15748</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice; receipt of application.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>Notice is hereby given that the Alaska SeaLife Center (ASLC), Seward, AK, has applied for a permit to conduct research on Weddell seals (<E T="03">Leptonychotes weddellii</E>).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written, telefaxed, or e-mail comments must be received on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>The application and related documents are available for review by selecting “Records Open for Public Comment” from the<E T="03">Features</E>box on the Applications and Permits for Protected Species (APPS) home page,<E T="03">https://apps.nmfs.noaa.gov,</E>and then selecting File No. 15748 from the list of available applications.</P>
          <P>These documents are also available upon written request or by appointment in the following office(s):</P>
          <P>Permits, Conservation and Education Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone (301) 713-2289; fax (301) 713-0376; and</P>
          <P>Alaska Region, NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802-1668; phone (907) 586-7221; fax (907) 586-7249.</P>

          <P>Written comments on this application should be submitted to the Chief, Permits, Conservation and Education Division, at the address listed above. Comments may also be submitted by facsimile to (301) 713-0376, or by e-mail to<E T="03">NMFS.Pr1Comments@noaa.gov.</E>Please include the File No. in the subject line of the e-mail comment.</P>
          <P>Those individuals requesting a public hearing should submit a written request to the Chief, Permits, Conservation and Education Division at the address listed above. The request should set forth the specific reasons why a hearing on this application would be appropriate.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Tammy Adams or Joselyd Garcia-Reyes, (301) 713-2289.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The subject permit is requested under the authority of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361<E T="03">et seq.</E>), and the regulations governing the taking and importing of marine mammals (50 CFR part 216).</P>
        <P>The ASLC requests a four-year permit to study thermoregulation in free-living Weddell seals in McMurdo Sound and along the shore of Ross Island, Antarctica. The research would involve capture of up to 30 adult females and 20 pups/juveniles of either sex annually. Adult females determined to not be pregnant and pups/juveniles of either sex would be anesthetized or sedated, have scientific instruments attached externally and inserted internally, be measured and weighed, have blood and blubber samples collected, and receive an ultrasound. Animals would be recaptured, with anesthesia or sedation, to retrieve instruments. An additional 300 seals of any age and either sex may be harassed incidental to the captures. The ASLC requests permission for up to 2 research-related mortalities per year of any animals affected by the research. Samples collected would be exported from Antarctica for analysis in the U.S.</P>

        <P>In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321<E T="03">et seq.</E>), an initial determination has been made that the activity proposed is categorically excluded from the requirement to prepare an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement.</P>
        <P>Concurrent with the publication of this notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, NMFS is forwarding copies of the application to the Marine Mammal Commission and its Committee of Scientific Advisors.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Tammy C. Adams,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Chief, Permits, Conservation and Education Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5852 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-XA292</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Marine Mammals; File No. 16087</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice; receipt of application.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>Notice is hereby given that NMFS National Marine Mammal Laboratory, Seattle, WA, has applied in due form for a permit to conduct research on marine mammals.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written, telefaxed, or e-mail comments must be received on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>The application and related documents are available for review by selecting “Records Open for Public Comment” from the<E T="03">Features</E>box on the Applications and Permits for Protected Species (APPS) home page,<E T="03">https://apps.nmfs.noaa.gov,</E>and then selecting File No. 16087 from the list of available applications.</P>
          <P>These documents are also available upon written request or by appointment in the following offices:</P>
          <P>Permits, Conservation and Education Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone (301) 713-2289; fax (301) 13-0376;</P>
          <P>Northwest Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way NE, BIN C15700, Bldg. 1, Seattle, WA 98115-0700; phone (206) 526-6150; fax (206) 526-6426; and</P>
          <P>Southwest Region, NMFS, 501 West Ocean Blvd., Suite 4200, Long Beach, CA 90802-4213; phone (562) 980-4001; fax (562) 980-4018.</P>

          <P>Written comments on this application should be submitted to the Chief, Permits, Conservation and Education Division, at the address listed above.<PRTPAGE P="13604"/>Comments may also be submitted by facsimile to (301) 713-0376, or by e-mail to<E T="03">NMFS.Pr1Comments@noaa.gov.</E>Please include the File No. in the subject line of the e-mail comment.</P>
          <P>Those individuals requesting a public hearing should submit a written request to the Chief, Permits, Conservation and Education Division at the address listed above. The request should set forth the specific reasons why a hearing on this application would be appropriate.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Tammy Adams or Amy Sloan, (301) 713-2289.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The subject permit is requested under the authority of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361<E T="03">et seq.</E>), and the regulations governing the taking and importing of marine mammals (50 CFR part 216).</P>

        <P>The applicant requests a five-year permit to take marine mammals in California, Oregon, and Washington to investigate population status, health, demographic parameters, life history and foraging ecology of California sea lions (<E T="03">Zalophus californianus</E>), Pacific harbor seals (<E T="03">Phoca vitulina</E>), and northern elephant seals (<E T="03">Mirounga angustrirostris</E>). Procedures include: Capture (stalking, round up, hoop net, darting, floating trap); administer drug (IM, subcutaneously); anesthesia (gas, sedatives); euthanasia; attach scientific instruments; mark (clip hair, flipper tag, hot brand, paint, patch); measure; restrain (board, cage, hand, head bag, net, pen); collect tissue sample (blood, blubber, enema, fecal loop, hair, stomach lavage, milk, remote biopsy, skin, swab, urine, vibrissae); ultrasound; and weigh. Up to 509,475 California sea lions may be taken annually, including 3,315 by capture and handle, 100 by harassment and tissue sampling and 506,060 by incidental disturbance. Up to 100 moribund and 40 prematurely born California sea lion pups may be euthanized for health studies over the duration of the permit. Up to 1,185 harbor seals may be taken annually, including 50 by capture and handling, and 1,135 by incidental disturbance. Up to 2,766 northern elephant seals may be taken annually, including 50 by capture and handling, and 2,716 by incidental disturbance. The applicant requests unintentional research-related mortality of up to 49 California sea lions, 4 harbor seals, and 4 northern elephant seals. Up to 4,500 northern fur seals (<E T="03">Callorhinus ursinus</E>) may be incidentally disturbed annually at San Miguel Island, CA during research activities.</P>

        <P>As established under the Preferred Alternative in the Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement (PEIS) for Steller Sea Lion and Northern Fur Seal Research (NMFS 2007), NMFS proposes to authorize annual cumulative research-related mortality (under this permit in combination with any others for research on Steller sea lions (<E T="03">Eumetopias jubatus</E>) or northern fur seals) of up to 15 percent of the Potential Biological Removal levels for each stock. These annual allowances would include observed and unobserved mortalities, and be calculated based on the nature of the research. The number of research-related mortalities of northern fur seals allowed for this permit may be higher or lower than those requested by the applicant, based on NMFS calculations using the methods outlined in the PEIS.</P>

        <P>In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321<E T="03">et seq.</E>), an initial determination has been made that the activity proposed is categorically excluded from the requirement to prepare an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement.</P>
        <P>Concurrent with the publication of this notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, NMFS is forwarding copies of the application to the Marine Mammal Commission and its Committee of Scientific Advisors.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Tammy C. Adams,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Chief, Permits, Conservation and Education Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5838 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-XA286</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Western Pacific Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of public meetings.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Western Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) will hold a Western Pacific Stock Assessment Review (WPSAR).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The meeting of the WPSAR will be held on April 5-7, from 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. each day.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The meeting will be held at the Ilima Room, Ala Moana Hotel, 410 Atkinson Drive, Honolulu, HI 96814, telephone: (808) 955-4811.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Kitty M. Simonds, Executive Director; telephone: (808) 522-8220.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The WPSAR will meet to review new information on the Essential Fish Habitat (EFH) and Habitat of Particular Concern (HAPC) for deep slope bottomfish in the Main Hawaiian Islands. The Magnuson-Stevenson Act mandates regional fisheries management councils and NOAA Fisheries to conduct a review and revision of the EFH components of fisheries management plans every 5 years (600-815, section 10). The second cycle for such reviews since the Act was put into effect was scheduled for 2009. The process has two parts, beginning with NOAA Fisheries identifying any new information relevant to EFH and HAPC definitions that include, but are not limited to, evaluating published scientific literature and unpublished scientific reports; soliciting information from interested parties; and searching for previously unavailable or inaccessible data. Once this first step is completed, NOAA Fisheries is then required to develop written recommendations to assist each Council in the identification of EFH, adverse impacts to EFH, and actions that should be considered to ensure the conservation and enhancement of EFH for each Fishery Management Plan. The Act requires that both steps of the process be conducted in consultation with the Councils, participants in the fishery, interstate commissions, Federal agencies, state agencies, and other interested parties.</P>
        <P>The National Marine Fisheries Service has completed this process for deep slope bottomfish in the Main Hawaiian Islands, and the outcomes of the EFH/HAPC review will be subjected to independent peer review and scrutiny under the WPSAR process, which will inform the Western Pacific Regional Fishery Management Council whether the information is sufficient to amend the EFH/HAPC definitions in the Hawaii Archipelago Fisheries Ecosystem Plan.</P>

        <P>Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during these meetings. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically listed in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and<PRTPAGE P="13605"/>Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the Council's intent to take final action to address the emergency.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Special Accommodations</HD>
        <P>These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Kitty M. Simonds, (808) 522-8220 (voice) or (808) 522-8226 (fax), at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Tracey L. Thompson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5697 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-XA123</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Marine Mammals; File No. 15616</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice; issuance of permit.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>Notice is hereby given that Craig Matkin, North Gulf Oceanic Society, Homer, AK, has been issued a permit to conduct research on marine mammals.</P>
        </SUM>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The permit and related documents are available for review upon written request or by appointment in the following offices:</P>
          <P>Permits, Conservation and Education Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone (301)713-2289; fax (301)713-0376; and Alaska Region, NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802-1668; phone (907) 586-7221; fax (907) 586-7249.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Tammy Adams or Kristy Beard, (301) 713-2289.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>On January 5, 2011, notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(76 FR 542) that a request for a permit to conduct research on marine mammals had been submitted by the above-named applicant. The requested permit has been issued under the authority of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1361<E T="03">et seq.</E>), and the regulations governing the taking and importing of marine mammals (50 CFR part 216).</P>

        <P>The permit allows harassment of marine mammals during conduct of research in Alaskan waters, including southeast Alaska, Prince William Sound, the Kenai Peninsula, the Eastern Aleutian Islands, and the Bering Sea. The purpose of the research is to maintain a long-term killer whale (<E T="03">Orcinus orca</E>) monitoring program in Alaskan waters that was initiated over 25 years ago. In addition, the permit holder will examine movements of other non-endangered cetacean species along the North Gulf Coast of Alaska in relation to U.S. Navy testing activities. The research activities include photo-identification, passive acoustic recording, biopsy sampling, tagging with barbed darts and suction cups, and collecting samples of marine mammal carcasses from sites of killer whale predation.</P>

        <P>In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321<E T="03">et seq.</E>), a final determination has been made that the activity proposed is categorically excluded from the requirement to prepare an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Tammy C. Adams,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Chief, Permits, Conservation and Education Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5849 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Availability of Draft Waste Incidental to Reprocessing Evaluation for the Vitrification Melter at the West Valley Demonstration Project for West Valley, New York</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Environmental Management, U.S. Department of Energy.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of availability.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Department of Energy (DOE) announces the availability of a draft evaluation which shows that the vitrification melter (used to vitrify waste from reprocessing of spent nuclear fuel and certain treatment material) at the West Valley Demonstration Project (WVDP), located at the Western New York Service Center in West Valley, New York, is waste incidental to reprocessing and thus is not high-level radioactive waste (HLW) and may be managed and disposed of offsite as low-level waste (LLW). DOE prepared the draft evaluation pursuant to DOE Manual 435.1-1,<E T="03">Radioactive Waste Management.</E>DOE is consulting with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) before finalizing this evaluation. Although it is not required by DOE Manual 435.1-1, DOE is making the draft evaluation available for public and state review and comment during the NRC consultative review period. DOE will make its final evaluation and determination as to whether the vitrification melter is HLW, or is waste incidental to reprocessing which can be managed and disposed of as LLW, after consideration of any public, state, and NRC comments on this draft evaluation.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The comment period will end April 28, 2011. Comments received after that time will be considered to the extent practicable.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>The draft waste evaluation is available on the Internet at<E T="03">http://apps.em.doe.gov/wvdp/,</E>and is publicly available for review at the following locations: U.S. Department of Energy, Public Reading Room, 1000 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20585,<E T="03">phone:</E>(202) 586-5955, or<E T="03">fax:</E>(202) 586-0575; and U.S. DOE, West Valley Demonstration Project Public Reading Room located at the Town of Concord Hulbert Library, 18 Chapel St., Springville, New York 14141,<E T="03">phone:</E>(716) 592-7742. Written comments should be submitted to: Mr. Daniel Sullivan, U.S. Department of Energy, West Valley Demonstration Project, 10282 Rock Springs Road, West Valley, New York 14171-9799. Alternatively, comments may also be filed electronically by e-mail to<E T="03">melter@wv.doe.gov</E>or by fax at (716) 942-4703.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>For further information about this draft waste evaluation, please contact Mr. Daniel Sullivan at the mailing address or Web site listed above.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The vitrification melter is a box structure, approximately 10 feet on each side, with a stainless steel outer structure and an interior lined with refractory materials. It was used to solidify high-level waste which had been generated by commercial reprocessing of spent nuclear fuel at the Western New York Nuclear Service Center in West Valley, New York by Nuclear Fuel Services, Inc. from 1966 through 1972. DOE undertook the solidification activities pursuant to DOE's responsibilities under the West Valley Demonstration Project Act. To solidify the waste, DOE vitrified the waste (combined it at a high temperature with borosilicate glass) and transferred the molten glass-waste mixture into specially developed<PRTPAGE P="13606"/>stainless steel canisters where the mixture hardened into a solid glass waste form. DOE used the vitrification melter as part of this process, specifically to melt glass frit (material used in making glass) together with reprocessing waste sludge and treatment material (spent ion removal resin).</P>
        <P>DOE operated the vitrification melter between 1996 and 2002. In 2002, prior to shut down, the vitrification melter was flushed three times with decontamination solutions and emptied using an evacuated canister process so as to remove key radionuclides to the maximum extent technically and economically practical. After completing this decontamination, a small amount of hardened residual radioactive glass material that could not be removed remained inside the vitrification melter. The vitrification melter with the remaining residual waste was characterized for radioactivity and determined to have radionuclide concentrations that do not exceed concentration limits for Class C low-level waste. It was removed from the vitrification cell in 2004 and is presently safely stored at the West Valley Demonstration Project in a Department of Transportation-certified Industrial Package-2 steel transportation container. DOE plans to further stabilize the vitrification melter waste package by filling the melter and the waste package with cement grout before shipment offsite. It will be disposed of at a suitable off-site low-level waste disposal facility, either the Area 5 Radioactive Waste Management Site at DOE's Nevada National Security Site (NNSS) in Nevada or the Waste Control Specialists Federal Facility Waste Disposal Facility near Andrews, Texas. DOE intends to dispose of the vitrification melter waste package in accordance with applicable waste acceptance criteria using specific waste profile documentation.</P>
        <P>DOE Manual 435.1-1, which implements DOE Order 435.1,<E T="03">Radioactive Waste Management,</E>contains a rigorous evaluation process which DOE uses to determine whether or not certain waste from the reprocessing of spent nuclear fuel is incidental to reprocessing and therefore is not high-level waste and can be managed as low-level waste. This process, in relevant part, requires demonstrating that:</P>
        <P>(1) Key radionuclides have been removed to the maximum extent that is technically and economically practical;</P>

        <P>(2) The waste will be managed to meet safety requirements comparable to the performance objectives set out in 10 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 61, Subpart C,<E T="03">Performance Objectives;</E>and</P>

        <P>(3) The waste will be managed, pursuant to DOE's authority under the<E T="03">Atomic Energy Act of 1954,</E>as amended, and in accordance with the provisions of Chapter IV of DOE Manual 435.1-1, provided the waste will be incorporated in a solid physical form at a concentration that does not exceed the applicable concentration limits for Class C low-level waste as set out in 10 CFR 61.55,<E T="03">Waste Classification.</E>
        </P>
        <P>The draft waste-incidental-to-reprocessing evaluation summarizes DOE's analysis and shows that the vitrification melter:</P>
        <P>(1) Has had key radionuclides removed to the maximum extent technically and economically practical;</P>
        <P>(2) Will be managed to meet safety requirements comparable to the NRC performance objectives at 10 CFR part 61, subpart C; and</P>
        <P>(3) Will be in a solid physical form that does not exceed concentration limits for Class C low-level waste and will be managed and disposed of pursuant to DOE's authority under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and in accordance with applicable provisions of Chapter IV of DOE Manual 435.1-1.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, the draft evaluation demonstrates using the waste-incidental-to-reprocessing evaluation process that the West Valley vitrification melter waste package may be managed and disposed of as low-level waste. The vitrification melter waste package will meet the applicable waste acceptance criteria for the selected offsite low-level waste disposal facility, either the NNSS Area 5 Radioactive Waste Management Site or the Waste Control Specialists Federal Facility Waste Disposal Facility in Texas. The vitrification melter waste package has been approved for disposal by the NNSS in case a final decision is made to send the waste package to that site for disposal.</P>
        <P>DOE is consulting with the NRC before finalizing this evaluation. Although not required by DOE Manual 435.1-1, DOE is making the draft evaluation available for public and state review and comment during the NRC consultative review period. DOE plans to issue a final determination as to whether the vitrification melter is high-level waste or can be managed and disposed of as low-level waste following review and consultation with the NRC and consideration of public and state comments.</P>
        <P>DOE's decision on the disposal site to be used is not within the scope of this draft evaluation. Any DOE decision on the facility to which the Vitrification Melter waste package would be sent would be made after the final DOE evaluation and determination, following consideration of NRC and public comments on this draft evaluation, and after DOE confers with appropriate State officials in the state where the waste package may be disposed.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Frank Marcinowski,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Technical and Regulatory Support, Office of Environmental Management.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5789 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Ultra-Deepwater Advisory Committee</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Department of Energy, Office of Fossil Energy.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of open meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This notice announces a meeting of the Ultra-Deepwater AdvisoryCommittee. The Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 86 Stat. 770)requires that public notice of this meeting be announced in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Wednesday, April 6, 2011, 8 a.m.-5 p.m. (CDT).Thursday, April 7, 2011, 8 a.m.-4 p.m. (CDT).</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Crowne Plaza Hotel,Houston North—Greenspoint,425 North Sam Houston Parkway East,Houston, Texas 77060.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Elena Melchert, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Oil and Natural Gas, Washington, DC 20585. Phone: (202) 586-5600.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Purpose of the Committee:</E>The purpose of the Ultra-Deepwater Advisory Committee is to provide advice on the development and implementation of programs related toultra-deepwater architecture and technology to the Secretary of Energy and provide comments and recommendations and priorities for the Department of Energy Annual Plan per requirements of the Energy Policy Act of 2005, Title IX, Subtitle J, Section 999D.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Tentative Agenda</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">April 6</HD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">7:30 a.m. Registration.</FP>

        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8 a.m.-4:45 p.m. Welcome &amp; Introductions, Opening Remarks, andDiscussion of Subcommittee Reports, and Findings regardingthe<E T="03">Draft 2011 Annual Plan.</E>
        </FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4:45 p.m. Public Comments, if any.<PRTPAGE P="13607"/>
        </FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">5 p.m. Adjourn.</FP>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">April 7</HD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">7:30 a.m. Registration.</FP>

        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">8 a.m.-4 p.m. Discussion of Recommendations regarding the<E T="03">Draft</E>
          <E T="03">2011 Annual Plan.</E>
        </FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4 p.m. Adjourn.</FP>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Public Participation:</E>The meeting is open to the public. The Designated Federal Officer and the Chairman of the Committee will lead the meeting for the orderly conduct of business. If you would like to file a written statement with the Committee, you may do so either before or after the meeting. If you would like to make oral statements regarding any of the items on the agenda, you should contact Elena Melchert at the address or telephone number listed above. You must make your request for an oral statement at least two business days prior to the meeting, and reasonable provisions will be made to include the presentation on the agenda. Public comment will follow the three-minute rule.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Minutes:</E>The minutes of this meeting will be available for public review and copying within 60 days by contact Ms. Melchert at the address above or at the Committee's Web site:<E T="03">http://www.fossil.energy.gov/programs/oilgas/advisorycommittees/UltraDeepwater.html.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued at Washington, DC, on March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>LaTanya Butler,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Deputy Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5806 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Availability of Department of Energy-Quadrennial Technology Review Framing Document and Request for Public Comment</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Department of Energy (DOE).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of availability and request for public comment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>DOE has initiated a Quadrennial Technology Review (DOE-QTR) of its energy technology policies and programs. The DOE-QTR Framing Document (framing document) has been developed as a principal means of facilitating stakeholder engagement in that review process. The framing document describes the Nation's energy landscape and challenges, important research, development, and demonstration (RD&amp;D) policy choices to be made, and summarizes the current status of energy technologies and DOE technology program goals. It is intended to serve as the common framework for stakeholder engagement through advisory committees, workshops, and expert discussion groups.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit written comments on or before April 15, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Electronic mail comments may be submitted to:<E T="03">DOE-QTRmailbox@hq.doe.gov.</E>Please include “DOE-QTR RFI” in the subject line. Please put the full body of your comments in the text of the electronic message and as an attachment. Please include your name, title, organization, postal address, telephone number, and e-mail address in the text of the message.</P>
          <P>Comments may also be submitted by surface mail to: Department of Energy, Office of the Under Secretary for Science (S4), 1000 Independence Ave., SW., Washington, DC 20585.</P>

          <P>Respondents are encouraged to submit comments electronically to ensure timely receipt. The DOE-QTR framing document can be accessed at<E T="03">http://energy.gov/QTR.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Asa Hopkins, Office of the Under Secretary for Science at (202) 586-0505, or e-mail<E T="03">asa.hopkins@science.doe.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The energy technology development and deployment programs of the Department of Energy include the Advanced Research Projects Agency-Energy (ARPA-E) and the Offices of Electricity Delivery &amp; Energy Reliability, Energy Efficiency &amp; Renewable Energy, Fossil Energy, and Nuclear Energy—a set of programs with an annual collected budget of about $4.3 billion. Additionally, the Department administers loan guarantees to eligible clean energy projects and provides direct loans to eligible manufacturers of advanced technology vehicles and components.</P>
        <P>DOE is undertaking development of a DOE-Quadrennial Technology Review (QTR), a component of a government-wide Quadrennial Energy Review as recommended by the President's Council of Advisors on Science &amp; Technology. This Administration's national energy goals are to:</P>
        <P>• Reduce energy-related greenhouse gas emissions by 17% by 2020 and 83% by 2050, from a 2005 baseline;</P>
        <P>• Supply 80% of America's electricity from clean energy sources by 2035; and</P>
        <P>• Support deployment of 1 million electric vehicles (EVs) on the road by 2015.</P>
        <P>This notice requests public comment on the following questions related to the DOE-QTR and the framing document.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">A. DOE Energy Technology Mission.</E>Is the mission statement, “[t]o facilitate the invention, refinement, and early deployment of meaningful technologies that enable options for scaling by the private sector toward national energy goals,” appropriate for energy technology development and deployment programs of the Department? By facilitate, we mean that we convene and fund various entities-the national laboratories, academia, the private sector—as well as perform the basic research that underpins invention and refinement. By invention and refinement, we mean that we work on both revolutionary and evolutionary technologies. By early deployment, we mean that we support some activities beyond first commercial demonstration. By meaningful technologies, we mean that we pursue technologies that could have a material impact when deployed. Accordingly, scale, economics, and timeliness are important criteria. By enable options, we mean that we do not pick winners and losers; the markets make those choices. By scaling by the private sector, we mean that we support commercialization as an essential part of what we do. With reference to national energy goals, we mean that we would not pursue all technologies; only those that enhance energy and national security, reduce environmental impacts, and increase U.S. competitiveness.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">B. U.S. Energy Framework.</E>DOE has identified six strategies to address our National energy goals. These strategies divide into two trios: One for transport, and one for stationary energy (heat and power). The transport strategies are: [1] Increase vehicle efficiency, [2] promote progressive electrification of the vehicle fleet, and [3] develop alternative fuels. The stationary strategies are: [4] Increase building and industrial efficiency, [5] modernize the grid, and [6] drive adoption and deployment of a clean electricity supply. Have we correctly identified and structured these six strategies?</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">C. Clean Energy Leadership.</E>How can DOE activities best support leadership in clean energy innovation? In clean energy manufacturing? In clean energy deployment? How do we balance international competitiveness against international cooperation?</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">D. Program Definition and Management.</E>What principles should the Department follow for allocating resources among technologies of disparate maturity and potential time to impact? How many technology options should the Department provide for the private sector, and how should the value of that diversity be weighed against timeliness, scale, and cost-<PRTPAGE P="13608"/>effectiveness? What should the threshold be for entry of a technology into the DOE portfolio? Does every technology deserve a program? Conversely, when should we declare “mission accomplished” for a government RD&amp;D effort, or cease efforts on a program whose costs may outweigh its benefits? How can DOE be more effective at each stage of the innovation chain? Are technology targets (e.g., cost or deployment targets) useful markers to orient and structure DOE activities?</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">E. Private Sector Partnership.</E>What are the optimal roles for the private sector, government laboratories, and academia in accelerating technology innovation? How can DOE best coordinate activities between and among these types of organizations (including the wide variety of institutions within each class)? How should we gauge the effectiveness of this coordination? How can the basic-applied coupling be optimized? Are there examples in other sectors or other countries that can serve as models? Are “technology user facilities” analogous to the Department's scientific user facilities possible, or even desirable? If so, what would be the most effective model for their operation? How can the Department best gather technology market information? How can information on private sector innovation be captured without compromising competitive advantage?</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">F. Technology Demonstration.</E>What are best practices in performing large-scale demonstration projects? How close to commercial viability does a demonstration have to be? What are the optimal cost sharing arrangements? How might demonstrations be coordinated with DOE financing activities? How can demonstration projects better benefit all stakeholders beyond the immediate participants? How are lessons-learned best captured and promoted, and how is intellectual property best handled? How should DOE determine the number of demonstrations needed to address technical and operation risks? How do we think about failure in the demonstration phase?</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">G. Non-Technical Barriers.</E>A number of non-technical barriers—including Federal, state, and local regulations, market failures, and non-technical risks—impact the rate of deployment of energy technologies. What, if any, role should the Department have in addressing these barriers?</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">H. Technologies and Resources.</E>The framing document published in association with this announcement describes each of the six strategies just mentioned in greater detail, and highlights several technologies that could contribute to success in each strategy. For each technology or set of technologies, the framing document provides a non-exclusive list of resources that we intend to draw upon as we develop the DOE-QTR. Among these resources are: The America's Energy Future reports from the National Academies of Science (<E T="03">http://sites.nationalacademies.org/Energy/index.htm</E>); historical data from the Energy Information Administration (<E T="03">http://www.eia.gov</E>); the European Commission on Energy's<E T="03">Investing in the Development of Low Carbon Technologies: Strategic Energy Technology Plan</E>(<E T="03">http://ec.europa.eu/energy/technology/set_plan/set_plan_en.htm</E>); technology-specific DOE and interagency studies and reports listed in the relevant technology sections of the framing document; and the International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis's<E T="03">Global Energy Assessment</E>(<E T="03">http://www.iiasa.ac.at/Research/ENE/GEA/index_gea.html</E>), when it becomes available. Other resources are listed in the framing document, associated with each technology. We welcome comment on the selection of these technologies and sources, as well as suggestions on alternate sources. We also welcome updated technology, cost, and forecast data, particularly in rapidly-developing fields.</P>
        <P>The Department also welcomes comment on the format and tone of the framing document as well as identification of any factual errors or omissions of relevant facts and data.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation Policy</HD>
        <P>It is the policy of the Department to ensure that public participation is an integral and effective part of DOE activities, and that decisions are made with the benefit of significant public input and perspectives.</P>

        <P>The Department recognizes the many benefits to be derived from public participation for both stakeholders and DOE. Public participation provides a means for DOE to gather a diverse collection of opinions, perspectives, and values from the broadest spectrum of the public, enabling the Department to make more informed decisions. Public participation benefits stakeholders by creating an opportunity to provide input on decisions that affect their communities and our nation. In keeping with the President's commitment to transparency in government, DOE will post online at<E T="03">http://energy.gov/QTR</E>all submissions received from external parties in response to this request for comment. In addition, DOE will discuss this framing document and the submissions received from external parties with advisory committees, workshops, and expert discussion groups.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on March 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Steven E. Koonin,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Under Secretary for Science, Department of Energy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5794 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Combined Notice of Filings #1</SUBJECT>
        <P>Take notice that the Commission received the following electric corporate filings:</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>EC11-46-000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>Milford Wind Corridor Phase II, LLC, Milford II Holdings, LLC.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Application of Milford Wind Corridor Phase II, LLC,<E T="03">et al.</E>for Authorization of Disposition of Jurisdictional Facilities.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5156.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Friday, March 25, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>EC11-47-000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>Liberty Energy Utilities (New Hampshire), Granite State Electric Company.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Joint Application for Authorization for Disposition of Jurisdictional Assets Under Section 203 of the Federal Power Act of Granite State Electric Company and Liberty Energy Utilities (New Hampshire) Corp.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5211.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Friday, March 25, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ER97-4143-024; ER11-46-001; ER10-2975-001; ER98-542-026; ER10-727-002.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>American Electric Power Service Corporation.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Revised Appendix B per FERC Staff request of American Electric Power Service Corporation.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/07/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110307-5012.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Monday, March 28, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ER05-644-012.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>PSEG Energy Resources &amp; Trade LLC, PSEG Fossil LLC.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>PSEG Companies submits their Compliance Filing Pursuant to the<PRTPAGE P="13609"/>Commission's order issued on February 2, 2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5210.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Friday, March 25, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ER10-1828-001; ER10-1829-001; ER10-1830-001; ER10-1831-001; ER10-1869-001; ER10-1832-001; ER10-1833-001; ER10-1834-001; ER10-1835-001; ER10-1702-001; ER10-1727-001; ER10-1713-001; ER10-2144-001; ER10-1726-001; ER10-1671-001; ER10-3143-001.</P>
        <P>Applicants: Sabine Cogen, LP, GenOn Bowline, LLC, GenOn Canal, LLC, GenOn Delta, LLC, GenOn Kendall, LLC, GenOn Potrero, LLC, GenOn Power Midwest, LP, GenOn REMA, LLC, GenOn Energy Management, LLC, GenOn Chalk Point, LLC, GenOn Mid-Atlantic, LLC, GenOn Potomac River, LLC, GenOn Florida, LP, GenOn West, LP, GenOn Wholesale Generation, LP, RRI Energy Services, LLC.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Supplement to Notification of Change in Status and Triennial Updated Market Power Analysis for the Northeast Region.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5213.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Tuesday, May 3, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ER10-2670-001; ER10-2669-001; ER10-2671-001; ER10-2673-001; ER10-2253-001; ER10-3319-002; ER10-2674-001; ER10-1543-001; ER10-1544-001; ER10-2627-001; ER10-2629-001; ER10-1546-002; ER11-1933-001; ER10-1547-001; ER10-1549-001; ER10-2675-001; ER10-2676-001; ER10-2636-001; ER10-1975-001; ER10-1974-001; ER10-1550-002; ER11-2424-002; ER10-2677-001; ER10-1551-001; ER10-2678-001; ER10-2638-001.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>ANP Blackstone Energy Company, LLC, ANP Bellingham Energy Company, LLC, ANP Fund I, LLC, Armstrong Energy Limited Partnership, L.L.L.P., Astoria Energy, LLC, Astoria Energy II, LLC, Calumet Energy Team, LLC, Choctaw Gas Generation, LLC, Choctaw Generation Limited Partnership, FirstLight Hydro Generating Corporation, FirstLight Power Resources Management, LLC, GDF SUEZ Energy Marketing NA, Inc., Green Mountain Power Corporation, Hopewell Cogeneration Limited Partnership, Hot Spring Power Company, LLC, IPA Trading, Inc., Milford Power Limited Partnership, Mt. Tom Generating Company, LLC, North Jersey Energy Associates, A Limited Partnership, Northeast Energy Associates, L.P., Northeastern Power Company, Pinetree Power—Tamworth, Inc., Pleasants Energy, LLC, Syracuse Energy Corporation, Troy Energy, LLC, Waterbury Generation LLC.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Notice of Change in Status of the GDF SUEZ Companies with Respect to the Market-Based Rate Authority of Each.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5236.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Friday, March 25, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ER11-2378-002.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>Consolidated Edison Energy, Inc.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Consolidated Edison Energy, Inc. submits tariff filing per 35: Supplemental Information Filing #2 Order 697 Compliance Filing to be effective 1/1/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5123.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Friday, March 25, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ER11-2520-001.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>Pacific Northwest Generating Cooperative, Inc.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Pacific Northwest Generating Cooperative, Inc. submits tariff filing per 35: Triennial Market Power Update to be effective 12/21/2010.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5140.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Tuesday, May 3, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ER11-2700-002.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>Midwest Independent Transmission System Operator, Inc.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Midwest Independent Transmission System Operator, Inc. submits tariff filing per 35.17(b): 03-04-11 CMMPA amendment to be effective 7/28/2010.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5209.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Friday, March 25, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ER11-3019-000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>Greenbelt Energy.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Greenbelt Energy submits tariff filing per 35.1: Greenbelt Energy Baseline Tariff to be effective 3/4/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5133.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Friday, March 25, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ER11-3020-000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>Front Range Power Company, LLC.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Front Range Power Company, LLC submits tariff filing per 35.15: Cancellation of MBR Tariff to be effective 3/4/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5161.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Friday, March 25, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ER11-3021-000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>Massachusetts Electric Company.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Massachusetts Electric Company submits tariff filing per 35.1: Borderline Sales Tariff Rate Schedule Update Filing to be effective 3/5/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5171.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Friday, March 25, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ER11-3022-000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>New England Power Company.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>New England Power Company submits tariff filing per 35.1: Amendment to Service Agreement No. 6 with Granite State Electric Co. to be effective 12/31/9998.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5188.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Friday, March 25, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ER11-3023-000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>Milford Wind Corridor Phase I, LLC.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Milford Wind Corridor Phase I, LLC submits tariff filing per 35.12: Tenant in Common Agreements to be effective 3/4/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5204.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Friday, March 25, 2011.</P>
        
        <P>Take notice that the Commission received the following electric securities filings:</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Docket Numbers:</E>ES11-14-000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicants:</E>Southwest Power Pool, Inc.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description:</E>Supplement to December 30, 2010 Application of Southwest Power Pool, Inc.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Filed Date:</E>03/04/2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Accession Number:</E>20110304-5212.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Monday, March 14, 2011.</P>
        

        <P>Any person desiring to intervene or to protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. It is not necessary to separately intervene again in a subdocket related to a compliance filing if you have previously intervened in the same docket. Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant. In reference to filings initiating a new proceeding, interventions or protests submitted on or before the comment deadline need<PRTPAGE P="13610"/>not be served on persons other than the Applicant.</P>
        <P>As it relates to any qualifying facility filings, the notices of self-certification [or self-recertification] listed above, do not institute a proceeding regarding qualifying facility status. A notice of self-certification [or self-recertification] simply provides notification that the entity making the filing has determined the facility named in the notice meets the applicable criteria to be a qualifying facility. Intervention and/or protest do not lie in dockets that are qualifying facility self-certifications or self-recertifications. Any person seeking to challenge such qualifying facility status may do so by filing a motion pursuant to 18 CFR 292.207(d)(iii). Intervention and protests may be filed in response to notices of qualifying facility dockets other than self-certifications and self-recertifications.</P>

        <P>The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov.</E>To facilitate electronic service, persons with Internet access who will eFile a document and/or be listed as a contact for an intervenor must create and validate an eRegistration account using the eRegistration link. Select the eFiling link to log on and submit the intervention or protests.</P>
        <P>Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 14 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First St. NE., Washington, DC 20426.</P>

        <P>The filings in the above proceedings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive e-mail notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please e-mail<E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov.</E>or call (866) 208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call (202) 502-8659.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Nathaniel J. Davis, Sr.,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5752 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket Nos. PR10-14-002; PR11-92-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Enterprise Texas Pipeline LLC; Notice of Compliance Filing</SUBJECT>
        <P>Take notice that on March 1, 2011, Enterprise Texas Pipeline LLC (Enterprise Texas) filed a revised Statement of Rates to its Statement of Operating Conditions implementing the settled rates and a Refund Report pursuant to its September 23, 2010, Settlement Agreement approved by a December 16, 2010, Letter Order.</P>
        <P>Any person desiring to participate in this rate filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the date as indicated below. Anyone filing an intervention or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant. Anyone filing an intervention or protest on or before the intervention or protest date need not serve motions to intervene or protests on persons other than the Applicant.</P>

        <P>The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov.</E>Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 7 copies of the protest or intervention to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426.</P>
        <P>This filing is accessible on-line at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov,</E>using the “eLibrary” link and is available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an “eSubscription” link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive e-mail notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please e-mail<E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov,</E>or call (866) 208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call (202) 502-8659.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Tuesday, March 15, 2011.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5782 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket Nos. EG11-33-000 et al.]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Effectiveness of Exempt Wholesale Generator Status</SUBJECT>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xs100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,p1,8/9,g1,t1,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1"/>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Windstar Energy, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT>Docket No. EG11-33-000.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Hatchet Ridge Wind 2010-B</ENT>
            <ENT>Docket No. EG11-34-000.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Hatchet Ridge Wind 2010-B, Hatchet Ridge Wind 2010-A</ENT>
            <ENT>Docket No. EG11-35-000.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind II Owner Lessor C</ENT>
            <ENT>Docket No. EG11-36-000.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Vermont Wind, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT>Docket No. EG11-37-000.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind II Owner Lessor E</ENT>
            <ENT>Docket No. EG11-38-000.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind II Owner Lessor D</ENT>
            <ENT>Docket No. EG11-39-000.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind II Owner Lessor B</ENT>
            <ENT>Docket No. EG11-40-000.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind II Owner Lessor A</ENT>
            <ENT>Docket No. EG11-41-000.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Iberdrola Renewables, Inc</ENT>
            <ENT>Docket No. EG11-42-000.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <PRTPAGE P="13611"/>
        <P>Take notice that during the month of January 2011, the status of the above-captioned entities as Exempt Wholesale Generators became effective by operation of the Commission's regulations 18 CFR 366.7(a).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5709 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket Nos. PR11-90-000; PR11-93-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Enogex LLC; Notice of Filing</SUBJECT>
        <P>Take notice that on February 28, 2011, and March 2, 2011, Enogex LLC (Enogex) filed pursuant to Exhibit A to its Operating Conditions Applicable to Transportation Services (SOC) and section 284.123(e) of the Commission's regulations, to revise its annual fuel percentages and to permanently change the annual filing date as more fully described in the filing.</P>
        <P>Any person desiring to participate in this rate filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the date as indicated below. Anyone filing an intervention or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant. Anyone filing an intervention or protest on or before the intervention or protest date need not serve motions to intervene or protests on persons other than the Applicant.</P>

        <P>The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov.</E>Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 7 copies of the protest or intervention to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426.</P>
        <P>This filing is accessible on-line at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov,</E>using the “eLibrary” link and is available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an “eSubscription” link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive e-mail notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please e-mail<E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov,</E>or call (866) 208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call (202) 502-8659.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern time on Tuesday, March 15, 2011.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5783 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. PR11-91-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Bay Gas Storage, LLC; Notice of Filing</SUBJECT>
        <P>Take notice that on February 28, 2011, Bay Gas Storage, LLC (Bay Gas) filed pursuant to Section 12.2.4 of its Statement of Operating Conditions to revise its Company Use Percentage as more fully described in the filing.</P>
        <P>Any person desiring to participate in this rate filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the date as indicated below. Anyone filing an intervention or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant. Anyone filing an intervention or protest on or before the intervention or protest date need not serve motions to intervene or protests on persons other than the Applicant.</P>

        <P>The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov.</E>Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 7 copies of the protest or intervention to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426.</P>
        <P>This filing is accessible on-line at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov,</E>using the “eLibrary” link and is available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an “eSubscription” link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive e-mail notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please e-mail<E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov,</E>or call (866) 208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call (202) 502-8659.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Tuesday, March 15, 2011.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5780 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. ER11-3013-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Coolidge Power LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization</SUBJECT>
        <P>This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding of Coolidge Power LLC's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.</P>
        <P>Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.</P>
        <P>Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is March 28, 2011.</P>

        <P>The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov.</E>To facilitate electronic service, persons with Internet access who will eFile a document and/or be listed as a contact for an intervenor must create and validate an eRegistration account using the eRegistration link. Select the eFiling link to log on and submit the intervention or protests.<PRTPAGE P="13612"/>
        </P>
        <P>Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 14 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426.</P>
        <P>The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC.</P>

        <P>There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive e-mail notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please e-mail<E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>or call (866) 208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call (202) 502-8659.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Nathaniel J. Davis, Sr.,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5751 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. OR11-4-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company and Tesoro Logistics Operations, LLC; Notice of Request for Jurisdictional Determination or Temporary Waiver of Tariff Filing and Reporting Requirements</SUBJECT>
        <P>On February 8, 2011, Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company (TRMC) and Tesoro Logistics Operations, LLC (TLO) (collectively, Tesoro) filed a Request for Jurisdictional Determination, or in the Alternative Temporary Waiver of Tariff Filing and Reporting Requirements. Tesoro requests that the Commission determine that certain pipeline spurs that are part of TRMC's internal refinery operations are not subject to the Commission's jurisdiction under the ICA. In the alternative, Tesoro requests that the Commission grant a temporary waiver of the tariff filing and reporting requirements of sections 6 and 20 of the Interstate Commerce Act for these facilities. Tesoro states that these pipeline spurs are presently owned by TRMC, but are intended for transfer to its affiliate, TLO. Tesoro states that the pipeline spurs are involved in an arrangement for the formation of a Master Limited Partnership (MLP) and the transfer of assets to that MLP.</P>
        <P>Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate.</P>

        <P>The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>. Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 14 copies of the protest or intervention to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426.</P>
        <P>This filing is accessible on-line at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>, using the “eLibrary” link and is available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an “eSubscription” link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive e-mail notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please e-mail<E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>, or call (866) 208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call (202) 502-8659.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment Date:</E>5 p.m. Eastern Time on Tuesday, March 22, 2010.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5707 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. CP11-110-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Freebird Gas Storage, LLC; Notice of Request Under Blanket Authorization</SUBJECT>

        <P>Take notice that on March 1, 2011, Freebird Gas Storage, LLC (Freebird) filed a Prior Notice Request pursuant to sections 157.205 and 157.208 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's regulations under the Natural Gas Act, and Freebird's blanket certificate for authorization to increase the storage capacity and deliverability at its East Detroit Storage Facility in Lamar County, Alabama. Specifically, Freebird proposes to (1) Increase the maximum total capacity of the facility from 11.4 billion cubic feet (Bcf) to 13.5 Bcf; (2) increase the maximum working gas capacity from 9.14 Bcf to 11.2 Bcf; (3) increase the maximum daily withdrawal rate to 305 MMcf (million cubic feet) per day and the maximum daily injection rate to 350 MMcf per day; and (4) increase the maximum stabilized bottomhole reservoir pressure from 680 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) to 810 psig. Freebird states that it does not have to construct any additional facilities to make this additional capacity available, all as more fully set forth in the application, which is open to the public for inspection. The filing may also be viewed on the Web at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, contact FERC at<E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>or call toll-free, (866) 208-3676 or TTY, (202) 502-8659.</P>

        <P>Any questions regarding this Prior Notice should be directed to Daryl W. Gee, Director, Enstor Operating Company, LLC, 20329 Hwy. 249, Suite 400, Houston, TX 77070, telephone no. (281) 374-3056, facsimile no. (281) 374-3051 and E-mail:<E T="03">daryl.gee@enstorinc.com.</E>
        </P>
        <P>Any person may, within 60 days after the issuance of the instant notice by the Commission, file pursuant to Rule 214 of the Commission's Procedural Rules (18 CFR 385.214) a motion to intervene or notice of intervention. Any person filing to intervene or the Commission's staff may, pursuant to section 157.205 of the Commission's Regulations under the NGA (18 CFR 157.205) file a protest to the request. If no protest is filed within the time allowed therefore, the proposed activity shall be deemed to be authorized effective the day after the time allowed for protest. If a protest is filed and not withdrawn within 30 days after the time allowed for filing a protest, the instant request shall be treated as an application for authorization pursuant to section 7 of the NGA.</P>

        <P>Persons who wish to comment only on the environmental review of this project should submit an original and two copies of their comments to the Secretary of the Commission. Environmental commenter's will be placed on the Commission's environmental mailing list, will receive copies of the environmental documents, and will be notified of meetings associated with the Commission's environmental review process. Environmental commenter's will not be required to serve copies of filed documents on all other parties.<PRTPAGE P="13613"/>However, the non-party commentary, will not receive copies of all documents filed by other parties or issued by the Commission (except for the mailing of environmental documents issued by the Commission) and will not have the right to seek court review of the Commission's final order.</P>

        <P>The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings of comments, protests, and interventions via the Internet in lieu of paper.<E T="03">See</E>18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site (<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>) under the “e-Filing” link.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5784 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of FERC Staff Attendance at the ICT Stakeholders Policy Committee and Entergy Regional State Committee Meetings</SUBJECT>
        <P>The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission) hereby gives notice that members of its staff may attend the meetings noted below. Their attendance is part of the Commission's ongoing outreach efforts.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">ICT Stakeholder Policy Committee Meeting</HD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">March 16, 2011 (1 p.m.-5 p.m.)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">March 17, 2011 (8 a.m.-12 p.m.)</FP>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Entergy Regional State Committee Meeting</HD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">March 17, 2011 (1 p.m.-5 p.m.)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">March 18, 2011 (8 a.m.-12 p.m.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Astor Crowne Plaza,</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">739 Canal Street,</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">New Orleans, LA 70130,</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">504-962-0500.</FP>
        
        <P>The discussions may address matters at issue in the following proceedings:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s45,xs98" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Docket No.</CHED>
            <CHED H="1"/>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">OA07-32</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">EL00-66</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">Louisiana Public Service Commission</E>v.<E T="03">Entergy Services, Inc.</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">EL01-88</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">Louisiana Public Service Commission</E>v.<E T="03">Entergy Services, Inc.</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">EL07-52</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">Louisiana Public Service Commission</E>v.<E T="03">Entergy Services, Inc.</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">EL08-51</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">Louisiana Public Service Commission</E>v.<E T="03">Entergy Services, Inc.</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">EL08-60</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">Ameren Services Co.</E>v.<E T="03">Entergy Services, Inc.</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">EL09-43</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">Arkansas Public Service Commission</E>v.<E T="03">Entergy Services, Inc.</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">EL09-50</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">Louisiana Public Service Commission</E>v.<E T="03">Entergy Services, Inc.</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">EL09-61</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">Louisiana Public Service Commission</E>v.<E T="03">Entergy Services, Inc.</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">EL10-55</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">Louisiana Public Service Commission</E>v.<E T="03">Entergy Services, Inc.</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">EL10-65</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">Louisiana Public Service Commission</E>v.<E T="03">Entergy Services, Inc.</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER05-1065</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER07-682</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER07-956</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER08-1056</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER09-636</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER09-833</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER09-1224</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER10-794</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER10-1350</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER10-1367</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER10-2748</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER11-2131</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Arkansas, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER11-2132</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Louisiana, LLC</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER11-2133</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Louisiana, LLC</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER11-2134</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Mississippi, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER11-2135</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy New Orleans, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER11-2136</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Texas, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER11-2562</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Louisiana, LLC</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ER11-3357</ENT>
            <ENT>Entergy Services, Inc.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>These meetings are open to the public.</P>

        <P>For more information, contact Patrick Clarey, Office of Energy Market Regulation, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission at (317) 249-5937 or<E T="03">patrick.clarey@ferc.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5710 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Supplemental Notice of Technical Conference</SUBJECT>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s125,xs60" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">Docket No.</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Priority Rights to New Participant-Funded Transmission</ENT>
            <ENT>AD11-11-000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind I, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT>EL10-62-000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind II, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind III, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind IV, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind V, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind VI, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind VII, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Wind VIII, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alta Windpower Development, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">TGP Development Company, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Puget Sound Energy, Inc</ENT>
            <ENT>EL10-72-001</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Terra-Gen Dixie Valley, LLC, TGP Dixie Development Company, LLC, and New York Canyon, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT>EL10-29-002</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">
              <E T="03">Green Borders Geothermal, LLC</E>v.<E T="03">Terra-Gen Dixie Valley, LLC</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>EL10-36-002</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Terra-Gen Dixie Valley, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT>ER11-2127-001</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Northern Pass Transmission, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT>ER11-2377-000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Cedar Creek Wind Energy, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT>RC11-1-000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Milford Wind Corridor Phase I, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT>RC11-2-000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SunZia Transmission, LLC</ENT>
            <ENT>EL11-24-000</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>

        <P>On February 22, 2011, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission) announced that a Technical Conference on Priority Rights to New Participant-Funded Transmission will be held on Tuesday, March 15, 2011, from 9:30 a.m. to 3:15 p.m. (EST). The staff-led conference will be held in the Commission Meeting Room at the Commission's headquarters at 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426. The conference will be open for<PRTPAGE P="13614"/>the public to attend and advance registration is not required. Members of the Commission may attend the conference.</P>

        <P>Attached to this supplemental notice is an agenda for the conference. If any changes are made, the revised agenda will be posted prior to the event on the Calendar of Events on the Commission's Web site,<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>Notice is also hereby given that discussions at the conference may address matters at issue in the above-referenced individual proceedings that are either pending or within their rehearing period.</P>

        <P>A free webcast of the technical conference will be available. Anyone with internet access who desires to listen to this event can do so by navigating to the Calendar of Events on the Commission's Web site and locating this event in the Calendar. The event will contain a link to its webcast. The Capitol Connection provides technical support for webcasts and will offer the option of listening to the conference via phone-bridge for a fee. If you have any questions about the webcast, visit<E T="03">http://www.CapitolConnection.org</E>or call (703) 993-3100.</P>
        <P>This conference will also be transcribed. Transcripts will be available immediately, for a fee, from Ace Reporting Company (202-347-3700 or 800-336-6646).</P>

        <P>FERC conferences are accessible under section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. For accessibility accommodations please send an e-mail to<E T="03">accessibility@ferc.gov</E>or call toll free (866) 208-3372 (voice) or (202) 502-8659 (TTY), or send a fax to (202) 208-2106 with the requested accommodations.</P>

        <P>For further information please contact Becky Robinson at (202) 502-8868 or<E T="03">Becky.Robinson@ferc.gov;</E>or Pierson Stoecklein at (202) 502-6372 or<E T="03">Pierson.Stoecklein@ferc.gov</E>.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <EXTRACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Priority Access to New Participant-Funded Transmission</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">AD11-11-000</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">March 15, 2011</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Agenda</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">9:30-9:45 a.m.Welcome and Opening Remarks</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Introduction</HD>
          <P>The electric industry has evolved since Order No. 888 was adopted. In addition to the traditional utility structure of vertical integration, new models for developing, owning, and operating electric transmission infrastructure have been the subject of petitions before the Commission. In several of these proceedings, various proposals have been made regarding priority access to the transmission capacity developed. Commission staff would like to explore issues related to priority rights to use transmission infrastructure developed under these new business models in two contexts: independent and/or merchant transmission<SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>and generator lead lines.<SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g., Chinook Power Transmission, LLC,</E>126 FERC ¶ 61,134 (2009).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>2</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g., Milford Wind Corridor, LLC,</E>129 FERC ¶ 61,149 (2009).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>In both contexts, participants are encouraged to identify and discuss the appropriate balance between the Commission's requirements for open access and the needs of project developers. Participants are encouraged to propose and discuss possible regulatory alternatives that are consistent with the Commission's open access policies and its statutory responsibility to ensure that rates, terms, and conditions of service are just and reasonable and not unduly discriminatory or preferential.</P>
          
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Panel 1</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">9:45-11:45 a.m.Independent and/or Merchant Transmission Lines</HD>
          <P>Transmission infrastructure is no longer solely developed, owned, and operated by incumbent utilities serving native load within their traditional footprint, but also by non-incumbent, independent developers on a cost-of-service or negotiated rate basis. The purpose of this panel is to discuss whether to allow these non-traditional entities flexibility in the allocation of priority rights to the use of transmission facilities and, if so, how such flexibility could be implemented consistent with Commission open access policies. Panelists are encouraged to address:</P>

          <P>• The effect of the Commission's current affiliate rules and pricing structures (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>cost-based or negotiated rates) on the economics of a proposed project, as well as on efforts to right-size/up-size a proposed project;</P>
          <P>• The need for and appropriate application of mechanisms to ensure customer interest in and access to new transmission (including, but not necessarily limited to anchor shipper/tenant arrangements and open seasons) and how such mechanisms can be implemented to accommodate developers' project development and customers' needs, while satisfying the Commission's open access policies and responsibility to ensure that rates are just and reasonable and not unduly discriminatory or preferential.</P>
          
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
            <E T="03">Panelists</E>
          </FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Stephen Conant, Senior Vice President for Strategic Development, Anbaric Transmission, LLC &amp; NEITC</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Terry Wolf, Manager, Transmission Services, Missouri River Energy Services</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Mike Cashell, Chief Transmission Officer, NorthWestern Energy</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Cynthia Marlette, Special Counsel, Patton Boggs LLP (Western Independent Transmission Group)</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Michael Skelly, President, Clean Line Energy</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ David Raskin, Partner, Steptoe &amp; Johnson LLP</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Robert van Beers, Chief Development Officer, Tonbridge Power, Inc.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Tyson Utt, Project Manager, Horizon Wind Energy LLC</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Kenneth Houston, Director, Transmission Services, PacifiCorp</FP>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">11:45 a.m.-1 p.m.BREAK</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Panel 2</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">1-3 p.m.Generator Lead Lines</HD>
          <P>Increasingly, generation owners have chosen to build, administer, and operate the transmission facilities that interconnect their generation facilities with the network transmission system, referred to herein as generator lead lines. In that situation, generation owners also have sought to secure priority rights to use the capacity on these lines. The purpose of this panel is to address the application of the Commission's open access policies to generator lead lines in the instance when affiliated or unaffiliated third-party generators also seek to use these facilities. Panelists are encouraged to address:</P>
          <P>• The unique attributes of generator lead lines among transmission facilities (including ownership structures, physical or operational characteristics, etc.);</P>
          <P>• The implications for generation developers and potential transmission customers of the Commission applying open access polices in the same manner to generator lead lines as it applies those policies to other transmission facilities, and whether the Commission should apply its open access policies to generator lead line facilities in a manner different from the way it applies such policies to other transmission facilities;</P>

          <P>• The showing required to justify priority usage allocations (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>types of ownership/lease arrangements and expansion/development plans with definite dates and milestones for construction), and the extent to which this showing accommodates developers' project development and customers' needs, while satisfying the Commission's open access policies and responsibility to ensure that rates are just and reasonable and not unduly discriminatory or preferential.</P>
          
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
            <E T="03">Panelists</E>
          </FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Brad Oachs, Chief Operating Officer, Minnesota Power</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Joel Newton, Senior Attorney, NextEra Energy Resources LLC</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Tom DeBoer, Director, Rates and Regulatory Affairs, Puget Sound Energy, Inc.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Richard Lorenzo, Partner, Loeb &amp; Loeb LLP</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Adam Wenner, Partner, Chadbourne &amp; Parke LLP</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Kurt Adams, Executive Vice President &amp; Chief Development Officer, First Wind</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">➢ Kris Zadlo, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs and Transmission, Invenergy LLC</FP>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">3-3:15 p.m.Wrap-Up</HD>
          
        </EXTRACT>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5708 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="13615"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. ER11-2059-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Midwest Independent Transmission System Operator, Inc.; Notice of Informal Technical Conference</SUBJECT>
        <P>Take notice that an informal technical conference will be convened in this proceeding commencing at 10:00 am on April 12, 2011 at the offices of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC, 20426.</P>
        <P>Any party, as defined by 18 CFR 385.102(c), or any participant as defined by 18 CFR 385.102(b), is invited to attend. Persons wishing to become a party must move to intervene and receive intervenor status pursuant to the Commission's regulations (18 CFR 385.214).</P>

        <P>FERC conferences are accessible under section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. For accessibility accommodations please send an e-mail to<E T="03">accessibility@ferc.gov</E>or call toll free 1-866-208-3372 (voice) or 202-208-1659 (TTY), or send a FAX to 202-208-2106 with the required accommodations.</P>
        <P>For additional information, please contact Janet K. Jones,<E T="03">JanetJones@ferc.gov,</E>(202) 502-8165.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5781 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[FRL-9279-9]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Meeting of the EPA's Children's Health Protection Advisory Committee (CHPAC)</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>Pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, Public Law 92-463, notice is hereby given that the next meeting of the Children's Health Protection Advisory Committee (CHPAC) will be held March 30 and 31 at the Arlington Court Suites Hotel, 1200 North Courthouse Road, Arlington, VA. The CHPAC was created to advise the Environmental Protection Agency on science, regulations, and other issues relating to children's environmental health.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The CHPAC will meet March 30 and 31, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Arlington Court Suites Hotel, 1200 North Courthouse Road, Arlington, VA.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Martha Berger, Office of Children's Health Protection, USEPA, MC 1107T, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20460, (202) 564-2191,<E T="03">berger.martha@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The meetings of the CHPAC are open to the public. Preliminary agenda includes discussion of advice letters on chemical prioritization and on asthma disparities, sustainability and children's health, guidelines to states for school environmental health programs, and the Design for the Environment program.</P>
        <P>The final agenda will be posted at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/children</E>.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Access:</E>For information on access or services for individuals with disabilities, please contact Martha Berger at 202-564-2191 or<E T="03">berger.martha@epa.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 3, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Martha Berger,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Designated Federal Official.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5803 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[FRL-9280-1]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Proposed Administrative Settlement Pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice request for public comment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In accordance with Section 122(i) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended (CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. 9622(i), notice is hereby given of a proposed administrative settlement concerning the Grants Chlorinated Solvents Superfund Site, Grants, Cibola County, New Mexico.</P>
          <P>The settlement requires the Holiday Cleaners and Laundry to pay a total of $1000.00 as payment of response costs to the Hazardous Substances Superfund plus interest. The settlement includes a covenant not to sue pursuant to Section 107 of CERCLA, 42, U.S.C. 9607.</P>
          <P>For thirty (30) days following the date of publication of this notice, the Agency will receive written comments relating to this notice and will receive written comments relating to the settlement. The Agency will consider all comments received and may modify or withdraw its consent to the settlement if comments received disclose facts or considerations which indicate that the settlement is inappropriate, improper, or inadequate. The Agency's response to any comments received will be available for public inspection at 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75202-2733.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be submitted on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The proposed settlement and additional background information relating to the settlement are available for public inspection at 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75202-2733. A copy of the proposed settlement may be obtained from Jamie Bradsher, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75202-2733 or by calling (214) 665-7111. Comments should reference the Grants Chlorinated Solvents Superfund Site, Grants, Cibola County, New Mexico and EPA Docket Number 06-07-10, and should be addressed to Jamie Bradsher at the address listed above.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>I-Jung Chiang, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75202-2733 or call (214) 665-2160.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Al Armendariz,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Regional Administrator, Region 6.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5835 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket# EPA-RO4-SFUND-2011-0192, FRL-9280-4]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>B&amp;B Manufacturing Site; Mobile, Mobile County, AL; Notice of Settlement</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of settlement.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>Under Section 122(h)(1) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), the United States Environmental Protection Agency has entered into a settlement for reimbursement of past response costs concerning the B&amp;B Manufacturing Site located in Mobile, Mobile County, Alabama for publication.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>The Agency will consider public comments on the settlement until April 13, 2011. The Agency will consider all comments received and may modify or<PRTPAGE P="13616"/>withdraw its consent to the settlement if comments received disclose facts or considerations which indicate that the settlement is inappropriate, improper, or inadequate.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Copies of the settlement are available from Ms. Paula V. Painter. Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-RO4-SFUND-2011-0192 or Site name B&amp;B Manufacturing Superfund Site by one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov:</E>Follow the on-line instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/region4/waste/sf/enforce.htm.</E>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">E-mail: Painter.Paula@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Paula V. Painter at 404/562-8887.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: February 23, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Anita L. Davis,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Chief, Superfund Enforcement &amp; Information Management Branch, Superfund Division.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5837 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket# EPA-RO4-SFUND-2011-0201, FRL-9280-3]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Picayune Wood Treating Site Picayune, Pearl River County, MS; Notice of Settlement</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of settlement.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>Under Section 122(h)(1) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), the United States Environmental Protection Agency has entered into a settlement for reimbursement of past response costs concerning the Picayune Wood Treating Site located in Picayune, Pearl River County, Mississippi for publication.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The Agency will consider public comments on the settlement until April 13, 2011. The Agency will consider all comments received and may modify or withdraw its consent to the settlement if comments received disclose facts or considerations which indicate that the settlement is inappropriate, improper, or inadequate.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Copies of the settlement are available from Ms. Paula V. Painter. Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-RO4-SFUND-2011-0201 or Site name Picayune Wood Treating Superfund Site by one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov:</E>Follow the on-line instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/region4/waste/sf/enforce.htm.</E>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">E-mail: Painter.Paula@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Paula V. Painter at 404/562-8887.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: February 24, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Anita L. Davis,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Chief, Superfund Enforcement &amp; Information Management Branch, Superfund Division.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5836 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Public Information Collection(s) Being Reviewed by the Federal Communications Commission, Comments Requested</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 8, 2011.</DATE>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Federal Communications Commission, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burden invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collection(s), as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501—3520. Comments are requested concerning: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology, and (e) ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.</P>
          <P>The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) that does not display a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) comments should be submitted on or before May 13, 2011. If you anticipate that you will be submitting PRA comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the FCC contact listed below as soon as possible.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Direct all PRA comments to the Federal Communications Commission via e-mail to<E T="03">PRA@fcc.gov</E>and<E T="03">Cathy.Williams@fcc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>For additional information, contact Cathy Williams on (202) 418-2918.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>3060-0750.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>47 CFR 73.671, Educational and Informational Programming for Children; 47 CFR 73.673, Public Information Initiatives Regarding Educational and Informational Programming for Children.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Number:</E>Not applicable.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>Extension of a currently approved collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents:</E>Businesses or other for-profit entities.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Number of Respondents and Responses:</E>2,303 respondents; 4,215 responses.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Time per Response:</E>1 to 5 minutes.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>Third party disclosure requirement.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Obligation to Respond:</E>Required to obtain benefits. The statutory authority for this collection is contained in Sections 154(i) and 303 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Annual Burden:</E>30,865 hours.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Annual Cost:</E>None.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Privacy Act Impact Assessment:</E>No impact(s).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Nature and Extent of Confidentiality:</E>There is no need for confidentiality with this collection of information.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>47 CFR 73.671(c)(5) states that a core educational television program must be identified as specifically designed to educate and inform children by the display on the television screen throughout the program of the symbol E/I.</P>
        <P>47 CFR 73.673 states each commercial television broadcast station licensee must provide information identifying programming specifically designed to educate and inform children to publishers of program guides. Such information must include an indication of the age group for which the program is intended.</P>

        <P>These requirements are intended to provide greater clarity about broadcasters' obligations under the Children's Television Act (CTA) of 1990 to air programming “specifically designed” to serve the educational and informational needs of children and to improve public access to information about the availability of these programs.<PRTPAGE P="13617"/>These requirements provide better information to the public about the shows broadcasters air to satisfy their obligation to provide educational and informational programming under the Children's Television Act.</P>
        <SIG>
          <FP>Federal Communications Commission.</FP>
          <NAME>Marlene H. Dortch,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Office of Managing Director.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5740 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6712-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[2011-OGP-1; Docket 2011-0006; Sequence 3]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Office of Federal High-Performance Green Buildings (OFHPGB); Notice of GSA Bulletin OFHPGB 2011-OGP-1</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Governmentwide Policy, General Services Administration (GSA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of a bulletin.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This bulletin informs all agencies incurring expenses for energy efficient building investments made in government-owned buildings of useful information available to them from GSA's Policy on Energy Efficient Commercial Buildings Tax Deduction. GSA Bulletin OFHPGB 2011-OGP-1 may be found at<E T="03">http://www.gsa.gov/portal/content/221677.</E>
          </P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective March 14, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS) guidance on the allocation of the Energy Efficient Commercial Building Tax Deduction for government-owned buildings is set forth in Notice 2008-40, Internal Revenue Bulletin 2008-14, “Amplification of Notice 2006-52; Deduction for Energy Efficient Commercial Buildings.” Notice 2008-40 can be found at<E T="03">http://www.irs.gov/irb/2008-14_IRB/ar12.html.</E>For clarification of Bulletin content, contact General Services Administration, Office of Governmentwide Policy, Office of Federal High-Performance Green Buildings at (202) 219-1522. Please cite OFHPGB Bulletin 2011-OGP-1.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Background</HD>
        <P>The Energy Policy Act of 2005 (Pub. L. 109-58) authorized the Energy-Efficient Commercial Buildings Tax Deduction for expenses incurred for qualified energy efficient building investments made by a building owner. In government-owned buildings, the government may allocate this deduction to the person or persons primarily responsible for designing the qualified improvements and this can provide significant incentive for contractors to meet or exceed energy reduction requirements.</P>
        <P>In the event that a contractor requests allocation of the tax deduction from an agency, the agency can use the GSA Policy on Energy Efficient Commercial Buildings Tax Deduction as an information resource for allocating the deduction.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Procedures</HD>

        <P>Bulletins regarding the Office of Federal High-Performance Green Building are located on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.gsa.gov/portal/content/105239</E>as OFHPGB Bulletins.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: January 24, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kathleen M. Turco,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Associate Administrator, Office of Governmentwide Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Washington, DC 20405</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">OFFICE OF FEDERAL HIGH-PERFORMANCE GREEN BUILDINGS</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">GSA Bulletin 2011-OGP-1</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">TO: Heads of Federal Agencies</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">SUBJECT: Information on GSA Policy on Energy Efficient Commercial Buildings Tax Deduction</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">What is the purpose of this bulletin?</E>This bulletin informs all agencies incurring expenses for energy efficient building investments made in government-owned buildings of useful information available to them from GSA's Policy on Energy Efficient Commercial Buildings Tax Deduction (developed and used by GSA's Public Buildings Service).</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">What is the background of this bulletin?</E>The Energy Policy Act of 2005 (Pub. L. 109-58) authorized the Energy-Efficient Commercial Buildings Tax Deduction for expenses incurred for qualified energy efficient building investments made by a building owner. The deduction may be taken in the year the energy-efficient improvements are placed in service. In government-owned buildings, the government may allocate this deduction to the person or persons primarily responsible for designing the qualified improvements. The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-343) extended this deduction through December 31, 2013. The provisions authorizing the deduction are codified in the 26 U.S.C. § 179D.</P>
        <P>The Energy-Efficient Commercial Buildings Tax Deduction is a significant financial incentive for contractors to meet or exceed an agency's energy reduction requirements for new and existing buildings. In the event that a contractor requests allocation of the tax deduction from an agency, the agency can use GSA's Policy on Energy Efficient Commercial Buildings Tax Deduction as an information resource for allocating the deduction.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Where can my agency find additional information on the policy?</E>Additional information about GSA's Policy on Energy Efficient Commercial Buildings Tax Deduction and its implementation can be found at<E T="03">http://www.gsa.gov/portal/content/221677.</E>
        </P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Whom should I contact for further information?</E>Internal Revenue Service (IRS) guidance on the allocation of the Energy Efficient Commercial Building Tax Deduction for government-owned buildings is set forth in Notice 2008-40, Internal Revenue Bulletin 2008-14, “Amplification of Notice 2006-52; Deduction for Energy Efficient Commercial Buildings.” Notice 2008-40 can be found at<E T="03">http://www.irs.gov/irb/2008-14_IRB/ar12.html.</E>For clarification of Bulletin content, contact General Services Administration, Office of Governmentwide Policy, Office of Federal High-Performance Green Buildings at (202) 219-1522. Please cite OFHPGB Bulletin 2011-OPG-1.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>Dated: January 24, 2011.</FP>
          
          <FP>Kathleen M. Turco,</FP>
          
          <FP>
            <E T="03">Associate Administrator, Office of Governmentwide Policy.</E>
          </FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5812 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6820-TL-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Depository Library Council to the Public Printer Meeting</SUBJECT>

        <P>The Depository Library Council to the Public Printer (DLC) will meet on Monday, April 4, 2011 through Wednesday, April 6, 2011, in San Antonio, Texas. The sessions will take place from 8 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. on Monday through Tuesday. On Wednesday the session will be 8 a.m. to 12 p.m. The meeting will be held at the Crowne Plaza Riverwalk San Antonio located at 111 East Pecan Street, San Antonio, Texas. The purpose of this meeting is to discuss the Federal Depository Library Program. All sessions are open to the public. The sleeping rooms available at the Crowne Plaza Riverwalk, San Antonio, Texas will be at the government rate of $106 (plus applicable state and local taxes, currently 16.75%) a night for a single or<PRTPAGE P="13618"/>double. The Crowne Plaza Riverwalk is in compliance with the requirements of Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act and meets all Fire Safety Act regulations.</P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>William J. Boarman,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Public Printer of the United States.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5832 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 1520-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Delegation of Authority; Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</SUBJECT>

        <P>Notice is hereby given that I have delegated to the Administrator, Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services (CMS), or his or her successor, the authorities vested in the Secretary for the following provisions of Part A (42 U.S.C. 1301<E T="03">et seq.,</E>as amended) and Part B (42 U.S.C. 1320c<E T="03">et seq.,</E>as amended) of Title XI of the Social Security Act (the Act) (42 U.S.C. 1301<E T="03">et seq.,</E>as amended) insofar as such parts pertain to CMS' mission, as described in Section F.00 of CMS' Statement of Organization, Functions, and Delegations of Authority, last published at 55 FR 9363 (March 13, 1990).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Part A (General Provisions) of Title XI of the Act</HD>
        <P>• Section 1106—The authority under Section 1106, as amended, pertaining to disclosure of information in possession of CMS.</P>
        <P>• Section 1110—The authority under Section 1110, as amended, to make grants to States and public and other organizations and agencies for paying part of the cost of research or demonstration projects such as those relating to the prevention and reduction of dependency, or which will aid in effecting coordination of planning between private and public welfare agencies or which will help improve the administration and effectiveness of programs carried on or assisted under the Act and programs related thereto, and to make contracts or jointly financed cooperative arrangements with States and public and other organizations and agencies for the conduct of research or demonstration projects relating to such matters. Refer to F.50.1.a.</P>
        <P>• Section 1112—The authority under Section 1112, as amended, to develop and revise from time to time guides or recommended standards regarding the level, content, and quality of medical care and medical services for the use of the States in evaluating and improving public assistance medical care programs and the State programs of medical assistance.</P>
        <P>• Section 1116—The authority under Section 1116, as amended, pertaining to State plans thereto under Title XIX of the Act. Refer to F.50.1.b.</P>
        <P>• Section 1121—The authority under Section 1121, as amended, pertaining to uniform reporting systems for health services facilities and organizations.</P>
        <P>• Section 1122(d), (e) and (f)—The authority under Section 1122(d) and (e), as amended, to identify and deny unnecessary capital expenditure payment amounts to be excluded from reimbursement to health care facilities under Titles XVIII and XIX of the Act when such exclusions have been found necessary and Section 1122(f), as amended, to reconsider determinations made under Section 1122 of the Act.</P>
        <P>• Section 1124—The authority under Section 1124, as amended, pertaining to disclosure of ownership and related information by providers, carriers, intermediaries, and similar organizations.</P>
        <P>• Section 1124A—The authority under Section 1124A, as amended, pertaining to disclosure requirements for other providers under Part B of Title XVIII of the Act.</P>
        <P>• Section 1126—The authority under Section 1126, as amended, pertaining to disclosure by institutions, organizations, and agencies of owners and certain other individuals who have been convicted of certain offenses.</P>
        <P>• Section 1128(c)(3)(B)—The authority under Section 1128(c)(3)(B), as amended, to request a waiver of program exclusion from the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services.</P>
        <P>• Section 1132—The authority under Section 1132, as amended, pertaining to claims submitted by States for payment with respect to expenditures that affect only programs for which the Administrator, CMS, has delegated authority, including Titles XIX and XXI of the Act. Refer to F.50.1.e.</P>
        <P>• Section 1134—The authority under Section 1134, as amended, pertaining to determinations of whether the reasonable costs of services provided to nonprofit hospitals or critical access hospitals are to be deducted from the operating costs of such hospitals or critical access hospitals.</P>
        <P>• Section 1137—The authority under Section 1137, as amended, pertaining to income and eligibility verification system for the Medicaid program under Title XIX of the Act.</P>
        <P>• Section 1138—The authority under Section 1138, as amended, pertaining to hospital protocols for organ procurement and standards for organ procurement agencies.</P>
        <P>• Section 1139—The authority under Section 1139, as amended, pertaining to improving access to, and delivery of, health care for Indians under Titles XIX and XXI of the Act.</P>
        <P>• Section 1139A—The authority under Section 1139A, as amended, pertaining to child health quality measures for children enrolled in Medicaid or the Children's Health Insurance Program.</P>
        <P>• Section 1144(c)—The authority under Section 1144(c), as amended, pertaining to assistance with Medicare savings program and low-income subsidy program applications.</P>
        <P>• Section 1146—The authority under Section 1146, as amended, pertaining to public disclosure of certain information on hospital financial interest and referral patterns.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Part B (Peer Review of the Utilization and Quality of Health Care Services) of Title XI of the Act</HD>
        <P>• Section 1152—The authority under Section 1152, as amended, pertaining to utilization and quality control peer review organizations.</P>
        <P>• Section 1153—The authority under Section 1153, as amended, to contract with utilization and quality control peer review organizations.</P>
        <P>• Section 1154—The authority under Section 1154, as amended, pertaining to the functions of the peer review organizations.</P>
        <P>• Section 1155—The authority under Section 1155, as amended, pertaining to the right of a beneficiary, provider, or practitioner to request that a utilization and quality control peer review organization reconsider a determination made by that organization. Refer to F.50.1.f.</P>
        <P>• Section 1157—The authority under Section 1157, as amended, pertaining to violations of law, limitations on liability and payment for certain legal expenses.</P>
        <P>• Section 1158—The authority under Section 1158, as amended, pertaining to utilization and quality control peer review organizations performing certain functions described in Part B of Title XI of the Act under contracts with State programs receiving Federal financial assistance under Title XIX of the Act.</P>
        <P>• Section 1159—The authority under Section 1159, as amended, to authorize use of certain funds to administer the provisions of Part B of Title XI of the Act.</P>

        <P>• Section 1160—The authority under Section 1160, as amended, to prohibit<PRTPAGE P="13619"/>against disclosure of information pursuant to a contract under Part B of Title XI of the Act, except that authorities for controlling fraud and abuse under Section 1160(b) of the Act shall be exercised by the Office of Inspector General.</P>

        <P>This delegation of authority supersedes the authorities delegated under Part A (42 U.S.C. 1301 et seq.) of Title XI of the Act and Part B (42 U.S.C. 1320c<E T="03">et seq.</E>) of Title XI of the Act that were published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice on September 6, 1984, including the authorities contained in paragraphs C.1.—15., and D. of Section F.30—Delegations of Authority; and includes F.40.—Reservations of Authority,<E T="03">1.—Under Part B of Title XI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320(c) et. seq.); 3.—General Reservations,</E>paragraphs a. and b. Section F.50.—Limitations of Authority,<E T="03">1.—Under Parts A and B of Title XI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320 et. seq),</E>is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:</P>
        <P>a. Disputes regarding the determinations listed in 45 CFR Part 16, Appendix A, pertaining to discretionary grants, such as grants for research or demonstration projects under section 1110 (42 U.S.C. 1310) of the Act or for special demonstration projects under Section 1115 (42 U.S.C. 1315) of the Act, are heard by the Chair and Members of the Departmental Appeals Board, Office of the Secretary, who issue the final HHS decision. See 42 CFR 430.3 and 457.206; 46 FR 43816.</P>
        <P>b. The authority to hear appeals and issue final HHS decisions under Section 1116(e) (42 U.S.C. 1316(e)) of the Act with respect to disallowances or reconsidered disallowances under Title XIX of the Act shall be exercised only by the Chair and Members of the Departmental Appeals Board, Office of the Secretary, pursuant to Section 1116(e)(2) (42 U.S.C. 1316(e)(2)) of the Act. This includes an appeal of a Title XIX disallowance based on a State's failure to meet the timely claims requirements of Section 1132 (42 U.S.C. 1320b-2) of the Act.</P>
        <P>c. The authorities under Sections 1128 (42 U.S.C. 1320a-7), 1128A (42 U.S.C. 1320a-7a), 1128B (42 U.S.C. 1320a-7b), 1128D (42 U.S.C. 1320a-7d), 1128E(b)(6) (42 U.S.C. 1320a-7e(b)(6)), 1140 (42 U.S.C. 1320b-10), 1156(b) (42 U.S.C. 1320c-5(b)), and 1160(b) (42 U.S.C. 1320c-9(b)) of the Act for controlling fraud and abuse in healthcare programs shall be exercised by the Office of Inspector General.</P>
        <P>d. The hearings to which the procedures in section 1128A(c) (42 U.S.C. 1320a-7a(c)) of the Act apply, as well as the hearings under any other section of the Act authorizing the Secretary to impose a civil remedy, including a civil money penalty, exclusion, or assessment, for which the Secretary has delegated authority to the Administrator, CMS, or to the Office of Inspector General to impose the remedy, shall be conducted by Administrative Law Judges at the Departmental Appeals Board, Office of the Secretary, who issue initial decisions subject to review and final determinations made by the Chair and Members of the Departmental Appeals Board. See 59 FR 52967; 42 CFR Parts 402 and 1002-1004, incorporating the procedures at 42 CFR Part 1005; 42 CFR Part 422, Subpart T; 42 CFR Part 423, Subpart T; and 45 CFR Part 160.</P>

        <P>e. Disallowances under Title XXI of the Act, including disallowances based on State's failure to meet the timely claims requirements of Section 1132 (42 U.S.C. 1320b-2) of the Act, are subject to reconsideration by the Chair and Members of the Departmental Appeals Board, Office of the Secretary, under section 1116(d) (42 U.S.C. 1316(d)) of the Act, made applicable to Title XXI by Section 2107(e) (42 U.S.C. 1397gg(e)) of the Act.<E T="03">See</E>42 CFR 457.206.</P>

        <P>f. The hearings under Section 1155 (42 U.S.C. 1320c-4) of the Act, which incorporates by reference Section 205(b) (42 U.S.C. 405(b)) of the Act, shall be conducted by Administrative Law Judges in the Office of Medicare Hearings and Appeals, Office of the Secretary, with review by the Medicare Appeals Council at the Departmental Appeals Board, Office of the Secretary.<E T="03">See</E>42 CFR Part 478, Subpart B and 42 CFR Part 405, Subpart J.</P>

        <P>g. The hearings under Section 1156(b)(4) (42 U.S.C. and1320c-5(b)(4)) of the Act, which incorporates section 205(b) (42 U.S.C. 405(b)) of the Act, shall be conducted by the Administrative Law Judges at the Departmental Appeals Board, Office of the Secretary, who issue initial decisions subject to review and final determinations made by the Chair and Members of the Departmental Appeals Board.<E T="03">See</E>42 CFR Part 1004, incorporating the procedures at 42 CFR Part 1005; 59 FR 52967.</P>
        <P>This delegation of authority is effective immediately.</P>
        <P>These authorities may be re-delegated.</P>
        <P>These authorities shall be exercised under the Department's policy on regulations and the existing delegation of authority to approve and issue regulations.</P>

        <P>I hereby affirm and ratify any actions taken by the Administrator, CMS, or his or her subordinates, which involved the exercise of the authorities under Part A (42 U.S.C. 1301<E T="03">et seq.</E>) of Title XI of the Act and Part B (42 U.S.C. 1320c<E T="03">et seq.</E>) of Title XI of the Act delegated herein prior to the effective date of this delegation of authority.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>44 U.S.C. 3101</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kathleen Sebelius,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5779 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4120-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Disease, Disability, and Injury Prevention and ControlSpecial Emphasis Panel (SEP): Funding Opportunity Announcement (FOA), Initial Review</SUBJECT>
        <P>The meeting announced below concerns The Institutional Collaboration between the Institute Pasteur of Madagascar and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention on Malaria and Vector-Borne Diseases Funding Opportunity Announcement (FOA) GH11-003, and Research Activities in Support of Malaria Prevention and Control in the Republic of Uganda as Part of the President's Malaria Initiative, FOA GH11-004, initial review.</P>
        <P>In accordance with Section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) announces the aforementioned meeting:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time and Date:</E>12 p.m.-3 p.m., May 19, 2011 (Closed).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Place:</E>Teleconference.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Status:</E>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with provisions set forth in Section 552b(c)(4) and (6), Title 5 U.S.C., and the Determination of the Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, CDC, pursuant to Public Law 92-463.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Matters To Be Discussed:</E>The meeting will include the initial review, discussion, and evaluation of applications received in response to “Institutional Collaboration between the Institute Pasteur of Madagascar and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention on Malaria and Vector-Borne Diseases, FOA GH11-003, and Research Activities in Support of Malaria Prevention and Control in the Republic of Uganda as Part of the President's Malaria Initiative, FOA GH11-004, initial review.”</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person for More Information:</E>Sheree Marshall-Williams, PhD, Scientific Review Officer, CDC, 1600 Clifton Road, NE., Mailstop D72, Atlanta, Georgia 30333, Telephone: (404) 639-7742.</P>

          <P>The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the<PRTPAGE P="13620"/>authority to sign<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notices pertaining to announcements of meetings and other committee management activities, for both the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Elaine L. Baker,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5632 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4163-18-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Opportunity to Partner; Testing of Patient Compartment Seating and Restraints to Proposed Test Standard</SUBJECT>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>29 U.S.C. 669.</P>
        </AUTH>
        
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>NIOSH, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of informational meeting and opportunity to partner.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), CDC, HHS, in collaboration with the National Truck Equipment Association, Ambulance Manufacturers Division (NTEA-AMD) has developed a series of proposed ambulance component test standards. One such standard, AMD STANDARD 026—Seat, Seat Mount and Occupant Restraint Dynamic Test—Proposed (draft), seeks to improve occupant and seat retention during crash conditions. As a part of the standard development process, NIOSH will be conducting a series of tests to evaluate existing, redesigned, and/or new seating to validate the test methods proposed. It is anticipated testing will be conducted in up to three phases over approximately 15 months. NIOSH will contract with an independent test facility and provide funding for all testing, instrumentation, data collection, and data analysis. Prospective industry partners will provide the following test assets: Seating, seat retention devices, and occupant restraints. This project has three key goals: (1) To validate test and data collection methodologies proposed in AMD 026 (draft) to support standard development; (2) to support and facilitate the transition of the industry from the current seating design parameters to those proposed in SAE J2917 Surface Vehicle Recommended Practice, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity—Frontal Impact System-Level Ambulance Patient Compartment, published May 2010, and SAE J2956 Surface Vehicle Recommended Practice, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity—Side Impact System-Level Ambulance Patient Compartment (draft); and, (3) to develop the design and production “cost-of-change” to meet the proposed design parameters.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Dates and Times:</HD>
          <P>March 23, 2011, 1 p.m.-5 p.m., Eastern Standard Time (EST) March 24, 2011, 8 a.m.-12 noon, EST, by appointment. NIOSH is available to meet with individual companies for those interested in further discussion. We anticipate offering the prospective partners the opportunity to meet for 30 minutes, to ask specific questions pertinent to their situation.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Homewood Suites Indianapolis-Downtown, 211 South Meridian Street, Indianapolis, Indiana 46225, Telephone (317) 636-7992. (Coincident with the 2011 Fire Department Instructors Conference (FDIC).)</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Letters of Interest:</E>Interested manufacturers should submit a letter of interest with information about their capabilities and level of proposed participation to Jim Green at<E T="03">JGreen@cdc.gov.</E>Letters of interest must be received by April 25, 2011.</P>
        </ADD>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>NIOSH proposes a series of up to 116 tests to better understand the capabilities and limitations of currently available seating and restraints, investigate redesign or new design options, and validate the proposed test standard. As a byproduct of this effort, it is expected that NIOSH and its partners will be able to demonstrate that seating and restraints provided by partners meet the design parameters specified in AMD 026 (draft) and test requirements outlined in SAE J2917 and SAE 2956 (draft), respectively.</P>
        <P>Prospective partners will be existing seating and/or restraint manufacturers nationally or internationally. A prospective partner need not be selling to the United States market at the time of this announcement.</P>
        <P>Prospective partners will be required to provide test assets (seating, seat retention devices, and/or occupant restraints) free of charge in exchange for their participation in this collaborative standards development and validation effort. In return, NIOSH will cover all costs associated with testing. This includes the cost of the sled buck design and manufacture, rental of appropriate test manikins, instrumentation related to the litter, manikin, and sled buck, test execution, test data analysis, and cost data analysis.</P>
        <P>Given the nature of the proposed change, coupled with the cost for each unit, NIOSH anticipates the need to partner with more than one manufacturer. Therefore no one manufacturer should expect to be asked to contribute all needed test assets.</P>
        <P>In phase 1, test assets are expected to come from those in the existing product line per mutual agreement with NIOSH. In phases 2 and 3, test assets are expected to be introduced as either redesigns of existing products or new products entirely based on the results of phase 1 testing. The cost of product redesign and manufacture for phase 2 and 3 testing would be borne by the manufacturer partner(s).</P>
        <P>Each partner will be invited to participate at the site of testing (a third party independent test facility) during the testing of its product. However, at no time will representatives from two different manufacturers be present at the same time or on the same date. As a participant, each partner will be provided with a copy of all digital video and instrumented data for use in future product development. NIOSH will retain a copy of all data but will code, to the extent possible, to prevent release of vendor specific product data. Partners will retain ownership of each test asset and will be asked to retrieve test assets once each test has been completed. All shipping and/or disposal costs of test assets to and from the independent test facility will be borne by the manufacturer partner(s).</P>

        <P>Recognizing any change in standard or test requirement may have a coincident cost; NIOSH will also be seeking to quantify the cost of change—that is, the cost of redesigning and manufacturing to meet the proposed new test standards. In this instance, NIOSH has a separate effort in place with an independent Certified Public Accountant (CPA). Any participant or partner in this effort would be required to work with the CPA in parallel with the test program outlined above. Specifically, the partner would be required to provide the underlying cost data for each product evaluated in the test program. This would include the costs for a current or comparable pre-test or pre-standard seat, seat retention device, and occupant restraint and its companion post standard or post redesign equivalent. Prospective partners should be aware it may be possible to consider a few products within their existing product line (e.g.; entry level, mid level, and high end products). These costs may include: Per<PRTPAGE P="13621"/>unit cost of materials, per unit cost of labor, per unit cost of design, test and certification, etc. Data from each manufacturer will be held confidential by the CPA and coded to remove corporate identifiers. The goal is to assess the cost of change to the industry rather than to an individual product within a given manufacturers' broad product line.</P>
        <P>Candidate companies will be evaluated based on their capability and willingness to work cooperatively to achieve the stated goals. Candidates selected will be required to enter into a Letter of Agreement spelling out the level of participation expected of each partner and the handling of data generated from the partnership. This announcement does not obligate NIOSH to enter into an agreement with any respondents. NIOSH reserves the right to establish a partnership based on the engineering analysis and capabilities found by way of this announcement or other searches, if determined to be in the best interest of the government.</P>
        <P>NIOSH recognizes this opportunity will raise many questions for prospective partners. In order to give all involved the greatest opportunity to understand the process and project expectations, the NTEA-AMD, our collaborative partner and host standards setting body, has agreed to provide a meeting room for us to hold an informational meeting to present a broad overview of the effort and answer any resulting questions.</P>

        <P>In order to provide us with the best opportunity to meet the needs of all prospective partners at each of these meetings; we request that all interested parties contact Jim Green, NIOSH Project Officer, by e-mail at<E T="03">JGreen@cdc.gov;</E>or telephone (304) 285-5857, by Thursday, March 17, 2011.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
          <P>Jim Green, NIOSH Project Officer, e-mail:<E T="03">JGreen@cdc.gov;</E>telephone (304) 285-5857.</P>

          <P>The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notices pertaining to announcements of meetings and other committee management activities, for both the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Tanja Popovic,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Deputy Associate Director for Science, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5732 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4163-19-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Disease, Disability, and Injury Prevention and ControlSpecial Emphasis Panel; Teleconference</SUBJECT>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Disease, Disability, and Injury Prevention and Control</E>
          <E T="03">Special Emphasis Panel (SEP):</E>Pilot for State-specific Cross-Sectional Surveillance of Persons with Rare Disorders and Longitudinal Assessment of Outcomes, Funding Opportunity Announcement (FOA) DD11-004, and Pilot Longitudinal Data Collection to Inform Public Health—Fragile X Syndrome, FOA DD11-007, initial review.</P>
        <P>In accordance with Section 10(a)(2) of the Federal AdvisoryCommittee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), the Centers for DiseaseControl and Prevention (CDC) announces the aforementioned meeting:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Time and Date:</E>11 a.m.-5 p.m., April 21, 2011 (Closed).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Place:</E>Teleconference.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Status:</E>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with provisions set forth in Section 552b(c)(4) and (6), Title 5 U.S.C., and the Determination of the Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, CDC, pursuant to Public Law 92-463.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Matters to Be Discussed:</E>The meeting will include the initial review, discussion, and evaluation of “Pilot for State-specific Cross-Sectional Surveillance of Persons with Rare Disorders and Longitudinal Assessment of Outcomes, FOA DD11-004, and Pilot Longitudinal Data Collection to Inform Public Health—Fragile X Syndrome, FOA DD11-007.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Contact Person for More Information:</E>Donald Blackman, PhD, Scientific Review Officer, Extramural Research Program Office, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, CDC, 4770 Buford Highway, NE., Mailstop K-92, Atlanta, Georgia 30341, Telephone: (770) 488-3023, E-mail:<E T="03">DBY7@cdc.gov.</E>
        </P>

        <P>The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notices pertaining to announcements of meetings and other committee management activities, for both the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Elaine L. Baker,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Management Analysis and Services Office,Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5755 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4163-18-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Disease, Disability, and Injury Prevention and Control Special Emphasis Panel (SEP): Family History and Diamond Blackfan Anemia, DD11-010, Initial Review</SUBJECT>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Correction:</E>This notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 21, 2011, Volume 76, Number 14, Page 3909. The date for the aforementioned meeting has been changed to the following:</P>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>April 27, 2011 (Closed).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person for More Information:</E>Michael Dalmat, Dr.P.H., Scientific Review Officer, CDC, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Office of the Director, Extramural Research Program Office, 4770 Buford Highway, NE., Mailstop K-92, Atlanta, Georgia 30341, Telephone: (770) 488-6423, E-mail:<E T="03">MED1@CDC.GOV.</E>
          </P>

          <P>The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notices pertaining to announcements of meetings and other committee management activities, for both the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry.</P>
        </DATES>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Elaine L. Baker,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5759 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4163-18-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Opportunity to Partner; Testing of Patient Litters and Patient Restraints to Proposed Test Standard</SUBJECT>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>29 U.S.C. 669.</P>
        </AUTH>
        
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>

          <P>NIOSH, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC),<PRTPAGE P="13622"/>Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of informational meeting and opportunity to partner.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), CDC, HHS, in collaboration with the National Truck Equipment Association, Ambulance Manufacturers Division (NTEA-AMD) has developed a series of proposed ambulance component test standards. One such standard, AMD STANDARD 004—Method for Conducting Litter and Litter Retention System Dynamic Test—Proposed (draft), seeks to improve patient and litter retention during crash conditions. As a part of the standard development process, NIOSH will be conducting a series of tests to evaluate existing, redesigned, and/or new litters to validate the test methods proposed. It is anticipated testing will be conducted in up to three phases over approximately 15 months. NIOSH will contract with an independent test facility and provide funding for all testing, instrumentation, data collection, and data analysis. Prospective industry partners will provide the test assets: Litters and litter retention devices. This project has three key goals: (1) To validate test and data collection methodologies proposed in AMD 004 (draft) to support standard development; (2) to support and facilitate the transition of the industry from the current litter design parameters to those proposed in SAE J2917 Surface Vehicle Recommended Practice, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity—Frontal Impact System-Level Ambulance Patient Compartment, published May 2010, and SAE J2956 Surface Vehicle Recommended Practice, Occupant Restraint and Equipment Mounting Integrity—Side Impact System-Level Ambulance Patient Compartment (draft); and, (3) to develop the design and production “cost-of-change” to meet the proposed design parameters.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Dates and Times:</HD>
          <P>March 23, 2011, 1 p.m.-5 p.m., Eastern Standard Time (EST). March 24, 2011, 8 a.m.-12 noon, EST, by appointment. NIOSH is available to meet with individual companies for those interested in further discussion. We anticipate offering the prospective partners the opportunity to meet for 30 minutes, to ask specific questions pertinent to their situation.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Homewood Suites Indianapolis-Downtown, 211 South Meridian Street, Indianapolis, Indiana 46225, Telephone (317) 636-7992. (Coincident with the 2011 Fire Department Instructors Conference (FDIC)).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Letters of Interest:</E>Interested manufacturers should submit a letter of interest with information about their capabilities and level of proposed participation to Jim Green at<E T="03">JGreen@cdc.gov.</E>Letters of interest must be received by April 25, 2011.</P>
        </ADD>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>NIOSH proposes a series of up to 48 tests to better understand the capabilities and limitations of currently available litters, investigate redesign or new design options, and validate the proposed test standard. As a byproduct of this effort, it is expected that NIOSH and its partners will be able to demonstrate that litters provided by partners meet the design parameters specified in AMD 004 (draft) and test requirements outlined in SAE J2917 and SAE 2956 (draft), respectively.</P>
        <P>Prospective partners will be existing litter manufacturers nationally or internationally. A prospective partner need not be selling to the United States market at the time of this announcement.</P>
        <P>Prospective partners will be required to provide test assets (litters and mounting systems) free of charge in exchange for their participation in this collaborative standards development and validation effort. In return, NIOSH will cover all costs associated with testing. This includes the cost of the sled buck design and manufacture, rental of appropriate test manikins, instrumentation related to the litter, manikin, and sled buck, test execution, test data analysis, and cost data analysis.</P>
        <P>Given the nature of the proposed change, coupled with the cost for each unit, NIOSH anticipates the need to partner with more than one manufacturer. Therefore no one manufacturer should expect to be asked to contribute all needed test assets.</P>
        <P>In phase 1, test assets are expected to come from those in the existing product line per mutual agreement with NIOSH. In phases 2 and 3, test assets are expected to be introduced as either redesigns of existing products or new products entirely based on the results of phase 1 testing. The cost of product redesign and manufacture for phase 2 and 3 testing would be borne by the manufacturer partner(s).</P>
        <P>Each partner will be invited to participate at the site of testing (a third party independent test facility) during the testing of its product. However, at no time will representatives from two different manufacturers be present at the same time or on the same date. As a participant, each partner will be provided with a copy of all digital video and instrumented data for use in future product development. NIOSH will retain a copy of all data but will code, to the extent possible, to prevent release of vendor specific product data. Partners will retain ownership of each test asset and will be asked to retrieve test assets once each test has been completed. All shipping and/or disposal costs of test assets to and from the independent test facility will be borne by the manufacturer partner(s).</P>

        <P>Recognizing any change in standard or test requirement may have a coincident cost; NIOSH will also be seeking to quantify the cost of change—that is, the cost of redesigning and manufacturing to meet the proposed new test standards. In this instance, NIOSH has a separate effort in place with an independent Certified Public Accountant (CPA). Any participant or partner in this effort would be required to work with the CPA in parallel with the test program outlined above. Specifically, the partner would be required to provide the underlying cost data for each product evaluated in the test program. This would include the costs for a current or comparable pre-test or pre-standard litter and its companion post standard or post redesign equivalent. Prospective partners should be aware it may be possible to consider a few products within their existing product line (<E T="03">e.g.;</E>entry level, mid level, and high end products). These costs may include: Per unit cost of materials, per unit cost of labor, per unit cost of design, test and certification, etc. Data from each manufacturer will be held confidential by the CPA and coded to remove corporate identifiers. The goal is to assess the cost of change to the industry rather than to an individual product within a given manufacturers' broad product line.</P>

        <P>Candidate companies will be evaluated based on their capability and willingness to work cooperatively to achieve the stated goals. Candidates selected will be required to enter into a Letter of Agreement spelling out the level of participation expected of each partner and the handling of data generated from the partnership. This announcement does not obligate NIOSH to enter into an agreement with any respondents. NIOSH reserves the right to establish a partnership based on the engineering analysis and capabilities found by way of this announcement or other searches, if determined to be in the best interest of the government.<PRTPAGE P="13623"/>
        </P>
        <P>NIOSH recognizes this opportunity will raise many questions for prospective partners. In order to give all involved the greatest opportunity to understand the process and project expectations, the NTEA-AMD, our collaborative partner and host standards setting body, has agreed to provide a meeting room for us to hold an informational meeting to present a broad overview of the effort and answer any resulting questions.</P>

        <P>To provide us with the best opportunity to meet the needs of all prospective partners at each of these meetings, we request that all interested parties contact Jim Green, NIOSH Project Officer, by email at<E T="03">JGreen@cdc.gov;</E>or telephone (304) 285-5857, by Thursday, March 17, 2011.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
          <P>Jim Green, NIOSH Project Officer, e-mail:<E T="03">JGreen@cdc.gov;</E>telephone (304) 285-5857.</P>

          <P>The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notices pertaining to announcements of meetings and other committee management activities, for both the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Tanja Popovic,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Deputy Associate Director for Science, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5733 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4163-19-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2010-N-0447]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Announcement of Office of Management and Budget Approval; Medical Devices; Third Party Review Program Under the Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a collection of information entitled “Medical Devices; Third Party Review Program Under the Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act” has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Daniel Gittleson, Office of Information Management, Food and Drug Administration, 1350 Piccard Dr., PI50-400B, Rockville, MD 20850, 301-796-5156,<E T="03">Daniel.Gittleson@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>In the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of December 28, 2010 (75 FR 81616), the Agency announced that the proposed information collection had been submitted to OMB for review and clearance under 44 U.S.C. 3507. An Agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. OMB has now approved the information collection and has assigned OMB control number 0910-0375. The approval expires on February 28, 2014. A copy of the supporting statement for this information collection is available on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5738 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2011-N-0116]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Medical Device Labeling Regulations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the Agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA), Federal Agencies are required to publish notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, and to allow 60 days for public comment in response to the notice. This notice solicits comments on medical device labeling regulations.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit either electronic or written comments on the collection of information by May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Submit electronic comments on the collection of information to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Submit written comments on the collection of information to the Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852. All comments should be identified with the docket number found in brackets in the heading of this document.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Daniel Gittleson, Office of Information Management,PI50-400B, Food and Drug Administration, 1350 Piccard Dr., Rockville, MD 20850, 301-796-5156,<E T="03">Daniel.Gittleson@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal Agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes Agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires Federal Agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, FDA is publishing notice of the proposed collection of information set forth in this document.</P>
        <P>With respect to the following collection of information, FDA invites comments on these topics: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FDA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FDA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques, when appropriate, and other forms of information technology.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Medical Device Labeling Regulations—(OMB Control Number 0910-0485)—(Extension)</HD>

        <P>Section 502 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&amp;C Act) (21 U.S.C. 352), among other things, establishes requirements for the label or labeling of a medical device so that it is not misbranded and subject to a<PRTPAGE P="13624"/>regulatory action. Certain provisions under section 502 require manufacturers, importers, and distributors of medical devices to disclose information about themselves or the devices, on the labels or labeling for the devices. Section 502(b) of the FD&amp;C Act requires that for packaged devices, the label must bear the name and place of business of the manufacturer, packer, or distributor as well as an accurate statement of the quantity of the contents. Section 502(f) of the FD&amp;C Act requires that the labeling for a device must contain adequate directions for use. FDA may however, grant an exemption, if the Agency determines that the adequate directions for use labeling requirements are not necessary for the particular case, as it relates to protection of the public health.</P>
        <P>FDA regulations under parts 800, 801, and 809 (21 CFR parts 800, 801, and 809) require disclosure of specific information by manufacturers, importers, and distributors of medical devices about themselves or the devices, on the label or labeling for the devices to health professionals and consumers. FDA issued these regulations under the authority of sections 201, 301, 502, and 701 of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 352, and 371). Most of the regulations under parts 800, 801, and 809 are derived from requirements of section 502 of the FD&amp;C Act, which provides in part, that a device shall be misbranded if among other things, its label or labeling fails to bear certain required information concerning the device, is false or misleading in any particular way, or fails to contain adequate directions for use.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Reporting Burden</HD>
        <P>Sections 800.10(a)(3) and 800.12(c) require that the label for contact lens cleaning solutions bear a prominent statement alerting consumers of the tamper-resistant feature. Further, § 800.12 requires that packaged contact lens cleaning solutions contain a tamper-resistant feature, to prevent malicious adulteration.</P>
        <P>Section 800.10(b)(2) requires that the labeling for liquid ophthalmic preparations packed in multiple-dose containers provide information on the duration of use and the necessary warning information to afford adequate protection from contamination during use.</P>
        <P>Section 801.1 requires that the label for a device in package form, contain the name and place of business of the manufacturer, packer, or distributor.</P>
        <P>Section 801.5 requires that labeling for a device include information on intended use as defined under § 801.4 and provide adequate directions to assure safe use by the lay consumers.</P>
        <P>Section 801.61 requires that the principal display panel of an over-the-counter (OTC) device in package form must bear a statement of the identity of the device. The statement of identity of the device must include the common name of the device followed by an accurate statement of the principal intended actions of the device.</P>
        <P>Section 801.62 requires that the label for an OTC device in package form must bear a statement of declaration of the net quantity of contents. The label must express the net quantity in terms of weight, measure, numerical count, or a combination of numerical count and weight, measure, or size.</P>
        <P>Section 801.109 establishes labeling requirements for prescription devices, in which the label for the device must describe the application or use of the device, and contain a cautionary statement restricting the device for sale by, or on the order of an appropriate professional.</P>
        <P>For prescription by a licensed practitioner, § 801.110 establishes labeling requirements for a prescription device delivered to the ultimate purchaser or user. The device must be accompanied by labeling bearing the name and address of the licensed practitioner, directions for use, and cautionary statements if any, provided by the order.</P>
        <P>Section 801.150(e) requires a written agreement between firms involved when a nonsterile device is assembled or packaged with labeling that identifies the final finished device as sterile, for which the device is ultimately introduced into interstate commerce to an establishment or contract manufacturer to be sterilized. When a written agreement complies with the requirements under § 801.150(e), FDA takes no regulatory action against the device as being misbranded or adulterated. In addition, § 801.150(e) requires that each pallet, carton, or other designated unit, be conspicuously marked to show its nonsterile nature when introduced into interstate commerce, and while being held prior to sterilization.</P>
        <P>Section 801.405(b)(1) provides for labeling requirements for articles, including repair kits, re-liners, pads, and cushions, intended for use in temporary repairs and refitting of dentures for lay persons. Section 801.405(b)(1) also requires that the labeling contain the word “emergency” preceding and modifying each indication-for-use statement for denture repair kits and the word “temporary” preceding and modifying each indication-for-use statement for re-liners, pads, and cushions.</P>
        <P>Section 801.405(c) provides for labeling requirements that contain essentially the same information described under § 801.405(b)(1). The information is intended to enable a lay person to understand the limitations of using OTC denture repair kits, and denture re-liners, pads, and cushions.</P>
        <P>Section 801.420(c)(1) requires that manufacturers or distributors of hearing aids develop a user instructional brochure to be provided by the dispenser of the hearing aid to prospective users. The brochure must contain detailed information on the use and maintenance of the hearing aid.</P>
        <P>Section 801.420(c)(4) establishes requirements that the user instructional brochure or separate labeling, provide for technical data elements useful for selecting, fitting, and checking the performance of a hearing aid. In addition, § 801.420(c)(4) provides for testing requirements to determine that the required data elements must be conducted in accordance with the American National Standards Institute's (ANSI) “Specification of Hearing Aid Characteristics,” ANSI S3.22-1996 (ASA 70-1996); (Revision of ANSI S3.22-1987), which is incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
        <P>Section 801.421(b) establishes requirement for the hearing aid dispenser to provide prospective users with a copy of the user instructional brochure along with an opportunity to review comments, either orally or by the predominant method of communication used during the sale.</P>
        <P>Section 801.421(c) establishes requirements for the hearing aid dispenser to provide a copy of the user instructional brochure to the prospective purchaser of any hearing aid upon request or, if the brochure is unavailable, provide the name and address of the manufacturer or distributor from which it may be obtained.</P>
        <P>Section 801.430(d) establishes labeling requirements for menstrual tampons to provide information on signs, risk factors, and ways to reduce the risk of Toxic Shock Syndrome (TSS).</P>
        <P>Section 801.430(e)(2) requires menstrual tampon package labels to provide information on the absorbency term based on testing required under § 801.430(f) and an explanation of selecting absorbencies that reduce the risk of contracting TSS.</P>

        <P>Section 801.430(f) establishes requirements that manufacturers of<PRTPAGE P="13625"/>menstrual tampons devise and follow an ongoing sampling plan for measuring the absorbency of menstrual tampons. Further, manufacturers must use the method and testing parameters described under § 801.430(f).</P>
        <P>Section 801.435(b), (c), and (h) establishes requirements for condom labeling to bear an expiration date that is supported by testing that demonstrates the integrity of three random lots of the product.</P>
        <P>Section 809.10(a) and (b) establishes requirements that a label for an in vitro diagnostic device and the accompanying labeling (package insert), must contain information identifying its intended use, instructions for use and lot or control number, and source.</P>
        <P>Section 809.10(d)(1) provides that the labeling requirements for general purpose laboratory reagents may be exempt from the requirements of § 809.10(a) and (b), if the labeling contains information identifying its intended use, instructions for use, lot or control number, and source.</P>
        <P>Section 809.10(e) provides that the labeling for “Analytic Specific Reagents” (ASRs) must provide information identifying the quantity or proportion or each reagent ingredient, instructions for use, lot or control number, and source.</P>
        <P>Section 809.10(f) provides that the labeling for OTC test sample collection systems for drugs of abuse must include information on the intended use, specimen collection instructions, identification system, and information about use of the test results. In addition, § 809.10(f) requires that this information be in a language appropriate for the intended users.</P>
        <P>Section 809.30(d) requires that advertising and promotional materials for ASRs include the identity and purity of the ASR and the identity of the analyte.</P>
        <P>Section 1040.20(d) provides that manufacturers of sunlamp products and ultraviolet lamps are subject to the labeling regulations under part 801.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Recordkeeping Burden</HD>
        <P>Section 801.150(a)(2) establishes recordkeeping requirements for reprocessors, relabelers, or repackagers to retain a copy of the agreement containing the specifications for the processing, labeling, or repacking of the device for 2 years after the shipment or delivery of the device. Section 801.150(a)(2) also requires that the subject respondents make copies of this agreement available for inspection at any reasonable hour to any officer or employee of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), upon their request.</P>
        <P>Section 801.421(d) establishes requirements for hearing aid dispensers to retain copies of all physician statements or any waivers of medical evaluation for 3 years after dispensing the hearing aid.</P>
        <P>Section 801.410(e) requires copies of invoices, shipping documents, and records of sale or distribution of all impact resistant lenses, including finished eyeglasses and sunglasses, be maintained for 3 years by the retailer and made available upon request by any officer or employee of FDA or by any other officer or employee acting on behalf of the Secretary of HHS.</P>
        <P>Section 801.410(f) requires that the results of impact tests and description of the test method and apparatus be retained for a period of 3 years.</P>
        <P>Section 801.421(d) requires hearing aid dispensers to retain a copy of any written statement from a physician required under § 801.421(a)(1), or any written statement waiving medical evaluation required under § 801.421(a)(2)(iii) for 3 years after the dispensing the hearing aid.</P>
        <P>Section 801.435(g) requires latex condom manufacturers to document and provide, upon request, an appropriate justification for the application of the testing data from one product on any variation of that product to support expiration dating in the user labeling.</P>
        <P>FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12,12.1,12,12.2,12" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Estimated Annual Reporting Burden<SU>1</SU>
          </TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">21 CFR Section</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Annual frequency of response</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total annual responses</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Hours per response</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total hours</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">800.10(a)(3) and 800.12(c)</ENT>
            <ENT>37</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>3,700</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>3,700</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">800.10(b)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>37</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>3,700</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>3,700</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.1</ENT>
            <ENT>23,393</ENT>
            <ENT>6</ENT>
            <ENT>140,358</ENT>
            <ENT>.1</ENT>
            <ENT>140,036</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.5</ENT>
            <ENT>5,000</ENT>
            <ENT>3.5</ENT>
            <ENT>17,500</ENT>
            <ENT>22.35</ENT>
            <ENT>391,125</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.61</ENT>
            <ENT>5,000</ENT>
            <ENT>3.5</ENT>
            <ENT>17,500</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>17,500</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.62</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>5</ENT>
            <ENT>5,000</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>5,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.109</ENT>
            <ENT>18,000</ENT>
            <ENT>3.5</ENT>
            <ENT>63,000</ENT>
            <ENT>17.77</ENT>
            <ENT>1,119,510</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.110</ENT>
            <ENT>10,000</ENT>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
            <ENT>500,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0.25</ENT>
            <ENT>125,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.150(e)</ENT>
            <ENT>90</ENT>
            <ENT>20</ENT>
            <ENT>1,800</ENT>
            <ENT>4</ENT>
            <ENT>7,200</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.405(b)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>99</ENT>
            <ENT>1.7</ENT>
            <ENT>168</ENT>
            <ENT>4</ENT>
            <ENT>673</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.405(c)</ENT>
            <ENT>99</ENT>
            <ENT>1.7</ENT>
            <ENT>168</ENT>
            <ENT>4</ENT>
            <ENT>673</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.420(c)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>275</ENT>
            <ENT>5</ENT>
            <ENT>1,375</ENT>
            <ENT>40</ENT>
            <ENT>55,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.420(c)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>275</ENT>
            <ENT>5</ENT>
            <ENT>1,375</ENT>
            <ENT>80</ENT>
            <ENT>110,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.421(b)</ENT>
            <ENT>10,000</ENT>
            <ENT>160</ENT>
            <ENT>1,600,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0.30</ENT>
            <ENT>480,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.421(c)</ENT>
            <ENT>10,000</ENT>
            <ENT>5</ENT>
            <ENT>50,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0.17</ENT>
            <ENT>8,500</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.430(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>45</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>90</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>180</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.430(e)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>45</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>90</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>180</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.430(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>45</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>90</ENT>
            <ENT>80</ENT>
            <ENT>7,200</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.435(b), (c), and (h)</ENT>
            <ENT>86</ENT>
            <ENT>3.4</ENT>
            <ENT>292</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>29,200</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">809.10(a) and (b)</ENT>
            <ENT>1,700</ENT>
            <ENT>6</ENT>
            <ENT>10,200</ENT>
            <ENT>80</ENT>
            <ENT>816,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">809.10(d)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>300</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>600</ENT>
            <ENT>40</ENT>
            <ENT>24,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">809.10(e)</ENT>
            <ENT>300</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
            <ENT>7,500</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>7,500</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">809.10(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>20</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>20</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>2,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">809.30(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>300</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
            <ENT>7,500</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>7,500</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">1040.20(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>110</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>110</ENT>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT>1,100</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>3,362,477</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>1</SU>There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <PRTPAGE P="13626"/>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12,12,12,8.4,12" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 2—Estimated Average Annual Recordkeeping Burden<SU>1</SU>
          </TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">21 CFR section</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of recordkeepers</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Annual<LI>frequency of</LI>
              <LI>recordkeeping</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total annual records</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Hours per record</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total hours</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.150(a)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>57</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>57</ENT>
            <ENT>0.50</ENT>
            <ENT>29</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">801.410(e) and (f)</ENT>
            <ENT>30</ENT>
            <ENT>924,100</ENT>
            <ENT>27,723,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0008</ENT>
            <ENT>22,178</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">801.421(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>10,000</ENT>
            <ENT>160</ENT>
            <ENT>1,600,000</ENT>
            <ENT>0.25</ENT>
            <ENT>400,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>422,207</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>1</SU>There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>The medical device labeling regulations also refer to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations. The collections of information under § 800.12(d) and 801.437(i) have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0183; the collections of information under § 800.12(e) have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0231; and the collections of information under § 801.435(g) have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0073.</P>
        <P>Further, FDA concludes that labeling statements under §§ 801.63, 801.405(b)(2) and (b)(3), 801.420(c)(2) and (c)(3), 801.430(c) and (e)(1), 801.433, 801.437(d) through (g), and 809.30(d)(2), (d)(3), and (e) do not constitute a “collection of information” under the PRA. Rather, these labeling statements are “public disclosure” of information originally supplied by the Federal Government to the recipient for the purpose of “disclosure to the public” (5 CFR 1320.3(c)(2)).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Reporting</HD>
        <P>These estimates are based on FDA's registration and listing database for medical device establishments and FDA's knowledge of and experience with device labeling.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Recordkeeping</HD>
        <P>These estimates are based on FDA's registration and listing database for medical device establishments, Agency communications with industry, and FDA's knowledge of and experience with device labeling.</P>
        <P>The medical device labeling regulations also refer to previously approved collections of information. The collections of information under §§ 800.12(d) and 801.437(i) have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0183; and the collections of information under § 800.12(e) have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0231.</P>
        <P>The information collection requirements under §§ 801.63, 801.405(b)(2) and (b)(3), 801.420(c)(2) and (c)(3), 801.430(c) and (e)(1), 801.433, 801.437(d) through (g), and 809.30(d)(2), (d)(3), (e) are not considered information collection because the public information is originally supplied by the Federal Government to the recipient for the purpose of disclosure to the public (5 CFR 1320.3(c)(2)).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5739 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2011-N-0129]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Comparing Nutrition Knowledge, Attitude, and Behavior Among English-Dominant Hispanics, Spanish-Dominant Hispanics, and Other Consumers</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the Agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA), Federal Agencies are required to publish notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>concerning each proposed collection of information and to allow 60 days for public comment in response to the notice. This notice solicits comments on a study entitled “Comparing Nutrition Knowledge, Attitude, and Behavior Among English-Dominant Hispanics, Spanish-dominant Hispanics, and Other Consumers.”</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit either electronic or written comments on the collection of information by May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Submit electronic comments on the collection of information to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Submit written comments on the collection of information to the Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852. All comments should be identified with the docket number found in brackets in the heading of this document.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Denver Presley, Office of Information Management, Food and Drug Administration, 1350 Piccard Dr., PI50-400B, Rockville, MD 20850, 301-796-3793.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal Agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes Agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires Federal Agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>concerning each proposed collection of information before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, FDA is publishing notice of the proposed collection of information set forth in this document.</P>

        <P>With respect to the following collection of information, FDA invites comments on these topics: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FDA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FDA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use<PRTPAGE P="13627"/>of automated collection techniques, when appropriate, and other forms of information technology.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comparing Nutrition Knowledge, Attitude, and Behavior Among English-Dominant Hispanics, Spanish-Dominant Hispanics, and Other Consumers—(OMB Control Number 0910-NEW)</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>Recent estimates suggest that Hispanics (defined as those who identify themselves as of Hispanic or Latino origin) are the largest and fastest growing minority group in the nation; the proportion of the U.S. population that was Hispanic was 14 percent in 2005 and is projected to increase to 29 percent in 2050 (Ref. 1).</P>
        <P>Data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) indicate that, in 2005 and 2006, 34.3 percent and 32.7 percent of the U.S. adult population are obese and overweight, respectively (Ref. 1). According to CDC, Hispanics had 21 percent higher obesity prevalence than Whites in 2008 (Ref. 2). CDC data also indicate variations in prevalence of obesity among adults of different race-gender groups; for example, during 2006 through 2008, non-Hispanic Blacks had the greatest prevalence of obesity (35.7 percent), followed by Hispanics (28.7 percent), and non-Hispanic Whites (23.7 percent); non-Hispanic Black women had the greatest prevalence (39.2 percent), followed by non-Hispanic Black men (31.6 percent), Hispanic women (29.4 percent), Hispanic men (27.8 percent), non-Hispanic White men (25.4 percent), and non-Hispanic White women (21.8 percent) (Ref. 2).</P>
        <P>While some Hispanics living in the United States use the English language exclusively or more often than Spanish (English-dominant Hispanics), other U.S. Hispanics predominantly use the Spanish language in their daily lives (Spanish-dominant Hispanics) (Ref. 4). Since most U.S. food labels are in English, Spanish-dominant Hispanics' understanding and use of food labels may differ from that of English-dominant Hispanics and of non-Hispanics who use English exclusively. In addition, both English-dominant Hispanics and Spanish-dominant Hispanics may have different awareness, perceptions, and behaviors than English-speaking non-Hispanics on issues of health, nutrition, and food consumption (Refs. 5 through 9).</P>
        <P>Existing research suggests that, in addition to language and other demographic differences, acculturation is an important factor associated with individual differences in dietary and public health related perceptions, attitudes, and behaviors among Hispanics. Acculturation is defined as the change in behavior and values by immigrants when they come in contact with a new group, nation, or culture (Ref. 10). Immigrants may possess different degrees of acculturation depending on the time of migration and other factors, such as the dominant culture of the neighborhoods where they live and work and type of education received (Refs. 11 and 12). Hence, variation in the degree of acculturation can lead to differences in lifestyle and behaviors, including behaviors related to dietary choices and to use and understanding of nutrition information on food labels, because of English proficiency and degree of assimilation into the values, lifestyles, and diets prevalent in this country. The existing research has shown the influence of acculturation on Hispanics' perceptions, attitudes, and behaviors relating to public health factors including dietary practices, nutrition, the health practices of pregnant women, obesity, coronary heart disease, Type 2 diabetes, alcohol consumption, and smoking behavior (for example, Refs. 11 and 13 through 22).</P>
        <P>FDA needs an understanding of how different population groups perceive and behave in terms of food label understanding and use, nutrition, and health to inform possible measures that the Agency may take to help consumers make informed dietary choices. FDA is aware of no consumer research on a nationwide level of the impact of language and acculturation on Hispanics' dietary choices and label use. This study is intended to provide answers to research questions such as whether and how much Spanish-dominant Hispanics, English-dominant Hispanics, and English-speaking non-Hispanics differ in their knowledge, attitude, and behavior toward food label use, nutrition, and health among three population groups and the role that demographic and other factors may play in any differences.</P>
        <P>The proposed study will use a Web-based survey to collect information from 2,400 adult members in online consumer panels maintained by a contractor. The study plans to randomly select 800 members into each of three groups: Spanish-dominant Hispanics, English-dominant Hispanics, and English-speaking non-Hispanics. Either an English or a Spanish questionnaire will be used, as appropriate. The study plans to include topics such as: (1) Nutrition and health; (2) use and understanding of food labels and labeling information; (3) degree of capacity to understand and use health information; and (4) levels of acculturation among Hispanic respondents as measured by a Hispanic acculturation scale that is widely used in social science research (Ref. 23). To help understand the data, the study will also collect information on participants' background, including, but not limited to, health status and demographic characteristics, such as age, gender, education, and income.</P>
        <P>The study is part of the Agency's continuing effort to enable consumers to make informed dietary choices and construct healthful diets. The results of the study will not be used to develop population estimates. The results of the study will be used for informing possible measures that the Agency may take to help consumers make informed dietary choices.</P>
        <P>To help design and refine the questionnaire, we plan to conduct cognitive interviews by screening 72 adult panelists in order to obtain 9 participants in the interviews. Each screening is expected to take 5 minutes (0.083 hour) and each cognitive interview is expected to take 0.5 hour. The total for cognitive interview activities is 11 hours (6 hours + 5 hours). Subsequently, we plan to conduct two waves of pretests of the questionnaire before it is administered in the study. We expect that 960 invitations, each taking 2 minutes (0.033 hour), will need to be sent to adult members of the online consumer panels to have 180 of them complete a 15-minute (0.25 hour) pretest. The total for the pretest activities is 77 hours (32 hours + 45 hours). For the survey, we estimate that 19,200 invitations, each taking 2 minutes (0.033 hour) to complete, will need to be sent to adult members of the online consumer panels to have 2400 of them complete a 15-minute (0.25 hour) questionnaire. The total for the survey activities is 1,234 hours (634 hours + 600 hours). Thus, the total estimated burden is 1,322 hours. FDA's burden estimate is based on prior experience with research that is similar to this proposed study.</P>

        <P>FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:<PRTPAGE P="13628"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12,12" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Estimated Annual Reporting Burden<SU>1</SU>
          </TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Portion of study</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Annual<LI>frequency per</LI>
              <LI>response</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total annual responses</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Hours per<LI>response</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total hours</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Cognitive interview screener</ENT>
            <ENT>72</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>72</ENT>
            <ENT>0.083</ENT>
            <ENT>6</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Cognitive interview</ENT>
            <ENT>9</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>9</ENT>
            <ENT>0.5</ENT>
            <ENT>5</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pretest invitation</ENT>
            <ENT>960</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>960</ENT>
            <ENT>0.033</ENT>
            <ENT>32</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pretest</ENT>
            <ENT>180</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>180</ENT>
            <ENT>0.25</ENT>
            <ENT>45</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Survey invitation</ENT>
            <ENT>19,200</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>19,200</ENT>
            <ENT>0.033</ENT>
            <ENT>634</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">Survey</ENT>
            <ENT>2,400</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>2,400</ENT>
            <ENT>0.25</ENT>
            <ENT>600</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>1,322</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>1</SU>There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. References</HD>

        <P>The following references have been placed on display in the Division of Dockets Management (<E T="03">see</E>
          <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>) and may be seen by interested persons between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday. (FDA has verified the Web site addresses, but is not responsible for any subsequent changes to the Web site after this document publishes in the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>)</P>

        <P>1. CDC, “Prevalence of Overweight, Obesity, and Extreme Obesity Among Adults: United States, Trends 1976-80 Through 2005-2006,” available at<E T="03">http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/hestat/overweight/overweight_adult.pdf,</E>December 2008.</P>

        <P>2. CDC, “Differences in Prevalence of Obesity Among Black, White, and Hispanic Adults—United States, 2006-2008, “<E T="03">Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report,</E>58(27): 740-744, available at<E T="03">http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm5827a2.htm,</E>July 17, 2009.</P>

        <P>3. Passel, J.S. and C. D'Vera, “U.S. Population Projections: 2005-2050,” Pew Research Center, Washington, DC, available at<E T="03">http://pewhispanic.org/files/reports/85.pdf,</E>February 11, 2008.</P>

        <P>4. CDC, “Health Disparities Experienced by Hispanics—United States,”<E T="03">Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report,</E>53(40): 935-7, available at<E T="03">http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm5340a1.htm,</E>October 15, 2004.</P>

        <P>5. National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute, “Epidemiologic Research in Hispanic Populations: Opportunities, Barriers and Solutions,” available at<E T="03">http://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/meetings/workshops/hispanic.htm,</E>December 3, 2003.</P>

        <P>6. Lopez, M.H. and P. Taylor, “Latinos and the 2010 Census: The Foreign Born Are Most Positive,” Pew Research Center, Washington, DC, available at<E T="03">http://pewhispanic.org/files/reports/121.pdf,</E>April 10, 2010.</P>

        <P>7. Information Resources, INC., “Times &amp; Trends: Hispanic Consumers—Capturing CPG Market Potential,” available at<E T="03">http://www.symphonyiri.com/portals/0/articlePdfs/TT_April_2008_Hispanic_Consumers.pdf,</E>April 2008.</P>

        <P>8. Yang, S., M.G. Leff, D. McTague, et al., “Multistate Surveillance for Food-Handling, Preparation, and Consumption Behaviors Associated With Foodborne Diseases: 1995 and 1996 Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance Systems Food-Safety Questions,”<E T="03">Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report,</E>47(SS-4): 33-54, available at<E T="03">http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/00054714.htm,</E>September 11, 1998.</P>

        <P>9. Lin, C.-T. J. and S.T. Yen, “Knowledge of Dietary Fats Among U.S. Consumers,”<E T="03">Journal of the American Dietetic Association,</E>110(4): 613-8, April 2010.</P>
        <P>10. Marin, G., F. Sabogal, B.V. Marin,<E T="03">et al.,</E>“Development of a Short Acculturation Scale for Hispanics,”<E T="03">Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences,</E>9(2): 183-205, 1987.</P>

        <P>11. Satia-About, J., R.E. Patterson, M.L. Neuhouser, et al., “Dietary Acculturation: Applications to Nutrition Research and Dietetics,”<E T="03">Journal of the American Dietetic Association,</E>102(8): 1105-1118, August 2002.</P>

        <P>12. Lin, H., O.I. Bermudez, and K.L. Tucker, “Dietary Patterns of Hispanic Elders Are Associated With Acculturation and Obesity,”<E T="03">Journal of Nutrition,</E>133: 3651-3657, 2003.</P>

        <P>13. Otero-Sabogal, R., F. Sabogal, E.J. Pérez-Stable, et al., “Dietary Practices, Alcohol Consumption, and Smoking Behavior: Ethnic, Sex, and Acculturation Differences,”<E T="03">Journal of National Cancer Institute Monograph,</E>18: 73-82, 1995.</P>

        <P>14. Lara, M., C. Gamboa, M.I. Kahramanian, et al., “Acculturation and Latino Health in the United States: A Review of the Literature and Its Sociopolitical Context,”<E T="03">Annual Review of Public Health</E>26: 367-397. 2005.</P>

        <P>15. Winkleby, M.A., S.P. Fortmann, and B. Rockhill, “Health-Related Risk Factors in a Sample of Hispanics and Whites Matched on Sociodemographic Characteristics: The Stanford Five-City Project.”<E T="03">American Journal of Epidemiology,</E>137(12): 1365-75, June 15, 1993.</P>

        <P>16. Byrd, T.L, H. Balcazar, and R.A. Hummer,” Acculturation and Breast-Feeding Intention and Practice in Hispanic Women on the U.S.-Mexico Border,”<E T="03">Ethnicity &amp; Disease</E>11(1): 72-79, 2001.</P>

        <P>17. Cobas, J.A., H. Balcazar, M.B. Benin, et al., “Acculturation and Low-Birthweight Infants Among Latino Women: a Reanalysis of the Hispanic Health and Nutrition Examination Survey Data With Structural Equation Models,”<E T="03">American Journal of Public Health,</E>86(3): 394-96, 1996.</P>

        <P>18. Dixon, L.B., J. Sundquist, and M. Winkleby, “Differences in Energy, Nutrient, and Food Intakes in a US Sample of Mexican-American Women and Men: Findings from the Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey,” 1988-1994,<E T="03">American Journal of Epidemiology,</E>152(6): 548-57, 2000.</P>

        <P>19. Khan, L.K., J. Sobal, and R. Martorell, “Acculturation, Socioeconomic Status, and Obesity in Mexican Americans, Cuban Americans, and Puerto Ricans,”<E T="03">International Journal of Obesity,</E>21(2): 91-96, 1997.</P>
        <P>20. Markides, K.S., D.J. Lee, and L.A. Ray, “Acculturation and Hypertension in Mexican Americans. Ethnicity &amp; Disease,” 3:70-74, 1993.</P>
        <P>21. Stern, M.P., C. Gonzalez, B.D. Mitchell, et al., “Genetic and Environmental Determinants of Type II Diabetes in Mexico City and San Antonio. Diabetes,” 41(4): 484-92, 1992.</P>

        <P>22. Sundquist, J., and M.A. Winkleby, “Cardiovascular Risk Factors in Mexican American Adults: a Transcultural Analysis of National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey III, 1988-1994,”<E T="03">American Journal of Public Health,</E>89(5): 723-30, 1999.</P>

        <P>23. Thomson, M.D., and L. Hoffman-Goetz, “Defining and Measuring<PRTPAGE P="13629"/>Acculturation: A Systematic Review of Public Health Studies With Hispanic Population in the United States,”<E T="03">Social Science &amp; Medicine,</E>69: 983-991, 2009.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5736 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2011-D-0112]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Draft Guidance for Industry on Chemistry, Manufacturing, and Controls Information—Fermentation-Derived Intermediates, Drug Substances, and Related Drug Products for Veterinary Medicinal Use; Availability</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing the availability of a draft guidance for industry #216 entitled “Chemistry, Manufacturing, and Controls (CMC) Information—Fermentation-Derived Intermediates, Drug Substances, and Related Drug Products for Veterinary Medicinal Use”. The purpose of this document is to provide recommendations on what documentation to submit to support the CMC information for fermentation-derived intermediates, drug substances, and related drug products for veterinary medicinal use.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Although you can comment on any guidance at any time (<E T="03">see</E>21 CFR 10.115(g)(5)), to ensure that the Agency considers your comment on this draft guidance before it begins work on the final version of the guidance, submit either electronic or written comments on the draft guidance by May 30, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Submit written requests for single copies of the guidance to the Communications Staff (HFV-12), Center for Veterinary Medicine (CVM), Food and Drug Administration, 7519 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist that office in processing your requests.<E T="03">See</E>the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section for electronic access to the draft guidance document.</P>
          <P>Submit electronic comments on the draft guidance to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Submit written comments to the Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Michael J. Popek, Center for Veterinary Medicine (HFV-144), Food and Drug Administration, 7500 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-276-8269,<E T="03">e-mail: michael.popek@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>FDA is announcing the availability of a draft guidance for industry #216 entitled “Chemistry, Manufacturing, and Controls (CMC) Information—Fermentation-Derived Intermediates, Drug Substances, and Related Drug Products for Veterinary Medicinal Use.” This draft guidance provides recommendations on what documentation to submit to support the CMC information for fermentation-derived intermediates, drug substances, and related drug products for veterinary medicinal use. This information is filed to CVM in a new animal drug application (NADA), conditional NADA, investigational new animal drug file, abbreviated NADA, generic investigational new animal drug file, drug master file, or veterinary master file.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Significance of Guidance</HD>
        <P>This level 1 draft guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). The draft guidance, when finalized, will represent the Agency's current thinking on this topic. It does not create or confer any rights for or on any person and does not operate to bind FDA or the public. An alternative approach may be used if such approach satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>
        <P>This guidance refers to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in this draft guidance have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0032 (expiration date April 30, 2011).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Comments</HD>

        <P>Interested persons may submit to the Division of Dockets Management (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>) either electronic or written comments regarding this document. It is only necessary to send one set of comments. It is no longer necessary to send two copies of mailed comments. Identify comments with the docket number found in brackets in the heading of this document. Received comments may be seen in the Division of Dockets Management between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Electronic Access</HD>

        <P>Persons with access to the Internet may obtain the draft guidance at either<E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/AnimalVeterinary/GuidanceComplianceEnforcement/GuidanceforIndustry/default.htm</E>or<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5816 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2011-D-0108]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Revised Draft Guidance for Industry on User Fee Waivers, Reductions, and Refunds for Drug and Biological Products; Availability</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing the availability of a revised draft guidance for industry entitled “User Fee Waivers, Reductions, and Refunds for Drug and Biological Products.” This revised draft guidance provides recommendations to applicants considering whether to request a waiver or reduction in user fees. This guidance is a revision of the draft guidance entitled “Draft Interim Guidance Document for Waivers of and Reductions in User Fees,” issued July 16, 1993.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Although you can comment on any guidance at any time (<E T="03">see</E>21 CFR 10.115(g)(5)), to ensure that the agency considers your comment on this draft guidance before it begins work on the final version of the guidance, submit written or electronic comments on the draft guidance by June 13, 2011.</P>
          <P>Submit written comments on the proposed collection of information by May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Submit written requests for single copies of the revised draft guidance to the Division of Drug Information, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 51, rm. 2201, Silver Spring,<PRTPAGE P="13630"/>MD 20993-0002 or the Office of Communication, Outreach, and Development (HFM-40), Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER), Food and Drug Administration, 1401 Rockville Pike, suite 200N, Rockville, MD 20852-1448. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist that office in processing your requests.</P>

          <P>Submit electronic comments on the revised draft guidance to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Submit written comments to the Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.<E T="03">See</E>the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section for electronic access to the draft guidance document.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Michael Jones, Office of Regulatory Policy, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Avenue, Bldg. 51, rm. 6216, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-3602, or Stephen Ripley, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, 1401 Rockville Pike, suite 200N, Rockville, MD 20852-1448, 301-827-6210.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>FDA is announcing the availability of a revised draft guidance for industry entitled “User Fee Waivers, Reductions, and Refunds for Drug and Biological Products.” This revised draft guidance provides recommendations for applicants planning to request waivers or reductions in user fees assessed under sections 735 and 736 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&amp;C Act). This revised draft guidance describes the types of waivers and reductions permitted under the user fee provisions of the FD&amp;C Act, and the procedures for submitting requests for waivers or reductions and requests for reconsideration and appeal. The revised draft guidance also provides clarification on related issues such as user fee exemptions for orphan drugs. After comments are received and considered, FDA intends to promptly issue a final guidance.</P>
        <P>This revised draft guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). The draft guidance, when finalized, will represent the agency's current thinking on user fee waivers and reductions for drug products. It does not create or confer any rights for or on any person and does not operate to bind FDA or the public. An alternative approach may be used if such approach satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>

        <P>Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information that they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA, 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A), requires Federal agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>for each proposed collection of information before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, FDA is publishing this notice of the proposed collection of information set forth in this document.</P>
        <P>With respect to the collection of information associated with this draft guidance, FDA invites comments on the following topics: (1) Whether the proposed information collected is necessary for the proper performance of FDA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FDA's estimated burden of the proposed information collected, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of information collected on the respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques, when appropriate, and other forms of information technology.</P>
        <P>The draft guidance describes how to submit requests for waivers, reductions, and refunds of certain user fees. It also includes recommendations for submitting information for requests for reconsideration of denials of waiver or reduction requests, and for requests for appeals. We estimate that the total annual number of waiver requests submitted for all of these categories will be 90, submitted by 75 different sponsors. We estimate that the average burden hours for preparation of a submission will total 16 hours. Because FDA may request additional information from the applicant during the review period, we have also included in this estimate time to prepare any additional information.</P>
        <P>The reconsideration and appeal requests are not addressed in the FD&amp;C Act but are discussed in the draft guidance. We estimate that we will receive three requests for reconsideration annually, and that the total average burden hours for a reconsideration request will be 24 hours. We estimate that we will receive one request annually for an appeal of a user fee waiver determination, and that the time needed to prepare an appeal would be approximately 12 hours. Reconsideration requests are sent to the Associate Director for Policy at the Center for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER), and requests for appeals are sent to the User Fee Appeals Officer at FDA, with a copy to the Associate Director for Policy at CDER. We have also included in this estimate both the time needed to prepare the request for appeal and the time needed to create and send a copy of the request for an appeal to the Associate Director for Policy at CDER.</P>
        <P>The burden for filling out and submitting Form FDA 3397 (Prescription Drug User Fee Coversheet) has not been included in the burden analysis, because that information collection is already approved by OMB under OMB control number 0910-0297. The collections of information associated with a new drug application or biologics license application have been approved under OMB control numbers 0910-0001 and 0910-0338, respectively.</P>

        <P>We have included in the burden estimate the preparation and submission of application fee waivers for small businesses, because small businesses requesting a waiver must submit documentation to FDA on the number of their employees and must include the information that the application is the first human drug application, within the meaning of the FD&amp;C Act, to be submitted to the Agency for approval. Because the Small Business Administration (SBA) makes the size determinations for FDA, small businesses must also submit information to the SBA. The submission of information to SBA is already approved by OMB under OMB control number 3245-0101. FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:<PRTPAGE P="13631"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12,12" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Estimated Annual Reporting Burden<SU>1</SU>
          </TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">Total number of waiver<LI>requests</LI>
              <LI>annually</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Annual<LI>frequency per</LI>
              <LI>response</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of sponsors/<LI>applicants</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total average burden hours</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total hours</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act Section 736</ENT>
            <ENT>90</ENT>
            <ENT>1.2</ENT>
            <ENT>75</ENT>
            <ENT>16</ENT>
            <ENT>1,440</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Reconsideration Requests</ENT>
            <ENT>3</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>3</ENT>
            <ENT>24</ENT>
            <ENT>72</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">Appeal Requests</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>12</ENT>
            <ENT>12</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>1,524</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>1</SU>There are no capital operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Comments</HD>

        <P>Interested persons may submit to the Division of Dockets Management (<E T="03">see</E>
          <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>) written or electronic comments regarding this document. It is only necessary to send one set of comments. It is no longer necessary to send two copies of mailed comments. Identify comments with the docket number found in brackets in the heading of this document. Received comments may be seen in the Division of Dockets Management between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Electronic Access</HD>

        <P>Persons with access to the Internet may obtain the document at either<E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/Drugs/GuidanceComplianceRegulatoryInformation/Guidances/default.htm, http://www.fda.gov.BiologicsBloodVaccines/GuidanceComplianceRegulatoryInformation/guidances/default.htm,</E>or<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5737 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2004-N-0451]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997: Modifications to the List of Recognized Standards, Recognition List Number: 026</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing a publication containing modifications the Agency is making to the list of standards FDA recognizes for use in premarket reviews (FDA recognized consensus standards). This publication, entitled “Modifications to the List of Recognized Standards, Recognition List Number: 026” (Recognition List Number: 026), will assist manufacturers who elect to declare conformity with consensus standards to meet certain requirements for medical devices.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>Submit written or electronic comments concerning this document at any time.<E T="03">See</E>section VII of this document for the effective date of the recognition of standards announced in this document.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Submit written requests for single copies of “Modifications to the List of Recognized Standards, Recognition List Number: 026” to the Division of Small Manufacturers, International and Consumer Assistance, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Silver Spring, MD 20993. Send two self-addressed adhesive labels to assist that office in processing your requests, or fax your request to 301-847-8149. Submit written comments concerning this document, or recommendations for additional standards for recognition, to the contact person (<E T="03">see</E>
            <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>). Submit electronic comments by e-mail:<E T="03">standards@cdrh.fda.gov.</E>This document may also be accessed on FDA's Internet site at<E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/DeviceRegulationandGuidance/Standards/ucm123792.htm.  See</E>section VI of this document for electronic access to the searchable database for the current list of FDA recognized consensus standards, including Recognition List Number: 026 modifications and other standards related information.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Carol L. Herman, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Rm. 3632, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-6574.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
          <P>Section 204 of the Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 (FDAMA) (Pub. L. 105-115) amended section 514 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&amp;C Act) (21 U.S.C. 360d). Amended section 514 allows FDA to recognize consensus standards developed by international and national organizations for use in satisfying portions of device premarket review submissions or other requirements.</P>
          <P>In a notice published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of February 25, 1998 (63 FR 9561), FDA announced the availability of a guidance entitled “Recognition and Use of Consensus Standards.” The notice described how FDA would implement its standard recognition program and provided the initial list of recognized standards.</P>

          <P>Modifications to the initial list of recognized standards, as published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, are identified in Table 1 as follows:</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xl100" COLS="1" OPTS="L1,p1,8/9,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table 1—Previous Publications of Standard Recognition Lists</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1"/>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">February 25, 1998 (63 FR 9561).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">October 16, 1998 (63 FR 55617).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">July 12, 1999 (64 FR 37546).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">November 15, 2000 (65 FR 69022).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">May 7, 2001 (66 FR 23032).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">January 14, 2002 (67 FR 1774).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">October 2, 2002 (67 FR 61893).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">April 28, 2003 (68 FR 22391).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">March 8, 2004 (69 FR 10712).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">June 18, 2004 (69 FR 34176).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">October 4, 2004 (69 FR 59240).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">May 27, 2005 (70 FR 30756).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">November 8, 2005 (70 FR 67713).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">March 31, 2006 (71 FR 16313).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">June 23, 2006 (71 FR 36121).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">November 3, 2006 (71 FR 64718).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">May 21, 2007 (72 FR 28500).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">September 12, 2007 (72 FR 52142).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">December 19, 2007 (72 FR 71924).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">September 9, 2008 (73 FR 52358).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">March, 18, 2009 (74 FR 11586).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">September 8, 2009 (74 FR 46203).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">May 5, 2010 (75 FR 24711).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">June 10, 2010 (75 FR 32943).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">October 4, 2010 (75 FR 61148).</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <PRTPAGE P="13632"/>

          <P>These notices describe the addition, withdrawal, and revision of certain standards recognized by FDA. The Agency maintains “hypertext markup language (HTML)” and “portable document format (PDF)” versions of the list of “FDA Recognized Consensus Standards.” Both versions are publicly accessible at the Agency's Internet site.<E T="03">See</E>section VI of this document for electronic access information. Interested persons should review the supplementary information sheet for the standard to understand fully the extent to which FDA recognizes the standard.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Modifications to the List of Recognized Standards, Recognition List Number: 026</HD>
          <P>FDA is announcing the addition, withdrawal, correction, and revision of certain consensus standards the Agency will recognize for use in satisfying premarket reviews and other requirements for devices. FDA will incorporate these modifications in the list of FDA Recognized Consensus Standards in the Agency's searchable database. FDA will use the term “Recognition List Number: 026” to identify these current modifications.</P>
          <P>In table 2 of this document, FDA describes the following modifications: (1) The withdrawal of standards and their replacement by others, (2) the correction of errors made by FDA in listing previously recognized standards, and (3) the changes to the supplementary information sheets of recognized standards that describe revisions to the applicability of the standards.</P>
          <P>In section III of this document, FDA lists modifications the Agency is making that involve the initial addition of standards not previously recognized by FDA.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs50,12,r100,r50" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table 2—Modifications to the List of Recognized Standards</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Old<LI>recognition</LI>
                <LI>No.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Replacement recognition<LI>No.</LI>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Title of standard<SU>1</SU>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Change</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">A. Anesthesia</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1-56</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>CGA V-7.1 1997 (R2003) (2008) Standard Method of Determining Cylinder Valve Outlet Connections for Medical Gases—First Edition</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">B. Biocompatibility</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">2-96</ENT>
              <ENT>2-162</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F1903-10 Standard Practice for Testing For Biological Responses to Particles In Vitro</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2-117</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO 10993-3:2003/(R)2009 Biological evaluation of medical devices—Part 3: Tests for genotoxicity, carcinogenicity, and reproductive toxicity</ENT>
              <ENT>Extent of recognition.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">C. Cardiovascular</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">3-54</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO 7198:1998/2001/(R)2010 Cardiovascular implants—Tubular vascular prostheses</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3-58</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO 5840:2005/(R)2010 Cardiovascular implants—Cardiac valve prostheses</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3-66</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM F 2081-06 Standard Guide for Characterization and Presentation of the Dimensional Attributes of Vascular Stents</ENT>
              <ENT>Device affected, Processes impacted, Type of standard, CFR citation and product codes, and Contact person.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">D. Dental/ENT</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">4-89</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ADA Specification No. 53 Polymer-Based Crowns and Bridge Resins</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">4-111</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ADA Specification No. 13 Denture Cold-Curing Repair Resins: 1981 (Reaffirmed 2006)</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">4-112</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ADA Specification No. 16 Dental Impression Paste—Zinc Oxide Eugenol Type</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">4-124</ENT>
              <ENT>4-191</ENT>
              <ENT>ANSI/ASA S3.22-2009 American National Standard Specification of Hearing Aid Characteristics</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">4-127</ENT>
              <ENT>4-192</ENT>
              <ENT>ADA Specification 58 Root Canal Files, Type H (Hedstrom) 2007</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">4-138</ENT>
              <ENT>4-193</ENT>
              <ENT>ADA Specification No. 15 Artificial Teeth for Dental Prostheses</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">4-148</ENT>
              <ENT>4-194</ENT>
              <ENT>ADA Specification No. 78 Dental Obturating Cones</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">4-158</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ISO 10139-1:2005 Dentistry—Soft lining materials for removable dentures—Part 1: Materials for short-term use Technical Corrigendum 1:2006</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn duplicate.<E T="03">See</E>4-189.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">E. General Hospital/General Plastic Surgery</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">6-144</ENT>
              <ENT>6-243</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM D5712-10 Standard Test Method for Analysis of Aqueous Extractable Protein in Natural Rubber and Its Products Using the Modified Lowry Method</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with a newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6-145</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM D3578-05 Standard Specification for Rubber Examination Gloves</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6-149</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM D7160-05 (Reapproved 2010) Standard Practice for Determination of Expiration Dating for Medical Gloves</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <PRTPAGE P="13633"/>
              <ENT I="01">6-150</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM D7161-05 (Reapproved 2010) Standard Practice for Determination of Real Time Expiration Dating of Mature Medical Gloves Stored Under Typical Warehouse Conditions</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6-165</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM D6977-04 (Reapproved 2010) Standard Specification for Polychloroprene Examination Gloves for Medical Application</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6-167</ENT>
              <ENT>6-244</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM D6319-10 Standard Specification for Nitrile Examination Gloves for Medical Application</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6-169</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM D3772-01 (Reapproved 2010) Standard Specification for Natural Rubber Finger Cots</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6-201</ENT>
              <ENT>6-245</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 8536-4 Fifth edition 2010-10-01 Infusion equipment for medical use—Part 4: Infusion sets for single use, gravity feed</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6-218</ENT>
              <ENT>6-246</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33-NF 28 2010 &lt;11&gt; Nonabsorbable Surgical Suture</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6-220</ENT>
              <ENT>6-247</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33-NF 28 2010 Absorbable Surgical Suture</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6-221</ENT>
              <ENT>6-248</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33-NF 28 2010 &lt;881&gt; Tensile Strength</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6-222</ENT>
              <ENT>6-249</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33-NF 28 2010 &lt;861&gt; Suture-Diameter</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6-223</ENT>
              <ENT>6-250</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33-NF 28 2010 &lt;871&gt; Sutures—Needle Attachment</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6-224</ENT>
              <ENT>6-251</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33 NF-28 2010 &lt;11&gt; Sterile Water for Irrigation</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">6-225</ENT>
              <ENT>6-252</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33 NF-28 2010 &lt;11&gt; Heparin Lock Flush Solution</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">F. IVD</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">7-183</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>CLSI M38-A2 Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Filamentous Fungi</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn duplicate.<E T="03">See</E>7-171.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">7-188</ENT>
              <ENT>7-218</ENT>
              <ENT>CLSI M45-A2 Methods for Antimicrobial Dilution and Disk Susceptibility Testing of Infrequently Isolated or Fastidious Bacteria; Approved Guideline—Second Edition</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">G. Materials</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">8-10</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM F603-00 Standard Specification for High-Purity Dense Aluminum Oxide for Surgical Implant Application</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8-88</ENT>
              <ENT>8-195</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F2024-10 Standard Practice for X-Ray Diffraction Determination of Phase Content of Plasma-Sprayed Hydroxyapatite Coatings</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8-101</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM F 2118—03 (Reapproved 2009) Standard Test Method for Constant Amplitude of Force Controlled Fatigue Testing of Acrylic Bone Cement Materials</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8-103</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM F1801—97 (Reapproved 2009)<E T="51">ε</E>
                <SU>1</SU>Standard Practice for Corrosion Fatigue Testing of Metallic Implant Materials</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8-107</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM F746—04 (Reapproved 2009)<E T="51">ε</E>
                <SU>1</SU>Standard Test Method for Pitting or Crevice Corrosion of Metallic Surgical Implant Materials</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8-117</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM F86—04 (Reapproved 2009) Standard Practice for Surface Preparation and Marking of Metallic Surgical Implants</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">H. OB-GYN/Gastroenterology</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">9-47</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>AAMI RD16 Cardiovascular implants and artificial organs—Hemodialyzers, hemodiafilters</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn.<E T="03">See</E>9-65.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">9-48</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>AAMI RD17 Cardiovascular implants and artificial organs—Extracorporeal blood circuit for hemodialyzers, hemodiafilters, and hemofilters</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn.<E T="03">See</E>9-66.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">9-50</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI RD52:2004/(R)2010 and ANSI/AAMI RD52:2004/A1:2007/(R)2010, A2:2007/(R)2010, A3:2009, &amp; A4:2009 (Consolidated Text) Dialysate for haemodialysis</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">9-51</ENT>
              <ENT>9-65</ENT>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO 8637:2010 Cardiovascular implants and extracorporeal systems—Hemodialyzers, hemodiafilters, hemofilters and hemoconcentrators</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">9-52</ENT>
              <ENT>9-66</ENT>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO 8638:2010 Cardiovascular implants and extracorporeal systems—Extracorporeal blood circuit for hemodialyzers, hemodiafilters and hemofilters</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">9-55</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI RD62:2006 and ANSI/AAMI RD62:2006/A1:2009 Water treatment equipment for haemodialysis applications</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <PRTPAGE P="13634"/>
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">I. Orthopedics</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">11-168</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM F 1781-03 (Reapproved 2009) Standard Specification for Elastomeric Flexible Hinge Finger Total Joint Implants</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">11-183</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ASTM F1875-98 (Reapproved 2009) Standard Practice for Fretting Corrosion Testing of Modular Implant Interfaces: Hip Femoral Head-Bore and Cone Taper Interface</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">J. Physical Medicine</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">16-30</ENT>
              <ENT>16-167</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 7176-9: Third edition, 2009-11-15 Wheelchairs—Part 9: Climatic tests for electric wheelchairs</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-31</ENT>
              <ENT>16-168</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-1: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 1: Requirements and Test Methods for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) Section 1: Determination of static stability</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-32</ENT>
              <ENT>16-169</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-2: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 2: Additional Requirements for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) with Electrical Systems Section 2: Determination of dynamic stability of electrically powered wheelchairs</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-33</ENT>
              <ENT>16-170</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-2: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 2: Additional Requirements for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) with Electrical Systems Section 3: Determination of effectiveness of brakes</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-34</ENT>
              <ENT>16-171</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-2: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 2: Additional Requirements for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) with Electrical Systems Section 4: Energy consumption of electrically powered wheelchairs and scooters for determination of theoretical distance range</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-35</ENT>
              <ENT>16-172</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-1: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 1: Requirements and Test Methods for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) Section 5: Determination of dimensions, mass and maneuvering space</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-36</ENT>
              <ENT>16-173</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-2: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 2: Additional Requirements for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) with Electrical Systems Section 6: Determination of maximum speed, acceleration and deceleration of electrically powered wheelchairs</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-37</ENT>
              <ENT>16-174</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-1: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 1: Requirements and Test Methods for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) Section 7: Method of Measurement of Seating and Wheel Dimensions</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-38</ENT>
              <ENT>16-175</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-1: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 1: Requirements and Test Methods for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) Section 8: Requirements and test methods for static, impact and fatigue strengths</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-39</ENT>
              <ENT>16-176</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-2: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 2: Additional Requirements for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) with Electrical Systems Section 9: Climatic tests for electrically powered wheelchairs</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-40</ENT>
              <ENT>16-177</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-2: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 2: Additional Requirements for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) with Electrical Systems Section 10: Determination of obstacle-climbing ability of electrically powered wheelchairs</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-41</ENT>
              <ENT>16-178</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-1: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 1: Requirements and Test Methods for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) Section 11: Test dummies</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-42</ENT>
              <ENT>16-179</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-1: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 1: Requirements and Test Methods for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) Section 13: Determination of coefficient of friction of test surfaces</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-43</ENT>
              <ENT>16-180</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-2: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 2: Additional Requirements for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) with Electrical Systems Section 14: Power and control systems for electrically powered wheelchairs—Requirements and test methods</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-44</ENT>
              <ENT>16-181</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-1: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 1: Requirements and Test Methods for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) Section 15: Requirements for information disclosure, documentation and labeling</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <PRTPAGE P="13635"/>
              <ENT I="01">16-45</ENT>
              <ENT>16-182</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-1: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 1: Requirements and Test Methods for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) Section 16: Resistance to ignition of upholstered parts—Requirements and test methods</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-46</ENT>
              <ENT>16-183</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-1: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 1: Requirements and Test Methods for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) Section 20: Determination of the performance of stand-up type wheelchairs</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-47</ENT>
              <ENT>16-184</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-1: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 1: Requirements and Test Methods for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) Section 22: Set-up procedures</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-48</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ANSI/RESNA WC/Volume 1-1998, Section 93: Maximum Overall Dimensions</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-49</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>ANSI/RESNA WC/Volume 1-1998, Section 0: Nomenclature, Terms, and Definitions</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">16-160</ENT>
              <ENT>16-185</ENT>
              <ENT>RESNA WC-2: 2009 American National Standard for Wheelchairs-Volume 2: Additional Requirements for Wheelchairs (including Scooters) with Electrical Systems Section 21: Requirements and test methods for electromagnetic compatibility of electrically powered wheelchairs and motorized scooters</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">16-161</ENT>
              <ENT>16-186</ENT>
              <ENT>ASME A18.1-2008 (Revision of ASME A18.1-2005) Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">K. Radiology</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">12-122</ENT>
              <ENT>12-217</ENT>
              <ENT>IEC 62083 Edition 2.0:2009-09 Medical electrical equipment—Requirements for the safety of radiotherapy treatment planning systems</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">12-36</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>IEC 60601-2-9 (1996-10) Medical electrical equipment—Part 2: Particular requirements for the safety of patient contact dosimeters used in radiotherapy with electrically connected radiation detectors—Ed. 2.0.</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">12-183</ENT>
              <ENT>12-218</ENT>
              <ENT>NEMA PS 3.1—3.18 (2009) Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine (DICOM) Set</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">L. Software/Informatics</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">13-4</ENT>
              <ENT/>
              <ENT>UL 1998 Standard for Safety Software in Programmable Components, Second Edition</ENT>
              <ENT>Reaffirmation.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">M. Sterility</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">14-265</ENT>
              <ENT>14-301</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33:2010 &lt;61&gt; Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile Products: Microbial Enumeration Tests</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">14-266</ENT>
              <ENT>14-302</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33: 2010 &lt;71&gt; Sterility Tests</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">14-267</ENT>
              <ENT>14-303</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33:2010 &lt;85&gt; Bacterial Endotoxins Test</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">14-268</ENT>
              <ENT>14-304</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33:2010 &lt;151&gt; Pyrogen Test</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">14-269</ENT>
              <ENT>14-305</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33:2010 &lt;161&gt; Transfusion and Infusion Assemblies and Similar Medical Devices</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">14-270</ENT>
              <ENT>14-306</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33:2010 Biological Indicators for Steam Sterilization, Self-Contained</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">14-271</ENT>
              <ENT>14-307</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33:2010 Biological Indicator for Dry-Heat Sterilization, Paper Carrier</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">14-272</ENT>
              <ENT>14-308</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33:2010 Biological Indicator for Ethylene Oxide Sterilization, Paper Carrier</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">14-273</ENT>
              <ENT>14-309</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33:2010 Biological Indicator for Steam Sterilization, Paper Carrier</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">14-278</ENT>
              <ENT>14-310</ENT>
              <ENT>USP 33:2010 &lt;62&gt; Microbiological Examination of Nonsterile Products: Tests for Specified Microorganisms</ENT>
              <ENT>Withdrawn and replaced with newer version.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>1</SU>All standard titles in this table conform to the style requirements of the respective organizations.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Listing of New Entries</HD>

          <P>In table 3 of this document, FDA provides the listing of new entries and consensus standards added as modifications to the list of recognized standards under Recognition List Number: 026.<PRTPAGE P="13636"/>
          </P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs50,r100,r75" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table 3—New Entries to the List of Recognized Standards</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Recognition No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Title of standard<SU>1</SU>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Reference No. and date</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">A. Anesthesia</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">1-84</ENT>
              <ENT>Anaesthetic and respiratory equipment—Tracheostomy tubes—Part 3: Paediatric tracheostomy tubes TECHNICAL CORRIGENDUM 1</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 5366-3:2001 TECHNICAL CORRIGENDUM 1.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">B. Biocompatibility</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">2-163</ENT>
              <ENT>Biological evaluation of medical devices—Part 9: Framework for identification and quantification of potential degradation products</ENT>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO 10993-9:2009.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2-164</ENT>
              <ENT>Biological evaluation of medical devices—Part 13: Identification and quantification of degradation products from polymeric medical devices</ENT>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO 10993-13:2010.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2-165</ENT>
              <ENT>Biological evaluation of medical devices—Part 14: Identification and quantification of degradation products from ceramics</ENT>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO 10993-14:2001.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2-166</ENT>
              <ENT>Biological evaluation of medical devices—Part 16: Toxicokinetic study design for degradation products and leachables</ENT>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO 10993-16:2010.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2-167</ENT>
              <ENT>Biological evaluation of medical devices—Part 19: Physico-chemical, morphological and topographical characterization of materials</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO/TS 10993-19 First edition 2006-06-01.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2-168</ENT>
              <ENT>Biological evaluation of medical devices— Part 9: Framework for identification and quantification of potential degradation products</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 10993-9 Second edition 2009-12-15.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2-169</ENT>
              <ENT>Biological evaluation of medical devices—Part 13: Identification and quantification of degradation products from polymeric medical devices</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 10993-13 First edition 1998-11-15.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2-170</ENT>
              <ENT>Biological evaluation of medical devices—Part 14: Identification and quantification of degradation products from ceramics</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 10993-14 First edition 2001-11-15.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">2-171</ENT>
              <ENT>Biological evaluation of medical devices—Part 16: Toxicokinetic study design for degradation products and leachables</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 10993-16 Second edition 2010-02-15.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">2-172</ENT>
              <ENT>Biological evaluation of medical devices—Part 19: Physico-chemical, morphological, and topographical characterization of materials</ENT>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO TIR10993-19:2006.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">C. Cardiovascular</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">3-83</ENT>
              <ENT>Implants for surgery—Active implantable medical devices—Part 5: Circulatory support devices</ENT>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO 14708-5:2010.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3-84</ENT>
              <ENT>Cardiovascular implants—Endovascular devices—Part 1: Endovascular prostheses Amendment 1: Test methods</ENT>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO 25539-1:2003/A1:2005/(R)2009.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3-85</ENT>
              <ENT>Cardiovascular implants—Endovascular devices—Part 2: Vascular stents</ENT>
              <ENT>ANSI/AAMI/ISO 25539-2:2008.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3-86</ENT>
              <ENT>Standard Guide for Measuring Securement of Balloon Expandable Vascular Stent Mounted on Delivery System</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F 2394-07.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3-87</ENT>
              <ENT>Standard Test Methods for in vitro Pulsatile Durability Testing of Vascular Stents</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F 2477-07.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3-88</ENT>
              <ENT>Standard Guide for Finite Element Analysis (FEA) of Metallic Vascular Stents Subjected to Uniform Radial Loading</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F 2514-08.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3-89</ENT>
              <ENT>Active implantable medical devices—Four-pole connector system for implantable cardiac rhythm management devices—Dimensional and test requirements</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 27186 First edition 2010-03-15.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3-90</ENT>
              <ENT>Cardiovascular implants—Tubular vascular prostheses</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 7198 First edition 1998-08-01.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3-91</ENT>
              <ENT>Cardiovascular implants—Cardiac valve prostheses</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 5840 Fourth edition 2005-03-01.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3-92</ENT>
              <ENT>Implants for surgery—Active implantable medical devices—Part 5: Circulatory support devices</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 14708-5 First edition 2010-02-01.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">3-93</ENT>
              <ENT>Cardiovascular implants—Endovascular device—Part 1: Endovascular prostheses AMENDMENT 1: Test methods</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 25539-1 First edition 2001-11-13 AMENDMENT 1 2005-07-15.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">3-94</ENT>
              <ENT>Cardiovascular implants—Endovascular devices—Part 2: Vascular stents</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 25539-2 First edition 2008-09-01.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">D. General</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">5-63</ENT>
              <ENT>Small-bore connectors for liquids and gases in healthcare applications—Part 1: General requirements</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 80369-1 First edition 2010-12-15.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">5-64</ENT>
              <ENT>Small bore connectors for liquids and gases in healthcare applications—Part 1: General requirements</ENT>
              <ENT>AAMI/ISO/FDS-1 80369-01 2010.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">E. Materials</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">8-196</ENT>
              <ENT>Implants for surgery—Metallic materials—Part 1: Wrought stainless steel TECHNICAL CORRIGENDUM 1</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 5832-1:2007 TECHNICAL CORRIGENDUM 1 2008-04-15.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8-197</ENT>
              <ENT>Implants for surgery—Metallic materials—Part 12: Wrought cobalt-chromium-molybdenum alloy TECHNICAL CORRIGENDUM 1</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO 5832-12:2007 TECHNICAL CORRIGENDUM 1 2008-09-15.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8-198</ENT>
              <ENT>Standard Guide for Evaluating the Extent of Oxidation in Ultra-High-Molecular-Weight Polyethylene Fabricated Forms Intended for Surgical Implants</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F 2102-06<E T="51">ε</E>
                <E T="51">1</E>.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <PRTPAGE P="13637"/>
              <ENT I="01">8-199</ENT>
              <ENT>Standard Specification for Wrought Seamless Nickel-Titanium Shape Memory Alloy Tube for Medical Devices and Surgical Implants</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F 2633-07.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8-200</ENT>
              <ENT>Standard Practice for Accelerated Aging of Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene after Gamma Irradiation in Air</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F 2003-02 (Reapproved 2008).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8-201</ENT>
              <ENT>Standard Test Method for In Situ Determination of Network Parameters of Crosslinked Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (UHMWPE)</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F 2214-02 (Reapproved 2008).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">8-202</ENT>
              <ENT>Standard Test Method for Small Punch Testing of Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene Used in Surgical Implants</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F 2183-02 (Reapproved 2008).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">F. Nanotechnology</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">18-1</ENT>
              <ENT>Standard Guide for Measurement of Particle Size Distribution of Nanomaterials in Suspension by Photon Correlation Spectroscopy (PCS)</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM E 2490-09.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">G. Ophthalmic</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">10-62</ENT>
              <ENT>Ophthalmics—Ophthalmic Instruments—Tonometers</ENT>
              <ENT>ANSI Z80.10-2009.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">10-63</ENT>
              <ENT>Ophthalmic implants—Intraocular lenses—Guidance on assessment of the need for clinical investigation of intraocular lens design modifications</ENT>
              <ENT>ISO/TR 22979-2006.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">H. Radiology</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">12-219</ENT>
              <ENT>Medical electrical equipment—X-ray tube assemblies for medical diagnosis—Characteristics of focal spots CORRIGENDUM 1</ENT>
              <ENT>IEC 60336 (Fourth edition—2005).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">12-220</ENT>
              <ENT>Safety of laser products—Part 1: Equipment classification and requirements CORRIGENDUM 1</ENT>
              <ENT>IEC 60825-1 (Second edition—2007).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">12-221</ENT>
              <ENT>Evaluation and routine testing in medical imaging departments—Part 3-4: Acceptance tests—Imaging performance of dental X-ray equipment</ENT>
              <ENT>IEC 61223-3-4 First edition 2000-03.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">12-222</ENT>
              <ENT>Evaluation and routine testing in medical imaging departments—Part 3-5: Acceptance tests—Imaging performance of computed tomography X-ray equipment</ENT>
              <ENT>IEC 61223-3-5 First edition 2004-08.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">12-223</ENT>
              <ENT>Evaluation and routine testing in medical imaging departments—Part 3-5: Acceptance tests—Imaging performance of computed tomography X-ray equipment CORRIGENDUM 1</ENT>
              <ENT>IEC 61223-3-5 (First edition 2004).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">12-224</ENT>
              <ENT>Medical electrical equipment—Part 2-44: Particular requirements for the basic safety and essential performance of X-ray equipment for computed tomography CORRIGENDUM 1</ENT>
              <ENT>IEC 60601-2-44 (Third edition—2009).</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">12-225</ENT>
              <ENT>Computed Tomography Dose Check</ENT>
              <ENT>NEMA XR 25 2010.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW RUL="s">
              <ENT I="01">12-226</ENT>
              <ENT>Evaluation and routine testing in medical imaging departments—Part 2-6: Constancy tests—Imaging performance of computed tomography X-ray equipment</ENT>
              <ENT>IEC 61223-2-6 Second edition 2006-11.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">I. Tissue Engineering</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
              <ENT I="01">15-25</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F2312—10 Standard Terminology Relating to Tissue Engineered Medical Products</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F2312-10.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">15-26</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F2211—04 Standard Classification for Tissue Engineered Medical Products (TEMPs)</ENT>
              <ENT>ASTM F2211-04.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>1</SU>All standard titles in this table conform to the style requirements of the respective organizations.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. List of Recognized Standards</HD>

          <P>FDA maintains the Agency's current list of FDA recognized consensus standards in a searchable database that may be accessed directly at FDA's Internet site at<E T="03">http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/scripts/cdrh/cfdocs/cfStandards/search.cfm.</E>FDA will incorporate the modifications and minor revisions described in this notice into the database and, upon publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, this recognition of consensus standards will be effective. FDA will announce additional modifications and minor revisions to the list of recognized consensus standards, as needed, in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>once a year, or more often, if necessary.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Recommendation of Standards for Recognition by FDA</HD>

          <P>Any person may recommend consensus standards as candidates for recognition under the new provision of section 514 of the FD&amp;C Act by submitting such recommendations, with reasons for the recommendation, to the contact person (<E T="03">See</E>
            <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>). To be properly considered such recommendations should contain, at a minimum, the following information: (1) Title of the standard; (2) any reference number and date; (3) name and address of the national or international standards development organization; (4) a proposed list of devices for which a declaration of conformity to this standard should routinely apply; and (5) a brief identification of the testing or performance or other characteristics of the device(s) that would be addressed by a declaration of conformity.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Electronic Access</HD>

          <P>You may obtain a copy of “Guidance on the Recognition and Use of Consensus Standards” by using the Internet. CDRH maintains a site on the<PRTPAGE P="13638"/>Internet for easy access to information including text, graphics, and files that you may download to a personal computer with access to the Internet. Updated on a regular basis, the CDRH home page includes the guidance as well as the current list of recognized standards and other standards related documents. After publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, this notice announcing “Modification to the List of Recognized Standards, Recognition List Number: 026” will be available on the CDRH home page. You may access the CDRH home page at<E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices.</E>
          </P>

          <P>You may access “Guidance on the Recognition and Use of Consensus Standards,” and the searchable database for “FDA Recognized Consensus Standards” at<E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/DeviceRegulationandGuidance/Standards.</E>
          </P>
          <P>This<E T="04">Federal Register</E>document on modifications in FDA's recognition of consensus standards is available at<E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/DeviceRegulationandGuidance/Standards/ucm123792.htm.</E>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Submission of Comments and Effective Date</HD>
          <P>Interested persons may submit to the contact person (<E T="03">see</E>
            <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>) either electronic or written comments regarding this document. It is only necessary to send one set of comments. It is no longer necessary to send two copies of mailed comments. Comments are to be identified with the docket number found in brackets in the heading of this document. FDA will consider any comments received in determining whether to amend the current listing of modifications to the list of recognized standards, Recognition List Number: 026. These modifications to the list or recognized standards are effective upon publication of this notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
          </P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Acting Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5815 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2011-N-0135]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Ensuring the Safety of Imported Foods and Animal Feed: Comparability of Food Safety Systems and Import Practices of Foreign Countries; Public Hearing; Request for Comments</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of public hearing; request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing a public hearing regarding new FDA initiatives for ensuring the safety of foods and animal feed imported into the United States. The purpose of the public hearing is to provide stakeholders the opportunity to discuss FDA's use of international comparability assessments as a mechanism to enhance the safety of imported foods and animal feed and lessons learned through equivalence determinations. In addition, there will be a separate discussion of FDA's efforts to gather information from regulators in other countries regarding the regulatory policies, practices, and programs they currently use to ensure the safety of foods and animal feed imported into their countries. In a separate notice published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, FDA is announcing a 1-day public meeting to discuss implementation of the imports provisions found in the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act (FSMA).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">See</E>“How to Participate in the Hearing” in the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">For questions about registration, to register orally, or to submit a notice of participation by mail, fax, or by e-mail:</E>Courtney Treece, Planning Professionals Ltd., 1210 W. McDermott, suite 111, Allen, TX 75013, 704-258-4983, FAX: 469-854-6992, e-mail:<E T="03">ctreece@planningprofessionals.com.</E>
          </P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">For questions about the hearing, if special accommodations are needed due to a disability, to request onsite parking, or to submit the full text, comprehensive outline, or summary of an oral presentation:</E>Juanita Yates, Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition, Food and Drug Administation, 5100 Paint Branch Pkwy., College Park, MD 20740, 301-436-1731, e-mail:<E T="03">Juanita.Yates@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>The Federal Government and the food industry are pursuing proactive efforts to reduce the incidence of food borne illness. The President's Food Safety Working Group (FSWG) has recommended that food regulators shift towards prioritizing prevention and move aggressively to implement sensible measures designed to prevent problems before they occur (Ref. 1). The newly enacted FSMA (Pub. L. 111-353) also embodies the principle of prevention by requiring those who produce and import food to have systems of preventive controls in place and empowering FDA to hold them accountable to meet their new responsibilities.</P>

        <P>FDA recognizes that to ensure the safety of imported foods and animal feed and fulfill its public health mission in a global age, it must embrace new approaches that take into account the entire supply chain and its complexity. Consistent with FSMA and the recommendation of the President's FSWG, FDA is focusing on preventing problems at appropriate points along the global food supply chain. This public hearing is an opportunity for the Agency to obtain views from interested persons concerning certain key aspects of these food safety initiatives: (1) International comparability assessments and (2) gathering information on the policies, practices, and programs used by foreign regulators to ensure the safety of imported foods and animal feed. The public hearing will be conducted in accordance with part 15 (21 CFR part 15), as described in the following paragraphs. (<E T="03">See</E>“Notice of Hearing Under Part 15” in section III of this document.)</P>

        <P>FDA's initiatives discussed at the 2-day public hearing align with and help support FSMA implementation. Day One of the hearing will open with a general discussion of FSMA from the perspectives of consumers, industry, legislators, and U.S. trading partners. Day Two will cover policies, practices, and programs used by foreign regulators to ensure the safety of imported foods and animal feed. In a separate notice published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, FDA is announcing a 1-day public meeting to discuss implementation of the imports provisions found in title III of FSMA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Topics for Discussion at the Hearing</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Day One of Hearing: International Comparability Assessments</HD>

        <P>Under FDA's proposed model, FDA will consider the food safety system of a foreign country to be “comparable” to<PRTPAGE P="13639"/>the U.S. food safety system if, based on a complete assessment, FDA determines the foreign food safety system is: (1) Similar, though not identical, to the U.S. food safety system, (2) comprises elements that are analogous to those within the U.S. food safety system, and (3) a system for which FDA has determined provides the same level of public health protection as that of the United States. To help set regulatory priorities and improve the efficient use of FDA resources for import safety, FDA has developed a tool it proposes to use in assessing the overall food safety systems of other countries and comparing them to the U.S. food safety system. FDA will post the agenda prior to the hearing at<E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/Food/NewsEvents/WorkshopsMeetingsConferences/ucm243781.htm.</E>
        </P>
        <P>At this hearing, FDA will seek public comment on FDA's proposed comparability assessment process. In particular, FDA will be inviting the public to share its views on the following topic areas:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comparability as a Tool</HD>
        <P>1. What are the perceived benefits and/or disadvantages to FDA's proposed comparability model?</P>
        <P>2. What would be reasonable incentives for a country to participate in a comparability assessment?</P>
        <P>3. What are the potential costs to the country undergoing a comparability determination and what would make the investment worthwhile?</P>
        <P>4. Is there a more appropriate term for comparability? If so, what is the more appropriate term and why is it more appropriate?</P>
        <P>5. How should comparability findings relate to the FSMA import safety provisions in title III (e.g., the importer verification and accredited third party provisions)?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Maintaining Comparability Status</HD>
        <P>1. For cases where a country's food safety system has been determined to be comparable: How often should FDA review assessments? Are there specific changes to a food safety system or regulatory system that should trigger a visit to the country?</P>
        <P>2. Under what circumstances should comparability be revoked, and by what process?</P>
        <P>3. What are reasonable expectations for ongoing communication, updating, and affirmation of a comparability determination?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Lessons Learned Through Equivalence</HD>
        <P>The Agency recognizes that comparability determinations represent a novel construct, albeit there may be corollaries with certain equivalence determinations, such as those made by the United States Department of Agriculture's Food Safety and Inspection Service under its statutory authorities.</P>
        <P>To gain insight from earlier work on equivalence and to inform efforts to assess comparability, FDA is requesting that countries share information on their experience with equivalence. FDA seeks information on the following issues:</P>
        <P>1. What measures do other countries take to ensure transparency throughout the equivalence determination process?</P>
        <P>2. What are the current practices in requesting translation of documents?</P>
        <P>3. What are the perceived resource savings associated with finding a country equivalent?</P>
        <P>4. Are cost benefit analyses available on equivalence determinations?</P>
        <P>5. Have any equivalence determinations been reversed, and, if so, under what circumstances?</P>
        <P>6. Are there data that demonstrate that equivalence determinations provide meaningful public health protections?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Day One of Hearing: Update on Pilot: Comparability Review of New Zealand</HD>
        <P>The United States and New Zealand have several Cooperative Arrangements with each other relating to food safety. To facilitate the renewal of existing Arrangements between the United States and New Zealand, the New Zealand Food Safety Authority agreed to participate in a pilot comparability assessment using FDA's proposed model for international comparability assessment. An update on this comparability assessment process will be provided during the public hearing.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Day One of Hearing: Update on European Union (EU) Molluscan Bivalve Equivalence Determination With Comparability Component</HD>

        <P>During bilateral discussions early in 2010, the United States and the EU addressed issues related to possible approaches to equivalence assessments. During these discussions, it was noted that the<E T="03">Codex Guidelines on the Judgment of Equivalence of Sanitary Measures Associated with Food Inspection and Certification systems (CAC/GL 53/2003)</E>(Ref. 2) provides guidance on equivalence determinations. It was determined that the comparability framework would allow FDA to apply the Codex concept to its equivalence determinations, by providing an objective basis for documenting the knowledge, experience, and confidence that can be used to underpin further equivalence determinations. Currently, the United States and EU are in the process of conducting equivalence assessments of each other's systems for shellfish. An update on the United States and EU equivalence assessments of each other's systems for shellfish will be provided at the public hearing.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Day Two of Hearing: Policies, Practices, and Programs Used by Foreign Regulators To Ensure the Safety of Imported Foods and Animal Feed</HD>
        <P>FDA is interested in learning more about the policies, practices, and programs (including import and export certification programs) used by foreign regulators to ensure the safety of foods and animal feed imported into their countries and will engage directly with countries over the next several months to learn about their programs. Through these conversations with regulators from other countries, FDA is also interested in learning how countries measure the effectiveness of their import control and export certification activities. The information obtained from these conversations will allow FDA to explore using the innovation and improvements that are being adopted in other countries to improve the safety of imported food and animal feed products. For example, FDA seeks to better understand the control systems used by other countries for importation of ingredients used in processed food as well as the control systems for transshipment of products.</P>
        <P>During Day Two of the public hearing, FDA will seek input from countries and international organizations that have undertaken activities to gather information on currently implemented import policies, practices, and programs, and to provide capacity building assistance in support of safe imports.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Notice of Hearing Under Part 15</HD>
        <P>The Commissioner of Food and Drugs (the Commissioner) is announcing that the public hearing will be held in accordance with part 15. The hearing will be conducted by a presiding officer, accompanied by FDA senior management and staff with relevant expertise.</P>

        <P>Persons who wish to participate in the hearing (either by making an oral presentation or as a member of the audience) must file a notice of participation. (<E T="03">See</E>table 1 and<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>of this document, and “How to Participate in the Hearing” in section IV of this document.) By delegation from the Commissioner (Staff Manual Guide 1410.21, section 1(G)(5)), the Assistant Commissioner for Policy has<PRTPAGE P="13640"/>determined under § 15.20(c) that advance submissions of oral presentations are necessary for the panel to formulate useful questions to be posed at the hearing under § 15.30(e), and that the submission of a comprehensive outline or summary is an acceptable alternative to the submission of the full text of the oral presentation. FDA requests that individuals and organizations with common interests consolidate their requests for oral presentations and request time for a joint presentation through a single representative. After reviewing the notices of participation and accompanying information, the Agency will schedule each oral presentation and notify each participant of the time allotted to the presenter and the approximate time that the presentation is scheduled to begin. If time permits, interested persons who attend the hearing but did not submit a notice of participation in advance may be permitted to make an oral presentation at the conclusion of the hearing. The hearing schedule will be available at the hearing. After the hearing, the hearing schedule and a list of participants will be placed on file at the Division of Dockets Management (<E T="03">see</E>table 1 of this document) under the docket number listed in brackets in the heading of this notice. To ensure timely handling of any mailed notices of participation, presentations, or comments, any outer envelope should be clearly marked with the docket number listed in brackets in the heading of this notice along with the statement “Ensuring the Safety of Imported Foods and Animal Feed; Comparability of Food Safety Systems; Public Hearing Request for Comments.” Under § 15.30(f), the hearing is informal, and the rules of evidence do not apply. No participant may interrupt the presentation of another participant. Only the presiding officer and panel members may question any person during or at the conclusion of each presentation.</P>
        <P>Public hearings under part 15 are subject to the Agency's policy and procedures for electronic media coverage of public administrative proceedings in part 10, subpart C (21 CFR part 10, subpart C). Under § 10.205, representatives of the electronic media may be permitted, subject to the procedures and limitations in § 10.206, to videotape, film, or otherwise record Agency public administrative proceedings, including presentations by participants. The hearing will be transcribed as stipulated in § 15.30(b).</P>

        <P>Any persons requiring special accommodations to attend the hearing due to a disability should direct those needs to the contact person (<E T="03">see</E>
          <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>).</P>
        <P>To the extent that the conditions for the hearing, as described in this notice, conflict with any provisions set out in part 15, this notice acts as a waiver of these provisions as specified in §§ 10.19 and 15.30(h). In particular, § 15.21(a) states that the notice of hearing will provide persons an opportunity to file a written notice of participation with the Division of Dockets Management within a specified period of time. If the public interest requires, e.g., if a hearing is to be conducted within a short period of time, the notice may name a specific FDA employee and telephone number to whom an oral notice of participation may be given. If the public interest requires, the notice may also provide for submitting notices of participation at the time of the hearing. In this document, the conditions for the hearing specify that notices of participation be submitted electronically to an Agency Internet site, to a contact person (outside of FDA) who will accept notices of participation by mail, telephone, fax, or e-mail, or in person on the day of the hearing (as space permits). FDA is using these procedures for submitting notices of participation, rather than providing for the submission of notices of participation to the Division of Dockets Management, because the hearing is to be conducted within a short period of time and these procedures are more efficient. In addition, these procedures provide more flexibility to persons who wish to participate in the hearing than would be provided if participants were required to submit the notice of participation in writing to the Division of Dockets Management. By delegation from the Commissioner (Staff Manual Guide 1410.21, section 1(G)(5)), the Assistant Commissioner for Policy finds under § 10.19 that no participant will be prejudiced, the ends of justice will thereby be served, and the action is in accordance with law if notices of participation are submitted by the procedures listed in this notice rather than to the Division of Dockets Management.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. How To Participate in the Hearing</HD>

        <P>Advance registration by submission of a notice of participation is necessary to ensure participation and will be accepted on a first-come, first-served basis. Notices of participation may be submitted electronically (<E T="03">see</E>table 1 of this document); FDA encourages the use of electronic means of advance registration. Notices of participation may also be submitted orally or by mail, fax, or e-mail (<E T="03">see</E>
          <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>).<E T="03">See</E>table 1 of this document for the dates by which notices of participation must be submitted. A single copy of any notice of participation is sufficient.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r100,r100,r125" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Information on Participation in the Hearing and on Submitting Comments</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">Date</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Electronic address</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Address (non-electronic)</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Other information</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Date of Hearing</ENT>
            <ENT>March 30, 2011, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m<LI>March 31, 2011, 9 a.m. to 1 p.m</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Harvey W. Wiley Building, First Floor Auditorium, Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition, Food and Drug Administration, 5100 Paint Branch Pkwy., College Park, MD 20740-3835<LI>Across the street from the College Park/University of Maryland Metro Station (Green Line)</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>Registration begins at 8:30 a.m.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="13641"/>
            <ENT I="01">Advance Registration</ENT>
            <ENT>By March 21, 2011</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/Food/NewsEvents/WorkshopsMeetingsConferences/ucm243781.htm</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>FDA encourages the use of electronic registration, if possible.<SU>1</SU>
            </ENT>

            <ENT>Registration to attend the hearing will also be accepted onsite on the day of the hearing, as space permits. Registration information may be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>, including any personal information provided.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Request special accommodations due to disability</ENT>
            <ENT>By March 21, 2011</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Juanita Yates, 301-436-1731, email:<E T="03">juanita.yates@fda.hhs.gov</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Make a request for onsite parking</ENT>
            <ENT>By March 23, 2011</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Juanita Yates (see previous row in the fourth column of this table)</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Make a request for oral presentations</ENT>
            <ENT>By March 14, 2011</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>

            <ENT>Requests made on the day of the hearing to make an oral presentation may be granted as time permits. Information on requests to make an oral presentation may be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>, including any personal information.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Provide a brief description of the oral presentation and any written material for the presentation</ENT>
            <ENT>By March 23, 2011</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Juanita Yates, 301-436-1731, email:<E T="03">juanita.yates@fda.hhs.gov</E>
            </ENT>

            <ENT>Written material associated with an oral presentation may be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Submit written comments</ENT>
            <ENT>Submit comments by June 30, 2011</ENT>
            <ENT>Federal eRulemaking Portal:<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Follow the instructions for submitting comments</ENT>
            <ENT>FAX: 301-827-6870, Mail/Hand delivery/Courier (for paper, disk, or CD-ROM submissions): Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852</ENT>

            <ENT>All comments must include the Agency name and the docket number found in brackets in the heading of this document. All comments received may be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>, including any personal information provided. FDA encourages the submission of electronic comments by using the Federal eRulemaking Portal. For additional information on submitting comments, see the “Request for Comments” heading of the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>

            <SU>1</SU>Registrations or requests to make an oral presentation may be submitted by mail, fax, e-mail, or telephone by providing registration information (including name, title, business affiliation (if applicable), address, telephone number, fax number (if available), and e-mail address (if available)) (<E T="03">see</E>
            <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>).</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>The notice of participation must include the participant's name, title, business affiliation (if applicable), address, telephone number, fax number (if available), and e-mail address (if available). If the participant wishes to request an opportunity to make an oral presentation during the open public comment period of the hearing, their notice of participation also must include the title of their presentation, the sponsor of the oral presentation (e.g., the organization paying travel expenses or fees), if any; and the approximate amount of time requested for the presentation. Presentations must be limited to the questions and subject matter identified in this document.</P>

        <P>Under § 15.20(c), if an opportunity to make an oral presentation is requested, the presentation must be submitted (either as the full text of the presentation, or as a comprehensive outline or summary). This may be done by e-mail or in writing. See table 1 of this document for the dates by which a presentation must be submitted.<E T="03">See</E>table 1 and<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>of this document for information on where to send a presentation.</P>

        <P>Individuals who request an opportunity to make an oral presentation will be notified of the scheduled time for their presentation prior to the hearing. Depending on the number of oral presentations, FDA may need to limit the time allotted for each oral presentation (e.g., 5 minutes each). Depending on the content of the presentations, the time allotted for oral presentations may vary. The Agency requests that interested persons and groups having similar interests consolidate their requests for oral presentation and present them through a single representative. If special accommodations are needed due to a disability, please inform the Agency (<E T="03">see</E>table 1 and<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>of this document).</P>

        <P>FDA will also accept registration onsite; however, space is limited. Onsite registration will be accepted on a first-come, first-served basis and will be closed when the maximum seating capacity is reached. Requests for an opportunity to make a presentation from individuals or organizations that did not register in advance to make an oral<PRTPAGE P="13642"/>presentation may be granted if time permits.</P>
        <P>Persons who registered in advance for the hearing should check in at the onsite registration desk between 8:30 a.m. and 9 a.m. Persons who wish to register onsite on the day of the hearing should do so at the registration desk between 8:30 a.m. and 9 a.m. FDA encourages all participants to attend the entire hearing.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Request for Comments</HD>

        <P>Interested persons may submit to the Division of Dockets Management (<E T="03">see</E>table 1 of this document) either electronic or written comments regarding this document. It is only necessary to send one set of comments. It is no longer necessary to send two copies of mailed comments. Identify comments with the docket number found in brackets in the heading of this document. Received comments may be seen in the Division of Dockets Management between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Transcripts</HD>

        <P>Please be advised that as soon as a transcript is available, it will be accessible at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. It may be viewed at the Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852. A transcript will also be available in either hardcopy or on CD-ROM, after submission of a Freedom of Information request. Written requests are to be sent to Division of Freedom of Information (HFI-35), Office of Management Programs, Food and Drug Administration, 5600 Fishers Lane, rm. 6-30, Rockville, MD 20857.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. References</HD>

        <P>The following references are on display at the Division of Dockets Management (<E T="03">see</E>Transcripts), between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday. (FDA has verified the following Web site addresses, but FDA is not responsible for any subsequent changes to the Web sites after this document publishes in the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>)</P>
        <P>1. President's Food Safety Working Group findings,<E T="03">http://www.foodsafetyworkinggroup.gov/ContentKeyFindings/HomeKeyFindings.htm.</E>
        </P>

        <P>2. Codex Guidelines on the Judgment of Equivalence of Sanitary Measures Associated with Food Inspection and Certification systems (CAC/GL 53/2003):<E T="03">http://www.codexalimentarius.net/download/standards/10047/CXG_053e.pdf</E>.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5943 Filed 3-10-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2011-N-0002]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Town Hall Discussion With the Director of the Center for Devices and Radiological Health and Other Senior Center Management</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of public meeting; request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing a public meeting entitled “Town Hall Discussion With the Director of the Center for Devices and Radiological Health and Other Senior Center Management.” The purpose of this public meeting in the Orlando, FL, area is to engage in a dialogue about issues of importance to FDA's Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) and to members of the public, including the medical device industry, health care professionals, patients, and consumers.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Date and Time:</E>The public meeting will be held on May 5, 2011, from 8 a.m. to 12 noon EST.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Location:</E>The public meeting will be held at the Sheraton Orlando Downtown Hotel, 400 West Livingston St., Orlando, FL 32801. Attendees requiring sleeping rooms should call 401-843-6664 and request the group rate for the “Food &amp; Drug Administration Town Hall Meeting” room block. The meeting will not be videotaped or Web cast.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Contact:</E>Heather Howell, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, rm. 4320, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-5718, e-mail:<E T="03">heather.howell@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Registration and Requests for Oral Presentations:</E>If you wish to attend the public meeting, you must register online at<E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/NewsEvents/WorkshopsConferences/ucm244462.htm.</E>Persons without Internet access may call Heather Howell at 301-796-5718 to register for the meeting.</P>
        <P>Provide complete contact information for each attendee, including name, title, company or organization, address, email, and telephone and fax number. Registration requests must be received by 5 p.m. EST on Friday, April 22, 2011.</P>

        <P>If you wish to make an oral presentation during any of the sessions at the meeting (<E T="03">see</E>section II of this document), you must indicate this at the time of registration. FDA will do its best to accommodate requests to speak. Individuals and organizations with common interests are urged to consolidate or coordinate their presentations and to request time for a joint presentation. FDA will determine the amount of time allotted to each presenter and the approximate time that each oral presentation is scheduled to begin.</P>
        <P>Registration is free and will be on a first-come-first-served basis. Early registration is recommended because seating is limited. FDA may limit the number of participants from each organization based on space limitations. Registrants will receive confirmation once they have been accepted. Onsite registration the day of the public meeting will be provided on a space-available basis beginning at 7 a.m. EST.</P>

        <P>If you need special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Susan Monahan, 301-796-5661 or<E T="03">susan.monahan@fda.hhs.gov,</E>at least 7 days in advance of the meeting.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comments:</E>FDA is holding this public meeting to share information and discuss issues of importance to the public, including the medical device industry, health care professionals, patients, and consumers.</P>

        <P>Regardless of attendance at the public meeting, interested persons may submit either electronic or written comments. Submit electronic comments to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Submit written comments to the Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852. It is only necessary to send one set of comments. It is no longer necessary to send two copies of mailed comments. Identify comments with the docket number found in brackets in the heading of this document. Received comments may be seen in the Division of Dockets Management between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.</P>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>

        <P>In 2010, CDRH held three Town Hall meetings in Minneapolis, MN, Boston, MA, and Los Angeles, CA, to provide the public with a new venue to discuss issues of interest with the Center. Any member of the public was invited to provide comments to or ask questions of CDRH participants. We received positive feedback on these meetings and<PRTPAGE P="13643"/>plan to continue this activity in 2011 in three different locations. In March 2011, the meeting will be held in Dallas, TX. After this meeting, CDRH will host one more this year in the San Francisco, CA, area.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Public Meeting</HD>
        <P>The objective of this public meeting is to engage in a dialogue about issues that are of importance to the public.</P>
        <P>The public meeting will open with an introduction of CDRH senior staff in attendance. Following introductions, Dr. Jeffrey Shuren, the Director of CDRH, will describe CDRH's strategic priorities for 2011. Members of the public will then be given the opportunity to present comments to CDRH senior staff followed by a question and answer session during which any member of the public may ask questions of the CDRH senior staff on any topic of interest.</P>

        <P>In advance of the meeting, additional information, including a meeting agenda with a speakers' schedule, will be made available on the Internet. This information will be placed on file in the public docket (docket number found in brackets in the heading of this document), which is available at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>This information will also be available at<E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/NewsEvents/WorkshopsConferences/default.htm</E>(select the appropriate meeting from the list).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Transcripts</HD>

        <P>Please be advised that as soon as a transcript is available, it will be accessible at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>It may be viewed at the Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852. A transcript will also be available in either hardcopy or on CD-ROM, after submission of a Freedom of Information request. Written requests are to be sent to Division of Freedom of Information (HFI-35), Office of Management Programs, Food and Drug Administration, 5600 Fishers Lane, rm. 6-30, Rockville, MD 20857.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5735 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket Nos. FDA-2011-N-0134, FDA-2011-N-0143, FDA-2011-N-0144, FDA-2011-N-0145, and FDA-2011-N-0146]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>FDA Food Safety Modernization Act: Title III—A New Paradigm for Importers; Public Meeting</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of public meeting; request for comment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing a public meeting entitled “FDA Food Safety Modernization Act: Title III—A New Paradigm for Importers.” The purpose of the public meeting is to provide interested persons an opportunity to discuss implementation of the import safety provisions of the recently enacted FDA Food Safety Modernization Act (FSMA). FDA is seeking information on importer verification, the Voluntary Qualified Importer Program, import certifications for food, and third-party accreditation. In a separate notice published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, FDA is announcing a public hearing to provide stakeholders the opportunity to discuss FDA's use of international comparability assessments as a mechanism to enhance the safety of imported foods and animal feed and lessons learned through equivalence determinations. The public hearing will include a separate discussion of FDA's efforts to gather information from regulators in other countries regarding the regulatory policies, practices, and programs they currently use to ensure the safety of foods and animal feed imported into their countries.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">See</E>“How to Participate in the Meeting” in the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Patricia M. Kuntze, Office of External Affairs, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 32, rm. 5322, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-8641,<E T="03">Patricia.Kuntze@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>FSMA (Pub. L. 111-353) amends the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&amp;C Act) to establish the foundation for a modernized, prevention-based food safety system that emphasizes accountability for domestic and foreign food and animal feed firms in the supply chain from farm to U.S. table. In particular, title III of FSMA significantly enhances FDA's authority for oversight of the millions of food products that enter the United States each year and, among other things, requires FDA to develop regulations, guidance, and to otherwise implement the following provisions:</P>

        <P>Section 301. Foreign Supplier Verification Program (FSVP) requires importers to conduct risk-based foreign supplier verification activities to verify that imported food is not adulterated under section 402 of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 342) or misbranded under section 403(w) of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 343(w)) (relating to allergens) and is produced in compliance with FDA's preventive controls requirements and produce safety standards, where applicable. Facilities in compliance with FDA's seafood, juice, or low-acid canned food products requirements are exempted in whole or in part from the FSVP requirements. The statute directs FDA to exempt, by notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, importers of food imported into the United States in small quantities for research uses or for personal consumption. The statute further directs FDA to issue implementing regulations and guidance on FSVPs.</P>
        <P>Section 302. Voluntary qualified importer program (VQIP) requires FDA to establish a voluntary, user-fee funded program to expedite entry into the United States of imported food from eligible, qualified importers. To be eligible to participate in VQIP, an importer must offer food for importation from a facility that has a certification by an accredited third party. FDA will qualify eligible importers to participate in VQIP based on risk considerations. The statute directs FDA to issue guidance on participation in and compliance with VQIP.</P>
        <P>Section 303. Authority to require import certifications for food authorizes FDA, based on risk considerations, to require an article of food offered for import into the United States to be accompanied by certifications or other assurances that the food complies with relevant provisions of the FD&amp;C Act. Certifications may be issued by designated foreign governments or accredited third parties.</P>

        <P>Section 307. Accreditation of third-party auditors directs FDA to establish a system for the recognition of accreditation bodies that accredit third-party auditors to issue certifications for purposes of the import certification for food and VQIP provisions described previously in this document. Foreign<PRTPAGE P="13644"/>governments, foreign cooperatives, and any other third parties (including private entities) are eligible to be considered for accreditation as third-party auditors. The statute further provides that if FDA has not, within a specified timeframe, identified and recognized an accreditation body to meet the requirements of this provision, FDA may directly accredit third-party auditors. The statute directs FDA to issue implementing regulations, including provisions on conflicts of interest, financial ties, and unannounced audits, as well as model accreditation standards, including requirements for regulatory audit reports.</P>

        <P>In a separate notice published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, FDA is announcing a public hearing March 30 and 31, 2011, to provide stakeholders the opportunity to discuss FDA's use of international comparability assessments as a mechanism to enhance the safety of imported foods and animal feed and lessons learned through equivalence determinations. In addition, there will be a separate discussion of FDA's efforts to gather information from regulators in other countries regarding the regulatory policies, practices, and programs they currently use to ensure the safety of foods and animal feed imported into their countries.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Purpose and Format of the Meeting</HD>

        <P>If you wish to attend and/or present at the meeting scheduled for March 29, 2011, please register by e-mail to<E T="03">http://www.blsmeetings.net/FDAImportSafety</E>by March 22, 2011. FDA is holding the public meeting on the FSMA imports provisions to receive input from the public to inform the development of the regulations and guidance identified previously in this document. In general, the meeting format will include introductory presentations by FDA. Listening to our stakeholders is the primary purpose of this meeting. In order to meet this goal, FDA will provide multiple opportunities for individuals to actively express their views by making presentations at the meeting, participating in break-out sessions on the provisions discussed at the meeting, and submitting written comments to the docket(s) (<E T="03">see</E>table 2 of this document for a list of docket numbers and corresponding sections of FSMA) within 30 days after this meeting. There will be an interactive webcast;<E T="03">see</E>section III of this document, “How to Participate in the Meeting.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. How To Participate in the Meeting</HD>

        <P>Stakeholders will have an opportunity to provide oral comments. Due to limited space and time, FDA encourages all persons who wish to attend the meeting, including those requesting an opportunity to make an oral presentation during the time allotted for public comment at the meeting, to register in advance and to provide the specific topic or issue to be addressed and the approximate desired length of their presentation. Depending on the number of requests for such oral presentations, there may be a need to limit the time of each oral presentation (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>3 minutes each). If time permits, individuals or organizations that did not register in advance may be granted the opportunity for such an oral presentation. FDA would like to maximize the number of stakeholders who make a presentation at the meeting and will do our best to accommodate all persons who wish to make a presentation or express their views at the meeting. FDA anticipates that there will be several opportunities to speak in break-out sessions and an interactive webcast will also be available for stakeholders who are not onsite. FDA encourages persons and groups who have similar interests to consolidate their information for presentation through a single representative. After reviewing the presentation requests, FDA will notify each participant before the meeting of the amount of time available and the approximate time their presentation is scheduled to begin.</P>
        <P>There is no fee to register for the public meeting and registration will be on a first-come, first-served basis. Early registration is recommended because seating is limited.</P>

        <P>Table 1 of this document provides information on participating in the meeting and on submitting comments to the docket (<E T="03">see</E>table 2 of this document for a list of docket numbers and corresponding sections of FSMA).</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r100,r100,r150" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Information on Participation in the Meeting and on Submitting Comments</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">Date</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Electronic address</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Address (non-electronic)</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Other information</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Date of Public Meeting</ENT>
            <ENT>March 29, 2011, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>FDA White Oak Campus, The Great Room, Bldg. 31, rm. 1503, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Silver Spring, MD 20993</ENT>
            <ENT>Registration begins at 7:30 a.m.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Webcast</ENT>
            <ENT>March 29, 2011, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">https://collaboration.fda.gov/foodsafety/</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>

            <ENT>• If you have never attended a ConnectPRO meeting: Test your connection:<E T="03">https://collaboration.fda.gov/common/help/en/support/meeting_test.htm</E>Get a quick overview:<E T="03">http://www.adobe.com/go/connectpro_overview</E>
              <SU>1</SU>
              <LI>• The webcast will provide closed captioning.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Advance Registration</ENT>
            <ENT>By March 22, 2011</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">http://www.blsmeetings.net/FDAImportSafety</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>

            <ENT>Registration to attend the meeting will also be accepted onsite on the day of the meeting, as space permits. Registration information may be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Request special accommodations due to disability</ENT>
            <ENT>By March 22, 2011</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Patricia M. Kuntze, 301-796-8641, email:<E T="03">Patricia.Kuntze@fda.hhs.gov</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="13645"/>
            <ENT I="01">Make a request for oral presentation</ENT>
            <ENT>By March 22, 2011</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">http://www.blsmeetings.net/FDAImportSafety</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>

            <ENT>Requests made on the day of the meeting to make an oral presentation may be granted as time permits. Information on requests to make an oral presentation may be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Provide a brief description of the oral presentation and any written material for the presentation</ENT>
            <ENT>By March 22, 2011</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">http://www.blsmeetings.net/FDAImportSafety</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>

            <ENT>Written material associated with an oral presentation should be submitted in Microsoft PowerPoint, Microsoft Word, or Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF) and may be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Submit electronic or written comments</ENT>
            <ENT>Submit comments by April 29, 2011</ENT>
            <ENT>Federal eRulemaking Portal:<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments</ENT>
            <ENT>
              <E T="03">FAX:</E>301-827-6870.<E T="03">Mail/Hand delivery/Courier (for paper, disk, or CD-ROM submissions):</E>Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852</ENT>

            <ENT>All comments must include the Agency name and the docket number corresponding with the section of FSMA on which you are commenting (see table 2 of this document for a list of docket numbers and corresponding sections of FSMA). All received comments may be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided. FDA encourages the submission of electronic comments by using the Federal eRulemaking Portal. For additional information on submitting comments,<E T="03">see</E>the “Comments” heading of the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>1</SU>Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat and Acrobat Connect are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Comments</HD>

        <P>Regardless of attendance at the public meeting, interested persons may submit to the Division of Dockets Management (<E T="03">see</E>table 1 of this document) either electronic or written comments for consideration at or after the meeting in addition to, or in place of, a request for an opportunity to make an oral presentation. It is only necessary to send one set of comments. It is no longer necessary to send two copies of mailed comments. Because multiple docket numbers are associated with this document, please include with your comments the docket number(s) that corresponds with the section of FSMA on which you are commenting (<E T="03">see</E>table 2 of this document for a list of docket numbers and corresponding sections of FSMA).</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s45,r100,xs80" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 2</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Section of<LI>FSMA</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Topic</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Docket No.</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">301</ENT>
            <ENT>Foreign supplier verification program</ENT>
            <ENT>FDA-2011-N-0143</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">302</ENT>
            <ENT>Voluntary qualified importer program</ENT>
            <ENT>FDA-2011-N-0144</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">303</ENT>
            <ENT>Authority to require import certifications for food</ENT>
            <ENT>FDA-2011-N-0145</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">307</ENT>
            <ENT>Accreditation of third-party auditors</ENT>
            <ENT>FDA-2011-N-0146</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>Comments that address more than one docket must be filed with each docket to ensure consideration. Received comments may be seen in the Division of Dockets Management between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Transcripts</HD>

        <P>Please be advised that as soon as a transcript is available, it will be accessible at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>and<E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/Food/FoodSafety/FSMA/default.htm.</E>It may be viewed at the Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852. A transcript will also be available in either hardcopy or on CD-ROM, after submission of a Freedom of Information request. Written requests are to be sent to Division of Freedom of Information (HFI-35), Office of Management Programs, Food and Drug Administration, 5600 Fishers Lane, rm. 6-30, Rockville, MD 20857.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5942 Filed 3-10-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="13646"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2011-N-0002]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <P>This notice announces a forthcoming meeting of a public advisory committee of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). At least one portion of the meeting will be closed to the public.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">General Function of the Committee:</E>To provide advice and recommendations to the Agency on FDA's regulatory issues.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Date and Time:</E>The meeting will be held on April 6, 2011, between approximately 9 a.m. and 4 p.m. and on April 7, 2011, between approximately 8:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Location:</E>Hilton Hotel, Washington DC North/Gaithersburg, 620 Perry Pkwy., Gaithersburg, MD 20877.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>Donald W. Jehn or Denise Royster, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (HFM-71), Food and Drug Administration, 1401 Rockville Pike, Rockville, MD 20852, 301-827-0314, or FDA Advisory Committee Information Line, 1-800-741-8138 (301-443-0572 in the Washington, DC area), and follow the prompts to the desired center or product area. Please call the Information Line for up-to-date information on this meeting. A notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>about last minute modifications that impact a previously announced advisory committee meeting cannot always be published quickly enough to provide timely notice. Therefore, you should always check the Agency's Web site and call the appropriate advisory committee hot line/phone line to learn about possible modifications before coming to the meeting.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Agenda:</E>On the morning of April 6, 2011, the committee will meet in open session to hear updates of the research programs in the Laboratory of Bacterial Polysaccharides, Division of Bacterial, Parasitic, and Allergenic Products, Office of Vaccines Research and Review, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, FDA. In the afternoon of April 6, 2011, the committee will meet in open session and will be briefed on the use of immunological markers for demonstration of effectiveness of meningococcal serogroups A, C, Y, and W-135 conjugate vaccines administered to children less than 2 years of age. On April 7, 2011, the committee will meet in open session to review and discuss approaches to licensure of meningococcal serogroup B vaccines.</P>

        <P>FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after the meeting. Background material is available at<E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/AdvisoryCommittees/Calendar/default.htm.</E>Scroll down to the appropriate advisory committee link.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Procedure:</E>On April 6, 2011, from approximately 9 a.m to 10:50 a.m. and from approximately 12:30 p.m to 4 p.m., the meeting is open to the public. On April 7, 2011, the entire meeting is open to the public. Interested persons may present data, information, or views, orally or in writing, on issues pending before the committee. Written submissions may be made to the contact person on or before March 30, 2011. Oral presentations from the public will be scheduled between approximately 10:20 a.m. and 10:50 a.m. and between approximately 2:30 p.m. and 3 p.m. on April 6, 2011, and between approximately 1:30 p.m. and 2 p.m. on April 7, 2011. Those individuals interested in making formal oral presentations should notify the contact person and submit a brief statement of the general nature of the evidence or arguments they wish to present, the names and addresses of proposed participants, and an indication of the approximate time requested to make their presentation on or before March 22, 2011. Time allotted for each presentation may be limited. If the number of registrants requesting to speak is greater than can be reasonably accommodated during the scheduled open public hearing session, FDA may conduct a lottery to determine the speakers for the scheduled open public hearing session. The contact person will notify interested persons regarding their request to speak by March 23, 2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Closed Committee Deliberations:</E>On April 6, 2011, between approximately 10:50 a.m. and 11:30 a.m., the meeting will be closed to permit discussion where disclosure would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy (5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(6)). The committee will discuss the report of the intramural research programs and make recommendations regarding personnel staffing decisions.</P>
        <P>Persons attending FDA's advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.</P>
        <P>FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with physical disabilities or special needs. If you require special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Donald W. Jehn or Denise Royster at least 7 days in advance of the meeting.</P>

        <P>FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at<E T="03">http://www.fda.gov/AdvisoryCommittees/AboutAdvisoryCommittees/ucm111462.htm</E>for procedures on public conduct during advisory committee meetings.</P>
        <P>Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5727 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Health Resources and Services Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Statement of Delegation of Authority</SUBJECT>
        <P>Notice is hereby given that I have delegated to the Administrator, Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), authority vested in the Secretary under Title XX, Section 2008(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397g(b)), as added by Section 5507(a) of the Affordable Care Act, as it pertains to the functions assigned to HRSA. This authority may be redelegated.</P>
        <P>HRSA will consult with the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, as appropriate, in implementing this authority.</P>

        <P>This delegation excludes the authority to issue regulations, to establish advisory councils and committees and appoint their members, and to submit reports to Congress, and shall be exercised in accordance with the Department's applicable policies, procedures, and guidelines. In addition, I hereby affirm and ratify any actions taken by the Administrator, HRSA, or other HRSA officials, which involved<PRTPAGE P="13647"/>the exercise of this authority prior to the effective date of this delegation.</P>
        <P>This delegation is effective upon date of signature.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kathleen Sebelius,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5808 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4165-15-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Proposed Collection; Comment Request—Interactive Diet and Activity Tracking in AARP (iDATA): Biomarker Based Validation Study</SUBJECT>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Summary:</E>In compliance with the requirement of Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, for opportunity for public comment on proposed data collection projects, the National Cancer Institute (NCI), the National Institutes of Health (NIH) will publish periodic summaries of proposed projects to be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Proposed Collection: Title:</E>Interactive Diet and Activity Tracking in AARP (iDATA): Biomarker Based Validation Study.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Information Collection Request:</E>New.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Need and Use of Information Collection:</E>The AARP-based study is one component of a multi-center biomarker validation study project involving two other large cohorts in the United States. The iDATA study involves large cohorts and provides the necessary sample size to evaluate the measurement error structure of the diet and physical activity assessment instruments and the heterogeneity of the measurement error structure across multiple and diverse study populations. The iDATA study will include 1,500 participants from the NIH-AARP Diet and Health Study and current AARP membership. The data collection instruments adhere to The Public Health Service Act, which provides authority to the Risk Factor Monitoring and Methods Branch in the Division of Cancer Control and Population Sciences and the Division of Cancer Epidemiology and Genetics. Both divisions work to reduce cancer in the U.S. population by establishing and supporting programs for the detection, diagnosis, prevention and treatment of cancer; and by collecting, identifying, analyzing and disseminating information on cancer research, diagnosis, prevention and treatment. Dietary and physical activity data will be gathered using the instruments as detailed below. In addition, biospecimen and clinic data will be also gathered.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>Monthly.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Individuals.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Respondents:</E>U.S. adults (persons aged 50-74).</P>
        <P>The annual reporting burden is provided for each study component as shown in the table below. There are no Capital Costs, Operating Costs, and/or Maintenance Costs to report.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r100,10,10,12,10" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1Estimates of Annual Burden Hours</TTITLE>
          <TDESC>[Type of respondents for all instruments: Adult participants, 50-74 years of age]</TDESC>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Study component</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Instrument</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of respondents</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Frequency of response</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Average time per response (minutes/hour)</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Annual burden hours</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Screening</ENT>
            <ENT>Pre-Screening Telephone Interview (Attachment 1)</ENT>
            <ENT>1,334</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>15/60 (.25)</ENT>
            <ENT>334</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Clinic Eligibility Screening Interview (Attachment 3)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>10/60 (.167)</ENT>
            <ENT>124</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Clinical Components</ENT>
            <ENT>NHANES III Anthropometry (Attachment 13)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>3</ENT>
            <ENT>10/60 (.167)</ENT>
            <ENT>371</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Resting Metabolic Rate—Main (Attachment 7)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>30/60 (.50)</ENT>
            <ENT>371</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Resting Metabolic Rate—Subsample (Attachment 7)</ENT>
            <ENT>34</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>30/60 (.50)</ENT>
            <ENT>17</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Fasting Blood Protocol and Form (Attachment 5)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>10/60 (.167)</ENT>
            <ENT>247</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Fitness test Protocol and Form (Attachment 10)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>15/60 (.25)</ENT>
            <ENT>186</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Physical Activity Readiness Questionnaires—PAR-Q or PARmed-X (Attachments 11A-11B)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>5/60 (.083)</ENT>
            <ENT>62</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Doubly Labelled Water—Main (Attachment 6)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>40/60 (.667)</ENT>
            <ENT>495</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Doubly Labelled Water—Subsample (Attachment 6)</ENT>
            <ENT>34</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>40/60 (.667)</ENT>
            <ENT>23</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Dietary Questionnaires</ENT>
            <ENT>Automated Self-Administered 24-hour Dietary Recall (ASA24) (Attachment 32)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>6</ENT>
            <ENT>30/60 (.50)</ENT>
            <ENT>2,227</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>4-Day Food Record (Attachment 17)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>60/60 (1.0)</ENT>
            <ENT>1,485</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Diet History Questionnaire (DHQ*Web-II) (Attachment 33)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>45/60 (.75)</ENT>
            <ENT>1,114</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>7-Day Food Checklist (Attachment 16)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>60/60 (1.0)</ENT>
            <ENT>1,485</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Physical Activity Questionnaires</ENT>
            <ENT>Activities Completed over Time in 24 Hours (ACT24) (Attachment 34)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>6</ENT>
            <ENT>30/60 (.50)</ENT>
            <ENT>2,227</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Community Healthy Activities Model Program for Seniors (CHAMPS) (Attachment 19)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>15/60 (.25)</ENT>
            <ENT>371</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Harvard Lifestyle Validation Study Physical Activity Questionnaire (Attachment 18)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>10/60 (.167)</ENT>
            <ENT>247</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Sedentary Behaviors Questionnaire (Attachment 21)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>20/60 (.33)</ENT>
            <ENT>495</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Stanford physical activity Survey (Attachment 22)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>8/60 (.133)</ENT>
            <ENT>198</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>NIH-AARP physical activity questions (Attachment 20)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>10/60 (.167)</ENT>
            <ENT>247</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Home Collections</ENT>
            <ENT>24 Hour Urine Collection Log (Attachment 14)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>60/60 (1.0)</ENT>
            <ENT>1,485</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Saliva Protocol and Form (Attachment 15)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>3</ENT>
            <ENT>10/60 (.167)</ENT>
            <ENT>371</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Heart Rate Monitor Log (Attachment 8)</ENT>
            <ENT>34</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>35/60 (.583)</ENT>
            <ENT>20</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Physical Activity Monitor Log (Accelerometer/Inclinometer) (Attachment 12)</ENT>
            <ENT>742</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>35/60 (.583)</ENT>
            <ENT>866</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>15,060</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <PRTPAGE P="13648"/>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Request for Comments:</E>Written comments and/or suggestions from the public and affected agencies are invited on one or more of the following points: (1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the function of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the data collection plans and instruments, contact Heather Bowles, Risk Factor Monitoring and Methods Branch, Division of Cancer Control and Population Sciences, National Cancer Institute, 6130 Executive Blvd MSC 7344, Bethesda, MD 20892-7335 or call non-toll-free number 301-496-7344 or e-mail your request, including your address to:<E T="03">bowleshr@mail.nih.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Comments Due Date:</E>Comments regarding this information collection are best assured of having their full effect if received within 60 days of the date of this publication.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Vivian Horovitch-Kelley,</NAME>
            <TITLE>NCI Project Clearance Liaison,National Institutes of Health.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5800 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Process Evaluation of the NIH Roadmap Epigenomics Program</SUBJECT>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Summary:</E>In compliance with the requirement of Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, for opportunity for public comment on proposed data collection projects, the National Institute of Drug Abuse (NIDA), the National Institutes of Health (NIH), will publish periodic summaries of proposed projects to be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Collection</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Process Evaluation of the NIH Roadmap Epigenomics Program.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Information Collection Request:</E>New.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Need and Use of Information Collection:</E>The proposed information collection is essential to the process evaluation of the NIH Roadmap Epigenomics Program. The process evaluation is a requirement of each awardee funded under the NIH Roadmap Epigenomics Program. This participation requirement is stated in the program's Requests for Applications.</P>
        <P>This evaluation study, a mixed-methods study which uses secondary source documentation and information from tracking and monitoring systems along with primary data to assess program process and progress, is non-experimental. The assessment is based on secondary source information, with primary source information collection added to augment the reliability and internal validity. The primary data collection uses information categories that genuinely tap added distinctions and opinions that relate to it to build the weight of evidence from first-hand sources and substantiate the initial hypotheses about the program phenomenon and its differences from a typical research portfolio of individual and insular projects.</P>
        <P>The synthesized results across primary and secondary data sources will provide critical insights on transformativeness of high-impact, trans-NIH programs and contribute important information about the synergies and collaborations in multi-component scientific research. It will also identify areas for program improvement and lessons learned that might be useful to other research programs of the Agency.</P>
        <P>To reduce response bias and to make the survey as accessible as possible to busy principal investigators, the survey will be Web-based.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>Once.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Principal Investigators of the program at not-for-profit institutions.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Respondents:</E>Principal Investigators.</P>
        <P>The annual reporting burden is as follows:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated number of Respondents:</E>53.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Responses per Respondent:</E>1.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average Burden Hours Per Response:</E>0.33.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours Requested:</E>17.49.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">The annualized cost to respondents is estimated at:</E>$891.99.</P>
        <P>There are no Capital Costs, Operating Costs and/or Maintenance Costs to report.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,12,12,r25,12" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Estimated Annualized Burden Hours</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Type of respondent</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of respondents</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Frequency of responses per respondent</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Average burden hours per response</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Annual burden hours<LI>requested</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Principal Investigators</ENT>
            <ENT>53</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>0.33 (20 minutes)</ENT>
            <ENT>17.49</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Request for Comments:</E>Written comments and/or suggestions from the public and affected agencies are invited on one or more of the following points: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the function of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">For Further Information Contact:</E>To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the data collection plans and instruments, contact Genevieve deAlmeida-Morris, PhD, M.P.H., Project Officer, Office of Science Policy and Communications, NIH/NIDA, NSC—Neuroscience Center, 5229, 6001<PRTPAGE P="13649"/>Executive Blvd., Rockville, MD 20852 or call non-toll-free number 301-594-6802 or e-mail your request including your address to:<E T="03">dealmeig@nida.nih.gov</E>.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comments Due Date:</E>Comments regarding this information collection are best assured of having their full effect if received within 60-days of the date of this publication.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Mary Affeldt,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Executive Officer (OM Director), NIDA.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5786 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
        <P>Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
        <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; Martin Delaney Collaboratory: Towards an HIV-1 Cure.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Date:</E>April 4-6, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time:</E>8 a.m. to 5 p.m.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Agenda:</E>To review and evaluate grant applications.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Place:</E>Hilton Silver Spring, 8727 Colesville Road, Silver Spring, MD 20910.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>Jay Bruce Sundstrom, PhD, Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Program, DEA/NIAID/NIH/DHHS, 6700B Rockledge Drive, MSC-7616, Room 3119, Bethesda, MD 20892-7616, 301-496-7042,<E T="03">sundstromj@niaid.nih.gov.</E>
          </P>
          
          <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.855, Allergy, Immunology, and Transplantation Research; 93.856, Microbiology and Infectious Diseases Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jennifer S. Spaeth,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5798 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health &amp; Human Development; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
        <P>Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
        <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Special Emphasis Panel; Molecular and Cellular Controls of Placental Metabolism.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Date:</E>April 4, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time:</E>2 p.m. to 5 p.m.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Agenda:</E>To review and evaluate grant applications.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Place:</E>National Institutes of Health, 6100 Executive Boulevard, 5B01, Rockville, MD 20852, (Telephone Conference Call)</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>Neelakanta Ravindranath, PhD, Scientific Review Officer, Division of Scientific Review, Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, NIH, 6100 Executive Blvd., Room 5B01, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-496-1485,<E T="03">ravindm@mail.nih.gov.</E>
          </P>
          
          <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.864, Population Research; 93.865, Research for Mothers and Children; 93.929, Center for Medical Rehabilitation Research; 93.209, Contraception and Infertility Loan Repayment Program, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jennifer S. Spaeth,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5795 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal And Skin Diseases; Notice of Closed Meetings</SUBJECT>
        <P>Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.</P>
        <P>The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; Program Project Grant Review.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Date:</E>March 24, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time:</E>8 a.m. to 5 p.m.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Agenda:</E>To review and evaluate grant applications.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Place:</E>Hyatt Regency Bethesda, One Bethesda Metro Center, 7400 Wisconsin Avenue, Bethesda, MD 20814.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>Helen Lin, Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Branch, National Institute of Arthritis, Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Democracy Blvd., Suite 800, MSC 4872, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-594-4952,<E T="03">linh1@mail.nih.gov.</E>
          </P>
          
          <P>
            <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; Small Grants Research Review.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Date:</E>April 7, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time:</E>8 a.m. to 5 p.m.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Agenda:</E>To review and evaluate grant applications.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Place:</E>National Institutes of Health, One Democracy Plaza, 6701 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20892, (Virtual Meeting)</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>Eric H. Brown, Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Branch, National Institute of Arthritis, Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Democracy Blvd., Suite 800, MSC 4872, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 594-4955,<E T="03">browneri@mail.nih.gov.</E>
          </P>
          
          <P>
            <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; Rheumatic Disease Center Core Review.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Date:</E>April 13-14, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time:</E>8 a.m. to 5 p.m.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Agenda:</E>To review and evaluate grant applications,</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Place:</E>Gaithersburg Marriott Washingtonian Center, 9751 Washingtonian Boulevard, Gaithersburg, MD 20878.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>Michael L. Bloom, MBA, PhD, Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Branch, National Institute of Arthritis, Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Democracy Blvd., Suite 800, MSC 4872, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-594-4953,<E T="03">bloomm2@mail.nih.gov.</E>
          </P>
          
          <P>
            <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin<PRTPAGE P="13650"/>Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; Loan Repayment Program.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Date:</E>April 15, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time:</E>8 a.m. to 5 p.m.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Agenda:</E>To review and evaluate grant applications.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Place:</E>National Institutes of Health, One Democracy Plaza, 6701 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20892, (Virtual Meeting)</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>Kan Ma, PhD, Scientific Review Officer, National Institute of Arthritis, Musculoskeletal Scientific Review Branch, One Democracy Plaza Suite 800, Bethesda, MD 20892-4872, 301-451-4838,<E T="03">mak2@mail.nih.gov.</E>
          </P>
          
          <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.846, Arthritis, Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 3, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jennifer S. Spaeth,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5792 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences;Notice of Closed Meetings</SUBJECT>
        <P>Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.</P>
        <P>The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences Special Emphasis Panel; Deepwater Horizon Disaster Research Consortia: Impacts on Human Health.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Date:</E>April 6-8, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time:</E>8:30 a.m. to 6 p.m.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Agenda:</E>To review and evaluate grant applications.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Place:</E>Sheraton Imperial Hotel, 4700 Emperor Boulevard, Durham, NC 27703.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>Leroy Worth, PhD, Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Branch, Division of Extramural Research and Training, Nat. Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, P.O. Box 12233, MD EC-30/Room 3171, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, (919) 541-0670,<E T="03">worth@niehs.nih.gov.</E>
          </P>
          
          <P>
            <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences Special Emphasis Panel; Review of Educational Grants with an Environmental Health Focus.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Date:</E>April 6, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time:</E>1 p.m. to 6 p.m.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Agenda:</E>To review and evaluate grant applications.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Place:</E>NIEHS/National Institutes of Health, Building 4401, East Campus, 79 T.W. Alexander Drive, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, (Telephone Conference Call)</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>Linda K Bass, PhD, Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Branch, Division of Extramural Research and Training, Nat'l Institute Environmental Health Sciences, P.O. Box 12233, MD EC-30, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, (919) 541-1307.</P>
          
          <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.115, Biometry and Risk Estimation—Health Risks from Environmental Exposures; 93.142, NIEHS Hazardous Waste Worker Health and Safety Training; 93.143, NIEHS Superfund Hazardous Substances—Basic Research and Education; 93.894, Resources and Manpower Development in the Environmental Health Sciences; 93.113, Biological Response to Environmental Health Hazards; 93.114, Applied Toxicological Research and Testing, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jennifer S. Spaeth,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5791 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health &amp; Human Development; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
        <P>Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
        <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Special Emphasis Panel; Orphans and HIV/AIDS.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Date:</E>April 4, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time:</E>8 a.m. to 5 p.m.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Agenda:</E>To review and evaluate grant applications.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Place:</E>Embassy Suites at the Chevy Chase Pavilion, 4300 Military Road, NW., Washington, DC 20015.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>Michele C. Hindi-Alexander, PhD, Scientific Review Officer, Division Of Scientific Review, Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, NIH, 6100 Executive Blvd., Room 5B01, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-435-8382,<E T="03">hindialm@mail.nih.gov.</E>
          </P>
          
          <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.864, Population Research; 93.865, Research for Mothers and Children; 93.929, Center for Medical Rehabilitation Research; 93.209, Contraception and Infertility Loan Repayment Program, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jennifer S. Spaeth,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5790 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health &amp; Human Development; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
        <P>Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
        <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Special Emphasis Panel; Human Capital Interventions Across Childhood and Adolescence.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Date:</E>April 5, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time:</E>10:30 a.m. to 1:30 p.m.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Agenda:</E>To review and evaluate grant applications.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Place:</E>National Institutes of Health, 6100 Executive Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20852, (Telephone Conference Call)</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>Carla T. Walls, PhD, Scientific Review Officer, Division Of Scientific Review, Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and<PRTPAGE P="13651"/>Human Development, NIH, 6100 Executive Blvd., Room 5B01, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-435-6898,<E T="03">wallsc@mail.nih.gov.</E>
          </P>
          
          <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.864, Population Research; 93.865, Research for Mothers and Children; 93.929, Center for Medical Rehabilitation Research; 93.209, Contraception and Infertility Loan Repayment Program, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jennifer S. Spaeth,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5788 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health &amp; Human Development; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
        <P>Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
        <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Special Emphasis Panel; RFA-HD-10-006: Developmental Mechanisms of Human Structural Birth Defects P01 Review.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Date:</E>April 7-8, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Time:</E>8 a.m. to 6:30 p.m.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Agenda:</E>To review and evaluate grant applications.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Place:</E>Latham Hotel, 3000 M Street, NW., Washington, DC 20007.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>Cathy J. Wedeen, PhD, Scientific Review Officer, Division of Scientific Review, OD, Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, NIH, 6100 Executive Blvd., Room 5B01-G, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-496-1485,<E T="03">wedeenc@csr.nih.gov.</E>
          </P>
          
          <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.864, Population Research; 93.865, Research for Mothers and Children; 93.929, Center for Medical Rehabilitation Research; 93.209, Contraception and Infertility Loan Repayment Program, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jennifer S. Spaeth,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5797 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Emergency Management Agency</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID: FEMA-2011-0006]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request, 1660-0103; Property Acquisition and Relocation for Open Space</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice; 60-day notice and request for comments; extension, without change, of a currently approved information collection; OMB No. 1660-0103; FEMA Form 086-0-31 (previously FEMA Form 81-112), Statement of Voluntary Participation for Acquisition of Property for Purpose of Open Space.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Federal Emergency Management Agency, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on a proposed extension, without change, of a currently approved information collection. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice seeks comments concerning the Property Acquisition and Relocation for Open Space process as part of the administration of FEMA's mitigation grant programs.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be submitted on or before May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>To avoid duplicate submissions to the docket, please use only one of the following means to submit comments:</P>
          <P>(1)<E T="03">Online.</E>Submit comments at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>under Docket ID FEMA-2011-0006. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>(2)<E T="03">Mail.</E>Submit written comments to Docket Manager, Office of Chief Counsel, DHS/FEMA, 500 C Street, SW., Room 835, Washington, DC 20472-3100.</P>
          <P>(3)<E T="03">Facsimile.</E>Submit comments to (703) 483-2999.</P>
          <P>(4)<E T="03">E-mail.</E>Submit comments to<E T="03">FEMA-POLICY@dhs.gov.</E>Include Docket ID FEMA-2011-0006 in the subject line.</P>

          <P>All submissions received must include the agency name and Docket ID. Regardless of the method used for submitting comments or material, all submissions will be posted, without change, to the Federal eRulemaking Portal at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>and will include any personal information you provide. Therefore, submitting this information makes it public. You may wish to read the Privacy Act notice that is available via the link in the footer of<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Cecelia Rosenberg, Grants Policy Branch Chief, FEMA, Mitigation Directorate, (202) 646-3321 for additional information. You may contact the Records Management Division for copies of the proposed collection of information at facsimile number (202) 646-3347 or e-mail address:<E T="03">FEMA-Information-Collections-Management@dhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>Regulations implementing Property Acquisition and Relocation for Open Space are codified at 44 CFR part 80. These regulations govern property acquisitions for the creation of open space under all of FEMA mitigation grant programs authorized under both the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 5121-5207, and the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 4001<E T="03">et seq.</E>Acquisition and relocation of property for open space use is one of the most common mitigation activities and is an eligible activity type authorized for Federal grant funds under all of FEMA mitigation grant programs. FEMA mitigation grant programs require all properties acquired with FEMA funds to be deed restricted and maintained as open space in perpetuity. This ensures that no future risks from hazards occur to life or structures on that property, and no future disaster assistance or insurance payments are made as a result of damages to that property. This extension of a currently approved collection of information is necessary to establish uniform requirements for State and local implementation of acquisition activities, and to enforce open space maintenance and monitoring requirements for properties acquired with FEMA mitigation grant funds.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Collection of Information</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Property Acquisition and Relocation for Open Space.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Information Collection:</E>Extension, without change, of a<PRTPAGE P="13652"/>currently approved information collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>1660-0103.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Titles and Numbers:</E>FEMA Form 086-0-31 (previously FEMA Form 81-112), Statement of Voluntary Participation for Acquisition of Property for Purpose of Open Space.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>FEMA and State and local recipients of FEMA mitigation grant programs will use the information collected to meet the Property Acquisition requirements to implement acquisition activities under the terms of grant agreements for acquisition and relocation activities. FEMA and State/local grant recipients will also use the information to monitor and enforce the open space requirements for all properties acquired with FEMA mitigation grants.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>State, local or Tribal Government; individuals or households.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>11,273 hours.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r75,8,8,8,xs46,8,8,12" COLS="9" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Estimated Annualized Burden Hours and Costs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Type of respondent</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Form name/Form number</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of responses per respondent</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total number of responses</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Avg. burden per<LI>response</LI>
              <LI>(in hours)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total<LI>annual</LI>
              <LI>burden</LI>
              <LI>(in hours)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Avg. hourly wage rate</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total annual respondent cost</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Individuals or Households</ENT>
            <ENT>Property Owners Voluntary Participation Statements/FEMA Form 086-0-31 (previously FEMA Form 81-112)</ENT>
            <ENT>56</ENT>
            <ENT>40</ENT>
            <ENT>2240</ENT>
            <ENT>1 hour</ENT>
            <ENT>2240</ENT>
            <ENT>$27.38</ENT>
            <ENT>$61,331.20</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">State, Local, and Tribal Government</ENT>
            <ENT>States Review and Submit Deed Restrictions/No Form</ENT>
            <ENT>56</ENT>
            <ENT>40</ENT>
            <ENT>2240</ENT>
            <ENT>4 hours</ENT>
            <ENT>8960</ENT>
            <ENT>67.73</ENT>
            <ENT>606,860.80</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">State, Local, and Tribal Government</ENT>
            <ENT>State Officials Reporting Requirements/No Form</ENT>
            <ENT>56</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>56</ENT>
            <ENT>1.3 (1 hour and 18 minutes)</ENT>
            <ENT>72.8</ENT>
            <ENT>67.73</ENT>
            <ENT>4,930.74</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">State, Local, and Tribal Government</ENT>
            <ENT>Transfer Certification/No Form</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
            <ENT I="01">State, Local, and Tribal Government</ENT>
            <ENT>Enforcement Notices/No Form</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>56</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>4,356</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>11,273</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>673,122.74</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Cost:</E>There are no operation and maintenance, or capital and start-up costs associated with this collection of information.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
        <P>Comments may be submitted as indicated in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>caption above. Comments are solicited to (a) Evaluate whether the proposed data collection is necessary for the proper performance of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, e.g., permitting electronic submission of responses.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Lesia M. Banks,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Records Management Division, Mission Support Bureau, Federal Emergency Management Agency, Department of Homeland Security.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5827 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-13-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Emergency Management Agency</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID: FEMA-2011-0007]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request, 1660-0104; Severe Repetitive Loss (SRL) Appeals</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice; 60-day notice and request for comments; extension, without change, of a currently approved information collection; OMB No. 1660-0104; FEMA Form—None.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Federal Emergency Management Agency, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on a proposed extension, without change, of a currently approved information collection. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice seeks comments concerning the Severe Repetitive Loss (SRL) Program appeals process.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be submitted on or before May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>To avoid duplicate submissions to the docket, please use only one of the following means to submit comments:</P>
          <P>(1)<E T="03">Online.</E>Submit comments at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>under Docket ID FEMA-2011-0007. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>(2)<E T="03">Mail.</E>Submit written comments to Docket Manager, Office of Chief Counsel, DHS/FEMA, 500 C Street, SW., Room 835, Washington, DC 20472-3100.</P>
          <P>(3)<E T="03">Facsimile.</E>Submit comments to (703) 483-2999.</P>
          <P>(4)<E T="03">E-mail.</E>Submit comments to<E T="03">FEMA-POLICY@dhs.gov.</E>Include Docket ID FEMA-2011-0007 in the subject line.<PRTPAGE P="13653"/>
          </P>

          <P>All submissions received must include the agency name and Docket ID. Regardless of the method used for submitting comments or material, all submissions will be posted, without change, to the Federal eRulemaking Portal at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>and will include any personal information you provide. Therefore, submitting this information makes it public. You may wish to read the Privacy Act notice that is available via the link in the footer of<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Cecelia Rosenberg, Grants Policy Branch Chief, FEMA, Mitigation Directorate, (202) 646-3321 for additional information. You may contact the Records Management Division for copies of the proposed collection of information at facsimile number (202) 646-3347 or e-mail address:<E T="03">FEMA-Information-Collections-Management@dhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>FEMA's regulations implementing the SRL program appeals process, authorized by the Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 4102a) are located at 44 CFR 79.7(d). This information collection outlines the process by which any owner of a severe repetitive loss of property may appeal a FEMA decision that would increase the chargeable insurance premium rate on the property. This process requires the owner to submit a written appeal, including any supporting documentation, to FEMA within 90 days of the notice of the insurance increase. Much of the supporting documentation for SRL applications is covered under a separate collection, OMB No. 1660-0072, Mitigation Grant Programs (e-Grants). Although much of the supporting documentation has already been submitted in the original application for SRL grant funds, the property owner may submit any additional documentation that supports their appeal. Without this required information, FEMA will be unable to implement the appeals process for the SRL program, and will be in violation of the requirements under the Flood Insurance Act of 1968, 42 U.S.C. 4102a.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Collection of Information</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Severe Repetitive Loss (SRL) Appeals.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Information Collection:</E>Extension, without change, of a currently approved information collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>1660-0104.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Titles and Numbers:</E>None.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>The SRL program provides property owners with the ability to appeal an increase in their flood insurance premium rate if they refuse an offer of mitigation under this program. The property owner must submit information to FEMA to support their appeal.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Individuals or Households.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>100 hours.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,10,10,10,10,10,10,10" COLS="9" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Estimated Annualized Burden Hours and Costs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Type of respondent</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Form name/Form number</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of respondents</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of responses per<LI>respondent</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total No. of responses</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Avg. burden per<LI>response</LI>
              <LI>(in hours)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total annual burden<LI>(in hours)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Avg. hourly wage rate</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total annual respondent cost</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">Individuals or Households</ENT>
            <ENT>Appeals Written Request and Supporting Documentation/No. Form</ENT>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>$23.94</ENT>
            <ENT>$2,394</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>2,394</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Cost:</E>The estimated annual operations and maintenance costs for SRL appeals is $30,488. There is no annual start-up or capital costs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
        <P>Comments may be submitted as indicated in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>caption above. Comments are solicited to (a) evaluate whether the proposed data collection is necessary for the proper performance of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>permitting electronic submission of responses.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Lesia M. Banks,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Records Management Division, Mission Support Bureau,  Federal Emergency Management Agency, Department of Homeland Security.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5825 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-13-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Emergency Management Agency</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Internal Agency Docket No. FEMA-1958-DR; Docket ID FEMA-2011-0001]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Connecticut; Major Disaster and Related Determinations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This is a notice of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for the State of Connecticut (FEMA-1958-DR), dated March 3, 2011, and related determinations.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>March 3, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Peggy Miller, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-3886.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>Notice is hereby given that, in a letter dated March 3, 2011, the President issued a major disaster declaration under the authority of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121<E T="03">et seq.</E>(the “Stafford Act”), as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>

          <P>I have determined that the damage in certain areas of the State of Connecticut resulting from a snowstorm during the period of January 11-12, 2011, is of sufficient severity and magnitude to warrant a major<PRTPAGE P="13654"/>disaster declaration under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121<E T="03">et seq.</E>(the “Stafford Act”). Therefore, I declare that such a major disaster exists in the State of Connecticut.</P>
          <P>In order to provide Federal assistance, you are hereby authorized to allocate from funds available for these purposes such amounts as you find necessary for Federal disaster assistance and administrative expenses.</P>
          <P>You are authorized to provide Public Assistance in the designated areas and Hazard Mitigation throughout the State. You are further authorized to provide emergency protective measures, including snow assistance, under the Public Assistance program for any continuous 48-hour period during or proximate to the incident period. You may extend the period of assistance, as warranted. This assistance excludes regular time costs for the sub-grantees' regular employees. Consistent with the requirement that Federal assistance is supplemental, any Federal funds provided under the Stafford Act for Public Assistance and Hazard Mitigation will be limited to 75 percent of the total eligible costs.</P>
          <P>Further, you are authorized to make changes to this declaration for the approved assistance to the extent allowable under the Stafford Act.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <P>The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, Albert Lewis, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this major disaster.</P>
        <P>The following areas of the State of Connecticut have been designated as adversely affected by this major disaster:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>Fairfield, Hartford, Litchfield, New Haven, New London, and Tolland Counties and the Tribal Lands of the Mashantucket Pequot and the Mohegan Tribal Nations located entirely within New London County for Public Assistance.</P>
          <P>Fairfield, Hartford, Litchfield, New London, and Tolland Counties and the Tribal Lands of the Mashantucket Pequot and the Mohegan Tribal Nations located entirely within New London County for emergency protective measures (Category B), including snow assistance, under the Public Assistance program for any continuous 48-hour period during or proximate to the incident period. The assistance for New Haven County will be provided for a period of 72 hours.</P>
          <P>All counties within the State of Connecticut are eligible to apply for assistance under the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program.</P>
          
          <FP>The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>W. Craig Fugate,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator, Federal Emergency Management Agency.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5820 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9111-23-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Emergency Management Agency</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Internal Agency Docket No. FEMA-1959-DR; Docket ID FEMA-2011-0001]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Massachusetts; Major Disaster and Related Determinations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This is a notice of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (FEMA-1959-DR), dated March 7, 2011, and related determinations.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>March 7, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Peggy Miller, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-3886.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>Notice is hereby given that, in a letter dated March 7, 2011, the President issued a major disaster declaration under the authority of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121<E T="03">et seq.</E>(the “Stafford Act”), as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>

          <P>I have determined that the damage in certain areas of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts resulting from a severe winter storm and snowstorm during the period of January 11-12, 2011, is of sufficient severity and magnitude to warrant a major disaster declaration under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121<E T="03">et seq.</E>(the “Stafford Act”). Therefore, I declare that such a major disaster exists in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.</P>
          <P>In order to provide Federal assistance, you are hereby authorized to allocate from funds available for these purposes such amounts as you find necessary for Federal disaster assistance and administrative expenses.</P>
          <P>You are authorized to provide assistance for debris removal and emergency protective measures (Categories A and B) under the Public Assistance program in the designated areas and Hazard Mitigation throughout the Commonwealth. You are further authorized to provide emergency protective measures, including snow assistance, under the Public Assistance program for any continuous 48-hour period during or proximate to the incident period. You may extend the period of assistance, as warranted. This assistance excludes regular time costs for the sub-grantees' regular employees. Consistent with the requirement that Federal assistance is supplemental, any Federal funds provided under the Stafford Act for Public Assistance and Hazard Mitigation will be limited to 75 percent of the total eligible costs.</P>
          <P>Further, you are authorized to make changes to this declaration for the approved assistance to the extent allowable under the Stafford Act.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <P>The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, James N. Russo, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this major disaster.</P>
        <P>The following areas of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts have been designated as adversely affected by this major disaster:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>Berkshire, Essex, Hampshire, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Suffolk Counties for debris removal and emergency protective measures (Categories A and B) under the Public Assistance program.</P>
          
          <P>Essex, Hampshire, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Suffolk for emergency protective measures (Category B), including snow assistance, under the Public Assistance program for any continuous 48-hour period during or proximate to the incident period. The assistance for Berkshire County will be provided for a period of 72 hours.</P>
          
          <P>All counties in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts are eligible to apply for assistance under the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program.</P>
          

          <FP>(The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households in Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance<PRTPAGE P="13655"/>(Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>W. Craig Fugate,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator, Federal Emergency Management Agency.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5824 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9111-23-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Emergency Management Agency</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Internal Agency Docket No. FEMA-1957-DR; Docket ID FEMA-2011-0001]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>New York; Amendment No. 1 to Notice of a Major Disaster Declaration</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This notice amends the notice of a major disaster declaration for the State of New York (FEMA-1957-DR), dated February 18, 2011, and related determinations.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>March 7, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Peggy Miller, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-3886.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The notice of a major disaster declaration for the State of New York is hereby amended to include the following areas among those areas determined to have been adversely affected by the event declared a major disaster by the President in his declaration of February 18, 2011.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>Bronx and Queens Counties for emergency protective measures (Category B), including snow assistance, under the Public Assistance program for any continuous 48-hour period during or proximate to the incident period.</P>
          
          <FP>The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050 Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>W. Craig Fugate,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator, Federal Emergency Management Agency.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5823 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9111-23-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>U.S. Customs and Border Protection</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Ship's Store Declaration</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>30-Day notice and request for comments; Extension of an existing information collection: 1651-0018.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) of the Department of Homeland Security will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act: Ship's Stores Declaration (CBP Form 1303). This is a proposed extension of an information collection that was previously approved. CBP is proposing that this information collection be extended with a change to the burden hours. This document is published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies. This proposed information collection was previously published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(76 FR 2403) on January 13, 2011, allowing for a 60-day comment period. This notice allows for an additional 30 days for public comments. This process is conducted in accordance with 5 CFR 1320.10.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments should be received on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on this proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Comments should be addressed to the OMB Desk Officer for Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security, and sent via electronic mail to<E T="03">oira_submission@omb.eop.gov</E>or faxed to (202) 395-5806.</P>
        </ADD>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) encourages the general public and affected Federal agencies to submit written comments and suggestions on proposed and/or continuing information collection requests pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act (Pub. L. 104-13). Your comments should address one of the following four points:</P>
        <P>(1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency/component, including whether the information will have practical utility;</P>
        <P>(2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agencies/components estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</P>
        <P>(3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and</P>
        <P>(4) Minimize the burden of the collections of information on those who are to respond, including the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological techniques or other forms of information.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Ship's Stores Declaration.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>1651-0018.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Number:</E>CBP Form 1303.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>CBP Form 1303, Ship's Stores Declaration, is used by the carriers to declare articles to be retained on board the vessel, such as sea stores, ship's stores, controlled narcotic drugs, bunker coal, or bunker oil in a format that can be readily audited and checked by CBP. The form was developed as a single international standard ship's stores declaration form to replace the different forms used by various countries for the entrance and clearance of vessels. CBP Form 1303 collects information about the ship, the ports of arrival and departure, and the articles on the ship. It is pursuant to the provisions of section 432, Tariff Act of 1930 and provided for by 19 CFR 4.7, 4.7a, 4.81, 4.85, &amp; 4.87. This form is accessible at<E T="03">http://forms.cbp.gov/pdf/CBP_Form_1303.pdf.</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>CBP proposes to extend the expiration date of this information collection with no change to the burden hours or to the information being collected.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>Extension (without change)</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Businesses.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>8,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Responses per Respondent:</E>13.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Total Annual Responses:</E>104,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours:</E>26,000.</P>

        <P>If additional information is required contact: Tracey Denning, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Regulations and Rulings, Office of International Trade, 799 9th Street, NW., 5th Floor,<PRTPAGE P="13656"/>Washington, DC 20229-1177, at 202-325-0265.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Tracey Denning,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Agency Clearance Officer, U.S. Customs and Border Protection.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5713 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9111-14-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FR-5480-N-19]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Submission of Proposed Information Collection to OMB Economic Opportunities for Low and Very Low Income Persons</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The proposed information collection requirement described below has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act. The Department is soliciting public comments on the subject proposal.</P>
          <P>This information collection will facilitate the collection of Section 3 information to assess the impact of HUD-assisted activities on enhancing the economic opportunities for lower persons and the use of businesses that employ low-income persons.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Comments Due Date:</E>April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB approval Number (2529-0043) and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; e-mail<E T="03">OIRA-Submission@omb.eop.gov fax:</E>202-395-5806.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20410; e-mail Colette Pollard at<E T="03">Colette.Pollard@hud.gov;</E>or telephone (202) 402-3400. This is not a toll-free number. Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>This notice informs the public that the Department of Housing and Urban Development has submitted to OMB a request for approval of the Information collection described below. This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affecting agencies concerning the proposed collection of information to: (1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology, e.g., permitting electronic submission of responses.</P>
        <P>This notice also lists the following information:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title of Proposal:</E>Economic Opportunities for Low and Very Low Income Persons.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Approval Number:</E>2529-0043.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Numbers:</E>HUD-60002, HUD-60003, HUD-958.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of the Need for the Information and its Proposed Use:</E>This information collection will facilitate the collection of Section 3 information to assess the impact of HUD-assisted activities on enhancing the economic opportunities for lower persons and the use of businesses that employ low-income persons.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Submission:</E>On occasion, Annually.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,12C,12C,2,12C,2,12C" COLS="7" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Annual<LI>responses</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">×</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Hours per<LI>response</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">=</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Burden hours</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Reporting Burden</ENT>
            <ENT>5,050</ENT>
            <ENT>1.990</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>3.985</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>40,050</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Estimated Burden Hours:</E>40,050.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Status:</E>Extension of a currently approved collection</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 35, as amended.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Colette Pollard,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Departmental Reports Management Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5811 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4210-67-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FR-5480-N-22]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Submission of Proposed Information Collection to OMB Requirement for Contractors to provide Certificates of Insurance for Capital Program Projects</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The proposed information collection requirement described below has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act. The Department is soliciting public comments on the subject proposal.</P>
          <P>Public Housing Agencies must obtain certificates of insurance from contractors and subcontractors before beginning work under either the development of a new low-income public housing project or the modernization of an existing project. The certificates of insurance provide evidence that worker's compensation and general liability, automobile liability insurance are in force before any construction work is started.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Comments Due Date:</E>April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB approval Number (2577-0046) and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; e-mail<E T="03">OIRA-Submission@omb.eop.gov</E>
            <E T="03">fax:</E>202-395-5806.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Colette Pollard, Reports Management<PRTPAGE P="13657"/>Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20410; e-mail Colette Pollard at<E T="03">Colette.Pollard@hud.gov;</E>or telephone (202) 402-3400. This is not a toll-free number. Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>This notice informs the public that the Department of Housing and Urban Development has submitted to OMB a request for approval of the Information collection described below. This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affecting agencies concerning the proposed collection of information to: (1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology, e.g., permitting electronic submission of responses.</P>
        <P>This notice also lists the following information:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title of Proposal:</E>Requirement for Contractors to provide Certificates of Insurance for Capital Program Projects.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Approval Number:</E>2577-0046.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Numbers:</E>None.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of the Need For the Information and its Proposed Use:</E>Public Housing Agencies must obtain certificates of insurance from contractors and subcontractors before beginning work under either the development of a new low-income public housing project or the modernization of an existing project. The certificates of insurance provide evidence that worker's compensation and general liability, automobile liability insurance are in force before any construction work is started.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Submission:</E>On occasion.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12C,12C,2,12C,2,12C" COLS="7" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Annual<LI>responses</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">×</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Hours per<LI>response</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">=</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Burden hours</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Reporting Burden</ENT>
            <ENT>3,000</ENT>
            <ENT>4</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>6,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Estimated Burden Hours:</E>6,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Status:</E>Extension of a currently approved collection.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 35, as amended.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Colette Pollard,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Departmental Reports Management Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5804 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4210-67-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FR-5480-N-20]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Submission of Proposed Information Collection to OMB Compliance Inspection Report/Mortgagee's Assurance of Completion</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The proposed information collection requirement described below has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act. The Department is soliciting public comments on the subject proposal.</P>
          <P>Information collected ensures newly built homes financed with FHA mortgage insurance are constructed in accordance with acceptable building standards and that deficiencies found in newly constructed and existing dwellings are corrected.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Comments Due Date:</E>April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB approval Number (2502-0189) and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; e-mail<E T="03">OIRA-Submission@omb.eop.gov</E>fax: 202-395-5806.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20410; e-mail Colette Pollard at<E T="03">Colette.Pollard@hud.gov;</E>or telephone (202) 402-3400. This is not a toll-free number. Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>This notice informs the public that the Department of Housing and Urban Development has submitted to OMB a request for approval of the Information collection described below. This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affecting agencies concerning the proposed collection of information to: (1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>permitting electronic submission of responses.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">This notice also lists the following information:</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title of Proposal:</E>Compliance Inspection Report/Mortgagee's Assurance of Completion.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Approval Number:</E>2502-0189.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Numbers:</E>HUD-92300, HUD 92051.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of the Need for the Information and its Proposed Use:</E>Information collected ensures newly built homes financed with FHA mortgage insurance are constructed in accordance with acceptable building standards and that deficiencies found in newly constructed and existing dwellings are corrected.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Submission:</E>On occasion.<PRTPAGE P="13658"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,12C,12C,2,12C,2,12C" COLS="7" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Annual<LI>responses</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">×</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Hours per<LI>response</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">=</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Burden hours</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Reporting Burden</ENT>
            <ENT>37,440</ENT>
            <ENT>16.641</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>0.248</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>154,667</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Estimated Burden Hours:</E>154,667.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Status:</E>Extension of a currently approved collection.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 35, as amended.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Colette Pollard,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Departmental Reports Management Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5807 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4210-67-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FR-5480-N-21]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Submission of Proposed Information Collection to OMB Technical Suitability of Products Program</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The proposed information collection requirement described below has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act. The Department is soliciting public comments on the subject proposal.</P>
          <P>This information is required under HUD's Technical Suitability of Products Program to determine the acceptance of materials and products to be used in structures approved for mortgages insured under the National Housing Act. Respondents are manufacturers seeking acceptance of their products by HUD.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Comments Due Date:</E>April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB approval Number (2502-0313) and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; e-mail<E T="03">OIRA-Submission@omb.eop.gov</E>
            <E T="03">fax:</E>202-395-5806.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20410; e-mail Colette Pollard at<E T="03">Colette.Pollard@hud.gov;</E>or telephone (202) 402-3400. This is not a toll-free number. Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>This notice informs the public that the Department of Housing and Urban Development has submitted to OMB a request for approval of the Information collection described below. This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affecting agencies concerning the proposed collection of information to: (1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>permitting electronic submission of responses.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">This notice also lists the following information:</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title of Proposal:</E>Technical Suitability of Products Program.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Approval Number:</E>2502-0313.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Numbers:</E>HUD-92005.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of the Need for the Information and its Proposed Use:</E>
        </P>
        <P>This information is required under HUD's Technical Suitability of Products Program to determine the acceptance of materials and products to be used in structures approved for mortgages insured under the National Housing Act. Respondents are manufacturers seeking acceptance of their products by HUD.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Submission:</E>On occasion.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12C,12C,2,12C,2,12C" COLS="7" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Annual<LI>responses</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">×</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Hours per<LI>response</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">=</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Burden hours</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Reporting Burden</ENT>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
            <ENT>0.52</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>78.846</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>2,050</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Estimated Burden Hours:</E>2,050.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Status:</E>Extension without change of a currently approved collection.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 35, as amended.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Colette Pollard,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Departmental Reports Management Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5805 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4210-67-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>U.S. Geological Survey</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[USGS-GX.10.LC00.BM3P2.00]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Comment Request</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of an extension of an existing information collection (1028-0078).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We (the U.S. Geological Survey) will ask the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to approve the information collection (IC) for the North American Amphibian Monitoring Program (NAAMP). As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, and as part of our continuing efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, we invite the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on this IC. This IC is scheduled to expire on July 31, 2011.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>To ensure that we are able to consider your comments on this IC we must receive them on or before May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <PRTPAGE P="13659"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Please submit a copy of your comments to Phadrea Ponds, Information Collection Clearance Officer, U.S. Geological Survey, 2150-C Centre Avenue, Fort Collins, CO 80526-8118 (mail); 970-226-9445 (phone); 970-226-9230 (fax); or<E T="03">pondsp@usgs.gov</E>(e-mail). Please reference Information Collection 1028-0078 in the subject line.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Linda Weir at 301-497-5932 or by mail at U.S. Geological Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Research Center, 12100 Beech Forest Road, Laurel, Maryland 20708-4038.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Abstract</HD>

        <P>This information collection pertains to volunteers who contribute their time to conduct frog call surveys at assigned survey routes that are part of the North American Amphibian Monitoring Program. Volunteers use an on-line data entry system to submit their data. This information is used by scientists and federal, state, and local agencies to monitor amphibian populations and detect population trends. Responses are voluntary. Please go to:<E T="03">http://www.pwrc.usgs.gov/naamp</E>for more information about the NAAMP.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Data</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>1028-0078.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>North American Amphibian Monitoring Program (NAAMP).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>Extension of a currently approved collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>General public; individual households.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondent Obligation:</E>Voluntary.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Collection:</E>3 times per year.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Annual Responses:</E>1,700.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Annual Burden Hours:</E>5,100 hours. We estimate an average of 3 hours per response. This includes driving time to and from the survey route locations; listening periods at each sampling station; and data entry.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Reporting and Recordkeeping “Non-Hour Cost” Burden:</E>The estimated non-hour cost for this collection includes: A thermometer (a one-time cost per respondent) and mileage. The thermometer is needed to record air temperature during the survey. The cost of such thermometers is approximately $15. The total operational costs consist of a mileage estimate in accomplishing a survey, calculated by using the mileage reimbursement rate of $0.50 cents per mile (as used in travel reimbursement for federal employees) times 15 miles (the approximate distance of a calling survey route), for a total of $7.50 per survey.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Public Disclosure Statement:</E>The PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501,<E T="03">et seq.</E>) provides that an agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Request for Comments</HD>
        <P>We are soliciting comments as to: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the agency to perform its duties, including whether the information is useful; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) how to enhance the quality, usefulness, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) how to minimize the burden on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
        <P>Please note that the comments submitted in response to this notice are a matter of public record. We will include or summarize each comment in our request to OMB to approve this IC. Before including your address, phone number, e-mail address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask OMB in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that it will be done.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">USGS Information Collection Clearance Officer:</E>Phadrea Ponds 970-226-9445.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Ken Williams,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Associate Director for Ecosystems.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5754 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4311-AM-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Bureau of Land Management</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[LLWY-957400-11-L14200000-BJ0000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Filing of Plats of Survey, Wyoming and Nebraska</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Bureau of Land Management, Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) has filed the plats of survey of the lands described below in the BLM Wyoming State Office, Cheyenne, Wyoming, on the dates indicated.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Bureau of Land Management, 5353 Yellowstone Road, P.O. Box 1828, Cheyenne, Wyoming 82003.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>These surveys were executed at the request of the Bureau of Land Management and U.S. Forest Service, and are necessary for the management of resources. The lands surveyed are:</P>
        <P>The plat and field notes representing the dependent resurvey of a portion of the north boundary and subdivisional lines and the survey of the subdivision of certain sections, Township 31 North, Range 48 West, Sixth Principal Meridian, Nebraska, Group No. 167, was accepted November 4, 2010.</P>
        <P>The supplemental plat correcting the measurements between sections 27 and 28, and the areas of the lots, Township 51 North, Range 73 West, Sixth Principal Meridian, Wyoming, Group No. 832, was accepted November 29, 2010.</P>
        <P>The plat and field notes representing the dependent resurvey of a portion of the north and west boundaries, and the subdivisional lines, Township 21 North, Range 95 West, Sixth Principal Meridian, Wyoming, Group No. 809, was accepted January 18, 2011.</P>
        <P>The plat and field notes representing the retracement of a portion of the Wyoming-Colorado State Boundary, through Range 91 West, and the dependent resurvey of a portion of the subdivisional lines, and the subdivision of Section 17, Township 12 North, Range 91 West, Sixth Principal Meridian, Wyoming, Group No. 810, was accepted January 18, 2011.</P>
        <P>The plat and field notes representing the retracement of a portion of the Wyoming-Colorado State Boundary, through Range 90 West, and the dependent resurvey of a portion of the subdivisional lines, and the subdivision of section 15, Township 12 North, Range 90 West, Sixth Principal Meridian, Wyoming, Group No. 811, was accepted January 18, 2011.</P>
        <P>The plat and field notes representing the dependent resurvey of a portion of the east boundary, a portion of the subdivisional lines, and the subdivision of sections 13 and 14, Township 32 North, Range 114 West, Sixth Principal Meridian, Wyoming, Group No. 815, was accepted February 24, 2011.</P>

        <P>The plat and field notes representing the dependent resurvey of a portion of the west boundary and a portion of the subdivisional lines, and the subdivision of section 7, Township 28 North, Range 76 West, Sixth Principal Meridian,<PRTPAGE P="13660"/>Wyoming, Group No. 818, was accepted February 24, 2011.</P>
        <P>The plat and field notes representing the dependent resurvey of a portion of the south boundary, portions of the subdivisional lines, subdivision of Section 34, and the metes-and-bounds survey of Lot 2, Section 34, Township 16 North, Range 118 West, Sixth Principal Meridian, Wyoming, Group No. 819, was accepted February 24, 2011.</P>
        <P>The plat and field notes representing the corrective dependent resurvey of a portion of the subdivisional lines and a portion of the subdivision of sections 24 and 25, Township 49 North, Range 63 West, Sixth Principal Meridian, Wyoming, Group No. 829, was accepted February 24, 2011.</P>
        <P>The supplemental plat revising the westerly boundary of parcel G, section 10, surveyed under Group No. 716, to form Parcel H, section 10, Township 1 South, Range 1 West, Wind River Meridian, Wyoming, Group No. 835, was accepted February 24, 2011.</P>
        <P>Copies of the preceding described plats and field notes are available to the public at a cost of $1.10 per page.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>John P. Lee,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief Cadastral Surveyor, Division of Support Services.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5769 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-22-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Bureau of Land Management</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[LLAK910000-L13100000.PP0000-L.X.SS.052L0000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Public Meeting, BLM-Alaska Resource Advisory Council</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Bureau of Land Management, Alaska State Office, Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of public meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In accordance with the Federal Land Policy and Management Act (FLPMA) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (FACA), the U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Alaska Resource Advisory Council (RAC) will meet as indicated below.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The meeting will be held April 26-27, 2011, in the National Business Center Aviation Management, Alaska Regional Office, 4405 Lear Court, Anchorage, Alaska 99502. On April 26, the meeting starts at 1 p.m. in the training room. On April 27, the meeting begins in the same location at 9 a.m. and the council will accept public comment from 11 a.m.-noon.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Thom Jennings, RAC Coordinator; BLM-Alaska State Office; 222 W. 7th Avenue #13; Anchorage, AK 99513. Telephone 907-271-3546 or 907-271-4418 or e-mail<E T="03">tjenning@blm.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The 15-member Council advises the Secretary of the Interior, through the Bureau of Land Management, on a variety of planning and management issues associated with public land management in Alaska. At this meeting, topics planned for discussion include:</P>
        <P>• Manager reports</P>
        <P>• Wild Lands Policy</P>
        <P>• Resource management planning</P>
        <P>• Other topics of interest to the RAC</P>
        <P>All meetings are open to the public. Depending on the number of people wishing to comment and time available, the time for individual oral comments may be limited, so be prepared to submit written comments if necessary. Before including your address, phone number, e-mail address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.</P>
        <P>Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation, transportation, or other reasonable accommodations, should contact the BLM RAC Coordinator listed above.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Bud C. Cribley,</NAME>
          <TITLE>State Director.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5767 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-JA-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Investigation No. 731-TA-1088 (Final)]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Polyvinyl Alcohol From Taiwan</SUBJECT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Determination</HD>
        <P>On the basis of the record<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>developed in the subject investigation, the United States International Trade Commission (Commission) determines, pursuant to section 735(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1673d(b)) (the Act), that an industry in the United States is materially injured by reason of imports from Taiwan of polyvinyl alcohol, provided for under subheading 3905.30.00 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States, that have been found by the Department of Commerce (Commerce) to be sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV).<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>The record is defined in sec. 207.2(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 207.2(f)).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>Chairman Deanna Tanner Okun and Commissioner Daniel R. Pearson made negative determinations.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>The Commission instituted this investigation effective September 7, 2004, following receipt of a petition filed with the Commission and Commerce by Celanese Chemicals, Ltd., Dallas, TX. The final phase of the investigation was scheduled by the Commission following notification of a preliminary determination by Commerce that imports of polyvinyl alcohol from Taiwan were being sold at LTFV within the meaning of section 733(b) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1673b(b)). Notice of the scheduling of the final phase of the Commission's investigation and of a public hearing to be held in connection therewith was given by posting copies of the notice in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, Washington, DC, and by publishing the notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of October 4, 2010 (75 FR 61175). The hearing was held in Washington, DC, on January 25, 2011, and all persons who requested the opportunity were permitted to appear in person or by counsel.</P>

        <P>The Commission transmitted its determination in this investigation to the Secretary of Commerce on March 9, 2011. The views of the Commission are contained in USITC Publication 4218 (March 2011), entitled<E T="03">Polyvinyl Alcohol from Taiwan: Investigation No. 731-TA-1088 (Final).</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
          
          <DATED>Issued: March 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>James R. Holbein,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5840 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="13661"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Investigation No. 337-TA-587]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>In the Matter of Certain Connecting Devices (“Quick Clamps”) for Use With Modular Compressed Air Conditioning Units, Including Filters, Regulators, and Lubricators (“FRL's”) That Are Part of Larger Pneumatic Systems and the FRL Units They Connect; Notice of Commission Decision To Reverse an Initial Determination on Remando the Administrative Law Judge; Termination of the Investigation With a Determination of no Violation of Section 337 Because the Asserted Claims of the Asserted Patent Are Invalid for Obviousness</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. International Trade Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has determined to reverse the initial determination on remand (“RID”) of the presiding administrative law judge (“ALJ”) and has terminated the investigation with a finding of no violation of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930 because the asserted claims of U.S. Patent No. 5,372,392 (“the `392 patent”) are invalid for obviousness.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Mark B. Rees, Office of the General Counsel, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-3116. Copies of non-confidential documents filed in connection with this investigation are or will be available for inspection during official business hours (8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m.) in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at<E T="03">http://www.usitc.gov.</E>The public record for this investigation may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at<E T="03">http://edis.usitc.gov.</E>Hearing-impaired persons are advised that information on this matter can be obtained by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on (202) 205-1810.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The Commission instituted this investigation on November 13, 2006, based on a complaint filed by Norgren, Inc. (“Norgren”) of Littleton, Colorado. 71 FR 66193 (Nov. 13, 2006). An amended complaint was filed on October 25, 2006. A supplement to the complaint was filed on November 1, 2006. The amended complaint alleged violations of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1337) in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, or the sale within the United States after importation of certain devices for modular compressed air conditioning units and the FRL units they connect by reason of infringement of certain claims of the `392 patent. The amended complaint also alleged that a domestic industry exists with regard to the `392 patent under subsection (a)(2) of section 337. The amended complaint named SMC Corp. of Japan; SMC Corporation of America of Indianapolis, Indiana (collectively, “SMC”); AIRTAC of China; and MFD Pneumatics (“MFD”) of Chicago, Illinois as the respondents and requested a limited exclusion order and a cease and desist order. On July 13, 2007, the Commission determined not to review an ID terminating the investigation with respect to MFD and AIRTAC on the basis of a consent order stipulation and consent order.</P>
        <P>On February 13, 2008, the ALJ issued his final ID finding no violation of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1337). Specifically, the ALJ found that there had been an importation of SMC's accused products and that none of the accused products infringe the asserted claims of the `392 patent. He also found that the asserted claims are not invalid due to obviousness. He further found that Norgren satisfies the domestic industry requirement with respect to the `392 patent. On February 25, 2008, the ALJ issued a recommended determination on remedy and bonding in the event the Commission reversed his finding of no violation of section 337.</P>
        <P>On April 18, 2008, the Commission determined not to review the ID and terminated the investigation based on the finding of no violation of section 337. 73 FR 21157 (Apr. 18, 2008). Norgren appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (“the Court”).</P>

        <P>On May 26, 2009, in an unpublished, non-precedential decision, the Court reversed in part the Commission's claim construction, reversed the Commission's determination of noninfringement based upon the new claim construction, and vacated the Commission's determination of nonobviousness.<E T="03">Norgren Inc.</E>v.<E T="03">Int'l Trade Comm'n,</E>No. 2008-1415 (Fed. Cir. May 26, 2009), 2009 U.S. App. LEXIS 10984. The Court remanded the investigation with instructions for the Commission to evaluate obviousness in the first instance based upon the Court's construction of the claim term “generally rectangular ported flange.”</P>
        <P>Following receipt of the Court's September 9, 2009, mandate, the Commission ordered the investigation remanded to the Chief ALJ for designation of a presiding ALJ to conduct proceedings in accordance with the Court's judgment. The Chief Judge reassigned the investigation to the ALJ who presided over the original investigation. The ALJ held an evidentiary hearing on April 21, 2010, at which all parties were represented. The parties also fully briefed the merits.</P>
        <P>On August 5, 2010, the ALJ issued the RID in which he determined that the asserted claims are not invalid as obvious. SMC and the Commission investigative attorney (“IA”) petitioned for review of the ID. Norgren filed a response in opposition to the petitions. On October 7, 2010, the Commission determined to review the RID on the issue of obviousness. The Commission also requested further briefing. 75 FR 63198 (Oct. 14, 2010). The parties have responded to the notice of review, fully briefing obviousness as well as the issues of remedy, the public interest, and bonding.</P>
        <P>Upon its review of the issue of obviousness, and based upon the administrative record in this investigation, including the RID, original ID, exhibits, transcripts, and party arguments, the Commission has determined to reverse the ALJ's finding that the asserted claims of the `392 patent are nonobvious, find no violation of section 337 because the claims are invalid as obvious, and terminate the investigation with a finding of no violation.</P>
        <P>The authority for the Commission's determination is contained in section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and in section 210.45(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 210.45(c)).</P>
        <SIG>
          <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
          
          <DATED>Issued: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>James R. Holbein,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5841 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>United States Parole Commission</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Record of Vote of Meeting Closure; (Pub. L. 94-409) (5 U.S.C. 552b)</SUBJECT>

        <P>I, Isaac Fulwood, of the United States Parole Commission, was present at a<PRTPAGE P="13662"/>meeting of said Commission, which started at approximately 10 a.m., on Thursday, February 17, 2011, at the U.S. Parole Commission, 5550 Friendship Boulevard, 4th Floor, Chevy Chase, Maryland 20815. The purpose of the meeting was to discuss an original jurisdiction case pursuant to 28 CFR 2.17. Four Commissioners were present, constituting a quorum when the vote to close the meeting was submitted.</P>
        <P>Public announcement further describing the subject matter of the meeting and certifications of the General Counsel that this meeting may be closed by votes of the Commissioners present were submitted to the Commissioners prior to the conduct of any other business. Upon motion duly made, seconded, and carried, the following Commissioners voted that the meeting be closed: Isaac Fulwood, Cranston J. Mitchell, Patricia Cushwa and J. Patricia Wilson Smoot.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">In witness whereof,</E>I make this official record of the vote taken to close this meeting and authorize this record to be made available to the public.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: February 18, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Isaac Fulwood,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chairman, U.S. Parole Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5590 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4410-31-M</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-73,934]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Pass &amp; Seymour/Legrand a Subsidiary of Legrand North America; Including On-Site Leased Workers From Select Staffing, also Known as Real Time Staffing Services, and Aerotek; Concord, NC; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on May 27, 2010, applicable to workers of Pass &amp; Seymour/Legrand, a subsidiary of Legrand North America, including on-site leased workers from Select Staffing and Aerotek, Concord, North Carolina. The workers manufacture electrical wiring devices. The notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on June 16, 2010 (75 FR 34174).</P>
        <P>At the request of a State agency, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm. The company reports that Select Staffing, an on-site leased firm, is also known as Real Time Staffing Services. Select Staffing employees separated from employment at the Concord, North Carolina location of the subject firm had their wages reported under a separate unemployment insurance (UI) tax account for Select Staffing, also known as Real Time Staffing Services.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, the Department is amending this certification to properly reflect this mater.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-73,934 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>All workers of Pass &amp; Seymour/Legrand, a subsidiary of Legrand North America, including on-site leased workers from Select Staffing, also known as Real Time Staffing Services, and Aerotek, Concord, North Carolina, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after June 14, 2010, through May 27, 2012, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on the date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC, this 3rd day of March 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Elliott S. Kushner,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Division of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5656 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-74,466, TA-W-74,466K]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Hewlett Packard Company, Enterprise Business Division, Technical Services America, Global Parts Supply Chain Group, Including Leased Workers From QFlex, North America Logistics, and UPS, Headquartered in Palo Alto, CA, Teleworkers Across California and Workers On-Site in Roseville, CA; and Hewlett Packard Company, Enterprise Business Division, Technical Services America, Global Parts Supply Chain Group, Including Leased Workers From QFlex, North America Logistics, and UPS, All Other Teleworkers Across the United States; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on September 10, 2010, applicable to workers of Hewlett Packard Company, Enterprise Business Division, Technical Services America, Global Parts Supply Chain Group, including leased workers from QFlex, North America Logistics, and UPS, Palo Alto, California. The Department's Notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on September 23, 2010 (75 FR 57982). The Notice was amended on November 12, 2010 and February 10, 2011 to include teleworkers across many states. The Department's Notices of amended certification were published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>November 23, 2010 (75 FR 71457-71458) and February 24, 2011 (76 FR 10394-10395).</P>
        <P>At the request of the State agency, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm. The workers are engaged employment related to the supply of design services and sales compensation operations for Hewlett Packard Company.</P>
        <P>New findings show that worker separations occurred during the relevant time period involving employees of Hewlett Packard, Enterprise Business Division, Technical Services America, Global Parts Supply Chain Group, working off-site across the United States. These workers meet the criteria under Section 222(a) of the Act.</P>
        <P>Based on these findings, the Department is amending this certification to include workers of the Palo Alto, California facility of the subject firm working off-site across the United States.</P>
        <P>The intent of the Department's certification is to include all workers of the subject firm who were adversely affected by Hewlett Packard's decision to shift the supply of like or directly competitive services to foreign countries.</P>
        <P>The amended notice, applicable to TA-W-74,466, is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>

          <P>All workers of Hewlett Packard Company, Enterprise Business Division, Technical Services America, Global Parts Supply Chain Group, including leased workers from QFlex, North America Logistics, and UPS, Palo Alto, California, including teleworkers across California and workers on-site in Roseville, California (TA-W-74,466); teleworkers across Arizona (TA-W-74,466A); teleworkers across Florida (TA-W-74,466B); teleworkers across Massachusetts and workers on-site in Andover, Massachusetts (TA-W-74,466C); workers on-site in Minnetonka, Minnesota (TA-W-74,466D); teleworkers across New Hampshire (TA-W-74,466E); teleworkers across New York (TA-W-74,466F); workers on-site in Charlotte, North Carolina (TA-W-74,466G); teleworkers across Ohio (TA-W-74,466H); teleworkers across Texas and workers on-site in Houston, Texas (TA-W-74,466I); and teleworkers across Maine (TA-W-74,466J); and all other teleworkers across the United States (TA-W-74,466K), who<PRTPAGE P="13663"/>became totally or partially separated from employment on or after June 22, 2009, through September 10, 2012, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on June 22, 2009, through September 10, 2012, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, this 2nd day of March 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Del Min Amy Chen,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5658 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-74,751]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Eaton Corporation, Clutch Division, Auburn, IN; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on February 14, 2011, applicable to workers of Eaton Corporation, Clutch Division, Auburn, Indiana. The notice will be published soon in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <P>At the request of the State Agency, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm. The workers are engaged in the production of truck clutches.</P>

        <P>The review shows that on October 17, 2008, an amended certification of eligibility to apply for adjustment assistance was issued for all workers of Eaton Corporation, Clutch Division, Auburn, Indiana, separated from employment on or after December 19, 2008 through September 25, 2010. The notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on November 3, 2008 (73 FR 65405-65406).</P>
        <P>In order to avoid an overlap in worker group coverage, the Department is amending the October 6, 2009 impact date established for TA-W-74,751, to read September 26, 2010.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-75,147 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>All workers of Eaton Corporation, Clutch Division, Auburn, Indiana, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after September 26, 2010, through February 14, 2013, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, this 23rd day of February, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Elliott S. Kushner,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5660 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-71,652]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Cooper Tools, Currently Known as Apex Tool Group, LLC, Hicksville, OH; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker  Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on April 27, 2010, applicable to workers of Cooper Tools, Hicksville, Ohio. The workers are engaged in activities related to the production. The notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on May 28, 2010 (75 FR 30069).</P>
        <P>At the request of the State agency, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm. New information shows that in July, 2010, Apex Tool Group, LLC. purchased Cooper Tools and is currently known as Apex Tool Group, LLC. Some workers separated from employment at Cooper Tools had their wages reported under a separate unemployment insurance (UI) tax accounts for Cooper Tools, currently known as Apex Tool Group, LLC.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, the Department is amending this certification to properly reflect this matter.</P>
        <P>The intent of the Department's certification is to include all workers of the subject firm who were adversely affected by increased imports of air tools, torque wrenches and screwdrivers.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-71,652 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>All workers of Cooper Tools, currently known as Apex Tool Group, LLC, Hicksville, Ohio, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after July 13, 2008 through April 27, 2012, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC, this 3rd day of March 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Elliott S. Kushner,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Division of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5653 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-64,883]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Celestica, Including On-Site Leased Workers From Adecco, Aerotek, Purchasing Professionals, Synico Staffing, Inc., and Ultimate Staffing, Arden Hills, MN; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance and Alternative Trade Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2273), and Section 246 of the Trade Act of 1974 (26 U.S.C. 2813), as amended, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance and Alternative Trade Adjustment Assistance on February 3, 2009, applicable to workers of Celestica, including on-site leased workers from Adecco, Aerotek and Purchasing Professionals. The notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on March 3, 2009 (74 FR 9282).</P>
        <P>At the request of the State agency, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm. The workers produced printed circuit boards.</P>
        <P>New information shows that workers leased from Synico Staffing, Inc. and Ultimate Staffing were employed on-site at the Arden Hills, Minnesota location of Celestica. The Department has determined that these workers were sufficiently under the control of the subject firm to be considered leased workers.</P>
        <P>Based on these findings, the Department is amending this certification to include workers leased from Synico Staffing, Inc. and Ultimate Staffing working on-site at the Arden Hills, Minnesota location of Celestica.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-64,883 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>

          <P>All workers of Celestica including on-site leased workers from Adecco, Aerotek, Purchasing Professionals, Synico Staffing, Inc., and Ultimate Staffing, Arden Hills,<PRTPAGE P="13664"/>Minnesota, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after January 13, 2008, through February 3, 2011, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, and are also eligible to apply for alternative trade adjustment assistance under Section 246 of the Trade Act of 1974.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC, this 2nd day of March 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Michael W. Jaffe,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5650 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-70,575]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>Visteon Corporation; Visteon Headquarters;</P>
          <P>Including Headquarter Employees At Plymouth, Michican Site and On-Site Workers From Automotive Components Holdings, LLC (ACH), a Subsidiary of Ford Motor Company, and Including On-Site Leased Workers from MSX International, Manpower, Acro Service Corp., Adecco, Inc., Aerotek, Inc., CDI Corporation, Emergent Systems Corp., Engenius, Inc., G-Tech Professional Staffing, Inc., Innovision Technologies, Inc., Meda Technical Services, Inc., Midwest Labor Services, Inc., Talascent (Formerly Known as Modern Professional Services, Rapid Global Business Solutions, Inc., Tempstaff, Inc., the Epitec Group, Trialon Corp., Webrunners, Inc., d/b/a W3R, Syntel, Inc., Computer Horizons Corp., Simmetrix, Inc., Mika Systems, Inc., Integrated Management Systems, Inc.(IMSI), Logica (Bought Out by Teledata Precision Design, Inc.), Sigma Technologies, Inc., Halo Group, LLC, Black Diamond Software, Ciber, Inc., Engineering Technology Associates, Inc., TAC Transportation, the Bartech Group, Manower Temporary Services and Kelly Services Van Buren Township, Michigan</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on July 28, 2009, applicable to workers of Visteon Corporation, Visteon Headquarters, including Headquarter employees at Plymouth, Michigan site and on-site leased workers from MSX International and Manpower, Van Buren Township, Michigan. The workers are engaged in the manufacturing of automotive systems.</P>

        <P>The Visteon Headquarter sites provide support services including research, engineering, manufacturing support, and administrative services such as purchasing, material planning and logistics, legal, human resources, finance, information technology and sales to their affiliated production sites. The notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>September 22, 2009 (74 FR 48303). The certification was amended on October 13, 2009 to include the above mention on-site leased firms. The amended notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on October 27, 2009 (74 FR 55260).</P>
        <P>At the request of a company official, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm.</P>
        <P>The company reports that on-site workers from Automotive Components Holdings, LLC (ACH), a subsidiary of Ford Motor Company, were employed on-site at the Van Buren Township, Michigan site and at the Plymouth, Michigan site. The Department has determined that these workers were sufficiently under the control of the subject firm to be included in this certification.</P>
        <P>Based on these findings, the Department is amending this certification to include workers from ACH, a subsidiary of Ford Motor Company working on-site at the Van Buren Township, Michigan site of Visteon Corporation, Visteon Headquarters, including Headquarter Employees at the Plymouth, Michigan site.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-70,575 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>All workers of Visteon Corporation, Visteon Headquarters, including Headquarter employees at the Plymouth, Michigan site and on-site leased workers from Automotive Components Holdings, LLC (ACH), a subsidiary of Ford Motor Company, MSX International, Manpower, Acro service Corp., Adecco, Inc., Aerotek, Inc., CDI Corp., Emergent Systems Corp., EnGenius, Inc., G-Tech Professional Staffing, Inc., Innovision Technologies, Inc., MEDA Technical Services, Inc., Midwest Labor Services, Inc., Talascend (formerly know as Modern Professional Services, Inc.), Rapid global Business Solutions, Inc., TempStaff, Inc., The Epitec Group, Trialon Corp., Webrunners, Inc., d/b/a W3R, Synetel, Inc., Computer Horizons Corp., Simmetrix, Inc., Mika Systems, Inc., Integrated Management Systems, Inc. (IMSI), Logica (bought out by Teledata Precision Design, Inc.), Sigma Technologies, Inc., Halo Group, LLC, Black Diamond Software, Ciber, Inc., Engineering Technology Associates, Inc., TAC Transportation, The Bartech Group, Manpower Temporary Services and Kelly Services, Inc., Van Buren Township, Michigan, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after May 18, 2008, through July 28, 2011, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC, this 4 day of March, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Del Min Amy Chen,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5651 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-75,147]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Elkay Manufacturing, Broadview, IL; Amended Certification  Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on February 16, 2011, applicable to workers of Elkay Manufacturing, Broadview, Illinois. The notice will be published soon in the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
        </P>
        <P>At the request of the State Agency, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm. The workers are engaged in the production of stainless steel sinks, counters, and cabinets.</P>

        <P>The review shows that on December 29, 2008, a certification of eligibility to apply for adjustment assistance was issued for all workers of Elkay Manufacturing Company, Broadview, Illinois, separated from employment on or after December 8, 2007 through December 29, 2010. The notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 26, 2009 (74 FR 4463).</P>
        <P>In order to avoid an overlap in worker group coverage, the Department is amending the January 28, 2010 impact date established for TA-W-75,147, to read December 30, 2010.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-75,147 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>

          <P>All workers of Elkay Manufacturing, Broadview, Illinois, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after December 30, 2010, through February 16, 2013, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for<PRTPAGE P="13665"/>adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, this 23rd day of February 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Elliott S. Kushner,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5649 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-71,694]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Arcelor Mittal, Formerly Known as Mittal Steel Walker Wire, a Subsidiary of Arcelor Mittal—Montreal, Including On-Site Leased Workers From Leasing Systems, Ferndale, MI; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on April 29, 2010, applicable to workers of Arcelor Mittal, formerly known as Mittal Steel Walker Wire, a subsidiary of Arcelor Mittal—Montreal, including on-site leased workers from Leasing Systems, Inc., Ferndale, Michigan. The workers are engaged in activities related to the warehousing and distribution of processed steel coil, bars, rods and wire. The notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on May 28, 2010 (75 FR 30070).</P>
        <P>At the request of the State Agency, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm.</P>

        <P>The review shows that on August 9, 2007, a certification of eligibility to apply for adjustment assistance was issued for all workers of Mittal Steel Walker Wire, Inc., Ferndale, Michigan, separated from employment on or after July 23, 2006 through August 9, 2009. The notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 26, 2009 (74 FR 4463).</P>
        <P>In order to avoid an overlap in worker group coverage, the Department is amending the July 15, 2008 impact date established for TA-W-71,694, to read August 10, 2009.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-71,696 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>All workers of Arcelor Mittal, formerly known as Mittal Steel Walker Wire, a subsidiary of Arcelor Mittal—Montreal, including on-site leased workers from Leasing Systems, Inc., Ferndale, Michigan, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after August 10, 2009, through April 29, 2012, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, this 24th day of February 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Michael W. Jaffe,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5648 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-74,859]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>The Mega Life &amp; Health Ins. Co., a Subsidiary of Healthmarkets, Inc., Including Workers Whose Unemployment Insurance (UI) Wages Are Paid Through Insphere Insurance Solutions, Inc., Including On-Site Leased Workers From Computer Solutions and Software International, Inc., Dell Service Sales, Emdeon Business Services, KFORCE, Microsoft, Pariveda Solutions, Inc., Perot Systems, Corp., Premius Credit Corp., Socrates, Inc., Sogeti USA, LLC, the Z Group, Inc., Verizon, and Viant Payments Systems, North Richland Hills, TX; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on December 3, 2010, applicable to workers of The MEGA Life &amp; Health Ins., Co., a subsidiary of HealthMarkets, Inc., including on-site leased workers from Computer Solutions and Software International, Inc., Dell Service Sales, Emdeon Business Services, KFORCE, Microsoft, Pariveda Solutions, Inc., Perot Systems Corp., Premium Credit Corp., Socrates, Inc., Sogeti USA, LLC, The Z Group, Inc., Verizon, and Viant Payments Systems, North Richland, Texas. The notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on December 13, 2010 (75 FR 77668).</P>
        <P>At the request of the State agency, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm. The workers provide insurance claims processing.</P>
        <P>Information shows that some workers separated from employment at the North Richland Hills, Texas location of The MEGA Life &amp; Health Ins. Co., a subsidiary of HealthMarkets, Inc. had their wages reported under a separated unemployment insurance (UI) tax account under the name Insphere Insurance Solutions, Inc.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, the Department is amending this certification to properly reflect this matter.</P>
        <P>The intent of the Department's certification is to include all workers of the subject firm who were adversely affected by the acquisition of services from a foreign country.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-74,859 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>All workers of MEGA Life &amp; Health Ins., Co., a subsidiary of HealthMarkets, Inc., including workers whose unemployment insurance (UI) wages are paid through Insphere Insurance Solutions, Inc., including on-site leased workers from Computer Solutions and Software International, Inc., Dell Service Sales, Emdeon Business Services, KFORCE, Microsoft, Pariveda Solutions, Inc., Perot Systems Corp., Premium Credit Corp., Socrates, Inc., Sogeti USA, LLC, The Z Group, Inc., Verizon, and Viant Payments Systems, North Richland Hills, Texas, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after November 1, 2009 through December 3, 2012, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC this 2nd day of March, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Michael W. Jaffe,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5661 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-74,605]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Cambridge Tool &amp; Die, Including On-Site Leased Workers From Action Total Staffing, Cambridge, OH; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment<PRTPAGE P="13666"/>Assistance on January 13, 2011, applicable to workers of Cambridge Tool &amp; Die, Cambridge, Ohio. The workers are engaged in the production of plastic injection molds. The notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 26, 2011 (76 FR 4731).</P>
        <P>At the request of the State agency, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm. The company reports that workers leased from Action Total Staffing were employed on-site at the Cambridge, Ohio location of Cambridge Tool &amp; Die Corporation. The Department has determined that these workers were sufficiently under the control of Cambridge Tool &amp; Die Corporation to be considered leased workers.</P>
        <P>Based on these findings, the Department is amending this certification to include workers leased from Action Total Staffing working on-site at the Cambridge, Ohio location of Cambridge Tool &amp; Die Corporation.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-74,605 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>All workers of Cambridge Tool &amp; Die, including on-site leased workers from Action Total Staffing, Cambridge, Ohio, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after September 7, 2009, through January 13, 2013, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on the date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC this 2nd day of March, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Michael W. Jaffe,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5659 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-74,326]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Pitney Bowes, Inc., Mailing Solutions Management, Global Engineering Group, Including On-Site Leased Workers From Guidant Group, and Teleworkers Located Throughout the United States Reporting to Shelton, CT; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on September 10, 2010, applicable to workers and former workers of Pitney Bowes, Inc., Mailing Solutions Management Division, Engineering Quality Assurance, Shelton, Connecticut. The Department's Notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on September 23, 2010 (75 FR 57981). The certification was amended on January 3, 2011 to include teleworkers located through the United States. The Department's Notice of amended certification was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 14, 2011 (76 FR 2710).</P>
        <P>At the request of a company official, the Department reviewed the certification to clarify the subject worker group's identity.</P>
        <P>Additional information revealed that the correct identity of the subject firm worker group should read: Pitney Bowes, Inc., Mailing Solutions Management, Global Engineering Group, including on-side leased workers from Guidant Group and teleworkers located through the United States reporting to, Shelton, Connecticut.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, the Department is amending this certification to properly reflect this matter.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-74,326 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>All workers of Pitney Bowes, Inc., Mailing Solutions Management, Global Engineering Group, including on-site leased workers from Guidant Group and teleworkers located throughout the United States reporting to, Shelton, Connecticut, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after June 23, 2009, through September 10, 2012, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on the date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC, this 22nd day of February 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Del Min Amy Chen,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5657 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-72,582]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>General Motors Corporation; Powertrain Flint North; Including On-Site Leased Workers From Allegis Group Services, Securitas, Knight Management and URS Corporation, Flint, MI; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on July 9, 2010, applicable to workers of General Motors Corporation, Powertrain Flint North, including on-site leased workers from Allegis Group Service, Flint, Michigan. The Notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on July 26, 2010 (75 FR 43558). The Notice was amended on November 18, 2010 to include on-site leased workers from Securitas and Knight Management. The amended Notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on December 7, 2010 (75 FR 76038-76039)</P>
        <P>At the request of a company official, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm. The workers are engaged in the production of component parts (transmission and engine components and deck and door locks).</P>
        <P>At the request of the State agency, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm.</P>
        <P>The company reports that workers leased from URS Corporation were employed on-site at the Flint, Michigan location of General Motors Corporation, Powertrain Flint North. The Department has determined that these workers were sufficiently under the control of General Motors Corporation, Powertrain Flint North to be considered leased workers.</P>
        <P>Based on these findings, the Department is amending this certification to include workers leased from URS Corporation working on-site at the Flint, Michigan location of General Motors Corporation, Powertrain Flint North.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-72,582 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>

          <P>All workers of General Motors Corporation, Powertrain Flint North, including on-site leased workers from Allegis Group Services, Securitas, Knight Management, and URS Corporation, Flint, Michigan, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after October 2, 2008,<PRTPAGE P="13667"/>through July 9, 2012, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on the date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC, this 3rd day of March 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Elliott S. Kushner</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5655 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-72,375, TA-W-72,375A]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Commercial Furniture Group, Inc., Formerly Known as Falcon Products, Inc., Shelby Williams, Howe and Thonet, Including On-Site Leased Workers From Staffing Solutions, Morristown, TN, and Commercial Furniture Group, Inc.,  Formerly Known as Falcon Products, Inc., Shelby Williams,  Howe and Thonet, Chicago, IL; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on May 5, 2010, applicable to workers of Commercial Furniture Group, Inc., including on-site leased workers from Staffing Solutions, Morristown, Tennessee. The workers are engaged in employment related to the production of commercial wooded furniture. The notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on May 28, 2010 (75 FR 30070). The notice was amended on February 17, 2011 to include another location of the subject firm. The notice will be published soon in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <P>At the request of the State agency, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm.</P>
        <P>New information shows that Commercial Furniture Group, Inc. is formerly known as Falcon Products, Inc., Shelby Williams, Howe and Thonet. New information shows that some workers separated from employment at Commercial Furniture Group, Inc., had their wages reported through separate unemployment (UI) tax accounts under the names Falcon Products, Inc., Shelby Williams, Howe and Thonet.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, the Department is amending this certification to properly reflect this matter.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-72,375 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>All workers of Commercial Furniture Group, Inc., formerly known as Falcon Products, Inc., Shelby Williams, Howe and Thonet, including on-site leased workers from Staffing Solutions, Morristown, Tennessee (TA-W-72,375) and Commercial Furniture Group, Inc., formerly known as Falcon Products, Inc., Shelby Williams, Howe and Thonet, Chicago, Illinois (TA-W-72,375A), who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after September 21, 2008, through May 5, 2012, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, this 3rd day of March 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Elliott S. Kushner,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5654 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-70,784]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Chrysler Group LLC; Formerly Known as Chrysler LLC; Kenosha Engine Plant; Including On-Site Leased Workers From Caravan Knight Facilities Management LLC, Syncreon, Mahar Tool Supply Company, Waste Management, Quaker Chemical Corporation, K+S Services, Inc., G4S Secure Solutions, Crassociates, Inc., CES, INC., Evans Distribution Systems, Prodriver Leasing Systems, Inc., Teksystems, Inc., Arcadis and the PIC Group, Kenosha, WI; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on August 13, 2010, applicable to workers of Chrysler Group, LLC, formerly known as Chrysler, LLC, Kenosha Engine Plant, Kenosha, Wisconsin (subject firm). The Department's notice of determination was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on November 5, 2009 (74 FR 57340). The certification applicable to workers of the subject firm was amended on May 10, 2010, August 13, 2010, and November 18, 2010 to include the above mentioned on-site leased worker firms. The Department's notices of amended certification were published in the February Register on June 16, 2010 (75 FR 34170), August 30, 2010 (75 FR 52982), and December 7, 2010, respectively.</P>
        <P>The workers at the subject firm were engaged in employment related to the production of V-6 automobile engines.</P>
        <P>At the request of the State agency, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm.</P>
        <P>The company reports that workers leased from the PIC Group were employed on-site at the Kenosha, Wisconsin location of Chrysler Group, LLC, formerly known as Chrysler, LLC, Kenosha Engine Plant. The Department has determined that these workers were sufficiently under the control of the subject firm to be considered leased workers.</P>
        <P>Based on these findings, the Department is amending this certification to include workers leased from The PIC Group working on-site at the Kenosha, Wisconsin location of Chrysler Group, LLC, formerly known as Chrysler, LLC, Kenosha Engine Plant.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-70,784 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>All workers of Chrysler Group, LLC, formerly known as Chrysler, LLC, Kenosha Engine Plant, including on-site leased workers of Caravan Knight Facilities Management LLC, Syncreon, Mahar Tool Supply Company, Waste Management, Quaker Chemical Corporation, K+S Services, Inc., G4S Secure Solutions, CRAssociates, Inc., CES, Inc., Evans Distribution Systems, ProDriver Leasing Systems, Inc., Teksystems, Inc., Arcadis, and The PIC Group, Kenosha, Wisconsin, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after May 27, 2008, through September 2, 2011, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on the date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, this 2nd day of March 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Michael W. Jaffe,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5652 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="13668"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Employment and Training Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[TA-W-73,644]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Cinram Manufacturing, LLC, a Subsidiary of Cinram International,Including On-Site Leased Workers From Onesource Staffing Solutions andCanteen, Division of Compass Group, Olyphant, PA; Amended Certification  Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with Section 223 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (“Act”), 19 U.S.C. 2273, the Department of Labor issued a Certification of Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance on July 16, 2010, applicable to workers of Cinram Manufacturing, LLC, a subsidiary of Cinram International, including on-site leased workers from OneSource Staffing Solutions, Olyphant, Pennsylvania. The workers are engaged in employment related to the production of optical media devices (DVDs, CDs, and Blu-ray discs)produce decorative metal products for appliances. The notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on August 2, 2010 (75 FR 45162).</P>
        <P>At the request of a petitioner, the Department reviewed the certification for workers of the subject firm. The company reports that workers leased from Canteen, a division of Compass Group were employed on-site at the Olyphant, Pennsylvania location of Cinram Manufacturing, LLC. The Department has determined that these workers were sufficiently under the control of Cinram Manufacturing, LLC to be considered leased workers.</P>
        <P>Based on these findings, the Department is amending this certification to include workers leased from Canteen, a division of Compass Group working on-site at the Olyphant, Pennsylvania location of Cinram Manufacturing, LLC.</P>
        <P>The amended notice applicable to TA-W-73,644 is hereby issued as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>All workers of Cinram Manufacturing, LLC, a subsidiary of Cinram International, including on-site leased workers from OneSource Staffing Solutions and Canteen, a division of Compass Group, Olyphant, Pennsylvania, who became totally or partially separated from employment on or after March 4, 2009, through July 16, 2012, and all workers in the group threatened with total or partial separation from employment on the date of certification through two years from the date of certification, are eligible to apply for adjustment assistance under Chapter 2 of Title II of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC, this 24th day of February 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Michael W. Jaffe,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Certifying Officer, Office of Trade Adjustment Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5647 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-FN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. OSHA-2011-0027]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Respiratory Protection Standard; Extension of the Office of Management and Budget's (OMB) Approval of Information Collection (Paperwork) Requirements</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Labor.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Request for public comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>OSHA solicits public comments concerning its proposal to extend OMB approval of the information collection requirements specified by the Respiratory Protection Standard (29 CFR 1910.134).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be submitted (postmarked, sent, or received) by May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Electronically:</E>You may submit comments and attachments electronically at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>which is the Federal eRulemaking Portal. Follow the instructions online for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Facsimile:</E>If your comments, including attachments, are not longer than 10 pages, you may fax them to the OSHA Docket Office at (202) 693-1648.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Mail, hand delivery, express mail, messenger, or courier service:</E>When using this method, you must submit a copy of your comments and attachments to the OSHA Docket Office, OSHA Docket No. OSHA-2011-0027, U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Room N-2625, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20210. Deliveries (hand, express mail, messenger, and courier service) are accepted during the Department of Labor's and Docket Office's normal business hours, 8:15 a.m. to 4:45 p.m., e.t.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions must include the Agency name and OSHA docket number for the Information Collection Request (ICR) (OSHA-2011-0027). All comments, including any personal information you provide, are placed in the public docket without change, and may be made available online at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. For further information on submitting comments see the “Public Participation” heading in the section of this notice titled<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION.</E>
          </P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>To read or download comments or other material in the docket, go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or the OSHA Docket Office at the address above. All documents in the docket (including this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice) are listed in the<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>index; however, some information (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>copyrighted material) is not publicly available to read or download through the Web site. All submissions, including copyrighted material, are available for inspection and copying at the OSHA Docket Office. You may also contact Todd Owen at the address below to obtain a copy of the ICR.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Todd Owen, Directorate of Standards and Guidance, OSHA, U.S. Department of Labor, Room N-3609, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20210; telephone (202) 693-2222.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>

        <P>The Department of Labor, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>employer) burden, conducts a preclearance consultation program to provide the public with an opportunity to comment on proposed and continuing information collection requirements in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA-95) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). This program ensures that information is in the desired format, reporting burden (time and costs) is minimal, collection instruments are clearly understood, and OSHA's estimate of the information collection burden is accurate. The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (the OSH Act) (29 U.S.C. 651<E T="03">et seq.</E>) authorizes information collection by employers as necessary or appropriate for enforcement of the Act or for developing information regarding the causes and prevention of occupational injuries, illnesses, and accidents (29 U.S.C. 657). The OSH Act also requires that OSHA obtain such information with minimum burden upon employers, especially those operating small businesses, and to reduce to the maximum extent feasible unnecessary duplication of efforts in obtaining information (29 U.S.C. 657).</P>

        <P>The Respiratory Protection Standard (29 CFR 1910.134; hereafter, “the<PRTPAGE P="13669"/>Standard”) contains information collection requirements that require employers to: Develop a written respirator program; conduct worker medical evaluations and provide follow-up medical evaluations to determine the worker's ability to use a respirator; provide the physician or other licensed healthcare professional with information about the worker's respirator and the conditions under which the worker will use the respirator; and administer fit tests for workers who will use negative- or positive-pressure, tight-fitting facepieces. In addition, employers must ensure that workers store emergency-use respirators in compartments clearly marked as containing emergency-use respirators. For respirators maintained for emergency use, employers must label or tag the respirator with a certificate stating the date of the inspection, the name of the individual who made the inspection, the findings of the inspection, required remedial action, and the identity of the respirator.</P>
        <P>The Standard also requires employers to ensure that cylinders used to supply breathing air to respirators have a certificate of analysis from the supplier stating that the breathing air meets the requirements for Type 1—Grade D breathing air; such certification assures employers that the purchased breathing air is safe. Compressors used to supply breathing air to respirators must have a tag containing the most recent change date and the signature of the individual authorized by the employer to perform the change. Employers must maintain this tag at the compressor. These tags provide assurance that the compressors are functioning properly.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Special Issues for Comment</HD>
        <P>OSHA has a particular interest in comments on the following issues:</P>
        <P>• Whether the proposed information collection requirements are necessary for the proper performance of the Agency's functions, including whether the information is useful;</P>
        <P>• The accuracy of OSHA's estimate of the burden (time and costs) of the information collection requirements, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</P>
        <P>• The quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and</P>
        <P>• Ways to minimize the burden on employers who must comply; for example, by using automated or other technological information collection and transmission techniques.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Proposed Actions</HD>
        <P>OSHA is requesting that OMB extend its approval of the information collection requirements contained in the Respiratory Protection Standard (29 CFR 1910.134). The Agency is requesting an increase in burden hours from 7,159,601 to 7,422,346 (a total increase of 262,745 hours). The Agency will summarize the comments submitted in response to this notice and will include this summary in the request to OMB.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>Extension of a currently approved collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Respiratory Protection Standard (29 CFR 1910.134).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>1218-0099.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Business or other for-profits; Not-for-profit institutions; Federal government; State, local, or tribal governments.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>618,804.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>Annually; monthly; on occasion.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Responses:</E>23,579,085.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average Time per Response:</E>Varies from 5 minutes (.08 hour) to mark a storage compartment or protective cover to 8 hours for large employers to gather and prepare information to develop a written plan.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Burden Hours:</E>7,422,346.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Cost (Operation and Maintenance):</E>$204,136,769.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Public Participation—Submission of Comments on This Notice and Internet Access to Comments and Submissions</HD>

        <P>You may submit comments in response to this document as follows: (1) Electronically at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>which is the Federal eRulemaking Portal; (2) by facsimile (fax); or (3) by hard copy. All comments, attachments, and other material must identify the Agency name and the OSHA docket number for the ICR (Docket No. OSHA-2011-0027). You may supplement electronic submissions by uploading document files electronically. If you wish to mail additional materials in reference to an electronic or facsimile submission, you must submit them to the OSHA Docket Office (<E T="03">see</E>the section of this notice titled<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>). The additional materials must clearly identify your electronic comments by your name, date, and the docket number so the Agency can attach them to your comments.</P>
        <P>Because of security procedures, the use of regular mail may cause a significant delay in the receipt of comments. For information about security procedures concerning the delivery of materials by hand, express delivery, messenger, or courier service, please contact the OSHA Docket Office at (202) 693-2350, (TTY (877) 889-5627).</P>
        <P>Comments and submissions are posted without change at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Therefore, OSHA cautions commenters about submitting personal information such as social security numbers and date of birth. Although all submissions are listed in the<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>index, some information (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>copyrighted material) is not publicly available to read or download through this Web site. All submissions, including copyrighted material, are available for inspection and copying at the OSHA Docket Office. Information on using the<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>Web site to submit comments and access the docket is available at the Web site's “User Tips” link. Contact the OSHA Docket Office for information about materials not available through the Web site, and for assistance in using the Internet to locate docket submissions.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Authority and Signature</HD>

        <P>David Michaels, PhD, MPH, Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, directed the preparation of this notice. The authority for this notice is the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3506<E T="03">et seq.</E>) and Secretary of Labor's Order No. 4-2010 (75 FR 55355).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Signed at Washington, DC, on March 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>David Michaels,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5668 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of Workers' Compensation Programs</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Division of Coal Mine Workers' Compensation; Proposed Extension of Existing Collection; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Department of Labor, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a pre-clearance consultation program to provide the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing collections of information in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA95) [44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)]. This program helps to ensure that requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly<PRTPAGE P="13670"/>understood, and the impact of collection requirements on respondents can be properly assessed. Currently, the Office of Workers' Compensation Programs is soliciting comments concerning the proposed collection:<E T="03">Report of Changes that May Affect Your Black Lung Benefits (CM-929 and CM-929P).</E>A copy of the proposed information collection request can be obtained by contacting the office listed below in the addresses section of this Notice.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments must be submitted to the office listed in the addresses section below on or before May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Mr. Vincent Alvarez, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Ave., NW., Room S-3201, Washington, DC 20210, telephone (202) 693-0372, fax (202) 693-1447, Email<E T="03">Alvarez.Vincent@dol.gov.</E>Please use only one method of transmission for comments (mail, fax, or Email).</P>
        </ADD>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>The Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, as amended, 30 U.S.C. 936, 30 U.S.C. 941 and 20 CFR 725.533(e) authorizes the Division of Coal Mine Workers' Compensation (DCMWC) to pay compensation to coal miner beneficiaries. Once a miner or survivor is found eligible for benefits, the primary beneficiary is requested to report certain changes that may affect benefits. To ensure that there is a review and update of all claims paid from the Black Lung Disability Trust Fund, and from Social Security cases transferred to the Department of Labor under the Black Lung Consolidation of Administrative Responsibilities Act of 2002, and to help the beneficiary comply with the need to report certain changes, the CM-929 is sent to all appropriate primary beneficiaries. The CM-929 is printed by the DCMWC computer system with information specific to each beneficiary, such as name, address, number of dependents on record, state workers' compensation information, and amount of current benefits. The beneficiary reviews the information and certifies that the information is current, or provides updated information. The form includes a warning about potential consequences of failure to report changes. DCMWC uses Information Collection OMB 1240-0020, Forms CM-623 and CM-623S, to monitor a representative payee's use of funds paid on a beneficiary's behalf. This is an annual reporting requirement and, while the information collected on OMB 1240-0028 and 1240-0020 is different, the same payees complete both forms and the same DCMWC claims examiner reviews them. Therefore, DCMWC incorporated the CM-929 into the CM-623 and CM-623S in those cases that appropriately had been sent both forms. This composite form is entitled CM-929P, and allows respondents to verify information to DCMWC once annually instead of twice, as is now required. This information collection is currently approved for use through June 30, 2011.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Review Focus</HD>
        <P>The Department of Labor is particularly interested in comments which:</P>
        <P>• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;</P>
        <P>• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</P>
        <P>• Enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and</P>
        <P>• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, e.g., permitting electronic submissions of responses.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Current Actions</HD>
        <P>The Department of Labor seeks the approval for the extension of this currently-approved information collection in order to verify the accuracy of information in the beneficiary's claims file, to identify changes in the beneficiary's status, and to ensure that the amount of compensation being paid the beneficiary is accurate.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Agency:</E>Office of Workers' Compensation Programs.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>Extension.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Report of Changes That May Affect Your Black Lung Benefits.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>1240-0028.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Agency Number:</E>CM-929 and CM-929P.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Individuals and not-for-profit institutions.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r50,12,12,12" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Form</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Time to complete</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Frequency of response</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of respondents</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of responses</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Hours burden</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">CM-929</ENT>
            <ENT>5-8 min</ENT>
            <ENT>Annually</ENT>
            <ENT>55,000</ENT>
            <ENT>55,000</ENT>
            <ENT>4,858</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">CM-929P</ENT>
            <ENT>6-80 min</ENT>
            <ENT>Annually</ENT>
            <ENT>7,150</ENT>
            <ENT>7,150</ENT>
            <ENT>7,769</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Totals</ENT>
            <ENT>13 min</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>62,150</ENT>
            <ENT>62,150</ENT>
            <ENT>12,627</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Respondents:</E>62,150.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Annual Responses:</E>62,150.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average Time per Response:</E>13 minutes.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Burden Hours:</E>12,627.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency:</E>Annually.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Burden Cost (capital/startup):</E>$0.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Burden Cost (operating/maintenance):</E>$439,212.</P>
        <P>Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval of the information collection request; they will also become a matter of public record.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Vincent Alvarez,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Agency Clearance Officer, Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, US Department of Labor.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5826 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-CK-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">MISSISSIPPI RIVER COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY HOLDING THE MEETINGS:</HD>
          <P>Mississippi River Commission.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
          <P>9 a.m., April 11, 2011.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>On board MISSISSIPPI V at Port of Hickman, Hickman, KY.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Open to the public.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>

          <P>(1) Summary report by President of the Commission on national and regional issues affecting the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and Commission programs<PRTPAGE P="13671"/>and projects on the Mississippi River and its tributaries; (2) District Commander's overview of current project issues within the Memphis District; and (3) Presentations by local organizations and members of the public giving views or comments on any issue affecting the programs or projects of the Commission and the Corps of Engineers.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
          <P>9 a.m., April 12, 2011.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>On board MISSISSIPPI V at Mud Island, Memphis, TN.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Open to the public.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
          <P>(1) Summary report by President of the Commission on national and regional issues affecting the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and Commission programs and projects on the Mississippi River and its tributaries; (2) District Commander's overview of current project issues within the Memphis District; and (3) Presentations by local organizations and members of the public giving views or comments on any issue affecting the programs or projects of the Commission and the Corps of Engineers.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
          <P>9 a.m., April 13, 2011.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>On board MISSISSIPPI V at City Front, Greenville, MS.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Open to the public.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
          <P>(1) Summary report by President of the Commission on national and regional issues affecting the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and Commission programs and projects on the Mississippi River and its tributaries; (2) District Commander's overview of current project issues within the Vicksburg District; and (3) Presentations by local organizations and members of the public giving views or comments on any issue affecting the programs or projects of the Commission and the Corps of Engineers.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
          <P>9 a.m., April 15, 2011.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>On board MISSISSIPPI V at Lower Julia Street Wharf Area, New Orleans, LA.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Open to the public.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
          <P>(1) Summary report by President of the Commission on national and regional issues affecting the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and Commission programs and projects on the Mississippi River and its tributaries; (2) District Commander's overview of current project issues within the New Orleans District, and (3) Presentations by local organizations and members of the public giving views or comments on any issue affecting the programs or projects of the Commission and the Corps of Engineers.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
          <P>Mr. Stephen Gambrell, telephone 601-634-5766.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>George T. Shepard,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Colonel, EN, Secretary, Mississippi River Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5956 Filed 3-10-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3720-58-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974, as Amended; System of Records Notices</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Archives and Records Administration (NARA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of the establishment of new privacy system of record, NARA 41.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) proposes to add a system of records to its existing inventory of systems subject to the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (5 U.S.C. 552(a)) (“Privacy Act”). In this notice, NARA publishes NARA 41, the Use of Space in Presidential Libraries and Grounds Case Files.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This new system of records, NARA 41, will become effective April 13, 2011 without further notice unless comments are received that result in further revision. NARA will publish a new notice if the effective date is delayed to review comments or if changes are made based on comments received. To be assured of consideration, comments should be received on or before the date above.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by SORN number NARA 41, by one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal e-Rulemaking Portal:  http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>301-837-0293.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Kimberly Keravuori, Office of Policy and Planning (NPOL), Room 4100, National Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Martin McGann, Office of Presidential Libraries (NL), Room 2200, National Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001.<E T="03">Telephone:</E>(301) 837-1962.<E T="03">Fax:</E>301-837-3199.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Section 2112 of title 44 of the United States Code permits the Archivist of the United States to maintain, operate, and protect land, facilities and equipment as Presidential archival depositories within the national archives system and to make such land, facilities and equipment available for occasional, non-official uses.</P>
        <P>The notice for this system of records states the name and the location of the record system, the authority for and manner of its operation, the categories of individuals that it covers, the types of records that it contains, the sources of information in the records, and the proposed “routine uses” of the system of records. The notice also includes the business address of the NARA official who will inform interested persons of the procedures whereby they may gain access to, and correct, records pertaining to themselves.</P>
        <P>One of the purposes of the Privacy Act, as stated in section 2(b)(4) of the Act, is to provide certain safeguards for an individual against an invasion of personal privacy by requiring Federal agencies to disseminate any record of identifiable personal information in a manner that assures that such action is for a necessary and lawful purpose, that the information is current and accurate for its intended use, and that adequate safeguards are provided to prevent misuse of such information. NARA intends to follow these principles in transferring information to another agency or individual as a “routine use” including assurance that the information is relevant for the purposes for which it is transferred.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 10, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>David S. Ferriero,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Archivist of the United States.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <PRIACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">NARA Privacy Act Systems: NARA 41</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM NAME:</HD>
          <P>The Use of Space in Presidential Libraries and Grounds Case Files.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM LOCATION:</HD>

          <P>The Case Files are maintained at the Presidential Library that received the request for use. Presidential Library addresses are located at<E T="03">http://www.archives.gov/locations/.</E>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">CATEGORIES OF INDIVIDUALS COVERED BY THE SYSTEM:</HD>
          <P>Individuals covered by this system include persons who request permission to use Presidential Libraries and Grounds and persons sponsoring, promoting, conducting or having supervision over activities associated with such requested uses.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">CATEGORIES OF RECORDS IN THE SYSTEM:</HD>

          <P>The Case Files include: applications, correspondence, supporting documents,<PRTPAGE P="13672"/>research, and other administrative forms used in the process. Case files may contain some or all of the following information: names, addresses, telephone numbers, e-mail addresses, credit card information, copies of documents furnished to the requester, and any additional information provided by the requester.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">AUTHORITY FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM:</HD>
          <P>5 U.S.C. 552a(a)(3), as amended.</P>
          <P>44 U.S.C. 2104(a), as amended.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">ROUTINE USES OF RECORDS MAINTAINED IN THE SYSTEM, INCLUDING CATEGORIES OF USERS AND THE PURPOSES OF SUCH USES:</HD>
          <P>NARA maintains the application forms and related information concerning applicants and other persons of record, actions taken on requests, and schedules and status information concerning approved events.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">POLICIES AND PRACTICES FOR STORING, RETRIEVING, ACCESSING, RETAINING, AND DISPOSING OF RECORDS IN THE SYSTEM:</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">STORAGE:</HD>
          <P>Paper and electronic records.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">RETRIEVABILITY:</HD>
          <P>Information in these case files may be retrieved by the name or date of the event.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">SAFEGUARDS:</HD>
          <P>The case files are at all times maintained in buildings with secured doors. During business hours records are accessible only by authorized NARA personnel. Electronic records are accessible via passwords from terminals located in attended offices. After business hours, or when NARA personnel are not present in the offices, the paper records are secured in locked filing cabinets.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">RETENTION AND DISPOSAL:</HD>
          <P>NARA case files are temporary records and are destroyed in accordance with the disposition instructions in the NARA Records Schedule supplement to FILES 203, the NARA Files Maintenance and Records Disposition Manual. Individuals may request a copy of the disposition instructions from the NARA Privacy Act Officer.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM MANAGER(S) AND ADDRESS:</HD>

          <P>For these case files, the system manager is Martin F. McGann, Office of Presidential Libraries (NL), Room 2200, National Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001.<E T="03">Telephone:</E>(301) 837-1962. Fax: 301-837-3199.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE:</HD>
          <P>Individuals interested in inquiring about their records should notify the NARA Privacy Act Officer, Office of General Counsel (NGC), Room 3110, National Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">RECORD ACCESS PROCEDURES:</HD>
          <P>Individuals who wish to gain access to their records should submit their request in writing to the NARA Privacy Act Officer at the address listed above.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">CONTESTING RECORD PROCEDURES:</HD>
          <P>NARA rules for contesting the contents and appealing initial determinations are found in 36 CFR part 1202.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">RECORD SOURCE CATEGORIES:</HD>
          <P>Information in these case files is obtained from persons who request use of the Presidential Libraries and Grounds and persons sponsoring, promoting, conducting or having supervision over activities associated with such requested uses.</P>
        </PRIACT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5986 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7515-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL CREDIT UNION ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meeting</SUBJECT>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
          <P>10 a.m., Thursday, March 17, 2011.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>Board Room, 7th Floor, Room 7047, 1775 Duke Street (All visitors must use Diagonal Road Entrance), Alexandria, VA 22314-3428.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Open.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
          <P>1. Proposed Rule—Parts 700, 701, 702, and 741 of NCUA's Rules and Regulations, Net Worth and Equity Ratio Definitions.</P>
          <P>2. Final Rule—Part 704 of NCUA's Rules and Regulations, Corporate Credit Unions, Technical Corrections.</P>
          <P>3. Delegations of Authority.</P>
          <P>4. Final Rule—Part 702 of NCUA's Rules and Regulations, Definition of Low-Risk Assets.</P>
          <P>5. Proposed Rule—Part 741 of NCUA's Rules and Regulations, Interest Rate Risk Policy.</P>
          <P>6. Insurance Fund Report.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">RECESS:</HD>
          <P>11:15 a.m.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
          <P>11:30 a.m., Thursday, March 17, 2011.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>Board Room, 7th Floor, Room 7047, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-3428.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Closed.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
          <P>1. Insurance Appeals (3). Closed pursuant to exemption (6).</P>
          <P>2. Consideration of Supervisory Activities. Closed pursuant to some or all of the following: exemptions (8), (9)(A)(ii) and 9(B).</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Mary Rupp, Secretary of the Board,<E T="03">Telephone:</E>703-518-6304</P>
          <SIG>
            <NAME>Mary Rupp,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Board Secretary.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5984 Filed 3-10-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7535-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL FOUNDATION FOR THE ARTS AND THE HUMANITIES</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>National Endowment for the Arts; Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>The National Endowment for the Arts, NFAH.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>30-Day notice of submission of information collection approval from the Office of Management and Budget and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>As part of a Federal Government-wide effort to streamline the process to seek feedback from the public on service delivery, the National Endowment for the Arts has submitted a Generic Information Collection Request (Generic ICR): “Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery” to OMB for approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>Comments must be submitted to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs,<E T="03">Attn:</E>OMB Desk Officer for the National Endowment for the Arts, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, 202-395-7316, within 30 days from the date of this publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>To request additional information, please contact Sunil Iyengar, National Endowment for the Arts, 1100 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Room 616, Washington, DC 20506-0001, telephone (202) 682-5654 (this is not a toll-free number), fax (202) 682-5677.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>The information collection activity will garner qualitative customer<PRTPAGE P="13673"/>and stakeholder feedback in an efficient, timely manner, in accordance with the Administration's commitment to improving service delivery. By qualitative feedback we mean information that provides useful insights on perceptions and opinions, but are not statistical surveys that yield quantitative results that can be generalized to the population of study. This feedback will provide insights into customer or stakeholder perceptions, experiences and expectations, provide an early warning of issues with service, or focus attention on areas where communication, training or changes in operations might improve delivery of products or services. These collections will allow for ongoing, collaborative and actionable communications between the Agency and its customers and stakeholders. It will also allow feedback to contribute directly to the improvement of program management.</P>
        <P>Feedback collected under this generic clearance will provide useful information, but it will not yield data that can be generalized to the overall population. This type of generic clearance for qualitative information will not be used for quantitative information collections that are designed to yield reliably actionable results, such as monitoring trends over time or documenting program performance. Such data uses require more rigorous designs that address: the target population to which generalizations will be made, the sampling frame, the sample design (including stratification and clustering), the precision requirements or power calculations that justify the proposed sample size, the expected response rate, methods for assessing potential non-response bias, the protocols for data collection, and any testing procedures that were or will be undertaken prior fielding the study. Depending on the degree of influence the results are likely to have, such collections may still be eligible for submission for other generic mechanisms that are designed to yield quantitative results.</P>

        <P>The Agency received no comments in response to the 60-day notice published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of December 22, 2010 (75 FR 80542).</P>
        <P>Below we provide the National Endowment for the Arts' projected average estimates for the next three years:<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>The 60-day notice included the following estimate of the aggregate burden hours for this generic clearance federal-wide:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Average Expected Annual Number of activities:</E>25,000.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Average number of Respondents per Activity:</E>200.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Annual responses:</E>5,000,000.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>Once per request.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Average minutes per response:</E>30.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Burden hours:</E>2,500,000.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>New collection of information.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>New Collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Individuals and Households, Businesses and Organizations, State, Local or Tribal Government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average Expected Annual Number of activities:</E>4 (FY 2011, 2012); 3 (FY 2013).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents:</E>21,272.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Annual responses:</E>7,024 (FY 2011); 7,524 (FY 2012); 6,724 (FY 2013).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>Once per request.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average minutes per response:</E>11.25 minutes.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Burden hours:</E>FY 2011: 1,139.6; FY 2012: 1,309.6; FY 2013: 1,109.6.</P>
        <P>The NEA acknowledges that an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget control number.</P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Kathleen Edwards,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Support Services Supervisor, Administrative Services, National Endowment for the Arts.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5701 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7537-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">NATIONAL FOUNDATION FOR THE ARTS AND THE HUMANITIES</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>National Endowment for the Arts; Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>The National Endowment for the Arts, NFAH.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>30-Day notice of submission of information collection approval from the Office of Management and Budget and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>As part of a Federal Government-wide effort to streamline the process to seek feedback from the public on service delivery, the National Endowment for the Arts has submitted a Generic Information Collection Request (Generic ICR): “Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery” to OMB for approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>Comments must be submitted to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs,<E T="03">Attn:</E>OMB Desk Officer for the National Endowment for the Arts, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, 202-395-7316, within 30 days from the date of this publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>To request additional information, please contact Sunil Iyengar, Director, Research &amp; Analysis, National Endowment for the Arts, 1100 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Room 616, Washington, DC 20506-0001, telephone (202) 682-5654 (this is not a toll-free number), fax (202) 682-5677.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>The information collection activity will garner qualitative customer and stakeholder feedback in an efficient, timely manner, in accordance with the Administration's commitment to improving service delivery. By qualitative feedback we mean information that provides useful insights on perceptions and opinions, but are not statistical surveys that yield quantitative results that can be generalized to the population of study. This feedback will provide insights into customer or stakeholder perceptions, experiences and expectations, provide an early warning of issues with service, or focus attention on areas where communication, training or changes in operations might improve delivery of products or services. These collections will allow for ongoing, collaborative and actionable communications between the Agency and its customers and stakeholders. It will also allow feedback to contribute directly to the improvement of program management.</P>

        <P>Feedback collected under this generic clearance will provide useful information, but it will not yield data that can be generalized to the overall population. This type of generic clearance for qualitative information will not be used for quantitative information collections that are designed to yield reliably actionable results, such as monitoring trends over time or documenting program performance. Such data uses require more rigorous designs that address: The target population to which generalizations will be made, the sampling frame, the sample design (including stratification and clustering), the precision requirements or power calculations that justify the proposed sample size, the expected response rate, methods for assessing potential non-response bias, the protocols for data<PRTPAGE P="13674"/>collection, and any testing procedures that were or will be undertaken prior to fielding the study. Depending on the degree of influence the results are likely to have, such collections may still be eligible for submission for other generic mechanisms that are designed to yield quantitative results.</P>

        <P>The Agency received no comments were received in response to the 60-day notice published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of December 22, 2010 (75 FR 80542).</P>
        <P>Below we provide the National Endowment for the Arts' projected average estimates for the next three years:<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>The 60-day notice included the following estimate of the aggregate burden hours for this generic clearance Federal-wide:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Average Expected Annual Number of Activities:</E>25,000</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Average Number of Respondents per Activity:</E>200.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Annual Responses:</E>5,000,000.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>Once per request.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Average Minutes per Response:</E>30.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Burden Hours:</E>2,500,000.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>New collection of information.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>New Collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Individuals and Households, Businesses and Organizations, State, Local or Tribal Government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average Expected Annual Number of Activities:</E>4.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents:</E>7,091.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Annual Responses:</E>7,091.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>Once per request.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average Minutes per Response:</E>11.25 minutes.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Burden Hours:</E>1,186.</P>
        <P>An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget control number.</P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Kathleen Edwards,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Support Services Supervisor, Administrative Services, National Endowment for the Arts.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5705 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7537-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Comment Request</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Science Foundation.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The National Science Foundation (NSF) has submitted the following information collection requirement to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. This is the second notice for public comment; the first was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>at 75 FR 8818. NSF is forwarding the proposed renewal submission to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance simultaneously with the publication of this second notice. The full submission may be found at:<E T="03">http://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain</E>.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Comments:</E>Comments regarding (a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; or (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology should be addressed to: Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB, Attention: Desk Officer for National Science Foundation, 725 17th Street, NW., Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, and to Suzanne H. Plimpton, Reports Clearance Officer, National Science Foundation, 4201 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 295, Arlington, Virginia 22230 or send e-mail to<E T="03">splimpto@nsf.gov.</E>Comments regarding these information collections are best assured of having their full effect if received within 30 days of this notification. Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling 703-292-7556.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Suzanne H. Plimpton at 703-292-7556 or send e-mail to<E T="03">splimpto@nsf.gov.</E>Individuals who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8 a.m. and 8 p.m., Eastern time, Monday through Friday.</P>
          <P>NSF may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">Title of Collection:</E>Grantee Reporting Requirements for the Industry University Cooperative Research Centers Program (I/UCRC).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>3145-0088.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>Intent to seek approval to reinstate an information collection.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Abstract</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Proposed Project</HD>
        <P>The Industry/University Cooperative Research Centers (I/UCRC) Program was initiated in 1973 to develop long-term partnerships among industry, academe and government. The National Science Foundation invests in these partnerships to promote research programs of mutual interest, contribute to the Nation's research infrastructure base and enhance the intellectual capacity of the engineering or science workforce through the integration of research and education. As appropriate, NSF encourages international collaborations that advance these goals within the global context.</P>
        <P>The I/UCRC program seeks to achieve this by:</P>
        <P>1. Contributing to the nation's research enterprise by developing long-term partnerships among industry, academe, and government;</P>
        <P>2. Leveraging NSF funds with industry to support graduate students performing industrially relevant research; and</P>
        <P>3. Expanding the innovation capacity of our nation's competitive workforce through partnerships between industries and universities.</P>
        <P>4. Encouraging the nation's research enterprise to remain competitive through active engagement with academic and industrial leaders throughout the world.</P>
        

        <P>The centers are catalyzed by a small investment from NSF and they are primarily supported by other private and public sector center members, with NSF taking a supporting role in the development and evolution of the I/UCRC. The I/UCRC program initially offers five-year (Phase I) continuing awards. This five-year period of support allows for the development of a strong partnership between the academic researchers and their industrial and government members. After five years, centers that continue to meet the I/UCRC program requirements may request support for a second five-year (Phase II) period. These awards allow centers to continue to grow and diversify their non-NSF memberships during their Phase II period. After ten years, a Phase III award provides a third five-year award for centers that<PRTPAGE P="13675"/>demonstrate their viability, sustainability, and which have had a significant impact on industry research as measured through annual reports, site visits, and adherence to I/UCRC requirements. Centers are expected to be fully supported by industry, other Federal agencies, and State and local government partners after fifteen years as an I/UCRC.</P>
        <P>Centers will be required to provide data to NSF and its authorized representatives (contractors or grantees). These data will be used for NSF internal reports, historical data, assessing program impact and recommending changes to strengthen the program, as well as for strengthening the program and to ensure the program remains responsive to a changing environment in order to secure future funding for continued I/UCRC program maintenance and growth. Updates to the I/UCRC database of performance indicators will be required annually. Centers will be responsible for submitting the following information after the award expires for their fiscal year of activity. The indicators are both quantitative and descriptive.</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Quantitative information from the most recently completed fiscal year such as:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Number and diversity of students, faculty, and industrial numbers involved in the center</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Degrees granted to students involved in center activities</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Amounts and sources of income to the center, and</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Lists of patents, licenses, and publications created</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Operating budget and total funding:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Total funding</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ NSF I/UCRC funding received</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Other NSF funding received</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Additional support broken down by Industry, State, University, Other Federal, Non-Federal and other support</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Capital and in-kind support:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Equipment</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Facilities</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Personnel</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Software</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Other support</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Human resources:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Researchers (number of faculty scientists and engineers, number of non-faculty scientists and engineers)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Students (number of graduates, number of undergraduates)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Administration, number of full and part time professional and clerical staff</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Information about broadening participation on the above with plans to increase broadening participation, if necessary</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Center director descriptors:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Position and rank of director</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Status of tenure</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Name and position of the person to whom the center director reports</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Estimate of the percent of time the director devotes to center administration, other administration, research, teaching, other</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Center outcomes:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Students receiving degrees and type degree earned</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Students hired by industry by type of degree</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Publications</FP>
        <FP>• Number with center research</FP>
        <FP>• Number with Industrial Advisory</FP>
        <FP>Board Members</FP>
        <FP>• Number of presentations</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Intellectual property events:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Invention disclosures</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Patent applications</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Software copyrights</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Patents granted and derived or both</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Licensing agreements</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">○ Royalties realized</FP>
        
        <P>I/UCRCs will also include evaluation conducted by independent evaluators who cannot be from the department(s) with the institution(s) receiving funding for the I/UCRC award. The center evaluator will be responsible for:</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">○ Preparing an annual report of center activities with respect to industrial collaboration</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">○ Conducting a survey of all center participants to probe the participant satisfaction with center activities</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">○ Compiling a set of quantitative indicators determined by NSF to analyze the management and operation of the center</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">○ Participating in I/UCRC center and informational meetings</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">○ Reporting to NSF on the center's status using a checklist provided by NSF to help determine if the center is adhering to the IUCRC policy and guidelines</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">○ Bi-annual reporting to NSF</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">○ Reporting to NSF within a month of each Industrial Advisory Board meeting on the top research highlights, technology transfer, patents, and major discoveries that demonstrate successful investments</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">○ Performing exit interviews to determine why members chose to withdraw from the center</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">○ Participating in continuous quality process improvement by providing information to the NSF I/UCRC program</FP>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Use of the Information:</E>The data collected will be used for NSF internal reports, historical data, and for securing future funding for continued I/UCRC program maintenance and growth.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimate of Burden:</E>150 hours per center (160 sites) for fifty-six centers for a total of 8400 hours.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents:</E>Industry, academic institutions; non-profit institutions; government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Responses per Report:</E>One from each of the 160 sites.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 3, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Suzanne H. Plimpton,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Reports Clearance Officer,National Science Foundation.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5801 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7555-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Committee Management; Notice of Establishment</SUBJECT>

        <P>The Director of the National Science Foundation has determined that the establishment of the U.S. Antarctic Program Blue Ribbon Panel is necessary and in the public interest in connection with the performance of duties imposed upon the National Science Foundation (NSF), by 42 U.S.C. 1861<E T="03">et seq.</E>This determination follows consultation with the Committee Management Secretariat, General Services Administration.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>U.S. Antarctic Program Blue Ribbon Panel (#76826).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Purpose:</E>The Panel will conduct an independent review of the current U.S. Antarctic Program to ensure the nation is pursing the best twenty-year trajectory for conducting science and diplomacy in Antarctica. The Panel will aim to identify and characterize a range of options for supporting and implementing the required national scientific endeavors, international collaborations and strong U.S. presence in Antarctica. The Panel will examine the appropriate amount of R&amp;D and complementary scientific activities needed to make Antarctic activities most productive and affordable over the long term, as well as appropriate opportunities for international collaboration.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Responsible NSF Official:</E>Karl Erb, Director, Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 4201 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22230.<E T="03">Telephone:</E>703/292-8030.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: March 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Susanne Bolton,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5734 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7555-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="13676"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket Nos. 50-373 and 50-374; NRC-2011-0051]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Exelon Generation Company, LLC; Notice of Withdrawal of Application for Amendment to Facility Operating License; Correction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of Withdrawal; Correction.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This document corrects a notice appearing in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on March 4, 2011 (76 FR 12140), which informed the public that the NRC had granted Exelon's request to withdraw an application for amendment. This action is necessary to correct the description of the withdrawn amendment.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Eva A. Brown, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone (301) 415-2315,<E T="03">e-mail: Eva.Brown@nrc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>On page 12140, appearing near the bottom of the first column, the first sentence of the second paragraph of the Notice should read:</P>
        <P>The proposed amendment would revise Technical Specification 3.1.7, “Standby Liquid Control (SLC) System,” to extend the completion time associated with Condition B from 8 hours to 72 hours.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated in Rockville, Maryland, this 7th day of March 2011.</DATED>
          
          <P>For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
          <NAME>Eva A. Brown,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Senior Project Manager, Plant Licensing Branch III-2, Division of Operating Reactor Licensing, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5756 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7590-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">PACIFIC NORTHWEST ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSERVATION PLANNING COUNCIL</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Amended Columbia River Basin Fish and Wildlife Program</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>

          <P>Pacific Northwest Electric Power and Conservation Planning Council (Northwest Power and Conservation Council), an interstate compact agency organized under the authority of the Pacific Northwest Electric Power Planning and Conservation Act of 1980, 16 U.S.C. 839<E T="03">et seq.</E>(Northwest Power Act).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>

          <P>Notice of final action adopting the management plan elements of the Blackfoot River Subbasin Plan into the Council's<E T="03">Columbia River Basin Fish and Wildlife Program.</E>
          </P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>Pursuant to Section 4(h) of the Northwest Power Act, the Council has amended its<E T="03">Columbia River Basin Fish and Wildlife Program</E>to add the Blackfoot River Subbasin Plan. The program as amended may be found on the Council's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.nwcouncil.org/fw/program</E>and then, for the subbasin plan elements and relevant decision documents in particular, at<E T="03">http://www.nwcouncil.org/fw/subbasinplanning/Default.htm.</E>Further information and an explanation of this amendment process may be found in the documents on that page or by contacting the Northwest Power and Conservation Council at (503) 222-5161 or toll free (800) 452-5161.</P>
        </SUM>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Stephen L. Crow,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Executive Director.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5758 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-64059; File No. SR-BX-2011-013]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX BX, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Modify Fees for Co-Location Services</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 8, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>notice is hereby given that on March 1, 2011, NASDAQ OMX BX, Inc. (“BX” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of the Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>

        <P>The Exchange proposes to modify pricing for co-location services. The Exchange will implement the proposed change on March 1, 2011. The text of the proposed rule change is available at<E T="03">http://nasdaqomxbx.cchwallstreet.com/,</E>at the Exchange's principal office, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
        <P>The Exchange is amending its co-location fee schedule to: (1) Institute a monthly fee of $300 for telecommunications and inter-cabinet cross connections; and (2) fees for additional patch and power cords.</P>
        <P>Under the proposal, co-location customers having telecommunications cross-connections to approved telecommunication carriers in the datacenter will be assessed a monthly fee of $300 per connection. For the convenience of its customers, the Exchange allows telecommunications carriers to maintain a presence in the data center free of charge. In addition, inter-cabinet connections to other customers in the datacenter will be likewise assessed a $300 per-month, per-connection fee. These fees will only be assessed on the customer that requested the initiation of the connection, and cross-connections between cabinets being used by the same customer will not be assessed the fee.</P>

        <P>The Exchange is also proposing to introduce fees for patch and power cords. Under the proposal, the Exchange will maintain an inventory of patch cords (ethernet and fiber optic cables) and power cords at the datacenter and make them available to customers should they desire to purchase them. The proposed fees for patch cords vary with their capabilities and length, with copper patch cord being charged at $4.50 + $.50 per foot; multi-mode fiber patch cord being priced at $20 + $1.50 per-meter, and single-mode fiber patch cord priced at $24 + $.75 per-meter. For<PRTPAGE P="13677"/>power cords, the Exchange proposes to charge $5 for 5-15P-C13 cords of two to four feet in length, and $10 for C14-C19 cords also of two to four feet in length.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Exchange is making the cords available as a convenience to customers, and notes that use of Exchange-provided patch and power cords is completely voluntary, and that such cords may be freely obtained by [sic] other vendors for use by customers in the datacenter.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>The P, C, and number designations reflect differences in the shape of a cord's plug as well a cord's power throughput capability.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
        <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>in general, and with Section 6(b)(4) of the Act,<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees and other charges among members and issuers and other persons using any facility or system which the Exchange operates or controls.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market, in which exchanges offer co-location services as a means to facilitate the trading activities of those members who believe that co-location enhances the efficiency of their trading. Accordingly, fees charged for co-location services are constrained by the active competitive [sic] for the order flow of such members. If a particular exchange charges excessive fees for co-location services, affected members will opt to terminate their co-location arrangements with that exchange, and adopt a possible range of alternative strategies, including co-locating with a different exchange, placing their servers in a physically proximate location outside the exchange's data center, or pursuing trading strategies not dependent upon co-location. Accordingly, the exchange charging excessive fees would stand to lose not only co-location revenues but also revenues associated with the execution of orders routed to it by affected members. The Exchange believes that this competitive dynamic imposes powerful restraints on the ability of any exchange to charge unreasonable fees for co-location services. Moreover, all of the Exchange's fees for co-location services are equitably allocated and non-discriminatory, in that all co-location customers are offered the same range of products and services and there is no differentiation among customers with regard to the fees charged for a particular product, service, or piece of equipment.</P>
        <P>It should be noted, however, that the costs associated with operating a co-location facility, like the costs of operating the electronic trading facility with which the co-location facility is associated, are primarily fixed costs, and in the case of co-location are primarily the costs of renting or owning data center space and retaining a staff of technical personnel. Accordingly, the Exchange establishes a range of co-location fees with the goal of covering these fixed costs, covering less significant marginal costs, such as the cost of electricity, and earning a return on its investment. Because fixed costs must be allocated among all customers, the Exchange's fee schedule reflects an effort to assess a range of relatively low fees for specific aspects of co-location services, which, in the aggregate, will allow the Exchange to cover its costs and earn a return on investment.</P>
        <P>In the case of inter-cabinet connection fees, the proposed fee of $300 per month covers the marginal costs of establishing and maintaining such connections, and also allows customers maintaining such connections to contribute to the fixed costs of data center operation. Notably, because telecommunications providers are provided with free data center space as a convenience to co-located customers, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to impose charges on persons connecting to such providers as a means of defraying the fixed rental cost incurred in making such space available to the telecommunications providers. The Exchange further believes that the number of data center cross connections correlates to the extent and complexity of a customer's operations within the data center. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to use fees assessed on this basis as a means to recoup a share of fixed costs and earn a return on investment.</P>

        <P>The Exchange also notes that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) imposes charges for connections within the data center that include a $500 per month charge for connections between cabinets of the same customer, and charges for connectivity bundles that include a limited number of connections to telecommunications providers and connections within the data center for monthly fees ranging from $13,000 to $61,000 per month, depending on the number of connections and the bandwidth. NYSEArca charges $600 per month for all connections within its data center.<E T="03">See http://www.nyse.com/pdfs/nyse_equities_pricelist.pdf</E>at page 14 and<E T="03">http://www.nyse.com/pdfs/nysearcaMarketplaceFees112011-Clean.pdf</E>at p. 10. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that its proposed fee of $300 per month is reasonable in comparison with fees already charged for comparable services of other exchanges offering co-location.</P>

        <P>With respect to the Exchange's proposed fees for power cords, the Exchange believes that its fees are a reasonable reflection of its costs to obtain and resell such cords as a convenience to its customers. Notably, the fees charged by the Exchange are generally comparable to prices charged by unregulated vendors for similar products. See<E T="03">http://www.comegacity.com/cables-computer/power-cables/tripp-lite-p047-002-2ft-ac-power-cord-c19-c14-10;</E>and<E T="03">http://www.cables.com/Products/NEMA-5-15P-TO-IEC320-C13-13a-4-Feet_PCRD-4-13A.aspx</E>. The same is true for the proposed patch cord pricing.<E T="03">See http://www.cablestogo.com/product_list.asp?cat_id=3525;</E>and<E T="03">http://www.cablestogo.com/product.asp?cat_id=2323&amp;sku=33027</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
        <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. As discussed above, the Exchange believes that fees for co-location services are constrained by the robust competition for order flow among exchanges and non-exchange markets, because co-location exists to advance that competition, and excessive fees for co-location services would serve to impair an exchange's ability to compete for order flow rather than burdening competition.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
        <P>Written comments were neither solicited nor received.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
        <P>The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.<SU>6</SU>

          <FTREF/>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors,<PRTPAGE P="13678"/>or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(a)(ii). [sic]</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change, as amended, is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>); or</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov</E>. Please include File Number SR-BX-2011-013 on the subject line.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-BX-2011-013. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used.To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of such filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal offices of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly.All submissions should refer to File Number SR-BX-2011-013, and should be submitted on or before April 4, 2011.<FTREF/>
        </FP>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <SIG>
          <P>For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.<SU>7</SU>
          </P>
          <NAME>Cathy H. Ahn,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5776 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-64056; File No. SR-Phlx-2011-29]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Extension of a Pilot Program Concerning Disseminated Quotations</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 8, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>thereunder, notice is hereby given that on February 24, 2011, NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC (“Phlx” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III, below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>The Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rules 1017, Openings in Options, and 1082, Firm Quotations, to extend, through July 31, 2011, a pilot program (the “pilot”) under which the Exchange's rules describe the manner in which the PHLX XL® automated options trading system<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>disseminates quotations when (i) there is an opening imbalance in a particular series, and (ii) there is a Quote Exhaust (as described below) or a Market Exhaust (as described below) quote condition present in a particular series.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>3</SU>This proposal refers to “PHLX XL” as the Exchange's automated options trading system. In May 2009 the Exchange enhanced the system and adopted corresponding rules referring to the system as “Phlx XL II.”<E T="03">See</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59995 (May 28, 2009), 74 FR 26750 (June 3, 2009) (SR-Phlx-2009-32). The Exchange intends to submit a separate technical proposed rule change that would change all references to the system from “Phlx XL II” to “PHLX XL” for branding purposes.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The current pilot is scheduled to expire March 31, 2011.</P>

        <P>The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.nasdaqtrader.com/micro.aspx?id=PHLXRulefilings,</E>at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
        <P>The purpose of the proposed rule change is to extend the pilot through July 31, 2011.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Background</HD>
        <P>In June, 2009, the Exchange added several significant enhancements to its automated options trading platform (now known as PHLX XL), and adopted rules to reflect those enhancements.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>As part of the system enhancements, the Exchange proposed to disseminate a “non-firm” quote condition on a bid or offer whose size is exhausted in certain situations. The non-exhausted side of the Exchange's disseminated quotation would remain firm up to its disseminated size. At the time the Exchange proposed the “one-sided non-firm” quote condition, the Options Price Reporting Authority (“OPRA”) was only capable of disseminating option quotations for which both sides of the quotation are marked “non-firm.” OPRA does not disseminate a “non-firm” condition for one side of a quotation while the other side of the quotation remains firm.<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59995 (May 28, 2009), 74 FR 26750 (June 3, 2009) (SR-Phlx-2009-32).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>5</SU>Currently, there is no mechanism for the Options Price Reporting Authority (“OPRA”) to identify only one side of a quote as non-firm. The Exchange has approached OPRA to attempt to develop the capability to identify and implement such functionality. The Exchange has asked the<PRTPAGE/>Commission to revise this footnote by deleting the prior sentence and replace it with the following: “In November, 2010, OPRA filed for immediate effectiveness to enable its systems to support such functionality.<E T="03">See</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 63400 (November 30, 2010), 75 FR 76058 (December 7, 2010)(SR-OPRA-2010-04).”<E T="03">See</E>e-mail from Richard S. Rudolph, Associate General Counsel, NASDAQ OMX PHLX, to David Liu, Senior Special Counsel, Commission, dated March 8, 2011.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <PRTPAGE P="13679"/>
        <P>Accordingly, the Exchange proposed, for a pilot period scheduled to expire November 30, 2009, and later extended through September 30, 2010,<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>and then through March 31, 2011,<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>to disseminate quotations in such a circumstance with  (i) a bid price of $0.00, with a size of one contract if the remaining size is a seller, or (ii) an offer price of $200,000, with a size of one contract if the remaining size is a buyer.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>
            <E T="03">See supra</E>n.4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 63350 (November 19, 2010), 75 FR 73150 (November 29, 2010) (SR-Phlx-2010-156).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Exchange subsequently modified the manner in which the PHLX XL system disseminates quotes when one side of the quote is exhausted but the opposite side still has marketable size at the disseminated price, as described in detail below.<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 63024 (September 30, 2010), 75 FR 61799 (October 6, 2010) (SR-Phlx-2010-134).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>On October 7, 2010, the U.S. options exchanges, as participants in the OPRA Plan, voted to make technological changes that would enable OPRA to support a one-sided non-firm quote condition. These technological changes provide the opportunity for OPRA and the participants to design, test, and deploy modifications to their systems, and to establish connectivity with quotation vendors, that will support the one-sided non-firm quote condition. The Exchange is proposing to extend the current pilot through July 31, 2011, in order to account for the time required to complete the changes, and to account for the possibility that issues could arise that might delay the process.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Opening Imbalance</HD>
        <P>An opening “imbalance” occurs when all opening marketable size cannot be completely executed at or within an established Opening Quote Range (“OQR”) for the affected series.<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>Currently, pursuant to Exchange Rule 1017(l)(v)(C)(7), any unexecuted contracts from the opening imbalance not traded or routed are displayed in the Exchange quote at the opening price for a period not to exceed ten seconds, and subsequently, cancelled back to the entering participant if they remain unexecuted and priced through the opening price, unless the member that submitted the original order has instructed the Exchange in writing to re-enter the remaining size, in which case the remaining size will be automatically submitted as a new order. During this display time period, the PHLX XL system disseminates, if the imbalance is a buy imbalance, an offer of $0.00, with a size of zero contracts or, if the imbalance is a sell imbalance, a bid of $0.00, with a size of zero contracts, on the opposite side of the market from remaining unexecuted contracts.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>9</SU>Where there is an imbalance at the price at which the maximum number of contracts can trade that is also at or within the lowest quote bid and highest quote offer, the PHLX XL system will calculate an OQR for a particular series, outside of which the PHLX XL system will not execute.<E T="03">See</E>Exchange Rule 1017(l)(iii) and (iv).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The purpose of this provision is to indicate that the Exchange has exhausted all marketable interest, at or within the OQR, on one side of the market during the opening process yet has remaining unexecuted contracts on the opposite side of the market that are firm at the disseminated price and size.</P>
        <P>Rule 1017(l)(v)(C)(7) is subject to the pilot, which is scheduled to expire March 31, 2011. The Exchange proposes to extend the pilot through July 31, 2011.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Quote Exhaust</HD>
        <P>Quote Exhaust occurs when the market at a particular price level on the Exchange includes a quote, and such market is exhausted by an inbound contra-side quote or order (“initiating quote or order”), and following such exhaustion, contracts remain to be executed from the initiating quote or order.<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Exchange Rule 1082(a)(ii)(B)(3).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Rather than immediately executing at the next available price, the PHLX XL system employs a timer (a “Quote Exhaust Timer”), not to exceed one second, in order to allow market participants to refresh their quotes. During the Quote Exhaust Timer, PHLX XL currently disseminates the “Reference Price” (the most recent execution price) for the remaining size, provided that such price does not lock an away market, in which case, the Exchange currently disseminates a bid and offer that is one Minimum Price Variation (“MPV”) from the away market price. During the Quote Exhaust Timer, the Exchange disseminates: (i) A bid price of $0.00, with a size of zero contracts if the remaining size is a seller, or (ii) an offer price of $0.00, with a size of zero contracts if the remaining size is a buyer.</P>
        <P>Currently, Exchange Rules 1082(a)(ii)(B)(3)(g)(iv)(A)(3), 1082(a)(ii)(B)(3)(g)(iv)(A)(4), 1082(a)(ii)(B)(3)(g)(iv)(B)(2), and 1082(a)(ii)(B)(3)(g)(iv)(C) describe various scenarios under which the PHLX XL system trades, routes, or posts unexecuted contracts after determining the “Best Price” following a Quote Exhaust. These rules permit an up to 10-second time period during which participants may revise their quotes prior to the PHLX XL system taking action. In all of these scenarios, during the up to 10-second time period, the PHLX XL system currently disseminates an offer of $0.00, with a size of zero contracts if the remaining size is a buyer or, if the remaining size is a seller, a bid of $0.00, with a size of zero contracts, on the opposite side of the market from remaining unexecuted contracts.</P>
        <P>Exchange Rules 1082(a)(ii)(B)(3)(g)(iv)(A)(3), 1082(a)(ii)(B)(3)(g)(iv)(A)(4), 1082(a)(ii)(B)(3)(g)(iv)(B)(2), and 1082(a)(ii)(B)(3)(g)(iv)(C) are subject to the pilot, which is scheduled to expire March 31, 2011. The Exchange proposes to extend the pilot through July 31, 2011.</P>
        <P>Current Rule 1082(a)(ii)(B)(3)(g)(vi) describes what the PHLX XL system does if, after trading at the PHLX and/or routing, there are unexecuted contracts from the initiating order that are still marketable. In this situation, remaining contracts are posted for a period of time not to exceed 10 seconds and then cancelled after such period of time has elapsed, unless the member that submitted the original order has instructed the Exchange in writing to re-enter the remaining size, in which case the remaining size will be automatically submitted as a new order. During the up to 10-second time period, the Exchange will disseminate, on the opposite side of the market from remaining unexecuted contracts: (i) a bid price of $0.00, with a size of zero contracts if the remaining size is a seller, or (ii) an offer price of $0.00, with a size of zero contracts if the remaining size is a buyer.</P>
        <P>Rule 1082(a)(ii)(B)(3)(g)(vi) is subject to the pilot. The Exchange proposes to extend the pilot through July 31, 2011.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Market Exhaust</HD>
        <P>Market Exhaust occurs when there are no PHLX XL participant quotations in the Exchange's disseminated market for a particular series and an initiating order in the series is received. In such a circumstance, the PHLX XL system initiates a “Market Exhaust Auction” for the initiating order.<SU>11</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>11</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Exchange Rule 1082(a)(ii)(B)(4)(b).</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>In this situation, the PHLX XL system will first determine if the initiating<PRTPAGE P="13680"/>order, or a portion thereof, can be executed on the PHLX. Thereafter, if there are unexecuted contracts remaining in the initiating order the PHLX XL system will initiate a Market Exhaust Timer. During the Market Exhaust Timer, the Exchange disseminates any unexecuted size of the initiating order at the “Reference Price,” which is the execution price of a portion of the initiating order, or one MPV from a better-priced away market price if the Reference Price would lock the away market. The PHLX XL system currently disseminates, on the opposite side of the market from the remaining unexecuted contracts: (i) A bid price of $0.00, with a size of zero contracts if the remaining size is a seller, or (ii) an offer price of $0.00, with a size of zero contracts if the remaining size is a buyer. This provision is subject to the pilot. The Exchange proposes to extend the pilot through July 31, 2011.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Provisional Auction</HD>
        <P>Exchange Rule 1082(a)(ii)(B)(4)(d)(iv)(E) describes what PHLX XL does after it has explored all alternatives and there still remain unexecuted contracts. During the “Provisional Auction,” any unexecuted contracts from the initiating order are displayed in the Exchange quote for the remaining size for a brief period not to exceed ten seconds and subsequently cancelled back to the entering participant if they remain unexecuted, unless the member that submitted the original order has instructed the Exchange in writing to re-enter the remaining size, in which case the remaining size will be automatically submitted as a new order. During the brief period, the PHLX XL system currently disseminates, on the opposite side of the market from remaining unexecuted contracts: (i) A bid price of $0.00, with a size of zero contracts if the remaining size is a seller, or (ii) an offer price of $0.00, with a size of zero contracts if the remaining size is a buyer.</P>
        <P>Rule 1082(a)(ii)(B)(4)(d)(iv)(E) is subject to the pilot. The Exchange proposes to extend the pilot through July 31, 2011.</P>
        <P>The Exchange believes that the pilot benefits customers and the marketplace as a whole by enabling PHLX to effectively reflect the market interest the Exchange has that is firm and executable, while at the same time indicating the other side of the Exchange market is not firm and therefore not executable. This allows the Exchange to protect orders on its book and attempt to attract interest to execute against such order.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
        <P>The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act<SU>12</SU>
          <FTREF/>in general, and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act<SU>13</SU>
          <FTREF/>in particular, in that it is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general to protect investors and the public interest.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>12</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>13</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Exchange further believes that the proposal is consistent with the SEC Quote Rule's provisions regarding non-firm quotations.<SU>14</SU>
          <FTREF/>Specifically, Rule 602(a)(3)(i) provides that if, at any time a national securities exchange is open for trading, the exchange determines, pursuant to rules approved by the Commission, that the level of trading activities or the existence of unusual market conditions is such that the exchange is incapable of collecting, processing, and making available to vendors the data for a subject security required to be made available in a manner that accurately reflects the current state of the market on such exchange, such exchange shall immediately notify all specified persons of that determination and, upon such notification, the exchange is relieved of its obligations under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of Rule 602 relating to collecting and disseminating quotations, subject to certain other provisions of Rule 602(a)(3).</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>14</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>17 CFR 242.602(a)(3)(i) and (ii).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>By disseminating a bid of $0.00 for a size of zero contracts, or an offer of $0.00 for a size of zero contracts in certain situations delineated above in the Exchange's rules, the Exchange believes that it is adequately communicating that it is non-firm on that side of the market in compliance with the Quote Rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
        <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
        <P>No written comments were either solicited or received.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
        <P>Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days after the date of the filing, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act<SU>15</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4(f)(6)<SU>16</SU>
          <FTREF/>thereunder.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>15</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>16</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Exchange has satisfied this requirement.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>); or</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>Please include File Number SR-Phlx-2011-29 on the subject line.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-Phlx-2011-29. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's<PRTPAGE P="13681"/>Internet Web site (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml).</E>Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-Phlx-2011-29 and should be submitted on or before April 4, 2011.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <P>For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.<SU>17</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>17</SU>17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <NAME>Cathy H. Ahn,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5775 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-64055; File No. SR-BYX-2011-005]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; BATS Y-Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Related to Fees for Use of BATS Y-Exchange, Inc.</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 8, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>notice is hereby given that on February 28, 2011, BATS Y-Exchange, Inc. (the “Exchange” or “BYX”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Exchange has designated the proposed rule change as one establishing or changing a member due, fee, or other charge imposed by the Exchange under Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4(f)(2) thereunder,<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>which renders the proposed rule change effective upon filing with the Commission. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(ii).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(2).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of the Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>The Exchange proposes to amend the fee schedule applicable to Members<SU>5</SU>

          <FTREF/>of the Exchange pursuant to BYX Rules 15.1(a) and (c). While changes to the fee schedule pursuant to this proposal will be effective upon filing, the changes will become operative on March 1, 2011. The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.batstrading.com,</E>at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>A Member is any registered broker or dealer that has been admitted to membership in the Exchange.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
        <P>The Exchange proposes to modify its fee schedule applicable to use of the Exchange effective March 1, 2011, in order to: (i) Amend the liquidity fees for adding liquidity, including increased fees to add non-displayed liquidity and adoption of a fee to add displayed liquidity unless a Member has an average daily volume of 10 million shares or more added per day in a given month; (ii) reduce certain standard routing fees; and (iii) expand the Exchange's Discounted Destination Specific Routing program to include a rebate for Destination Specific Orders<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>routed to EDGA Exchange.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>As defined in BYX Rule 11.9(c)(12).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">(i) Amending the Liquidity Fees for Adding Liquidity</HD>
        <P>The Exchange has not previously provided any rebate or imposed any charge for adding displayed liquidity to the BYX order book in securities priced $1.00 and above. The Exchange proposes to introduce a tiered pricing structure applicable to added displayed liquidity in securities priced $1.00 and above, under which Members adding a daily average of 10 million shares or more of liquidity (including displayed and non-displayed liquidity) during a month will continue to be able to add displayed liquidity without charge, while Members adding a daily average of less than 10 million shares of liquidity during a month will be charged $0.0002 per share. Thus, while the fee change will result in a small fee increase for Members providing low volumes of liquidity on BYX, it will remain unchanged for Members providing higher volumes of liquidity.</P>
        <P>The Exchange also proposes to increase its fee to add non-displayed liquidity to the BYX order book in securities priced $1.00 and above from a charge of $0.0005 per share to a charge of $0.0010 per share. As defined on the BYX fee schedule, the reference to “non-displayed liquidity” for purposes of the fee schedule includes liquidity resulting from all forms of Pegged Orders,<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>Mid-Point Peg Orders,<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Non-Displayed Orders,<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>but does not include liquidity resulting from Reserve Orders<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>or Discretionary Orders.<SU>11</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>As defined in BYX Rule 11.9(c)(8).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>As defined in BYX Rule 11.9(c)(9).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>As defined in BYX Rule 11.9(c)(11).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>As defined in BYX Rule 11.9(c)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>11</SU>As defined in BYX Rule 11.9(c)(10).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Exchange does not propose to change its pricing structure for added liquidity in securities priced below $1.00.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">(ii) Reduced Standard Routing Fees</HD>
        <P>The Exchange proposes to reduce the fee that it charges for certain of its standard best execution routing strategies. The Exchange currently offers the Parallel D, Parallel 2D, CYCLE and RECYCLE routing strategies at a charge of $0.0028 per share for executions that occur at other trading venues as a result of such strategies in securities priced $1.00 and above.<SU>12</SU>

          <FTREF/>The Exchange proposes to reduce the fee for use of such strategies to a charge of $0.0026 per share to in order to encourage use<PRTPAGE P="13682"/>of these strategies. To be consistent with this change, the Exchange proposes to charge 0.26%, rather than 0.28%, of the total dollar value of the executions at other trading venues as a result of Parallel D, Parallel 2D, CYCLE and RECYCLE in securities priced under $1.00 per share.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>12</SU>The Exchange's routing strategies are described in Rule 11.13(a)(3).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">(iii) Destination Specific Routing to EDGA Exchange</HD>
        <P>The Exchange currently provides a discounted fee for Destination Specific Orders routed to certain market centers (NYSE, NYSE Arca and NASDAQ), which, in each instance is $0.0001 less per share for orders routed to such market centers by the Exchange than such market centers currently charge for removing liquidity (referred to by the Exchange as “One Under” pricing). Consistent with this program, the Exchange proposes to adopt pricing for Destination Specific Orders routed to EDGA Exchange. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to provide a rebate of $0.00025 per share for BYX + EDGA Destination Specific Orders executed at EDGA, which is $0.0001 higher per share than the $0.00015 per share rebate provided by EDGA for orders that remove liquidity.</P>
        <P>The Exchange imposes a charge of $0.0030 per share for Destination Specific Orders sent to and executed by any market center for which it does not have any separately identified pricing. Based on the change described above, the Exchange proposes to add EDGA to the list of market centers to which this charge does not apply.</P>
        <P>Consistent with the changes described above, the Exchange proposes to change the title of its Discounted Destination Specific Routing section to refer to the program as “One Under/Better,” rather than “One Under,” and to add reference to EDGA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
        <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder that are applicable to a national securities exchange, and, in particular, with the requirements of Section 6 of the Act.<SU>13</SU>
          <FTREF/>Specifically, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b)(4) of the Act,<SU>14</SU>
          <FTREF/>in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees and other charges among members and other persons using any facility or system which the Exchange operates or controls. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive. The Exchange believes that its fees and credits are competitive with those charged by other venues.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>13</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>14</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>While the establishment of tiered pricing for adding displayed liquidity to the Exchange's order book will result in a small increase in fees for some Members, this fee still remains lower than other markets that impose a fee to add liquidity, such as EDGA Exchange and NASDAQ OMX BX. Similarly, while the Exchange's proposal to increase the fee to add non-displayed liquidity to the Exchange will result in an increase in fees for Members that add non-displayed liquidity, this fee is lower than the fee to add liquidity (whether displayed or non-displayed) to NASDAQ OMX BX. As it relates to its differentiation between displayed and non-displayed liquidity, the Exchange believes that a fee structure that provides greater incentives to add displayed liquidity than incentives to add non-displayed liquidity is fair and reasonable. In addition, to the extent the proposed changes will result in increased fees charged to Members, the Exchange believes that any additional revenue it receives will allow the Exchange to devote additional capital to its operations and to continue to offer competitive pricing, which, in turn, will benefit Members of the Exchange.</P>
        <P>The reduction of the routing fee for several of the BYX standard routing options and the adoption of new pricing for a Destination Specific Order that offers improvement of the execution rebate offered by another market center are changes intended to attract order flow to BYX by offering competitive rates to Exchange Members for strategies that first check the BYX order book before routing to away venues. Accordingly, the Exchange's proposal will result in reduced fees that will benefit Members due to the obvious economic savings those Members will receive and the potential of increased available liquidity at the Exchange.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
        <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change imposes any burden on competition.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
        <P>No written comments were solicited or received.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act<SU>15</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4(f)(2) thereunder,<SU>16</SU>
          <FTREF/>the Exchange has designated this proposal as establishing or changing a due, fee, or other charge applicable to its members, which renders the proposed rule change effective upon filing.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>15</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(ii).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>16</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(2).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>); or</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>Please include File Number SR-BYX-2011-005 on the subject line.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-BYX-2011-005. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet website (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml).</E>Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be<PRTPAGE P="13683"/>available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of such filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal offices of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-BYX-2011-005, and should be submitted on or before April 4, 2011.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <P>For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.<SU>17</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>17</SU>17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <NAME>Cathy H. Ahn,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5774 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-64053; File No. SR-FICC-2011-01]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Fixed Income Clearing Corporation; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Notify Participants That the Mortgage Backed Securities Division Intends To Move the Time at Which It Runs Its Daily Morning Pass</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 8, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>notice is hereby given that on March 2, 2011, the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which items have been prepared primarily by FICC. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments from interested persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>The purpose of the proposed rule change is to notify participants that the Mortgage Backed Securities Division (“MBSD”) intends to move the time at which it runs its daily morning pass (also referred to as the “AM Pass”) from 10:30 a.m. to 2 p.m. (EST).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>In its filing with the Commission, FICC included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. FICC has prepared summaries, set forth in sections (A), (B), and (C) below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>The Commission has modified the text of the summaries prepared by FICC.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">(A) Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>The purpose of this filing is to notify participants that MBSD intends to move the time at which it runs its daily morning pass from 10:30 a.m. to 2 p.m. (EST).<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>The proposed change to 2 p.m. for the morning pass will allow more trades to be included into the TBA Net and therefore will assist in reducing the amount of fails in the market in addition to reducing the related operational risk. The above change is being made at the request of The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”) MBS Operations Committee. In addition, MBSD reviewed the potential change with member firms not represented on the SIFMA Committee, and no objections were raised.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>MBSD also executes an evening pass (also referred to as the “PM Pass”) at 8 p.m. (EST) that will remain unchanged. On days where MBSD executes its TBA Netting cycle, it immediately follows the completion of the morning pass.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The effective date of this change will be announced to MBSD participants by Important Notice.</P>
        <P>FICC believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of Section 17A of the Act<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to FICC because it should provide for the prompt and accurate clearance and settlement of securities transactions by including a greater proportion of transactions in the TBA netting cycle. Additionally, the proposed rule change should result in fewer fails, and reduced operational risk.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>15 U.S.C. 78q-1.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">(B) Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
        <P>FICC does not believe that the proposed rule change will have any impact on or impose any burden on competition.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">(C) Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
        <P>No written comments relating to the proposed rule change have been solicited or received. FICC will notify the Commission of any written comments received by FICC.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
        <P>The foregoing rule change has become effective upon filing pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4(f)(4)<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>thereunder because the proposed rule effects a change in an existing service that (i) does not adversely affect the safeguarding of securities or funds in the custody or control of FICC or for which it is responsible and (ii) does not significantly affect the respective rights or obligations of FICC or persons using the service. At any time within sixty days of the filing of such rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>) or</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>Please include File Number SR-FICC-2011-01 on the subject line.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-FICC-2011-01. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will<PRTPAGE P="13684"/>post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule changes that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of such filings also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of FICC and on FICC's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ficc.com.</E>All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-FICC-2011-01 and should be submitted on or before April 4, 2011.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <P>For the Commission by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.<SU>7</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>7</SU>17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <NAME>Cathy H. Ahn,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5773 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-64061; File No. SR-Phlx-2011-30]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Modify Fees for Co-Location Services</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 8, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>notice is hereby given that on March 1, 2011, NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC (“PHLX” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of the Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>

        <P>The Exchange proposes to modify pricing for co-location services. The Exchange will implement the proposed change on March 1, 2011. The text of the proposed rule change is available at<E T="03">http://nasdaqomxphlx.cchwallstreet.com/nasdaqomxphlx/phlx/,</E>at the Exchange's principal office, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
        <P>The Exchange is amending its co-location fee schedule to: (1) Institute a monthly fee of $300 for telecommunications and inter-cabinet cross connections; and (2) fees for additional patch and power cords.</P>
        <P>Under the proposal, co-location customers having telecommunications cross-connections to approved telecommunication carriers in the datacenter will be assessed a monthly fee of $300 per connection. For the convenience of its customers, the Exchange allows telecommunications carriers to maintain a presence in the data center free of charge. In addition, inter-cabinet connections to other customers in the datacenter will be likewise assessed a $300 per-month, per-connection fee. These fees will only be assessed on the customer that requested the initiation of the connection, and cross-connections between cabinets being used by the same customer will not be assessed the fee.</P>
        <P>The Exchange is also proposing to introduce fees for patch and power cords. Under the proposal, the Exchange will maintain an inventory of patch cords (ethernet and fiber optic cables) and power cords at the datacenter and make them available to customers should they desire to purchase them. The proposed fees for patch cords vary with their capabilities and length, with copper patch cord being charged at $4.50 + $.50 per foot; multi-mode fiber patch cord being priced at $20 + $1.50 per-meter, and single-mode fiber patch cord priced at $24 + $.75 per-meter. For power cords, the Exchange proposes to charge $5 for 5-15P—C13 cords of two to four feet in length, and $10 for C14-C19 cords also of two to four feet in length.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Exchange is making the cords available as a convenience to customers, and notes that use of Exchange-provided patch and power cords is completely voluntary, and that such cords may be freely obtained by [sic] other vendors for use by customers in the datacenter.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>The P, C, and number designations reflect differences in the shape of a cord's plug as well a cord's power throughput capability.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
        <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>in general, and with Section 6(b)(4) of the Act,<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees and other charges among members and issuers and other persons using any facility or system which the Exchange operates or controls.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market, in which exchanges offer co-location services as a means to facilitate the trading activities of those members who believe that co-location enhances the efficiency of their trading. Accordingly, fees charged for co-location services are constrained by the active competitive [sic] for the order flow of such members. If a particular exchange charges excessive fees for co-location services, affected members will opt to terminate their co-location arrangements with that exchange, and adopt a possible range of alternative strategies, including co-locating with a different exchange, placing their servers in a physically proximate location outside the exchange's data center, or pursuing trading strategies not dependent upon co-location. Accordingly, the exchange charging excessive fees would stand to lose not only co-location revenues but also revenues associated with the execution<PRTPAGE P="13685"/>of orders routed to it by affected members. The Exchange believes that this competitive dynamic imposes powerful restraints on the ability of any exchange to charge unreasonable fees for co-location services. Moreover, all of the Exchange's fees for co-location services are equitably allocated and non-discriminatory, in that all co-location customers are offered the same range of products and services and there is no differentiation among customers with regard to the fees charged for a particular product, service, or piece of equipment.</P>
        <P>It should be noted, however, that the costs associated with operating a co-location facility, like the costs of operating the electronic trading facility with which the co-location facility is associated, are primarily fixed costs, and in the case of co-location are primarily the costs of renting or owning data center space and retaining a staff of technical personnel. Accordingly, the Exchange establishes a range of co-location fees with the goal of covering these fixed costs, covering less significant marginal costs, such as the cost of electricity, and earning a return on its investment. Because fixed costs must be allocated among all customers, the Exchange's fee schedule reflects an effort to assess a range of relatively low fees for specific aspects of co-location services, which, in the aggregate, will allow the Exchange to cover its costs and earn a return on investment.</P>
        <P>In the case of inter-cabinet connection fees, the proposed fee of $300 per month covers the marginal costs of establishing and maintaining such connections, and also allows customers maintaining such connections to contribute to the fixed costs of data center operation. Notably, because telecommunications providers are provided with free data center space as a convenience to co-located customers, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to impose charges on persons connecting to such providers as a means of defraying the fixed rental cost incurred in making such space available to the telecommunications providers. The Exchange further believes that the number of data center cross connections correlates to the extent and complexity of a customer's operations within the data center. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to use fees assessed on this basis as a means to recoup a share of fixed costs and earn a return on investment.</P>

        <P>The Exchange also notes that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) imposes charges for connections within the data center that include a $500 per month charge for connections between cabinets of the same customer, and charges for connectivity bundles that include a limited number of connections to telecommunications providers and connections within the data center for monthly fees ranging from $13,000 to $61,000 per month, depending on the number of connections and the bandwidth. NYSEArca charges $600 per month for all connections within its data center.<E T="03">See http://www.nyse.com/pdfs/nyse_equities_pricelist.pdf</E>at page 14 and<E T="03">http://www.nyse.com/pdfs/nysearcaMarketplaceFees112011-Clean.pdf</E>at p. 10. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that its proposed fee of $300 per month is reasonable in comparison with fees already charged for comparable services of other exchanges offering co-location.</P>

        <P>With respect to the Exchange's proposed fees for power cords, the Exchange believes that its fees are a reasonable reflection of its costs to obtain and resell such cords as a convenience to its customers. Notably, the fees charged by the Exchange are generally comparable to prices charged by unregulated vendors for similar products.<E T="03">See http://www.comegacity.com/cables-computer/power-cables/tripp-lite-p047-002-2ft-ac-power-cord-c19-c14-10</E>; and<E T="03">http://www.cables.com/Products/NEMA-5-15P-TO-IEC320-C13-13a-4-Feet_PCRD-4-13A.aspx</E>. The same is true for the proposed patch cord pricing.<E T="03">See http://www.cablestogo.com/product_list.asp?cat_id=3525;</E>and<E T="03">http://www.cablestogo.com/product.asp?cat_id=2323&amp;sku=33027</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
        <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. As discussed above, the Exchange believes that fees for co-location services are constrained by the robust competition for order flow among exchanges and non-exchange markets, because co-location exists to advance that competition, and excessive fees for co-location services would serve to impair an exchange's ability to compete for order flow rather than burdening competition.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
        <P>Written comments were neither solicited nor received.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
        <P>The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(a)(ii). [sic]</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change, as amended, is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml);</E>or</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov</E>. Please include File Number SR-Phlx-2011-30 on the subject line.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-Phlx-2011-30. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used.</FP>

        <P>To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet website (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml).</E>Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public<PRTPAGE P="13686"/>Reference Room on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of such filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal offices of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly.</P>
        <P>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-Phlx-2011-30, and should be submitted on or before April 4, 2011.</P>
        <SIG>
          <P>For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.<SU>7</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>7</SU>17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <NAME>Cathy H. Ahn,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5764 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-64060; File No. SR-NASDAQ-2011-035]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Modify Fees for Co-Location Services</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 8, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>notice is hereby given that on March 1, 2011, The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“NASDAQ” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of the Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>

        <P>The Exchange proposes to modify pricing for co-location services. The Exchange will implement the proposed change on March 1, 2011. The text of the proposed rule change is available at<E T="03">http://nasdaq.cchwallstreet.com/,</E>at the Exchange's principal office, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
        <P>The Exchange is amending its co-location fee schedule to: (1) Institute a monthly fee of $300 for telecommunications and inter-cabinet cross connections; and (2) fees for additional patch and power cords.</P>
        <P>Under the proposal, co-location customers having telecommunications cross-connections to approved telecommunication carriers in the datacenter will be assessed a monthly fee of $300 per connection. For the convenience of its customers, the Exchange allows telecommunications carriers to maintain a presence in the data center free of charge. In addition, inter-cabinet connections to other customers in the datacenter will be likewise assessed a $300 per-month, per-connection fee. These fees will only be assessed on the customer that requested the initiation of the connection, and cross-connections between cabinets being used by the same customer will not be assessed the fee.</P>
        <P>The Exchange is also proposing to introduce fees for patch and power cords. Under the proposal, the Exchange will maintain an inventory of patch cords (ethernet and fiber optic cables) and power cords at the datacenter and make them available to customers should they desire to purchase them. The proposed fees for patch cords vary with their capabilities and length, with copper patch cord being charged at $4.50 + $.50 per foot; multi-mode fiber patch cord being priced at $20 + $1.50 per-meter, and single-mode fiber patch cord priced at $24 + $.75 per-meter. For power cords, the Exchange proposes to charge $5 for 5-15P—C13 cords of two to four feet in length, and $10 for C14—C19 cords also of two to four feet in length.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Exchange is making the cords available as a convenience to customers, and notes that use of Exchange-provided patch and power cords is completely voluntary, and that such cords may be freely obtained by [sic] other vendors for use by customers in the datacenter.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>The P, C, and number designations reflect differences in the shape of a cord's plug as well a cord's power throughput capability.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
        <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>in general, and with Section 6(b)(4) of the Act,<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees and other charges among members and issuers and other persons using any facility or system which the Exchange operates or controls.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market, in which exchanges offer co-location services as a means to facilitate the trading activities of those members who believe that co-location enhances the efficiency of their trading. Accordingly, fees charged for co-location services are constrained by the active competitive [sic] for the order flow of such members. If a particular exchange charges excessive fees for co-location services, affected members will opt to terminate their co-location arrangements with that exchange, and adopt a possible range of alternative strategies, including co-locating with a different exchange, placing their servers in a physically proximate location outside the exchange's data center, or pursuing trading strategies not dependent upon co-location. Accordingly, the exchange charging excessive fees would stand to lose not only co-location revenues but also revenues associated with the execution of orders routed to it by affected members. The Exchange believes that this competitive dynamic imposes powerful restraints on the ability of any exchange to charge unreasonable fees for co-location services. Moreover, all of the Exchange's fees for co-location services are equitably allocated and non-discriminatory, in that all co-location customers are offered the same range of products and services and there is no differentiation among customers with regard to the fees charged for a particular product, service, or piece of equipment.</P>

        <P>It should be noted, however, that the costs associated with operating a co-<PRTPAGE P="13687"/>location facility, like the costs of operating the electronic trading facility with which the co-location facility is associated, are primarily fixed costs, and in the case of co-location are primarily the costs of renting or owning data center space and retaining a staff of technical personnel. Accordingly, the Exchange establishes a range of co-location fees with the goal of covering these fixed costs, covering less significant marginal costs, such as the cost of electricity, and earning a return on its investment. Because fixed costs must be allocated among all customers, the Exchange's fee schedule reflects an effort to assess a range of relatively low fees for specific aspects of co-location services, which, in the aggregate, will allow the Exchange to cover its costs and earn a return on investment.</P>
        <P>In the case of inter-cabinet connection fees, the proposed fee of $300 per month covers the marginal costs of establishing and maintaining such connections, and also allows customers maintaining such connections to contribute to the fixed costs of data center operation. Notably, because telecommunications providers are provided with free data center space as a convenience to co-located customers, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to impose charges on persons connecting to such providers as a means of defraying the fixed rental cost incurred in making such space available to the telecommunications providers. The Exchange further believes that the number of data center cross connections correlates to the extent and complexity of a customer's operations within the data center. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to use fees assessed on this basis as a means to recoup a share of fixed costs and earn a return on investment.</P>

        <P>The Exchange also notes that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) imposes charges for connections within the data center that include a $500 per month charge for connections between cabinets of the same customer, and charges for connectivity bundles that include a limited number of connections to telecommunications providers and connections within the data center for monthly fees ranging from $13,000 to $61,000 per month, depending on the number of connections and the bandwidth. NYSEArca charges $600 per month for all connections within its data center.<E T="03">See http://www.nyse.com/pdfs/nyse_equities_pricelist.pdf</E>at page 14 and.<E T="03">http://www.nyse.com/pdfs/nysearcaMarketplaceFees112011-Clean.pdf</E>at p. 10. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that its proposed fee of $300 per month is reasonable in comparison with fees already charged for comparable services of other exchanges offering co-location.</P>

        <P>With respect to the Exchange's proposed fees for power cords, the Exchange believes that its fees are a reasonable reflection of its costs to obtain and resell such cords as a convenience to its customers. Notably, the fees charged by the Exchange are generally comparable to prices charged by unregulated vendors for similar products. See<E T="03">http://www.comegacity.com/cables-computer/power-cables/tripp-lite-p047-002-2ft-ac-power-cord-c19-c14-10;</E>and<E T="03">http://www.cables.com/Products/NEMA-5-15P-TO-IEC320-C13-13a-4-Feet_PCRD-4-13A.aspx</E>. The same is true for the proposed patch cord pricing.<E T="03">See http://www.cablestogo.com/product_list.asp?cat_id=3525;</E>and<E T="03">http://www.cablestogo.com/product.asp?cat_id=2323&amp;sku=33027.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
        <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. As discussed above, the Exchange believes that fees for co-location services are constrained by the robust competition for order flow among exchanges and non-exchange markets, because co-location exists to advance that competition, and excessive fees for co-location services would serve to impair an exchange's ability to compete for order flow rather than burdening competition.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
        <P>Written comments were neither solicited nor received.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
        <P>The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(a)(ii). [sic]</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change, as amended, is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>); or</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>Please include File Number SR-NASDAQ-2011-035 on the subject line.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-NASDAQ-2011-035. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet website (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of such filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal offices of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-NASDAQ-2011-035, and should be submitted on or before April 4, 2011.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <PRTPAGE P="13688"/>
          <P>For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.<SU>7</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>7</SU>17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <NAME>Cathy H. Ahn,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5763 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-64058; File No. SR-C2-2011-006]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Related to the Opening System</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 8, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>notice is hereby given that on March 1, 2011, the C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated (“Exchange” or “C2”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Exchange has designated the proposal as a “non-controversial” proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>The Exchange proposes to modify Rule 6.11,<E T="03">Openings (and sometimes Closings).</E>The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site (<E T="03">http://www.c2exchange.com/Legal/RuleFilings.aspx</E>), at the Exchange's Office of the Secretary and at the Commission.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and the Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
        <P>Rule 6.11 describes the Exchange's procedures for conducting trading rotations. The Exchange is proposing to amend Rule 6.11 in various respects.</P>

        <P>First, to have more flexibility in a manner that is consistent with other C2 rules with order eligibility provisions, the Exchange is proposing to amend Rule 6.11 to include an order eligibility provision. In particular, Rule 6.11 will be amended to provide that the Exchange shall designate the eligible order size, eligible order type, eligible order origin code (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>public customer orders, non-Market Maker broker-dealer orders, and Market Maker broker-dealer orders) that the System will accept for rotations on a class-by-class basis. The proposal would not, however, permit the Exchange to discriminate among individual market participants of the same type (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>permit certain market-maker orders but not others to be eligible). The Rule will also be amended to delete a reference to spread orders and contingency orders not being eligible to participate in opening trades or in the determination of the opening price, expected opening price or expected opening size. (As revised, the Exchange would determine whether to designate these orders types as eligible on a class-by-class basis, just as it would for any other order type.) Any changes to the order eligibility parameters determined by the Exchange would be announced to C2 Participants via Regulatory Circular.</P>

        <P>This proposed change to include order eligibility requirements within Rule 6.11 is consistent with the order eligibility requirements contained in other rules, such as the order eligibility requirements for Rule 6.14,<E T="03">SAL</E>(SAL is a feature that auctions marketable orders for price improvement over the national best bid and offer). The proposed rule change is also consistent with the provisions of Rule 6.10,<E T="03">Orders Types Defined,</E>
          <SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>which provides that the classes and/or systems for which the orders types described in Rule 6.10 shall be available will be as provided in the Exchange Rules, as the context may indicate, or as otherwise specified via Regulatory Circular.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>The Exchange is also proposing to change the title of Rule 6.10 to “Order Types Defined.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Second, the Exchange is proposing to adopt new Interpretation and Policy .01 to Rule 6.11 to provide that the Exchange may determine on a class-by-class basis which electronic allocation algorithm<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>would apply for rotations. Currently Rule 6.11(g) provides that, in determining priority of orders and quotes to be traded at a single clearing price, the System gives priority to public customer market orders first (with multiple orders ranked based on time priority), then to non-public customer market orders second (with multiple orders being ranked based on time priority), then to multiple quotes and orders whose price is better than the opening price (with multiple quotes and orders being ranked in accordance with the allocation algorithm in effect for the option class), then to limit orders and quotes at the opening price (with multiple orders and quotes ranked in accordance with the allocation algorithm in effect for the class). Any remaining marketable order(s) are then exposed and allocated in accordance with the matching algorithms in effect for the class. The Exchange is proposing to remove these specific allocation algorithm descriptions. Instead, the provision will be amended to provide that, in determining the priority of orders and quotes to be traded at a single clearing price, the System will give priority to market orders first, then to limit orders and quotes whose price is better than the opening price, and then to resting orders and quotes at the opening price. In addition, as indicated above, the Exchange is proposing to adopt new Interpretation and Policy .01 to Rule 6.11. Proposed Interpretation and Policy .01 to Rule 6.11 will provide that the Exchange may determine on a class-by-class basis which electronic allocation algorithm would apply for rotations. This change will also provide the Exchange with additional flexibility to permit the allocation algorithm in effect for a rotation to be different from the allocation algorithm in effect for the option class. All pronouncements regarding allocation algorithm determinations by the Exchange will be announced to C2 Participants via Regulatory Circular.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>6</SU>The allocation algorithms include base execution algorithms (price-time, pro-rata, and price-time with primary public customer priority and secondary trade participation right priority) and an optional market turner priority overlay.<E T="03">See</E>Rule 6.12,<E T="03">Order Execution and Priority.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>In conjunction with this change, the Exchange is also proposing to modify Rule 6.11 to codify and describe the<PRTPAGE P="13689"/>manner in which the System handles opening imbalances in series that open at a minimum price increment (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>a series that opens at a price of $0.05 when the series is quoted in $0.05 increments and a series that opens at a price of $0.01 when the series is quoted in $0.01 increments). In those scenarios, the System opens even if a sell market order imbalance exists. In addition, the Exchange may determine to apply a separate electronic allocation algorithm for series that open at a minimum price increment due to a sell market order imbalance. As indicated above, pronouncements regarding allocation algorithm determinations will be announced via Regulatory Circular.</P>
        <P>The matching algorithm applied for rotations for each option class will be pursuant to Rule 6.12. Thus, the Exchange is not creating any new algorithms, but is amending Rule 6.11 to make clear that the Exchange may determine the applicable allocation algorithm for rotations as described above and to provide the flexibility for the Exchange to choose an algorithm from among the existing algorithms to be applied to rotations, rather than simply defaulting to the algorithm in effect for intra-day trading in the option class.</P>
        <P>Finally, the Exchange is proposing non-substantive amendments to Rule 6.11, so that the rule text can generally be more consistently organized, numbered and worded. For example, the Exchange is proposing to add descriptive headings to sections of the rule that do not already have such headings, and to replace multiple references to Exchange determinations being announced via Regulatory Circular with a single reference in proposed Interpretation and Policy .02, which will provide that all pronouncements regarding determinations by the Exchange pursuant to Rule 6.11 and the Interpretations and Policies thereunder will be announced to Participants via Regulatory Circular.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
        <P>The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>in general and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>in particular in that it is designed to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposed change would provide more flexibility and clarity in our rotations rule. The Exchange also believes that the proposed order eligibility provision is consistent with order eligibility provisions in other existing rules, such as the SAL and order type rules.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
        <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
        <P>The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposal.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
        <P>Because the foregoing rule does not (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, provided that the self-regulatory organization has given the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change or such shorter time as designated by the Commission, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>); or</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>Please include File Number SR-C2-2011-006 on the subject line.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-C2-2011-006. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 am and 3 p.m. Copies of such filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-C2-2011-006 and should be submitted on or before April 4, 2011.<FTREF/>
        </FP>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>11</SU>17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <SIG>
          <P>For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.<SU>11</SU>
          </P>
          <NAME>Cathy H. Ahn,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5762 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="13690"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-64057; File No. SR-CBOE-2011-019]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Modify the CBOE Fees Schedule</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 8, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”)<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>notice is hereby given that on February 25, 2011 [sic], Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated (the “Exchange” or “CBOE”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>

        <P>The Exchange proposes to modify the Fees Schedule to amend its linkage fees. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site (<E T="03">http://www.cboe.org/legal</E>), at the Exchange's Office of the Secretary, and at the Commission.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
        <P>Currently, when the Exchange receives a customer order that has an original size of 500 or more contracts that is routed for execution, in whole or in part, to one or more exchanges in connection with the Options Order Protection and Locked/Crossed Market Plan (a “Customer Linkage Transaction”), the Exchange charges $0.35 per contract in addition to the customary CBOE execution charges.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Exchange proposes to reduce the qualifying customer order size from 500 or more contracts to 100 or more contracts. This change will allow the Exchange to pass through some of the transaction costs incurred by the Exchange associated with the execution and handling of larger orders.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>CBOE Fees Schedule, Section 20.<E T="03">See, also,</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 63701 (January 11, 2011), 76 FR 2934 (January 18, 2011) (SR-CBOE-2010-116) and Securities Exchange Act Release No. 62793 (August 30, 2010), 75 FR 54408 (September 7, 2010) (SR-CBOE-2010-076).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Exchange further proposes to eliminate the flat $0.35 per contract fee for Customer Linkage Transactions, and instead pass through the actual transaction fee(s) assessed on the transaction(s) by the exchange(s) to which the order was routed, minus a $0.05 per contract discount. These changes allow the Exchange to more accurately pass through some of the transaction costs incurred by the Exchange associated with Customer Linkage Transactions while still offering an added incentive to route orders to CBOE.</P>
        <P>The Exchange does not propose to collect these fees for orders initially routed for manual handling by CBOE Floor Brokers. More specifically, the Exchange will exempt from these pass-through fees customer orders that originate from the trading floor via an Exchange sponsored terminal like a Floor Broker Workstation.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>The primary objective of the fee change is to recoup some of the costs associated with large electronic orders that are initially transmitted to CBOE by parties who, in many instances, could be seeking to avoid being assessed another market's transaction fees. Orders that are initially routed to CBOE Floor Brokers are not attempting to avoid fees since they incur brokerage commission charges in connection with manual handling. Rather, orders that are handled by CBOE Floor Brokers are large, complex orders that are primarily executed on the CBOE, which only are transmitted to away markets if, during their execution on CBOE, it is necessary to sweep some away markets.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>The Floor Broker Workstation is a system for electronically entering and managing orders on the Exchange floor. Floor Broker Workstations are operated by Floor Brokers.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The proposed fee change will take effect on March 1, 2011.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
        <P>The proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>in general, and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(4)<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>of the Act in particular, in that the passing through of the actual transaction fees assessed on away exchanges for Customer Linkage Transactions is designed to provide for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among CBOE Trading Permit Holders and other persons using Exchange facilities. Exempting customer orders that originate from an Exchange-sponsored terminal from the pass-through fees is equitable because Floor Brokers and their customers are already assessed a number of fees in connection with trading on the Exchange Floor.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
        <P>CBOE does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants or Others</HD>
        <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
        <P>The proposed rule change is designated by the Exchange as establishing or changing a due, fee, or other charge, thereby qualifying for effectiveness on filing pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii)<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>of the Act and subparagraph (f)(2) of Rule 19b-4<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>thereunder.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(ii).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>17 C.F.R. 240.19b-4(f)(2).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>

        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule<PRTPAGE P="13691"/>change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>); or</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>Please include File Number SR-CBOE-2011-019 on the subject line.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-CBOE-2011-019. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet website (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro/shtml</E>). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of such filing will also be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File No. SR-CBOE-2011-019 and should be submitted on or before April 4, 2011.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <P>For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.<SU>9</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>9</SU>17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <NAME>Cathy H. Ahn,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5761 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-64052; File No. SR-C2-2011-010]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated: Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Establish a Revenue Sharing Program With Correlix, Inc.</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 8, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”)<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>notice is hereby given that, on March 1, 2011, C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated (“C2” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by C2. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>

        <P>C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated (“C2” or “Exchange”) proposes to establish a revenue sharing program with Correlix, Inc. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site (<E T="03">http://www.cboe.org/legal</E>), at the Exchange's Office of the Secretary and at the Commission.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>In its filing with the Commission, C2 included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. C2 has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
        <P>The Exchange is filing a proposed rule change to establish a revenue sharing program with Correlix. The Exchange has entered into an agreement with Correlix to provide to users of the Exchange real-time analytical tools to measure the latency of orders to and from its systems. Under the agreement, the Exchange will receive 30% of the total monthly subscription fees received by Correlix from parties who have contracted directly with Correlix to use their RaceTeam latency measurement service for the Exchange's systems. The Exchange will not bill or contract with any Correlix RaceTeam customer directly.</P>
        <P>Pricing for the Correlix RaceTeam product for the Exchange varies depending on the number of unique acronyms and logons selected by the customer for monitoring by Correlix. For the Exchange, the fee will be an initial $1,500 monthly base fee for the first unique acronym monitored. For each additional unique acronym sought to be monitored, an additional monthly charge of $1,500 will be assessed. The monthly price for each unique acronym includes the monitoring of up to 25 Exchange logons associated with that particular acronym. Customers that wish to exceed 25 logons per-acronym for monitoring can purchase additional 25 logon blocks for an additional fee of $750 per month per acronym.</P>
        <P>Under the program, Correlix will see an individualized unique Exchange-generated identifier that will allow Correlix RaceTeam to determine round trip order time,<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>from the time the order reaches the Exchange extranet, through the Exchange matching engine, and back out of the Exchange extranet. The RaceTeam product offering does not measure latency outside of the Exchange extranet. The unique identifier serves as a technological information barrier so that the RaceTeam data collector will only be able to view data for Correlix RaceTeam subscriber firms related to latency. Correlix will not see subscriber's individual order detail such as security, price or size. Individual RaceTeam subscribers' logins will restrict access to only their own latency data. Correlix will see no specific information regarding the trading activity of non-subscribers. The Exchange believes that the above arrangement will provide users of its systems greater transparency into the processing of their trading activity and allow them to make more efficient trading decisions.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>The product measures latency of orders whether the orders are rejected, executed or partially executed.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>

        <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with<PRTPAGE P="13692"/>the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934(“Act”),<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>in general, and with Section 6(b)(5)<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>of the Act in particular, in that the proposal is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. In particular, the proposal will provide greater transparency into trade and information processing and thus allow market participants to make better informed and more efficient trading decisions.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>15 U.S.C. 78(f)(b)(5).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In addition, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act in general, and with Section 6(b)(4)<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>of the Act in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees and other charges among C2 Trading Permit Holders and other persons using any facility or system which the Exchange operates or controls. In particular, the Exchange notes that the use of Correlix latency measurement services is entirely voluntary and made available on a non-discriminatory basis. In addition, the Exchange believes the proposed fees are equitable and reasonable in that they are charged uniformly to all market participants and are comparable to the fees charged by Correlix in connection with its revenue sharing programs with other exchanges.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
        <P>C2 does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of purposes of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
        <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
        <P>The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>Because the proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative prior to 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act and Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) thereunder.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Commission notes that the Exchange satisfied this five-day pre-filing requirement.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>); or</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>Please include File Number SR-C2-2011-010 on the subject line.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-C2-2011-010. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-C2-2011-010 and should be submitted on or before April 4, 2011.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <P>For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.<SU>9</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>9</SU>17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <NAME>Cathy H. Ahn,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5720 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-64051; File No. SR-CBOE-2011-023]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated: Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To  Establish a Revenue Sharing Program With Correlix, Inc.</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 8, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”)<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,<SU>2</SU>

          <FTREF/>notice is hereby given that, on March 1, 2011, Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated (“CBOE” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission<PRTPAGE P="13693"/>(“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by CBOE. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>

        <P>Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated (“CBOE” or “Exchange”) proposes to establish a revenue sharing program with Correlix, Inc. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site (<E T="03">http://www.cboe.org/legal</E>), at the Exchange's Office of the Secretary and at the Commission.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>In its filing with the Commission, CBOE included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. CBOE has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
        <P>The Exchange is filing a proposed rule change to establish a revenue sharing program with Correlix. The Exchange has entered into an agreement with Correlix to provide to users of the Exchange real-time analytical tools to measure the latency of orders to and from its systems. Under the agreement, the Exchange will receive 30% of the total monthly subscription fees received by Correlix from parties who have contracted directly with Correlix to use their RaceTeam latency measurement service for the Exchange's systems. The Exchange will not bill or contract with any Correlix RaceTeam customer directly.</P>
        <P>Pricing for the Correlix RaceTeam product for the Exchange varies depending on the number of unique acronyms and logons selected by the customer for monitoring by Correlix. For the Exchange, the fee will be an initial $1,500 monthly base fee for the first unique acronym monitored. For each additional unique acronym sought to be monitored, an additional monthly charge of $1,500 will be assessed. The monthly price for each unique acronym includes the monitoring of up to 25 Exchange logons associated with that particular acronym. Customers that wish to exceed 25 logons per-acronym for monitoring can purchase additional 25 logon blocks for an additional fee of $750 per month per acronym.</P>
        <P>Under the program, Correlix will see an individualized unique Exchange-generated identifier that will allow Correlix RaceTeam to determine round trip order time,<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>from the time the order reaches the Exchange extranet, through the Exchange matching engine, and back out of the Exchange extranet. The RaceTeam product offering does not measure latency outside of the Exchange extranet. The unique identifier serves as a technological information barrier so that the RaceTeam data collector will only be able to view data for Correlix RaceTeam subscriber firms related to latency. Correlix will not see subscriber's individual order detail such as security, price or size. Individual RaceTeam subscribers' logins will restrict access to only their own latency data. Correlix will see no specific information regarding the trading activity of non-subscribers. The Exchange believes that the above arrangement will provide users of its systems greater transparency into the processing of their trading activity and allow them to make more efficient trading decisions.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>The product measures latency of orders whether the orders are rejected, executed or partially executed.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
        <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>in general, and with Section 6(b)(5)<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>of the Act in particular, in that the proposal is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. In particular, the proposal will provide greater transparency into trade and information processing and thus allow market participants to make better informed and more efficient trading decisions.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>15 U.S.C. 78(f)(b)(5).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In addition, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act in general, and with Section 6(b)(4)<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>of the Act in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees and other charges among CBOE Trading Permit Holders and other persons using any facility or system which the Exchange operates or controls. In particular, the Exchange notes that the use of Correlix latency measurement services is entirely voluntary and made available on a non-discriminatory basis. In addition, the Exchange believes the proposed fees are equitable and reasonable in that they are charged uniformly to all market participants and are comparable to the fees charged by Correlix in connection with its revenue sharing programs with other exchanges.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
        <P>CBOE does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of purposes of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
        <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
        <P>The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.<SU>8</SU>

          <FTREF/>Because the proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative prior to 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become<PRTPAGE P="13694"/>effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act and Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) thereunder.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Commission notes that the Exchange satisfied this five-day pre-filing requirement.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>); or</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov</E>. Please include File Number SR-CBOE-2011-023 on the subject line.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-CBOE-2011-023. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-CBOE-2011-023 and should be submitted on or before April 4, 2011.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <P>For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.<SU>9</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>9</SU>17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <NAME>Cathy H. Ahn,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5719 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-64050; File No. SR-NASDAQ-2011-034]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Enhance the Investor Support Program</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 8, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>notice is hereby given that, on February 28, 2011, The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (the “Exchange” or “NASDAQ”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III below, which Items have been prepared by NASDAQ. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>NASDAQ proposes changes to the fee provisions of Rule 7014 (Investor Support Program) to increase the rebate for adding targeted liquidity within the Investor Support Program. The Exchange also proposes to amend a typographical error.</P>
        <P>NASDAQ has designated this fee change proposal effective and operative upon filing.</P>
        <P>The text of the proposed rule change is available at<E T="03">http://nasdaq.cchwallstreet.com,</E>at NASDAQ's principal office, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>In its filing with the Commission, NASDAQ included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. NASDAQ has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and the Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
        <P>The Exchange is proposing changes to the fee provisions of Rule 7014 to increase the rebate for adding targeted liquidity within the Investor Support Program. The Exchange also proposes to amend a typographical error.</P>
        <P>The Exchange established an Investor Support Program (“ISP”) that enables NASDAQ members to earn a monthly fee credit for providing additional liquidity to NASDAQ and increasing the NASDAQ-traded volume of what are generally considered to be retail and institutional investor orders in exchange-traded securities (“targeted liquidity”).<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>The goal of the ISP is to incentivize members to provide such targeted liquidity to the NASDAQ Market Center.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Exchange noted in<PRTPAGE P="13695"/>the ISP Filing that maintaining and increasing the proportion of orders in exchange-listed securities executed on a registered exchange (rather than relying on any of the available off-exchange execution methods) would help raise investors' confidence in the fairness of their transactions and would benefit all investors by deepening NASDAQ's liquidity pool, supporting the quality of price discovery, promoting market transparency and improving investor protection.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>3</SU>For a detailed description of the Investor Support Program,<E T="03">see</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 63270 (November 8, 2010), 75 FR 69489 (November 12, 2010) (NASDAQ-2010-141) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness) (the “ISP Filing”).<E T="03">See also</E>Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 63414 (December 2, 2010), 75 FR 76505 (December 8, 2010) (NASDAQ-2010-153) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness); 63628 (January 3, 2011), 76 FR 1201 (January 7, 2011) (NASDAQ-2010-154) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness); and 63891 (February 11, 2011), 76 FR 9384 (February 17, 2011) (NASDAQ-2011-022) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>4</SU>The Commission has recently expressed its concern that a significant percentage of the orders of individual investors are executed at over the counter (“OTC”) markets, that is, at off-exchange markets; and that a significant percentage of the orders of institutional investors are executed in dark pools. Securities Exchange Act Release No. 61358 (January 14, 2010), 75 FR 3594 (January 21, 2010) (Concept Release on Equity Market Structure, “Concept Release”). In the Concept Release, the Commission has recognized the strong policy preference under the Act in favor of price transparency and displayed markets. The Commission published the Concept Release to invite public comment on a wide range of market structure issues, including high frequency trading and un-displayed, or “dark,” liquidity.<E T="03">See also</E>Mary L. Schapiro,<E T="03">Strengthening Our Equity Market<PRTPAGE/>Structure</E>(Speech at the Economic Club of New York, Sept. 7, 2010) (“Schapiro Speech,” available on the Commission Web site) (comments of Commission Chairman on what she viewed as a troubling trend of reduced participation in the equity markets by individual investors, and that nearly 30 percent of volume in U.S.-listed equities is executed in venues that do not display their liquidity or make it generally available to the public).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Exchange now proposes an adjustment to the Investor Support Program, in the form of an increase in the rebate for the ISP for members that exceed the Baseline Participation Ratio<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>by at least 0.86%. The primary objective in making this adjustment is to further incentivize members to provide targeted liquidity to the Exchange by increasing the rebate for those that bring even larger amounts of liquidity to NASDAQ.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>The term “Participation Ratio” is defined as: for a given member in a given month, the ratio of (i) the number of shares of liquidity provided in orders entered by the member through any of its Nasdaq ports and executed in the Nasdaq Market Center during such month to (ii) the Consolidated Volume. Rule 7014(d)(4). The term “Consolidated Volume” is defined as: for a given member in a given month, the consolidated volume of shares of System Securities in executed orders reported to all consolidated transaction reporting plans by all exchanges and trade reporting facilities during such month. Rule 7014(d)(6).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The ISP generally compares a member's Participation Ratio for the current month to the same member's Participation Ratio in August 2010 (known as the “Baseline Participation Ratio”). This ratio is determined by measuring the number of shares in liquidity-providing orders entered by the member (through any NASDAQ port) and executed on NASDAQ and dividing this number by the consolidated (across all trading venues) share volume of System Securities<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>traded in the given month.<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>To determine the amount of the ISP credit pursuant to the program, pursuant to sub-section (b), NASDAQ would multiply $0.0003 or $0.0004 by the lower of: the number of shares of displayed liquidity provided in orders entered by the member thorough its ISP-designated ports and executed in the NASDAQ Market Center during the given month; or the amount of Added Liquidity<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>for the given month, which is compared to the member's Baseline Participation Ratio. The Exchange proposes to increase the tiered rebate to a rate of $0.0005 for members that bring a greater amount of targeted liquidity.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>The term “System Securities” is defined as: all securities listed on NASDAQ and all securities subject to the Consolidated Tape Association Plan and the Consolidated Quotation Plan. Rule 4751(b).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Rule 7014(d)(2) and (d)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>The term “Added Liquidity” is defined as: for a given member in a given month, the number of shares calculated by (i) subtracting from such member's Participation Ratio for that month the member's Baseline Participation Ratio, and then (ii) multiplying the resulting difference by the average daily consolidated volume of shares of System Securities in executed orders reported to all consolidated transaction reporting plans by all exchanges and trade reporting facilities during such month; provided that if the result is a negative number, the Added Liquidity amount shall be deemed zero. Rule 7014(d)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Specifically, the Exchange proposes to clarify subsection (b) to state that, subject to the conditions set forth in subsection (c),<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>in addition to the current tiered rebate rates of $0.0003 or $0.0004, the rebate rate may also be $0.0005. The Exchange adds proposed sub-section (c)(3) to indicate that the $0.0005 rebate rate is available to those members that bring in an even greater amount of liquidity by exceeding the Baseline Participation Ratio by at least 0.86%. Thus, to qualify for the $0.0005 rebate rate, a member would essentially have to bring twice as much targeted liquidity to the Exchange (in the form of Added Liquidity relative to the Baseline Participation Ratio) as the member would need to bring to the Exchange to qualify for the next-lower $0.0004 rebate rate.<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>Subsection (c)(1) states that a member shall not be entitled to receive any ISP credit pursuant to (b) for a given month if any of the following applies: (A) the member's ISP Execution Ratio for the month in question is 10 or above; or (B) the average daily number of shares of liquidity provided in orders entered by the member through its ISP-designated ports and executed in the Nasdaq Market Center during the month is below 10 million, provided that in calculating such average, Nasdaq will exclude days when it is open for less than the entire regular trading day.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>Subsections (c)(2) and (c)(3) as amended state: (2) A member shall not be entitled to receive an ISP credit pursuant to section (b) of this Rule at the $0.0004 rate if for a given month the member does not exceed its Baseline Participation Ratio by at least 0.43%. (3) A member shall not be entitled to receive an ISP credit pursuant to section (b) of this Rule at the $0.0005 rate if for a given month the member does not exceed its Baseline Participation Ratio by at least 0.86%.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Exchange believes that the increased rebate rate should encourage members to strive to bring even more retail and institutional orders in exchange-traded securities to the Exchange. The Exchange notes that the rebate concept remains the same after this filing: the more added liquidity a member brings to the Exchange, the higher the member's potential rebate rate may be within the parameters of Rule 7014.</P>
        <P>The ISP is designed to operate on a monthly cycle, both from the perspective of targeted flow brought to the Exchange and ISP rebates to members that brought such flow. Since its inception,<SU>11</SU>
          <FTREF/>the ISP fee program has been, and continues to be, non-discriminatory, reasonable, and effective in attracting targeted liquidity to the NASDAQ Market Center. The primary objective in making the proposed adjustment is to encourage members to bring larger amounts of targeted liquidity to the Exchange by increasing the rebate for such liquidity. The Exchange believes that its proposal is decidedly non-discriminatory because it does not favor or distinguish any group of ISP participants while promoting the clear goal of the ISP.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>11</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 63270 (November 8, 2010), 75 FR 69489 (November 12, 2010) (NASDAQ-2010-141) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In terms of housekeeping changes, the Exchange proposes to correct a typographical error in subsection (c)(2) of Rule 7014. On February 2, 2011, the Exchange filed an immediately effective fee proposal regarding the Investor Support Program. By this fee filing, the Exchange stated in subsection (b) of Rule 7014 that, subject to the conditions set forth in section (c) of Rule 7014 the ISP rebate rate may be $0.0004 (as discussed herein); and stated in sub-section (c)(2) that the additional tiered rebate rate would be available to those members that bring in an even greater amount of liquidity by exceeding the Baseline Participation Ratio by at least 0.43% (the “$0.0004 filing”).<SU>12</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>12</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 63891 (February 11, 2011) (NASDAQ-2011-022) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In the $0.0004 filing, the Exchange correctly stated, four times in the body of its filing, that the new additional rebate rate was $0.0004. The Exchange likewise correctly stated in the rule text, as reflected in subsection (b) of Rule 7014, that the additional rebate rate was $0.0004. However, in the second reference to the additional rebate rate in the rule text at subsection (c)(2) of the $0.0004 filing, the Exchange made a typographical error by adding an extra zero to the rebate rate of $0.0004 (e.g. $.00004).</P>

        <P>The Exchange believes that it is clear from the $0.0004 filing that the Exchange intended to add an additional tiered rebate rate of $0.0004. The Exchange now corrects this typographical error by removing the extraneous zero so that the rebate rate in<PRTPAGE P="13696"/>subsection (c)(2) is reflected as $0.0004, in conformity with subsection (b) of Rule 7014.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
        <P>NASDAQ believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,<SU>13</SU>
          <FTREF/>in general, and with Sections 6(b)(4) and 6(b)(5) of the Act,<SU>14</SU>
          <FTREF/>in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees and other charges among members and issuers and other persons using any facility or system which NASDAQ operates or controls, and it is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>13</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>14</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4) and (5).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Investor Support Program encourages members to add targeted liquidity that is executed in the NASDAQ Market Center. The primary objective in making this enhancement to the Investor Support Program is to add an even greater amount of targeted liquidity to the Exchange. The rule change proposal, like the ISP, is “not designed to permit unfair discrimination”<SU>15</SU>
          <FTREF/>but, rather, is intended to promote submission of liquidity-providing orders to NASDAQ, which would benefit all NASDAQ members and all investors. Likewise, the proposal, like the ISP, is consistent with the Act's requirement “for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges.”<SU>16</SU>
          <FTREF/>As explained in the immediately preceding paragraphs, the proposal enhances the goal of the ISP. Members who choose to significantly increase the volume of ISP-eligible liquidity-providing orders that they submit to NASDAQ would be benefitting all investors, and therefore an additional credit, as contemplated in the proposed enhanced program, is equitable. Finally, NASDAQ notes that the intense competition among several national securities exchanges and numerous OTC venues effectively guarantees that fees and credits for the execution of trades in NMS securities remain equitable and are not unfairly discriminatory.<SU>17</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>15</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Section 6(b)(5) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>16</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Section 6(b)(4) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>17</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Concept Release (discusses the various venues where trades are executed).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
        <P>NASDAQ does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
        <P>Written comments were neither solicited nor received.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
        <P>The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.<SU>18</SU>
          <FTREF/>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>18</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(a)(ii).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml)</E>; or</P>
        <P>• Send an e-mail to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>Please include File Number SR-NASDAQ-2011-034 on the subject line.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-NASDAQ-2011-034. This file number should be included on the subject line if e-mail is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-NASDAQ-2011-034 and should be submitted on or before April 4, 2011.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <P>For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.<SU>19</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>19</SU>17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <NAME>Cathy H. Ahn,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5718 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[File No. 500-1]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Admiralty Holding Co., American Consolidated Management Group, Inc., DnC Multimedia Corp., Dorsey Trailers, Inc. (n/k/a DT Liquidation, Inc.), and ElectraCapital, Inc. (a/k/a Electra Capital, Inc.); Order of Suspension of Trading</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>March 10, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of Admiralty Holding Co. because it has not filed any periodic reports since the period ended September 30, 2006.</P>

        <P>It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of American Consolidated Management Group, Inc. because it has not filed any periodic<PRTPAGE P="13697"/>reports since the period ended March 31, 2006.</P>
        <P>It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of DnC Multimedia Corp. because it has not filed any periodic reports since the period ended December 31, 2007.</P>
        <P>It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of Dorsey Trailers, Inc. (n/k/a DT Liquidation, Inc.) because it has not filed any periodic reports since the period ended July 1, 2000.</P>
        <P>It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of ElectraCapital, Inc. (a/k/a Electra Capital, Inc.) because it has not filed any periodic reports since the period ended September 30, 2003.</P>
        <P>The Commission is of the opinion that the public interest and the protection of investors require a suspension of trading in the securities of the above-listed companies. Therefore, it is ordered, pursuant to Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, that trading in the securities of the above-listed companies is suspended for the period from 9:30 a.m. EST on March 10, 2011, through 11:59 p.m. EDT on March 23, 2011.</P>
        <SIG>
          <P>By the Commission.</P>
          <NAME>Jill M. Peterson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5934 Filed 3-10-11; 11:15 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Data Collection Available for Public Comments and Recommendations</SUBJECT>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice announces the Small Business Administration's intentions to request approval on a new and/or currently approved information collection.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments on or before May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Send all comments regarding whether these information collections are necessary for the proper performance of the function of the agency, whether the burden estimates are accurate, and if there are ways to minimize the estimated burden and enhance the quality of the collection, to Jody Raskind, Chief, Microenterprise Development Branch, Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street, 8th Floor, Washington, DC 20416.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Jody Raskind,<E T="03">mail to:</E>Chief, Microenterprise Development Branch, 202-205-7076 or<E T="03">jody.raskind@sba.gov;</E>Curtis B. Rich, Management Analyst, 202-205-7030 or<E T="03">curtis.rich@sba.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">Information collection is needed to ensure that Microloan Program activity meets the statutory goals of assisting the statutorily mandated target market. The information is used by the reporting participants and the SBA to assist with portfolio management, risk management, loan servicing and collections and to enable SBA to ensure that targeted groups are long served, and understand trends over time. It's also allows SBA to monitor use of funds ensure compliance and provide education.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>“Microloan Program Electronic Reporting System MPERS)”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of Respondents:</E>Microloan Program Intermediary Lenders.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Number:</E>N/A.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Annual Responses:</E>2,500.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Annual Burden:</E>625.</P>
        <SUPLHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
          <P SOURCE="NPAR">The information collected through this online application form will be scored and used to determine the eligibility and qualifications of interested non-profit applicants. SBA will evaluate applications using four major categories: The applicant organization's strengths and weaknesses; its history of providing microloans and technical assistance; the qualifications of its governing board, officers, and key staff; and its financial health. Qualified non-profit applicants will be selected to partner with the SBA as Microloan Program Intermediary Lenders for the purpose of providing microloans (loans of $50,000 or less), and business based training and technical assistance to eligible small businesses.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Title:</E>“New Microloan Intermediary Lender Application”</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Description of Respondents:</E>Microloan Program Intermediary Lender Applicants.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Form Number:</E>N/A.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Annual Responses:</E>25.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Annual Burden:</E>9.</P>
        </SUPLHD>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Jacqueline White,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief, Administrative Information Branch.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5844 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8025-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Disaster Declaration #12484 and #12485]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Massachusetts Disaster #MA-00032</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Small Business Administration.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This is a Notice of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for Public Assistance Only for the State of Massachusetts (FEMA—1959—DR), dated 03/07/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Incident:</E>Severe Winter Storm and Snowstorm.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Incident Period:</E>01/11/2011 through 01/12/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>03/07/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Physical Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>05/06/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Economic Injury (EIDL) Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>12/07/2011.</P>
        </SUM>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit completed loan applications to:U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center,14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration,  409 3rd Street, SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Notice is hereby given that as a result of the President's major disaster declaration on03/07/2011, Private Non-Profit organizations that provide essential services of governmental nature may file disaster loan applications at the address listed above or other locally announced locations.</P>
        <P>The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:</P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
          <E T="03">Primary Counties:</E>Berkshire, Essex, Hampshire, Middlesex, Norfolk, Suffolk.</FP>
        <P>The Interest Rates are:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,8" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">Percent</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">For Physical Damage:</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="02">Non-Profit Organizations with Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
            <ENT>3.250</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="02">Non-Profit Organizations without Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
            <ENT>3.000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">For Economic Injury:</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="02">Non-Profit Organizations without Credit Available Elsewhere</ENT>
            <ENT>3.000</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 12484B and for economic injury is 12485B.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <PRTPAGE P="13698"/>
          <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers 59002 and 59008)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>James E. Rivera,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Associate Administrator for Disaster Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5842 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8025-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Disaster Declaration #12479 and #12480]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>New York Disaster Number NY-00102</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Small Business Administration.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Amendment 1.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This is an amendment of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for Public Assistance Only for the State of New York (FEMA—1957—DR), dated 02/18/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Incident:</E>Severe Winter Storm and Snowstorm.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Incident Period:</E>12/26/2010 through 12/27/2010.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>03/07/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Physical Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>04/19/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Economic Injury (EIDL) Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>11/16/2011.</P>
        </SUM>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street, SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The notice of the President's major disaster declaration for Private Non-Profit organizations in the State of New York, dated 02/18/2011, is hereby amended to include the following areas as adversely affected by the disaster.</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
          <E T="03">Primary Counties:</E>Bronx, Queens.</FP>
        
        <P>All other information in the original declaration remains unchanged.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers 59002 and 59008)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>James E. Rivera,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Associate Administrator for Disaster Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5843 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8025-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Transit Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[FTA Docket No. ITA-2011-0017 ]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Transit Administration, DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>30-Day notice of submission of information collection approval from the Office of Management and Budget and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>As part of a Federal Government-wide effort to streamline the process to seek feedback from the public on service delivery, the Department of Transportation (DOT) has submitted a Generic Information Collection Request (Generic ICR): “Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery” to OMB for approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be submitted before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>All written comments must refer to the docket number that appears at the top of this document and be submitted to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, 725—17th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20503,<E T="03">Attention:</E>FTA Desk Officer.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Sylvia L. Marion, Office of Administration, Office of Management Planning, (202) 366-6680.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>The information collection activity will garner qualitative customer and stakeholder feedback in an efficient, timely manner, in accordance with the Administration's commitment to improving service delivery. By qualitative feedback we mean information that provides useful insights on perceptions and opinions, but are not statistical surveys that yield quantitative results that can be generalized to the population of study. This feedback will provide insights into customer or stakeholder perceptions, experiences and expectations, provide an early warning of issues with service, or focus attention on areas where communication, training or changes in operations might improve delivery of products or services. These collections will allow for ongoing, collaborative and actionable communications between the Federal Transit Administration and its customers and stakeholders. It will also allow feedback to contribute directly to the improvement of program management.</P>
        <P>Feedback collected under this generic clearance will provide useful information, but it will not yield data that can be generalized to the overall population. This type of generic clearance for qualitative information will not be used for quantitative information collections that are designed to yield reliably actionable results, such as monitoring trends over time or documenting program performance. Such data uses require more rigorous designs that address: the target population to which generalizations will be made, the sampling frame, the sample design (including stratification and clustering), the precision requirements or power calculations that justify the proposed sample size, the expected response rate, methods for assessing potential non-response bias, the protocols for data collection, and any testing procedures that were or will be undertaken prior to fielding the study. Depending on the degree of influence the results are likely to have, such collections may still be eligible for sub mission for other generic mechanisms that are designed to yield quantitative results.</P>

        <P>The agency received no comments in response to the 60-day notice published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on December 22, 2010 (75 FR 80542).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>New collection of information.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Individuals and Households, Businesses and Organizations, State, Local or Tribal Government.</P>
        <P>Below we provide the Federal Transit Administration's projected average estimates for the next three years:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average Expected Annual Number of Activities:</E>4.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents:</E>2,700.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Annual Responses:</E>2,700.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>Once per request.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average Minutes per Response:</E>3.8.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Burden Hours:</E>592 annually.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued On: March 8, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Ann M. Linnertz,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Associate Administrator for Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5830 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-57-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="13699"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Maritime Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Reports, Forms and Recordkeeping Requirements Information Collection Activity Under OMB Review</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Maritime Administration, DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>), this notice announces that the Information Collection abstracted below has been forwarded to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. The nature of the information collection is described as well as its expected burden. The<E T="04">Federal Register</E>Notice with a 60-day comment period soliciting comments on the following collection of information was published on December 7, 2010. No comments were received.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be submitted on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Frances Jerry, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. Telephone: (202) 366-5861; or e-mail:<E T="03">frances.jerry@dot.gov</E>. Copies of this collection also can be obtained from that office.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Maritime Administration (MARAD).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title of Collection:</E>Uniform Financial Reporting Requirements.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>2133-0005.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>Extension of currently approved information collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Vessel owners acquiring ships from MARAD on credit, companies chartering ships from MARAD, and companies having Title XI guarantee obligations.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form(s):</E>MA-172.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>The Uniform Financial Reporting Requirements are used as a basis for preparing and filing semi-annual and annual financial statements with the Maritime Administration. Regulations requiring financial reports to MARAD are authorized by Section 801, Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended (46 App. U.S.C. 1211). Financial reports are also required by regulation of purchasers of ships from MARAD on credit, companies chartering ships from MARAD, and of companies having Title XI guarantee obligations (46 CFR part 298).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Expiration Date of Approval:</E>Three years from date of approval by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Annual Estimated Burden Hours:</E>1,254.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Addressee:</E>Send comments to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, 725 17th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20503, Attention: MARAD Desk Officer.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comments are invited on:</E>Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection; ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. A comment to OMB is best assured of having its full effect if OMB receives it within 30 days of publication.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>49 CFR 1.66.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <P>By Order of the Maritime Administrator.</P>
          
          <DATED>Dated: March 7, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christine Gurland,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Maritime Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5748 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-81-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Maritime Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. MARAD 2011 0019]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Information Collection Available for Public Comments and Recommendations</SUBJECT>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice announces the Maritime Administration's (MARAD's) intention to request extension of approval for three years of a currently approved information collection.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments should be submitted on or before May 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Robert Bouchard, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. Telephone: 202-366-5076; or e-mail<E T="03">Robert.Bouchard@dot.gov.</E>Copies of this collection also can be obtained from that office.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Maritime Administration (MARAD).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title of Collection:</E>U.S. Port and Terminal Inventory Survey.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>Extension of currently approved information collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>2133-0539.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Numbers:</E>MA-1049.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Expiration Date of Approval:</E>Three years from date of approval by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Summary of Collection of Information:</E>The Port and Terminal Infrastructure Data Collection Survey will provide MARAD with key U.S. marine terminal data to enable the agency to provide timely Information to determine the present level of system performance and future requirements.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Need and Use of the Information:</E>The biennial survey will assist MARAD in determining the number and type of facilities available for moving cargo. Emphasis will be on throughput capacity and the adequacy of the number and type of terminals available to move cargo efficiently through the U.S. global freight transportation system. The survey will also provide an overview of ownership of marine terminals in the United States.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of Respondents:</E>U.S. port authorities, marine terminal operators and owners of marine terminal companies.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Annual Responses:</E>636 responses.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Annual Burden:</E>954 hours.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comments:</E>Comments should refer to the docket number that appears at the top of this document. Written comments may be submitted to the Docket Clerk, U.S. DOT Dockets, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. Comments also may be submitted by electronic means via the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov/search/index.jsp.</E>Specifically address whether this information collection is necessary for proper performance of the functions of the agency and will have practical utility, accuracy of the burden estimates, ways to minimize this burden, and ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected. All comments received will be available for examination at the above address between 10 a.m. and 5 p.m. EDT (or EST), Monday through Friday, except Federal Holidays. An electronic version of this document is available on the World Wide Web at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov/search/index.jsp.</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Privacy Act:</E>Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union,<E T="03">etc.</E>). You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act<PRTPAGE P="13700"/>Statement in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>published on April 11, 2000 (Volume 65, Number 70; Pages 19477-78) or you may visit<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov/search/index.jsp.</E>
        </P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>49 CFR 1.66.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <P>By Order of the Maritime Administrator.</P>
          
          <DATED>Dated: March 3, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christine Gurland,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Maritime Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5747 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-81-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Maritime Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket Number MARAD-2011 0020]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Invitation for public comments on a requested administrative waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws for the vessel GIG `EM.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>As authorized by 46 U.S.C. 12121, the Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below. The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2011-0020 at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Interested parties may comment on the effect this action may have on U.S. vessel builders or businesses in the U.S. that use U.S.-flag vessels. If MARAD determines, in accordance with 46 U.S.C. 12121 and MARAD's regulations at 46 CFR part 388 (68 FR 23084, April 30, 2003), that the issuance of the waiver will have an unduly adverse effect on a U.S.-vessel builder or a business that uses U.S.-flag vessels in that business, a waiver will not be granted. Comments should refer to the docket number of this notice and the vessel name in order for MARAD to properly consider the comments. Comments should also state the commenter's interest in the waiver application, and address the waiver criteria given in § 388.4 of MARAD's regulations at 46 CFR part 388.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2011-0020. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>All comments will become part of this docket and will be available for inspection and copying at the above address between 10 a.m. and 5 p.m., E.T., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays. An electronic version of this document and all documents entered into this docket is available on the World Wide Web at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Joann Spittle, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Room W21-203, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-5979, E-mail<E T="03">Joann.Spittle@dot.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel GIG `EM is:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Intended Commercial Use of Vessel:</E>“Captained charter sailing excursions and instruction.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Geographic Region:</E>“Michigan.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Privacy Act</HD>

        <P>Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union,<E T="03">etc.</E>). You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>published on April 11, 2000 (Volume 65, Number 70; Pages 19477-78).</P>
        <SIG>
          <P>By Order of the Maritime Administrator.</P>
          
          <DATED>Dated: March 3, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christine Gurland,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Maritime Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5741 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-81-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Maritime Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket Number MARAD-2011 0022]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Invitation for public comments on a requested administrative waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws for the vessel SANBAR.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>As authorized by 46 U.S.C. 12121, the Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below. The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2011-0022 at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Interested parties may comment on the effect this action may have on U.S. vessel builders or businesses in the U.S. that use U.S.-flag vessels. If MARAD determines, in accordance with 46 U.S.C. 12121 and MARAD's regulations at 46 CFR part 388 (68 FR 23084, April 30, 2003), that the issuance of the waiver will have an unduly adverse effect on a U.S.-vessel builder or a business that uses U.S.-flag vessels in that business, a waiver will not be granted. Comments should refer to the docket number of this notice and the vessel name in order for MARAD to properly consider the comments. Comments should also state the commenter's interest in the waiver application, and address the waiver criteria given in § 388.4 of MARAD's regulations at 46 CFR part 388.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2011-0022. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>All comments will become part of this docket and will be available for inspection and copying at the above address between 10 a.m. and 5 p.m., E.T., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays. An electronic version of this document and all documents entered into this docket is available on the World Wide Web at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Joann Spittle, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Room W21-203, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-5979, E-mail<E T="03">Joann.Spittle@dot.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel SANBAR is:<PRTPAGE P="13701"/>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Intended Commercial Use of Vessel:</E>“Short (1-3 hr) tours of Baltimore, MD Inner Harbor; multi day charters on Chesapeake Bay and tributaries and Delaware Bay for team building exercises, hands-on power and sailboat familiarization.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Geographic Region:</E>“Maryland, Virginia, Delaware, Pennsylvania and Florida.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Privacy Act</HD>

        <P>Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union,<E T="03">etc.</E>). You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>published on April 11, 2000 (Volume 65, Number 70; Pages 19477-78).</P>
        <SIG>
          <P>By Order of the Maritime Administrator.</P>
          
          <DATED>Dated: March 3, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christine Gurland,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Maritime Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5745 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-81-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Maritime Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket Number MARAD-2011 0024]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Invitation for public comments on a requested administrative waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws for the vessel TIGERS EYE.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>As authorized by 46 U.S.C. 12121, the Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below. The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2011-0024 at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Interested parties may comment on the effect this action may have on U.S. vessel builders or businesses in the U.S. that use U.S.-flag vessels. If MARAD determines, in accordance with 46 U.S.C. 12121 and MARAD's regulations at 46 CFR part 388 (68 FR 23084, April 30, 2003), that the issuance of the waiver will have an unduly adverse effect on a U.S.-vessel builder or a business that uses U.S.-flag vessels in that business, a waiver will not be granted. Comments should refer to the docket number of this notice and the vessel name in order for MARAD to properly consider the comments. Comments should also state the commenter's interest in the waiver application, and address the waiver criteria given in § 388.4 of MARAD's regulations at 46 CFR part 388.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2011-0024. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. All comments will become part of this docket and will be available for inspection and copying at the above address between 10 a.m. and 5 p.m., E.T., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays. An electronic version of this document and all documents entered into this docket is available on the World Wide Web at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Joann Spittle, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Room W21-203, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-5979, e-mail<E T="03">Joann.Spittle@dot.gov</E>.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel TIGERS EYE is:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Intended Commercial Use of Vessel:</E>“The intended use is for occasional charters carrying 12 or less passengers which would include a combination of either day and/or overnight trips. Typically the boat would be leased by the week. The trips would initiate from Lovell Docks, in Fort Lauderdale, FL and cruise up and down the intracoastal for the day trips, and to the Bahamas, the Florida Keys and various other locations on the Eastern Coast of Florida for the overnight or extended charter trips.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Geographic Region:</E>“Florida.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Privacy Act</HD>

        <P>Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union,<E T="03">etc.</E>). You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>published on April 11, 2000 (Volume 65, Number 70; Pages 19477-78).</P>
        <SIG>
          <P>By Order of the Maritime Administrator.</P>
          
          <DATED>Dated: March 3, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christine Gurland,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Maritime Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5746 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-81-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Maritime Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket Number MARAD 2011 0025]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Invitation for public comments on a requested administrative waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws for the vessel AMAZING GRACE.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>As authorized by 46 U.S.C. 12121, the Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below. The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2011-0025 at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Interested parties may comment on the effect this action may have on U.S. vessel builders or businesses in the U.S. that use U.S.-flag vessels. If MARAD determines, in accordance with 46 U.S.C. 12121 and MARAD's regulations at 46 CFR part 388 (68 FR 23084, April 30, 2003), that the issuance of the waiver will have an unduly adverse effect on a U.S.-vessel builder or a business that uses U.S.-flag vessels in that business, a waiver will not be granted. Comments should refer to the docket number of this notice and the vessel name in order for MARAD to properly consider the comments. Comments should also state the commenter's interest in the waiver application, and address the waiver criteria given in § 388.4 of MARAD's regulations at 46 CFR part 388.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2011-0025. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk,<PRTPAGE P="13702"/>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>All comments will become part of this docket and will be available for inspection and copying at the above address between 10 a.m. and 5 p.m., E.T., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays. An electronic version of this document and all documents entered into this docket is available on the World Wide Web at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Joann Spittle, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Room W21-203, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-5979, E-mail<E T="03">Joann.Spittle@dot.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel AMAZING GRACE is:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Intended Commercial Use of Vessel:</E>“Skippered sailboat charters consisting of six passengers or less.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Geographic Region:</E>“California.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Privacy Act</HD>

        <P>Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union,<E T="03">etc.</E>). You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>published on April 11, 2000 (Volume 65, Number 70; Pages 19477-78).</P>
        <SIG>
          <P>By Order of the Maritime Administrator.</P>
          
          <DATED>Dated: March 3, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christine Gurland,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Maritime Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5742 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-81-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Maritime Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket Number MARAD 2011 0023]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Invitation for public comments on a requested administrative waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws for the vessel TASI.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>As authorized by 46 U.S.C. 12121, the Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below. The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2011-0023 at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Interested parties may comment on the effect this action may have on U.S. vessel builders or businesses in the U.S. that use U.S.-flag vessels. If MARAD determines, in accordance with 46 U.S.C. 12121 and MARAD's regulations at 46 CFR part 388 (68 FR 23084, April 30, 2003), that the issuance of the waiver will have an unduly adverse effect on a U.S.-vessel builder or a business that uses U.S.-flag vessels in that business, a waiver will not be granted. Comments should refer to the docket number of this notice and the vessel name in order for MARAD to properly consider the comments. Comments should also state the commenter's interest in the waiver application, and address the waiver criteria given in § 388.4 of MARAD's regulations at 46 CFR part 388.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2011-0023. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>All comments will become part of this docket and will be available for inspection and copying at the above address between 10 a.m. and 5 p.m., E.T., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. An electronic version of this document and all documents entered into this docket is available on the World Wide Web at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Joann Spittle, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Room W21-203, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-5979, E-mail<E T="03">Joann.Spittle@dot.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel TASI is:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Intended Commercial Use of Vessel:</E>“I intend to use vessel for 6 passenger day sail type of charters.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Geographic Region:</E>“Oregon and Washington.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Privacy Act</HD>

        <P>Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union,<E T="03">etc.</E>). You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>published on April 11, 2000 (Volume 65, Number 70; Pages 19477-78).</P>
        <SIG>
          <P>By Order of the Maritime Administrator.</P>
          
          <DATED>Dated: March 3, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christine Gurland,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Maritime Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-5743 Filed 3-11-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-81-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
  </NOTICES>
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>49</NO>
  <DATE>Monday, March 14, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Proposed Rules</UNITNAME>
  <NEWPART>
    <PTITLE>
      <PRTPAGE P="13703"/>
      <PARTNO>Part II</PARTNO>
      <AGENCY TYPE="P">Postal Service</AGENCY>
      <CFR>39 CFR Part 111</CFR>
      <TITLE>New Origin Entry Separation &amp; Containerization Standards; Proposed Rule</TITLE>
    </PTITLE>
    <PRORULES>
      <PRORULE>
        <PREAMB>
          <PRTPAGE P="13704"/>
          <AGENCY TYPE="S">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
          <CFR>39 CFR Part 111</CFR>
          <SUBJECT>New Origin Entry Separation &amp; Containerization Standards</SUBJECT>
          <AGY>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
            <P>Postal Service<E T="51">TM</E>.</P>
          </AGY>
          <ACT>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
            <P>Proposed rule.</P>
          </ACT>
          <SUM>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
            <P>The Postal Service is proposing to revise<E T="03">Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service,</E>Domestic Mail Manual (DMM®) to change the preparation requirements for mail entered at origin, either as an entire mailing or as the residual volume for plant verified drop shipment (PVDS) mailings.</P>
          </SUM>
          <DATES>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
            <P>We must receive your comments on or before April 13, 2011.</P>
          </DATES>
          <ADD>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

            <P>Mail or deliver written comments to the Manager, Mailing Standards, U.S. Postal Service, 475 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Room 4446, Washington DC 20260-5015. You may inspect and photocopy all written comments at USPS® Headquarters Library, 475 L'Enfant Plaza SW., 11th Floor N, Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday. E-mail comments concerning the proposed rule, containing the name and address of the commenter, may be sent to:<E T="03">MailingStandards@usps.gov,</E>with a subject line of “New Origin Entry Standards.” Faxed comments are not accepted.</P>
          </ADD>
          <FURINF>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
            <P>Karen McManus at 202-268-4005 or Kevin Gunther at 202-268-7208.</P>
          </FURINF>
        </PREAMB>
        <SUPLINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

          <P>On December 20, 2006, the Postal Accountability Enhancement Act was signed into law. A provision of the law required the Postal Service to establish modern service standards, measure service performance against these standards and publish the results. In recognition of this goal, the Postal Service consulted with the Postal Regulatory Commission (PRC) and worked closely with mailer groups and other mailing industry representatives to develop standards and measurement processes. During these discussions, various strategies and suggestions were offered to help improve service provided to commercial mailings entered at origin. Modern service standards resulting from these consultations were announced 12 months after the bill was signed into law and are expected to improve efficiency and service and to coordinate the preparation and entry of mail with changes in the USPS distribution network. For more information see<E T="04">Federal Register</E>final rule,<E T="03">Modern Service Standards for Market Dominant Products,</E>published December 19, 2007 (72 FR 72216-72231).</P>
          <P>In May 2009, the Postal Service began transforming its distribution network by converting Bulk Mail Centers into Network Distribution Centers. The realignment permitted the consolidation of transportation and created new work flows to facilitate movement of mail through the network. The redesign of the network necessitates some adjustments to internal USPS work methods as well as modifications to the preparation of origin-entered commercial mail to align with the new transportation flows and work processes. The proper preparation of origin-entered mailings will allow the Postal Service to eliminate unnecessary processing at the local plant and will facilitate the transportation of these mailings within its network. Working with various segments of the mailing industry, the Postal Service has developed and is proposing new preparation standards that align with the revised network and a corresponding communications program to relate these changes to the mailing industry. The following proposal is the result of these efforts.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Separation of Residual Mail Entered at Origin</HD>
          <P>This proposed rule applies to origin-entered commercial mail only, and may apply to entire mailings or to the residual portion of a plant verified PVDS mailing not being dropshipped to a destination. Existing presort requirements for mailings and the number of pieces required per presort level will remain the same. Except as defined below, all handling unit separations currently required will also remain unchanged. For the purpose of this proposal, a handling unit is defined as the mail transport equipment used to carry an aggregate of mailpieces sorted to a specific price level for a presort destination, and would include letter trays, flat trays (tubs), sacks, bundles and packages. A container is defined as the equipment used to transport handling units, and would include pallets, all purpose containers (APC) and hampers. In certain circumstances involving low volume mailings, or mail that can not be palletized, containers may also include flat trays.</P>
          <P>Under this proposal, after all required handling units and containers have been prepared, mailers must separate the remaining mail (or residue from a PVDS mailing) as follows:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Standard Mail and Package Services:</E>
          </P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center:</E>Required for letters, flats and parcels. For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to containerizing the mail. Separate all handling units destinating in the service area of the origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) from the rest of the mailing. Use column A of Labeling List L601 (L604 for Standard Mail letters and flats) to determine the ZIP Codes in the service area of the NDC. Handling units must be placed in containers. Prepare container (pallet) placards using the column B “Label to” information in L601 (column C “Label to” information in L604 for Standard Mail letters and flats). There is no minimum load threshold for this separation.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Tier Two Network:</E>Required for letters, flats and parcels. For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to containerizing the mail. Place any remaining handling units on a second container, or when applicable, separate as follows. Prepare container (pallet) placards using the column C “Label to” information in L604 (L603 for parcels). When the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati, St. Louis or San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 (L603 for parcels) to separate the remaining mail into two directionally-based containers which will route residue mail either east or west (Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis) or north or south (San Francisco) as needed from origin. Prepare container placards using the column C “Label to” information in L604 or L603. There is no minimum load threshold for this separation.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Periodicals</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Local Surface Transport:</E>Required for letters, flats and parcels. For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to palletizing the mail. Separate all handling units destinating in the surface transportation network area of the origin entry site from the rest of the mailing. Use column B of Labeling List L201 to determine the ZIP Codes in the surface transportation area of the origin site. Handling units must be placed in containers. Prepare container (pallet) placards using the column C “Label to” information in L201. There is no minimum load threshold for this separation.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Extended Surface Network:</E>Required for letters, flats and parcels. For bundles of flats or parcels, do not sack prior to containerizing the mail. Place any remaining handling units on a second container. Use column A of Labeling List L009 to determine the location for Periodicals piece processing based on the origin entry point. Prepare container (pallet) placards using the column B<PRTPAGE P="13705"/>“Label to” information in L009. There is no minimum load threshold for this separation.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Palletization Required When Possible</HD>
          <P>Current standards for containerization of nonpalletized mailings are determined by mailpiece shape. Letters are placed in trays, flats are bundled and placed in sacks or flat trays (tubs) or placed loose in flat trays and parcels are bedloaded or placed in sacks.</P>

          <P>Under these proposed standards, trays, bundles or parcels that cannot be prepared on a direct pallet must be placed on the appropriate pallet for the<E T="03">Origin NDC, Local Surface Transport, Tier Two Network</E>or<E T="03">Extended Surface Network,</E>when the volume reaches one hundred and fifty (150) pounds or 36 linear feet of trays for each pallet. Mailers may optionally make pallets with less than 150 pounds, or 36 linear feet of trays, for these separations. Mailers choosing not to make pallets weighing less than 150 pounds, or who are unable to palletize, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers in accordance with applicable preparation standards.</P>
          <P>The Postal Service does not currently provide a container price applicable to Periodicals bundles placed directly on mixed ADC pallets or equivalent containers. The Postal Service is currently considering this matter and expects to introduce a price for mixed ADC containers as a separate initiative prior to the implementation of the final standards.</P>
          <P>These new proposed requirements will apply to all origin or destination entered mailings. For mailers who are unable to palletize flats or parcels, the Postal Service proposes  to require the use of flat trays (tubs) or approved alternate containers when performing the separations described in this proposed rule or under current DMM standards. The use of flat trays (tubs) or alternate containers will afford mailers more flexibility in how mail is presented at origin or destination entry points. Alternatives to the use of flat trays may be approved by the local plant manager or designee.</P>
          <P>Mailers of flats, or parcels presorted to a 3-digit ZIP Code or less finely, who do not palletize must use flat trays (tubs) in lieu of sacking. Flat trays must also be used for all presort levels (except 5-digit, 5-digit scheme and carrier route separations of parcels) being deposited at origin or destination entry points. Lids will not be required on origin entry 3-digit and SCF, origin NDC, tier 2 network, local surface transport and extended surface network flat trays only. These proposed preparation standards will provide for a reduction of sack handling and the expedited processing of individual pieces, and will result in increased efficiencies and improved service.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Optional Requirement—Origin SCF Separation</HD>
          <P>For the purpose of this proposed rule,<E T="03">separation</E>means the creation of an additional container of residual mailpieces, after all other required separations have been made, for the origin sectional center facility (SCF) or for each of the 3-digit ZIP Codes of the origin SCF. Current standards require mailers of commercial First-Class Mail® and Periodicals letters and flats to separately prepare trays or bundles for mailpieces destinating within the SCF servicing the facility where the mail is verified (origin). Origin SCF (or origin 3-digit) separations are optional for other mail classes and shapes. The Postal Service proposes to extend the option for mailers to make such origin SCF separations for all classes and shapes of mailpieces.</P>
          <P>In this proposal<E T="03">segregation</E>means physical removal of the separated containers from the remainder of the mailing and separately placing them into transport units, placing them in a conspicuous location on top of the origin SCF pallet, or otherwise presenting them separately to USPS acceptance personnel. In order to improve the identification and processing of these mailpieces, the Postal Service is proposing to require mailers of all commercial mail (letters, flats and parcels) to segregate origin SCF separations (and finer sortation levels) containers, bundles or parcels from the remainder of the mailing. This requirement will apply to all required separations and to all optional separations (whenever the mailer chooses to make that separation). This new requirement should improve service by preventing mailpieces for the processing plant's service area from being transported to another processing facility prior to delivery.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Other Proposed Mail Preparation Changes</HD>
          <P>There are no current mail preparation standards pertaining to barcoded tray labels for Library Mail and Media Mail. This proposed rule will establish such standards. We have eliminated standards for the use of 1-inch sack labels for all types of mail. These labels are no longer supported by USPS Engineering, their use in the field should be limited, and equipment compatible with the use of 2-inch labels is widely available. We are also proposing to revise language in DMM 705.10.1 to align with other standards that specify that nonmachinable flat-size Periodicals prepared under 707.26 cannot be merged with machinable flats. We also are eliminating the option for mailers to place mixed ADC or mixed AADC bundles, sacks or trays on auxiliary service facility (ASF) or NDC pallets. Changes in processing at these facilities no longer make this option practical.</P>

          <P>Although the Postal Service is exempt from the notice and comment requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. of 553(b), (c)) regarding proposed rulemaking by operation of 39 U.S.C. 410(a), we invite public comments on the following proposed revisions to<E T="03">Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service,</E>Domestic Mail Manual (DMM), incorporated by reference in the Code of Federal Regulations. See 39 CFR 111.1.</P>
          <LSTSUB>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111</HD>
            <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Postal Service.</P>
          </LSTSUB>
          
          <P>Accordingly, 39 CFR part 111 is proposed to be amended as follows:</P>
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 111—[AMENDED]</HD>
            <P>1. The authority citation for 39 CFR part 111 continues to read as follows:</P>
            <AUTH>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
              <P>5 U.S.C. 552(a); 13 U.S.C. 301-307; 18 U.S.C. 1692-1737; 39 U.S.C. 101, 401, 403, 404, 414, 416, 3001-3011, 3201-3219, 3403-3406, 3621, 3622, 3626, 3632, 3633, and 5001.</P>
            </AUTH>
            
            <P>2. Revise the following sections of<E T="03">Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service,</E>Domestic Mail Manual (DMM),<E T="03"/>as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">200Commercial Mail Letters and Cards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">230First-Class Mail</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">235Mail Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Letter Trays</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.3Letter Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>Letter trays are prepared as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 3.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>c. * * * Except for 3-digit/scheme trays destined within the origin/entry SCF, mailers may optionally move any pieces remaining to the next higher<PRTPAGE P="13706"/>presort level at which there is a minimum quantity (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>150 pieces).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3_Digit/Scheme Trays, in its entirety.]</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Preparing Nonautomation Letters</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2Machinable Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2.2Traying and Labeling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 236.1.5. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Origin/entry 3-digit/scheme (required); separate trays required for each 3-digit/scheme ZIP Code within the origin/entry SCF; no minimum piece requirement; one less-than-full tray permitted for each 3-digit/scheme; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L002, Column B.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “FCM LTR 3D MACH.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3Nonmachinable Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.2Traying and Labeling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 236.1.5. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Resequence current items 5.3.2b through d as the new c through e, and add a new item b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Origin/entry 3-digit; required; no minimum piece requirement; one less-than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L002, Column A.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “FCM LTR 3D MANUAL.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening sentence only of resequenced 5.3.2c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. 3-digit (required); full trays (no overflow); labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Preparing Automation Letters</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.6Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>Except for origin/entry 3-digit/scheme trays, mailers may place fewer than 150 overflow pieces in the next tray level when a tray of 150 or more pieces can be made. Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 236.1.5. Mailers must note these trays on standardized documentation (<E T="03">see</E>708.1.2). Pieces placed in the next tray level must be grouped by destination and placed in the front or back of that tray. Mailers may use this option selectively for 3-digit and AADC ZIP Codes. Preparation sequence and Line 1 labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise item 6.6a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit/scheme (see 1.4e): optional, but required for 5-digit price (150-piece minimum); overflow allowed; when making these separations.</P>
            <P>1. For 5-digit scheme trays, use destination shown in the current USPS City State Product.</P>
            <P>2. For 5-digit trays, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (see 4.0 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Resequence current items 6.6b through d as the new c through e, and add a new item b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Origin/entry 3-digit; required; separate trays required for each origin 3-digit/scheme, no minimum; one less-than-full tray allowed for each 3-digit/scheme; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 6.6c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. 3-digit/scheme: Optional, but required for 3-digit price (150-piece minimum); overflow allowed; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.8Presentation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.8 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must present all mixed AADC trays together when presenting mailings for USPS verification. Mixed AADC trays must either be adjacent to one another, and must be placed as the top layer(s) on any container; or may be placed immediately below origin/entry 5-digit or 3-digit/scheme trays, when segregated under 236.1.5. Containerization instructions for First-Class Mail letters and cards may be established by local USPS managers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">236Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0Deposit</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Segregation of Trays for the Origin/Entry SCF</HD>
            <P>Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/entry 3-digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) separations destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such separations mailpieces must be trayed in accordance with 235.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing by one of these methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">240Standard Mail</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">245Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0General Information for Mail Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.5 to reference required palletization as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Required Pallet Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have at least 72 linear feet of trays to a presort destination. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in approved alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Letter Trays</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.3Letter Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>Letter trays are prepared as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the third sentence of 3.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>c. * * * Except for 3-digit/scheme trays destined within the origin/entry SCF, mailers may optionally move any pieces remaining to the next higher presort level at which there is a minimum quantity (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>150 pieces).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme Tray, in its entirety.]</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Preparing Nonautomation Letters</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3Machinable Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.2Traying and Labeling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.2 by adding a new second sentence as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 246.1.3. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4Nonmachinable Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4.2Traying and Labeling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory sentence of 5.4.2 as follows:]</E>
              <PRTPAGE P="13707"/>
            </P>
            <P>Overflow trays are not allowed. Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 246.1.3. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>[<E T="03">Resequence current items 5.4.2b through d as the new c through e and add new item b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Origin/entry 3-digit (optional); separate trays required for each origin 3-digit ZIP Code; no minimum piece requirement; one less-than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; when making these separations; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L002, Column A.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD LTR 3D MANUAL.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 5.4.2c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. 3-digit (required); 150-piece minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L002, Column A.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD LTR 3D MANUAL.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route Letters</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.6General Traying and Labeling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>For all mailings containing any ECR letters over 3 ounces and all mailings of nonautomation ECR letters, prepare trays as explained below. Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 246.1.3. Prepare letters with simplified addresses in separate trays from pieces with other forms of addressing. For ECR barcoded automation-compatible letters that weigh up to 3 ounces, prepare trays under 6.7. Preparation sequence, tray size, and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraphs only of items 6.6a through c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Carrier route: Required; full trays only, no overflow.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>b. 5-digit carrier routes: Required if full tray, optional with minimum one 10-piece bundle.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>c. 3-digit carrier routes: Optional with minimum one 10-piece bundle for each of two or more 5-digit areas.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.7Traying and Labeling for Automation-Compatible ECR Letters</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new seventh sentence to the introductory paragraph of 6.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 246.1.3. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.0Preparing Automation Letters</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.5Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory text of 7.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Instead of preparing overflow trays with fewer than 150 pieces, mailers may include these pieces in an existing qualified tray of at least 150 or more pieces at the next tray level. (For example, 30 overflow 5-digit pieces for 20260 may be added to a qualified 3-digit tray (prefix 202) and the overflow 5-digit pieces will qualify for the 5-digit price.) Pieces that are placed in the next tray level must be grouped by destination and placed in the front or back of that tray. This option does not apply to origin/entry 3-digit/scheme trays. When making 5-digit/scheme and origin 3-digit/scheme trays, mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in 246.1.3 Preparation sequence, tray size, and Line 1 labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Resequence current items 7.5b through d as the new c through e, and add new item b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Origin 3-digit/scheme; optional; separate trays required for each origin 3-digit/scheme; no minimum piece requirement; one less-than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 7.5c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. 3-digit/scheme; optional, but required for 3-digit price (150-piece minimum); overflow allowed; for Line 1, use L002, Column B.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.7Presentation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 7.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must present all mixed AADC trays together for USPS verification, placed as the top layer(s) on any given container, or immediately below origin/entry carrier route, 5-digit/scheme or 3-digit/scheme trays, when segregated under 246.1.3.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">246Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0Presenting a Mailing</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.3Segregation of Origin SCF Trays</HD>
            <P>Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/entry carrier routes, 5-digit (scheme) and 3-digit (scheme) separations destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all origin/entry separations made, mailpieces must be trayed under 245.3.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing by one of these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">300Commercial Flats</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">330First-Class Mail</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">335Mail Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Flat Trays</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 3.6, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme Trays, in its entirety.]</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Preparation of Nonautomation Flats</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.5Traying and Labeling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 336.1.5. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Resequence current items 5.5 b through d as the new c through e, and add a new item b as follows:</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Origin/entry 3-digit (required); separate trays required for each origin 3-digit ZIP Code; no minimum piece requirement; one less-than-full tray for each origin/entry 3-digit; mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 336.1.5; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L002, Column A.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “FCM FLTS 3D NON BC.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of resequenced 5.5c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. 3-digit (required); full trays (no overflow); labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Preparation of Automation Flats</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.5First-Class Mail Required Bundle-Based Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.5.2Traying and Labeling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.5.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under<PRTPAGE P="13708"/>336.1.5. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.6First-Class Mail Optional Tray-Based Preparation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of 6.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 336.1.5. Preparation, sequence, and Line 1 labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">336Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0Deposit</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.0 by adding a new 1.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Segregation of Origin SCF Trays</HD>
            <P>Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/entry 3-digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) separations destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternate containers under 335.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing by one of these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">340Standard Mail</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">343Prices and Eligibility</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Nonautomation Standard Mail Flats</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.35-Digit Prices for Flats</HD>
            <P>The 5-digit price applies to flat-size pieces:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as applicable; placed in a 5-digit/scheme flat tray or approved alternate container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full, according to 345.1.4e.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. In a 5-digit bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as applicable; placed in a merged 5-digit/scheme or 5-digit flat tray or approved alternate container under 705.10.0.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.43-Digit Prices for Flats</HD>
            <P>The 3-digit price applies to flat-size pieces:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. In a 5-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces, or 15 or more pieces, as applicable, or in a 3-digit/scheme bundle of 10 or more pieces; placed in a 3-digit flat tray or approved alternate container of at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full, according to 345.1.4e.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.5ADC Prices for Flats</HD>
            <P>ADC prices apply to flat-size pieces:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 5.5a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. In a 5-digit/scheme, 3-digit/scheme, or ADC bundle of 10 or more pieces placed in an ADC flat tray or approved alternate container of at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full, according to 345.1.4e.</P>
            <P>b. In a 3-digit/scheme origin/entry flat tray or approved alternate container.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.6Mixed ADC Prices for Flats</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mixed ADC prices apply to flat-size pieces in bundles that do not qualify for 5-digit, 3-digit, or ADC prices.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail Flats</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3Basic Price Enhanced Carrier Route Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.2Basic Price Eligibility</HD>
            <P>Basic prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle of 10 or more pieces that is:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 6.3.2b through d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or approved alternate container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full, according to 345.1.4e.</P>
            <P>c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier routes, merged 5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <P>d. Entered at a destination delivery unit as untrayed or uncontainerized bundles, under 345.2.0 and 346.5.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.4High Density Enhanced Carrier Route Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.4.2High Density Prices for Flats</HD>
            <P>High density prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle of 10 or more pieces that is:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 6.4.2b and c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or approved alternate container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full, according to 345.1.4e.</P>
            <P>c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier routes, merged 5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat tray or approved alternate container.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.5Saturation Enhanced Carrier Route Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.5.2Saturation Prices for Flats</HD>
            <P>Saturation prices apply to each piece in a carrier route bundle of 10 or more pieces that is:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 6.5.2b and c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Placed in a carrier route flat tray or approved alternate container containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. Eligibility is also met by placing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds per destination in more than one flat tray when the flat trays are full, according to 345.1.4e.</P>
            <P>c. Placed in a merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier routes, merged 5-digit, or 5-digit carrier routes flat tray or approved alternate container.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">345Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0General Information for Mail Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.3Terms for Presort Levels</HD>
            <P>Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 1.3c through 1.3h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">5-digit scheme</E>(bundles, flat trays or approved alternate containers) for<PRTPAGE P="13709"/>flats meeting the automation standards in 301.3.0: The delivery ZIP Code on all pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP Code areas in as a single scheme, as shown in L007.</P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">5-digit scheme carrier routes</E>(pallets, flat trays or approved alternate containers) for Standard Mail flats: The delivery ZIP Code on all pieces in carrier route bundles is one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L001.</P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Merged 5-digit trays:</E>The carrier route bundles and 5-digit bundles, in a flat tray or approved alternate container, are all for a 5-digit ZIP Code that has an “A” or “C” indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product.</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Merged 5-digit pallet:</E>Contains carrier route bundles and noncarrier route 5-digit bundles.</P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Merged 5-digit scheme trays:</E>The 5-digit ZIP Codes on pieces in carrier route bundles and 5-digit bundles in a flat tray or approved alternate container are all for 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of a single scheme as shown in L001, and the 5-digit bundles also are for 5-digit ZIP Codes that have an “A” or “C” indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product.</P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">Merged 5-digit scheme pallet:</E>Contains carrier route bundles and noncarrier route bundles for those 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of a single scheme under L001.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 1.3k as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>k. * * * These separations are optional, but mailers making these separations must segregate trays for each 3-digit area under 346.1.3.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.3m as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>m. Origin/entry SCF: The separation includes bundles for one or more 3-digit areas served by the same sectional center facility (SCF) (see L005) in whose service area the mail is verified/entered. Mailpieces may be separated for each such 3-digit area regardless of the volume of mail. Mailers making these separations must segregate trays, approved alternate containers or pallets from the remainder of the mailing under 346.1.3.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.3q as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>q. Residual pieces/bundles/trays/alternate containers: Contain mail remaining after completion of a presort sequence. Residual mail lacks the volume for preparation to a particular destination.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4Preparation Definitions and Instructions</HD>
            <P>For purposes of preparing mail:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current items 1.4e through t in their entirety and replace with new e through u as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. A<E T="03">full</E>
              <E T="03">flat tray</E>is one that is physically full. Although a specific minimum volume of at least one stack of mail lying flat on the bottom of the tray and filling the tray to the bottom of the handholds is required for a tray prepared to a presort destination, trays must be filled with additional available pieces (up to the reasonable capacity of the tray) when standards require full trays.</P>
            <P>f. A<E T="03">less-than-full flat tray</E>is one that contains flats for the same destination regardless of quantity or whether a full tray was also prepared for that destination.</P>
            <P>g. An<E T="03">approved alternate container</E>is a container authorized by the USPS instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.</P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">A 5-digit scheme sort</E>for flats meeting the standards in 301.3.0 is defined in 1.3c. When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles, flat trays or approved alternate containers, then prepare all possible 5-digit bundles, flat trays or alternate containers. Label bundles using an optional endorsement line (OEL) under 708.7.0 or with a red “5 SCH” bundle label. Place bundles in appropriate containers using the OEL “label to” 5-digit ZIP Code or using L007 column B.</P>
            <P>i. A<E T="03">5-digit scheme carrier routes sort</E>is defined in 1.3d. Flat trays, alternate containers or pallets labeled to a 5-digit scheme carrier routes destination that contain bundles for only one of the 5-digit areas are considered to be sorted to 5-digit scheme carrier routes. Preparation of 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or pallets must be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations.</P>
            <P>j.<E T="03">A merged 5-digit sort is an optional sort for Standard Mail flats in flat trays or alternate containers</E>and is defined in 1.3e. If preparation of merged 5-digit trays is performed, it must be done for all 5-digit ZIP Code destinations with an “A” or “C” indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product.</P>
            <P>k. The<E T="03">merged 5-digit sort</E>is optional for bundles of Standard Mail flats prepared on pallets under 705.10 and is defined in 1.3f. Pallets labeled to a merged 5-digit destination that contain only a single price level of bundle(s) are considered to be merged 5-digit sorted.</P>
            <P>l.<E T="03">A merged 5-digit scheme sort for Standard Mail flats prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers</E>under 705.10.0 is defined in 1.3g. Trays or alternate containers labeled to a merged 5-digit scheme destination that contain only a single price level of bundle(s) or bundles for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered to be merged 5-digit scheme sorted.</P>
            <P>m.<E T="03">A merged 5-digit scheme sort for bundles of Standard Mail flats on pallets</E>under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0 is defined in 1.3h. Pallets labeled to a merged 5-digit scheme destination that contain only a single price level of bundle(s) or bundles for only one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered to be merged 5-digit sorted. If preparation of merged 5-digit scheme pallets is performed, it must be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations in L001.</P>
            <P>n.<E T="03">A 3-digit scheme sort</E>for bundles of flats meeting the standards in 301.3.0 is defined in 1.3j. When standards require 3-digit/scheme sort for flats, mailers must prepare all possible 3-digit scheme bundles of flats, then prepare all possible 3-digit bundles. Label bundles using an optional endorsement line (OEL) under 708.7.0 or with a green “3SCH” bundle label. Place bundles in appropriate containers using the OEL “label to” 3-digit ZIP Code or using L008 column B.</P>
            <P>o. An<E T="03">origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme)</E>tray contains all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is verified. A separate tray may be prepared for each 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit scheme) area.</P>
            <P>p. The<E T="03">required at</E>[quantity] instruction means that the particular unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or weight.</P>
            <P>q.<E T="03"/>The<E T="03">optional at</E>[quantity] instruction means that the particular unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or weight.</P>
            <P>r.<E T="03">Entry</E>[facility] (or<E T="03">origin</E>[facility]) refers to the USPS mail processing facility (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>“entry NDC”) that serves the Post Office at which the mail is entered by the mailer. If the Post Office where the mail is entered is not the one<PRTPAGE P="13710"/>serving the mailer's location (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>for plant-verified drop shipment), the Post Office of entry determines the entry facility. Entry SCF includes both single-3-digit and multi-3-digit SCFs. Entry NDC includes subordinate ASFs unless otherwise specified.</P>
            <P>s. A<E T="03">bundle</E>is a group of addressed pieces secured together as a unit. Bundle preparation is described in 2.0.</P>
            <P>t. A<E T="03">“logical”</E>presort destination represents the total number of pieces that are eligible for a specific presort level but which might not be contained in a single bundle or in a single flat tray, approved alternate container or pallet due to preparation requirements or the size of the individual pieces. For example, there may be 42 mailpieces for ZIP Code 43112 forming a “logical” 5-digit bundle, and the pieces are prepared in three physical 5-digit bundles.</P>
            <P>u.<E T="03">Cobundling</E>is an alternate preparation method available under 705.11.0 for Standard Mail that allows the combining of flat-size automation price and Presorted price pieces within the same bundle under the single minimum bundle size requirement. Regardless of the class of mail, pieces may not be combined in more than one physical bundle for each logical presort destination unless presented using an approved manifest mailing system under 705.2.0.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 1.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Required Pallet Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum loads described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Bundles</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.2Address Visibility</HD>
            <P>* * * This standard does not apply to the following:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 2.2b and c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) flat trays, alternate containers or pallets.</P>
            <P>c. Bundles placed in carrier route(s) flat trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 2.6 and text of the introductory sentence as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.6Preparing Bundles in Flat Trays or Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>In addition to the standards in 2.5, mailers must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and introductory sentence only of 2.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.7Additional Standards for Untrayed Bundles Entered at DDU Facilities</HD>
            <P>Mailers may enter untrayed, nonpalletized bundles of flat-size pieces at destination delivery units (DDUs) if all the following conditions are met:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.9Pieces With Simplified Address</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 2.9 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to weight limits in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets, and other limits in 2.6 if placed in trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Trays and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1Standard Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers except as permitted in letter trays under 3.4 and under other standards in this section. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.2Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these standards:</P>
            <P>a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray label.</P>
            <P>b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content must not exceed 70 pounds.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.4Preparing Flats in Letter Trays</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 3.4f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Standard Mail flat-size pieces may be prepared in letter trays instead of flat trays only if the following standards are met:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 3.4f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>f. All pieces in the mailing must be placed in letter trays on pallets, separated by presort destination when the required minimum pallet load in 705.8.5.3 cannot be met.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 3.6, Strapping Exception, in its entirety.]</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Tray Labels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Tray labels are subject to the following:</P>
            <P>a. Labels for flat trays or approved alternate containers for automation mailings are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.</P>
            <P>b. Only legible labels, including hand written labels, are acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility.</P>
            <P>c. Intelligent Mail tray labels are subject to the standards in 708.6.5 and to the specifications posted at http://ribbs.usps.gov.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 4.7, Sack Label, in its entirety, and renumber current items 4.8 and 4.9 as the new 4.7 and 4.8.]</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the title of renumbered 4.8 and text of the introductory sentence only as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.8Use of Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>Exhibit 4.8 shows the types of mail requiring barcoded tray labels. Barcoded labels must meet these general standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise renumbered items 4.8d and e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label holder on the tray or alternate container.</P>
            <P>e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be used on all trays and alternate container for mailings entered under the full-service Intelligent Mail automation option.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Exhibit 4.9Required Barcoded Container Labels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the “price or type” description in the second row of Exhibit 4.9 to replace the word “cosacked” with “cotrayed” under Standard Mail as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">PRICE OR TYPE</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">Standard Mail</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">Cobundled and Cotrayed Under 705.9.0 Through 705.13.0</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Preparing Nonautomation Flats</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <PRTPAGE P="13711"/>
            <P>b. All pieces must meet the applicable general preparation standards in 1.0 through 4.0 and the following:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.1b2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>2. All pieces must be in the flat-size processing category and must be bundled and placed on pallets, or bundled and placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers. Certain flat-size pieces may be prepared in letter trays under 3.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2Required Bundling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 5.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Bundling is required before placing flats on pallets, in flat trays or alternate containers. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 5.4, Loose Packing, in its entirety and renumber current items 5.5 through 5.9 as the new 5.4 through 5.8:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of renumbered 5.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4Required Traying</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of renumbered 5.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>If unable to palletize under 705.8.0, or except as provided in 5.5, a tray or alternate container must be prepared when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces, whichever occurs first, subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must apply either one of these methods:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.4b2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>2. The actual piece count or mail weight for each tray or container is used, if documentation shows the number of pieces and the total weight of pieces in each tray.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and introductory sentence of renumbered 5.6 as follows;]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.6Traying and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 346.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current item 5.6e in its entirety and add new items e through g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS NDC NON BC.”</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS NON BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS NON BC WKG.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Resequence numbered items 5.7 and 5.8 as the new 5.8 and 5.9 and add a new 5.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.7Containerization—Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare bundles on pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers as shown in items a through c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations specified in 5.7d must prepare mailings according to the instructions in d instead of c. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Origin-Entry 3 Digit</E>(optional); no minimum; when making these separations, mailers must segregate trays as described in 346.1.3; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: Column A, L002</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS 3D NON BC</P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.8Cotraying and Cobundling Flats With Automation Mail</HD>
            <P>The following standards apply:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 5.8b through d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. If the mailing job contains an automation mailing and a nonautomation mailing, it must be prepared under the cotraying standards in 705.9.0.</P>
            <P>c. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing and a nonautomation mailing, it must be separately trayed under 5.0 and 6.0 or under the merged traying option in 705.10.0.</P>
            <P>d. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing and an automation mailing, then it must be separately trayed under 6.0 and 7.0 or under the merged traying option in 705.10.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.9Merged Containerization of Carrier Route, Automation, and Nonautomation Flats</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 5.9 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, nonautomation 5-digit bundles prepared under 5.0 are combined in trays or approved alternate containers with carrier route bundles and automation 5-digit bundles in merged 5-digit scheme trays and merged 5-digit trays. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route Flats</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>All mailings and all pieces in each mailing at Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail and Nonprofit Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail nonautomation prices are subject to specific preparation standards in 6.2 through 6.7 and to these general standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>c. All pieces must meet the standards in 2.0 through 4.0 and 302, and the following:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.1c2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>2. Flat-size pieces must be bundled and placed on pallets under 705.8.0, or if unable to palletize placed into flat trays or alternate containers or, if applicable, in letter trays under 3.4. When entering flat-size pieces at DDUs,<PRTPAGE P="13712"/>mailers may prepare untrayed, nonpalletized bundles under 2.7.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3Carrier Route Bundle Preparation</HD>
            <P>Prepare carrier route bundles of flat-size mail as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Label carrier route bundles based on the following tray levels:</P>
            <P>1. Carrier route tray: No bundle labeling is required.</P>
            <P>2. 5-digit scheme or 5-digit carrier routes tray: Bundles must have a facing slip unless the pieces in the bundle have a carrier information line or an optional endorsement line (OEL).</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 6.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.4Bundles and Trays With Fewer Than the Minimum Number of Pieces Required</HD>
            <P>As a general exception to 6.2 through 6.7, a mailer may prepare a bundle or tray with fewer than the minimum number of pieces required for a carrier route when pieces meet the saturation standards.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 6.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.6Required Tray Minimums</HD>
            <P>When traying or containerization is required, mailers must prepare a tray or approved alternate container when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces, whichever occurs first. The following conditions apply:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.6b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing or tray the pieces according to the actual piece count or mail weight for each tray, if documentation shows the number and total weight in each tray.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.6d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Trays with fewer than 125 pieces or less than 15 pounds of pieces may be prepared to a carrier route when pieces meet the saturation standards.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and introductory paragraph only of 6.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.7Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 346.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.8Merged Containerization of Carrier Route, Automation, and Presorted Price Flats</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 6.8 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, carrier route bundles are combined in trays or approved alternate containers with 5-digit bundles (both presorted and automation) in merged 5-digit scheme trays and merged 5-digit trays. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.0Preparing Automation Flats</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 7.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Trays must bear the appropriate barcoded container labels under 4.9.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.4Standard Mail Bundle Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 7.4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.4.2Required Traying</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 7.4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>If unable to palletize under 705.8.0, a tray or approved alternate container must be prepared when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces, whichever occurs first, subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 7.4.2b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing or tray by the actual piece count or mail weight for each tray, if documentation shows the number and total weight of pieces in each tray.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 7.4.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.4.3Traying and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF under 346.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph only of 7.4.3 a and c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 7.4.3e in its entirety and add new items e through g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS NDC BC.”</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS BC WKG.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current items 7.6 and 7.7 as the new 7.7 and 7.8 and add a new 7.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.6Containerization—Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare bundles on pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers under 7.6a through 7.6c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations specified in item d must prepare mailings according to the instructions in 7.6d instead of c. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Origin-Entry 3 Digit</E>(optional); no minimum; when making this separation, mailers must segregate trays under 346.1.3; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: Column A, L002.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS 3D BC.</P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC);</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:<PRTPAGE P="13713"/>
            </P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS BC WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.7Merged Containerization With Presorted and Carrier Route Flats</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise renumbered 7.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>When the standards in 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-digit bundles and carrier route bundles that are part of the same mailing job and mail class may be combined on merged 5-digit scheme trays or pallets and merged 5-digit trays or pallets. Automation flats may be cobundled with nonautomation flats under 705.11.0.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.8Exception—Automation and Nonautomation Pieces on Pallets</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the third and fifth sentences of renumbered 7.8 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Mailing jobs prepared entirely in trays and claiming this exception must be cobundled under 705.11.0. * * * The nonautomation pieces that cannot be placed on NDC or finer level pallets may be prepared in flat trays and paid at nonautomation flat-size prices. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">346Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0Presenting a Mailing</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.3Segregation of Origin SCF Mailpieces</HD>
            <P>Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/entry carrier route, 5-digit (scheme) carrier route, (merged) 5-digit (scheme) and 3-digit (scheme) separations destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative containers under 345.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.2Eligibility</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Pieces in a correctly prepared Standard Mail mailing that meet the standards in 2.0 and 3.0 are eligible for the DNDC price when they meet all of the following conditions:</P>
            <P>a. Pieces are addressed for delivery to one of the 3-digit ZIP Codes served by the NDC or ASF where deposited that are listed in Exhibit 3.1.</P>
            <P>b. Pieces are correctly placed on a pallet or in a tray that is labeled to an NDC or ASF, or to a postal facility within the service area of that NDC or ASF (see Exhibit 3.1), and deposited at that NDC or ASF.</P>
            <P>c. If bundles of flats on pallets are reallocated from an ASF pallet to a NDC pallet under 705.8.14, mail for the ASF ZIP Codes placed on the NDC pallet is not eligible for the DNDC prices.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.3Eligibility for ADC Mailpieces</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 3.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>All pieces in an ADC tray are eligible for the DNDC discount if the ADC facility ZIP Code (as shown on Line 1 of the corresponding container label) is within the service area of the NDC or ASF at which the tray is deposited as shown in Exhibit 3.1. * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 3.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.4Eligibility for Mixed ADC Bundles or Trays</HD>
            <P>Mailpieces in a mixed ADC bundle or tray can qualify for the DNDC prices if the following standards are met:</P>
            <P>a. All pieces (no minimum) in the bundle or tray must destinate within the ASF or NDC service area shown in Exhibit 3.1.</P>
            <P>b. Use labeling list L009 when labeling bundles or trays containing such pieces.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2Eligibility</HD>
            <P>Pieces in a mailing that meets the standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are eligible for the DSCF price, as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 4.2a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. When deposited at a DSCF (or USPS-designated facility), addressed for delivery within that facility's service area, and placed on a pallet or in a tray labeled to that DSCF or to a postal facility within its service area.</P>
            <P>b. When prepared in 5-digit bundles and placed on or in a merged 5-digit scheme or merged 5-digit pallet or tray deposited at the destination delivery unit as defined in 5.1.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">360Bound Printed Matter</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">365Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0General Information for Mail Presentation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.1Basic Preparation—Nonpresorted</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.1as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>There are no presort, traying, containerization, or labeling standards for nonpresorted Bound Printed Matter.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4Terms for Presort Levels</HD>
            <P>Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current 1.4i through k as the new j through l and add a new item i as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>i. Origin/entry SCF: The separation includes bundles for one or more 3-digit areas served by the same sectional center facility (SCF) (see L005) in whose service area the mail is verified/entered. Mailpieces may be separated for each such 3-digit area regardless of the volume of mail. Mailers making these separations must segregate flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to destinations within the origin 3-digit area from the remainder of the mailing as described in 366.2.7.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Preparation Definitions and Instructions</HD>
            <P>For purposes of preparing mail:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.5b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">An approved alternate container</E>is a container that is authorized by the USPS, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 1.5c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. * * * When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and trays or approved authorized containers before preparing 5-digit bundles, and trays or containers. * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise item 1.5d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. A<E T="03">5-digit scheme carrier routes sort</E>is required for Carrier Route Bound Printed Matter flats prepared in trays, or approved alternate containers, or as bundles on pallets and yields a 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays, alternate containers or pallets for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L001 and 5-digit carrier routes trays, alternate containers or pallets for other areas. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are treated as one<PRTPAGE P="13714"/>presort destination subject to a single minimum tray, alternate container or pallet volume. Trays, alternate containers or pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme carrier routes destination that contain carrier route bundles for only one of the schemed 5-digit areas are considered to be sorted to 5-digit scheme carrier routes. Preparation of 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays, alternate containers or pallets must be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.5g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g. The<E T="03">required at</E>[quantity] instruction means that the particular unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or weight.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.5h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>h. The<E T="03">optional at</E>[quantity] instruction means that the particular unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or weight.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.5k as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>k. A<E T="03">“logical” presort destination</E>represents the total number of pieces that are eligible for a specific presort level based on the required sortation, which might not be contained in one bundle or in one container (tray, alternate container or pallet) due to preparation requirements or the size of the individual pieces. For example, there may be 42 mailpieces for ZIP Code 43112 forming a “logical” 5-digit bundle, and the pieces are prepared in three physical 5-digit bundles.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.6Required Pallet Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they reach the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Bundles</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.2Address Visibility</HD>
            <P>* * * This standard does not apply to the following:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 2.2a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) trays, approved alternate containers or pallets.</P>
            <P>b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.6Preparing Bundles</HD>
            <P>Bundles of flat-size pieces must be secure and stable subject to the following:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 2.6b and c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. If placed in trays or approved alternate containers, the applicable weight limits in 5.0 or 6.0.</P>
            <P>c. If bundles are prepared as untrayed or uncontainerized bundles under 366.6.2 or 366.6.3, the weight limits and other standards in 2.7.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 2.7 and text of the introductory sentence as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.7Additional Standards for Untrayed Bundles Entered at DDU Facilities</HD>
            <P>Mailers may enter untrayed or uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles of flat-size pieces at destination delivery units (DDUs) if all of the following conditions are met:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.8Bundle Sizes</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the sixth and seventh sentences of 2.8 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Except for mixed ADC bundles and carrier route bundles prepared in trays or approved alternate containers, each physical bundle of Bound Printed Matter must contain at least two pieces. For carrier route Bound Printed Matter prepared in trays or approved alternate containers, the last physical bundle to an individual carrier route may consist of a single addressed piece, provided that all other bundles to that carrier route destination contain at least two addressed pieces, and that the total group of pieces to that carrier route (the logical bundle) meets the carrier route eligibility minimum in 363. * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.9Pieces With Simplified Addresses</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 2.9 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to weight limits in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets and, for Bound Printed Matter in trays or approved alternate containers, applicable weight limits in 5.0, and 6.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Trays and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 and add a new 3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1Standard Containers</HD>
            <P>If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of renumbered 3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.2Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these standards:</P>
            <P>a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray label.</P>
            <P>b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content must not exceed 70 pounds.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Tray Labels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Tray labels are subject to the following:</P>
            <P>a. Use 2-inch tray labels for trays and approved alternate containers.</P>
            <P>b. Labels, including hand-printed labels, must be legible. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility.</P>
            <P>c. Barcoded tray labels for automation mailings are subject to 4.8 and 708.6.0.</P>

            <P>d. Intelligent Mail tray labels, used on trays or alternate containers, are subject to the standards in 708.6.5 and to the specifications posted at<E T="03">http://ribbs.usps.gov.</E>
            </P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory sentence only of 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label</HD>
            <P>A tray label must meet these specifications:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.2d as follows]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches maximum.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 4.3, Additional Standards for Barcoded Sack Labels, in its entirety and renumber current items 4.4 through 4.9 as new 4.3 through 4.8.]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3Line 1 (Destination Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise renumbered 4.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays or alternate containers for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left to right, “APO” or “FPO,” followed by “AE” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), “AA” (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or “AP” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range<PRTPAGE P="13715"/>962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray or alternate container.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.4Line 2 (Content Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise renumbered 4.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in the tray or alternate container and other information as specified by standards.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise “code” description for nonbarcoded “content type” (10th in list) in the table under 4.5b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">CONTENT TYPE CODE</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>Nonbarcoded NON BC (trays or alternate containers) NBC (pallets and cotrayed mail under 705.9.0)</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and introductory paragraph only of renumbered 4.8 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.8Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>Mailers must use barcoded tray labels for barcoded flat-size mailings. Barcoded labels must meet these general standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 4.9d and e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label holder on the tray or alternate container.</P>
            <P>e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be used on all trays and alternate container for mailings entered under the full-service Intelligent Mail automation option.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Preparing Presorted Flats</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2Bundling</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2.1 Required Bundling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first and fourth sentences of 5.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must bundle pieces before putting them in trays or approved alternate containers. * * * Five-digit bundles placed in 5-digit trays or approved alternate containers and untrayed 5-digit bundles prepared for DDU entry may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3Traying</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.1Required Traying</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they reach the minimum load requirements in 705.8.5.3 or prepare flats as untrayed bundles under 2.7. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a tray or approved alternate container when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 20 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Only mixed ADC trays or alternate containers may contain smaller volumes. Optional SCF trays or alternate containers are subject to the same minimum piece or pound provision as required trays. Traying or containerization also is subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must use either the minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing or tray by the actual piece count or mail weight for each tray or alternate container, if documentation can be provided that shows the number of pieces and their total weight in each tray or alternate container.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.2Separation by Zone</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>Pieces for each zone must be trayed or placed in approved alternate containers separately. When presented for verification, trays or alternate containers must be separated by zone. Exception: Pieces for different zones may be trayed together, and the trays or alternate containers do not have to be separated by zone for verification if the mailing is prepared under<E T="03"/>705.2.0, 705.3.0, 705.4.0 or 5.3.3<E T="03">.</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.3.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.4Cotraying Presorted Mail With Barcoded Mail</HD>
            <P>The following standards apply:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 5.3.4a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. If the mailing job contains only a Presorted mailing qualifying for and claiming the barcode discount and a Presorted mailing not claiming the barcode discount, both mailings must be cotrayed under 705.9.0. The two mailings may be cobundled under 705.11.0 before being cotrayed under 705.9.0.</P>
            <P>b. If the mailing job also contains a carrier route mailing, the carrier route mailing must be prepared under 6.0.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 5.3.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.5Traying and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined within the origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 5.6e in its entirety and add new items e through g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NDC NON BC.”</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 5.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4Containerization—Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare bundled mail on pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers under 5.4a through 5.4c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations specified in item d below must prepare mailings according to the instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Origin-Entry 3 Digit</E>(optional); no minimum; when making these separations, mailers must segregate trays as described in 366.2.7; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: Column A, L002</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC”</P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:<PRTPAGE P="13716"/>
            </P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Preparing Carrier Route Flats</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 6.3 and 6.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3Traying</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.1Required Traying</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they reach the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3 or may prepare flats as untrayed bundles under 2.7. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a direct carrier route tray or approved alternate container when the quantity of mail for an individual carrier route reaches either 20 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first; smaller volumes are not permitted. Mailers must place remaining bundles in 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or alternate containers, or 5-digit carrier routes trays or alternate containers, which have no minimum tray or container size. Carrier route trays or alternate containers also are subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.3.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must use either the minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing or tray the mail by the actual piece count or mail weight for each tray or alternate container, if documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows the number of pieces and the total weight in each tray or alternate container.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.2Separation by Zone</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Pieces for each zone must be trayed or placed in approved alternate containers separately. When presented for verification, trays or alternate containers must be separated by zone. Exception: Pieces for different zones may be trayed or placed in alternate containers together, and the trays or alternate containers do not have to be separated by zone for verification if the mailing is prepared under one of the postage payment systems in 705.2.0 through 705.4.0 or under 6.3.3.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph of 6.3.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.5Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined within the origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7. Preparation sequence and Line 1 tray labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 6.3.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.6Tray Label Line 2</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 6.3.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.7Exception to Traying</HD>
            <P>Traying or containerization is not required for bundles that are entered at DDU prices; such bundles may be bedloaded and may weigh up to 40 pounds each.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.0Preparing Barcoded Flats</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second and third sentences of 7.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Bundle, tray or approved alternate container preparation is subject to 365.0. Trays or alternate containers must bear the appropriate barcoded tray labels under 4.9.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 7.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.4Traying</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and introductory paragraph of 7.4.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.4.1Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined within the origin/entry SCF under 366.2.7. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current item 7.4.1e in its entirety and add new items e through g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NDC BC.”</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current items 7.5 through 7.5.2 as new 7.6 through 7.6.2 and add a new 7.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.5Containerization—Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare bundled mail on pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers as shown in 7.5a through 7.5c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations specified in item d below must prepare mailings according to the instructions in 7.5d instead of 7.5c. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Origin-Entry 3 Digit</E>(optional); no minimum; when making these separations, mailers must segregate trays under 366.2.7; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: Column A, L002</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS 3D BC.”</P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>

            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.<PRTPAGE P="13717"/>
            </P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS BC WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.6Mixed Price Preparation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of renumbered 7.6.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.6.1Cobundling and Cotraying Mixed Mail</HD>
            <P>The following standards apply to Bound Printed Matter:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise renumbered 7.6.1a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. If the mailing job contains a carrier route mailing, a Presorted mailing qualifying for and claiming the barcode discount under 363.6.1, and a Presorted mailing (not claiming the barcode discount), then the carrier route mailing must be prepared under 6.0, and the Presorted mailing qualifying for and claiming the barcode discount and the Presorted mailing (not claiming the barcode discount) must be cotrayed under 705.9.0. As an option, the Presorted pieces may be cobundled together under 705.11.0. Cobundled pieces must be cotrayed under 705.9.0.</P>
            <P>b. If the mailing job contains only a Presorted mailing qualifying for and claiming the barcode discount and a Presorted mailing (not claiming the barcode discount), both mailings must be cotrayed under 705.9.0. As an option, the Presorted pieces may be cobundled together under 705.11.0. Cobundled pieces must be cotrayed under 705.9.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.6.2Merged Containerization</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise renumbered 7.6.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>When the conditions and preparation standards in 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0 are met, 5-digit bundles of Presorted (barcoded and nonbarcoded pieces) and carrier route mail that are part of the same mailing job and class of mail may be combined on merged 5-digit scheme pallets, trays or approved alternate containers and merged 5-digit pallets, trays or approved alternate containers. Barcode discount pieces may be cobundled with presorted pieces under 705.11.0</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">366Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Presenting a Mailing</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 2.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.7Segregation of Origin SCF Trays</HD>
            <P>Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/entry SCF, origin 3-digit (scheme) and origin/entry 5-digit trays destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative containers under 365.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Destination Entry</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1General</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Eligibility for a destination entry price is determined by the sort level, processing category of the mail, and the type of container the mail is in (pallet, tray or alternate container). * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and the first sentence of the text of 3.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.7Mailings of Untrayed Bundles</HD>
            <P>Mailers may present untrayed, or uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles of BPM flats that are properly prepared for and entered at DDU prices and unloaded according to standards in 3.9.9. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1Eligibility</HD>
            <P>Pieces in a mailing meeting the standards in 3.0 and 4.0 are eligible for the DNDC price when they meet all of the following conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.1d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Are placed on a pallet, or placed in a tray or approved alternate container, that is labeled to the NDC or ASF where deposited, or labeled to a postal facility within that NDCs or ASFs service area (see Exhibit 4.1).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2Presorted Flats</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Presorted flats on pallets, or placed in trays or approved alternate containers, at all sort levels may claim DNDC prices. Separate mixed ADC trays or alternate containers must be prepared for flats eligible for and claimed at the DNDC price and for flats not claimed at the DNDC price. Use the “label to” ZIP Code of the ADC to assign ADC bundles to the respective mixed ADC tray or alternate container. Use the address on the mailpieces to assign pieces to the respective mixed ADC bundle. All pieces in an ADC tray, alternate container or in a palletized ADC bundle are eligible for the DNDC discount if the ADC facility ZIP Code (shown in Line 1 of the corresponding tray label or the ADC facility that is the destination of the palletized ADC bundle as would be shown on an ADC tray label for that facility using L004, Column B) is within the service area of the NDC or ASF at which the tray or alternate container is deposited. Mail must be entered at the appropriate facility under 4.1.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3Carrier Route Flats</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 4.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Carrier Route flats on pallets, or in trays or alternate containers, at all sort levels may claim DNDC prices. * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.1Eligibility</HD>
            <P>Pieces in a mailing meeting the standards in 3.0 and 5.0 are eligible for the DSCF price when they meet all of the following conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.1d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Are placed on a pallet, or placed in a tray or authorized alternate container, that is labeled to the facility where deposited or labeled to a postal facility within that facility's service area.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2Presorted Flats</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 5.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Presorted flats and automation flats in trays or alternate containers for the 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF sort levels or on pallets at the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF sort levels may claim DSCF prices. * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3Carrier Route Flats</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 5.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Carrier route flats in trays, or alternate containers, at all sort levels or on pallets at the 5-digit scheme carrier routes, 5-digit carrier routes, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF sort levels may claim DSCF prices. * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) Entry</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.2Presorted Flats</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 6.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>Presorted flats that weigh more than 1 pound in 5-digit trays or alternate containers, on 5-digit scheme or 5-digit<PRTPAGE P="13718"/>pallets, or prepared as untrayed or uncontainerized 5-digit bundles may claim DDU prices. * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3Carrier Route Flats</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 6.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Carrier route flats in trays or alternate containers, on 5-digit carrier routes scheme and 5-digit carrier routes pallets, or prepared as untrayed or uncontainerized carrier route bundles may claim DDU prices. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">370Media Mail</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">373Prices and Eligibility</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Price Eligibility for Media Mail Flats</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.4Price Categories for Media Mail</HD>
            <P>Media Mail prices are based on the weight of the piece without regard to zone. The price categories and discounts are as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 3.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-Digit Presort Price. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a piece must be sorted to 5-digit trays or approved alternate containers under 375.5.0, or 5-digit pallets under 705.8.0. All logical 5-digit bundles on pallets must contain at least 10 pieces.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">375Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0General Information for Mail Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.3Terms for Presort Levels</HD>
            <P>Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.3b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. 5-digit scheme (bundles, trays or approved alternate containers) for flats meeting the automation-compatibility standards in 301.3.0; the ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code ranges in a single scheme, as shown in L007.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4Preparation Definitions and Instructions</HD>
            <P>For purposes of preparing mail:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.4b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">An approved alternate container</E>is a container that is authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 1.4c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. * * * When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and trays, or approved alternate containers of flats before preparing 5-digit bundles and trays (or approved alternate containers). * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.4e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. The<E T="03">required at</E>[quantity] instruction means that the particular unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or weight.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.4f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>f<E T="03">.</E>The<E T="03">optional at</E>[quantity] instruction means that the particular unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or weight.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Required Pallet Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Bundles</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.6Preparing Bundles</HD>
            <P>Bundles of flat-size pieces must be secure and stable subject to the following:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 2.6b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. If placed in trays or approved alternate containers, Media Mail must meet the specific weight limits in 5.2.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.7Bundle Sizes</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the fifth sentence of 2.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Unless otherwise noted, the maximum weight for bundles placed in trays or approved alternate containers is 20 pounds. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Trays and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1Standard Containers</HD>
            <P>If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.2Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these standards:</P>
            <P>a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray label.</P>
            <P>b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content must not exceed 70 pounds.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Tray Labels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Tray labels are subject to the following:</P>
            <P>a. Use 2-inch labels for trays and approved alternate containers.</P>
            <P>b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed labels are acceptable.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory sentence of 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label</HD>
            <P>A tray label must meet these specifications:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.2d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches maximum.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current items 4.3 through 4.7 as the new 4.4 through 4.8 and add a new 4.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3Additional Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>In addition to 4.2, barcoded tray labels must meet the standards in 4.9 and 708.6.3.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.4Line 1 (Destination Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.4c as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays or approved alternate containers for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left to right, “APO” or “FPO,” followed by “AE” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), “AA” (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or “AP” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray or alternate container.<PRTPAGE P="13719"/>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.5Line 2 (Content Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.5a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in the tray or alternate container and other information as specified by standards.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.9Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>Trays or approved alternate containers may bear barcoded tray labels meeting these general standards:</P>
            <P>a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 4.1.</P>
            <P>b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 708.6.0.</P>
            <P>c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.</P>
            <P>d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label holder on the tray or alternate container.</P>
            <P>e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Preparing Presorted Flats</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2Bundling</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2.1Required Bundling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the third sentence of 5.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * The maximum weight of each physical bundle is 20 pounds, except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit tray or approved alternate container may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3Traying</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.1Required Traying</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a tray or approved alternate container when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches the minimums specified in 5.3.2. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed ADC trays or alternate containers).</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 5.3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.2Traying and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in 376.2.1. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">5-digit/scheme</E>(optional, but required for 5-digit price); see 1.4c; scheme sort required, only for pieces meeting the automation-compatibility criteria in 301.3.0; minimum 10 addressed pieces; when making these separations; labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 5.3.2a1 and 5.3.2a2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, use L007, Column B. For 5-digit trays or alternate containers, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.5 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, “PSVC FLT 5D SCH NBC.” For 5-digit trays or alternate containers, “PSVC FLT 5D NBC.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 5.3.2d in its entirety and add new items d through f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column B.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NDC NON BC.”</P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 5.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4Containerization—Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>For mail prepared in bundles, mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers under 5.4a through 5.4c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations specified in item 5.4d must prepare mailings according to the instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Origin-Entry 3 Digit</E>(optional); no minimum; when making these separations, mailers must segregate trays under 376.2.1; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: Column A, L002</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC</P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">376Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Presenting a Mailing</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.1Segregation of Origin SCF Trays</HD>
            <P>Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/entry 3-digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative containers under 375.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">380Library Mail</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">383Prices and Eligibility</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <PRTPAGE P="13720"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Price Eligibility for Library Mail Flats</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.4Price Categories for Library Mail</HD>
            <P>Library Mail prices are based on the weight of the piece without regard to zone. The price categories and discounts are as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 3.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. * * * To qualify for the 5-digit price, a piece must be sorted to 5-digit trays or approved alternate containers under 385.5.0 or to 5-digit pallets under 705.8.0. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">385Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0General Information for Mail Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.3Terms for Presort Levels</HD>
            <P>Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.3b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. 5-digit scheme (bundles, trays and approved alternate containers) for flats meeting the automation-compatibility standards in 301.3.0: the ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code ranges processed in a single scheme, as shown in L007.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4Preparation Definitions and Instructions</HD>
            <P>For purposes of preparing mail:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.4b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">An approved alternate container</E>is a container that is authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 1.4c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. * * * When standards require 5-digit/scheme sort, mailers must prepare all possible 5-digit scheme bundles and trays, or alternate containers of flats before preparing 5-digit bundles and trays (or alternate containers). * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.4e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. The<E T="03">required at</E>[quantity] instruction means that the particular unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or weight.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.4f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>f.<E T="03"/>The<E T="03">optional at</E>[quantity] instruction means that the particular unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or weight.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Required Pallet Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Bundles</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.6Preparing Bundles</HD>
            <P>Bundles of flat-size pieces must be secure and stable subject to the following:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 2.6b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. If placed in trays or approved alternate containers, Library Mail must meet the specific weight limits in 5.2</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Trays and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1Standard Containers</HD>
            <P>If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.2Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these standards:</P>
            <P>a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray label.</P>
            <P>b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content must not exceed 70 pounds.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Tray Labels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Tray labels are subject to the following:</P>
            <P>a. Use 2-inch labels for trays and approved alternate containers.</P>
            <P>b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed labels are acceptable.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory sentence of 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label</HD>
            <P>A tray label must meet these specifications:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.2d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches maximum.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current 4.3 through 4.7 as the new 4.4 through 4.8 and add a new 4.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3Additional Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>In addition to 4.2, barcoded tray labels must meet the standards in 4.9 and 708.6.3.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.4Line 1 (Destination Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.4c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Overseas Military Mail.</E>On 5-digit trays or approved alternate containers for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left to right, “APO” or “FPO,” followed by “AE” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), “AA” (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or “AP” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray or alternate container.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.5Line 2 (Content Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.5a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Placement:</E>Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in the tray or alternate container and other information as specified by standards.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.9Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>Trays or approved alternate containers may bear barcoded tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general standards:</P>
            <P>a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 4.1.</P>
            <P>b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 708.6.0.</P>
            <P>c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.</P>

            <P>d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label holder on the tray or alternate container.<PRTPAGE P="13721"/>
            </P>
            <P>e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Preparing Presorted Flats</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2Bundling</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2.1Required Bundling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the third sentence of 5.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * The maximum weight of each physical bundle is 20 pounds, except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit tray or approved alternate container may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.3 and 5.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3Traying</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.1Required Traying</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.1as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a tray or approved alternate container when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches the minimums specified in 5.3.2. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed ADC trays or alternate containers).</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of introductory paragraph only of 5.3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.2Traying and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined within the origin/entry SCF under 386.2.1. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise item 5.3.2a1 and 5.3.2a2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, use L007, Column B. For 5-digit trays or alternate containers, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.5 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, “PSVC FLT 5D SCH NBC.” For 5-digit trays or alternate containers, “PSVC FLT 5D NBC.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete item 5.3.2d in its entirety and add new items d through f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NDC NON BC.”</P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC WKG.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 5.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4Containerization—Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>For mail prepared in bundles, mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers as shown in 5.4a through 5.4c. Mailers entering mailings at acceptance locations specified in 5.4d must prepare mailings according to the instructions in 5.4d instead of 5.4c. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Origin-Entry 3 Digit</E>(optional); no minimum; when making these separations, mailers must segregate trays under 346.1.3; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: Column A, L002.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS 3D NON BC.”</P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C. information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">386Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 2.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Presenting a Mailing</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.1Segregation of Origin SCF Trays</HD>
            <P>Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/entry 3-digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative containers under 385.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">400Commercial Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">430First-Class Mail</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">433Prices and Eligibility</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0Prices and Fees for First-Class Mail</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4Surcharge</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory sentence of 1.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Unless prepared in 5-digit/scheme trays, sacks, or approved alternate containers; or paid at the single-piece prices, presorted parcels are subject to a surcharge if any of the following characteristics apply:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Price Eligibility for Presorted First-Class Mail Parcels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.15-Digit Price</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>The 5-digit price applies to presorted parcels in a 5-digit/scheme tray, sack or approved alternate container containing at least 10 pounds of parcels.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.23-Digit Price</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>The 3-digit price applies to presorted parcels in a 3-digit tray or approved alternate container containing at least 10 pounds of parcels.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3ADC Price</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>The ADC price applies to presorted parcels in a 3-digit origin tray or approved alternate container (no<PRTPAGE P="13722"/>minimum), and to parcels in an ADC tray or approved alternate container containing at least 10 pounds of parcels.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.4Single-Piece Price</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>The single-piece price applies to presorted parcels in a mixed ADC tray or approved alternate container, with no minimum volume requirement.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">435Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0General Information for Mail Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4Preparation Definitions and Instructions</HD>
            <P>For purposes of preparing mail:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Resequence current items 1.4c through f as the new d through g and add a new item c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">An approved alternate container</E>is a container that is authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 1.4d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. An origin/entry 3-digit tray or approved alternate container contains all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code area processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is verified/entered. Mailpieces may be optionally separated for each such 3-digit area regardless of the volume of mail. These separations are optional, but mailers making these separations must segregate flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to destinations within the origin 3-digit area be segregated from the remainder of the mailing as described in 436.1.5.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 1.4g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g. A “logical” presort destination represents the total number of pieces in a mailing that are eligible for a specific presort level based on the required sortation, but which might not be contained in one container (tray, alternate container or pallet) due to preparation requirements or the size of the individual pieces.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Required Pallet Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 2.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Trays and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 2.1, Presort, in its entirety, renumber current 2.2 and 2.3 as the new 2.1 and 2.2, and revise renumbered 2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.1Standard Containers</HD>
            <P>If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in flat trays, sacks (for 5-digit or 5-digit scheme separations), or approved alternate containers. A postmaster may authorize nonpostal containers for a small-volume presorted mailing if the mailing weighs no more than 20 pounds, consists primarily of mail or bundles of mail for local ZIP Codes, and requires no USPS transportation for processing.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of renumbered 2.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.2Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>Tray, alternate container or sack preparation is subject to these standards:</P>
            <P>a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct tray label.</P>
            <P>b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its content must not exceed 70 pounds.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Tray Labels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Tray labels are subject to the following:</P>
            <P>a. Use 2-inch tray labels for trays, approved alternate containers and sacks.</P>
            <P>b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed labels are acceptable.</P>
            <P>c. Barcoded tray labels are subject to 3.9 and 708.6.0.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber 3.2 through 3.7 as the new 3.3 through 3.8 and add a new 3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.2Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label</HD>
            <P>A tray label must meet these specifications:</P>
            <P>a. Color: white or manila.</P>
            <P>b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of automation-compatible flats, optional for others).</P>
            <P>c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515 inches maximum.</P>
            <P>d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches maximum.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.3Line 1 (Destination Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise renumbered 3.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left to right, “APO” or “FPO,” followed by “AE” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), “AA” (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or “AP” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.4Line 2 (Content Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise renumbered 3.4a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack and other information as specified by standards.</P>
            <P>b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line 2 of tray labels.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.5Line 3 (Origin Line)</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of renumbered 3.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the tray, alternate container or sack contains mail manifested using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9. * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.6Electronic Verification System</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise renumbered 3.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>All trays, alternate containers or sacks containing parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show “eVS” (or the alternatives “EVS” or “E-VS”) directly below Line 3 using the same size and lettering used for Line 3. As an option, “eVS” may be placed as the first element on Line 3.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 3.9 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.9Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general standards:</P>
            <P>a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.</P>

            <P>b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 708.6.0.<PRTPAGE P="13723"/>
            </P>
            <P>c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.</P>
            <P>d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label holder on the tray or alternate container.</P>
            <P>e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Preparing Presorted Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 4.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.4Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays, approved alternate containers or sacks destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in 436.1.5. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.4a1 and 4.4a2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 3.2c for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, “FCM PARCELS 5D SCH.” For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, “FCM PARCELS 5D.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">436Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0Deposit</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.0 by adding a new 1.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Segregation of Origin SCF Trays</HD>
            <P>Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, origin/entry 3-digit and origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative containers under 435.4 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">440Standard Mail</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">443Prices and Eligibility</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Basic Standards for Standard Mail Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.3Additional Basic Standards for Standard Mail</HD>
            <P>Each Standard Mail mailing is subject to these general standards:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 3.3a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. All pieces in a mailing must be of the same processing category, except that irregular and machinable parcels may be combined in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Presorted Standard Mail Pieces</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2Price Application</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence in 5.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * For example, when there are 10 pounds of combined machinable parcels, irregular parcels, and Not Flat-Machinable pieces in a 5-digit tray, approved alternate container or sack, all pieces are eligible for the 5-digit prices.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3Prices for Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.15-Digit Price</HD>
            <P>The 5-digit price applies to qualifying machinable parcels that are dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU and presented:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.1a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. In a 5-digit/scheme (L606) tray, approved alternate container or sack containing at least 10 pounds of pieces.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.2NDC Price</HD>
            <P>The NDC price applies to qualifying machinable parcels as follows under either of the following conditions:</P>
            <P>a. When dropshipped to an ASF or NDC and presented:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.2a1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. In an ASF or NDC tray or approved alternate container containing at least 10 pounds of parcels, or</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.3Mixed NDC Price</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>The mixed NDC price applies to machinable parcels that are not eligible for 5-digit or NDC prices. Place machinable parcels at mixed NDC prices in origin NDC trays or approved alternate containers or on origin NDC pallets, then in mixed NDC trays or approved alternate containers, or on mixed NDC pallets. See 445.5.3.2 and 705.8.10.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4 Prices for Irregular Parcels and Not Flat-Machinable (NFM) Pieces</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4.15-Digit Price</HD>
            <P>The 5-digit price applies to irregular parcels and NFMs that are dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU and presented:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.4.1a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. In a 5-digit/scheme (L606) tray, approved alternate container or sack containing at least 10 pounds of pieces.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4.2SCF Price</HD>
            <P>The SCF price applies to irregular parcels or NFMs that are dropshipped and presented to a DSCF or DNDC:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.4.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. In an SCF tray or approved alternate container containing at least 10 pounds of parcels.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4.3NDC Price</HD>
            <P>The NDC price applies to qualifying irregular parcels or NFMs as follows under either of the following conditions:</P>
            <P>a. When dropshipped to an ASF or NDC and presented:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.4.3a1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. In an ASF or NDC tray or approved alternate container containing at least 10 pounds of parcels, or</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4.4Mixed NDC Price</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 5.4.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Place irregular parcels or NFMs at mixed NDC prices in origin NDC or mixed NDC trays or approved alternate containers under 445.5.4.4 or on origin NDC or mixed NDC pallets under 705.8.10.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Additional Eligibility Standards for Enhanced Carrier Route Standard Mail Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3Basic Price Enhanced Carrier Route Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.2Basic Price Discount for Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Basic prices apply to each piece in a carrier route or 5-digit carrier routes tray, approved alternate container or sack containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. DALs must be in carrier route bundles of 10 or more pieces and prepared under 602.4.0.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.4High Density Enhanced Carrier Route Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <PRTPAGE P="13724"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.4.2High Density Price Discount for Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>High density prices apply to each piece in a carrier route or 5-digit carrier routes tray, approved alternate container or sack containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. DALs must be in carrier route bundles of 10 or more pieces and prepared under 602.4.0.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.5Saturation Enhanced Carrier Route Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.5.2Saturation Price Discount for Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first two sentences of 6.5.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Saturation prices apply to each piece in a carrier route, or 5-digit carrier routes tray, approved alternate container or sack containing at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">445Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0General Information for Mail Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.3Terms for Presort Levels</HD>
            <P>Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, alternate containers and sacks) for Standard Mail parcels: The ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes in a single scheme, as shown in L606.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.3g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g. Origin/entry SCF: The separation includes bundles or pieces for one or more 3-digit areas served by the same sectional center facility (SCF) (see L005) in whose service area the mail is verified/entered. Mailpieces may be optionally separated for each such 3-digit area regardless of the volume of mail. Mailers making these separations must segregate flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to destinations within the origin SCF area from the remainder of the mailing as described in 446.1.3.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 1.3l as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>l. Residual pieces/bundles/trays/alternate containers contain material remaining after completion of a presort sequence. * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4Preparation Definitions and Instructions</HD>
            <P>For purposes of preparing mail:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Resequence items 1.4b through j as the new c through k and add a new item b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">An approved alternate container</E>is a container that is authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 1.4d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. A 5-digit/scheme sort for Standard Mail parcels yields 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5-digit trays, alternate containers, sacks or pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a single minimum volume (if required). Trays, alternate containers, sacks or pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered 5-digit scheme sorted.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 1.4f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>f. The<E T="03">required at</E>[quantity] instruction means that the particular unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or weight.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 1.4g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g<E T="03">.</E>The<E T="03">optional at</E>[quantity] instruction means that the particular unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or weight.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced item k as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>k. A “logical” presort destination represents the total number of pieces that are eligible for a specific presort level based on the required sortation, but which might not be contained in one bundle or in one container due to preparation requirements or the size of the individual pieces. For example, there may be 42 mailpieces for ZIP Code 43112 forming a “logical” 5-digit bundle, and the pieces are prepared in three physical 5-digit bundles.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Required Pallet Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Bundles</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.2Address Visibility</HD>
            <P>* * * This standard does not apply to the following:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 2.2a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets.</P>
            <P>b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the title and text of the introductory sentence of 2.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.6Preparing Bundles in Trays or Sacks</HD>
            <P>In addition to the standards in 2.5, mailers must prepare and secure bundles placed in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.7Pieces With Simplified Address</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 2.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to weight limits in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets, and weight and height limits in 2.6 if placed in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Trays and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1Standard Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit, 5-digit scheme, carrier route and 5-digit carrier route separations may be prepared in sacks. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.2Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>Tray and alternate container preparation is subject to these standards:</P>

            <P>a. Each tray or alternate container must bear the correct tray label.<PRTPAGE P="13725"/>
            </P>
            <P>b. The weight of a tray, or alternate container, and its content must not exceed 70 pounds.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Tray Labels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Tray labels are subject to the following:</P>
            <P>a. Barcoded tray labels are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.</P>
            <P>b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed labels are acceptable.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>A tray label must meet these specifications:</P>
            <P>a. Color: White or manila.</P>
            <P>b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of automation-compatible flats, optional for others).</P>
            <P>c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515 inches maximum.</P>
            <P>d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches maximum.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3Line 1 (Destination Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Overseas Military Mail.</E>On 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left to right, “APO” or “FPO,” followed by “AE” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), “AA” (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or “AP” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.4Line 2 (Content Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Placement:</E>Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack, and other information as specified by standards.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory sentence of 4.4b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Codes:</E>The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line 2 of tray labels:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.5Line 3 (Origin Line)</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the tray, alternate container or sack contains mail manifested using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.9Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general standards:</P>
            <P>a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.</P>
            <P>b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 708.6.0.</P>
            <P>c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.</P>
            <P>d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label holder on the tray or alternate container.</P>
            <P>e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Preparing Presorted Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3Preparing Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 5.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.1Containerization</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers may prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks only for parcels that will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. Mailers may prepare ASF or NDC trays or alternate containers only for parcels that will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices). There is no minimum for parcels prepared in 5-digit/scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks entered at a DDU. Mailers choosing to combine the preparation of either irregular parcels or any Not Flat-Machinable pieces with machinable parcels placed in 5-digit/scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks must prepare those containers or sacks under 5.3.2a.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.3.2 and text of the introductory sentence as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.2Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">5-digit/scheme</E>(optional, but required for 5-digit price), sacking allowed, see definition in 1.4c; allowed only for mail deposited at DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks must contain a 10-pound minimum except at DDU which has no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, containers or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (see 4.0 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, containers or sacks, “STD MACH 5D SCH.” For 5-digit trays, containers or sacks, “STD MACH 5D.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 5.3.2e in its entirety and add new items 5.3.2e and f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD MACH WKG.”</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD MACH WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4Preparing Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 5.4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4.2Containerization</HD>

            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers may prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks only for parcels that will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. See 5.4.4 for restrictions on SCF, ASF, and NDC trays or alternate containers. Mailers must prepare a tray, alternate container or sack when the quantity of mail for a required presort<PRTPAGE P="13726"/>destination reaches 10 pounds of pieces. There is no minimum for parcels prepared in 5-digit/scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks entered at a DDU. Mailers choosing to combine irregular parcels with machinable parcels and NFMs in 5-digit/scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks must prepare the mailing under 5.3.2. Mailers may combine irregular and machinable parcels to other presort levels. Mailers may combine irregular parcels with NFMs weighing less than 6 ounces in trays, alternate containers or sacks under 5.4.4.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4.3Drop Shipment</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.4.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>A mailer using Priority Mail or Express Mail to drop ship Standard Mail irregular parcels may prepare containers or sacks containing fewer than 125 pieces or less than 15 pounds of mail.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 5.4.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4.4Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in 446.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 5.4.4a1 and 5.4.4a2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (see 4.0 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, “STD IRREG 5D SCH.” For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, “STD IRREG 5D.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current items 5.4.4b through f as the new 5.4.4c through g and add a new b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Origin SCF,</E>optional; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. For Line 1, L002, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. For Line 2, “STD IRREG SCF.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete renumbered 5.4.4g in its entirety and add new items g and h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Preparing Not Flat-Machinable Pieces</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 6.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 6.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.1Containerization</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers may prepare 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks only for NFMs that will be dropshipped to a DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. See 6.3.2 and 6.3.3 for restrictions on SCF, ASF, and NDC trays or containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.2NFM Pieces Weighing Less Than 6 Ounces</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph only of 6.3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in 446.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling of NFM pieces weighing less than 6 ounces:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.3.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">5-digit/scheme</E>(optional, but required for 5-digit price), sacking allowed; see definition in 1.4c; allowed only for mail deposited at DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks must contain a 10-pound minimum except at DDU entry (which has no minimum); labeling:</P>

            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (<E T="03">see</E>4.0 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, “STD NFM 5D SCH.” For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, “STD NFM 5D.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current 6.3.2b through f as the new 6.3.2c through g and add a new 6.3.2b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Origin SCF</E>(optional); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. For Line 1, L002, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. For Line 2, “STD NFM SCF.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete renumbered 6.3.2g in its entirety and add a new 6.3.2 g and h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD NFM WKG.”</P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD NFM WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.3NFM Pieces Weighing 6 Ounces or More</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.3.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Preparation sequence and labeling for trays, alternate containers or sacks of NFM pieces that weigh 6 ounces or more:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.3.3a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price), sacking allowed; see definition in 1.4c; allowed only for mail deposited at DNDC (or ASF when claiming DNDC prices), DSCF, or DDU. Trays, alternate containers or sacks must contain a 10-pound minimum except at DDU entry (which has no minimum); labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces (see 4.0 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, “STD NFM MACH 5D SCH.” For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, “STD NFM MACH 5D.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 6.3.3e in its entirety and add new 6.3.3e and f as follows:]</E>
              <PRTPAGE P="13727"/>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD NFM WKG.”</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD NFM WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.0Preparing Enhanced Carrier Route Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.4Bundling</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.4.1Carrier Route Bundle Preparation</HD>
            <P>Prepare carrier route bundles of parcels as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 7.4.1c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. The method of labeling a carrier route bundle is based on the following tray, sack or alternate container levels:</P>
            <P>1. Carrier route tray, sack or alternate container: No bundle labeling is required.</P>
            <P>2. 5-digit scheme or 5-digit carrier routes trays, sacks or alternate containers: Bundles must have a facing slip unless the pieces in the bundle have a carrier information line or an optional endorsement line (OEL).</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.4.2Bundles and Sacks With Fewer Than the Minimum Number of Pieces Required</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 7.4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>As a general exception to 7.4.1, a mailer may prepare a bundle with fewer than 10 pieces and a less-than-full tray or alternate container with fewer than 125 pieces and less than 15 pounds of pieces to a carrier route when claiming the saturation price for the contents and the density standard is met.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.5Preparing Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 7.5.1 and text of the introductory sentence as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.5.1Container Minimums</HD>
            <P>A tray, sack or approved alternate container must be prepared when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 7.5.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing (divide the net weight of the mailing by the number of pieces; the resulting average single-piece weight determines whether the 125-piece or 15-pound minimum applies) or tray (sacking or use of alternate containers allowed) by the actual piece count or mail weight for each tray, sack or container, if documentation shows the number of pieces and their total weight of the pieces in each tray or container.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph of 7.5.2 only as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.5.2Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays or alternate containers destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in 446.1.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">446Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0Presenting a Mailing</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.3Segregation of Origin SCF Trays</HD>
            <P>Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, separations containing irregular parcels destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative containers under 445.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.3Additional Standards for Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete the introductory sentence of 3.3 and 3.3b in their entirety. Use the text of 3.3a as the complete 3.3, and revise the second sentence as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Machinable parcels palletized, trayed, sacked or placed in approved alternate containers may be sorted to destination NDCs or to destination NDCs and ASFs. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2Eligibility</HD>
            <P>Pieces in a mailing that meets the standards in 2.0 and 4.0 are eligible for the DSCF price, as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 4.2a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. When deposited at a DSCF (or USPS-designated facility), addressed for delivery within that facility's service area, and placed in a tray or approved alternate container, or on a pallet, that is labeled to that DSCF or to a postal facility within its service area.</P>
            <P>b. When prepared in 5-digit bundles and placed on a 5-digit pallet or in a 5-digit scheme or 5-digit tray, alternate container or sack that is deposited at the destination delivery unit as defined in 5.1.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) Entry</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2Eligibility</HD>
            <P>Pieces in a mailing that meets the standards in 2.0 and 5.0 are eligible for the DDU price when deposited at a DDU, addressed for delivery within that facility's service area, and prepared as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise item 5.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Irregular parcels in carrier route bundles sorted to carrier route trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, and otherwise eligible for and claimed at a carrier route price.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">450Parcel Select</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">453Prices and Eligibility</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Price Eligibility for Parcel Select</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1Destination Entry Price Eligibility</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1.2Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>For Parcel Select destination entry, pieces must meet the applicable standards in 455.4.0 and the following criteria:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 3.1.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>a. Pieces may be bedloaded on pallets, in pallet boxes on pallets, in flat trays,<PRTPAGE P="13728"/>approved alternate containers or sacks as specified in 456.2.1 through 456.2.16, depending on the facility at which the pieces are deposited.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1.3DNDC Prices</HD>
            <P>For DNDC prices, pieces must meet the applicable standards in 3.0 and the following:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 3.1.3d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Pieces must be within a ZIP Code eligible for DNDC prices under Exhibit 3.1.3 and must be prepared according to 455.4.0 and 705.8.0. Mail meeting the additional criteria in 456.2.15 or 456.2.16 may be deposited at an SCF.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">455Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0General Information for Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>All mailings at Parcel Select prices are subject to these general standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. All pieces must be prepared on pallets when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4Terms for Presort Level</HD>
            <P>Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.4b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. 5-digit scheme (pallets, trays, approved alternate containers and sacks): The ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code in a single scheme, as shown in L606.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Preparation Definitions and Instructions</HD>
            <P>For purposes of preparing mail:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Resequence items 1.5 b through i as the new 1.5c through j and add a new 1.5b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">An approved alternate container</E>is a container that is authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 1.5d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. A<E T="03">5-digit scheme sort</E>for parcels yields 5-digit scheme pallets, trays, approved alternate containers or sacks for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L606, and 5-digit pallets, trays, alternate containers or sacks for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a single minimum volume. Pallets, trays, alternate containers or sacks prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered 5-digit scheme sorted. The 5-digit scheme sort is always optional, including when 5-digit sortation is required for price eligibility and need not be used for all possible 5-digit scheme sorts.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 1.5h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>h. An<E T="03">overflow</E>container for Parcel Select DSCF mail is a 5-digit scheme or 5-digit tray, approved alternate container or sack prepared with fewer than seven pieces after all other required trays, alternate containers or sacks for that same 5-digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code area are prepared under 4.2. If all of the mail is trayed, containerized or sacked under 4.0, only one overflow container is permitted for each 5-digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code. If a mailing is prepared on pallets, remaining Parcel Select pieces mail may be prepared in one or more 5-digit scheme or 5-digit overflow containers only after one or more 5-digit scheme or 5-digit pallets are prepared to meet the minimum pallet requirement in 705.8.0. Pieces in overflow containers qualify for the Parcel Select DSCF prices.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.6Separation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 1.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * If DSCF trays or approved alternate containers prepared under 4.2.3 are included in the same mailing as DSCF pallets prepared under 705.8.20.1e., then at the time of acceptance the mailer must separate the trays or alternate containers that are overflow from palletized mail from those trays or alternate containers prepared under 4.2.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current items 1.7 and 1.8 as the new 1.8 and 1.9, and add a new 1.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.7Required Pallet Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 2.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Trays and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current 2.1 as the new 2.2 and add a new 2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.1Standard Containers</HD>
            <P>If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit and 5-digit scheme separations may be prepared in sacks.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of renumbered 2.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.2Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>All tray, approved alternate container and sack preparation is subject to these standards:</P>
            <P>a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct tray label.</P>
            <P>b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its contents, must not exceed 70 pounds.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Tray Labels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Tray labels are subject to the following:</P>
            <P>a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers are subject to 3.9 and 708.6.0.</P>
            <P>b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed labels are acceptable.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.2Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>A tray label must meet these specifications:</P>
            <P>a. Color: White or manila.</P>
            <P>b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of automation-compatible flats, optional for others).</P>
            <P>c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515 inches maximum.</P>
            <P>d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches maximum.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.3Line 1 (Destination Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <PRTPAGE P="13729"/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 3.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Overseas Military Mail. On 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left to right, “APO” or “FPO,” followed by “AE” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), “AA” (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or “AP” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.4Line 2 (Content Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 3.4a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Placement: Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in the tray,alternate container or sack, and other information as specified by standards.</P>
            <P>b. Codes: The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line 2 of tray labels.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.5Line 3 (Origin Line)</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 3.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the tray, approved alternate container or sack contains mail manifested using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) (see 4.6 for eVS labeling information). * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.6Electronic Verification System</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 3.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>All trays, approved alternate containers or sacks containing parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show “eVS” (or the alternatives “EVS” or “E-VS”) directly below Line 3 using the same size and lettering used for Line 3. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 3.9 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.9Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general standards:</P>
            <P>a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.</P>
            <P>b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 708.6.0.</P>
            <P>c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.</P>
            <P>d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label holder on the tray or alternate container.</P>
            <P>e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Preparing Destination Entry Parcel Select</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1Preparing Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) Parcel Select</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1.2Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>Pieces must meet the applicable standards in 4.0 and the following criteria:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 4.1.2c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. If the delivery unit serves more than one 5-digit ZIP Code, the pieces must be separated by 5-digit ZIP Code when unloaded, unless prepared as optional 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets. * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.1.3 and text of the introductory paragraph as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1.3Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>There are no minimum traying, containerization, sacking or pallet preparation standards. DDU pieces may be bedloaded, trayed, placed in approved alternate containers, sacked, placed directly on pallets or placed in pallet boxes. Machinable and nonmachinable pieces may be combined in the same tray, alternate container or sack, or on the same pallet (including pallet boxes). Trayed, containerized and sacked mail must be labeled as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2Preparing Destination SCF (DSCF) Parcel Select</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2.2Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>Pieces must meet the applicable standards in 4.0 and the following criteria:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 4.2.2c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Sorted to optional 5-digit scheme destinations under L606, Column B, and 5-digit destinations, either in trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or directly on pallets or in pallet boxes.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 4.2.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2.3Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Containerization requirements for DSCF entry:</P>
            <P>a. Only 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks are permitted.</P>
            <P>b. Each 5-digit scheme and 5-digit tray, alternate container or sack must contain a minimum of seven pieces. Machinable and nonmachinable pieces may be combined in the same tray, alternate container or sack to meet this requirement. One overflow tray, alternate container or sack per 5-digit ZIP Code is permitted (no piece minimum).</P>
            <P>c. 5-digit scheme tray, alternate container or sack labeling: Line 1, use L606, Column B; for Line 2, “PSVC PARCELS 5D SCH.”</P>
            <P>d. 5-digit tray, alternate container or sack labeling: Line 1, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 3.3 for overseas military mail); for Line 2, “PSVC PARCELS 5D.”</P>
            <P>e. 3-digit nonmachinable tray or alternate container labeling: Line 1, use L002, Column A; for Line 2, “PSVC IRREG 3D.”</P>
            <P>f. See 705.8.0 for option to place 5-digit scheme and 5-digit DSCF trays, alternate containers or sacks and 3-digit nonmachinable trays or alternate containers on an SCF pallet.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3Preparing Destination NDC (DNDC) Parcel Select</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3.2Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>Pieces must meet the applicable standards in 4.0 and the following criteria:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 4.3.2e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. Pieces must be within a ZIP Code eligible for DNDC prices under Exhibit 453.3.1.3 and, if trayed, placed in approved alternate containers, sacked or palletized, must be prepared according to 4.0 and 705.8.0. * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 4.3.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3.3Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>DNDC mailing (if not bedloaded), must be prepared as follows:</P>
            <P>a. DNDC machinable parcels must be trayed, placed in approved alternate containers or sacked under 6.0, or prepared on pallets under 705.8.0.</P>

            <P>b. DNDC nonmachinable parcels that each weigh 35 pounds or less must be trayed, placed in approved alternate containers or sacked under 6.0, if the parcels do not contain perishables and the size of the parcels allows a tray, alternate container or sack to hold at least two pieces. DNDC nonmachinable parcels that cannot be containerized in this manner or that weigh more than 35<PRTPAGE P="13730"/>pounds must be transported as outside (uncontainerized) pieces. If authorized by the USPS, DNDC nonmachinable parcels may be palletized.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Preparing Barcoded Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 6.3 and the text of the first sentence as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Traying, containerization or sacking is not required, however mailers may opt to prepare Parcel Select machinable parcels in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks under 2.0 or on pallets under 705.8.0. * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 6.3.1 and text of the introductory sentence as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.1Container Preparation</HD>
            <P>Container and preparation sequence, and Line 1 labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 6.3.1a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit scheme: Optional (minimum of 10 pieces or 20 pounds); sacking allowed; for Line 1, use L606, Column B.</P>
            <P>b. 5-digit; required (minimum of 10 pieces or 20 pounds); sacking allowed; for Line 1, use city, state and 5-digit ZIP Code destination of pieces (see 3.3c. for military mail).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 6.3.1e in its entirety and add new items e and f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. Tier 2 Network: Required (no minimum); for Line 1, use L603, Column C information for the Tier 2 facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>f. Tier 2 Network: Required for specified acceptance locations (no minimum); if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers. For Line 1, use L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 6.3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.2Tray Line 2</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 6.3.2e in its entirety and add new items e and f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. Tier 2 Network: “PSVC MACH WKG.”</P>
            <P>f. Tier 2 Network, Directional: “PSVC MACH WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">456Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Deposit</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.1Bedloaded Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.1.1Containers</HD>
            <P>DNDC mailings (if not bedloaded), DDU mailings (if not bedloaded), and all DSCF mailings must be prepared as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 2.1.1a through d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Machinable parcels for which a DNDC, DSCF, or DDU price is claimed must be trayed, placed in approved alternate containers or sacked under 455.4.0, Preparing Destination Entry Parcel Select, or prepared on pallets under 705.8.0.</P>
            <P>b. For DNDC price, nonmachinable parcels must be prepared under 455.4.3.3.</P>
            <P>c. For DSCF, if prepared under 455.4.0, trays, alternate containers or sacks must contain at least seven pieces. If the tray, alternate container or sack is overflow from a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit tray, alternate container or sack that contains at least seven pieces, then a tray, alternate container or sack may contain fewer than seven pieces. For DSCF, if trayed, placed in approved alternate containers or sacked as overflow from a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit pallet that meets the pallet minimum, may contain any number of pieces. Machinable and nonmachinable pieces may be included in the same tray, alternate container or sack.</P>
            <P>d. For DSCF, 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, and 3-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may be bedloaded or be placed on SCF pallets that are labeled and otherwise prepared under 705.8.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 2.1.1f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>f. For DDU, there are no minimums for trays, approved alternate containers, sacks, pallets, or pallet boxes. DDU mail must be separated by 5-digit scheme and 5-digit and, if placed in trays, alternate containers, or sacks, on pallets, or in pallet boxes, it must be labeled to the 5-digit scheme or 5-digit destination. Machinable and nonmachinable pieces may be combined in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets (including pallet boxes).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.12Vehicle Unloading</HD>
            <P>Unloading of destination entry mailings is subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 2.1.2c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. At destination delivery units (DDUs), drivers must unload all mail, whether bedloaded, trayed, containerized, sacked, or palletized (including boxes on pallets), within 1 hour of arrival. Unloading procedures are as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.16Acceptance at Designated SCF-USPS Benefit</HD>
            <P>A mailing that is otherwise eligible for DNDC prices may be deposited, and accepted, at an SCF designated by the USPS when it benefits the USPS and:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise item 2.16a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. The mailing contains only machinable parcels prepared in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, alternate containers, sacks or pallets, and nonmachinable parcels prepared under 2.1.1.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">460Bound Printed Matter</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">465Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0General Information for Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.1Basic Preparation—Nonpresorted</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>There are no presort, traying, containerization, or labeling standards for nonpresorted price Bound Printed Matter.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Preparation Definitions and Instructions</HD>
            <P>For purposes of preparing mail:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Resequence 1.5b through j as the new 1.5c through k and add a new item 1.5b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">An approved alternate container</E>is a container that is authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first three sentences of resequenced 1.5d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. A<E T="03">5-digit scheme sort</E>for Bound Printed Matter parcels yields 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5-digit trays, alternate containers, sacks or pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a single minimum volume. Trays, alternate containers, sacks or pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces for only<PRTPAGE P="13731"/>one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are considered 5-digit scheme sorted. * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 1.5e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. An<E T="03">origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme)</E>tray or approved alternate container includes all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is verified. If more than one 3-digit (or 3-digit scheme) area is served, as indicated in L005, a separate tray or alternate container may be prepared for each. These separations are optional, but mailers making these separations must segregate flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to destinations within the origin SCF area from the remainder of the mailing as described in 466.2.7.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 1.5f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>f. The<E T="03">required at</E>[quantity] instruction means that the particular unit must be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the specified quantity of mail is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or weight.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise resequenced 1.5g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g. The<E T="03">optional at</E>[quantity] instruction means that the particular unit may be prepared for the corresponding presort level whenever the specified quantity is reached or exceeded, up to the maximum size or weight.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.6Required Pallet Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Bundles</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.2Address Visibility</HD>
            <P>* * * This standard does not apply to the following:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 2.2a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets.</P>
            <P>b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes trays, approved alternate containers or sacks.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.6Bundle Sizes</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 2.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must prepare uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles of Presorted irregular parcels for DDU entry according to 2.8 and 5.2 for parcels weighing less than 10 pounds and 5.3 for parcels weighing 10 pounds or more. Mailers must prepare uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles of carrier route irregular parcels for DDU entry according to 2.7 and 6.2 for parcels weighing less than 10 pounds and 6.3 for parcels weighing 10 pounds or more.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 2.7 and the text of the introductory sentence of 2.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.7Additional Standards for Uncontainerized Bundles Entered at DDU Facilities</HD>
            <P>Mailers may enter uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles of irregular parcels at destination delivery units (DDUs) if all of the following conditions are met:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.8Pieces With Simplified Addresses</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 2.8 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to specific weight limits in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets, and for parcels in trays or approved alternate containers, specific weight limits in 5.0 and 6.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Trays and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 and add a new 3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1Standard Containers</HD>
            <P>If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit, 5-digit scheme and carrier route separations may be prepared in sacks.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.2Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>All tray, approved alternate container and sack preparation is subject to these standards:</P>
            <P>a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct tray label.</P>
            <P>b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its contents, must not exceed 70 pounds.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Tray Labels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Tray labels are subject to the following:</P>
            <P>a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.0.</P>
            <P>b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed labels are acceptable.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>A tray label must meet these specifications:</P>
            <P>a. Color: White or manila.</P>
            <P>b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of automation-compatible flats, optional for others).</P>
            <P>c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515 inches maximum.</P>
            <P>d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches maximum.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3Line 1 (Destination Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Overseas Military Mail.</E>On 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left to right, “APO” or “FPO,” followed by “AE” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), “AA” (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or “AP” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.4Line 2 (Content Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the text of 4.4b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Codes:</E>The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line 2 of tray labels.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the “code” description for nonbarcoded “content type” (ninth from the top) as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">CONTENT TYPE CODE</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>Nonbarcoded NON BC (trays/alternate containers) NBC (pallets and combined mail under 705.9.0)</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.5Line 3 (Origin Line)</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the tray, approved alternate container or sack contains mail manifested using the Electronic Verification System (eVS). * * *<PRTPAGE P="13732"/>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.6Electronic Verification System</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>All trays, approved alternate containers or sacks containing parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show “eVS” (or the alternatives “EVS” or “E-VS”) directly below Line 3 using the same size and lettering used for Line 3. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.9Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general standards:</P>
            <P>a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.</P>
            <P>b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 708.6.0.</P>
            <P>c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.</P>
            <P>d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label holder on the tray or alternate container.</P>
            <P>e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Preparing Presorted Parcels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.1.2Separation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.1.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Pieces for each zone must be trayed, sacked or placed in approved alternate containers separately, separated by zone. Exception: Pieces for different zones may be trayed or placed in alternate containers together, and the trays or alternate containers do not have to be separated by zone for verification if the mailing is prepared under 705.2.0, 705.3.0, 705.4.0 or under 5.1.3, Commingling Zones.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2Preparing Irregular Parcels Weighing Less Than 10 Pounds</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2.1Required Bundling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Bundling is required before placing pieces into trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, except for pieces placed in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks when such pieces are enclosed in an envelope, full-length sleeve, full-length wrapper, or polybag and the minimum bundle size is met. Otherwise, a bundle must be prepared when the quantity of addressed pieces for a required presort level reaches a minimum of 10 pieces or 10 pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except mixed ADC bundles). The maximum weight of each physical bundle is 20 pounds, except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, or prepared for and entered at DDU prices, may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds each. Each physical bundle must contain at least two addressed pieces (except mixed ADC bundles). Bundling also is subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.2.3 and text of the introductory paragraph as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2.3Containerization</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, approved alternate container or sack must be prepared when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except mixed ADC trays or alternate containers). Optional SCF trays or alternate containers may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Containerization is not required for 5-digit bundles when entered at DDU prices. Such bundles may be bedloaded and may weigh up to 40 pounds. Containerization is also subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 5.2.3b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. * * * Alternatively, place pieces in trays, alternate containers or sacks by the actual piece count or mail weight for each bundle destination, provided that documentation shows the number of pieces and their total weight in each container.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and introductory paragraph of 5.2.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2.4Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in 466.2.7. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.2.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking allowed; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.4 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme sacks, “PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.” For 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC IRREG 5D.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Resequence current 5.2.4c through e as the new 5.2.4d through f and add a new 5.2.4c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Origin SCF,</E>optional; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. For Line 1, L005, Column B.</P>
            <P>2. For Line 2, “PSVC IRREG SCF.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete resequenced 5.2.4f in its entirety and add 5.2.4f through h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L601, Column B.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG NDC.”</P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3Preparing Irregular Parcels Weighing 10 Pounds or More</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 5.3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.2Containerization</HD>

            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, approved alternate container or sack must be prepared when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except mixed ADC trays or alternate containers). Optional 5-digit scheme and optional SCF trays or alternate containers or sacks may be prepared only when there are at least 20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not permitted. Containerization is not required for 5-digit bundles when prepared for and entered at DDU prices. Such bundles may be bedloaded and may weigh up to 40 pounds.<PRTPAGE P="13733"/>
            </P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph only of 5.3.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.3Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in 466.2.7. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.3a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking allowed; labeling:</P>

            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (<E T="03">see</E>4.4 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.” For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC IRREG 5D.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current 5.3.3c through e as the new 5.3.3d through f and add a new 5.3.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Origin SCF, optional; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. For Line 1, L005, Column B.</P>
            <P>2. For Line 2, “PSVC IRREG SCF.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete renumbered 5.3.3 f and add new 5.3.3 f through h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>f. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L601, Column B.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG NDC.”</P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <P>h. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4Preparing Machinable Parcels Not Claiming DNDC Prices</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.4.1 and text of the introductory paragraph as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4.1Containerization</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, approved alternate container or sack must be prepared when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except origin (mixed) NDC trays or alternate containers). Optional 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not permitted. Containerization is also subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.4.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must use either the minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing or containerize by the actual piece count or mail weight for each bundle destination, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows the number of pieces and their total weight for each container.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4.2Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.4.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking allowed; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.4 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC MACH 5D SCH.” For 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC MACH 5D.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 5.4.2c in its entirety and add new 5.4.2c and d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC MACH WKG.”</P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC MACH WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.5Preparing Machinable Parcels Claiming DNDC Prices</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.4.1 and text of the introductory paragraph as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.5.1Containerization</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise a tray, approved alternate container or sack must be prepared when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches either 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except origin (mixed) NDC trays or alternate containers). Optional 5-digit scheme and optional ASF trays or alternate containers may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Smaller volumes are not permitted. See 466.4.0 for DNDC price eligibility. Containerization is also subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.5.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing or containerize by the actual piece count or mail weight for each container destination, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows the number of pieces and their total weight for each container.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.5.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.5.2Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.5.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit/scheme (required); sacking allowed; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.4 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC MACH 5D SCHEME” or “PSVC MACH 5D SCH.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 5.5.2d in its entirety and add new 5.5.2d and e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC MACH WKG.”<PRTPAGE P="13734"/>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC MACH WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Preparing Carrier Route Parcels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.1.2Separation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.1.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Pieces for each zone must be separately placed in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks. When presented for verification, trays, alternate containers or sacks must be separated by zone. Exception: Pieces for different zones may be containerized together, and the containers do not have to be separated by zone for verification if the mailing is prepared under 705.2.0, 705.3.0, 705.4.0, or under 6.1.3, Commingling Zones.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.2Preparing Irregular Parcels Weighing Less Than 10 Pounds</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.2.1Bundle Preparation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 6.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Bundling is not required in direct carrier route trays or approved alternate containers. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 6.2.2 and text of the introductory paragraph as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.2.2Containerization</HD>
            <P>Mailers may prepare irregular parcels in bundles on pallets or prepare uncontainerized bundles under 2.7. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a direct carrier route tray, sack or approved alternate container when the quantity of mail for an individual carrier route reaches either 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first; smaller volumes are not permitted. Mailers then must place remaining bundles in 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or alternate containers or 5-digit carrier routes trays or alternate containers, which have no minimum container size. Carrier route containers also are subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.2.2b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing or containerize by the actual piece count or mail weight for each container destination, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows the number of pieces and their total weight for each container.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 6.2.3 and text of the introductory sentence as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.2.3Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in 466.2.7. Preparation sequence and Line 1 labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 6.2.3a through c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Carrier route: required; sacking permitted; for Line 1, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>b. 5-digit scheme carrier routes: Optional (no minimum); sacking permitted; for Line 1, use L606, Column B.</P>
            <P>c. 5-digit carrier routes: Required (no minimum); sacking permitted; for Line 1, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination of bundles (for military mail, the ZIP Code is preceded by the prefixes under 4.3).</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 6.2.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.2.4Tray Label Line 2</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3Preparing Irregular Parcels Weighing 10 Pounds or More</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers may prepare irregular parcels in bundles on pallets or prepare uncontainerized bundles under 2.6. When preparing irregular parcels in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, place parcels only in direct carrier route containers. Each carrier route container must contain a minimum of 20 pounds. Required preparation:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.4Preparing Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 6.4.1 and text of introductory paragraph as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.4.1Required Carrier Route Containerization</HD>
            <P>Machinable parcels may be prepared only in direct carrier route containers. Each carrier route tray, sack or approved alternate container must contain a minimum of 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. Carrier route trays, sacks or alternate containers also are subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.4.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must use either the minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing or container by the actual piece count or mail weight for each container destination, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows the number of pieces and their total weight for each container.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 6.4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.4.2Tray Label</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">466Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Presenting a Mailing</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 2.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.7Segregation of Origin SCF Trays</HD>
            <P>Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, separations containing irregular parcels destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative containers in accordance with 465.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Destination Entry</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1General</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Eligibility for a destination entry price is determined by the sort level, processing category of the mail, and the type of container the mail is in (tray, alternate container, sack or pallet). * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 3.7 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.7Mailings of Uncontainerized Bundles</HD>

            <P>Mailers may present untrayed or uncontainerized, nonpalletized bundles<PRTPAGE P="13735"/>of BPM irregular parcels that are properly prepared for and entered at DDU prices and unloaded according to standards in 3.9.9. Pieces in these bundles are not eligible for barcode discounts.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Destination Network Distribution Center (DNDC) Entry</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1Eligibility</HD>
            <P>Pieces in a mailing meeting the standards in 3.0 and 4.0 are eligible for the DNDC price when they meet all of the following conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.1d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Are placed in a tray, approved alternate container, sack or on a pallet that is labeled to the NDC or ASF where deposited, or labeled to a postal facility within that NDCs or ASFs service area (see Exhibit 4.4).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3Presorted Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>Presorted machinable parcels in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, or on pallets, at all sort levels may claim DNDC prices. Machinable parcels containerized under 465.5.0, or palletized under 705.8.0 may be sorted to destination NDCs under L601 or to destination NDCs and ASFs under L601 and L602. Except as provided in Exhibit 4.4, sortation of machinable parcels to ASFs is optional but is required for the ASF mail to be eligible for DNDC prices. Mailers may opt to sort some or all machinable parcels for ASF service area ZIP Codes to ASFs only when the mail will be deposited at the respective ASFs where the DNDC prices are claimed, under applicable volume standards, using L602. Mailers also may opt to sort machinable parcels only to destination NDCs under L601. When machinable parcels are sorted under L601, only mail for 3-digit ZIP Codes served by a NDC as listed in Exhibit 4.4 is eligible for DNDC prices (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>mail for 3-digit ZIP Codes served by an ASF in Exhibit 4.4 is<E T="03">not</E>eligible for DNDC prices, nor are 3-digit ZIP Codes that do not appear on Exhibit 4.4).</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete items 4.3a and b in their entirety.]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.4Presorted Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise item 4.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Presorted irregular parcels in trays, approved alternate containers or on pallets at all sort levels may claim DNDC prices. All pieces in an ADC tray or alternate container, or in a palletized ADC bundle, are eligible for the DNDC price if the ADC facility ZIP Code (as shown in Line 1 of the corresponding tray label or the ADC facility that is the destination of the palletized ADC bundle as would be shown on an ADC tray label for that facility using L004, Column B) is within the service area of the NDC at which the tray or alternate container is deposited under Exhibit 4.4. Separate mixed ADC trays or alternate containers must be prepared for pieces eligible for and claimed at the DNDC price and for parcels not claimed at the DNDC price. Use the “label to” ZIP Code for the ADC to assign ADC bundles to the respective mixed ADC tray or alternate container. Use the address on the parcels to assign parcels to the respective mixed ADC bundle, tray or alternate container, as appropriate. Mail must be entered at the appropriate facility under 4.1.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.5Carrier Route Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the text of 4.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Carrier Route machinable parcels in individual carrier route trays, sacks or alternate containers may claim DNDC prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate facility under 4.1.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Destination Sectional Center Facility (DSCF) Entry</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the text of 5.2 through 5.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2Presorted Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>Presorted machinable parcels in trays, alternate containers, sacks, or on pallets, at the 5-digit scheme and 5-digit sort levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate facility under 5.1.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3Presorted Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <P>Presorted irregular parcels in trays, alternate containers or sacks, at the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF sort levels, or on pallets at the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF sort levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate facility under 5.1.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.4Carrier Route Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>Carrier Route machinable parcels in individual carrier route trays, sacks or alternate containers may claim DSCF prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate facility under 5.1.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.5Carrier Route Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <P>Carrier Route irregular parcels in trays, sacks or alternate containers at all sort levels or on pallets at the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, and ASF sort levels may claim DSCF prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate facility under 5.1.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Destination Delivery Unit (DDU) Entry</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the text of 6.2 through 6.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.2Presorted Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>Presorted machinable parcels in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets, may claim DDU prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate facility under 6.1.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3Presorted Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <P>Presorted irregular parcels in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, or on 5-digit scheme or 5-digit pallets, or prepared as uncontainerized 5-digit bundles may claim DDU prices. Mailers must enter mail at the appropriate facility under 6.1.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.4Carrier Route Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>Carrier Route machinable parcels sorted to carrier route trays, sacks or alternate containers may claim DDU prices. Mail must be entered at the appropriate facility under 6.1.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.5Carrier Route Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <P>Carrier Route irregular parcels in trays or alternate containers, on 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets, or prepared as uncontainerized carrier route bundles may claim DDU prices. Mailers must enter mail at the appropriate facility under 6.1.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">470Media Mail</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">473Prices and Eligibility</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Price Eligibility for Media Mail Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.4Price Categories for Media Mail</HD>
            <P>Media Mail prices are based on the weight of the piece without regard to zone. The price categories and discounts are as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 3.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a piece must be prepared and sorted to either 5-digit scheme (machinable parcels only) and 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks under 475.5.0 or to 5-digit scheme (machinable parcels only) and 5-digit pallets under 705.8.0, or 705.20.0. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <PRTPAGE P="13736"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">475Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0General Information for Mail Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.3Terms for Presort Levels</HD>
            <P>Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.3b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">5-digit scheme</E>(pallets, trays, approved alternate containers and sacks) for Media Mail parcels: The ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code zones processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L606.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4Preparation Definitions and Instructions</HD>
            <P>For purposes of preparing mail:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Resequence items 1.4b through h as the new 1.4c through i and add a new 1.4b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">An approved alternate container</E>is a container that is authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first three sentences of resequenced 1.4d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. A<E T="03">5-digit scheme sort</E>for Media Mail parcels yields 5-digit scheme trays approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5-digit trays approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a single minimum volume (if required), with no further separation by 5-digit ZIP Code required. Trays approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are still considered 5-digit scheme sorted and are labeled accordingly. * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Redesignate resequenced 1.4e through i as the new 1.4f through j and insert a new 1.4e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. An<E T="03">origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme)</E>tray/sack contains all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is verified. If more than one 3-digit (or 3-digit scheme) area is served, as indicated in L005, a separate tray/sack must be prepared for each. These separations are optional, but mailers making these separations must segregate flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to destinations within the origin SCF area from the remainder of the mailing under 476.2.1.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Required Pallet Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Trays and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 and add a new 3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1Standard Containers</HD>
            <P>If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit and 5-digit scheme separations may be prepared in sacks.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of renumbered 3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.2Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>All tray, approved alternate container and sack preparation is subject to these standards:</P>
            <P>a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct tray label.</P>
            <P>b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its contents, must not exceed 70 pounds.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Tray Labels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Tray labels are subject to the following:</P>
            <P>a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.</P>
            <P>b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed labels are acceptable.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>A tray label must meet these specifications:</P>
            <P>a. Color: white or manila.</P>
            <P>b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of automation-compatible flats, optional for others).</P>
            <P>c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515 inches maximum.</P>
            <P>d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches maximum.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3Line 1 (Destination Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Overseas Military Mail.</E>On 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left to right, “APO” or “FPO,” followed by “AE” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), “AA” (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or “AP” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.4Line 2 (Content Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.4a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Placement:</E>Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack, and other information as specified by standards.</P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Codes:</E>The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line 2 of tray labels.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.5Line 3 (Origin Line)</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the tray, approved alternate container or sack contains mail manifested using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) (<E T="03">see</E>4.6 for eVS labeling information). * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.6Electronic Verification System</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>All trays, approved alternate containers or sacks containing parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show “eVS” (or the alternatives “EVS” or “E-VS”) directly below Line 3 using the same size and lettering used for Line 3. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]</E>
              <PRTPAGE P="13737"/>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.9Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels. When used, barcoded labels must meet these general standards:</P>
            <P>a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.</P>
            <P>b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 708.6.0.</P>
            <P>c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.</P>
            <P>d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label holder on the tray or alternate container.</P>
            <P>e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Preparing Media Mail Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2Preparing Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2.1 Containerization</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a tray, approved alternate container or sack when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. At the mailer's option, a tray, approved alternate container or sack may be prepared when the quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed NDC trays or alternate containers). Containerization also is subject to these conditions:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.2.1a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Identical-weight pieces that weigh 2 pounds or less must be containerized using the 10-piece minimum; those that weigh more must be containerized using the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch minimum.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of item 5.2.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. * * * Alternately, mailers may containerize by the actual piece count, mail weight for each bundle destination, or 1,000 cubic inch minimum, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces and their total weight.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.2.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2.2Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price); sacking allowed; labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).</E>
            </P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC MACH 5D SCH.” For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC MACH 5D.”</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 5.2.2c in its entirety and add new 5.2.2 c and d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC MACH WKG.”</P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC MACH WKG.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3Preparing Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.1Required Bundling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last four sentences of the introductory paragraph of 5.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Bundling is not required for pieces placed in 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks and 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks when such pieces are enclosed in an envelope, full-length sleeve, full-length wrapper, or polybag and the minimum bundle volume is met. The maximum weight of each physical bundle is 20 pounds, except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. Each physical bundle must contain at least two addressed pieces. Bundling is also subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing (divide the net weight of the mailing by the number of pieces; the resulting average single-piece weight determines whether the 10-piece or 10-pound minimum applies), or bundle by the actual piece count or mail weight for each container, if documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces in each bundle and their total weight.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.3.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.3Containerization</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a tray, approved alternate container or sack when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. At the mailer's option, a tray, alternate container or sack may be prepared when the quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed ADC containers). Optional 5-digit scheme containers may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed ADC containers). Containerization is also subject to these conditions:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.3a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Identical-weight pieces weighing 2 pounds or less must be containerized using the 10-piece minimum; those that weigh more must be containerized using the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch minimum.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 5.3.3b as follows:</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. * * * Alternatively, mailers may containerize by the actual piece count, mail weight for each destination, or 1,000 cubic inch minimum, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces in each container and their total weight.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Mailers must note on the postage statement which containerization method was used except for eVS mailings prepared under 705.2.9.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the title and introductory paragraph of 5.3.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.4Containerization and Labeling</HD>

            <P>Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as<PRTPAGE P="13738"/>described in 476.2.1. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price); sacking allowed; when making these separations; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.” For 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC IRREG 5D.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 5.3.4d in its entirety and add new 5.3.4d through f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L601, Column B.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG NDC.”</P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <P>f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">476Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Presenting a Mailing</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.1Segregation of Origin SCF Trays</HD>
            <P>Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, separations containing origin/entry 3-digit and irregular parcels origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays, approved alternate containers or sacks destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative containers in accordance with 475.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: Separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">480Library Mail</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">483Prices and Eligibility</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Price Eligibility for Library Mail Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.4Price Categories for Library Mail</HD>
            <P>Library Mail prices are based on the weight of the piece without regard to zone. The price categories and discounts are as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence 3.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. To qualify for the 5-digit price, a piece must be prepared and sorted to either 5-digit scheme (machinable parcels only) and 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks under 485.5.0 or to 5-digit scheme (machinable parcels only) and 5-digit pallets under 705.8.0, or 705.20.0. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">485Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0General Information for Mail Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.3Terms for Presort Levels</HD>
            <P>Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.3b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">5-digit scheme</E>(pallets, trays, approved alternate containers and sacks) for Library Mail parcels: The ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces begins with one of the 5-digit ZIP Code zones processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L606.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4Preparation Definitions and Instructions</HD>
            <P>For purposes of preparing mail:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Resequence items 1.4b through h as the new 1.4c through i and add a new 1.4b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. An<E T="03">approved alternate container</E>is a container that is authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first three sentences of resequenced 1.4d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. A<E T="03">5-digit scheme sort</E>for Library Mail parcels yields 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L606 and 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets for other ZIP Codes. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are treated as one presort destination subject to a single minimum volume, with no further separation by 5-digit ZIP Code required. Trays, approved alternate containers, sacks or pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme destination that contain pieces for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are still considered 5-digit scheme sorted. * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Redesignate resequenced items 1.4e through i as the new 1.4f through j and insert a new 1.4e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. An<E T="03">origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme)</E>tray or alternate container contains all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is verified. If more than one 3-digit (or 3-digit scheme) area is served, as indicated in L005, a separate tray or alternate container must be prepared for each. These separations are optional, but mailers making these separations must segregate flat trays, approved alternate containers or pallets labeled to destinations within the origin SCF area be segregated from the remainder of the mailing under 486.2.1.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 1.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.5Required Pallet Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 3.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Trays and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber current 3.1 as the new 3.2 and add a new 3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.1Standard Containers</HD>
            <P>If mailers are unable to palletize, mailings must be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers, except that 5-digit and 5-digit scheme separations may be prepared in sacks.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of renumbered 3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.2Tray Preparation</HD>

            <P>All tray, approved alternate container and sack preparation is subject to these standards:<PRTPAGE P="13739"/>
            </P>
            <P>a. Each tray, alternate container or sack must bear the correct tray label.</P>
            <P>b. The weight of a tray, alternate container or sack, and its contents, must not exceed 70 pounds.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.0Tray Labels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Tray labels are subject to the following:</P>
            <P>a. Barcoded labels for mailings placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers are subject to 4.9 and 708.6.5.</P>
            <P>b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed labels are acceptable.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.2Physical Characteristics of a Tray Label</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>A tray label must meet these specifications:</P>
            <P>a. Color: white or manila.</P>
            <P>b. Weight: 70-pound or heavier stock (required for mailings of automation-compatible flats, optional for others).</P>
            <P>c. Length (parallel to printing): 3.250 inches minimum; 3.515 inches maximum.</P>
            <P>d. Height (perpendicular to printing): 1.860 inches minimum; 2.015 inches maximum.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.3Line 1 (Destination Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 4.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Overseas Military Mail.</E>On 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left to right, “APO” or “FPO,” followed by “AE” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), “AA” (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or “AP” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.4Line 2 (Content Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 4.4a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Placement:</E>Line 2 must be the second visible line on the label. This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in the tray, alternate container or sack, and other information as specified by standards.</P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Codes:</E>The codes shown below must be used as appropriate on Line 2 of tray labels.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.5Line 3 (Origin Line)</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 4.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>Line 3 (origin line showing office of mailing or mailer information) must be the bottom line of required information unless the tray, approved alternate container or sack contains mail manifested using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) (<E T="03">see</E>4.6 for eVS labeling information). * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.6Electronic Verification System</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 4.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>All trays, approved alternate containers or sacks containing parcels prepared and identified using the Electronic Verification System (eVS) under 705.2.9 must show “eVS” (or the alternatives “EVS” or “E-VS”) directly below Line 3 using the same size and lettering used for Line 3. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 4.9 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4.9Basic Standards for Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>Trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may bear barcoded tray labels.</P>
            <P>When used, barcoded labels must meet these general standards:</P>
            <P>a. Mailers must use the appropriate size label as described in 3.1.</P>
            <P>b. Mailer-produced barcoded labels must meet the standards in 708.6.0.</P>
            <P>c. All information on barcoded labels must be machine-printed. Do not make alterations to preprinted barcoded labels.</P>
            <P>d. Mailers must insert a barcoded label completely into the label holder on the tray or alternate container.</P>
            <P>e. Intelligent Mail tray labels (see 708.6.0) may optionally be used on trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.0Preparing Library Mail Parcels</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2Preparing Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2.1Containerization</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a tray, approved alternate container or sack when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. At the mailer's option, a tray, approved alternate container or sack may be prepared when the quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed NDC trays or alternate containers). Containerization also is subject to these conditions:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.2.1a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Identical-weight pieces that weigh 2 pounds or less must be containerized using the 10-piece minimum; those that weigh more must be containerized using the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch minimum.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence 5.2.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. * * * Alternately, mailers may containerize by the actual piece count, mail weight for each bundle destination, or 1,000 cubic inch minimum, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces and their total weight.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.2.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.2.2Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.2.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price); sacking allowed; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (see 4.3 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC MACH 5D SCH.” For 5-digit trays, alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC MACH 5D.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 5.2.2c in its entirety and add new 5.2.2c and d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC MACH WKG.”</P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC MACH WKG.”<PRTPAGE P="13740"/>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3Preparing Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.1Required Bundling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last four sentences of the introductory paragraph of 5.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Bundling is not required for pieces placed in 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks and 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks when such pieces are enclosed in an envelope, full-length sleeve, full-length wrapper, or polybag and the minimum bundle volume is met. The maximum weight of each physical bundle is 20 pounds, except that 5-digit bundles placed in 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks may weigh a maximum of 40 pounds. Each physical bundle must contain at least two addressed pieces. Bundling is also subject to these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. For nonidentical-weight pieces, mailers must either use the minimum that applies to the average piece weight for the entire mailing, or bundle by the actual piece count or mail weight for each container, if documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows the number of pieces in each bundle and their total weight for each container.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 5.3.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.3Containerization</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 5.3.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. Otherwise, mailers must prepare a tray, approved alternate container or sack when the quantity of mail for a required presort destination reaches 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds, whichever occurs first. At the mailer's option, a tray, alternate container or sack may be prepared when the quantity of mail reaches 1,000 cubic inches. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed ADC containers). Optional 5-digit scheme containers may be prepared only when there are at least 10 addressed pieces or 20 pounds. Smaller volumes are not permitted (except in mixed ADC containers). Containerization is also subject to these conditions:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.3a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Identical-weight pieces weighing 2 pounds or less must be containerized using the 10-piece minimum; those that weigh more must be containerized using the 20-pound or 1,000 cubic inch minimum.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence 5.3.3b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. * * * Alternatively, mailers may containerize by the actual piece count, mail weight for each destination, or 1,000 cubic inch minimum, provided that documentation can be provided with the mailing that shows (specifically for each container) the number of pieces in each container and their total weight.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Mailers must note on the postage statement which containerization method was used except for eVS mailings prepared under 705.2.9.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the title and introductory paragraph only of 5.4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5.3.4Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays, alternate containers or sacks destined within the origin/entry SCF (no piece minimum) as described in 486.2.1. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 5.3.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit/scheme (optional, but required for 5-digit price); sacking allowed; labeling:</P>

            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, use L606, Column B. For 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code on mail (<E T="03">see</E>4.3 for overseas military mail).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC IRREG 5D SCH.” For 5-digit trays, approved alternate containers or sacks, “PSVC IRREG 5D.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 5.3.4d in its entirety and add new 5.3.4d through f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network (required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L601, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG NDC.”</P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <P>f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">486Enter and Deposit</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 2.0 and 2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Presenting a Mailing</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.1Segregation of Origin SCF Trays</HD>
            <P>Mailers must make all required, and may make any optional, separations containing origin/entry 3-digit and irregular parcels origin/entry 5-digit (scheme) trays, approved alternate containers or sacks destinating in the service area of the SCF serving the Post Office where the mail is verified, or the service area of the SCF/plant where mail is entered. For all such separations, mailpieces must be trayed or placed in alternative containers in accordance with 485.0 and segregated from the remainder of the mailing. Mailers must segregate the origin/entry trays by one of these methods: separately containerize the trays; place the trays in a conspicuous location on top of origin SCF pallet or other container; or present them separately to acceptance personnel.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">500Additional Services</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">507Mailer Services</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">11.0Merchandise Return Service</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">11.7Priority Mail Reshipment</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the title of 11.7.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">11.7.3Container Tag</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 11.7.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>If a sack, or approved alternate container is used as the mail container for Priority Mail reshipment, the permit holder must provide a tag and an address label containing the delivery address of the postage due unit at the Post Office where the permit is held, the permit holder's address, a space for the customer's return address, and otherwise meet the format standards in 11.6 for each affected postal facility. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">700Special Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">705Advanced Preparation and Special Postage Payment Systems</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.0Customized MarketMail</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4Preparation Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <PRTPAGE P="13741"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4.5Required Bundling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 1.4.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Bundling is required before traying or filling other mailing containers. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4.7Required Containerizing</HD>
            <P>The following standards apply to containerizing CMM pieces:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 1.4.7b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Bundles in drop shipment mailings under 246.2.0 and 246.5.0 must be placed in letter trays, flat trays, or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1.4.8Containerizing and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Prepare and label containers as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 1.4.8a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Drop shipments under 246.2.0 and 246.5.0 must be prepared in 5-digit trays or approved alternate containers, or as an option, in 5-digit scheme (under L606, Column B), carrier route, or 5-digit carrier routes trays or containers, labeled as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 14.8a2 and 8a3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “DEL LTR STD CMM MAN” (for letter trays); “DEL FLTS STD CMM MAN” (for flat trays); “DEL STD CMM MAN” (for other approved alternate containers).</P>
            <P>3. Line 3: Office of mailing or mailer information (see 707.21.0).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.0Combining Mailings of Standard Mail, Package Services, and Parcel Select Parcels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.1Basic Standards for Combining Parcels and NFMs</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.1.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>Standard Mail parcels, NFMs, Package Services, and Parcel Select parcels in combined mailings must meet the following standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 6.1.1d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. * * * Pieces claimed at other prices in the same flat tray or approved alternate container or on the same pallet do not count towards these minimum volume requirements.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.2Combining Parcels and NFMs—DNDC Entry</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.2.2Additional Standards</HD>
            <P>Standard Mail machinable parcels, NFMs 6 ounces or more, and Package Services and Parcel Select machinable parcels prepared for DNDC entry must meet the following conditions in addition to the basic standards in 6.1:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.2.2d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Mailers must prepare all parcels on pallets or in pallet boxes under 8.0; or in flat trays, approved alternate containers or sacks under 6.2.3, or to achieve the finest level of sortation.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of introductory sentence of 6.2.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.2.3Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraphs of 6.2.3a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit scheme, optional, but required for Standard Mail 5-digit price eligibility, 10-piece or 20-pound minimum; sacking permitted; labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>b. 5-digit, optional, but required for Standard Mail 5-digit price eligibility, 10-piece or 20-pound minimum; sacking permitted; labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 6.2.3e in its entirety and add new 6.2.3e and f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: “MXD” followed by L601, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD/PSVC MACH WKG.”</P>
            <P>f. Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations); if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD/PSVC MACH WKG.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3Combining Parcels—Parcel Select ONDC Presort, NDC Presort, DSCF, and DDU Prices</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6.3.2Preparation and Prices</HD>
            <P>Combined parcels must be prepared as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 6.3.2b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Parcel Select or Bound Printed Matter Qualifying for DSCF Prices. Mailers must prepare the combined mailings under the 5-digit scheme and 5-digit tray, sack or approved alternate container requirements in 455.4.2 or the 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallet requirements in 8.0 for the Parcel Select DSCF prices. All other requirements for Parcel Select DSCF prices and Standard Mail prices must be met. The following additional requirements apply:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.3.2b1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. If trayed, sacked or placed in approved alternate containers under 455.4.2, the minimum requirement of seven pieces per tray, sack or container must be met with only Package Services and Parcel Select parcels. After the minimum tray, sack or container volume has been met; Standard Mail parcels may be included in the same tray, sack or container or in overflow trays, sacks or containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 6.3.2b5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>5. Line 2 of 5-digit scheme pallet and tray labels must read: “STD/PSVC MACH 5D SCH.” Line 2 of 5-digit pallet and tray labels must read: “STD/PSVC MACH 5D.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.0Combining Package Services and Parcel Select Parcels for Destination Entry</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.1Combining Parcels—DSCF and DDU Entry</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.1.1Qualification</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 7.1.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers may combine Package Services and Parcel Select parcels in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit flat trays, sacks or approved alternate containers or on 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets for entry either at a destination sectional center facility (DSCF) or a destination delivery unit (DDU) when authorized by the USPS under 7.5. * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.1.2Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory sentence of 7.1.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>All Package Services and Parcel Select parcels that meet the following conditions may be combined in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit flat trays, sacks or approved alternate containers or 5-digit scheme and 5-digit pallets under these conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <PRTPAGE P="13742"/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 7.1.2c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. All parcels must be prepared in flat trays, sacks or approved alternate containers under 7.2 or on pallets under 7.3. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 7.1.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.1.3Combined Parcels Prepared in Trays or Sacks—Price Eligibility</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 7.1.3 and items 7.1.3a through e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>In addition to the applicable standards in 455.4.0 and 466.3.0 through 466.6.0 for destination entry Parcel Select and Bound Printed Matter, the following standards apply for combined parcels prepared in flat trays, sacks or approved alternate containers:</P>
            <P>a. Parcel Select DSCF prices apply to parcels that are in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit flat trays, sacks or approved alternate containers, each with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or alternate containers under 7.2.2, when all other requirements for the DSCF price in 453.3.0 and 455.4.2 are met. Parcel Select DDU prices apply to parcels that are contained in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers, each with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or alternate containers under 7.2.2, when all other requirements for the DDU price in 453.3.0 and 455.4.1 are met.</P>
            <P>b. Presorted Bound Printed Matter DSCF prices apply to parcels that are in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers, each with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or alternate containers under 7.2.2, when all other requirements for the DSCF price in 466.3.0 through 466.6.0 are met. Presorted Bound Printed Matter DDU prices apply to parcels that are contained in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers, each containing at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package Services mail, or contained in overflow trays, sacks or alternate containers under 7.2.2, provided all other requirements for the DDU price in 466.3.0 through 466.6.0 are met.</P>
            <P>c. Presorted Library Mail 5-digit prices apply to parcels that are in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers sacks, each with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or alternate containers under 7.2.2.</P>
            <P>d. Presorted Media Mail 5-digit prices apply to parcels that are in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers, each with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or alternate containers under 7.2.2.</P>
            <P>e. Single-piece price parcels that are in 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers, each with at least 10 pieces of any combination of Parcel Select and Package Services mail, or that are in overflow trays, sacks or alternate containers under 7.2.2, qualify for single-piece prices.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text 7.1.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.1.4Containerization</HD>
            <P>Only 5-digit scheme and 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers may be prepared. Each tray, sack or alternate container of combined Parcel Select and Package Services mail must contain at least 10 pieces. One overflow tray, alternate container or sack containing fewer than 10 pieces is permitted per destination.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory sentence only of 7.15 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.1.5Labeling</HD>
            <P>Tray labels must be prepared as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.2Combining Parcel Select and Package Services Machinable Parcels for DNDC Entry</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory sentence only of 7.2.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">7.2.3Containerization and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Preparation sequence, container type, and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening sentence of items 7.2.3c and d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. ASF, optional, allowed only for mail deposited at an ASF to claim DNDC price, 10-piece or 20-pound minimum; flat trays or approved alternate containers required; labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>d. NDC, required,10-piece or 20-pound minimum; flat trays or approved alternate containers required; labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.0Preparing Pallets</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.2Top Caps</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.2.1Use</HD>
            <P>Top caps are used as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.2.1a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Except as provided below, all pallets or pallet boxes must be top-capped if the pallets are stacked two, three, or four tiers high when presented to the USPS for acceptance.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.5General Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.5.1Presort</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.5.1, starting with the forth sentence as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * For trays, approved alternate containers or machinable parcels on pallets, the mailer must prepare all required pallet levels before preparing any mixed ADC or mixed NDC pallets for a mailing job. Bundles that cannot be placed on pallets must be prepared in flat trays or other approved alternate containers under the applicable standards. Bundle reallocation standards (8.11, 8.13, and 8.14) to protect the SCF, ADC, or NDC pallets may result in some bundles of Periodicals flats and irregular parcels and Standard Mail flats not being placed on the finest level of pallet possible. Mailers must use PAVE-certified presort software to prepare mailings using bundle reallocation (bundle reallocation is optional, but if performed, it must be done for the complete mailing job).</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.5.2Required Preparation</HD>
            <P>The following standards apply to Periodicals, Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package Services, except Parcel Select mailed at NDC Presort, ONDC Presort, DSCF, and DDU prices.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.5.2c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Trays, bundles or parcels that cannot be prepared on a direct pallet must be placed on the appropriate Origin Network Distribution Center, Tier 2 Network, Directional Tier 2 Network, Local Surface Transport or Extended Surface Network pallet, when the volume reaches 150 pounds, or three layers of trays, for any pallet level. Mailers may optionally make pallets with less than 150 pounds or 36 linear feet of trays for these pallet levels. Mailers choosing not to make optional pallets, or unable to palletize, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers under applicable preparation standards.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.5.3Minimum Load</HD>

            <P>The following minimum load standards apply to mail prepared on pallets:<PRTPAGE P="13743"/>
            </P>
            <P>a. For Periodicals, Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package Services (except for Parcel Select mailed at NDC Presort, ONDC Presort, DSCF, and DDU prices):</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.5.3a1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. In a single mailing, the minimum load per pallet is 250 pounds of bundles, parcels, or approved alternate containers, except as provided in items 2 through 4 below. When preparing letter trays on pallets, the minimum load is 36 linear feet or three layers of trays, except as provided in item 3 below.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 8.5.3a6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>6. There is no minimum load for Origin Entry 3-Digit, Origin Network Distribution Center, Tier 2 Network, Directional Tier 2 Network, Local Surface Transport or Extended Surface Network pallets.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.5.5Maximum Load</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 8.5.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>The maximum weight (mail and pallet) is 2,200 pounds. The maximum height of a single pallet (mail and pallet) is 77 inches for bundles, parcels, approved alternate containers, or pallet boxes, or 77 inches or 12 layers of trays (whichever occurs first) for letter trays. * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.5.6Mail on Pallets</HD>
            <P>These standards apply to mail on pallets:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.5.6a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Pieces in trays, bundles, and approved alternate containers must be prepared under the standards for the class of mail and price claimed.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 8.5.6g in its entirety and renumber current 8.5.6h and i as the new 8.5.6g and h.]</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.5.9Address Visibility</HD>
            <P>This standard does not apply to the following:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.5.9b and c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) approved alternate containers or pallets.</P>
            <P>c. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes approved alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 8.5.12 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.5.12Alternate Containers</HD>

            <P>All mailers are required to palletize when possible. Mail that is not palletized (<E T="03">e.g.</E>the mailer is physically unable to palletize, the USPS acceptance location is unable to accept pallets, or the bundles do not meet the machinability standards in 8.5.7 through 8.5.11) must be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers under the standards for the price claimed. For Periodicals, the mailer must separately place bundles of each publication, which are not palletized, into flat trays or approved alternate containers. Alternate containers that are not palletized must be bedloaded. Alternate containers not placed on pallets may be presented with the palletized mail (and reported on the same postage statement) if separated from the palletized portion of the mailing.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.8Basic Uses</HD>
            <P>These types of mail may be palletized:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 8.8b and c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Bundles of nonletter-size mail not prepared in approved alternate containers.</P>
            <P>c. Bundles or parcels in approved alternate containers or in sacks (5-digit or 5-digit scheme only).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.9Bundles on Pallets</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.9.1Applicability</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.9.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>Presort bundles of Periodicals, Standard Mail, and Package Services flats and irregular parcels must be placed directly on pallets under 8.9.2 through 8.9.5 and 8.10. Mail that cannot be placed on pallets (<E T="03">e.g.</E>the mailer is physically unable to palletize, the USPS acceptance location is unable to accept pallets, or the bundles do not meet the machinability standards in 8.5.7 through 8.5.11) must be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers under the applicable standards. Flat trays or alternate containers that contain any remaining bundles after all pallets are prepared may be presented with the palletized portion of the mailing job (and, subject to 8.16.5, reported on the same postage statement) if the trayed or containerized portion is presented separately from the palletized portion.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.9.5Bound Printed Matter</HD>
            <P>Bound Printed Matter on pallets must be bundled as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>b. Presorted and Carrier Route Bound Printed Matter:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.9.5b1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. Only individual pieces of flats or irregular parcels that weigh less than 10 pounds each may be prepared as bundles on pallets. Presorted pieces that weigh 10 or more pounds each must be prepared and palletized as machinable parcels under 8.10.4. Carrier route pieces that individually weigh 10 or more pounds each must either be prepared and palletized as machinable parcels under 8.10.4, and qualify for Presorted prices or be prepared in alternate containers under 365.6.0 for flats and 465.6.0 for parcels and qualify for carrier route prices.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.10Pallet Presort and Labeling</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 8.10.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.10.2Periodicals—Bundles, Trays, or Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the fourth and last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 8.10.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * For mailings of letter trays or bundles of flat-size pieces in approved alternate containers on pallets, pallet preparation begins with 8.10.2e. * * * For pieces meeting the standards in 707.26.0, mailers may prepare the nonpalletized (residual) portion of a mailing in flat trays or approved alternate containers under 10.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.2e and f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">5-digit carrier routes, required,</E>except for trays; permitted for bundles, alternate containers, and trays. Pallet must contain only carrier route mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>f.<E T="03">5-digit, required,</E>except for trays; permitted for bundles, alternate containers, and trays. Pallet must contain only automation price and/or Presorted price mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code or the same 5-digit scheme under L007 (for automation- compatible flats only under 301.3.0). Five-digit scheme bundles are assigned to pallets according to the “label to” 5-digit ZIP Code in L007. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.2h through j as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">SCF, required,</E>permitted for bundles, alternate containers, and trays. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005. Mailers may place origin mixed ADC (OMX) containers on origin SCF pallets. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <PRTPAGE P="13744"/>
            <P>i.<E T="03">ADC, required,</E>permitted for bundles, alternate containers, and trays. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L004. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>j.<E T="03">Local Surface Transport;</E>required; no minimum<E T="03">,</E>permitted for Origin Mixed ADC (OMX) trays, bundles and alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or presorted price mail. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.10.2k as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>k.<E T="03">Extended Surface Network;</E>required; no minimum; permitted for bundles, trays and alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation, and/or presorted mail. Pallets must not contain origin mixed ADC (OMX) trays, bundles or alternate containers. labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: “MXD” followed by L009, Column B for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PER” or “NEWS,” as applicable; followed by “FLTS,” “IRREG,” or “LTRS,” as applicable; followed by “BARCODED” (or “BC”) if pallet contains automation price mail; followed by “NONBARCODED” (or “NBC”) if pallet contains carrier route and/or Presorted price mail; followed by “WKG.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 8.10.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.10.3Standard Mail—Bundles, Trays, or Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the third and fourth sentences of 8.10.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * For irregular parcels, use this preparation only for pieces in carrier route bundles or bundles placed in approved alternate containers. Palletize unbundled or uncontainerized irregular parcels under 8.10.8. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.3b and c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">5-digit carrier routes, required except for trays,</E>permitted for bundles, trays and approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain only carrier route mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>c.<E T="03">5-digit, required except for trays,</E>permitted for bundles, trays and approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain only automation price and/or Presorted price mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code or same 5-digit scheme. 5-digit scheme bundles and alternate containers are assigned to 5-digit pallets according to the “label to” 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of the opening paragraph of 8.10.3e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">e. SCF, required,</E>permitted for bundles, trays, and approved alternate containers<E T="03">.</E>* * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of 8.10.3f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">ASF, required unless bundle reallocation used under 8.13,</E>permitted for bundles, trays, and approved alternate containers<E T="03">.</E>Pallet may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L602. ADC bundles, trays, or alternate containers are assigned to pallets according to the “label to” ZIP Code in L004 as appropriate. AADC trays are assigned to pallets according to the “label to” ZIP Code in L801. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.10.3g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">NDC, required, permitted for bundles, trays, and approved alternate containers.</E>Required for the<E T="03">Origin NDC</E>pallet when volume reaches 150 pounds. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation price, and/or Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L604 (L601 for parcels). ADC bundles, trays, or alternate containers are assigned to pallets according to the “label to” ZIP Code in L004 as appropriate. AADC trays are assigned to pallets according to the “label to” ZIP Code in L801. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604 (L601 for parcels).</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For flats and irregular parcels, “STD” followed by “FLTS” or “IRREG,” as applicable; followed by “NDC”; followed by “BARCODED” (or “BC”) if pallet contains automation price mail; followed by “NONBARCODED” (or “NBC”) if pallet contains carrier route and/or Presorted price mail. For letters, “STD LTRS NDC”; followed by “BC” if pallet contains barcoded letters; followed by “MACH” if pallet contains machinable letters; followed by “MAN” if pallet contains nonmachinable letters.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 8.10.3h in its entirety and add new 8.10.3h and i as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network,</E>required, required, permitted for bundles, trays and approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation, and/or Presorted price mail. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604 (L603 for parcels), Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For flats and irregular parcels, “STD” followed by “FLTS” or “IRREG,” as applicable; followed by “BARCODED” (or “BC”) if pallet contains automation price mail; followed by “NONBARCODED” (or “NBC”) if pallet contains carrier route and/or Presorted price mail; followed by “WKG.” For letters, “STD LTRS”; followed by “BC” if pallet contains barcoded letters; followed by “MACH” if pallet contains machinable letters; followed by “MAN” if pallet contains nonmachinable letters; followed by “WKG.”</P>
            <P>i.<E T="03">Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List 604 (L603 for parcels) to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List 604 (L603 for parcels) to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; required; permitted for bundles, trays and approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route, automation, and/or Presorted price mail. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604 (L603 for parcels), Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For flats and irregular parcels, “STD” followed by “FLTS” or “IRREG,” as applicable; followed by “BARCODED” (or “BC”) if pallet contains automation price mail; followed by “NONBARCODED” (or “NBC”) if pallet contains carrier route and/or Presorted price mail; followed by “WKG.” For letters, “STD LTRS”; followed by “BC” if pallet contains barcoded letters; followed by “MACH” if pallet contains machinable letters; followed by “MAN” if pallet contains nonmachinable letters; followed by “WKG.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 8.10.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.10.4Package Services Flats—Bundles or Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the sixth sentence of 8.10.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * For mailings of alternate containers placed on pallets, pallet preparation begins with 8.10.4b. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.4b and c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">5-digit carrier routes, required,</E>permitted for bundles and approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain only carrier route mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <PRTPAGE P="13745"/>
            <P>c.<E T="03">5-digit, required,</E>permitted for bundles and approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain only Presorted price mail with or without a barcode for the same 5-digit ZIP Code or same 5-digit scheme under L007 (for automation-compatible flats only under 301.3.0). Five-digit scheme bundles are assigned to pallets according to the “label to” 5-digit ZIP Code in L007. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.4e through f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">SCF, required,</E>permitted for bundles and approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>f.<E T="03">ASF, required,</E>permitted for bundles and approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail with or without a barcode for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L602. ADC bundles or alternate containers are assigned to pallets according to the “label to” ZIP Code in L004. At the mailer's option, appropriate mixed ADC bundles or alternate containers may be sorted to ASF pallets according to the “label to” ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC bundles and alternate containers must contain only pieces destinating within the ASF as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.10.4g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">NDC, required,</E>permitted for bundles and approved alternate containers. Required for the<E T="03">Origin NDC</E>pallet when volume reaches 150 pounds. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail with or without a barcode for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L601. ADC bundles or alternate containers are assigned to pallets according to the “label to” ZIP Code in L004. At the mailer's option, appropriate mixed ADC bundles or alternate containers may be sorted to NDC pallets according to the “label to” ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC bundles and alternate containers must contain only pieces destinating within the NDC as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NDC”; followed by “BARCODED” (or “BC”) if pallet contains Presorted price mail with a barcode; followed by “NONBARCODED” (or “NBC”) if pallet contains carrier route and/or Presorted price mail without a barcode.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 8.10.4h in its entirety and add new 8.10.4h and i as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network,</E>required, permitted for trays, bundles and approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for NDC serving</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS WKG.”</P>
            <P>i.<E T="03">Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603, Column B, to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603, Column B, to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; required; permitted for trays, bundles and approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS WKG.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 8.10.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.10.5Package Services Irregular Parcels—Bundles or Alternate Containers</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the sixth sentence of 8.10.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * For mailings of approved alternate containers placed on pallets, pallet preparation begins with 8.10.5e. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.5e and f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">5-digit carrier routes, required,</E>permitted for bundles and approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain only carrier route mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>f.<E T="03">5-digit, required,</E>permitted for bundles and approved alternate containers. Pallet must contain only Presorted price mail for the same 5-digit ZIP Code. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of items 8.10.5h through j as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">SCF, required,</E>permitted for bundles and approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L005. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>i.<E T="03">ASF, required,</E>permitted for bundles and approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L602. ADC trays, bundles or alternate containers are assigned to pallets according to the “label to” ZIP Code in L004. At the mailer's option, appropriate mixed ADC bundles or alternate containers may be sorted to ASF pallets according to the “label to” ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC bundles and alternate containers must contain only pieces destinating within the ASF as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>j.<E T="03">NDC, required,</E>permitted for bundles and approved alternate containers. No minimum for the<E T="03">Origin NDC</E>pallet. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L601. ADC (L004) bundles or approved alternate containers are assigned to pallets according to the “label to” ZIP Code in L004. At the mailer's option, appropriate mixed ADC bundles or alternate containers may be sorted to NDC pallets according to the “label to” ZIP Code in L010. All mixed ADC bundles and alternate containers must contain only pieces destinating within the NDC as shown in Exhibit 6.2.3. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 8.10.5k in its entirety and add new items 8.10.5k and l as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>k.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network,</E>required, permitted for bundles and approved alternate containers. Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <P>l.<E T="03">Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; required; permitted for bundles and approved alternate containers.</P>
            <P>Pallet may contain carrier route and/or Presorted price mail. Labeling:</P>

            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the<PRTPAGE P="13746"/>3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.10.6Package Services, Parcel Select</HD>
            <P>* * * Pallets must be labeled according to the Line 1 and Line 2 information listed below and under 8.6.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of 8.10.6d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. NDC, required. Pallets must contain only parcels or NFMs for the 3-digit ZIP Code groups in L601. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 8.10.6e in its entirety and add new items 8.10.6e and f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network,</E>required, no minimum. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD MACH WKG,” “STD NFM MACH WKG,” or “PSVC MACH WKG,” as applicable.</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; required. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD MACH WKG,” “STD NFM MACH WKG,” or “PSVC MACH WKG,” as applicable.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.10.7Standard Mail Machinable Parcels and Not Flat-Machinable Pieces Weighing 6 Ounces or More</HD>
            <P>* * * Pallets must be labeled according to Line 1 and Line 2 information listed below and under 8.6.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 8.10.7f in its entirety and add new items 8.10.6 f and g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network,</E>required; no minimum. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD MACH WKG” or “STD NFM MACH WKG” as applicable.</P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; required; no minimum. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD MACH WKG” or “STD NFM MACH WKG” as applicable.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.10.8Standard Mail Irregular Parcels Weighing 2 Ounces or More</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first and last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 8.10.8 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers who palletize unbundled or uncontainerized irregular parcels must make pallets or pallet boxes when there are 250 pounds or more for the destination levels below for DNDC, DSCF, or DDU prices. * * * Mailers may not prepare tubes, rolls, and similar pieces or pieces that weigh less than 2 ounces on pallets or in pallet boxes, except for pieces in carrier route bundles or in alternate containers under 8.10.3.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 8.10.8g in its entirety and add new items 8.10.8g and h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network,</E>required, no minimum. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD IRREG WKG.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.10.9Standard Mail Not Flat-Machinable Pieces Weighing Less Than 6 Ounces</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 8.10.9 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must prepare uncontainerized pieces on pallets or in pallet boxes when there are 250 pounds or more of NFMs for the destination levels below for DNDC, DSCF, or DDU prices. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 8.10.9g in its entirety and add new items 8.10.9g and h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network,</E>required, no minimum. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office Column B, for NDC serving 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD NFM WKG.”</P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">Directional Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC of the acceptance and/or induction facility is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use L603 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use L603 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum. Labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L603, Column C, based on information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD NFM WKG.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 8.14 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.14Pallets of Bundles, Trays, and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 8.14.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.14.3NDC and Mixed Tier 2 Network Pallets</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 8.14.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * A NDC, tier 2 network or directional tier 2 network (trays and approved alternate containers only) pallet may include pieces that are eligible for the DNDC price and others that are ineligible</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 8.15 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.15Approved Alternate Containers</HD>

            <P>All flat trays, approved alternate containers or sacks remaining after all pallets are prepared may be presented with the palletized mailing (on the same<PRTPAGE P="13747"/>postage statement) if the containers are set apart from the palletized portion of the mailing.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.16Copalletized Flat-Size Pieces—Periodicals or Standard Mail</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.16.2Periodicals</HD>
            <P>Additional standards are as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>c. * * * Approval is based on the mailer's demonstrated ability to provide documentation meeting these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.16.2c6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>6. If a portion of the mailing is placed in approved alternate containers and presented with the copalletized portion, a report by container showing the number of pieces (and copies) at each presort level.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.18Parcel Select—Network Distribution Center (NDC) Presort Discount</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.18.1Machinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>To qualify for the NDC Presort discount:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 8.18.1a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. * * * Preparation directly on pallets, or in other containers is not permitted.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.18.2Nonmachinable Parcels</HD>
            <P>To qualify for the NDC Presort discount:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 8.18.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. * * * Preparation in other containers, or directly on pallets, is not permitted.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.20Parcel Select DSCF Prices—Parcels on Pallets</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.20.1Basic Preparation, Parcels on Pallets</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory sentence of 8.20.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Unless prepared under 8.20.2, in sacks, or approved alternate containers, mail must be prepared for the DSCF price as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>c. Overflow. After filling a pallet(s) to a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit destination, any remaining pieces that do not meet the minimum pallet requirements may be prepared in one or both of the following ways:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise text of 8.20.1c1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. Placed in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit, overflow sacks, flat trays or approved alternate containers; or in or 3-digit flat trays or approved alternate containers (no minimum number of pieces per sack, tray or container); that are labeled in accordance with the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit containerization requirements for the DSCF price in 455.4.2. Overflow pieces sacked, trayed or containerized in this manner are eligible for the DSCF prices.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.20.1g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g. Separation. If sacks, trays or approved alternate containers prepared under 455 are included in the same mailing as pallets prepared under this section, at the time of acceptance the mailer must separate those sacks, trays or containers that are overflow from the palletized mail from those sacks, trays or containers that were prepared under the provisions of 455.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.20.2Alternate Preparation, Parcels on Pallets</HD>
            <P>DSCF price mailings not prepared under 8.20.1 may be prepared as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 8.20.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. General. All DSCF pieces in the mailing must be sorted to 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit destinations under 8.20.2 (i.e., mail prepared under 8.20.1 and mail prepared under 455.4.2 must not be included in a mailing prepared under 8.20.2). * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>c. Overflow. After filling pallets to a 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit destination, any remaining pieces that do not meet the minimum pallet requirements may be prepared in one or both of the following ways:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 8.20.2c1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. Placed in 5-digit scheme or 5-digit, overflow sacks, flat trays or approved alternate containers; or in or 3-digit flat trays or approved alternate containers (no minimum number of pieces per sack, tray or container); that are labeled in accordance with the 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, or 3-digit containerization requirements for the DSCF price in 455.4.2. Overflow pieces sacked, trayed or containerized in this manner are eligible for the DSCF prices.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 8.20.2g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g. Documentation. * * * This documentation must not include: Pieces prepared in overflow sacks, trays or alternate containers at the DSCF prices, pieces prepared on overflow pallets at the DNDC prices, or pieces claimed at any other price in the mailing.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.20.35-Digit ZIP Codes for Which Pallets May Not Be Prepared</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 8.20.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * If a facility cannot handle pallets, the DSCF price is not applicable unless the mail can be prepared under the containerization requirements in 455.4.2.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 8.21 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">8.21Parcel Select DSCF Prices—Containers on Pallets</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the third sentence of the introductory paragraph of 8.21 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * See 8.20.1g for requirements concerning separation of sacks, trays or approved alternate containers under 455.4.2 from sacks, trays or alternate containers prepared under 8.20.1. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 9.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.0Combining Bundles of Automation and Nonautomation Flats in Trays and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.2Periodicals</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.2.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 9.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Bundles of flat-size pieces in a machinable barcoded price mailing must be cotrayed, or combined in approved alternate containers, with bundles of flat-size pieces in a machinable nonbarcoded mailing under the following conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 9.2.1b through f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. The machinable barcoded mailing must meet the eligibility criteria in 707.14.0, except that the traying and documentation criteria in 9.2.1, 9.2.3, and 9.2.4 must be met rather than the traying and documentation criteria in 707.25.0.</P>
            <P>c. The machinable nonbarcoded mailing must meet the eligibility criteria in 707.12.0, except that the traying and documentation criteria in 9.2.1, 9.2.3, and 9.2.4 must be met rather than the criteria in 707.25.0.</P>
            <P>d. The bundles must be sorted into the same trays or approved alternate containers under 9.2.3 and 9.2.4.</P>

            <P>e. A complete postage statement(s) must accompany each mailing job prepared under these procedures. Standardized documentation under 708.1.0 must also be submitted with each cotrayed mailing job that describes for each tray sortation level the number of pieces qualifying for each applicable price.<PRTPAGE P="13748"/>
            </P>
            <P>f. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays or containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.2.3Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 9.2.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * These low-volume bundles may be placed in 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate containers that contain at least 24 pieces or on 5-digit, 3-digit, or SCF pallets. * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 9.2.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.2.4Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 9.2.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Machinable barcoded price and machinable nonbarcoded price bundles must be presorted together into trays (cotrayed), or combined in approved alternate containers in the sequence listed below. Trays or containers must be labeled under 9.2.4a through g for Lines 1 and 2 and 707.21.0 for other tray label criteria.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 9.2.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">5-digit/scheme,</E>required; scheme sort required only for pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0; 24-piece minimum, fewer pieces not permitted; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays, sacks or containers, use L007, Column B. For 5-digit trays, sacks or containers, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PER” or “NEWS” as applicable and, for 5-digit scheme trays or containers, “FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC”; for 5-digit trays or containers, “FLT 5D BC/NBC.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of 9.2.4f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>f<E T="03">. Local Surface Transport,</E>required, required for any remaining pieces for destinations in L201, Column B, corresponding to the origin ZIP Code in Column A. There is no minimum for the number of pieces in the tray or authorized container, but bundles of fewer than six pieces at 5-digit, 3-digit, and ADC bundle levels are not permitted.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of 9.2.4g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Extended Surface Network,</E>required, no minimum, except that bundles of fewer than six pieces at 5-digit, 3-digit, and ADC bundle levels are not permitted. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.2.5Optional Tray Preparation—Machinable Flat-Size Pieces</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 9.2.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>As an option, mailers may place unbundled and bundled machinable pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in flats trays (see 707.20.4). * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.3Standard Mail</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.3.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory sentence of 9.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Bundles of flats in an automation mailing must be cotrayed or placed in approved alternate containers with bundles of flats in a Presorted mailing under the following conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 9.3.1c and d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. The automation mailing must meet the eligibility criteria in 343.7.0, except that the traying and documentation criteria in 9.3.1, 9.3.4, and 9.3.5 must be met rather than the criteria in 345.7.0.</P>
            <P>d. The Presorted mailing must meet the eligibility criteria in 343.2.0 and 343.3.0, except that the traying and documentation criteria in 9.3.1, 9.3.4, and 9.3.5 must be met rather than the criteria in 345.5.0.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 9.3.1e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. * * * The prices for pieces in the Presorted price mailing are based on the number of pieces in the bundle and the level of tray or alternate container in which they are placed under 343.3.6 and 343.3.7.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 9.3.1g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g. The bundles prepared from the automation mailing and the bundles prepared from the Presorted mailing must be sorted into the same trays or alternate containers as described in 9.3.4 and 9.3.5.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 9.3.1h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>h. * * * In addition to the applicable postage statement, standardized documentation under 708.1.0 must be submitted with each cotrayed mailing job that describes for each tray or container sortation level the number of pieces qualifying for each automation price and the number of pieces qualifying for each Presorted price.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 9.3.1i as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>i. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 9.3.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.3.4Traying or Containerization Under 125-Piece or 15-Pound Rules</HD>
            <P>When the minimum quantity of 125 pieces or 15 pounds of mail is specified for a tray or authorized alternative container sortation level in 9.3.5, the provisions of 345.7.4.2 apply.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 9.3.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.3.5Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 9.3.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Presorted and automation bundles prepared under 9.3.2 and 9.3.3 must be presorted together into trays (cotrayed), or placed in authorized alternate containers, in the sequence listed below. Trays or alternate containers must be labeled using 9.3.5a through g for Lines 1 and 2, and 345.4.0 for other tray label criteria.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 9.3.5a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">5-digit/scheme,</E>required; scheme sort required, only for pieces meeting the automation-compatibility criteria in 301.3.0; 125-piece/15-pound minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or containers, use L007, Column B. For 5-digit trays or containers, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or containers, “STD FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC”; for 5-digit sacks, “STD FLT 5D BC/NBC.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 9.3.5e in its entirety and add new items 9.3.5e through g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS NDC BC/NBC.”</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS BC/NBC WKG.”</P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “STD FLTS BC/NBC WKG.”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.4Bound Printed Matter</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.4.1Basic Standards</HD>

            <P>Bundles of flat-size pieces in a Presorted mailing qualifying for and<PRTPAGE P="13749"/>claiming the barcode discount under 363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0 must be cotrayed, or combined in approved alternate containers, with bundles of presorted flat-size pieces not claiming the barcode discount under the following conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 9.4.1c and d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. The Presorted barcode-discount mailing must meet the eligibility criteria in 363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0, the mail preparation standards in 365.7.0, the traying requirements in 9.4.4, and the documentation criteria in 9.4.1h.</P>
            <P>d. The Presorted mailing must meet the eligibility criteria in 363.2.0, 363.3.0, and 363.5.0, the mail preparation standards in 365.5.0, the traying requirements in 9.4.4, and the documentation criteria in 9.4.1h.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 9.4.1g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g. The bundles must be sorted into the same tray or alternate container as described in 9.4.4.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 9.4.1h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>h. * * * In addition to the applicable postage statement, standardized documentation under 708.1.0 must be submitted with each cotrayed mailing job that describes for each tray or container sortation level the number of pieces qualifying for the barcode discount and the number of pieces qualifying for each applicable Presorted price.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 9.3.1i as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>i. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 9.4.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">9.4.4Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 9.4.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Bundles of Presorted pieces qualifying for and claiming the barcode discount and Presorted pieces prepared under 9.4.2 or 9.4.3 must be presorted together in trays (cotrayed), or combined in approved alternate containers, using the following preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 9.4.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. 5-digit/scheme, required; scheme sort required, only for pieces meeting the automation-compatibility criteria in 301.3.0; minimum 20 addressed pieces; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: For 5-digit scheme trays or containers, use L007, Column B. For 5-digit trays or containers, use city, state, and 5-digit ZIP Code destination on pieces.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: For 5-digit scheme trays or containers, “PSVC FLT 5D SCH BC/NBC”; for 5-digit trays or containers, “PSVC FLT 5D BC/NBC.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of item b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. 3-digit, required, except for optional bundles with 3-digit ZIP Code prefixes indicated by an “N” in L002, when optional SCF trays or containers are prepared; minimum 20 addressed pieces; labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current 9.4.4e in its entirety and add new items 9.4.4e through g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">Origin Network Distribution Center (NDC) Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS NDC BC/NBC.”</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS BC/NBC WKG.”</P>
            <P>g.<E T="03">Tier 2 Network (required for specified acceptance locations);</E>if the origin NDC is Chicago, Cincinnati or Saint Louis, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two east or west directionally-based containers; if the origin NDC is San Francisco, use Labeling List L604 to separate the remaining mail into two north or south directionally-based containers; no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: L604, Column C.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PSVC FLTS BC/NBC WKG.”</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 705.10 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.0Merging Bundles of Flats on Pallets or in Trays Using the City State Product</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.1Periodicals</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.1.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 10.1.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Carrier route bundles in a carrier route mailing may be placed on the same pallet or in the same tray or approved alternate container as 5-digit bundles from a machinable barcoded mailing and 5-digit bundles from a machinable nonbarcoded mailing (including pieces cobundled under 11.0) under the following conditions:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 10.1.1a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. A carrier route mailing must be part of the mailing job, unless cobundled under 11.0 using 5-digit scheme (L007) or 3-digit scheme (L008) bundle preparation, and trayed or placed in alternate containers under 10.1.4.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 10.1.1c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Pieces in the machinable price mailing must meet the flats criteria in 301.3.0. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 10.1.1e through j as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. Carrier route bundles may be copalletized, cotrayed in combined in approved alternate containers with machinable barcoded 5-digit bundles, machinable nonbarcoded 5-digit bundles, and cobundled 5-digit bundles only for those 5-digit ZIP Codes that have an “A” or “C” indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product indicating eligibility for such copalletization or cotraying. Containers of mail sorted in this manner are called “merged 5-digit” pallets or trays. Containers of mail sorted in this manner for which scheme (L001) sortation is also performed are called “merged 5-digit scheme” pallets or trays. Pieces in 5-digit scheme (L007) bundles may not be placed in merged 5-digit containers.</P>
            <P>f. If sortation under this section is performed, merged 5-digit pallets, trays or approved alternate containers must be prepared for all 5-digit ZIP Codes with an “A” or “C” indicator in the City State Product that permits such preparation when there is enough volume for the 5-digit ZIP Code to prepare such a tray or alternate container under 10.1.4 or such a pallet under 10.1.5. In addition, all possible merged 5-digit scheme trays or containers must be prepared under 10.1.4, or all possible merged 5-digit scheme and 5-digit scheme pallets must be prepared under 10.1.5.</P>
            <P>g. For mailings prepared in trays or approved alternate containers, mailers may not combine firm bundles and 5-digit scheme pieces in 5-digit scheme bundles or in 5-digit scheme trays or containers. Firm bundles must be placed in a separate individual 5-digit tray or container under 10.1.4g to maintain 5-digit price eligibility. Mailers may combine firm bundles with 5-digit scheme, 3-digit scheme, and other presort destination bundles in carrier route, 5-digit, 3-digit, SCF, ADC, and mixed ADC trays or containers. Only an In-County firm bundle can contribute toward the six-piece minimum for price eligibility.</P>
            <P>h. The bundles from each separated mailing must be sorted together into trays or approved alternate containers (cotrayed) under 10.1.4 or on pallets (copalletized) under 10.1.5 using presort software that is PAVE-certified.</P>

            <P>i. A complete, signed postage statement(s), using the correct USPS form or an approved facsimile, must accompany each mailing job prepared<PRTPAGE P="13750"/>under these procedures. In addition to the postage statement(s), documentation prepared by PAVE-certified software must be submitted with each cotrayed or copalletized mailing job that describes for each tray or container sortation level and tray or container, or each pallet sortation level and pallet, the number of pieces qualifying for each applicable price.</P>
            <P>j. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.1.2Bundle Preparation</HD>
            <P>Bundles must be prepared as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 10.1.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Trayed mailings, or mailings prepared in approved alternate containers.</E>* * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.1.3Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 10.1.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Low-volume bundles are permitted only when they are prepared on pallets, trayed or placed in approved alternate containers as follows:</P>
            <P>a. Place low-volume carrier route, 5-digit, 3-digit scheme, and 3-digit bundles in only the following containers:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 10.1.3a1 through a3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. Carrier route, merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme carrier routes, merged 5-digit, 5-digit carrier routes, 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate containers that contain at least 24 pieces.</P>
            <P>2. Merged 3-digit trays or alternate containers that contain at least one six-piece carrier route bundle.</P>
            <P>3. Origin/entry SCF trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 10.1.3b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Place low-volume 5-digit scheme bundles in only 5-digit scheme, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate containers that contain at least 24 pieces, or in origin/entry SCF trays or alternate containers, or on 3-digit or SCF pallets, as appropriate.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 10.1.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.1.4Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 10.1.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must prepare trays or approved alternate containers for the individual carrier route and 5-digit bundles from the carrier route, barcoded, and nonbarcoded price mailings in the mailing job in the following manner and sequence. All carrier route bundles must be placed in trays or alternate containers under 10.1.4a through 10.1.4e and 10.1.4h as described below. When sorting is performed under this section, mailers must prepare merged 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or alternate containers, and merged 5-digit trays or alternate containers for all possible 5-digit schemes or 5-digit ZIP Codes as applicable, using L001 (merged 5-digit scheme and 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort only) and the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product when there is enough volume for the 5-digit scheme or 5-digit ZIP Code to prepare such trays or alternate containers under 10.1.4. Mailers must label trays or alternate containers according to the Line 1 and Line 2 information listed below and under 707.20.1. If a mailing job does not contain barcoded pieces and the carrier route pieces and the nonbarcoded pieces are irregular parcel shaped, use “IRREG” for the processing category on the contents line of the label.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last two sentences of the opening paragraph of 10.1.4b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. * * * For 5-digit ZIP Code(s) in a scheme that has a “B” or “D” indicator in the City State Product, prepare tray(s) or alternate container(s) under 10.1.4g and 10.1.4h. For 5-digit ZIP Codes not included in a scheme, prepare trays or alternate containers under 10.1.4d through 10.1.4h. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of the opening paragraph of 10.1.4c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. * * * Mailers must prepare this tray or container if there are any carrier route bundle(s) for such a scheme. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of the opening paragraph of 10.1.4e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. * * * Include only carrier route bundles for a 5-digit ZIP Code remaining after preparing trays or alternate containers under 10.1.4a through 10.1.4d. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of items 10.1.4h and i as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">Merged 3-digit.</E>May contain carrier route bundles, any 5-digit and 5-digit scheme bundles remaining after preparing trays or alternate containers under 10.1.4a through 10.1.4g, and any 3-digit and 3-digit scheme bundles. When preparation of this tray level is permitted, mailers must prepare a tray or alternate container if there are any remaining carrier route bundles for the 3-digit area. Required with at least one six-piece carrier route bundle. Must contain at least one carrier route bundle for the 3-digit area, or a minimum of 24 pieces. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>i.<E T="03">SCF through extended surface network.</E>Any 5-digit scheme and 5-digit bundles remaining after preparing trays or alternate containers under 10.1.4a through 10.1.4h and all 3-digit, 3-digit scheme, ADC, origin mixed ADC, and mixed ADC bundles must be trayed or placed in alternate containers and labeled under 9.2 for cotraying of barcoded and nonbarcoded bundles, except if there are no barcoded bundles in the mailing job, tray or place in an alternate container and label under 707.22.6, or if there are no nonbarcoded price bundles in the mailing job, tray or containerize and label under 707.25.4.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.2Standard Mail</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.2.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 10.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Carrier route bundles from a carrier route mailing may be placed on the same pallet, in the same tray or in an approved alternate container as 5-digit bundles from an automation mailing and 5-digit bundles from a Presorted mailing (including pieces cobundled under 11.0) under the following conditions:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 10.2.1a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. A carrier route mailing must be part of the mailing job, unless cobundled under 11.0 utilizing 5-digit scheme (L007) or 3-digit scheme (L008) bundle preparation and trayed or placed in alternate containers under 10.1.4.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 10.2.1e through g as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>e. Carrier route bundles may be copalletized, cotrayed or placed in alternate containers with automation 5-digit bundles, Presorted 5-digit bundles, and cobundled 5-digit bundles only for those 5-digit ZIP Codes that have an “A” or “C” indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product indicating eligibility for such copalletization or cotraying. Containers of mail sorted in this manner are called “merged 5-digit” pallets, trays or containers. Containers of mail sorted in this manner for which scheme (L001) sortation is also performed are called “merged 5-digit scheme” pallets, trays or containers. Pieces in 5-digit scheme<PRTPAGE P="13751"/>(L007) bundles may not be placed in merged 5-digit containers.</P>
            <P>f. If sortation under this section is performed, merged 5-digit pallets, trays or alternate containers must be prepared for all 5-digit ZIP Codes with an “A” or “C” indicator in the City State Product that permits such preparation when there is enough volume for the 5-digit ZIP Code to prepare that pallet, tray or container.</P>
            <P>g. For trayed or containerized mailings, the prices for pieces in the carrier route mailing are based on the criteria in 343.6.0, the prices for pieces in the automation mailing are applied based on the number of pieces in the bundle and the level of bundle to which they are sorted under 343.7.0, and the prices for pieces in the Presorted price mailing are based on the number of pieces in the bundle and the level of tray or container to which they are sorted under 343.5.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 10.2.1j as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>j. The bundles from each separate mailing must be sorted together into trays or approved alternate containers (cotrayed) under 10.2.3 and 10.2.4 or on pallets (copalletized) under 10.2.5 using presort software that is PAVE-certified.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 10.2.1m as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>m. Barcoded tray labels under 708.6.0 must be used to label trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.2.2Bundle Preparation</HD>
            <P>Bundles must be prepared as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 10.2.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Trayed mailings.</E>* * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of 10.2.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.2.3Traying Under 125-Piece or 15-Pound Rules</HD>
            <P>When the minimum quantity of 125 pieces or 15 pounds of mail is specified for a tray or alternate container sortation level in 10.2.4, the provisions of 345.7.4.2 apply.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 10.2.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.2.4Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare trays or alternate containers in the following manner and sequence. All carrier route bundles must be placed in trays or alternate containers under 10.2.4a through 10.2.4e as described below. Mailers must prepare all merged 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers, 5-digit scheme carrier routes trays or alternate containers, and merged 5-digit trays or alternate containers that are possible in the mailing based on the volume of mail to the destination using L001 and the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product. Mailers must label trays or alternate containers according to the Line 1 and Line 2 information listed below and under 345.4.0, Tray Labels.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the third through sixth sentences of the opening paragraph of 10.2.4b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. * * * When preparation of this tray or alternate container level is permitted, a tray or container must be prepared if there are any carrier route bundle(s) for the scheme. If there is not at least one carrier route bundle for any 5-digit destination in the scheme, preparation of this tray or alternate container is required when there are at least 125 pieces or 15 pounds of pieces in 5-digit bundles for any of the 5-digit ZIP Codes in the scheme that have an “A” or “C” indicator in the City State Product (smaller volume not permitted). For a 5-digit ZIP Code(s) in a scheme with a “B” or “D” indicator in the City State Product, prepare tray(s) or alternate container(s) for the automation and Presorted bundles under 10.2.4g and 10.2.4h. For 5-digit ZIP Codes not included in a scheme, prepare trays or alternate containers under 10.2.4d through 10.2.4h. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph of 10.2.4e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">5-digit carrier routes,</E>required. Tray or containerize only carrier route bundles for a 5-digit ZIP Code remaining after preparing trays or alternate containers under 10.2.4a through 10.2.4d to this level. May contain only carrier route bundles for any 5-digit ZIP Code that is not part of a scheme listed in L001 and that has a “B” or “D” indicator in the City State Product. No tray or container minimum. Labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 10.2.4h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">3-digit through mixed ADC trays or alternate containers.</E>Any 5-digit scheme and 5-digit bundles remaining after preparing trays or alternate containers under 10.2.4a through 10.2.4g, and all 3-digit, ADC, and Mixed ADC bundles, must be trayed or containerized and labeled according to the applicable requirements under 9.3 for cotraying of automation and Presorted bundles, except if there are no automation bundles in the mailing job, tray or container and label under 345.5.7, or, if there are no Presorted bundles in the mailing job, tray or containerize and label under 345.7.4.3.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">10.2.5Pallet Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>* * * Mailers must label pallets according to the Line 1 and Line 2 information listed below and under 8.6.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>i. NDC, required, may contain carrier route price, automation price, and/or Presorted price bundles. * * * Labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 10.2.5i1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the title of 11.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">11.0Combining Automation and Nonautomation Flats in Bundles</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">11.2Periodicals</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">11.2.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the third sentence of the introductory paragraph of 11.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Mailing jobs (for flats meeting the criteria in 301.3.0) prepared using the 5-digit scheme and/or the 3-digit scheme bundle preparation must be trayed or placed in authorized alternate containers under 9.0 or 10.0 or palletized under 10.0, 12.0, or 13.0. All bundles are subject to the following conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 11.2.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Mailings prepared in trays or alternate containers must meet the basic standards in 9.0 or 10.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">11.2.3Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 11.2.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Low-volume bundles are permitted only when they are trayed, placed in approved alternate containers, or prepared on pallets as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 11.2.3a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Place low-volume 5-digit and 3-digit bundles in only 5-digit scheme, 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate containers that contain at least 24 pieces; or in origin/entry SCF trays or alternate containers; or on merged 5-digit scheme, 5-digit scheme, merged 5-digit, 5-digit, 3-digit, or SCF pallets, as appropriate.</P>

            <P>b. Place low-volume 5-digit scheme and 3-digit scheme bundles in only 5-digit scheme, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate containers that contain at least 24 pieces, or in origin/entry SCF trays or alternate containers, or on 3-digit or SCF pallets, as appropriate.<PRTPAGE P="13752"/>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">11.3Standard Mail</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">11.3.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the fourth sentence of the introductory paragraph of 11.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Mailing jobs prepared using the 5-digit scheme and/or 3-digit scheme bundle preparation (for flats meeting the criteria in 301.3.0) must be trayed, placed in approved alternate containers under 10.0, or palletized under 10.0, 12.0, or 13.0. All bundles are subject to the following conditions:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 11.3.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Mailings prepared in trays or alternate containers must meet the basic standards in 9.0 or 10.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">11.4Bound Printed Matter</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">11.4.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 11.4.1c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Cobundled pieces must be cotrayed or combined in approved alternate containers under 9.0 or palletized under 8.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">12.0Merging Bundles of Flats on Pallets Using a 5% Threshold</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">12.1Periodicals</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">12.1.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 12.1.1g as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>g. Portions of the mailing job that cannot be palletized must be prepared in trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">12.1.5Pallet Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 12.1.5c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">5-digit scheme,</E>not permitted for flats that meet the dimension, weight, and flexibility criteria for automation flats in 301.3.0 (including pieces in merged bundles) and not permitted for trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">12.2Standard Mail</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">12.2.4Pallet Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>* * * Mailers must label pallets according to the Line 1 and Line 2 information listed below and under 8.6.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>i. NDC, required, may contain carrier route price, automation price, and/or Presorted price bundles. * * * Labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 12.2.4i1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">13.0Merging Bundles of Flats on Pallets Using the City State Product and a 5% Threshold</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">13.1Periodicals</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">13.1.5Pallet Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of the opening paragraph of 13.1.5c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">5-digit scheme,</E>not permitted for flats that meet the dimension, weight, and flexibility criteria for automation flats in 301.3.0 (including pieces in merged bundles) and not permitted for trays or alternate containers. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">13.2Standard Mail</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">13.2.4Pallet Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>* * * Mailers must label pallets according to the Line 1 and Line 2 information listed below and under 8.6.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>i. NDC, required, may contain carrier route price, automation price, and/or Presorted price bundles. * * * Labeling:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 13.2.4i1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>1. Line 1: Use L604, Column B.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.0Optional Combined Parcel Mailings</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.3Mail Preparation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.3.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>Prepare combined mailings as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 21.3.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Mailers must prepare all parcels in trays, approved alternate containers or sacks under 445.5.0, or on pallets, or in pallet boxes under 8.0 to achieve the finest level of sortation.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.3.2Combining Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package Services Machinable Parcels and NFMs 6 Ounces or More</HD>
            <P>Prepare and enter combined machinable parcels as shown in the table below:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the NDC/ASF and Mixed NDC rows under the Origin and DNDC Entry options only in table 21.3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,r60,r60,r60" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Entry</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">5 Digit/scheme<SU>1</SU>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">NDC/ASF<LI>(Required)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Mixed NDC<LI>(Required)</LI>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
                <ENT I="21">
                  <E T="02">COMBINED PREPARATION</E>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="01">Origin</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">* * *</ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb minimum</ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—No minimum.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT>Pallets—250-lb minimum</ENT>
                <ENT>Pallets—250-lb minimum.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">DNDC</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">* * *</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb minimum.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT O="xl">Pallets—100-lb minimum.</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.3.3Combining Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package Services Parcels and NFMs 2 Up to 6 Ounces (APPS-Machinable)</HD>
            <P>Prepare and enter combined APPS-machinable parcels (pieces weighing at least 2 ounces and up to, but not including, 6 ounces that are not tubes, rolls, triangles or similarly irregularly-shaped parcels) as shown in the table below.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the 3-Digit, ADC, and Mixed ADC columns under the Origin, DNDC, and DNDC rows only in table 21.3.3 as follows:]</E>
              <PRTPAGE P="13753"/>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,r50,xl60,xl60,r60" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Entry</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">5-Digit/scheme<SU>1</SU>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">3-Digit<LI>(required)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">ADC<LI>(Required)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Mixed ADC<LI>(Required)</LI>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
                <ENT I="21">
                  <E T="02">COMBINED PREPARATION</E>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="01">Origin</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">* * *</ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb minimum.<LI>Pallets—250-lb minimum</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb minimum.<LI>Pallets—250-lb minimum.</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—No minimum.<LI>Pallets—250-lb minimum.</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">DNDC</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">* * *</ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb minimum.<LI>Pallets—100-lb minimum.</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb minimum<LI>Pallets—100-lb minimum.</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">DSCF</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">* * *</ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb minimum.<LI>Pallets—100-lb minimum.</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.3.4Combining Standard Mail, Parcel Select, and Package Services Irregular Parcels and NFMs Under 2 Ounces (Not APPS-Machinable)</HD>
            <P>Prepare and enter combined not APPS-machinable parcels as shown in the table below.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the 3-Digit, ADC, and Mixed ADC columns under the Origin, DNDC, and DNDC rows only in table 21.3.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,r60,xl60,xl60,r60" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Entry</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">5-Digit/scheme<SU>1</SU>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">3-Digit<LI>(required)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">ADC<LI>(Required)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Mixed ADC<LI>(Required)</LI>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
                <ENT I="21">
                  <E T="02">COMBINED PREPARATION</E>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="01">Origin</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">* * *</ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb minimum.<LI>Pallets—250-lb minimum.</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb minimum.<LI>Pallets—250-lb minimum.</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—No minimum.<LI>Pallets—250-lb minimum.</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">DNDC</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">* * *</ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb minimum.<LI>Pallets—100-lb minimum.</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb minimum.<LI>Pallets—100-lb minimum.</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">DSCF</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">* * *</ENT>
                <ENT>Trays or alternate containers—10-piece or 20-lb minimum.<LI>Pallets—100-lb minimum.</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.0Full-Service Option</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.1Description</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the third sentence of 23.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Full-service automation mailings require Intelligent Mail barcodes on mailpieces; Intelligent Mail tray labels on trays or approved alternate containers; and Intelligent Mail container placards on pallets or similar containers (when created). * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.2Eligibility Standards</HD>
            <P>All pieces entered under the full-service automation option must:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 23.2b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Be part of a mailing using unique Intelligent Mail tray labels on all trays and approved alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.3Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.3.2Intelligent Mail Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 23.3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>All trays and approved alternate containers must contain accurately encoded Intelligent Mail tray labels as described in 708.6.5. Mailing documentation, when required, must associate each mailpiece to a corresponding tray or alternate containers if applicable, as described in 22.3.4. Each tray or alternate container must be encoded with a unique serial number. Tray or alternate container serial numbers associated to an individual Mailer ID cannot be duplicated within a 45-day period, regardless of the acceptance location.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.3.3Intelligent Mail Container Placards</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the third sentence of 23.3.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Mailing documentation, when required, must associate each mailpiece (and tray or approved alternate container, if applicable) to a corresponding container as described in 22.3.4, unless otherwise authorized by the USPS. * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.3.4Electronic Documentation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 23.3.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>

            <P>* * * Unless otherwise authorized, documentation must describe how each mailpiece is linked to a uniquely identified tray or sack, if applicable, and how each mailpiece and tray or approved alternate container is linked to<PRTPAGE P="13754"/>a uniquely identified container (if applicable). * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.4Additional Standards</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.4.3Special Standards—Small Volume Mailings</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 23.4.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Unique mailing serial numbers must be populated in the Postal Wizard entry screen field or in the Mail.XML messages, except that mailers must populate the serial number field of all Intelligent Mail tray labels, and Intelligent Mail container barcodes (when mailings are containerized) with the unique mailing serial number.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">707Periodicals</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.0Price Application and Computation</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.1Price Application</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.1.3Applying In-County Piece Prices</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of 2.1.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Piece prices for automation mailings are based on the bundle level (or tray level for unbundled pieces in trays); piece prices for nonautomation mailings are based on the tray level.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2.1.9Applying Outside-County Container Prices</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 2.1.9 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>For Outside-County mail prepared in letter trays, pallets, flat trays, sacks or approved alternate containers, or USPS-approved containers, mailers pay the container price according to the type of container, the presort level of the container, and where the mail is entered. * * * The following additional standards apply:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 21.9a through c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. For mailings prepared in letter trays, flat trays, sacks or approved alternate containers, mailers pay the container price for each tray or container based on container level and entry.</P>
            <P>b. For mailings prepared on pallets under 705.8.0:</P>
            <P>1. For bundles placed directly on pallets, mailers pay the container price for each pallet.</P>
            <P>2. For letter trays, flat trays, sacks or approved alternate containers on pallets, mailers pay the container price for each tray or container, and not for the pallets. The container price for each tray or alternate container is based on the tray or alternate container level and where the pallet is entered.</P>
            <P>c. For containers with both In-County and Outside-County pieces, mailers do not pay the container price for carrier route, 5-digit carrier routes, and 5-digit/scheme pallets, trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">12.0Nonbarcoded (Presorted) Eligibility</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">12.2Prices—Outside-County</HD>
            <P>Outside-County nonbarcoded (Presorted) prices are based on the following criteria (see 2.0 for price application and computation):</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 12.2c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Container prices are based on the type of container (letter tray, flat tray, sack, alternate container, or pallet), the level of sortation of the container, and where the container is entered.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">12.3Prices—In-County</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">12.3.1Five-Digit Prices</HD>
            <P>5-digit prices apply to:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 12.3.1b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Nonletter-size pieces in 5-digit scheme (L007) bundles and 5-digit bundles of six or more addressed pieces each; placed in applicable merged 5-digit scheme (L001) flat trays or alternate containers, merged 5-digit flat trays or alternate containers, 5-digit scheme (L001) flat trays or alternate containers, or 5-digit flat trays or alternate containers; or palletized under 705.8.0 or 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">12.3.2Three-Digit Prices</HD>
            <P>3-digit prices apply to:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 12.3.2b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Nonletter-size pieces in 5-digit scheme (L007), 5-digit, 3-digit scheme (L008) and 3-digit bundles of six or more addressed pieces each, placed in 3-digit flat trays or alternate containers; or 3-digit scheme, and 3-digit bundles of six or more addressed pieces each, prepared under 705.8.0 or 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">13.0Carrier Route Eligibility</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">13.2Sorting</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">13.2.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <P>* * * Carrier route prices apply to copies that are prepared in carrier route bundles of six or more addressed pieces each, subject to these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Nonletter-size mailings.</E>Carrier route prices apply to carrier route bundles that are sorted in one of the following ways:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 13.2.1b2 and b3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>2. Bundles in carrier route, 5-digit scheme carrier routes, 5-digit carrier routes flat trays or alternate containers, or 3-digit carrier routes flat trays or alternate containers under 23.0. Flat trays or alternate containers may be palletized under 705.8.0.</P>
            <P>3. Untrayed bundles entered at a destination delivery unit according to preparation standards in 23.4.2 and entry standards in 29.5.5.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">13.3Walk-Sequence Prices</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">13.3.2Copies Claimed at Other Prices</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 13.3.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * When presented to the USPS, the trays or alternate containers containing the walk-sequence price copies must be separated from other trays or containers. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">14.0Barcoded (Automation) Eligibility</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">14.3Prices—Outside-County</HD>

            <P>Outside-County barcoded (automation) prices are based on the following criteria (<E T="03">see</E>2.0 for price application and computation):</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 14.3c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Container prices are based on the type of container (tray, alternate container or pallet), the level of sortation of the container, and where the container is entered.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">18.0General Mail Preparation</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">18.3Presort Terms</HD>
            <P>Terms used for presort levels are defined as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 18.3e and f as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e.<E T="03">5-digit scheme (bundles, flat trays or alternate containers)</E>for flats prepared according to 301.3.0: The ZIP<PRTPAGE P="13755"/>Code in the delivery address on all pieces is one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L007.</P>
            <P>f.<E T="03">5-digit scheme carrier routes (pallets, flat trays or alternate containers)</E>for Periodicals flats and irregular parcels: The ZIP Code in the delivery address on all pieces in carrier route bundles is one of the 5-digit ZIP Codes processed by the USPS as a single scheme, as shown in L001.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 18.3h as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>h.<E T="03">Merged 5-digit trays:</E>the carrier route bundles and/or machinable barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles in a flat tray or alternate container are all for a 5-digit ZIP Code that has an “A” or “C” indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 18.3j as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>j.<E T="03">Merged 5-digit scheme tray:</E>the 5-digit ZIP Codes on pieces in carrier route bundles and/or machinable barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles in a flat tray or alternate container are all for 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of a single scheme as shown in L001, and the machinable barcoded or nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles also are for 5-digit ZIP Codes that have an “A” or “C” indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">18.4Mail Preparation Terms</HD>
            <P>For purposes of preparing mail:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 18.4e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>e. An<E T="03">approved alternate container</E>is a container that is authorized by the appropriate USPS official, instead of a flat tray (tub) or pallet, for the handling and transport of bundled flat-size mailpieces or parcels. Alternate containers could include sacks, other USPS-supplied mail transport equipment, or mailer-supplied containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 18.4j as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>j. A<E T="03">5-digit scheme carrier routes sort</E>for carrier route price Periodicals flats and irregular parcels (nonletters) prepared as bundles in flat trays or alternate containers, or on pallets yields a 5-digit scheme carrier routes flat tray, sack, alternate container or pallet for those 5-digit ZIP Codes listed in L001 and 5-digit carrier routes flat tray, sack, alternate container or pallet for other areas. The 5-digit ZIP Codes in each scheme are treated as a single presort destination subject to a single minimum tray, container or pallet volume, with no further separation by 5-digit ZIP Code required. Flat trays, alternate containers or pallets prepared for a 5-digit scheme carrier routes destination that contain carrier route bundles for only one of the schemed 5-digit areas are still considered to be sorted to 5-digit scheme carrier routes and are labeled accordingly. The 5-digit scheme carrier routes sort is required for carrier route bundles of flat-size and irregular parcel Periodicals. Preparation of 5-digit scheme carrier routes flat trays, alternate containers or pallets must be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 18.4l as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>l. A<E T="03">merged 5-digit sort</E>for Periodicals flats prepared in flat trays or alternate containers yields merged 5-digit flat trays or alternate containers that contain carrier route bundles and/or machinable barcoded and nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles that are all for a 5-digit ZIP Code that has an “A” or “C” indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product. The merged 5-digit sort is optional for Periodicals flats. Flat trays or alternate containers prepared for a merged 5-digit destination that contain only a single price level of bundles or that contain only two price levels of bundles are still considered to be merged 5-digit sorted and are labeled accordingly. If preparation of merged 5-digit trays or alternate containers is performed, it must be done for all 5-digit ZIP Code destinations with an “A” or “C” indicator in the Carrier Route Indicators field in the City State Product.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 18.4m as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>m. * * * The merged 5-digit sort is optional for Periodicals flats in flat trays or alternate containers under 705.10.0. * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 18.4n as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>n. A<E T="03">merged 5-digit scheme sort for Periodicals flats prepared in flat trays or alternate containers</E>yields merged 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers that contain carrier route bundles and machinable barcoded and nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles for those 5-digit ZIP Codes that are part of a single scheme as shown in L001. Flat trays or alternate containers prepared for a merged 5-digit scheme destination that contain only a single price level of bundles, or only two price levels of bundles, or bundles for only one of the schemed 5-digit ZIP Codes are still considered to be merged 5-digit scheme sorted and must be labeled accordingly. If preparation of merged 5-digit scheme trays or alternate containers is performed, it must be done for all 5-digit scheme destinations in L001.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 18.4r as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>r. An<E T="03">origin 3-digit (or origin 3-digit scheme)</E>tray/alternate container contains all mail (regardless of quantity) for a 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit scheme) area processed by the SCF in whose service area the mail is verified. A separate tray/alternate container may be prepared for each 3-digit ZIP Code (or 3-digit scheme) area. When these separations are made, mailers must segregate trays, sacks or pallets labeled to destinations within the origin SCF from the remainder of the mailing as described in 28.3.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 18.4s as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>s. An<E T="03">origin/entry SCF flat tray or alternate container</E>contains all 5-digit and 3-digit bundles (regardless of quantity) for the SCF in whose service area the mail is verified. At the mailer's option, such a tray or container may be prepared for the SCF area of each entry Post Office. This presort level applies only to nonletter-size Periodicals prepared in flat trays or alternate containers. . When these separations are made, mailers must segregate trays, sacks or pallets labeled to destinations within the origin SCF from the remainder of the mailing as described in 28.3.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 18.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">18.5Required Pallet Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8 when they have reached the minimum load requirements described in 705.8.5.3. If a mailer is unable to palletize, mail must be separated and placed in properly labeled flat trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">19.0Bundles</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">19.6Flat-Size Bundles</HD>
            <P>Bundles of flat-size pieces must be secure and stable subject to the following:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 19.6b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. If placed in flat trays or alternate containers, the specific weight and height limits in 19.8.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory sentence of 19.8 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">19.8Preparing Bundles in Flat Trays or Alternate Containers</HD>

            <P>In addition to the standards in 19.4, mailers must prepare and secure<PRTPAGE P="13756"/>bundles placed in flat trays or alternate containers as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">19.10Pieces With Simplified Addresses</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the third sentence of 19.10 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Bundles must be secure and stable subject to specific weight limits in 705.8.0 if placed on pallets, specific weight and height limits in 19.8 for Periodicals placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers, and specific thickness limits in 19.5 for cards and letter-size pieces.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">19.12Address Visibility</HD>
            <P>* * * This standard does not apply to the following:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 19.12a and b as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Bundles placed in or on 5-digit or 5-digit scheme (L001) flat trays, alternate containers or pallets.</P>
            <P>b. Bundles placed in carrier route and 5-digit carrier routes flat trays or alternate containers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 20.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">20.0Trays and Alternate Containers</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">20.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">20.1.1General</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 20.1.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailings must be prepared in letter trays, flat trays, or bundled and placed directly on pallets or in flat trays or approved alternate containers as shown in Exhibit 20.1.1 and under other applicable standards in this section. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the USPS Container method column for the Flat-size, parcels row only to replace the word “sack” in Exhibit 20.1.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,xs140" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Exhibit 20.1.1USPS Containers</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Processing category</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">USPS container</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22">Periodicals:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03" O="xl">* * *</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">* * *</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">Flat-size, parcels</ENT>
                <ENT>Flat tray or alternate container.</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete current sections 20.1.5, Origin/Entry 3-Digit/Scheme; 20.1.6, flats and Irregular Parcels—Origin/Entry SCF Sacks; and 20.1.7, Flats and Irregular Parcels—Origin Mixed ADC Sacks, in their entirety.]</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Renumber 20.3 through 20.4.2 as the new 20.4 through 20.5.2 and add a new 20.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">20.3Flat Tray Usage</HD>
            <P>When using flat trays in lieu of palletizing or optionally traying under 22.7 and 25.5, mailers must prepare mailpieces in flat trays with green lids.</P>
            <P>Flat tray sizes are as follows:</P>
            <P>a. Inside bottom dimensions: 14-3/4 inches long by 10-3/4 inches wide.</P>
            <P>b. Height: 8 inches to bottom of handhold, 11-1/4 inches to top of tray.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of renumbered 20.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">20.4Flat Tray or Container Preparation</HD>
            <P>If mailers are unable to palletize, flat-size and parcel mailings must be placed in flat trays or approved alternate containers except when permitted under other applicable standards in this section. All tray or container preparation is subject to these standards:</P>
            <P>a. Each tray or container must bear the correct tray label.</P>
            <P>b. The weight of a tray or container and its content must not exceed 70 pounds</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of renumbered 20.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">20.5Standards for Optional Use of Flat Trays</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">20.5.1General</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise renumbered 20.5.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers may optionally prepare machinable flat-size pieces in flat trays, under 22.7 and 25.5, instead of preparing these pieces in bundles.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 21.0 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.0Tray Labels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.1.1General</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 21.1.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Tray labels are subject to the following:</P>
            <P>a. Use 2-inch labels for trays or approved alternate containers.</P>
            <P>b. Illegible labels are not acceptable. Machine-printed labels (available from the USPS) ensure legibility. Legible hand-printed labels are acceptable.</P>
            <P>c. Tray labels for automation price mailings are subject to 21.4 and 708.6.0.</P>

            <P>d. Intelligent Mail tray labels, used on trays or alternate containers, are subject to the standards in 708.6.5, and to the specifications posted at<E T="03">http://ribbs.usps.gov.</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.1.2Line 1 (Destination Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 1 (destination line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 21.1.2 c as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Overseas Military Mail.</E>On 5-digit trays or approved alternate containers for overseas military destinations, Line 1 shows, from left to right, “APO” or “FPO,” followed by “AE” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 090-098), “AA” (for ZIP Codes within the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix 340), or “AP” (for ZIP Codes within the ZIP Code prefix range 962-966), followed by the destination 5-digit ZIP Code of the mail in the tray or container.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.1.3Line 2 (Content Line)</HD>
            <P>Line 2 (content line) must meet these standards:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 21.1.3a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. * * * This line must show the class and processing category of the mail in the tray or alternate container and other information as specified by standards. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Delete 21.2, Sack Labels, in its entirety, and renumber current 21.3 and 21.4 as the new 21.2 and 21.3.]</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
            <PRTPAGE P="13757"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.2Tray Labels</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.2.1Placement</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of renumbered 21.2.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * If no specific location is indicated, place the label securely in an adhesive-backed label holder affixed horizontally to the top left corner of one end of the tray, for letter trays; and the lower left corner, for flat trays. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and the text of the introductory sentence of renumbered 21.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">21.3Use of Barcoded Tray Labels</HD>
            <P>Exhibit 21.3 shows the types of mail requiring barcoded tray labels. Barcoded labels must meet these general standards:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 21.3d and e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d. Mailers must insert barcoded labels completely into the label holder on the tray or alternate container to prevent their loss during transport and processing.</P>
            <P>e. Intelligent Mail tray labels must be used on all trays and alternate containers for mailings entered under the full-service Intelligent Mail automation option.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the Price or Type column only for the second line under Periodicals to replace the word “cosacked” with “cotrayed” in exhibit 21.3 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P/>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Exhibit 21.3Required Barcoded Tray Labels</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Price or type</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Processing category</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22">Periodicals:</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22">* * *</ENT>
                <ENT>* * *</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22">Cobundled and cotrayed under 705.9.0 through 705.13.0</ENT>
                <ENT>* * *</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">22.0Preparing Nonbarcoded (Presorted) Periodicals</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">22.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">22.1.1General</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory sentence of 22.1.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>For letter-size mail, nonletter-size mail prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers, and palletized mail, the following standards apply:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 22.1.1c through e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Nonletter-size pieces must be bundled under 22.2 and placed on pallets. Bundles placed on pallets must meet additional bundling criteria under 705.8.0.</P>
            <P>d. When unable to palletize, bundles of nonletter-size pieces must be prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers (except under 23.4.2) under one of the following:</P>
            <P>1. Trayed under 22.6, except that a nonbarcoded price mailing that is part of a mailing job that also contains a barcoded mailing must be trayed as described in 22.1.2.</P>
            <P>2. Palletized under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0.</P>
            <P>e. Flat trays or approved alternate containers prepared under 22.6, may subsequently be prepared on pallets under 705.8.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title of 22.1.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">22.1.2Additional Standards for Nonletter-Size Unpalletized Mailing Jobs Containing More Than One Mailing</HD>
            <P>The following standards apply:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 22.1.2a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Mailings prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers that are part of a mailing job that includes a carrier route, barcoded price, and nonbarcoded price mailing must be prepared under one of the options listed below. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 22.1.2b through d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>b. Mailings prepared in flat trays or approved alternate containers that are part of a mailing job that includes a barcoded price and nonbarcoded price mailing must be prepared under the cotraying standards in 705.9.0.</P>
            <P>c. Trayed or containerized mailing jobs that contain only a carrier route mailing and a nonbarcoded price mailing may be prepared separately, or may be prepared using the merged traying option under 705.10.0.</P>
            <P>d. Trayed or containerized mailing jobs that contain only a carrier route mailing and a barcoded price mailing may be prepared separately under 23.0 and 25.0, or may be prepared using the merged traying option under 705.10.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">22.1.4Merged Containerization of Nonletter-Size Carrier Route, Barcoded Price, and Nonbarcoded Price Mail</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of 22.1.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles prepared under 22.1 and 22.2 are cotrayed with carrier route bundles prepared under 23.0 and with barcoded price 5-digit bundles prepared under 25.0 in merged 5-digit trays, sacks or alternate containers and in merged 5-digit scheme trays, sacks or alternate containers. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">22.4Bundles With Fewer Than Six Pieces</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the last sentence of the introductory paragraph of 22.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Low-volume bundles are permitted only when they are prepared in flat trays, approved alternate containers, or prepared on pallets as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise 22.4a as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>a. Place bundles in only 5-digit, 3-digit, and SCF trays or alternate containers hat contain at least 24 pieces, or in origin/entry SCF trays or containers, as appropriate.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">22.5Tray Preparation—Letter-Size Pieces</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph only of 22.5 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in 28.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the title and introductory paragraph only of 22.6 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">22.6Tray Preparation—Flat-Size Pieces and Parcels</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in 28.3. For mailing jobs that also contain a barcoded price mailing, see 22.1.2 and 705.9.0 or 705.10.0. For other mailing jobs, preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <PRTPAGE P="13758"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">22.7Optional Tray Preparation—Flat-Size Nonbarcoded Pieces</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the first sentence of the introductory paragraph of 22.7and add a new second sentence as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>As an option, mailers may place unbundled machinable flat-size pieces meeting the criteria in 301.3.0 in flats trays (see 20.4). Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in 28.3. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Add a new 22.8 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">22.8Containerization—Flat Tray Preparation and Labeling</HD>
            <P>For mail prepared in bundles, mailers must prepare pallets under 705.8.0 when minimum volume is available for a required pallet level. Mailers who are unable to palletize, or mailers of small volume mailings, must prepare bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers as shown in items a through c below. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <P>a.<E T="03">Origin-Entry 3 Digit</E>(optional); no minimum; when these separations are made, mailers must segregate trays as described in 28.3; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: Column B, L002</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PER” or “NEWS” FLTS 3D NON BC</P>
            <P>b.<E T="03">Local Surface Transport</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: “OMX” followed by L201, Column C information for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PER” or “NEWS” FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <P>c.<E T="03">Extended Surface Network</E>(required); no minimum; labeling:</P>
            <P>1. Line 1: “MXD” followed by L009, Column B for the facility serving the 3-digit ZIP Code prefix of entry Post Office.</P>
            <P>2. Line 2: “PER” or “NEWS” FLTS NON BC.”</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.0Preparing Carrier Route Periodicals</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.1Basic Standards</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.1.1General</HD>
            <P>Mailers must meet the following standards for carrier route mailings:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise items 23.1.1c through e as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>c. Generally nonletter-size pieces must be bundled under 23.2 and placed on pallets under 705.8.0.</P>
            <P>d. Except as noted in 23.4.2, mailers must palletize bundles of nonletter-size pieces, or place bundles in flat trays or approved alternate containers, according to one of the following:</P>
            <P>1. Tray or containerize under 23.4, or under 705.10.1 if eligible to be cotrayed with barcoded price and nonbarcoded price Periodicals pieces.</P>
            <P>2. Palletized under 705.8.0, 705.10.0, 705.12.0, or 705.13.0.</P>
            <P>e. Flat trays or approved alternate containers prepared under 23.4, may subsequently be prepared on pallets under 705.8.0.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.1.4Merged Containerization of Nonletter-Size Carrier Route and Machinable Barcoded and Nonbarcoded Price Mail</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the second sentence of 23.1.4 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>* * * Under the optional preparation in 705.10.0, carrier route bundles prepared under 23.1 and 23.2.3 are cotrayed with machinable nonbarcoded price 5-digit bundles prepared under 22.0 and with machinable barcoded price 5-digit bundles prepared under 25.0 in merged 5-digit trays or containers and merged 5-digit scheme trays or containers. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.3Preparation—Letter-Size Pieces</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.3.1Basic Preparation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 23.3.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in 28.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.4Preparation—Flat-Size Pieces and Irregular Parcels</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the title and introductory paragraph of 23.4.1 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.4.1Tray Preparation</HD>
            <P>Mailers must segregate trays destined within the origin/entry SCF as described in 28.3. Preparation sequence and labeling:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise the opening paragraph only of 23.4.1d as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <P>d.<E T="03">3-digit carrier routes,</E>required with one six-piece bundle.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">[Revise title and text of the introductory paragraph on 23.4.2 as follows:]</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">23.4.2Exception to Containerization</HD>
            <P>Containerization is not required for carrier route or 5-digit bundles prepared for and entered at a DDU when the mailer unloads bundles under 29.5.5. Mail presented under this exception is not subject to the container charge (but is still subject to the bundle charge). Mailers m
